🔍
BIG Pega COE Team
EDI Logic Deep-Dive Specification
Category: CA Cargo
Complete extracted index of all Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), S309, and segment parsing behaviors across the legacy architecture.
Module: GCCCANRL 78 EDI Rules Found
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00001
2:Get First Follower Manifest
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a ccn key is provided for processing during the '2:Get First Follower Manifest' routine, when the system initializes follower manifest processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the first follower manifest record matching the ccn key is retrieved and processing status is set based on record availability.
Given
A CCN key is provided for processing
When
The system initializes follower manifest processing
Then
The first follower manifest record matching the CCN key is retrieved and processing status is set based on record availability
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00002
More Follower Manifests?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is processing follower manifest records during the 'More Follower Manifests?' routine, when a database operation is performed to retrieve records, the system executes logic to ensure that processing continues if status code is spaces, otherwise processing stops.
Given
The system is processing follower manifest records
When
A database operation is performed to retrieve records
Then
Processing continues if status code is spaces, otherwise processing stops
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00003
4:Validate Manifest for Processing
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a follower manifest record is retrieved during the '4:Validate Manifest for Processing' routine, when the system compares the manifest ccn key with the input ccn key, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest is processed only if the ccn keys are different, otherwise it is skipped.
Given
A follower manifest record is retrieved
When
The system compares the manifest CCN key with the input CCN key
Then
The manifest is processed only if the CCN keys are different, otherwise it is skipped
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00004
6:Set Manifest Status Based on CSA Indicator
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest is being processed for cancel release during the '6:Set Manifest Status Based on CSA Indicator' routine, when the system checks the csa indicator status, the system executes logic to ensure that if csa indicator is on, status is set to csa-dlv, otherwise status is set to manual.
Given
A manifest is being processed for cancel release
When
The system checks the CSA indicator status
Then
If CSA indicator is ON, status is set to CSA-DLV, otherwise status is set to MANUAL
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00005
7:Update Release Information
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest is being cancelled during the '7:Update Release Information' routine, when the system updates release information, the system executes logic to ensure that current machine date is recorded as unrelease date, current user id is recorded, original release date is preserved, release information is cleared, and unrelease reason is set.
Given
A manifest is being cancelled
When
The system updates release information
Then
Current machine date is recorded as unrelease date, current user ID is recorded, original release date is preserved, release information is cleared, and unrelease reason is set
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00006
8:Lookup Station Information
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest has a destination station name during the '8:Lookup Station Information' routine, when the system performs station lookup using table id 'mc', the system executes logic to ensure that if lookup is successful (return flag = '0'), station number from lookup is used, otherwise existing destination station number is retained.
Given
A manifest has a destination station name
When
The system performs station lookup using table ID 'MC'
Then
If lookup is successful (return flag = '0'), station number from lookup is used, otherwise existing destination station number is retained
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00007
9:Update In-Transit Status
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest has an in-transit status during the '9:Update In-Transit Status' routine, when the in-transit status is 'z' or 'e', the system executes logic to ensure that the in-transit status is changed to 'l'.
Given
A manifest has an in-transit status
When
The in-transit status is 'Z' or 'E'
Then
The in-transit status is changed to 'L'
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00008
10:Handle Special Transit Cases
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest has an in-transit status during the '10:Handle Special Transit Cases' routine, when the in-transit status is 'r' or 't', the system executes logic to ensure that the destination station number for index is cleared to spaces.
Given
A manifest has an in-transit status
When
The in-transit status is 'R' or 'T'
Then
The destination station number for index is cleared to spaces
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00009
11:Set Manual Change Flag
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest is being processed for cancel release during the '11:Set Manual Change Flag' routine, when the system updates manifest data, the system executes logic to ensure that the 309 manual change flag is set to true.
Given
A manifest is being processed for cancel release
When
The system updates manifest data
Then
The 309 manual change flag is set to true
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00010
12:Clear Delete Status
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest is being processed, and the current status is not equal to 'deleted' occurs during the '12:Clear Delete Status' routine, then the system must guarantee that the delete status field is cleared to spaces.
EXCLUDING
A manifest is being processed
When
The current status is not equal to 'DELETED'
Then
The delete status field is cleared to spaces
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00011
13:Log Cancel Release Activity
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest cancel release has been processed during the '13:Log Cancel Release Activity' routine, when the system logs the activity, the system executes logic to ensure that an audit record is created with ccn key, user id, current date and time, and cargo release removed action code.
Given
A manifest cancel release has been processed
When
The system logs the activity
Then
An audit record is created with CCN key, user ID, current date and time, and cargo release removed action code
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00012
15:Get Next Follower Manifest
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming current follower manifest processing is complete during the '15:Get Next Follower Manifest' routine, when the system retrieves the next follower manifest, the system executes logic to ensure that if status code is spaces and ccn key matches the master manifest ccn, processing continues, otherwise processing stops.
Given
Current follower manifest processing is complete
When
The system retrieves the next follower manifest
Then
If status code is spaces and CCN key matches the master manifest CCN, processing continues, otherwise processing stops
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00015
Set Up CCN Key for Search
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a ccn key is provided as input for manifest processing during the 'Set Up CCN Key for Search' routine, when the system prepares to search for follower manifests, the system executes logic to ensure that the ccn key must be configured in the search parameters.
Given
A CCN key is provided as input for manifest processing
When
The system prepares to search for follower manifests
Then
The CCN key must be configured in the search parameters
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00016
Position to First Follower Manifest
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the ccn key is configured for searching follower manifests during the 'Position to First Follower Manifest' routine, when the system initiates the search for follower manifests, the system executes logic to ensure that the system must attempt to retrieve the first follower manifest record.
Given
The CCN key is configured for searching follower manifests
When
The system initiates the search for follower manifests
Then
The system must attempt to retrieve the first follower manifest record
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00017
First Follower Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the system has attempted to retrieve the first follower manifest during the 'First Follower Found?' routine, when the database search operation completes, the system executes logic to ensure that if a follower manifest is found, the processing flag must be set to continue, otherwise it must be set to stop.
Given
The system has attempted to retrieve the first follower manifest
When
The database search operation completes
Then
If a follower manifest is found, the processing flag must be set to continue, otherwise it must be set to stop
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00018
Set Processing Flag to Continue
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a follower manifest record has been successfully retrieved during the 'Set Processing Flag to Continue' routine, when the system evaluates the search results, the system executes logic to ensure that the processing flag must be set to indicate continuation of processing.
Given
A follower manifest record has been successfully retrieved
When
The system evaluates the search results
Then
The processing flag must be set to indicate continuation of processing
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00019
Set Processing Flag to Stop
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming no follower manifest records are found in the database search during the 'Set Processing Flag to Stop' routine, when the system evaluates the search results, the system executes logic to ensure that the processing flag must be set to indicate termination of processing.
Given
No follower manifest records are found in the database search
When
The system evaluates the search results
Then
The processing flag must be set to indicate termination of processing
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00020
Set Search Key to Lead Manifest CCN Number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a lead manifest ccn number is provided as input during the 'Set Search Key to Lead Manifest CCN Number' routine, when the system initializes the follower manifest search process, the system executes logic to ensure that the search key is set to the lead manifest ccn number for database query.
Given
A lead manifest CCN number is provided as input
When
The system initializes the follower manifest search process
Then
The search key is set to the lead manifest CCN number for database query
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00021
Execute Database Query for First Follower Manifest
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the search key is set to the lead manifest ccn number during the 'Execute Database Query for First Follower Manifest' routine, when the system executes the database query for the first follower manifest, the system executes logic to ensure that the database is queried using gu operation with the ccn key and status is returned.
Given
The search key is set to the lead manifest CCN number
When
The system executes the database query for the first follower manifest
Then
The database is queried using GU operation with the CCN key and status is returned
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00022
Follower Manifest Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a database query for follower manifest has been executed during the 'Follower Manifest Found?' routine, when the system checks the query status code, the system executes logic to ensure that if status code is spaces then manifest is found, otherwise no manifest is available.
Given
A database query for follower manifest has been executed
When
The system checks the query status code
Then
If status code is spaces then manifest is found, otherwise no manifest is available
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00023
Set Flag: More Manifests Available for Processing
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a follower manifest record was successfully found in the database during the 'Set Flag: More Manifests Available for Processing' routine, when the system processes the successful query result, the system executes logic to ensure that the processing flag is set to indicate more manifests are available for processing.
Given
A follower manifest record was successfully found in the database
When
The system processes the successful query result
Then
The processing flag is set to indicate more manifests are available for processing
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00024
Set Flag: No Manifests Available for Processing
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming no follower manifest record was found in the database during the 'Set Flag: No Manifests Available for Processing' routine, when the system processes the unsuccessful query result, the system executes logic to ensure that the processing flag is set to indicate no manifests are available for processing.
Given
No follower manifest record was found in the database
When
The system processes the unsuccessful query result
Then
The processing flag is set to indicate no manifests are available for processing
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00025
Is Current Manifest Different from Lead Manifest?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a follower manifest record is being processed during the 'Is Current Manifest Different from Lead Manifest?' routine, when the current manifest ccn key equals the input lead manifest ccn key, the system executes logic to ensure that skip all cancel release processing for this manifest and move to the next follower manifest.
Given
A follower manifest record is being processed
When
The current manifest CCN key equals the input lead manifest CCN key
Then
Skip all cancel release processing for this manifest and move to the next follower manifest
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00026
Is Current Manifest Different from Lead Manifest?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a follower manifest record is being processed, and the current manifest ccn key is not equal to the input lead manifest ccn key occurs during the 'Is Current Manifest Different from Lead Manifest?' routine, then the system must guarantee that proceed with getting manifest for hold and update, setting cancel release data, logging activity, and updating the manifest record.
EXCLUDING
A follower manifest record is being processed
When
The current manifest CCN key is not equal to the input lead manifest CCN key
Then
Proceed with getting manifest for hold and update, setting cancel release data, logging activity, and updating the manifest record
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00027
Get Manifest for Hold and Update
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a follower manifest needs to be processed for cancel release during the 'Get Manifest for Hold and Update' routine, when the manifest ccn key is different from the lead manifest, the system executes logic to ensure that retrieve the manifest record using ghu (get hold for update) operation with the manifest ccn key.
Given
A follower manifest needs to be processed for cancel release
When
The manifest CCN key is different from the lead manifest
Then
Retrieve the manifest record using GHU (Get Hold for Update) operation with the manifest CCN key
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00028
Set Cancel Release Data
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest is being processed for cancel release during the 'Set Cancel Release Data' routine, when the csa indicator is on, the system executes logic to ensure that set the manifest status to csa delivery.
Given
A manifest is being processed for cancel release
When
The CSA indicator is on
Then
Set the manifest status to CSA delivery
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00029
Set Cancel Release Data
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest is being processed for cancel release, and the csa indicator is not on occurs during the 'Set Cancel Release Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that set the manifest status to manual.
EXCLUDING
A manifest is being processed for cancel release
When
The CSA indicator is not on
Then
Set the manifest status to manual
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00030
Set Cancel Release Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest release is being canceled during the 'Set Cancel Release Data' routine, when cancel release data is being set, the system executes logic to ensure that record the current machine date as unrelease date, current user id as unreleasing user, preserve original release date, clear release information, and set the unrelease reason.
Given
A manifest release is being canceled
When
Cancel release data is being set
Then
Record the current machine date as unrelease date, current user ID as unreleasing user, preserve original release date, clear release information, and set the unrelease reason
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00031
Set Cancel Release Data
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest is being processed for cancel release during the 'Set Cancel Release Data' routine, when station information lookup is performed using the manifest destination station name, the system executes logic to ensure that if lookup is successful, use the station number from the lookup result; otherwise, use the existing destination station number.
Given
A manifest is being processed for cancel release
When
Station information lookup is performed using the manifest destination station name
Then
If lookup is successful, use the station number from the lookup result; otherwise, use the existing destination station number
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00032
Set Cancel Release Data
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest is being processed for cancel release during the 'Set Cancel Release Data' routine, when the in-transit status is z or e, the system executes logic to ensure that change the in-transit status to l.
Given
A manifest is being processed for cancel release
When
The in-transit status is Z or E
Then
Change the in-transit status to L
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00033
Set Cancel Release Data
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest is being processed for cancel release during the 'Set Cancel Release Data' routine, when the in-transit status is r or t, the system executes logic to ensure that clear the destination station number for index.
Given
A manifest is being processed for cancel release
When
The in-transit status is R or T
Then
Clear the destination station number for index
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00034
Set Cancel Release Data
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest is being processed for cancel release, and the current status is not deleted occurs during the 'Set Cancel Release Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that clear the delete status.
EXCLUDING
A manifest is being processed for cancel release
When
The current status is not DELETED
Then
Clear the delete status
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00035
Log Cancel Release Activity
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest release has been canceled during the 'Log Cancel Release Activity' routine, when cancel release processing is complete, the system executes logic to ensure that create audit log entry with security information, ccn key, transaction details, user id, timestamp, and cargo release removal action code, then write the log message to the system.
Given
A manifest release has been canceled
When
Cancel release processing is complete
Then
Create audit log entry with security information, CCN key, transaction details, user ID, timestamp, and cargo release removal action code, then write the log message to the system
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00036
Update Manifest Record
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming cancel release data has been set and logged during the 'Update Manifest Record' routine, when all cancel release processing is complete for a manifest, the system executes logic to ensure that update the manifest record using repl operation to save all changes.
Given
Cancel release data has been set and logged
When
All cancel release processing is complete for a manifest
Then
Update the manifest record using REPL operation to save all changes
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00037
Get Next Follower Manifest
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming current follower manifest processing is complete during the 'Get Next Follower Manifest' routine, when getting the next follower manifest, the system executes logic to ensure that retrieve next follower record and if successful, verify the master manifest ccn matches the input ccn key to continue processing, otherwise stop processing.
Given
Current follower manifest processing is complete
When
Getting the next follower manifest
Then
Retrieve next follower record and if successful, verify the master manifest CCN matches the input CCN key to continue processing, otherwise stop processing
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00038
Check if the retrieved manifest is not the lead manifest to avoid processing it
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest record has been retrieved for cancel release processing during the 'Check if the retrieved manifest is not the lead manifest to avoid processing it' routine, when the system compares the current manifest ccn key with the input lead manifest ccn key, the system executes logic to ensure that if the ccn keys are the same, skip processing as this is the lead manifest; if the ccn keys are different, proceed with cancel release processing for the follower manifest.
Given
A manifest record has been retrieved for cancel release processing
When
The system compares the current manifest CCN key with the input lead manifest CCN key
Then
If the CCN keys are the same, skip processing as this is the lead manifest; if the CCN keys are different, proceed with cancel release processing for the follower manifest
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00039
Clear Accept Status
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest retrieval operation is about to be performed during the 'Clear Accept Status' routine, when the system prepares to get a manifest record with hold for update, the system executes logic to ensure that the system accept status must be cleared to ensure clean retrieval operation.
Given
A manifest retrieval operation is about to be performed
When
The system prepares to get a manifest record with hold for update
Then
The system accept status must be cleared to ensure clean retrieval operation
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00040
Set Manifest CCN Key for Retrieval
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a specific manifest record needs to be retrieved for update during the 'Set Manifest CCN Key for Retrieval' routine, when the system prepares the retrieval parameters, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest ccn key must be set to the target record's ccn key to ensure correct record identification.
Given
A specific manifest record needs to be retrieved for update
When
The system prepares the retrieval parameters
Then
The manifest CCN key must be set to the target record's CCN key to ensure correct record identification
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00041
Execute Get Hold for Update Command
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the manifest ccn key has been set for a specific record during the 'Execute Get Hold for Update Command' routine, when the system needs to retrieve and lock the manifest record for update, the system executes logic to ensure that a get hold update command must be executed to retrieve the record with exclusive lock.
Given
The manifest CCN key has been set for a specific record
When
The system needs to retrieve and lock the manifest record for update
Then
A get hold update command must be executed to retrieve the record with exclusive lock
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00042
Set Manifest Status Based on CSA Indicator - Update manifest status to CSA-DLV if CSA indicator is on, otherwise set to MANUAL
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo manifest record is being processed for cancel release during the 'Set Manifest Status Based on CSA Indicator - Update manifest status to CSA-DLV if CSA indicator is on, otherwise set to MANUAL' routine, when the system evaluates the csa indicator status, the system executes logic to ensure that if csa indicator is on, set manifest status to csa-dlv, otherwise set manifest status to manual.
Given
A cargo manifest record is being processed for cancel release
When
The system evaluates the CSA indicator status
Then
If CSA indicator is ON, set manifest status to CSA-DLV, otherwise set manifest status to MANUAL
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00085
Get Original Release Date from Manifest
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo release cancellation is being processed during the 'Get Original Release Date from Manifest' routine, when the system needs to preserve historical release information, the system executes logic to ensure that the original release date from the manifest is captured and stored.
Given
A cargo release cancellation is being processed
When
The system needs to preserve historical release information
Then
The original release date from the manifest is captured and stored
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00088
Update Manifest Release Reason Field
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the unrelease reason has been constructed with all required details during the 'Update Manifest Release Reason Field' routine, when the system needs to update the manifest with cancellation information, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest release reason field is updated with the constructed unrelease reason.
Given
The unrelease reason has been constructed with all required details
When
The system needs to update the manifest with cancellation information
Then
The manifest release reason field is updated with the constructed unrelease reason
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00050
Use Manifest Destination Station Name as Key
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest record contains a destination station name during the 'Use Manifest Destination Station Name as Key' routine, when the system performs a station lookup, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest destination station name is used as the search key for the master control table lookup.
Given
A manifest record contains a destination station name
When
The system performs a station lookup
Then
The manifest destination station name is used as the search key for the master control table lookup
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00053
Extract Station Number from Retrieved Record
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a station record was successfully retrieved from the master control table during the 'Extract Station Number from Retrieved Record' routine, when the system processes the retrieved station information, the system executes logic to ensure that the station number is extracted from the master control segment and moved to the table segment.
Given
A station record was successfully retrieved from the master control table
When
The system processes the retrieved station information
Then
The station number is extracted from the master control segment and moved to the table segment
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00055
Use Current Manifest Station Number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a station lookup operation failed to find the station in the master control table during the 'Use Current Manifest Station Number' routine, when the system handles the lookup failure, the system executes logic to ensure that the master control segment is initialized to empty values.
Given
A station lookup operation failed to find the station in the master control table
When
The system handles the lookup failure
Then
The master control segment is initialized to empty values
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00056
Set Destination Station Number for Index
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a station lookup failed and the master control segment was initialized during the 'Set Destination Station Number for Index' routine, when the system needs to set the destination station number for indexing, the system executes logic to ensure that the existing destination station number from the manifest is used for the index field.
Given
A station lookup failed and the master control segment was initialized
When
The system needs to set the destination station number for indexing
Then
The existing destination station number from the manifest is used for the index field
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00092
Set Station Name from Manifest
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest record contains a destination station name during the 'Set Station Name from Manifest' routine, when a master control table lookup is being performed, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest destination station name should be used as the lookup key.
Given
A manifest record contains a destination station name
When
A Master Control table lookup is being performed
Then
The manifest destination station name should be used as the lookup key
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00096
Extract Station Number from Response
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a master control table lookup was successful during the 'Extract Station Number from Response' routine, when the response contains valid station information, the system executes logic to ensure that the station number should be extracted from the response segment.
Given
A Master Control table lookup was successful
When
The response contains valid station information
Then
The station number should be extracted from the response segment
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00098
Initialize Empty Segment
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a master control table lookup has failed, and the table response is not available occurs during the 'Initialize Empty Segment' routine, then the system must guarantee that the master control table segment should be initialized to empty values.
EXCLUDING
A Master Control table lookup has failed
When
The table response is not available
Then
The Master Control table segment should be initialized to empty values
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00057
Update In-Transit Status - Change in-transit status from Z or E to L (Local) if applicable
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo manifest record is being processed for cancel release during the 'Update In-Transit Status - Change in-transit status from Z or E to L (Local) if applicable' routine, when the current in-transit status is z or e, the system executes logic to ensure that the in-transit status is changed to l (local).
Given
A cargo manifest record is being processed for cancel release
When
The current in-transit status is Z or E
Then
The in-transit status is changed to L (Local)
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00058
Handle Special Transit Cases - Clear destination station number for returning (R) or transit (T) status manifests
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest record is being processed for cancel release during the 'Handle Special Transit Cases - Clear destination station number for returning (R) or transit (T) status manifests' routine, when the manifest in-transit status is 'r' (returning) or 't' (transit), the system executes logic to ensure that the destination station number for index should be cleared to spaces.
Given
A manifest record is being processed for cancel release
When
The manifest in-transit status is 'R' (Returning) or 'T' (Transit)
Then
The destination station number for index should be cleared to spaces
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00059
Set Manual Change Flag to TRUE
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo manifest is being processed for cancellation or release changes during the 'Set Manual Change Flag to TRUE' routine, when the system is setting cancel release data for the manifest, the system executes logic to ensure that the manual change flag (309-manual-change) must be set to true to indicate manual intervention.
Given
A cargo manifest is being processed for cancellation or release changes
When
The system is setting cancel release data for the manifest
Then
The manual change flag (309-MANUAL-CHANGE) must be set to TRUE to indicate manual intervention
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00060
Clear Delete Status Field
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest record is being processed for cancel release, and the manifest current status is not equal to 'deleted' occurs during the 'Clear Delete Status Field' routine, then the system must guarantee that the delete status field should be cleared to spaces.
EXCLUDING
A manifest record is being processed for cancel release
When
The manifest current status is not equal to 'DELETED'
Then
The delete status field should be cleared to spaces
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00062
Record Manifest CCN Number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest with a ccn key exists during the 'Record Manifest CCN Number' routine, when creating an audit log entry, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest ccn key should be recorded as the train or us ccn in the log.
Given
A manifest with a CCN key exists
When
Creating an audit log entry
Then
The manifest CCN key should be recorded as the train or US CCN in the log
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00067
Prepare Log Message
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming all audit information has been collected during the 'Prepare Log Message' routine, when preparing to send the log entry, the system executes logic to ensure that the audit information should be formatted into the message structure and the accept status should be cleared.
Given
All audit information has been collected
When
Preparing to send the log entry
Then
The audit information should be formatted into the message structure and the accept status should be cleared
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00068
Send Log Entry to Audit System
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a formatted audit log message is ready during the 'Send Log Entry to Audit System' routine, when sending the log entry to the audit system, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should call the audit service to process the log entry.
Given
A formatted audit log message is ready
When
Sending the log entry to the audit system
Then
The system should call the audit service to process the log entry
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00069
Write Message to Log
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an audit log entry has been prepared during the 'Write Message to Log' routine, when writing to the system log, the system executes logic to ensure that the message should be written to the log with proper message code, content, length, and module name.
Given
An audit log entry has been prepared
When
Writing to the system log
Then
The message should be written to the log with proper message code, content, length, and module name
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00100
Set Security Information
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a cancel release operation is being logged during the 'Set Security Information' routine, when the system prepares the audit log message, the system executes logic to ensure that the security byte is set to high-values for maximum security classification.
Given
A cancel release operation is being logged
When
The system prepares the audit log message
Then
The security byte is set to high-values for maximum security classification
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00101
Set Manifest CCN Number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest cancel release operation is being processed during the 'Set Manifest CCN Number' routine, when the audit log entry is being prepared, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest ccn key is recorded in the log entry train/ccn field.
Given
A manifest cancel release operation is being processed
When
The audit log entry is being prepared
Then
The manifest CCN key is recorded in the log entry train/CCN field
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00102
Set Cargo Type Indicator
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo manifest cancel release is being logged during the 'Set Cargo Type Indicator' routine, when the audit log entry is being created, the system executes logic to ensure that the cargo type indicator is set to ca-cargo to identify this as a cargo operation.
Given
A cargo manifest cancel release is being logged
When
The audit log entry is being created
Then
The cargo type indicator is set to CA-CARGO to identify this as a cargo operation
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00108
Format Complete Log Message
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming all audit log components have been prepared during the 'Format Complete Log Message' routine, when the log message needs to be transmitted, the system executes logic to ensure that the complete log input structure is moved to the message format for processing.
Given
All audit log components have been prepared
When
The log message needs to be transmitted
Then
The complete log input structure is moved to the message format for processing
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00110
Populate Log Entry with Manifest CCN
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest record is being processed for release cancellation during the 'Populate Log Entry with Manifest CCN' routine, when the system creates an audit log entry, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest ccn key must be recorded in the train or us ccn field of the log entry.
Given
A manifest record is being processed for release cancellation
When
The system creates an audit log entry
Then
The manifest CCN key must be recorded in the train or US CCN field of the log entry
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00116
Format Message for Logging
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming all audit log data has been populated during the 'Format Message for Logging' routine, when the system prepares to send the audit entry, the system executes logic to ensure that the log input data must be moved to the message structure for proper formatting.
Given
All audit log data has been populated
When
The system prepares to send the audit entry
Then
The log input data must be moved to the message structure for proper formatting
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00117
Send Message to Audit System
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an audit log entry has been formatted for transmission during the 'Send Message to Audit System' routine, when the system sends the audit entry, the system executes logic to ensure that the cims program must be called with chng function to transmit the audit message through the alternate pcb.
Given
An audit log entry has been formatted for transmission
When
The system sends the audit entry
Then
The CIMS program must be called with CHNG function to transmit the audit message through the alternate PCB
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00118
Write Message to Log
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an audit message has been sent to the logging system during the 'Write Message to Log' routine, when the system writes the message to the log, the system executes logic to ensure that the writmsgl program must be called with the message code, message content, message length, and module name.
Given
An audit message has been sent to the logging system
When
The system writes the message to the log
Then
The WRITMSGL program must be called with the message code, message content, message length, and module name
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00119
Purge Message Queue
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an audit message has been successfully written to the log during the 'Purge Message Queue' routine, when the system completes the logging process, the system executes logic to ensure that the cims program must be called with purg function to purge the message queue through the alternate pcb.
Given
An audit message has been successfully written to the log
When
The system completes the logging process
Then
The CIMS program must be called with PURG function to purge the message queue through the alternate PCB
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00071
Clear Accept Status
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest record update operation is about to be performed during the 'Clear Accept Status' routine, when the system prepares to replace the manifest record, the system executes logic to ensure that the accept status field must be cleared to spaces to reset operation status.
Given
A manifest record update operation is about to be performed
When
The system prepares to replace the manifest record
Then
The accept status field must be cleared to spaces to reset operation status
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00072
Execute Database Replace Operation
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the manifest record has been retrieved and updated with cancellation data during the 'Execute Database Replace Operation' routine, when the system needs to persist the updated manifest information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system must call the database interface program with replace operation to update the manifest record.
Given
The manifest record has been retrieved and updated with cancellation data
When
The system needs to persist the updated manifest information
Then
The system must call the database interface program with replace operation to update the manifest record
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00073
Retrieve Next Manifest Record
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is processing follower manifests in sequence during the 'Retrieve Next Manifest Record' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve the next manifest record, the system executes logic to ensure that the system executes a database get-next operation to fetch the subsequent manifest record.
Given
The system is processing follower manifests in sequence
When
The system attempts to retrieve the next manifest record
Then
The system executes a database get-next operation to fetch the subsequent manifest record
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00074
Record Retrieved Successfully?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a database get-next operation has been executed for manifest records during the 'Record Retrieved Successfully?' routine, when the system checks the operation result status, the system executes logic to ensure that if the status code is spaces (successful), the system proceeds with record validation, otherwise it sets no-more-records flag.
Given
A database get-next operation has been executed for manifest records
When
The system checks the operation result status
Then
If the status code is spaces (successful), the system proceeds with record validation, otherwise it sets no-more-records flag
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00075
Does Manifest Belong to Same Master Group?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest record has been successfully retrieved and the input ccn key is available during the 'Does Manifest Belong to Same Master Group?' routine, when the system compares the master manifest ccn from the retrieved record with the input ccn key, the system executes logic to ensure that if the master manifest ccn equals the input ccn key, the manifest belongs to the same group, otherwise it belongs to a different group.
Given
A manifest record has been successfully retrieved and the input CCN key is available
When
The system compares the master manifest CCN from the retrieved record with the input CCN key
Then
If the master manifest CCN equals the input CCN key, the manifest belongs to the same group, otherwise it belongs to a different group
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00076
Set Flag: More Manifests Available
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest record has been successfully retrieved and belongs to the same master manifest group during the 'Set Flag: More Manifests Available' routine, when the system needs to set the processing continuation flag, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the flag to indicate more manifests are available for processing.
Given
A manifest record has been successfully retrieved and belongs to the same master manifest group
When
The system needs to set the processing continuation flag
Then
The system sets the flag to indicate more manifests are available for processing
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00077
Set Flag: No More Manifests
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming either the manifest record retrieval failed or the retrieved manifest belongs to a different master group during the 'Set Flag: No More Manifests' routine, when the system needs to set the processing termination flag, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the flag to indicate no more manifests are available for processing.
Given
Either the manifest record retrieval failed or the retrieved manifest belongs to a different master group
When
The system needs to set the processing termination flag
Then
The system sets the flag to indicate no more manifests are available for processing
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00078
Does Next Manifest Master CCN Match Lead Manifest CCN?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a next follower manifest record has been successfully retrieved during the 'Does Next Manifest Master CCN Match Lead Manifest CCN?' routine, when the system compares the next manifest's master ccn with the input ccn key, the system executes logic to ensure that if the master ccn matches the input ccn key, set continue processing flag, otherwise set stop processing flag.
Given
A next follower manifest record has been successfully retrieved
When
The system compares the next manifest's master CCN with the input CCN key
Then
If the master CCN matches the input CCN key, set continue processing flag, otherwise set stop processing flag
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00079
Set Continue Processing Flag
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the next manifest's master ccn matches the input ccn key during the 'Set Continue Processing Flag' routine, when the system needs to indicate processing should continue, the system executes logic to ensure that set the more records flag to true to continue processing.
Given
The next manifest's master CCN matches the input CCN key
When
The system needs to indicate processing should continue
Then
Set the more records flag to true to continue processing
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00080
Set Stop Processing Flag
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the next manifest's master ccn does not match the input ccn key, and the system needs to indicate processing should stop occurs during the 'Set Stop Processing Flag' routine, then the system must guarantee that set the no more records flag to true to stop processing.
EXCLUDING
The next manifest's master CCN does not match the input CCN key
When
The system needs to indicate processing should stop
Then
Set the no more records flag to true to stop processing
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00081
Next Manifest Retrieved Successfully
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a request to get the next follower manifest has been made during the 'Next Manifest Retrieved Successfully' routine, when the database status code is spaces indicating successful retrieval, the system executes logic to ensure that proceed to validate if the manifest belongs to the same group, otherwise stop processing.
Given
A request to get the next follower manifest has been made
When
The database status code is spaces indicating successful retrieval
Then
Proceed to validate if the manifest belongs to the same group, otherwise stop processing
R-GCCCANRL-cbl-00082
Complete Processing - Restore original program name and return control to calling program
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming all follower manifests have been processed through the cancel release workflow and the original program name was saved at the beginning of processing during the 'Complete Processing - Restore original program name and return control to calling program' routine, when the cancel release processing loop has completed with no more follower records to process, the system executes logic to ensure that the system restores the original program name to the program context and returns control to the calling program.
Given
All follower manifests have been processed through the cancel release workflow AND the original program name was saved at the beginning of processing
When
The cancel release processing loop has completed with no more follower records to process
Then
The system restores the original program name to the program context AND returns control to the calling program
Module: GCCCBOL 291 EDI Rules Found
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00002
2:Get Shipment Root Data
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid shipment root key exists during the '2:Get Shipment Root Data' routine, when the system needs to access shipment root data, the system executes logic to ensure that the shiproot segment is retrieved using the root key with 'gu' function code.
Given
A valid shipment root key exists
When
The system needs to access shipment root data
Then
The SHIPROOT segment is retrieved using the root key with 'GU' function code
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00003
4:Extract EDI BOL Key
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming shipment mine data has been retrieved during the '4:Extract EDI BOL Key' routine, when the system needs to identify the edi bol key, the system executes logic to ensure that if shipment mine data is found, the first data line becomes the edi bol key, otherwise the key is set to spaces.
Given
Shipment mine data has been retrieved
When
The system needs to identify the EDI BOL key
Then
If shipment mine data is found, the first data line becomes the EDI BOL key, otherwise the key is set to spaces
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00004
5:Build Broker Information
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to identify the customs broker during the '5:Build Broker Information' routine, when building broker information, the system executes logic to ensure that first attempt to get broker from edi bol data, if not found then search fastway system data, if still not found then set broker name to 'unknown'.
Given
The system needs to identify the customs broker
When
Building broker information
Then
First attempt to get broker from EDI BOL data, if not found then search Fastway system data, if still not found then set broker name to 'UNKNOWN'
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00005
5:Build Broker Information
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming multiple broker records exist in edi bol data during the '5:Build Broker Information' routine, when processing broker information from edi bol, the system executes logic to ensure that if organization id is 'xq', use that broker name and stop searching; if organization id is 'cb' and no xq found yet and custom id is not 'xr' or 'xu', store as temporary broker.
Given
Multiple broker records exist in EDI BOL data
When
Processing broker information from EDI BOL
Then
If organization ID is 'XQ', use that broker name and stop searching; if organization ID is 'CB' and no XQ found yet and custom ID is not 'XR' or 'XU', store as temporary broker
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00008
10:Build N9 Reference Numbers
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data is available and reference number processing is needed during the '10:Build N9 Reference Numbers' routine, when building n9 reference numbers from bol data, the system executes logic to ensure that search for 'bm' and 'si' qualified reference numbers, set empty references to 'n/a', and add them to the reference array up to maximum of 10 entries.
Given
EDI BOL data is available and reference number processing is needed
When
Building N9 reference numbers from BOL data
Then
Search for 'BM' and 'SI' qualified reference numbers, set empty references to 'N/A', and add them to the reference array up to maximum of 10 entries
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00010
10:Build N9 Reference Numbers
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming bm or si reference numbers are missing from edi bol and space is available in reference array during the '10:Build N9 Reference Numbers' routine, when building reference numbers, the system executes logic to ensure that use shipper bill number as 'bm' reference and search special handling codes for 'si' type references.
Given
BM or SI reference numbers are missing from EDI BOL and space is available in reference array
When
Building reference numbers
Then
Use shipper bill number as 'BM' reference and search special handling codes for 'SI' type references
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00014
17:Find Multi-Bill CCNs
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming multi-bill processing is required and edi bol data exists during the '17:Find Multi-Bill CCNs' routine, when finding related cargo control numbers, the system executes logic to ensure that search 'rf' type records for 'xc' qualified cargo control numbers and add them to the ccn array, excluding the current cargo control number.
Given
Multi-bill processing is required and EDI BOL data exists
When
Finding related cargo control numbers
Then
Search 'RF' type records for 'XC' qualified cargo control numbers and add them to the CCN array, excluding the current cargo control number
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00015
Multi-Manifest Indicator = Y?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming shipment processing requires manifest checking during the 'Multi-Manifest Indicator = Y?' routine, when evaluating manifest requirements, the system executes logic to ensure that if multi-manifest-ind equals 'y', set multi-bill shipment flag and process n10 data, otherwise set not-multi-bill shipment flag.
Given
Shipment processing requires manifest checking
When
Evaluating manifest requirements
Then
If MULTI-MANIFEST-IND equals 'Y', set multi-bill shipment flag and process N10 data, otherwise set not-multi-bill shipment flag
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00016
18:Process Multi-Bill N10 Data
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming multi-manifest shipment with matching cargo control number found during the '18:Process Multi-Bill N10 Data' routine, when processing n10 lading data, the system executes logic to ensure that extract numeric quantity from right to left, pad with leading zeros, set lading quantity and origin country, and collect description lines.
Given
Multi-manifest shipment with matching cargo control number found
When
Processing N10 lading data
Then
Extract numeric quantity from right to left, pad with leading zeros, set lading quantity and origin country, and collect description lines
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00017
19:Process Lading Descriptions
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming lading description processing is required during the '19:Process Lading Descriptions' routine, when building cargo descriptions, the system executes logic to ensure that collect primary descriptions from l5 segments, additional descriptions from related records, special instructions with codes 'va', 'vs', or 'ev', and vehicle identification numbers.
Given
Lading description processing is required
When
Building cargo descriptions
Then
Collect primary descriptions from L5 segments, additional descriptions from related records, special instructions with codes 'VA', 'VS', or 'EV', and vehicle identification numbers
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00020
27:Process CSA Data
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming csa processing is required and edi bol importer segment is found during the '27:Process CSA Data' routine, when validating importer information, the system executes logic to ensure that if entity id is 'im' with non-empty name and id code qualifier is 'm5' with non-empty id code, set csa indicator on and copy importer data; if qualifier is 'bn' or 'ai', only copy importer data without setting csa indicator.
Given
CSA processing is required and EDI BOL importer segment is found
When
Validating importer information
Then
If entity ID is 'IM' with non-empty name and ID code qualifier is 'M5' with non-empty ID code, set CSA indicator ON and copy importer data; if qualifier is 'BN' or 'AI', only copy importer data without setting CSA indicator
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00021
27:Process CSA Data
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If csa processing is required but edi bol importer segment is not found, and searching fastway data for csa information occurs during the '27:Process CSA Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that search for 'n1-01 im' segments followed by 'n1-02' importer name, 'n1-03' qualifier ('m5', 'bn', or 'ai'), and 'n1-04' business number; set csa indicator on only for 'm5' qualifier.
EXCLUDING
CSA processing is required but EDI BOL importer segment is not found
When
Searching Fastway data for CSA information
Then
Search for 'N1-01 IM' segments followed by 'N1-02' importer name, 'N1-03' qualifier ('M5', 'BN', or 'AI'), and 'N1-04' business number; set CSA indicator ON only for 'M5' qualifier
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00029
Initialize Database Access Parameters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a request to retrieve shipment root data is made during the 'Initialize Database Access Parameters' routine, when the system initializes database access parameters, the system executes logic to ensure that the communication area should be cleared to spaces and the segment type should be set to 'shiproot' to identify the target data structure.
Given
A request to retrieve shipment root data is made
When
The system initializes database access parameters
Then
The communication area should be cleared to spaces and the segment type should be set to 'SHIPROOT' to identify the target data structure
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00031
Set Database Function to Get Unique
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming database access parameters are configured with segment type and root key during the 'Set Database Function to Get Unique' routine, when the system sets the database function type, the system executes logic to ensure that the function code should be set to 'gu' (get unique) and accept status should be set to 'ge' (get equal) to retrieve exactly one matching shipment root record.
Given
Database access parameters are configured with segment type and root key
When
The system sets the database function type
Then
The function code should be set to 'GU' (Get Unique) and accept status should be set to 'GE' (Get Equal) to retrieve exactly one matching shipment root record
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00032
Call Database Access Routine
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming all database access parameters are properly configured including segment type, root key, and function codes during the 'Call Database Access Routine' routine, when the system calls the database access routine fwcwbio, the system executes logic to ensure that the database call should be executed with the communication control area, database parameters, and shipment root data structure to attempt data retrieval.
Given
All database access parameters are properly configured including segment type, root key, and function codes
When
The system calls the database access routine FWCWBIO
Then
The database call should be executed with the communication control area, database parameters, and shipment root data structure to attempt data retrieval
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00033
Initialize SHIPMINE segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a request to retrieve shipment mine data during the 'Initialize SHIPMINE segment' routine, when the system begins the data retrieval process, the system executes logic to ensure that the shipmine data structure is cleared to spaces.
Given
A request to retrieve shipment mine data
When
The system begins the data retrieval process
Then
The SHIPMINE data structure is cleared to spaces
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00034
Set segment type to 'SHIPMIN'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment mine data retrieval request during the 'Set segment type to 'SHIPMIN'' routine, when the system configures the segment type, the system executes logic to ensure that the segment type is set to 'shipmin' to identify shipment mine records.
Given
A shipment mine data retrieval request
When
The system configures the segment type
Then
The segment type is set to 'SHIPMIN' to identify shipment mine records
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00035
Set segment ID to 'E'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a configured shipment mine segment type during the 'Set segment ID to 'E'' routine, when the system sets the segment identifier, the system executes logic to ensure that the segment id is set to 'e' to identify the specific data category.
Given
A configured shipment mine segment type
When
The system sets the segment identifier
Then
The segment ID is set to 'E' to identify the specific data category
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00036
Set segment number from counter
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment mine segment counter value during the 'Set segment number from counter' routine, when the system configures the segment number, the system executes logic to ensure that the segment number is set from the ws-shipmine-seg-nbr counter.
Given
A shipment mine segment counter value
When
The system configures the segment number
Then
The segment number is set from the WS-SHIPMINE-SEG-NBR counter
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00037
Set function code to 'GU' - Get Unique
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a configured shipment mine segment request during the 'Set function code to 'GU' - Get Unique' routine, when the system sets the database function code, the system executes logic to ensure that the function code is set to 'gu' for get unique operation.
Given
A configured shipment mine segment request
When
The system sets the database function code
Then
The function code is set to 'GU' for Get Unique operation
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00041
Extract EDI BOL key from data line 1
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming successfully retrieved shipment mine data during the 'Extract EDI BOL key from data line 1' routine, when the system processes the first data line, the system executes logic to ensure that the edi bol key is extracted from data-line(1) and stored in work-edi-bol-key.
Given
Successfully retrieved shipment mine data
When
The system processes the first data line
Then
The EDI BOL key is extracted from DATA-LINE(1) and stored in WORK-EDI-BOL-KEY
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00043
Extract EDI BOL key from data line 1
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming shipment mine data retrieval failed during the 'Extract EDI BOL key from data line 1' routine, when the system processes the edi bol key extraction, the system executes logic to ensure that the work-edi-bol-key is set to spaces.
Given
Shipment mine data retrieval failed
When
The system processes the EDI BOL key extraction
Then
The WORK-EDI-BOL-KEY is set to spaces
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00044
Set Shipmine Segment Number to 1
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to extract edi bol key from shipment data during the 'Set Shipmine Segment Number to 1' routine, when the extraction process begins, the system executes logic to ensure that the shipmine segment number is set to 1 to start from the first segment.
Given
The system needs to extract EDI BOL key from shipment data
When
The extraction process begins
Then
The shipmine segment number is set to 1 to start from the first segment
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00045
Retrieve Shipmine Data
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the shipmine segment number is set during the 'Retrieve Shipmine Data' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve shipmine data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls the database access routine to get the shipmine segment data.
Given
The shipmine segment number is set
When
The system attempts to retrieve shipmine data
Then
The system calls the database access routine to get the shipmine segment data
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00046
Extract BOL Key from First Data Line
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming shipmine data has been successfully retrieved from the database during the 'Extract BOL Key from First Data Line' routine, when the system processes the retrieved shipmine segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the edi bol key is extracted from the first data line and stored in the work area.
Given
Shipmine data has been successfully retrieved from the database
When
The system processes the retrieved shipmine segment
Then
The EDI BOL key is extracted from the first data line and stored in the work area
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00047
Set BOL Key to Blank
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the system attempts to retrieve shipmine data during the 'Set BOL Key to Blank' routine, when no shipmine data is found in the database, the system executes logic to ensure that the edi bol key is set to blank spaces.
Given
The system attempts to retrieve shipmine data
When
No shipmine data is found in the database
Then
The EDI BOL key is set to blank spaces
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00049
Search EBSNRTD Segments
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol key exists for the shipment during the 'Search EBSNRTD Segments' routine, when the system searches ebsnrtd segments for organization data, the system executes logic to ensure that organization records with type 'tn' are retrieved sequentially for broker identification.
Given
An EDI BOL key exists for the shipment
When
The system searches EBSNRTD segments for organization data
Then
Organization records with type 'TN' are retrieved sequentially for broker identification
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00050
Organization ID = 'XQ'?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming organization data is being processed from bol segments during the 'Organization ID = 'XQ'?' routine, when an organization record has custom id equal to 'xq', the system executes logic to ensure that the organization name is set as the final broker name and search is completed.
Given
Organization data is being processed from BOL segments
When
An organization record has custom ID equal to 'XQ'
Then
The organization name is set as the final broker name and search is completed
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00051
Organization ID = 'CB'?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If organization data is being processed from bol segments and no xq type broker has been found, and an organization record has id equal to 'cb' and custom id is not 'xr' or 'xu' occurs during the 'Organization ID = 'CB'?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the organization name is stored as temporary broker name for potential use.
EXCLUDING
Organization data is being processed from BOL segments and no XQ type broker has been found
When
An organization record has ID equal to 'CB' and custom ID is not 'XR' or 'XU'
Then
The organization name is stored as temporary broker name for potential use
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00052
Get Broker from BOL
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming all bol organization segments have been processed and a temporary cb broker exists during the 'Get Broker from BOL' routine, when no xq type broker was found during the search, the system executes logic to ensure that the temporary cb broker name becomes the final broker name.
Given
All BOL organization segments have been processed and a temporary CB broker exists
When
No XQ type broker was found during the search
Then
The temporary CB broker name becomes the final broker name
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00058
Parse Broker Name
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a broker name starts with 'customs broker: ' (16 characters) during the 'Parse Broker Name' routine, when the system parses the broker name, the system executes logic to ensure that the actual broker name is extracted from position 17 onwards.
Given
A broker name starts with 'CUSTOMS BROKER: ' (16 characters)
When
The system parses the broker name
Then
The actual broker name is extracted from position 17 onwards
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00059
Starts with 'BROKER '?
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a broker name starts with 'broker ' (7 characters) during the 'Starts with 'BROKER '?' routine, when the system parses the broker name, the system executes logic to ensure that the actual broker name is extracted from position 8 onwards.
Given
A broker name starts with 'BROKER ' (7 characters)
When
The system parses the broker name
Then
The actual broker name is extracted from position 8 onwards
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00060
Parse Broker Name
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a broker name starts with 'broker: ' (8 characters) during the 'Parse Broker Name' routine, when the system parses the broker name, the system executes logic to ensure that the actual broker name is extracted from position 9 onwards.
Given
A broker name starts with 'BROKER: ' (8 characters)
When
The system parses the broker name
Then
The actual broker name is extracted from position 9 onwards
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00061
Starts with 'CB ' or 'XQ '?
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a broker name starts with 'cb ' or 'xq ' (3 characters) during the 'Starts with 'CB ' or 'XQ '?' routine, when the system parses the broker name, the system executes logic to ensure that the actual broker name is extracted from position 4 onwards.
Given
A broker name starts with 'CB ' or 'XQ ' (3 characters)
When
The system parses the broker name
Then
The actual broker name is extracted from position 4 onwards
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00062
Parse Broker Name
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a broker name starts with 'cb: ' or 'xq: ' (4 characters) during the 'Parse Broker Name' routine, when the system parses the broker name, the system executes logic to ensure that the actual broker name is extracted from position 5 onwards.
Given
A broker name starts with 'CB: ' or 'XQ: ' (4 characters)
When
The system parses the broker name
Then
The actual broker name is extracted from position 5 onwards
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00063
Use Full String as Name
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a broker name does not start with any recognized prefixes, and the system parses the broker name occurs during the 'Use Full String as Name' routine, then the system must guarantee that the entire string is used as the broker name without modification.
EXCLUDING
A broker name does not start with any recognized prefixes
When
The system parses the broker name
Then
The entire string is used as the broker name without modification
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00064
Lookup Broker Short Name
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a broker long name has been identified and parsed during the 'Lookup Broker Short Name' routine, when the system looks up the broker name in gcst2rt table, the system executes logic to ensure that the system searches for a corresponding short name translation.
Given
A broker long name has been identified and parsed
When
The system looks up the broker name in GCST2RT table
Then
The system searches for a corresponding short name translation
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00066
Use Original Long Name
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming no broker short name translation exists in gcst2rt table during the 'Use Original Long Name' routine, when the lookup operation finds no matching record, the system executes logic to ensure that the original parsed long name is used as the final broker name.
Given
No broker short name translation exists in GCST2RT table
When
The lookup operation finds no matching record
Then
The original parsed long name is used as the final broker name
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00305
EDI BOL Key Available?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is processing broker information from bol data during the 'EDI BOL Key Available?' routine, when the edi bol key (work-edi-bol-key) is spaces or empty, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should skip edi bol broker search and exit the process.
Given
The system is processing broker information from BOL data
When
The EDI BOL key (WORK-EDI-BOL-KEY) is spaces or empty
Then
The system should skip EDI BOL broker search and exit the process
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00306
Initialize Search Variables
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is starting the broker search from bol data during the 'Initialize Search Variables' routine, when the search process begins, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set customs broker not found flag to true, ebsnrtd found flag to true, ebsbcbc found flag to true, and temporary customs broker not found flag to true.
Given
The system is starting the broker search from BOL data
When
The search process begins
Then
The system should set customs broker not found flag to true, EBSNRTD found flag to true, EBSBCBC found flag to true, and temporary customs broker not found flag to true
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00307
Org ID = 'XQ'?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the system finds an ebsnrtd segment with organization data during the 'Org ID = 'XQ'?' routine, when the organization id custom field equals 'xq', the system executes logic to ensure that the system should immediately set the organization name as the primary broker name, mark xq broker as found, set temporary customs broker as not found, and stop searching for other broker types.
Given
The system finds an EBSNRTD segment with organization data
When
The organization ID custom field equals 'XQ'
Then
The system should immediately set the organization name as the primary broker name, mark XQ broker as found, set temporary customs broker as not found, and stop searching for other broker types
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00308
Org ID = 'CB' AND No XQ Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the system finds an ebsnrtd segment and no xq broker has been found yet, and the organization id equals 'cb' and the temporary customs broker is not found and the organization id custom is not equal to 'xr' and not equal to 'xu' occurs during the 'Org ID = 'CB' AND No XQ Found?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should store the organization name as temporary broker name and mark temporary customs broker as found.
EXCLUDING
The system finds an EBSNRTD segment and no XQ broker has been found yet
When
The organization ID equals 'CB' and the temporary customs broker is not found and the organization ID custom is not equal to 'XR' and not equal to 'XU'
Then
The system should store the organization name as temporary broker name and mark temporary customs broker as found
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00320
Parse Final Broker Name
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a broker name exists in special handling instruction format during the 'Parse Final Broker Name' routine, when the broker name needs to be cleaned and formatted, the system executes logic to ensure that standard parsing rules are applied to remove prefixes like 'customs broker', 'broker', 'cb', or 'xq' and extract the actual broker name.
Given
A broker name exists in special handling instruction format
When
The broker name needs to be cleaned and formatted
Then
Standard parsing rules are applied to remove prefixes like 'CUSTOMS BROKER', 'BROKER', 'CB', or 'XQ' and extract the actual broker name
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00419
Check if starts with 'CUSTOMS BROKER '
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a broker name string is provided for parsing during the 'Check if starts with 'CUSTOMS BROKER '' routine, when the string starts with 'customs broker ' (15 characters including space), the system executes logic to ensure that extract the broker name from position 16 to 43 (28 characters) and store it as the parsed broker name.
Given
A broker name string is provided for parsing
When
The string starts with 'CUSTOMS BROKER ' (15 characters including space)
Then
Extract the broker name from position 16 to 43 (28 characters) and store it as the parsed broker name
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00420
Check if starts with 'CUSTOMS BROKER: '
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a broker name string is provided for parsing and it does not start with 'customs broker ', and the string starts with 'customs broker: ' (16 characters including colon and space) occurs during the 'Check if starts with 'CUSTOMS BROKER: '' routine, then the system must guarantee that extract the broker name from position 17 to 43 (27 characters) and store it as the parsed broker name.
EXCLUDING
A broker name string is provided for parsing and it does not start with 'CUSTOMS BROKER '
When
The string starts with 'CUSTOMS BROKER: ' (16 characters including colon and space)
Then
Extract the broker name from position 17 to 43 (27 characters) and store it as the parsed broker name
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00421
Check if starts with 'BROKER '
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a broker name string is provided for parsing and it does not start with 'customs broker ' or 'customs broker: ', and the string starts with 'broker ' (7 characters including space) occurs during the 'Check if starts with 'BROKER '' routine, then the system must guarantee that extract the broker name from position 8 to 43 (36 characters) and store it as the parsed broker name.
EXCLUDING
A broker name string is provided for parsing and it does not start with 'CUSTOMS BROKER ' or 'CUSTOMS BROKER: '
When
The string starts with 'BROKER ' (7 characters including space)
Then
Extract the broker name from position 8 to 43 (36 characters) and store it as the parsed broker name
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00422
Check if starts with 'BROKER: '
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a broker name string is provided for parsing and it does not start with 'customs broker ', 'customs broker: ', or 'broker ', and the string starts with 'broker: ' (8 characters including colon and space) occurs during the 'Check if starts with 'BROKER: '' routine, then the system must guarantee that extract the broker name from position 9 to 43 (35 characters) and store it as the parsed broker name.
EXCLUDING
A broker name string is provided for parsing and it does not start with 'CUSTOMS BROKER ', 'CUSTOMS BROKER: ', or 'BROKER '
When
The string starts with 'BROKER: ' (8 characters including colon and space)
Then
Extract the broker name from position 9 to 43 (35 characters) and store it as the parsed broker name
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00423
Check if starts with 'CB ' or 'XQ '
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a broker name string is provided for parsing and it does not start with 'customs broker ', 'customs broker: ', 'broker ', or 'broker: ', and the string starts with 'cb ' or 'xq ' (3 characters including space) occurs during the 'Check if starts with 'CB ' or 'XQ '' routine, then the system must guarantee that extract the broker name from position 4 to 44 (41 characters) and store it as the parsed broker name.
EXCLUDING
A broker name string is provided for parsing and it does not start with 'CUSTOMS BROKER ', 'CUSTOMS BROKER: ', 'BROKER ', or 'BROKER: '
When
The string starts with 'CB ' or 'XQ ' (3 characters including space)
Then
Extract the broker name from position 4 to 44 (41 characters) and store it as the parsed broker name
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00424
Check if starts with 'CB: ' or 'XQ: '
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a broker name string is provided for parsing and it does not start with 'customs broker ', 'customs broker: ', 'broker ', 'broker: ', 'cb ', or 'xq ', and the string starts with 'cb: ' or 'xq: ' (4 characters including colon and space) occurs during the 'Check if starts with 'CB: ' or 'XQ: '' routine, then the system must guarantee that extract the broker name from position 5 to 44 (40 characters) and store it as the parsed broker name.
EXCLUDING
A broker name string is provided for parsing and it does not start with 'CUSTOMS BROKER ', 'CUSTOMS BROKER: ', 'BROKER ', 'BROKER: ', 'CB ', or 'XQ '
When
The string starts with 'CB: ' or 'XQ: ' (4 characters including colon and space)
Then
Extract the broker name from position 5 to 44 (40 characters) and store it as the parsed broker name
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00425
Use entire string as broker name
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a broker name string is provided for parsing and it does not start with any standard prefixes, and the string does not start with 'customs broker ', 'customs broker: ', 'broker ', 'broker: ', 'cb ', 'xq ', 'cb: ', or 'xq: ' occurs during the 'Use entire string as broker name' routine, then the system must guarantee that use the entire string as the parsed broker name without any modification.
EXCLUDING
A broker name string is provided for parsing and it does not start with any standard prefixes
When
The string does not start with 'CUSTOMS BROKER ', 'CUSTOMS BROKER: ', 'BROKER ', 'BROKER: ', 'CB ', 'XQ ', 'CB: ', or 'XQ: '
Then
Use the entire string as the parsed broker name without any modification
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00067
EDI BOL Key Available?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is processing broker information retrieval during the 'EDI BOL Key Available?' routine, when the edi bol key is checked for availability, the system executes logic to ensure that if edi bol key is spaces, set indicators to not found and exit, otherwise proceed with broker search.
Given
The system is processing broker information retrieval
When
The EDI BOL key is checked for availability
Then
If EDI BOL key is spaces, set indicators to not found and exit, otherwise proceed with broker search
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00068
Organization ID = 'CB'?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an ebsnrtd segment is found with organization data, and the organization id is 'cb' and temporary customs broker is not found and custom id is not 'xr' or 'xu' occurs during the 'Organization ID = 'CB'?' routine, then the system must guarantee that store the organization name as temporary broker name and set temporary customs broker found indicator.
EXCLUDING
An EBSNRTD segment is found with organization data
When
The organization ID is 'CB' and temporary customs broker is not found and custom ID is not 'XR' or 'XU'
Then
Store the organization name as temporary broker name and set temporary customs broker found indicator
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00069
Organization ID = 'XQ'?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an ebsnrtd segment is found with organization data during the 'Organization ID = 'XQ'?' routine, when the organization custom id is 'xq', the system executes logic to ensure that set the organization name as the final broker name, mark customs broker as found, and reset temporary customs broker indicator.
Given
An EBSNRTD segment is found with organization data
When
The organization custom ID is 'XQ'
Then
Set the organization name as the final broker name, mark customs broker as found, and reset temporary customs broker indicator
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00070
Temporary Broker Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming all ebsnrtd segments have been processed and no xq type customs broker was found during the 'Temporary Broker Available?' routine, when a temporary customs broker was found during the search, the system executes logic to ensure that use the temporary broker name as the final broker long name.
Given
All EBSNRTD segments have been processed and no XQ type customs broker was found
When
A temporary customs broker was found during the search
Then
Use the temporary broker name as the final broker long name
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00071
More Sequences Available?
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is searching for customs broker information in ebsnrtd segments during the 'More Sequences Available?' routine, when current sequence processing is complete, the system executes logic to ensure that continue to next sequence if customs broker not found and more segments available, otherwise end search.
Given
The system is searching for customs broker information in EBSNRTD segments
When
Current sequence processing is complete
Then
Continue to next sequence if customs broker not found and more segments available, otherwise end search
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00080
Parse broker name using standard formats
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a broker name string contains standard prefixes during the 'Parse broker name using standard formats' routine, when the string starts with 'customs broker ', 'customs broker: ', 'broker ', 'broker: ', 'cb ', 'cb: ', 'xq ', or 'xq: ', the system executes logic to ensure that remove the prefix and extract the remaining text as the broker long name, otherwise use the entire string as broker long name.
Given
A broker name string contains standard prefixes
When
The string starts with 'CUSTOMS BROKER ', 'CUSTOMS BROKER: ', 'BROKER ', 'BROKER: ', 'CB ', 'CB: ', 'XQ ', or 'XQ: '
Then
Remove the prefix and extract the remaining text as the broker long name, otherwise use the entire string as broker long name
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00088
Broker Long Name Available?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system has processed broker information from edi bol or fastway sources during the 'Broker Long Name Available?' routine, when the broker long name field is evaluated for availability, the system executes logic to ensure that the system proceeds to standardization lookup only if broker long name is not spaces.
Given
The system has processed broker information from EDI BOL or Fastway sources
When
The broker long name field is evaluated for availability
Then
The system proceeds to standardization lookup only if broker long name is not spaces
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00321
Initialize N9 Processing Variables
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to process n9 reference numbers from bol data during the 'Initialize N9 Processing Variables' routine, when the n9 processing begins, the system executes logic to ensure that the system initializes sequence counter to 0, n9 array index to 1, sets ebsbccr found flag to true, and sets bm and si not found flags to true, and sets blank n9 not found flag to true.
Given
The system needs to process N9 reference numbers from BOL data
When
The N9 processing begins
Then
The system initializes sequence counter to 0, N9 array index to 1, sets EBSBCCR found flag to true, and sets BM and SI not found flags to true, and sets blank N9 not found flag to true
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00323
Get First EBSBCCR Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid edi bol key exists for reference data retrieval during the 'Get First EBSBCCR Segment' routine, when the system retrieves ebsbccr segments with type cr, the system executes logic to ensure that the system increments the sequence counter and attempts to get the next ebsbccr segment, setting the found flag based on retrieval success.
Given
A valid EDI BOL key exists for reference data retrieval
When
The system retrieves EBSBCCR segments with type CR
Then
The system increments the sequence counter and attempts to get the next EBSBCCR segment, setting the found flag based on retrieval success
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00324
Reference Qualifier = BM or SI?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an ebsbccr segment has been successfully retrieved during the 'Reference Qualifier = BM or SI?' routine, when the system checks the reference number qualifier, the system executes logic to ensure that the system continues processing only if the qualifier equals 'bm ' or 'si ', otherwise it retrieves the next segment.
Given
An EBSBCCR segment has been successfully retrieved
When
The system checks the reference number qualifier
Then
The system continues processing only if the qualifier equals 'BM ' or 'SI ', otherwise it retrieves the next segment
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00329
Store Payment Method
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If ebsbcbc segment data is available for the current bol, and the system retrieves the ebsbcbc segment and the shipment method payment field is not empty occurs during the 'Store Payment Method' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system stores the shipment method payment value in the cargo report payment method field.
EXCLUDING
EBSBCBC segment data is available for the current BOL
When
The system retrieves the EBSBCBC segment and the shipment method payment field is not empty
Then
The system stores the shipment method payment value in the cargo report payment method field
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00330
Store CN Reference Number
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If ebsbcbc segment data is available and contains shipment information, and the shipment id number field is not empty and array space is available occurs during the 'Store CN Reference Number' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system increments the n9 array index, stores 'cn' as the reference qualifier, and stores the shipment id number as the reference number.
EXCLUDING
EBSBCBC segment data is available and contains shipment information
When
The shipment ID number field is not empty and array space is available
Then
The system increments the N9 array index, stores 'CN' as the reference qualifier, and stores the shipment ID number as the reference number
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00426
Call 8430-GET-EBSBCBC to retrieve BOL data
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment requires payment method information during the 'Call 8430-GET-EBSBCBC to retrieve BOL data' routine, when the system calls the bol data retrieval service, the system executes logic to ensure that the ebsbcbc segment data is retrieved from the bol system.
Given
A shipment requires payment method information
When
The system calls the BOL data retrieval service
Then
The EBSBCBC segment data is retrieved from the BOL system
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00427
EBSBCBC segment found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming bol data retrieval has been attempted during the 'EBSBCBC segment found?' routine, when the system checks if ebsbcbc segment was found, the system executes logic to ensure that processing continues only if the bol segment exists, otherwise payment method processing is skipped.
Given
BOL data retrieval has been attempted
When
The system checks if EBSBCBC segment was found
Then
Processing continues only if the BOL segment exists, otherwise payment method processing is skipped
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00428
Payment method field not empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming ebsbcbc bol segment is available during the 'Payment method field not empty?' routine, when the system checks the b2-shipment-meth-pay field, the system executes logic to ensure that payment method is processed only if the field is not empty or spaces.
Given
EBSBCBC BOL segment is available
When
The system checks the B2-SHIPMENT-METH-PAY field
Then
Payment method is processed only if the field is not empty or spaces
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00429
Extract B2-SHIPMENT-METH-PAY from BOL
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming ebsbcbc segment exists and payment method field contains valid data during the 'Extract B2-SHIPMENT-METH-PAY from BOL' routine, when the system processes the payment method extraction, the system executes logic to ensure that the b2-shipment-meth-pay value is extracted from the bol segment.
Given
EBSBCBC segment exists and payment method field contains valid data
When
The system processes the payment method extraction
Then
The B2-SHIPMENT-METH-PAY value is extracted from the BOL segment
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00331
BM Reference Number Missing?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If bm reference number was not found in edi bol data and shipper bill number exists in fastway data, and the system processes n9 reference numbers from fastway source occurs during the 'BM Reference Number Missing?' routine, then the system must guarantee that extract bm reference from shipper bill number and set bm found flag to true and increment reference array index.
EXCLUDING
BM reference number was not found in EDI BOL data AND shipper bill number exists in Fastway data
When
the system processes N9 reference numbers from Fastway source
Then
extract BM reference from shipper bill number AND set BM found flag to true AND increment reference array index
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00100
Get EBSBCCR Segment from BOL
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol key exists and reference number processing is required during the 'Get EBSBCCR Segment from BOL' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve ebsbccr segments from the electronic bill of lading, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should sequentially read ebsbccr segments until no more segments are found or required reference types are located.
Given
An EDI BOL key exists and reference number processing is required
When
The system attempts to retrieve EBSBCCR segments from the Electronic Bill of Lading
Then
The system should sequentially read EBSBCCR segments until no more segments are found or required reference types are located
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00101
Reference Qualifier = BM or SI?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an ebsbccr segment has been retrieved from the electronic bill of lading during the 'Reference Qualifier = BM or SI?' routine, when the system checks the reference number qualifier, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should continue processing only if the qualifier equals 'bm ' or 'si ', otherwise skip to the next segment.
Given
An EBSBCCR segment has been retrieved from the Electronic Bill of Lading
When
The system checks the reference number qualifier
Then
The system should continue processing only if the qualifier equals 'BM ' or 'SI ', otherwise skip to the next segment
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00102
Set Reference Number to 'N/A'
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a reference number segment with bm or si qualifier has been found during the 'Set Reference Number to 'N/A'' routine, when the reference number field is empty or contains only spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set the reference number to 'n/a'.
Given
A reference number segment with BM or SI qualifier has been found
When
The reference number field is empty or contains only spaces
Then
The system should set the reference number to 'N/A'
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00105
Get EBSBCBC Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming bm or si reference numbers have been processed from ebsbccr segments during the 'Get EBSBCBC Segment' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve the ebsbcbc segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should read the ebsbcbc segment to extract payment method and shipment identification information.
Given
BM or SI reference numbers have been processed from EBSBCCR segments
When
The system attempts to retrieve the EBSBCBC segment
Then
The system should read the EBSBCBC segment to extract payment method and shipment identification information
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00106
Store Payment Method
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an ebsbcbc segment has been successfully retrieved, and the shipment payment method field is not empty or spaces occurs during the 'Store Payment Method' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should store the payment method in the cargo report output structure.
EXCLUDING
An EBSBCBC segment has been successfully retrieved
When
The shipment payment method field is not empty or spaces
Then
The system should store the payment method in the cargo report output structure
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00107
Store Shipment ID as CN Reference
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an ebsbcbc segment has been retrieved and payment method has been processed, and the shipment identification number field is not empty or spaces occurs during the 'Store Shipment ID as CN Reference' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should store the shipment id as a 'cn' qualified reference number in the next available array position.
EXCLUDING
An EBSBCBC segment has been retrieved and payment method has been processed
When
The shipment identification number field is not empty or spaces
Then
The system should store the shipment ID as a 'CN' qualified reference number in the next available array position
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00108
Set BM Reference Number
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If bm reference number was not found in edi bol data and there is available space in the reference array, and the system processes fastway data for missing references occurs during the 'Set BM Reference Number' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system sets 'bm' as the reference qualifier, uses the shipper bill number as the reference value, marks bm as found, and increments to the next reference position.
EXCLUDING
BM reference number was not found in EDI BOL data and there is available space in the reference array
When
the system processes Fastway data for missing references
Then
the system sets 'BM' as the reference qualifier, uses the shipper bill number as the reference value, marks BM as found, and increments to the next reference position
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00112
Extract B2-SHIPMENT-METH-PAY from BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment requires payment method extraction from bol data during the 'Extract B2-SHIPMENT-METH-PAY from BOL' routine, when the system retrieves the ebsbcbc bol segment and the payment method field contains valid data, the system executes logic to ensure that the payment method is extracted and stored in the cargo report structure.
Given
A shipment requires payment method extraction from BOL data
When
The system retrieves the EBSBCBC BOL segment and the payment method field contains valid data
Then
The payment method is extracted and stored in the cargo report structure
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00113
EBSBCBC segment found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a request to extract payment method from bol data during the 'EBSBCBC segment found?' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve the ebsbcbc bol segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system proceeds with payment method extraction only if the bol segment is successfully found.
Given
A request to extract payment method from BOL data
When
The system attempts to retrieve the EBSBCBC BOL segment
Then
The system proceeds with payment method extraction only if the BOL segment is successfully found
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00114
Payment method field not empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an ebsbcbc bol segment has been successfully retrieved during the 'Payment method field not empty?' routine, when the system checks the b2-shipment-meth-pay field for content, the system executes logic to ensure that the payment method is processed only if the field is not empty or contains spaces.
Given
An EBSBCBC BOL segment has been successfully retrieved
When
The system checks the B2-SHIPMENT-METH-PAY field for content
Then
The payment method is processed only if the field is not empty or contains spaces
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00115
Store payment method in GCCC-BX03-SHIP-METH-PAY
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid payment method has been extracted from the bol segment during the 'Store payment method in GCCC-BX03-SHIP-METH-PAY' routine, when the b2-shipment-meth-pay field contains valid payment method data, the system executes logic to ensure that the payment method value is moved to gccc-bx03-ship-meth-pay field in the cargo report.
Given
A valid payment method has been extracted from the BOL segment
When
The B2-SHIPMENT-METH-PAY field contains valid payment method data
Then
The payment method value is moved to GCCC-BX03-SHIP-METH-PAY field in the cargo report
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00116
Get EBSBCBC Segment from BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a bol record exists with shipment data segment ebsbcbc during the 'Get EBSBCBC Segment from BOL' routine, when the system processes the bol data for shipment identification, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should retrieve the ebsbcbc segment containing shipment id information.
Given
A BOL record exists with shipment data segment EBSBCBC
When
The system processes the BOL data for shipment identification
Then
The system should retrieve the EBSBCBC segment containing shipment ID information
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00117
EBSBCBC Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system has attempted to retrieve ebsbcbc segment from bol data during the 'EBSBCBC Segment Found?' routine, when the system checks if the ebsbcbc segment was successfully found, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should continue processing if segment is found, otherwise terminate the shipment id extraction process.
Given
The system has attempted to retrieve EBSBCBC segment from BOL data
When
The system checks if the EBSBCBC segment was successfully found
Then
The system should continue processing if segment is found, otherwise terminate the shipment ID extraction process
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00118
Shipment ID Number Available?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the ebsbcbc segment has been successfully retrieved from bol data during the 'Shipment ID Number Available?' routine, when the system checks the b2-shipment-id-no field for valid content, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should proceed with reference number creation if shipment id is not spaces, otherwise skip the shipment id processing.
Given
The EBSBCBC segment has been successfully retrieved from BOL data
When
The system checks the B2-SHIPMENT-ID-NO field for valid content
Then
The system should proceed with reference number creation if shipment ID is not spaces, otherwise skip the shipment ID processing
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00119
Increment Reference Number Counter
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the shipment id number is valid and available in the ebsbcbc segment during the 'Increment Reference Number Counter' routine, when the system prepares to add the shipment id as a reference number, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should increment the reference number counter by 1 to point to the next available array position.
Given
The shipment ID number is valid and available in the EBSBCBC segment
When
The system prepares to add the shipment ID as a reference number
Then
The system should increment the reference number counter by 1 to point to the next available array position
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00133
Initialize seal counter to 1
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to process seal numbers from edi bol data during the 'Initialize seal counter to 1' routine, when the seal number building process starts, the system executes logic to ensure that the seal counter is set to 1 and ebsbccx segment counter is initialized.
Given
The system needs to process seal numbers from EDI BOL data
When
The seal number building process starts
Then
The seal counter is set to 1 and EBSBCCX segment counter is initialized
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00134
Set seal type to 'SN'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is processing seal numbers from edi bol segments during the 'Set seal type to 'SN'' routine, when preparing to retrieve ebsbccx segments, the system executes logic to ensure that the type identifier is set to 'sn' for seal number segment retrieval.
Given
The system is processing seal numbers from EDI BOL segments
When
Preparing to retrieve EBSBCCX segments
Then
The type identifier is set to 'SN' for seal number segment retrieval
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00135
Get EBSBCCX segment from BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the system has a valid edi bol key and segment counter during the 'Get EBSBCCX segment from BOL' routine, when retrieving ebsbccx segments with type 'sn', the system executes logic to ensure that the system attempts to get the ebsbccx segment and sets found/not found status.
Given
The system has a valid EDI BOL key and segment counter
When
Retrieving EBSBCCX segments with type 'SN'
Then
The system attempts to get the EBSBCCX segment and sets found/not found status
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00136
Seal counter ≤ 20
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is processing seal numbers from edi bol segments during the 'Seal counter ≤ 20' routine, when the seal counter reaches or exceeds 20, the system executes logic to ensure that the seal number processing stops to prevent exceeding the maximum capacity.
Given
The system is processing seal numbers from EDI BOL segments
When
The seal counter reaches or exceeds 20
Then
The seal number processing stops to prevent exceeding the maximum capacity
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00137
Seal Number 1 not empty
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an ebsbccx segment has been retrieved successfully during the 'Seal Number 1 not empty' routine, when checking the first seal number field (m7-seal-number-1), the system executes logic to ensure that the seal number is processed only if it is not equal to spaces or low-values.
Given
An EBSBCCX segment has been retrieved successfully
When
Checking the first seal number field (M7-SEAL-NUMBER-1)
Then
The seal number is processed only if it is not equal to spaces or low-values
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00138
Store Seal Number 1 in array
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the first seal number in the ebsbccx segment is valid (not spaces or low-values) during the 'Store Seal Number 1 in array' routine, when storing the seal number data, the system executes logic to ensure that m7-seal-number-1 is moved to gcsccs56-seal-number at the current seal counter position.
Given
The first seal number in the EBSBCCX segment is valid (not spaces or low-values)
When
Storing the seal number data
Then
M7-SEAL-NUMBER-1 is moved to GCSCCS56-SEAL-NUMBER at the current seal counter position
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00139
Seal Number 2 not empty
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an ebsbccx segment has been retrieved and first seal number processed during the 'Seal Number 2 not empty' routine, when checking the second seal number field (m7-seal-number-2), the system executes logic to ensure that the seal number is processed only if it is not equal to spaces or low-values.
Given
An EBSBCCX segment has been retrieved and first seal number processed
When
Checking the second seal number field (M7-SEAL-NUMBER-2)
Then
The seal number is processed only if it is not equal to spaces or low-values
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00140
Store Seal Number 2 in array
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the second seal number in the ebsbccx segment is valid (not spaces or low-values) during the 'Store Seal Number 2 in array' routine, when storing the seal number data, the system executes logic to ensure that m7-seal-number-2 is moved to gcsccs56-seal-number at the current seal counter position.
Given
The second seal number in the EBSBCCX segment is valid (not spaces or low-values)
When
Storing the seal number data
Then
M7-SEAL-NUMBER-2 is moved to GCSCCS56-SEAL-NUMBER at the current seal counter position
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00141
Seal Number 3 not empty
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an ebsbccx segment has been retrieved and previous seal numbers processed during the 'Seal Number 3 not empty' routine, when checking the third seal number field (m7-seal-number-3), the system executes logic to ensure that the seal number is processed only if it is not equal to spaces or low-values.
Given
An EBSBCCX segment has been retrieved and previous seal numbers processed
When
Checking the third seal number field (M7-SEAL-NUMBER-3)
Then
The seal number is processed only if it is not equal to spaces or low-values
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00142
Store Seal Number 3 in array
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the third seal number in the ebsbccx segment is valid (not spaces or low-values) during the 'Store Seal Number 3 in array' routine, when storing the seal number data, the system executes logic to ensure that m7-seal-number-3 is moved to gcsccs56-seal-number at the current seal counter position.
Given
The third seal number in the EBSBCCX segment is valid (not spaces or low-values)
When
Storing the seal number data
Then
M7-SEAL-NUMBER-3 is moved to GCSCCS56-SEAL-NUMBER at the current seal counter position
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00143
Seal Number 4 not empty
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an ebsbccx segment has been retrieved and previous seal numbers processed during the 'Seal Number 4 not empty' routine, when checking the fourth seal number field (m7-seal-number-4), the system executes logic to ensure that the seal number is processed only if it is not equal to spaces or low-values.
Given
An EBSBCCX segment has been retrieved and previous seal numbers processed
When
Checking the fourth seal number field (M7-SEAL-NUMBER-4)
Then
The seal number is processed only if it is not equal to spaces or low-values
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00144
Store Seal Number 4 in array
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the fourth seal number in the ebsbccx segment is valid (not spaces or low-values) during the 'Store Seal Number 4 in array' routine, when storing the seal number data, the system executes logic to ensure that m7-seal-number-4 is moved to gcsccs56-seal-number at the current seal counter position.
Given
The fourth seal number in the EBSBCCX segment is valid (not spaces or low-values)
When
Storing the seal number data
Then
M7-SEAL-NUMBER-4 is moved to GCSCCS56-SEAL-NUMBER at the current seal counter position
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00145
Increment EBSBCCX segment counter
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming all seal numbers from the current ebsbccx segment have been processed during the 'Increment EBSBCCX segment counter' routine, when moving to the next segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the ebsbccx segment counter (ws-sub-cx) is incremented by 1.
Given
All seal numbers from the current EBSBCCX segment have been processed
When
Moving to the next segment
Then
The EBSBCCX segment counter (WS-SUB-CX) is incremented by 1
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00146
End Build Seal Numbers
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is processing seal numbers from edi bol segments during the 'End Build Seal Numbers' routine, when no more ebsbccx segments are found or the seal counter exceeds 20, the system executes logic to ensure that the seal number building process terminates.
Given
The system is processing seal numbers from EDI BOL segments
When
No more EBSBCCX segments are found OR the seal counter exceeds 20
Then
The seal number building process terminates
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00147
Get First EBSBCCR Record
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a multi-bill shipment requires ccn processing during the 'Get First EBSBCCR Record' routine, when the system starts the ccn retrieval process, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves the first ebsbccr record and initializes sequence counter to 0.
Given
A multi-bill shipment requires CCN processing
When
The system starts the CCN retrieval process
Then
The system retrieves the first EBSBCCR record and initializes sequence counter to 0
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00148
EBSBCCR Record Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system attempts to retrieve ebsbccr record for ccn processing during the 'EBSBCCR Record Found?' routine, when the ebsbccr record retrieval is executed, the system executes logic to ensure that if ebsbccr record is found, continue with ccn index initialization, otherwise terminate ccn processing.
Given
The system attempts to retrieve EBSBCCR record for CCN processing
When
The EBSBCCR record retrieval is executed
Then
If EBSBCCR record is found, continue with CCN index initialization, otherwise terminate CCN processing
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00149
Initialize CCN Index to 1
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming ebsbccr record is successfully found during the 'Initialize CCN Index to 1' routine, when ccn processing begins, the system executes logic to ensure that the ccn array index is set to 1 and ebsbccx indicator is cleared.
Given
EBSBCCR record is successfully found
When
CCN processing begins
Then
The CCN array index is set to 1 and EBSBCCX indicator is cleared
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00150
Get EBSBCCX Segment with Type 'RF'
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming ccn processing is active with valid ccn index during the 'Get EBSBCCX Segment with Type 'RF'' routine, when the system searches for ebsbccx segments, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves ebsbccx segment with type 'rf' using current sequence number.
Given
CCN processing is active with valid CCN index
When
The system searches for EBSBCCX segments
Then
The system retrieves EBSBCCX segment with type 'RF' using current sequence number
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00151
EBSBCCX Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system attempts to retrieve ebsbccx segment with type 'rf' during the 'EBSBCCX Segment Found?' routine, when ebsbccx segment retrieval is executed or sequence reaches 99, the system executes logic to ensure that if ebsbccx segment is not found or sequence equals 99, terminate processing, otherwise continue with ebsbccy processing.
Given
The system attempts to retrieve EBSBCCX segment with type 'RF'
When
EBSBCCX segment retrieval is executed or sequence reaches 99
Then
If EBSBCCX segment is not found or sequence equals 99, terminate processing, otherwise continue with EBSBCCY processing
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00152
Initialize EBSBCCY Processing
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming valid ebsbccx segment with type 'rf' is found during the 'Initialize EBSBCCY Processing' routine, when ebsbccy processing begins, the system executes logic to ensure that the system clears ebsbccy indicator and segment data, sets type to 'cr' and initializes sequence to 0.
Given
Valid EBSBCCX segment with type 'RF' is found
When
EBSBCCY processing begins
Then
The system clears EBSBCCY indicator and segment data, sets type to 'CR' and initializes sequence to 0
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00153
Search for EBSBCCY Segment
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If ebsbccy processing is initialized with type 'cr', and the system searches for ebsbccy segments until sequence reaches 99 or segment is not found or xc qualifier is found occurs during the 'Search for EBSBCCY Segment' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system increments sequence and retrieves ebsbccy segment until termination condition is met.
EXCLUDING
EBSBCCY processing is initialized with type 'CR'
When
The system searches for EBSBCCY segments until sequence reaches 99 or segment is not found or XC qualifier is found
Then
The system increments sequence and retrieves EBSBCCY segment until termination condition is met
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00154
Found EBSBCCY with Qualifier 'XC'?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming ebsbccy segment search is completed during the 'Found EBSBCCY with Qualifier 'XC'?' routine, when the system checks the segment qualification, the system executes logic to ensure that if ebsbccy segment is not found or qualifier is not 'xc', skip to next ebsbccx segment, otherwise proceed with ccn comparison.
Given
EBSBCCY segment search is completed
When
The system checks the segment qualification
Then
If EBSBCCY segment is not found or qualifier is not 'XC', skip to next EBSBCCX segment, otherwise proceed with CCN comparison
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00155
CCN Different from Current?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming ebsbccy segment with 'xc' qualifier is found during the 'CCN Different from Current?' routine, when the system compares the ccn reference number with current cargo control number, the system executes logic to ensure that if ccn equals current cargo control number, skip storage and continue to next segment, otherwise store the ccn.
Given
EBSBCCY segment with 'XC' qualifier is found
When
The system compares the CCN reference number with current cargo control number
Then
If CCN equals current cargo control number, skip storage and continue to next segment, otherwise store the CCN
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00335
Start CCN Retrieval
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a multi-bill shipment requires ccn extraction during the 'Start CCN Retrieval' routine, when the ccn retrieval process begins, the system executes logic to ensure that the system initializes ccn counter to 1 and clears ebsbccx indicators.
Given
A multi-bill shipment requires CCN extraction
When
The CCN retrieval process begins
Then
The system initializes CCN counter to 1 and clears EBSBCCX indicators
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00336
Set RF Type for EBSBCCX Search
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming ccn retrieval process is active during the 'Set RF Type for EBSBCCX Search' routine, when searching for reference segments in ebsbccx, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the type to 'rf' for reference segment identification.
Given
CCN retrieval process is active
When
Searching for reference segments in EBSBCCX
Then
The system sets the type to 'RF' for reference segment identification
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00337
Get EBSBCCX RF Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming rf type is set and sequence counter is positioned during the 'Get EBSBCCX RF Segment' routine, when retrieving ebsbccx segment with rf type, the system executes logic to ensure that the system fetches the corresponding rf segment from ebsbccx.
Given
RF type is set and sequence counter is positioned
When
Retrieving EBSBCCX segment with RF type
Then
The system fetches the corresponding RF segment from EBSBCCX
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00338
EBSBCCX Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an attempt to retrieve ebsbccx rf segment has been made during the 'EBSBCCX Found?' routine, when checking the retrieval result, the system executes logic to ensure that the system determines if the ebsbccx segment was found or not found.
Given
An attempt to retrieve EBSBCCX RF segment has been made
When
Checking the retrieval result
Then
The system determines if the EBSBCCX segment was found or not found
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00339
Reached Max Segments?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming ebsbccx segment processing is in progress during the 'Reached Max Segments?' routine, when the sequence counter equals 99, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets ebsbccx not found indicator to terminate processing.
Given
EBSBCCX segment processing is in progress
When
The sequence counter equals 99
Then
The system sets EBSBCCX not found indicator to terminate processing
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00340
Initialize EBSBCCY Search
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid ebsbccx rf segment has been found during the 'Initialize EBSBCCY Search' routine, when preparing to search for related ebsbccy segments, the system executes logic to ensure that the system clears ebsbccy indicators and resets sequence counter to 0.
Given
A valid EBSBCCX RF segment has been found
When
Preparing to search for related EBSBCCY segments
Then
The system clears EBSBCCY indicators and resets sequence counter to 0
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00341
Set CR Type for EBSBCCY
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming ebsbccy search is initialized during the 'Set CR Type for EBSBCCY' routine, when setting up cargo reference segment search, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the type to 'cr' for cargo reference identification.
Given
EBSBCCY search is initialized
When
Setting up cargo reference segment search
Then
The system sets the type to 'CR' for cargo reference identification
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00342
Get EBSBCCY Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming cr type is set and sequence counter is incremented during the 'Get EBSBCCY Segment' routine, when searching for ebsbccy segments with xc qualifier and sequence is less than 99, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves ebsbccy segments until xc qualifier is found or search limit is reached.
Given
CR type is set and sequence counter is incremented
When
Searching for EBSBCCY segments with XC qualifier and sequence is less than 99
Then
The system retrieves EBSBCCY segments until XC qualifier is found or search limit is reached
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00343
EBSBCCY Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an attempt to retrieve ebsbccy segment has been made during the 'EBSBCCY Found?' routine, when checking the retrieval result, the system executes logic to ensure that the system determines if the ebsbccy segment was found or not found.
Given
An attempt to retrieve EBSBCCY segment has been made
When
Checking the retrieval result
Then
The system determines if the EBSBCCY segment was found or not found
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00344
Reference Qualifier = XC?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid ebsbccy segment has been retrieved during the 'Reference Qualifier = XC?' routine, when the reference qualifier is evaluated, the system executes logic to ensure that the system checks if the reference qualifier equals 'xc' for cargo control number identification.
Given
A valid EBSBCCY segment has been retrieved
When
The reference qualifier is evaluated
Then
The system checks if the reference qualifier equals 'XC' for cargo control number identification
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00348
Increment CX Counter
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming current ebsbccx segment processing is complete during the 'Increment CX Counter' routine, when moving to the next segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system increments the cx counter by 1 to process the next ebsbccx rf segment.
Given
Current EBSBCCX segment processing is complete
When
Moving to the next segment
Then
The system increments the CX counter by 1 to process the next EBSBCCX RF segment
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00431
Set EBSBCCY Indicator to Spaces
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo reference data search is being initiated for ebsbccy segments during the 'Set EBSBCCY Indicator to Spaces' routine, when the system prepares to search for cargo reference information, the system executes logic to ensure that the ebsbccy indicator should be set to spaces and the ebsbccy segment data should be cleared.
Given
A cargo reference data search is being initiated for EBSBCCY segments
When
The system prepares to search for cargo reference information
Then
The EBSBCCY indicator should be set to spaces and the EBSBCCY segment data should be cleared
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00432
Set Type-3 to 'CR'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is preparing to search for cargo reference data in ebsbccy segments during the 'Set Type-3 to 'CR'' routine, when the search parameters are being configured, the system executes logic to ensure that the type-3 parameter should be set to 'cr' to identify cargo reference segment types.
Given
The system is preparing to search for cargo reference data in EBSBCCY segments
When
The search parameters are being configured
Then
The Type-3 parameter should be set to 'CR' to identify cargo reference segment types
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00433
Initialize Sequence Counter to 0
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is preparing to process multiple cargo reference segments sequentially during the 'Initialize Sequence Counter to 0' routine, when the sequence management is being initialized, the system executes logic to ensure that the sequence counter (ws-seq) should be set to 0 to start from the beginning.
Given
The system is preparing to process multiple cargo reference segments sequentially
When
The sequence management is being initialized
Then
The sequence counter (WS-SEQ) should be set to 0 to start from the beginning
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00157
Initialize EBSBCCX and EBSBCCY indicators
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming multi-bill n10 processing is starting during the 'Initialize EBSBCCX and EBSBCCY indicators' routine, when the system begins processing multi-bill n10 data, the system executes logic to ensure that ebsbccx and ebsbccy processing indicators are cleared to spaces.
Given
Multi-bill N10 processing is starting
When
The system begins processing multi-bill N10 data
Then
EBSBCCX and EBSBCCY processing indicators are cleared to spaces
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00158
Get EBSBCCX segment with type 'RF'
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming multi-bill processing is active and a sequence number is provided during the 'Get EBSBCCX segment with type 'RF'' routine, when the system searches for ebsbccx segments, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves segments with type 'rf' using the current sequence number.
Given
Multi-bill processing is active and a sequence number is provided
When
The system searches for EBSBCCX segments
Then
The system retrieves segments with type 'RF' using the current sequence number
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00159
Set EBSBCCX not found
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming multi-bill n10 processing is active during the 'Set EBSBCCX not found' routine, when the sequence number reaches 99, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets ebsbccx not found indicator to terminate processing.
Given
Multi-bill N10 processing is active
When
The sequence number reaches 99
Then
The system sets EBSBCCX not found indicator to terminate processing
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00160
Set type to 'CR' and sequence to 0
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid ebsbccx segment is found during the 'Set type to 'CR' and sequence to 0' routine, when the system prepares to search for related cargo data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets type to 'cr', initializes sequence to 0, and clears ebsbccy indicator.
Given
A valid EBSBCCX segment is found
When
The system prepares to search for related cargo data
Then
The system sets type to 'CR', initializes sequence to 0, and clears EBSBCCY indicator
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00161
Loop until sequence = 99 or CCN matches or segment not found
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming cargo reference segment search is initiated during the 'Loop until sequence = 99 or CCN matches or segment not found' routine, when the system loops through ebsbccy segments, the system executes logic to ensure that the system continues until sequence equals 99 or cargo control number matches current ccn or segment is not found.
Given
Cargo reference segment search is initiated
When
The system loops through EBSBCCY segments
Then
The system continues until sequence equals 99 OR cargo control number matches current CCN OR segment is not found
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00162
CCN matches cargo control number
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an ebsbccy segment is retrieved with reference number qualifier 'xc' during the 'CCN matches cargo control number' routine, when the system compares the reference number with the current cargo control number, the system executes logic to ensure that processing continues only if the reference number matches the cargo control number.
Given
An EBSBCCY segment is retrieved with reference number qualifier 'XC'
When
The system compares the reference number with the current cargo control number
Then
Processing continues only if the reference number matches the cargo control number
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00163
Get QD type EBSBCCY segment with sequence 1
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a matching cargo control number is found during the 'Get QD type EBSBCCY segment with sequence 1' routine, when the system searches for quantity description data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves ebsbccy segment with type 'qd' and sequence number 1.
Given
A matching cargo control number is found
When
The system searches for quantity description data
Then
The system retrieves EBSBCCY segment with type 'QD' and sequence number 1
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00164
Extract quantity from N10 quantity field
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a qd type segment is found with n10 quantity data during the 'Extract quantity from N10 quantity field' routine, when the system processes the quantity field, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts numeric characters from right to left, removes leading spaces, replaces them with zeros, and stores the formatted quantity in cargo lading quantity.
Given
A QD type segment is found with N10 quantity data
When
The system processes the quantity field
Then
The system extracts numeric characters from right to left, removes leading spaces, replaces them with zeros, and stores the formatted quantity in cargo lading quantity
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00165
Move country code to origin country
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid qd segment with n10 data is processed during the 'Move country code to origin country' routine, when the system extracts country information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system moves the n10 country code to the cargo origin country field.
Given
A valid QD segment with N10 data is processed
When
The system extracts country information
Then
The system moves the N10 country code to the cargo origin country field
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00166
Store N10 description in description array
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a qd segment with sequence 1 is processed, and the n10 description field is not empty and not low-values occurs during the 'Store N10 description in description array' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system stores the n10 description in the description array at the current index and increments the index.
EXCLUDING
A QD segment with sequence 1 is processed
When
The N10 description field is not empty and not low-values
Then
The system stores the N10 description in the description array at the current index and increments the index
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00167
Get QD type EBSBCCY segment with sequence 2
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the first qd segment has been processed during the 'Get QD type EBSBCCY segment with sequence 2' routine, when the system searches for additional quantity description data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves ebsbccy segment with type 'qd' and sequence number 2.
Given
The first QD segment has been processed
When
The system searches for additional quantity description data
Then
The system retrieves EBSBCCY segment with type 'QD' and sequence number 2
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00168
Store second N10 description in array
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a second qd segment is found and processed, and the second n10 description field is not empty and not low-values occurs during the 'Store second N10 description in array' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system stores the second n10 description in the description array at the current index and increments the index.
EXCLUDING
A second QD segment is found and processed
When
The second N10 description field is not empty and not low-values
Then
The system stores the second N10 description in the description array at the current index and increments the index
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00349
Set Type to 'QD' and Sequence to 1
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to extract n10 lading data from edi segments during the 'Set Type to 'QD' and Sequence to 1' routine, when the extraction process begins, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the segment type to 'qd' and sequence number to 1 to retrieve the first quantity/description segment.
Given
The system needs to extract N10 lading data from EDI segments
When
The extraction process begins
Then
The system sets the segment type to 'QD' and sequence number to 1 to retrieve the first quantity/description segment
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00350
Get EBSBCCY Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the segment type is set to 'qd' and sequence is set to 1 during the 'Get EBSBCCY Segment' routine, when the system performs segment retrieval, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls the segment retrieval function to get the ebsbccy segment data.
Given
The segment type is set to 'QD' and sequence is set to 1
When
The system performs segment retrieval
Then
The system calls the segment retrieval function to get the EBSBCCY segment data
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00351
Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a qd segment retrieval has been attempted during the 'Segment Found?' routine, when the system checks the retrieval result, the system executes logic to ensure that if the segment is found, continue with quantity processing; otherwise, terminate the extraction process.
Given
A QD segment retrieval has been attempted
When
The system checks the retrieval result
Then
If the segment is found, continue with quantity processing; otherwise, terminate the extraction process
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00352
Extract Numeric Characters from Quantity Field
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a qd segment with quantity data is available during the 'Extract Numeric Characters from Quantity Field' routine, when the system processes the quantity field cy-n10-quantity, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts numeric characters from position 7 down to position 1, building the quantity string from right to left.
Given
A QD segment with quantity data is available
When
The system processes the quantity field CY-N10-QUANTITY
Then
The system extracts numeric characters from position 7 down to position 1, building the quantity string from right to left
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00355
Move Country Code to Origin Country
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a qd segment contains country code information during the 'Move Country Code to Origin Country' routine, when the system processes country data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system moves cy-n10-country-code to gccc-orig-country field.
Given
A QD segment contains country code information
When
The system processes country data
Then
The system moves CY-N10-COUNTRY-CODE to GCCC-ORIG-COUNTRY field
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00356
Description Available?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a qd segment has been retrieved during the 'Description Available?' routine, when the system checks for description data, the system executes logic to ensure that if cy-n10-description is not spaces and not low-values, proceed to store the description; otherwise, skip to second segment processing.
Given
A QD segment has been retrieved
When
The system checks for description data
Then
If CY-N10-DESCRIPTION is not spaces and not low-values, proceed to store the description; otherwise, skip to second segment processing
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00357
Store Description in Array
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid description exists in the first qd segment during the 'Store Description in Array' routine, when the system processes the description data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system moves cy-n10-description to ws-desc-eb array at the current index position.
Given
A valid description exists in the first QD segment
When
The system processes the description data
Then
The system moves CY-N10-DESCRIPTION to WS-DESC-EB array at the current index position
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00359
Set Type to 'QD' and Sequence to 2
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the first qd segment has been processed during the 'Set Type to 'QD' and Sequence to 2' routine, when the system prepares for second segment retrieval, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the segment type to 'qd' and sequence number to 2.
Given
The first QD segment has been processed
When
The system prepares for second segment retrieval
Then
The system sets the segment type to 'QD' and sequence number to 2
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00360
Get Second EBSBCCY Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the segment type is set to 'qd' and sequence is set to 2 during the 'Get Second EBSBCCY Segment' routine, when the system performs the second segment retrieval, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls the segment retrieval function to get the second ebsbccy segment data.
Given
The segment type is set to 'QD' and sequence is set to 2
When
The system performs the second segment retrieval
Then
The system calls the segment retrieval function to get the second EBSBCCY segment data
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00361
Second Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a second qd segment retrieval has been attempted during the 'Second Segment Found?' routine, when the system checks the second retrieval result, the system executes logic to ensure that if the second segment is found, proceed with description validation; otherwise, terminate the extraction process.
Given
A second QD segment retrieval has been attempted
When
The system checks the second retrieval result
Then
If the second segment is found, proceed with description validation; otherwise, terminate the extraction process
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00362
Second Description Available?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a second qd segment has been retrieved during the 'Second Description Available?' routine, when the system checks for description data in the second segment, the system executes logic to ensure that if cy-n10-description is not spaces and not low-values, proceed to store the second description; otherwise, terminate the process.
Given
A second QD segment has been retrieved
When
The system checks for description data in the second segment
Then
If CY-N10-DESCRIPTION is not spaces and not low-values, proceed to store the second description; otherwise, terminate the process
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00363
Store Second Description in Array
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid description exists in the second qd segment during the 'Store Second Description in Array' routine, when the system processes the second description data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system moves cy-n10-description to ws-desc-eb array at the current index position.
Given
A valid description exists in the second QD segment
When
The system processes the second description data
Then
The system moves CY-N10-DESCRIPTION to WS-DESC-EB array at the current index position
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00169
Get First Lading Description from EBSBCCM
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a bol segment sequence number 1 exists in ebsbccm during the 'Get First Lading Description from EBSBCCM' routine, when the system processes the first lading description segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the primary lading description is extracted and added to the description array if not empty or low-values.
Given
A BOL segment sequence number 1 exists in EBSBCCM
When
The system processes the first lading description segment
Then
The primary lading description is extracted and added to the description array if not empty or low-values
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00171
Loop Through Remaining EBSBCCM Segments
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming bol segments exist with sequence numbers from 2 to 25 during the 'Loop Through Remaining EBSBCCM Segments' routine, when the system loops through each segment until no more segments found or maximum reached, the system executes logic to ensure that each valid lading description is extracted and processed for additional content.
Given
BOL segments exist with sequence numbers from 2 to 25
When
The system loops through each segment until no more segments found or maximum reached
Then
Each valid lading description is extracted and processed for additional content
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00172
Get Additional BOL Descriptions for Current Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a bol segment contains additional lading description fields during the 'Get Additional BOL Descriptions for Current Segment' routine, when the system processes l5-additional-lading-desc array with index from 1 to 7, the system executes logic to ensure that each non-empty additional description line is added to the description array.
Given
A BOL segment contains additional lading description fields
When
The system processes L5-ADDITIONAL-LADING-DESC array with index from 1 to 7
Then
Each non-empty additional description line is added to the description array
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00174
Retrieve VIN Numbers
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming automotive shipment data exists in mv or v2/co segments during the 'Retrieve VIN Numbers' routine, when the system processes vehicle identification numbers from available segments, the system executes logic to ensure that each vin is prefixed with 'vin' text and added to description array up to maximum limit.
Given
Automotive shipment data exists in MV or V2/CO segments
When
The system processes vehicle identification numbers from available segments
Then
Each VIN is prefixed with 'VIN' text and added to description array up to maximum limit
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00365
Initialize CCM Sequence to 1
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to process ebsbccm segments for lading descriptions during the 'Initialize CCM Sequence to 1' routine, when the processing begins, the system executes logic to ensure that the ccm sequence counter is set to 1 to start with the first segment.
Given
The system needs to process EBSBCCM segments for lading descriptions
When
The processing begins
Then
The CCM sequence counter is set to 1 to start with the first segment
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00366
Get First EBSBCCM Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a ccm sequence number is available during the 'Get First EBSBCCM Segment' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve the ebsbccm segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the segment data is fetched using the edi bol key and ccm sequence number.
Given
A CCM sequence number is available
When
The system attempts to retrieve the EBSBCCM segment
Then
The segment data is fetched using the EDI BOL key and CCM sequence number
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00367
EBSBCCM Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an attempt to retrieve ebsbccm segment has been made during the 'EBSBCCM Found?' routine, when the system checks the retrieval status, the system executes logic to ensure that processing continues if segment is found, otherwise processing ends.
Given
An attempt to retrieve EBSBCCM segment has been made
When
The system checks the retrieval status
Then
Processing continues if segment is found, otherwise processing ends
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00368
Lading Description Not Empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an ebsbccm segment has been retrieved during the 'Lading Description Not Empty?' routine, when the lading description field is evaluated, the system executes logic to ensure that the description is processed only if it is not spaces or low-values.
Given
An EBSBCCM segment has been retrieved
When
The lading description field is evaluated
Then
The description is processed only if it is not spaces or low-values
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00369
Store Lading Description in Description Array
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a valid lading description exists in the ebsbccm segment, and the description content is not empty occurs during the 'Store Lading Description in Description Array' routine, then the system must guarantee that the lading description is stored in the description array at the current index position.
EXCLUDING
A valid lading description exists in the EBSBCCM segment
When
The description content is not empty
Then
The lading description is stored in the description array at the current index position
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00371
Get Additional Description Data from BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an ebsbccm segment is being processed during the 'Get Additional Description Data from BOL' routine, when additional description data is needed, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves up to 7 additional description lines from related ebsbcrt segments.
Given
An EBSBCCM segment is being processed
When
Additional description data is needed
Then
The system retrieves up to 7 additional description lines from related EBSBCRT segments
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00372
Increment CCM Sequence
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the current ebsbccm segment has been processed during the 'Increment CCM Sequence' routine, when more segments need to be processed, the system executes logic to ensure that the ccm sequence number is incremented by 1.
Given
The current EBSBCCM segment has been processed
When
More segments need to be processed
Then
The CCM sequence number is incremented by 1
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00373
CCM Sequence > 25?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming ebsbccm segments are being processed sequentially during the 'CCM Sequence > 25?' routine, when the ccm sequence number is evaluated, the system executes logic to ensure that processing stops if the sequence exceeds 25, otherwise continues to next segment.
Given
EBSBCCM segments are being processed sequentially
When
The CCM sequence number is evaluated
Then
Processing stops if the sequence exceeds 25, otherwise continues to next segment
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00374
Get Next EBSBCCM Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the ccm sequence is within the allowed limit and more segments may exist during the 'Get Next EBSBCCM Segment' routine, when the system continues processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the next ebsbccm segment is retrieved using the incremented sequence number.
Given
The CCM sequence is within the allowed limit and more segments may exist
When
The system continues processing
Then
The next EBSBCCM segment is retrieved using the incremented sequence number
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00375
Initialize EBSBCRT-AD Found Flag
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to retrieve additional lading descriptions from bol data during the 'Initialize EBSBCRT-AD Found Flag' routine, when the additional description processing begins, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the ebsbcrt-ad found flag to true and initializes the description sequence counter to 1.
Given
The system needs to retrieve additional lading descriptions from BOL data
When
The additional description processing begins
Then
The system sets the EBSBCRT-AD found flag to true and initializes the description sequence counter to 1
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00377
Retrieve EBSBCRT-AD Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the description sequence counter is within valid range during the 'Retrieve EBSBCRT-AD Segment' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve an ebsbcrt-ad segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls the data access routine to fetch the segment using current sequence number.
Given
The description sequence counter is within valid range
When
The system attempts to retrieve an EBSBCRT-AD segment
Then
The system calls the data access routine to fetch the segment using current sequence number
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00378
EBSBCRT-AD Segment Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the system has attempted to retrieve an ebsbcrt-ad segment during the 'EBSBCRT-AD Segment Found?' routine, when the retrieval operation completes, the system executes logic to ensure that if the segment is found, processing continues with description extraction, otherwise the sequence counter is incremented to try the next segment.
Given
The system has attempted to retrieve an EBSBCRT-AD segment
When
The retrieval operation completes
Then
If the segment is found, processing continues with description extraction, otherwise the sequence counter is incremented to try the next segment
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00379
Description Index <= 7?
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an ebsbcrt-ad segment has been successfully retrieved during the 'Description Index <= 7?' routine, when the system processes individual description lines within the segment, the system executes logic to ensure that processing continues for description indexes 1 through 7, then moves to the next segment.
Given
An EBSBCRT-AD segment has been successfully retrieved
When
The system processes individual description lines within the segment
Then
Processing continues for description indexes 1 through 7, then moves to the next segment
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00380
Additional Lading Description Not Empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is processing an individual description line from an ebsbcrt-ad segment during the 'Additional Lading Description Not Empty?' routine, when the additional lading description content is evaluated, the system executes logic to ensure that if the description is not spaces, the content is moved to the description array, otherwise it is skipped.
Given
The system is processing an individual description line from an EBSBCRT-AD segment
When
The additional lading description content is evaluated
Then
If the description is not spaces, the content is moved to the description array, otherwise it is skipped
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00178
Initialize EBSBCRT-AD Found Flag
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to retrieve additional lading descriptions from bol segments during the 'Initialize EBSBCRT-AD Found Flag' routine, when the additional description retrieval process begins, the system executes logic to ensure that the ebsbcrt-ad found flag is set to true and description sequence counter is initialized to 1.
Given
The system needs to retrieve additional lading descriptions from BOL segments
When
The additional description retrieval process begins
Then
The EBSBCRT-AD found flag is set to TRUE and description sequence counter is initialized to 1
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00179
Description Sequence <= 10 AND EBSBCRT-AD Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is processing additional lading descriptions during the 'Description Sequence <= 10 AND EBSBCRT-AD Found?' routine, when the description sequence counter is evaluated, the system executes logic to ensure that processing continues only if sequence counter is 10 or less and ebsbcrt-ad segments are still available.
Given
The system is processing additional lading descriptions
When
The description sequence counter is evaluated
Then
Processing continues only if sequence counter is 10 or less AND EBSBCRT-AD segments are still available
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00180
Retrieve EBSBCRT-AD Segment from BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to get additional description data for current sequence during the 'Retrieve EBSBCRT-AD Segment from BOL' routine, when ebsbcrt-ad segment retrieval is requested with current sequence number, the system executes logic to ensure that the system attempts to retrieve the ebsbcrt-ad segment from bol data.
Given
The system needs to get additional description data for current sequence
When
EBSBCRT-AD segment retrieval is requested with current sequence number
Then
The system attempts to retrieve the EBSBCRT-AD segment from BOL data
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00181
EBSBCRT-AD Segment Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an ebsbcrt-ad segment retrieval has been attempted during the 'EBSBCRT-AD Segment Found?' routine, when the system checks the retrieval result, the system executes logic to ensure that if segment is found, processing continues with description extraction, otherwise sequence counter is incremented.
Given
An EBSBCRT-AD segment retrieval has been attempted
When
The system checks the retrieval result
Then
If segment is found, processing continues with description extraction, otherwise sequence counter is incremented
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00182
Additional Description Index <= 7?
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an ebsbcrt-ad segment has been successfully retrieved during the 'Additional Description Index <= 7?' routine, when the system processes individual additional descriptions within the segment, the system executes logic to ensure that processing continues for additional description index from 1 to 7.
Given
An EBSBCRT-AD segment has been successfully retrieved
When
The system processes individual additional descriptions within the segment
Then
Processing continues for additional description index from 1 to 7
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00194
Get MV Loaded Shipments VINs
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment contains motor vehicle segments with mv type records during the 'Get MV Loaded Shipments VINs' routine, when the system processes vin retrieval and searches through mv segments sequentially, the system executes logic to ensure that each valid vehicle id number from mv segments is extracted, formatted with 'vin' prefix, and stored in the vin array with incremented counter.
Given
A shipment contains motor vehicle segments with MV type records
When
The system processes VIN retrieval and searches through MV segments sequentially
Then
Each valid vehicle ID number from MV segments is extracted, formatted with 'VIN' prefix, and stored in the VIN array with incremented counter
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00195
Initialize VIN Counter to Zero
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the vin retrieval process is starting for motor vehicle segments during the 'Initialize VIN Counter to Zero' routine, when the system begins mv segment processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the vin quantity counter is set to zero to track the number of vins found.
Given
The VIN retrieval process is starting for motor vehicle segments
When
The system begins MV segment processing
Then
The VIN quantity counter is set to zero to track the number of VINs found
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00196
Set MV Type Filter
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to retrieve motor vehicle segments during the 'Set MV Type Filter' routine, when vin processing begins for mv segments, the system executes logic to ensure that the type filter is set to 'mv' to identify motor vehicle records.
Given
The system needs to retrieve motor vehicle segments
When
VIN processing begins for MV segments
Then
The type filter is set to 'MV' to identify motor vehicle records
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00197
Loop Through MV Segments
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming motor vehicle segments exist in the shipment data during the 'Loop Through MV Segments' routine, when the system loops through mv segments with incrementing sequence numbers, the system executes logic to ensure that each mv segment is processed in order until either no more segments are found or the maximum vin limit is reached.
Given
Motor vehicle segments exist in the shipment data
When
The system loops through MV segments with incrementing sequence numbers
Then
Each MV segment is processed in order until either no more segments are found or the maximum VIN limit is reached
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00198
Extract Vehicle ID Number, Format VIN with 'VIN' Prefix, Store in VIN Array
Computation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a motor vehicle segment is found with a valid vehicle id number, and the vehicle id number is not spaces or low-values occurs during the 'Extract Vehicle ID Number, Format VIN with 'VIN' Prefix, Store in VIN Array' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system formats the vehicle id with 'vin' prefix and stores it in the vin description array, then increments the vin counter.
EXCLUDING
A motor vehicle segment is found with a valid vehicle ID number
When
The vehicle ID number is not spaces or low-values
Then
The system formats the vehicle ID with 'VIN' prefix and stores it in the VIN description array, then increments the VIN counter
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00199
VIN Quantity = 0?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming motor vehicle segment processing has completed during the 'VIN Quantity = 0?' routine, when the vin quantity counter equals zero indicating no vins were found in mv segments, the system executes logic to ensure that the system initiates co-loaded shipment vin processing as an alternative source.
Given
Motor vehicle segment processing has completed
When
The VIN quantity counter equals zero indicating no VINs were found in MV segments
Then
The system initiates co-loaded shipment VIN processing as an alternative source
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00200
Initialize Co-Load Process
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming no vins were found in motor vehicle segments during the 'Initialize Co-Load Process' routine, when co-loaded shipment processing begins, the system executes logic to ensure that the system resets vin counter to zero and prepares to search rf reference segments for consolidated shipments.
Given
No VINs were found in motor vehicle segments
When
Co-loaded shipment processing begins
Then
The system resets VIN counter to zero and prepares to search RF reference segments for consolidated shipments
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00201
Get RF Reference Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming co-loaded shipment processing is active during the 'Get RF Reference Segment' routine, when the system searches for rf type segments with sequential numbering, the system executes logic to ensure that each rf segment is retrieved to check for consolidated shipment indicators.
Given
Co-loaded shipment processing is active
When
The system searches for RF type segments with sequential numbering
Then
Each RF segment is retrieved to check for consolidated shipment indicators
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00202
Has Consolidated Shipment Number?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an rf reference segment has been retrieved during the 'Has Consolidated Shipment Number?' routine, when the system checks the segment for consolidated shipment indicators, the system executes logic to ensure that if a consolidated shipment number is present, the system proceeds to process v2 motor vehicle segments within that consolidation.
Given
An RF reference segment has been retrieved
When
The system checks the segment for consolidated shipment indicators
Then
If a consolidated shipment number is present, the system proceeds to process V2 motor vehicle segments within that consolidation
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00203
Loop Through V2 Motor Vehicle Segments
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a consolidated shipment with rf segment has been identified during the 'Loop Through V2 Motor Vehicle Segments' routine, when the system loops through v2 motor vehicle segments within the consolidation, the system executes logic to ensure that each v2 segment is processed sequentially until no more segments are found or maximum vehicle limit is reached.
Given
A consolidated shipment with RF segment has been identified
When
The system loops through V2 motor vehicle segments within the consolidation
Then
Each V2 segment is processed sequentially until no more segments are found or maximum vehicle limit is reached
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00204
Extract Co-Load Vehicle ID, Format Co-Load VIN with Prefix, Store Co-Load VIN in Array
Computation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a v2 motor vehicle segment is found within a consolidated shipment, and the vehicle id number in the v2 segment is not spaces or empty occurs during the 'Extract Co-Load Vehicle ID, Format Co-Load VIN with Prefix, Store Co-Load VIN in Array' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system formats the vehicle id with 'vin' prefix, stores it in the vin array if under the maximum limit, and increments the vin counter.
EXCLUDING
A V2 motor vehicle segment is found within a consolidated shipment
When
The vehicle ID number in the V2 segment is not spaces or empty
Then
The system formats the vehicle ID with 'VIN' prefix, stores it in the VIN array if under the maximum limit, and increments the VIN counter
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00382
Initialize VIN Quantity to Zero
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is ready to process motor vehicle segments for vin extraction during the 'Initialize VIN Quantity to Zero' routine, when vin processing begins, the system executes logic to ensure that the vin quantity counter is set to zero.
Given
The system is ready to process motor vehicle segments for VIN extraction
When
VIN processing begins
Then
The VIN quantity counter is set to zero
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00383
Set Segment Type to MV Motor Vehicle
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to process motor vehicle segments during the 'Set Segment Type to MV Motor Vehicle' routine, when segment type configuration is required, the system executes logic to ensure that the segment type is set to mv for motor vehicle processing.
Given
The system needs to process motor vehicle segments
When
Segment type configuration is required
Then
The segment type is set to MV for motor vehicle processing
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00384
EBSBCCX MV Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is processing motor vehicle segments from ebsbccx data source during the 'EBSBCCX MV Segment Found?' routine, when a segment retrieval is attempted, the system executes logic to ensure that the system determines if the motor vehicle segment was found or not found.
Given
The system is processing motor vehicle segments from EBSBCCX data source
When
A segment retrieval is attempted
Then
The system determines if the motor vehicle segment was found or not found
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00385
Extract Vehicle ID Number from Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a motor vehicle segment is found in ebsbccx data source during the 'Extract Vehicle ID Number from Segment' routine, when vin extraction is performed, the system executes logic to ensure that the vehicle identification number is extracted from the segment.
Given
A motor vehicle segment is found in EBSBCCX data source
When
VIN extraction is performed
Then
The vehicle identification number is extracted from the segment
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00386
Format VIN with VIN Prefix
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a vehicle identification number has been extracted from a motor vehicle segment during the 'Format VIN with VIN Prefix' routine, when vin formatting is applied, the system executes logic to ensure that the vin is formatted with the vin prefix to create a complete vin string.
Given
A vehicle identification number has been extracted from a motor vehicle segment
When
VIN formatting is applied
Then
The VIN is formatted with the VIN prefix to create a complete VIN string
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00389
More Segments Available AND Counter < Maximum?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the system has processed a motor vehicle segment during the 'More Segments Available AND Counter < Maximum?' routine, when continuation evaluation is performed, the system executes logic to ensure that processing continues if more segments are available and the vin counter is below the maximum limit, otherwise processing stops.
Given
The system has processed a motor vehicle segment
When
Continuation evaluation is performed
Then
Processing continues if more segments are available AND the VIN counter is below the maximum limit, otherwise processing stops
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00391
Get RF Segment from EBSBCCX
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a sequence number for rf segment retrieval is available during the 'Get RF Segment from EBSBCCX' routine, when the system attempts to get an rf segment from ebsbccx, the system executes logic to ensure that the rf segment data is retrieved and availability status is determined.
Given
A sequence number for RF segment retrieval is available
When
The system attempts to get an RF segment from EBSBCCX
Then
The RF segment data is retrieved and availability status is determined
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00392
Has Consolidated Shipment Number?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an rf segment has been successfully retrieved from ebsbccx during the 'Has Consolidated Shipment Number?' routine, when the system evaluates the consolidated shipment number field, the system executes logic to ensure that processing continues to v2 segments if consolidated shipment number exists, otherwise skips to next rf segment.
Given
An RF segment has been successfully retrieved from EBSBCCX
When
The system evaluates the consolidated shipment number field
Then
Processing continues to V2 segments if consolidated shipment number exists, otherwise skips to next RF segment
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00393
Get V2 Segment from EBSBCCY
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a consolidated shipment exists and v2 sequence number is available during the 'Get V2 Segment from EBSBCCY' routine, when the system attempts to get a v2 segment from ebsbccy, the system executes logic to ensure that the v2 segment data is retrieved and availability status is determined.
Given
A consolidated shipment exists and V2 sequence number is available
When
The system attempts to get a V2 segment from EBSBCCY
Then
The V2 segment data is retrieved and availability status is determined
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00394
Vehicle ID Number Not Empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a v2 segment has been successfully retrieved from ebsbccy during the 'Vehicle ID Number Not Empty?' routine, when the system evaluates the vehicle identification number field, the system executes logic to ensure that vin processing continues if the vehicle id is not empty or spaces, otherwise moves to next v2 segment.
Given
A V2 segment has been successfully retrieved from EBSBCCY
When
The system evaluates the vehicle identification number field
Then
VIN processing continues if the vehicle ID is not empty or spaces, otherwise moves to next V2 segment
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00395
Increment VIN Counter
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid vehicle identification number exists in the v2 segment during the 'Increment VIN Counter' routine, when the system processes the vehicle id, the system executes logic to ensure that the vin counter is incremented by one.
Given
A valid vehicle identification number exists in the V2 segment
When
The system processes the vehicle ID
Then
The VIN counter is incremented by one
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00399
More V2 Segments?
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a v2 segment has been processed for vehicle data during the 'More V2 Segments?' routine, when the system evaluates continuation of v2 processing, the system executes logic to ensure that processing continues with next v2 segment if more exist and limits not exceeded, otherwise moves to next rf segment.
Given
A V2 segment has been processed for vehicle data
When
The system evaluates continuation of V2 processing
Then
Processing continues with next V2 segment if more exist and limits not exceeded, otherwise moves to next RF segment
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00400
More RF Segments?
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an rf segment and its associated v2 segments have been processed during the 'More RF Segments?' routine, when the system evaluates continuation of rf processing, the system executes logic to ensure that processing continues with next rf segment if more exist and limits not exceeded, otherwise ends vin processing.
Given
An RF segment and its associated V2 segments have been processed
When
The system evaluates continuation of RF processing
Then
Processing continues with next RF segment if more exist and limits not exceeded, otherwise ends VIN processing
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00439
VIN Number Available?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a vehicle identification number field from motor vehicle segment during the 'VIN Number Available?' routine, when the system evaluates the vin field content, the system executes logic to ensure that processing continues if vin is not equal to spaces or low-values, otherwise vin processing is skipped.
Given
A vehicle identification number field from motor vehicle segment
When
The system evaluates the VIN field content
Then
Processing continues if VIN is not equal to spaces or low-values, otherwise VIN processing is skipped
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00440
Get Vehicle ID Number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a motor vehicle segment with vehicle identification data during the 'Get Vehicle ID Number' routine, when the system processes the mv segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the vehicle id number is extracted from the vc-vehicle-id-no field.
Given
A motor vehicle segment with vehicle identification data
When
The system processes the MV segment
Then
The vehicle ID number is extracted from the VC-VEHICLE-ID-NO field
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00205
Initialize VIN Counter to Zero
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is ready to process motor vehicle segments for vin retrieval during the 'Initialize VIN Counter to Zero' routine, when the vin retrieval process begins, the system executes logic to ensure that the vin counter is set to zero to start counting from the beginning.
Given
The system is ready to process motor vehicle segments for VIN retrieval
When
The VIN retrieval process begins
Then
The VIN counter is set to zero to start counting from the beginning
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00206
Set Search Type to 'MV' Motor Vehicle
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to search for motor vehicle segments during the 'Set Search Type to 'MV' Motor Vehicle' routine, when the vin retrieval process is initiated, the system executes logic to ensure that the search type is set to 'mv' to filter for motor vehicle records.
Given
The system needs to search for motor vehicle segments
When
The VIN retrieval process is initiated
Then
The search type is set to 'MV' to filter for motor vehicle records
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00207
MV Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is searching for motor vehicle segments with type 'mv' during the 'MV Segment Found?' routine, when a segment retrieval is attempted, the system executes logic to ensure that the system determines if the motor vehicle segment was found or not found.
Given
The system is searching for motor vehicle segments with type 'MV'
When
A segment retrieval is attempted
Then
The system determines if the motor vehicle segment was found or not found
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00208
Increment VIN Counter
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a motor vehicle segment has been successfully found during the 'Increment VIN Counter' routine, when the system processes the segment for vin extraction, the system executes logic to ensure that the vin counter is incremented by one.
Given
A motor vehicle segment has been successfully found
When
The system processes the segment for VIN extraction
Then
The VIN counter is incremented by one
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00209
Extract Vehicle ID Number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid motor vehicle segment has been found during the 'Extract Vehicle ID Number' routine, when the system processes the segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that the vehicle id number is extracted from the segment's vehicle id field.
Given
A valid motor vehicle segment has been found
When
The system processes the segment data
Then
The vehicle ID number is extracted from the segment's vehicle ID field
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00210
Format VIN String with 'VIN' Prefix
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a vehicle id number has been extracted from the motor vehicle segment during the 'Format VIN String with 'VIN' Prefix' routine, when the system formats the vin for storage, the system executes logic to ensure that the string 'vin' is concatenated with the vehicle id number to create the formatted vin string.
Given
A vehicle ID number has been extracted from the motor vehicle segment
When
The system formats the VIN for storage
Then
The string 'VIN' is concatenated with the vehicle ID number to create the formatted VIN string
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00212
More Segments Available AND Counter < Maximum?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the system has processed a motor vehicle segment during the 'More Segments Available AND Counter < Maximum?' routine, when the system evaluates whether to continue the loop, the system executes logic to ensure that the loop continues if more motor vehicle segments are available and the vin counter has not exceeded the maximum allowed vins.
Given
The system has processed a motor vehicle segment
When
The system evaluates whether to continue the loop
Then
The loop continues if more motor vehicle segments are available AND the VIN counter has not exceeded the maximum allowed VINs
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00214
Loop through RF segments Counter ≤ Max N7 Reference Loop?
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming rf segments exist for processing and maximum n7 reference loop limit is defined during the 'Loop through RF segments Counter ≤ Max N7 Reference Loop?' routine, when system processes rf segments for co-loaded shipments, the system executes logic to ensure that system continues looping while counter is less than or equal to maximum n7 reference loop limit.
Given
RF segments exist for processing and maximum N7 reference loop limit is defined
When
System processes RF segments for co-loaded shipments
Then
System continues looping while counter is less than or equal to maximum N7 reference loop limit
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00215
Get EBSBCCX RF segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming rf segment sequence number is available during the 'Get EBSBCCX RF segment' routine, when system attempts to retrieve ebsbccx rf segment, the system executes logic to ensure that system calls database routine to get rf segment data using current sequence number.
Given
RF segment sequence number is available
When
System attempts to retrieve EBSBCCX RF segment
Then
System calls database routine to get RF segment data using current sequence number
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00216
RF segment found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming system has attempted to retrieve an rf segment during the 'RF segment found?' routine, when database operation completes, the system executes logic to ensure that system checks if rf segment data was found and sets appropriate processing flag.
Given
System has attempted to retrieve an RF segment
When
Database operation completes
Then
System checks if RF segment data was found and sets appropriate processing flag
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00217
Contains consolidated shipment number?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming rf segment data has been retrieved successfully during the 'Contains consolidated shipment number?' routine, when system examines the rf segment content, the system executes logic to ensure that system identifies if the segment contains consolidated shipment number data.
Given
RF segment data has been retrieved successfully
When
System examines the RF segment content
Then
System identifies if the segment contains consolidated shipment number data
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00218
Initialize V2 segment counter to 1
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming consolidated shipment number has been identified in rf segment during the 'Initialize V2 segment counter to 1' routine, when system begins v2 segment processing, the system executes logic to ensure that v2 segment counter is set to 1 to start sequential processing.
Given
Consolidated shipment number has been identified in RF segment
When
System begins V2 segment processing
Then
V2 segment counter is set to 1 to start sequential processing
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00219
Loop through V2 segments Counter ≤ Max Motor Vehicles?
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming v2 segments exist for processing and maximum motor vehicles limit is defined during the 'Loop through V2 segments Counter ≤ Max Motor Vehicles?' routine, when system processes v2 segments for vehicle data, the system executes logic to ensure that system continues looping while v2 counter is less than or equal to maximum motor vehicles limit.
Given
V2 segments exist for processing and maximum motor vehicles limit is defined
When
System processes V2 segments for vehicle data
Then
System continues looping while V2 counter is less than or equal to maximum motor vehicles limit
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00220
Get EBSBCCY V2 segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming v2 segment sequence number is available during the 'Get EBSBCCY V2 segment' routine, when system attempts to retrieve ebsbccy v2 segment, the system executes logic to ensure that system calls database routine to get v2 segment data using current sequence number.
Given
V2 segment sequence number is available
When
System attempts to retrieve EBSBCCY V2 segment
Then
System calls database routine to get V2 segment data using current sequence number
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00221
V2 segment found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming system has attempted to retrieve a v2 segment during the 'V2 segment found?' routine, when database operation completes, the system executes logic to ensure that system checks if v2 segment data was found and continues processing accordingly.
Given
System has attempted to retrieve a V2 segment
When
Database operation completes
Then
System checks if V2 segment data was found and continues processing accordingly
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00222
Vehicle ID number not empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming v2 segment has been successfully retrieved during the 'Vehicle ID number not empty?' routine, when system examines the vehicle id number field, the system executes logic to ensure that system verifies the vehicle id number is not empty or spaces.
Given
V2 segment has been successfully retrieved
When
System examines the vehicle ID number field
Then
System verifies the vehicle ID number is not empty or spaces
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00223
Increment VIN quantity
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming valid vehicle id number has been identified in v2 segment during the 'Increment VIN quantity' routine, when system processes the vehicle identification data, the system executes logic to ensure that vin quantity counter is incremented by 1.
Given
Valid vehicle ID number has been identified in V2 segment
When
System processes the vehicle identification data
Then
VIN quantity counter is incremented by 1
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00227
Are cargo descriptions available?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system has processed cargo shipment data during the 'Are cargo descriptions available?' routine, when the description compression process is initiated, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should verify that cargo descriptions (ws-desc-1) contain actual data and are not empty spaces before proceeding with compression.
Given
The system has processed cargo shipment data
When
The description compression process is initiated
Then
The system should verify that cargo descriptions (WS-DESC-1) contain actual data and are not empty spaces before proceeding with compression
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00233
Check Extra Description Data
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the system has processed cargo description data and populated the extra description field, and the extra description field contains data that is not empty spaces and not low-values occurs during the 'Check Extra Description Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system calls the gccdesc program to store the extra description data in gcsccs53 segments using the cargo control number key and insert operation.
EXCLUDING
The system has processed cargo description data and populated the extra description field
When
The extra description field contains data that is not empty spaces and not low-values
Then
The system calls the GCCDESC program to store the extra description data in GCSCCS53 segments using the cargo control number key and insert operation
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00237
Check BOL for CSA
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol key is available for the shipment during the 'Check BOL for CSA' routine, when searching for n1 importer segments with entity id 'im', non-blank name, qualifier 'm5'/'bn'/'ai', and non-blank id code, the system executes logic to ensure that return the importer segment if found, otherwise indicate not found.
Given
An EDI BOL key is available for the shipment
When
Searching for N1 importer segments with entity ID 'IM', non-blank name, qualifier 'M5'/'BN'/'AI', and non-blank ID code
Then
Return the importer segment if found, otherwise indicate not found
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00238
Check Fastway for CSA
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If fastway shipment data is available and edi bol importer was not found, and searching for n1-01 'im' segments with n1-02 importer name, n1-03 qualifier ('m5'/'bn'/'ai'), and n1-04 business number occurs during the 'Check Fastway for CSA' routine, then the system must guarantee that extract and return the importer information if complete sequence is found.
EXCLUDING
Fastway shipment data is available and EDI BOL importer was not found
When
Searching for N1-01 'IM' segments with N1-02 importer name, N1-03 qualifier ('M5'/'BN'/'AI'), and N1-04 business number
Then
Extract and return the importer information if complete sequence is found
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00242
Extract Importer Information
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment from edi bol data, and the segment has entity id code 'im' and name is not blank and id code qualifier is 'm5', 'bn', or 'ai' and id code is not blank occurs during the 'Extract Importer Information' routine, then the system must guarantee that consider the importer data valid and complete for csa processing.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment from EDI BOL data
When
The segment has entity ID code 'IM' AND name is not blank AND ID code qualifier is 'M5', 'BN', or 'AI' AND ID code is not blank
Then
Consider the importer data valid and complete for CSA processing
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00243
Validate CSA Qualification
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming fastway shipment data segments during the 'Validate CSA Qualification' routine, when a complete sequence exists with n1-01 'im', n1-02 importer name (not blank), n1-03 qualifier ('m5'/'bn'/'ai'), and n1-04 business number (not blank), the system executes logic to ensure that consider the importer information valid for csa processing.
Given
Fastway shipment data segments
When
A complete sequence exists with N1-01 'IM', N1-02 importer name (not blank), N1-03 qualifier ('M5'/'BN'/'AI'), and N1-04 business number (not blank)
Then
Consider the importer information valid for CSA processing
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00401
Get N1 Importer Segment from BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol key exists for the shipment during the 'Get N1 Importer Segment from BOL' routine, when the system searches for n1 importer segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves the first n1 importer segment from the edi bol data source.
Given
An EDI BOL key exists for the shipment
When
The system searches for N1 importer segment data
Then
The system retrieves the first N1 importer segment from the EDI BOL data source
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00402
N1 Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system has attempted to retrieve n1 importer segment data during the 'N1 Segment Found?' routine, when the retrieval operation completes, the system executes logic to ensure that the system checks if a valid n1 segment was found and continues csa processing only if found, otherwise skips csa validation.
Given
The system has attempted to retrieve N1 importer segment data
When
The retrieval operation completes
Then
The system checks if a valid N1 segment was found and continues CSA processing only if found, otherwise skips CSA validation
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00403
Entity ID = 'IM' AND Name Not Empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 importer segment has been retrieved from edi bol during the 'Entity ID = 'IM' AND Name Not Empty?' routine, when the system validates the segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system verifies that the entity id code equals 'im' and the name field is not empty, proceeding with qualifier validation only if both conditions are met.
Given
An N1 importer segment has been retrieved from EDI BOL
When
The system validates the segment data
Then
The system verifies that the entity ID code equals 'IM' AND the name field is not empty, proceeding with qualifier validation only if both conditions are met
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00404
ID Code Qualifier = 'M5'?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid n1 importer segment with entity id 'im' and non-empty name exists during the 'ID Code Qualifier = 'M5'?' routine, when the system checks the id code qualifier, the system executes logic to ensure that if the qualifier equals 'm5', the system sets the csa indicator on and copies all importer data to the cargo report.
Given
A valid N1 importer segment with entity ID 'IM' and non-empty name exists
When
The system checks the ID code qualifier
Then
If the qualifier equals 'M5', the system sets the CSA indicator ON and copies all importer data to the cargo report
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00405
ID Code Qualifier = 'BN'?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a valid n1 importer segment exists with entity id 'im', non-empty name, and qualifier is not 'm5', and the system checks if the id code qualifier equals 'bn' occurs during the 'ID Code Qualifier = 'BN'?' routine, then the system must guarantee that if the qualifier equals 'bn', the system copies importer data to cargo report without setting csa indicator.
EXCLUDING
A valid N1 importer segment exists with entity ID 'IM', non-empty name, and qualifier is not 'M5'
When
The system checks if the ID code qualifier equals 'BN'
Then
If the qualifier equals 'BN', the system copies importer data to cargo report without setting CSA indicator
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00406
ID Code Qualifier = 'AI'?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid n1 importer segment exists with entity id 'im', non-empty name, and qualifier is neither 'm5' nor 'bn' during the 'ID Code Qualifier = 'AI'?' routine, when the system checks if the id code qualifier equals 'ai', the system executes logic to ensure that if the qualifier equals 'ai', the system copies importer data to cargo report without setting csa indicator.
Given
A valid N1 importer segment exists with entity ID 'IM', non-empty name, and qualifier is neither 'M5' nor 'BN'
When
The system checks if the ID code qualifier equals 'AI'
Then
If the qualifier equals 'AI', the system copies importer data to cargo report without setting CSA indicator
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00407
Set CSA Indicator ON
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid n1 importer segment with entity id 'im', non-empty name, and id code qualifier 'm5' exists during the 'Set CSA Indicator ON' routine, when the system processes the m5 qualified importer, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the csa indicator to on status to enable canada-us trade processing.
Given
A valid N1 importer segment with entity ID 'IM', non-empty name, and ID code qualifier 'M5' exists
When
The system processes the M5 qualified importer
Then
The system sets the CSA indicator to ON status to enable Canada-US trade processing
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00408
Copy Importer Data to Cargo Report
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid n1 importer segment with m5 qualifier has been processed and csa indicator is set on during the 'Copy Importer Data to Cargo Report' routine, when the system copies importer data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system copies the importer name to gccc-importer, id code qualifier to gccc-business-nbr-qual, and id code to gccc-business-nbr fields.
Given
A valid N1 importer segment with M5 qualifier has been processed and CSA indicator is set ON
When
The system copies importer data
Then
The system copies the importer name to GCCC-IMPORTER, ID code qualifier to GCCC-BUSINESS-NBR-QUAL, and ID code to GCCC-BUSINESS-NBR fields
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00409
Copy Importer Data Only
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid n1 importer segment with bn or ai qualifier exists during the 'Copy Importer Data Only' routine, when the system processes the non-m5 qualified importer, the system executes logic to ensure that the system copies the importer name to gccc-importer, id code qualifier to gccc-business-nbr-qual, and id code to gccc-business-nbr fields without setting csa indicator.
Given
A valid N1 importer segment with BN or AI qualifier exists
When
The system processes the non-M5 qualified importer
Then
The system copies the importer name to GCCC-IMPORTER, ID code qualifier to GCCC-BUSINESS-NBR-QUAL, and ID code to GCCC-BUSINESS-NBR fields without setting CSA indicator
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00411
Search SHIPMINE for N1-01 IM Segment
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming shipmine data contains multiple data lines with various segment types during the 'Search SHIPMINE for N1-01 IM Segment' routine, when the system searches through data lines from the current start index to position 5, the system executes logic to ensure that the system identifies any data line that begins with ' n1-01 im' and sets the n101 found flag.
Given
SHIPMINE data contains multiple data lines with various segment types
When
The system searches through data lines from the current start index to position 5
Then
The system identifies any data line that begins with ' N1-01 IM' and sets the N101 found flag
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00412
Move to Next SHIPMINE Segment
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the current shipmine segment has been searched and n1-01 im was not found, and the system needs to continue searching in subsequent segments occurs during the 'Move to Next SHIPMINE Segment' routine, then the system must guarantee that the shipmine segment number is incremented by 1, the next shipmine segment is retrieved, and the data start index is reset to 1.
EXCLUDING
The current SHIPMINE segment has been searched and N1-01 IM was not found
When
The system needs to continue searching in subsequent segments
Then
The shipmine segment number is incremented by 1, the next SHIPMINE segment is retrieved, and the data start index is reset to 1
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00413
Extract N1-02 Importer Name
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1-01 im segment has been found in the current data position during the 'Extract N1-02 Importer Name' routine, when the system checks the next data line for n1-02 importer name information, the system executes logic to ensure that if the next data line contains ' n1-02', the importer name is extracted from positions 8-28 of that line and stored as the csa importer name.
Given
An N1-01 IM segment has been found in the current data position
When
The system checks the next data line for N1-02 importer name information
Then
If the next data line contains ' N1-02', the importer name is extracted from positions 8-28 of that line and stored as the CSA importer name
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00414
Check Next Data Line for N1-03
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the importer name has been extracted from n1-02 segment during the 'Check Next Data Line for N1-03' routine, when the system examines the next data line for n1-03 qualifier information, the system executes logic to ensure that if the data line contains ' n1-03 m5', ' n1-03 bn', or ' n1-03 ai', the corresponding qualifier (m5, bn, or ai) is stored as the business number qualifier.
Given
The importer name has been extracted from N1-02 segment
When
The system examines the next data line for N1-03 qualifier information
Then
If the data line contains ' N1-03 M5', ' N1-03 BN', or ' N1-03 AI', the corresponding qualifier (M5, BN, or AI) is stored as the business number qualifier
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00415
Check Next Data Line for N1-04
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid business number qualifier has been found in the n1-03 segment during the 'Check Next Data Line for N1-04' routine, when the system checks the next data line for n1-04 business number information, the system executes logic to ensure that if the data line contains ' n1-04', the business number is extracted from positions 8-17 of that line and stored as the business number.
Given
A valid business number qualifier has been found in the N1-03 segment
When
The system checks the next data line for N1-04 business number information
Then
If the data line contains ' N1-04', the business number is extracted from positions 8-17 of that line and stored as the business number
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00416
Set CSA Indicator ON
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a business number has been successfully extracted from the n1-04 segment during the 'Set CSA Indicator ON' routine, when the business number qualifier is 'm5', the system executes logic to ensure that the csa indicator is set to on to enable csa-specific processing.
Given
A business number has been successfully extracted from the N1-04 segment
When
The business number qualifier is 'M5'
Then
The CSA indicator is set to ON to enable CSA-specific processing
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00417
Store Importer Name and Business Number
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming valid importer name and business number have been extracted from shipmine data during the 'Store Importer Name and Business Number' routine, when the n1-04 business number segment has been processed, the system executes logic to ensure that the importer name is stored in the importer field and the business number is stored in the business number field for subsequent csa processing.
Given
Valid importer name and business number have been extracted from SHIPMINE data
When
The N1-04 business number segment has been processed
Then
The importer name is stored in the importer field and the business number is stored in the business number field for subsequent CSA processing
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00418
More SHIPMINE Segments?
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is searching through shipmine segments for csa importer information during the 'More SHIPMINE Segments?' routine, when the current data index exceeds position 5 in the current segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system attempts to retrieve the next shipmine segment and continues processing if available, or terminates the search if no more segments exist.
Given
The system is searching through SHIPMINE segments for CSA importer information
When
The current data index exceeds position 5 in the current segment
Then
The system attempts to retrieve the next SHIPMINE segment and continues processing if available, or terminates the search if no more segments exist
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00444
Set N1-01 Not Found Flag
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to search for n1-01 im importer segments in shipmine data during the 'Set N1-01 Not Found Flag' routine, when the search process begins, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the n1-01 found flag to false (not found) to initialize the search state.
Given
The system needs to search for N1-01 IM importer segments in SHIPMINE data
When
The search process begins
Then
The system sets the N1-01 found flag to false (not found) to initialize the search state
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00446
Data Index <= 5?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is searching through shipmine data lines with a current data index position during the 'Data Index <= 5?' routine, when checking if more data lines exist in the current segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system validates that the data index is less than or equal to 5 to stay within segment boundaries.
Given
The system is searching through SHIPMINE data lines with a current data index position
When
Checking if more data lines exist in the current segment
Then
The system validates that the data index is less than or equal to 5 to stay within segment boundaries
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00447
Data Line Contains 'N1-01 IM'?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is examining a shipmine data line at the current index position during the 'Data Line Contains 'N1-01 IM'?' routine, when checking the data line content for importer segment identification, the system executes logic to ensure that the system determines if the data line contains the exact pattern 'n1-01 im' starting at position 1 through 9.
Given
The system is examining a SHIPMINE data line at the current index position
When
Checking the data line content for importer segment identification
Then
The system determines if the data line contains the exact pattern 'N1-01 IM' starting at position 1 through 9
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00448
Set N1-01 Found Flag
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system has identified a data line containing the n1-01 im pattern during the 'Set N1-01 Found Flag' routine, when the importer segment is successfully located, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the n1-01 found flag to true to indicate successful discovery.
Given
The system has identified a data line containing the N1-01 IM pattern
When
The importer segment is successfully located
Then
The system sets the N1-01 found flag to true to indicate successful discovery
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00449
Increment Data Index
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the current data line does not contain the n1-01 im pattern and the search continues, and moving to examine the next data line in the current segment occurs during the 'Increment Data Index' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system increments the data index by 1 to advance to the next sequential data line.
EXCLUDING
The current data line does not contain the N1-01 IM pattern and the search continues
When
Moving to examine the next data line in the current segment
Then
The system increments the data index by 1 to advance to the next sequential data line
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00450
N1-01 Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the system has completed searching the current segment or reached segment boundary during the 'N1-01 Found?' routine, when determining next action based on search results, the system executes logic to ensure that the system checks if the n1-01 found flag is true to decide whether to continue searching or proceed with processing.
Given
The system has completed searching the current segment or reached segment boundary
When
Determining next action based on search results
Then
The system checks if the N1-01 found flag is true to decide whether to continue searching or proceed with processing
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00451
Move to Next SHIPMINE Segment
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the n1-01 im pattern was not found in the current shipmine segment, and continuing the search in additional segments occurs during the 'Move to Next SHIPMINE Segment' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system increments the shipmine segment number by 1 to access the next available segment.
EXCLUDING
The N1-01 IM pattern was not found in the current SHIPMINE segment
When
Continuing the search in additional segments
Then
The system increments the SHIPMINE segment number by 1 to access the next available segment
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00452
Get Next SHIPMINE Data
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to access the next shipmine segment for continued searching during the 'Get Next SHIPMINE Data' routine, when retrieving data from the next segment number, the system executes logic to ensure that the system performs a database call to get shipmine data using the incremented segment number.
Given
The system needs to access the next SHIPMINE segment for continued searching
When
Retrieving data from the next segment number
Then
The system performs a database call to get SHIPMINE data using the incremented segment number
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00453
SHIPMINE Data Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system has attempted to retrieve the next shipmine segment during the 'SHIPMINE Data Found?' routine, when checking if the segment retrieval was successful, the system executes logic to ensure that the system validates that the shipmine data was found (status code is spaces) to determine if more data is available for searching.
Given
The system has attempted to retrieve the next SHIPMINE segment
When
Checking if the segment retrieval was successful
Then
The system validates that the SHIPMINE data was found (status code is spaces) to determine if more data is available for searching
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00454
Reset Data Index to 1
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a new shipmine segment has been successfully retrieved during the 'Reset Data Index to 1' routine, when starting to search through the new segment's data lines, the system executes logic to ensure that the system resets the data index to 1 to begin searching from the first data line of the new segment.
Given
A new SHIPMINE segment has been successfully retrieved
When
Starting to search through the new segment's data lines
Then
The system resets the data index to 1 to begin searching from the first data line of the new segment
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00244
Get N1 Importer Segment from BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol key exists for the shipment during the 'Get N1 Importer Segment from BOL' routine, when the system searches for n1 importer segment data in the edi bol, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves the importer segment if it exists or sets not found status.
Given
An EDI BOL key exists for the shipment
When
The system searches for N1 importer segment data in the EDI BOL
Then
The system retrieves the importer segment if it exists or sets not found status
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00245
N1 Importer Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system has attempted to retrieve n1 importer segment from edi bol during the 'N1 Importer Segment Found?' routine, when the system evaluates the retrieval status, the system executes logic to ensure that processing continues if segment is found, otherwise csa processing is skipped.
Given
The system has attempted to retrieve N1 importer segment from EDI BOL
When
The system evaluates the retrieval status
Then
Processing continues if segment is found, otherwise CSA processing is skipped
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00246
Check Entity ID Code = 'IM'
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 segment has been retrieved from the edi bol during the 'Check Entity ID Code = 'IM'' routine, when the system checks the entity id code in the n1 segment, the system executes logic to ensure that processing continues only if the entity id code equals 'im' indicating an importer.
Given
An N1 segment has been retrieved from the EDI BOL
When
The system checks the entity ID code in the N1 segment
Then
Processing continues only if the entity ID code equals 'IM' indicating an importer
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00247
Entity ID = 'IM' AND Name Not Empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment exists with entity id code 'im', and the system validates the entity name and id code are not empty occurs during the 'Entity ID = 'IM' AND Name Not Empty?' routine, then the system must guarantee that processing continues if both name and id code contain valid data, otherwise csa processing ends.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment exists with entity ID code 'IM'
When
The system validates the entity name and ID code are not empty
Then
Processing continues if both name and ID code contain valid data, otherwise CSA processing ends
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00248
ID Code Qualifier = 'M5'?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid importer n1 segment with entity id 'im', valid name and id code during the 'ID Code Qualifier = 'M5'?' routine, when the system checks if the id code qualifier equals 'm5', the system executes logic to ensure that csa indicator is set on if qualifier is m5, otherwise check for other qualifiers.
Given
A valid importer N1 segment with entity ID 'IM', valid name and ID code
When
The system checks if the ID code qualifier equals 'M5'
Then
CSA indicator is set ON if qualifier is M5, otherwise check for other qualifiers
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00249
Set CSA Indicator ON
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an importer n1 segment with m5 qualifier has been validated during the 'Set CSA Indicator ON' routine, when the system processes the m5 qualified importer, the system executes logic to ensure that the csa indicator is set to on to enable canada-us trade processing.
Given
An importer N1 segment with M5 qualifier has been validated
When
The system processes the M5 qualified importer
Then
The CSA indicator is set to ON to enable Canada-US trade processing
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00250
Copy BOL N1 Importer Data
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid importer n1 segment with m5 qualifier during the 'Copy BOL N1 Importer Data' routine, when the system copies importer data from the n1 segment, the system executes logic to ensure that importer name is copied to gccc-importer, id code qualifier to gccc-business-nbr-qual, and id code to gccc-business-nbr.
Given
A valid importer N1 segment with M5 qualifier
When
The system copies importer data from the N1 segment
Then
Importer name is copied to GCCC-IMPORTER, ID code qualifier to GCCC-BUSINESS-NBR-QUAL, and ID code to GCCC-BUSINESS-NBR
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00251
ID Code Qualifier = 'BN'?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid importer n1 segment without m5 qualifier during the 'ID Code Qualifier = 'BN'?' routine, when the system checks if the id code qualifier equals 'bn', the system executes logic to ensure that importer data is copied if qualifier is bn, otherwise check for ai qualifier.
Given
A valid importer N1 segment without M5 qualifier
When
The system checks if the ID code qualifier equals 'BN'
Then
Importer data is copied if qualifier is BN, otherwise check for AI qualifier
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00252
ID Code Qualifier = 'AI'?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid importer n1 segment without m5 or bn qualifier during the 'ID Code Qualifier = 'AI'?' routine, when the system checks if the id code qualifier equals 'ai', the system executes logic to ensure that importer data is copied if qualifier is ai, otherwise csa processing ends.
Given
A valid importer N1 segment without M5 or BN qualifier
When
The system checks if the ID code qualifier equals 'AI'
Then
Importer data is copied if qualifier is AI, otherwise CSA processing ends
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00253
Copy BOL N1 Importer Data Only
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid importer n1 segment with bn or ai qualifier during the 'Copy BOL N1 Importer Data Only' routine, when the system copies importer data from the n1 segment, the system executes logic to ensure that importer name, id code qualifier, and id code are copied to cargo fields but csa indicator remains off.
Given
A valid importer N1 segment with BN or AI qualifier
When
The system copies importer data from the N1 segment
Then
Importer name, ID code qualifier, and ID code are copied to cargo fields but CSA indicator remains OFF
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00255
Search SHIPMINE for N101 Importer Segment
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming shipmine data is available for processing during the 'Search SHIPMINE for N101 Importer Segment' routine, when searching for importer segments with data line containing ' n1-01 im', the system executes logic to ensure that the n101 found flag is set to true when the segment is located.
Given
SHIPMINE data is available for processing
When
searching for importer segments with data line containing ' N1-01 IM'
Then
the N101 found flag is set to true when the segment is located
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00257
Move to Next SHIPMINE Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming current shipmine segment data index is greater than 5 during the 'Move to Next SHIPMINE Segment' routine, when more data processing is required, the system executes logic to ensure that increment shipmine segment number and reset data index to 1 if next segment is found.
Given
current SHIPMINE segment data index is greater than 5
When
more data processing is required
Then
increment SHIPMINE segment number and reset data index to 1 if next segment is found
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00258
Extract Importer Name
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a data line contains ' n1-02' segment identifier during the 'Extract Importer Name' routine, when processing csa importer information, the system executes logic to ensure that extract characters 8-28 from the data line as the csa importer name.
Given
a data line contains ' N1-02' segment identifier
When
processing CSA importer information
Then
extract characters 8-28 from the data line as the CSA importer name
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00259
Set Business Number Qualifier M5/BN/AI
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a data line contains ' n1-03' segment with qualifier m5, bn, or ai during the 'Set Business Number Qualifier M5/BN/AI' routine, when processing business number qualifier information, the system executes logic to ensure that set the business number qualifier to m5, bn, or ai respectively based on the segment data.
Given
a data line contains ' N1-03' segment with qualifier M5, BN, or AI
When
processing business number qualifier information
Then
set the business number qualifier to M5, BN, or AI respectively based on the segment data
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00260
Extract Business Number
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a data line contains ' n1-04' segment identifier during the 'Extract Business Number' routine, when processing business number information, the system executes logic to ensure that extract characters 8-17 as business number and copy importer name to csa importer field.
Given
a data line contains ' N1-04' segment identifier
When
processing business number information
Then
extract characters 8-17 as business number and copy importer name to CSA importer field
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00261
Set CSA Indicator ON
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming business number qualifier is set to m5 during the 'Set CSA Indicator ON' routine, when processing n1-04 business number segment, the system executes logic to ensure that set the csa indicator to on to enable csa processing.
Given
business number qualifier is set to M5
When
processing N1-04 business number segment
Then
set the CSA indicator to ON to enable CSA processing
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00262
Clear Business Number Qualifier
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If n1-04 segment is not found in the current data processing, and business number extraction fails occurs during the 'Clear Business Number Qualifier' routine, then the system must guarantee that clear the business number qualifier field to spaces.
EXCLUDING
N1-04 segment is not found in the current data processing
When
business number extraction fails
Then
clear the business number qualifier field to spaces
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00263
Get N1 Importer Segment from BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid edi bol key exists for the shipment during the 'Get N1 Importer Segment from BOL' routine, when the system searches for n1 importer segment with type 'sc' and sequence number 1, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves the importer segment data and sets the found indicator.
Given
A valid EDI BOL key exists for the shipment
When
The system searches for N1 importer segment with type 'SC' and sequence number 1
Then
The system retrieves the importer segment data and sets the found indicator
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00264
Check Entity ID Code = 'IM'
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 segment has been retrieved from the edi bol during the 'Check Entity ID Code = 'IM'' routine, when the system checks the entity id code in the n1 segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system proceeds only if the entity id code equals 'im' (importer).
Given
An N1 segment has been retrieved from the EDI BOL
When
The system checks the entity ID code in the N1 segment
Then
The system proceeds only if the entity ID code equals 'IM' (Importer)
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00265
Valid Importer Name?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 segment with entity id code 'im' has been found during the 'Valid Importer Name?' routine, when the system checks the n1 name field, the system executes logic to ensure that the system proceeds only if the name field is not spaces.
Given
An N1 segment with entity ID code 'IM' has been found
When
The system checks the N1 name field
Then
The system proceeds only if the name field is not spaces
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00266
Qualifier = 'M5'?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid importer n1 segment with name and id code exists during the 'Qualifier = 'M5'?' routine, when the system checks if the id code qualifier equals 'm5', the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets csa indicator on and copies importer data to output fields.
Given
A valid importer N1 segment with name and ID code exists
When
The system checks if the ID code qualifier equals 'M5'
Then
The system sets CSA indicator ON and copies importer data to output fields
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00267
Qualifier = 'BN'?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a valid importer n1 segment exists with id code qualifier not equal to 'm5', and the system checks if the id code qualifier equals 'bn' occurs during the 'Qualifier = 'BN'?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system copies importer data to output fields without setting csa indicator.
EXCLUDING
A valid importer N1 segment exists with ID code qualifier not equal to 'M5'
When
The system checks if the ID code qualifier equals 'BN'
Then
The system copies importer data to output fields without setting CSA indicator
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00268
Qualifier = 'AI'?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a valid importer n1 segment exists with id code qualifier not equal to 'm5' or 'bn', and the system checks if the id code qualifier equals 'ai' occurs during the 'Qualifier = 'AI'?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system copies importer data to output fields without setting csa indicator.
EXCLUDING
A valid importer N1 segment exists with ID code qualifier not equal to 'M5' or 'BN'
When
The system checks if the ID code qualifier equals 'AI'
Then
The system copies importer data to output fields without setting CSA indicator
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00269
Copy BOL Importer Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid n1 importer segment with acceptable qualifier (m5, bn, or ai) has been found during the 'Copy BOL Importer Data' routine, when the system processes the importer data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system moves n1 name to importer field, id code qualifier to business number qualifier field, and id code to business number field.
Given
A valid N1 importer segment with acceptable qualifier (M5, BN, or AI) has been found
When
The system processes the importer data
Then
The system moves N1 name to importer field, ID code qualifier to business number qualifier field, and ID code to business number field
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00270
Search Fastway for N1-01 IM
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming no valid importer segment was found in edi bol data during the 'Search Fastway for N1-01 IM' routine, when the system searches through fastway shipment mine segments, the system executes logic to ensure that the system looks for data lines containing 'n1-01 im' pattern.
Given
No valid importer segment was found in EDI BOL data
When
The system searches through Fastway shipment mine segments
Then
The system looks for data lines containing 'N1-01 IM' pattern
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00271
Extract N1-02 Importer Name
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1-01 im segment has been found in fastway data during the 'Extract N1-02 Importer Name' routine, when the system processes the next data line expecting n1-02 format, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts the importer name from positions 8-28 of the n1-02 data line.
Given
An N1-01 IM segment has been found in Fastway data
When
The system processes the next data line expecting N1-02 format
Then
The system extracts the importer name from positions 8-28 of the N1-02 data line
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00274
Set CSA Indicator ON
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming business number has been extracted from fastway n1-04 segment during the 'Set CSA Indicator ON' routine, when the system checks if the business number qualifier equals 'm5', the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets csa indicator on.
Given
Business number has been extracted from Fastway N1-04 segment
When
The system checks if the business number qualifier equals 'M5'
Then
The system sets CSA indicator ON
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00275
Store Importer Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming complete importer information has been extracted from fastway segments during the 'Store Importer Information' routine, when the system finalizes the importer data processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the system moves the extracted business number to business number field and importer name to importer field.
Given
Complete importer information has been extracted from Fastway segments
When
The system finalizes the importer data processing
Then
The system moves the extracted business number to business number field and importer name to importer field
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00278
Check BOL for CSA Data
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a qualified shipment for csa processing during the 'Check BOL for CSA Data' routine, when edi bol system is checked for importer segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that retrieve n1 importer segment and evaluate for valid csa data.
Given
A qualified shipment for CSA processing
When
EDI BOL system is checked for importer segment data
Then
Retrieve N1 importer segment and evaluate for valid CSA data
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00279
CSA Data Found in BOL?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming n1 importer segment retrieved from edi bol during the 'CSA Data Found in BOL?' routine, when the importer data is evaluated for csa validity, the system executes logic to ensure that if entity id is 'im' with non-empty name and id code qualifier is 'm5' with non-empty id code, set csa indicator on and copy data; if qualifier is 'bn' or 'ai' with valid data, copy data only; otherwise check fastway system.
Given
N1 importer segment retrieved from EDI BOL
When
The importer data is evaluated for CSA validity
Then
If entity ID is 'IM' with non-empty name and ID code qualifier is 'M5' with non-empty ID code, set CSA indicator ON and copy data; if qualifier is 'BN' or 'AI' with valid data, copy data only; otherwise check Fastway system
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00280
Check Fastway for CSA Data
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming no valid csa data found in edi bol system during the 'Check Fastway for CSA Data' routine, when fastway system is searched for csa importer information, the system executes logic to ensure that search shipment mine segments for n1-01 im entity data.
Given
No valid CSA data found in EDI BOL system
When
Fastway system is searched for CSA importer information
Then
Search shipment mine segments for N1-01 IM entity data
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00281
CSA Data Found in Fastway?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming shipment mine segments searched for n1-01 im entity during the 'CSA Data Found in Fastway?' routine, when the fastway importer data is evaluated for csa validity, the system executes logic to ensure that if n1-01 im entity found with n1-02 name, n1-03 qualifier ('m5', 'bn', or 'ai'), and n1-04 id code, then if qualifier is 'm5' set csa indicator on and copy all data; otherwise copy data without setting csa indicator; if no valid data found, set csa indicator off.
Given
Shipment mine segments searched for N1-01 IM entity
When
The Fastway importer data is evaluated for CSA validity
Then
If N1-01 IM entity found with N1-02 name, N1-03 qualifier ('M5', 'BN', or 'AI'), and N1-04 ID code, then if qualifier is 'M5' set CSA indicator ON and copy all data; otherwise copy data without setting CSA indicator; if no valid data found, set CSA indicator OFF
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00284
Transfer Importer Name to Cargo Report
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a valid n1 importer segment has been found in edi bol data with entity id code 'im' and the importer name is not empty, and the copy importer data process is executed occurs during the 'Transfer Importer Name to Cargo Report' routine, then the system must guarantee that the n1-name field value is transferred to the gccc-importer field in the cargo report segment.
EXCLUDING
A valid N1 importer segment has been found in EDI BOL data with entity ID code 'IM' and the importer name is not empty
When
The copy importer data process is executed
Then
The N1-NAME field value is transferred to the GCCC-IMPORTER field in the cargo report segment
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00285
Transfer Business Number Qualifier to Cargo Report
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid n1 importer segment contains a business number qualifier code (m5, bn, or ai) during the 'Transfer Business Number Qualifier to Cargo Report' routine, when the copy importer data process is executed, the system executes logic to ensure that the n1-id-code-qualifier field value is transferred to the gccc-business-nbr-qual field in the cargo report segment.
Given
A valid N1 importer segment contains a business number qualifier code (M5, BN, or AI)
When
The copy importer data process is executed
Then
The N1-ID-CODE-QUALIFIER field value is transferred to the GCCC-BUSINESS-NBR-QUAL field in the cargo report segment
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00286
Transfer Business Number to Cargo Report
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a valid n1 importer segment contains a business registration number that is not empty, and the copy importer data process is executed occurs during the 'Transfer Business Number to Cargo Report' routine, then the system must guarantee that the n1-id-code field value is transferred to the gccc-business-nbr field in the cargo report segment.
EXCLUDING
A valid N1 importer segment contains a business registration number that is not empty
When
The copy importer data process is executed
Then
The N1-ID-CODE field value is transferred to the GCCC-BUSINESS-NBR field in the cargo report segment
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00287
Log Transfer Completion with Details
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the csa importer data transfer process has completed successfully during the 'Log Transfer Completion with Details' routine, when all importer data fields have been copied to the cargo report segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system logs the completion with timestamp, root key, car id, edi bol key, importer name, business number qualifier, and business number to the system error log.
Given
The CSA importer data transfer process has completed successfully
When
All importer data fields have been copied to the cargo report segment
Then
The system logs the completion with timestamp, root key, car ID, EDI BOL key, importer name, business number qualifier, and business number to the system error log
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00288
Get Additional Cargo Description Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo shipment exists with bol data and current description sequence counter and description array index are initialized during the 'Get Additional Cargo Description Data' routine, when the system processes additional cargo description segments from ebsbcrt-ad bol segments, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should retrieve up to 10 description sequences, each containing up to 7 additional lading descriptions, and store non-empty descriptions in the description array while incrementing the array index.
Given
A cargo shipment exists with BOL data and current description sequence counter and description array index are initialized
When
The system processes additional cargo description segments from EBSBCRT-AD BOL segments
Then
The system should retrieve up to 10 description sequences, each containing up to 7 additional lading descriptions, and store non-empty descriptions in the description array while incrementing the array index
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00290
EBSBCRT-AD Segment Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the system attempts to retrieve an ebsbcrt-ad segment from bol for a specific sequence during the 'EBSBCRT-AD Segment Found?' routine, when the ebsbcrt-ad segment is successfully found, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should initialize description index to 1 and begin processing the segment's description data.
Given
The system attempts to retrieve an EBSBCRT-AD segment from BOL for a specific sequence
When
The EBSBCRT-AD segment is successfully found
Then
The system should initialize description index to 1 and begin processing the segment's description data
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00291
EBSBCRT-AD Segment Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the system attempts to retrieve an ebsbcrt-ad segment from bol for a specific sequence, and the ebsbcrt-ad segment is not found occurs during the 'EBSBCRT-AD Segment Found?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should increment the description sequence counter and continue to the next sequence without processing description data.
EXCLUDING
The system attempts to retrieve an EBSBCRT-AD segment from BOL for a specific sequence
When
The EBSBCRT-AD segment is not found
Then
The system should increment the description sequence counter and continue to the next sequence without processing description data
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00292
Description Index <= 7?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is processing descriptions within an ebsbcrt-ad segment with a current description index during the 'Description Index <= 7?' routine, when the description index exceeds 7, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should stop processing descriptions for the current segment and increment the description sequence counter.
Given
The system is processing descriptions within an EBSBCRT-AD segment with a current description index
When
The description index exceeds 7
Then
The system should stop processing descriptions for the current segment and increment the description sequence counter
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00293
Additional Lading Description Not Empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the system is processing an additional lading description from an ebsbcrt-ad segment, and the additional lading description is not empty (not spaces) occurs during the 'Additional Lading Description Not Empty?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should store the description in the description array at the current array index and increment both the description array index and description index.
EXCLUDING
The system is processing an additional lading description from an EBSBCRT-AD segment
When
The additional lading description is not empty (not spaces)
Then
The system should store the description in the description array at the current array index and increment both the description array index and description index
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00294
Additional Lading Description Not Empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is processing an additional lading description from an ebsbcrt-ad segment during the 'Additional Lading Description Not Empty?' routine, when the additional lading description is empty (contains only spaces), the system executes logic to ensure that the system should skip storing the description and only increment the description index to continue processing the next description.
Given
The system is processing an additional lading description from an EBSBCRT-AD segment
When
The additional lading description is empty (contains only spaces)
Then
The system should skip storing the description and only increment the description index to continue processing the next description
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00295
Clear Database Access Parameters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a database access request needs to be prepared for ebsbccx segment retrieval during the 'Clear Database Access Parameters' routine, when the system initializes the database access setup process, the system executes logic to ensure that all database access parameters are cleared to ensure clean state.
Given
A database access request needs to be prepared for EBSBCCX segment retrieval
When
The system initializes the database access setup process
Then
All database access parameters are cleared to ensure clean state
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00296
Set Segment Type to EBSBCCX
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming database access parameters are being configured for segment retrieval during the 'Set Segment Type to EBSBCCX' routine, when the system sets the segment type parameter, the system executes logic to ensure that the segment type is set to ebsbccx-lit to identify the target data structure.
Given
Database access parameters are being configured for segment retrieval
When
The system sets the segment type parameter
Then
The segment type is set to EBSBCCX-LIT to identify the target data structure
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00299
Set EDI BOL Key as Root Key
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming database access parameters are being configured and edi bol key is available during the 'Set EDI BOL Key as Root Key' routine, when the system sets the root key parameter, the system executes logic to ensure that the root key is set to the work-edi-bol-key value for record identification.
Given
Database access parameters are being configured and EDI BOL key is available
When
The system sets the root key parameter
Then
The root key is set to the WORK-EDI-BOL-KEY value for record identification
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00300
Set Dependent Key to CR001
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming database access parameters are being configured for ebsbccx segment retrieval during the 'Set Dependent Key to CR001' routine, when the system sets the dependent key parameter, the system executes logic to ensure that the dependent key is set to 'cr001' to identify the specific segment hierarchy.
Given
Database access parameters are being configured for EBSBCCX segment retrieval
When
The system sets the dependent key parameter
Then
The dependent key is set to 'CR001' to identify the specific segment hierarchy
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00302
Move N1-NAME to GCCC-IMPORTER
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid n1 importer segment exists in the edi bol data during the 'Move N1-NAME to GCCC-IMPORTER' routine, when the system processes csa importer data transfer, the system executes logic to ensure that the importer name from n1-name field is copied to gccc-importer field in the cargo report.
Given
A valid N1 importer segment exists in the EDI BOL data
When
The system processes CSA importer data transfer
Then
The importer name from N1-NAME field is copied to GCCC-IMPORTER field in the cargo report
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00303
Move N1-ID-CODE-QUALIFIER to GCCC-BUSINESS-NBR-QUAL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid n1 importer segment exists in the edi bol data with a business number qualifier during the 'Move N1-ID-CODE-QUALIFIER to GCCC-BUSINESS-NBR-QUAL' routine, when the system processes csa importer data transfer, the system executes logic to ensure that the business number qualifier from n1-id-code-qualifier field is copied to gccc-business-nbr-qual field in the cargo report.
Given
A valid N1 importer segment exists in the EDI BOL data with a business number qualifier
When
The system processes CSA importer data transfer
Then
The business number qualifier from N1-ID-CODE-QUALIFIER field is copied to GCCC-BUSINESS-NBR-QUAL field in the cargo report
R-GCCCBOL-cbl-00304
Move N1-ID-CODE to GCCC-BUSINESS-NBR
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid n1 importer segment exists in the edi bol data with a business identification number during the 'Move N1-ID-CODE to GCCC-BUSINESS-NBR' routine, when the system processes csa importer data transfer, the system executes logic to ensure that the business number from n1-id-code field is copied to gccc-business-nbr field in the cargo report.
Given
A valid N1 importer segment exists in the EDI BOL data with a business identification number
When
The system processes CSA importer data transfer
Then
The business number from N1-ID-CODE field is copied to GCCC-BUSINESS-NBR field in the cargo report
Module: GCCCCADD 1850 EDI Rules Found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00001
Waybill Key Valid?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a waybill key is provided for cargo manifest processing during the 'Waybill Key Valid?' routine, when the system validates the waybill key format and retrieves shipment data, the system executes logic to ensure that if the waybill key is blank or non-numeric, set return status to invalid waybill key. if the waybill key is valid but no shipment is found, set return status to waybill not found. if the waybill key is valid and shipment exists, set return status to ok.
Given
A waybill key is provided for cargo manifest processing
When
The system validates the waybill key format and retrieves shipment data
Then
If the waybill key is blank or non-numeric, set return status to invalid waybill key. If the waybill key is valid but no shipment is found, set return status to waybill not found. If the waybill key is valid and shipment exists, set return status to OK
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00003
Border Arrival Date Calculation
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a waybill date is available from the shipment root during the 'Border Arrival Date Calculation' routine, when the system calculates the border arrival eta using the date calculation service, the system executes logic to ensure that add the configured number of days to the waybill date to determine border arrival eta. if the date calculation fails, add an error message for invalid waybill date.
Given
A waybill date is available from the shipment root
When
The system calculates the border arrival ETA using the date calculation service
Then
Add the configured number of days to the waybill date to determine border arrival ETA. If the date calculation fails, add an error message for invalid waybill date
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00004
Station Information Retrieval
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming origin and destination station information from shipment data during the 'Station Information Retrieval' routine, when the system validates station names and state codes, the system executes logic to ensure that if origin station name is blank, add error message for invalid origin station name. if origin station state code is blank, add error message for invalid origin province/state code, otherwise determine origin country from state code lookup. if destination station name is blank, add error message for invalid destination station name.
Given
Origin and destination station information from shipment data
When
The system validates station names and state codes
Then
If origin station name is blank, add error message for invalid origin station name. If origin station state code is blank, add error message for invalid origin province/state code, otherwise determine origin country from state code lookup. If destination station name is blank, add error message for invalid destination station name
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00005
Manifest Port Determination
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an action code and multi-manifest indicator from the request during the 'Manifest Port Determination' routine, when the system determines manifest port requirements, the system executes logic to ensure that if action is iis-a6 or multi-manifest indicator equals 'y' and manifest from port is blank, set manifest from port to 'iis-a6'. if action is iis-a6 or multi-manifest indicator equals 'y' and manifest to port is blank, set manifest to port to 'iis-a6'.
Given
An action code and multi-manifest indicator from the request
When
The system determines manifest port requirements
Then
If action is IIS-A6 or multi-manifest indicator equals 'Y' and manifest from port is blank, set manifest from port to 'IIS-A6'. If action is IIS-A6 or multi-manifest indicator equals 'Y' and manifest to port is blank, set manifest to port to 'IIS-A6'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00006
Special Port Code Processing
Policy Rules
Business View: Assuming a ccn with type '9' and manifest port information during the 'Special Port Code Processing' routine, when the system evaluates special port processing conditions, the system executes logic to ensure that if ccn type equals '9' and us exit code is not '00000' or manifest from station is not 'iis-a6' or manifest to station is not 'iis-a6' or manifest stations are different, force both manifest from and to stations to 'iis-a6'.
Given
A CCN with type '9' and manifest port information
When
The system evaluates special port processing conditions
Then
If CCN type equals '9' and US exit code is not '00000' or manifest from station is not 'IIS-A6' or manifest to station is not 'IIS-A6' or manifest stations are different, force both manifest from and to stations to 'IIS-A6'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00007
Customs Code Validation
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming manifest from and to port names requiring customs code validation during the 'Customs Code Validation' routine, when the system looks up ports in the mc table and validates customs codes, the system executes logic to ensure that for manifest from port: if lookup successful but canadian customs code equals '00000', add error for invalid canadian customs code. if lookup fails, add error for invalid manifest port. for manifest to port: if blank, set error flag 1. if lookup successful but canadian customs code equals '00000', set error flag 2. if lookup fails, set error flag 3.
Given
Manifest from and to port names requiring customs code validation
When
The system looks up ports in the MC table and validates customs codes
Then
For manifest from port: if lookup successful but Canadian customs code equals '00000', add error for invalid Canadian customs code. If lookup fails, add error for invalid manifest port. For manifest to port: if blank, set error flag 1. If lookup successful but Canadian customs code equals '00000', set error flag 2. If lookup fails, set error flag 3
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00008
Sub-location Code Determination
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming manifest to station name and destination country information during the 'Sub-location Code Determination' routine, when the system determines sub-location code requirements, the system executes logic to ensure that if manifest to station equals 'iis-a6' and destination is not us, lookup destination station in cm table to get port manifest information and set sub-location code from lookup results.
Given
Manifest to station name and destination country information
When
The system determines sub-location code requirements
Then
If manifest to station equals 'IIS-A6' and destination is not US, lookup destination station in CM table to get port manifest information and set sub-location code from lookup results
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00010
Sub-location Requirement Validation
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming sub-location code, csa indicator, manifest station information, destination country, and arrival indicator during the 'Sub-location Requirement Validation' routine, when the system evaluates sub-location code requirements, the system executes logic to ensure that if sub-location code is present or (sub-location code is blank and (csa indicator is on or manifest stations are the same but not 'iis-a6' or destination is us or arrival indicator is 'y')), continue processing. otherwise, set sub-location error flag.
Given
Sub-location code, CSA indicator, manifest station information, destination country, and arrival indicator
When
The system evaluates sub-location code requirements
Then
If sub-location code is present OR (sub-location code is blank AND (CSA indicator is on OR manifest stations are the same but not 'IIS-A6' OR destination is US OR arrival indicator is 'Y')), continue processing. Otherwise, set sub-location error flag
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00012
Equipment Validation
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a conveying car initial that is not blank, and the system validates the car id using the gcccarid service occurs during the 'Equipment Validation' routine, then the system must guarantee that call gcccarid service to validate the conveying car. if validation returns all asterisks, add error message for invalid conveying car. if validation succeeds, update conveying car with validated value.
EXCLUDING
A conveying car initial that is not blank
When
The system validates the car ID using the GCCCARID service
Then
Call GCCCARID service to validate the conveying car. If validation returns all asterisks, add error message for invalid conveying car. If validation succeeds, update conveying car with validated value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00014
Weight and Quantity Roll-up
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol commodity data or fastway shipment commodity data during the 'Weight and Quantity Roll-up' routine, when the system rolls up weight and quantity information, the system executes logic to ensure that for each commodity sequence 1-98, retrieve edi commodity data and add lading quantity to total units. for first sequence, get weight data and set weight unit based on metric indicator. if no edi data found, retrieve fastway commodity data using gu then gn functions, adding units and weight from each commodity record.
Given
EDI BOL commodity data or FastWay shipment commodity data
When
The system rolls up weight and quantity information
Then
For each commodity sequence 1-98, retrieve EDI commodity data and add lading quantity to total units. For first sequence, get weight data and set weight unit based on metric indicator. If no EDI data found, retrieve FastWay commodity data using GU then GN functions, adding units and weight from each commodity record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00016
Consolidated Load Indicator Retrieval
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol special handling data during the 'Consolidated Load Indicator Retrieval' routine, when the system checks for consolidated load indicators, the system executes logic to ensure that for each special handling sequence 1-98, retrieve edi special handling data. if special handling code equals 'cns', set consolidated indicator to 'y'. if no cns code found, set consolidated indicator to blank.
Given
EDI BOL special handling data
When
The system checks for consolidated load indicators
Then
For each special handling sequence 1-98, retrieve EDI special handling data. If special handling code equals 'CNS', set consolidated indicator to 'Y'. If no CNS code found, set consolidated indicator to blank
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00017
Shipper Data Extraction
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming shipper information from shipment root data during the 'Shipper Data Extraction' routine, when the system extracts and validates shipper data, the system executes logic to ensure that extract shipper chop, name, and address from shipment data. if shipper name is blank, add error message for invalid shipper name. if shipper address line 1 is blank, set to 'na'. process address line 2 with special formatting rules and set default country to 'us' if address is incomplete.
Given
Shipper information from shipment root data
When
The system extracts and validates shipper data
Then
Extract shipper chop, name, and address from shipment data. If shipper name is blank, add error message for invalid shipper name. If shipper address line 1 is blank, set to 'NA'. Process address line 2 with special formatting rules and set default country to 'US' if address is incomplete
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00018
Consignee Data Extraction
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming consignee information from shipment root data during the 'Consignee Data Extraction' routine, when the system extracts and validates consignee data, the system executes logic to ensure that extract consignee name, chop, and address from shipment data. if consignee name is blank, add error message for invalid consignee name. if consignee address line 1 is blank, set to 'na'. process address line 2 with special formatting rules and set default country to 'ca' if address is incomplete.
Given
Consignee information from shipment root data
When
The system extracts and validates consignee data
Then
Extract consignee name, chop, and address from shipment data. If consignee name is blank, add error message for invalid consignee name. If consignee address line 1 is blank, set to 'NA'. Process address line 2 with special formatting rules and set default country to 'CA' if address is incomplete
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00019
Address Validation
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming state/province codes for shipper and consignee addresses during the 'Address Validation' routine, when the system validates address information, the system executes logic to ensure that for each address with state/province code, search state-country table to find matching entry and set corresponding country code. if state/province code is not found in table, add error message for invalid state/province code and leave country code blank.
Given
State/province codes for shipper and consignee addresses
When
The system validates address information
Then
For each address with state/province code, search state-country table to find matching entry and set corresponding country code. If state/province code is not found in table, add error message for invalid state/province code and leave country code blank
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00022
Description Data Compression
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming complete description data assembled from various sources during the 'Description Data Compression' routine, when the system compresses the description data, the system executes logic to ensure that call gcccomp service with 45000 byte source description and 22500 byte target description lengths. move compressed description to cargo record lading description field. distribute compressed description data across 46 cargo data segments in customs record 53.
Given
Complete description data assembled from various sources
When
The system compresses the description data
Then
Call GCCCOMP service with 45000 byte source description and 22500 byte target description lengths. Move compressed description to cargo record lading description field. Distribute compressed description data across 46 cargo data segments in customs record 53
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00023
Hazardous Material Processing
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming potential hazardous material data from edi bol, fastway shipment, or commodity master during the 'Hazardous Material Processing' routine, when the system processes hazardous material information, the system executes logic to ensure that first check edi hazmat data for un numbers and proper shipping names. if not found in edi, check fastway emergency response data for un codes. if still not found, lookup commodity master for hazmat classification and un numbers. extract un number and commodity description for dangerous goods.
Given
Potential hazardous material data from EDI BOL, FastWay shipment, or commodity master
When
The system processes hazardous material information
Then
First check EDI hazmat data for UN numbers and proper shipping names. If not found in EDI, check FastWay emergency response data for UN codes. If still not found, lookup commodity master for hazmat classification and UN numbers. Extract UN number and commodity description for dangerous goods
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00024
Bill of Lading Processing
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming bill of lading data and potential multiple ccn requirements during the 'Bill of Lading Processing' routine, when the system processes bill of lading information using gcccbol service, the system executes logic to ensure that call gcccbol service with cargo record, customs records, and shipment data. if multiple ccn array is returned with data, process each ccn in the array (up to 99) and spawn gct0111e process for each additional manifest with waybill key, waybill date, ccn, and action code 'am'.
Given
Bill of lading data and potential multiple CCN requirements
When
The system processes bill of lading information using GCCCBOL service
Then
Call GCCCBOL service with cargo record, customs records, and shipment data. If multiple CCN array is returned with data, process each CCN in the array (up to 99) and spawn GCT0111E process for each additional manifest with waybill key, waybill date, CCN, and action code 'AM'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00032
Broker Data Validation
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming broker data from crossing table lookup and existing broker information during the 'Broker Data Validation' routine, when the system validates and applies broker data, the system executes logic to ensure that if crossing table data found and override flag equals 'y', apply broker data. if crossing table data found and override flag not 'y', apply broker data only if current broker name is blank, 'unknown', or 'not-req'. if broker specifies canadian manifest to station, update manifest to station information and validate customs codes.
Given
Broker data from crossing table lookup and existing broker information
When
The system validates and applies broker data
Then
If crossing table data found and override flag equals 'Y', apply broker data. If crossing table data found and override flag not 'Y', apply broker data only if current broker name is blank, 'UNKNOWN', or 'NOT-REQ'. If broker specifies Canadian manifest to station, update manifest to station information and validate customs codes
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00035
Shipper Record Building
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol shipper data or fastway shipment shipper data during the 'Shipper Record Building' routine, when the system builds the shipper customs record, the system executes logic to ensure that set entity id to 'sh', sequence to '0001'. if edi shipper data found, use consignor name and shipper chop from edi, get address from edi address segments, get contact information from edi contact segments. if edi data not found, use shipper data from fastway shipment root. validate all segments and insert customs record.
Given
EDI BOL shipper data or FastWay shipment shipper data
When
The system builds the shipper customs record
Then
Set entity ID to 'SH', sequence to '0001'. If EDI shipper data found, use consignor name and shipper chop from EDI, get address from EDI address segments, get contact information from EDI contact segments. If EDI data not found, use shipper data from FastWay shipment root. Validate all segments and insert customs record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00036
Consignee Record Building
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol consignee data or fastway shipment consignee data during the 'Consignee Record Building' routine, when the system builds the consignee customs record, the system executes logic to ensure that set entity id to 'cn', sequence to '0002'. if edi consignee data found, use shipper name and consignee chop from edi, get address from edi address segments, get contact information from edi contact segments. if edi data not found, use consignee data from fastway shipment root. validate all segments and insert customs record.
Given
EDI BOL consignee data or FastWay shipment consignee data
When
The system builds the consignee customs record
Then
Set entity ID to 'CN', sequence to '0002'. If EDI consignee data found, use shipper name and consignee chop from EDI, get address from EDI address segments, get contact information from EDI contact segments. If EDI data not found, use consignee data from FastWay shipment root. Validate all segments and insert customs record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00037
N1 Entity Segment Building
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi transportation data or fastway shipment data for various entity types during the 'N1 Entity Segment Building' routine, when the system builds n1 entity segments, the system executes logic to ensure that for each entity type (sf, uc, bn, c1, n1, pf, ss, 11, mc, oo, fw, nn), search edi transportation data for matching organization id. if found, extract entity information, address data, and contact information. build complete n1 segment with entity id, name, address, and contact details. validate segment data and insert customs record with appropriate sequence number.
Given
EDI transportation data or FastWay shipment data for various entity types
When
The system builds N1 entity segments
Then
For each entity type (SF, UC, BN, C1, N1, PF, SS, 11, MC, OO, FW, NN), search EDI transportation data for matching organization ID. If found, extract entity information, address data, and contact information. Build complete N1 segment with entity ID, name, address, and contact details. Validate segment data and insert customs record with appropriate sequence number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00038
Contact Information Processing
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming contact information from edi or fastway data sources during the 'Contact Information Processing' routine, when the system processes contact information for entity records, the system executes logic to ensure that extract contact function code, contact name, communication number qualifier, and communication number. validate communication qualifier is blank, 'fx', or 'te'. if contact information is incomplete, generate appropriate error messages for missing required fields.
Given
Contact information from EDI or FastWay data sources
When
The system processes contact information for entity records
Then
Extract contact function code, contact name, communication number qualifier, and communication number. Validate communication qualifier is blank, 'FX', or 'TE'. If contact information is incomplete, generate appropriate error messages for missing required fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00040
Importer Segment Building
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming edi importer data, au table importer data, or backed up importer information during the 'Importer Segment Building' routine, when the system builds the importer segment, the system executes logic to ensure that if edi importer data found, create importer record with edi details and manage csa indicator based on business number qualifier. if edi data not found but backed up importer data exists, use backed up data. if au table data found and no other importer data, create importer record from au table with business number qualifier 'm5' and turn on csa indicator.
Given
EDI importer data, AU table importer data, or backed up importer information
When
The system builds the importer segment
Then
If EDI importer data found, create importer record with EDI details and manage CSA indicator based on business number qualifier. If EDI data not found but backed up importer data exists, use backed up data. If AU table data found and no other importer data, create importer record from AU table with business number qualifier 'M5' and turn on CSA indicator
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00041
Waybill Key Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a customs manifest creation request is initiated during the 'Waybill Key Present?' routine, when the system checks for waybill key presence, the system executes logic to ensure that if waybill key is spaces, set return status to invalid waybill key, otherwise proceed to numeric validation.
Given
A customs manifest creation request is initiated
When
The system checks for waybill key presence
Then
If waybill key is spaces, set return status to invalid waybill key, otherwise proceed to numeric validation
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00045
Initialize Working Variables
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming program initialization is in progress during the 'Initialize Working Variables' routine, when working variables need to be set to initial state, the system executes logic to ensure that set message index to zero, initialize counters, clear message fields, and set error flags to off state.
Given
Program initialization is in progress
When
Working variables need to be set to initial state
Then
Set message index to zero, initialize counters, clear message fields, and set error flags to off state
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00046
Check for Existing Importer Data
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming customs manifest processing is being initialized during the 'Check for Existing Importer Data' routine, when the system evaluates importer data availability, the system executes logic to ensure that if importer, business number, and business number qualifier are all present, proceed to search for existing importer records.
Given
Customs manifest processing is being initialized
When
The system evaluates importer data availability
Then
If importer, business number, and business number qualifier are all present, proceed to search for existing importer records
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00050
Corrector EDI with Existing Importer Data?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a corrector edi transaction is being processed and importer data exists in input parameters and business number and business number qualifier are present during the 'Corrector EDI with Existing Importer Data?' routine, when the system checks for existing importer data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should initiate backup process if all importer fields are populated.
Given
A corrector EDI transaction is being processed AND importer data exists in input parameters AND business number and business number qualifier are present
When
The system checks for existing importer data
Then
The system should initiate backup process if all importer fields are populated
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00063
Skip Backup - No Existing Data
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If system is not processing corrector edi or no existing importer data is found in database search, and the backup process evaluation occurs occurs during the 'Skip Backup - No Existing Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should skip backup operations and continue with normal processing.
EXCLUDING
System is not processing corrector EDI OR no existing importer data is found in database search
When
The backup process evaluation occurs
Then
The system should skip backup operations and continue with normal processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00075
Date Calculation Successful?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the date calculation utility has been executed during the 'Date Calculation Successful?' routine, when the system checks the calculation result status, the system executes logic to ensure that if calculation is successful, the new calculated date is set as border arrival eta, otherwise an invalid waybill date error message is retrieved and added to the message collection.
Given
The date calculation utility has been executed
When
The system checks the calculation result status
Then
If calculation is successful, the new calculated date is set as border arrival ETA, otherwise an invalid waybill date error message is retrieved and added to the message collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00076
Origin Station Name Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment record with origin station information during the 'Origin Station Name Present?' routine, when the origin station name field is empty or contains only spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that generate an error message indicating invalid origin station name.
Given
A shipment record with origin station information
When
The origin station name field is empty or contains only spaces
Then
Generate an error message indicating invalid origin station name
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00077
Set Origin Station Name to GCCC-ORIGIN-STATION-NAME
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment record with a valid origin station name during the 'Set Origin Station Name to GCCC-ORIGIN-STATION-NAME' routine, when the origin station name field contains data, the system executes logic to ensure that set the origin station name in the customs manifest record.
Given
A shipment record with a valid origin station name
When
The origin station name field contains data
Then
Set the origin station name in the customs manifest record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00078
Origin Province/State Code Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment record with origin location information during the 'Origin Province/State Code Present?' routine, when the origin province or state code field is empty or contains only spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that generate an error message for invalid origin province state code and clear the origin country determination table.
Given
A shipment record with origin location information
When
The origin province or state code field is empty or contains only spaces
Then
Generate an error message for invalid origin province state code and clear the origin country determination table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00079
Set Origin Station State Code to GCCC-ORIGIN-STATION-STATE-CODE
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment record with a valid origin province or state code during the 'Set Origin Station State Code to GCCC-ORIGIN-STATION-STATE-CODE' routine, when the origin province or state code field contains data, the system executes logic to ensure that set the origin station state code in the customs manifest record and perform origin country determination.
Given
A shipment record with a valid origin province or state code
When
The origin province or state code field contains data
Then
Set the origin station state code in the customs manifest record and perform origin country determination
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00080
Convert Origin Station Number from Character to Numeric
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment record with origin station number in character format during the 'Convert Origin Station Number from Character to Numeric' routine, when processing origin station information, the system executes logic to ensure that convert the character station number to numeric format and assign to the customs manifest origin station number field.
Given
A shipment record with origin station number in character format
When
Processing origin station information
Then
Convert the character station number to numeric format and assign to the customs manifest origin station number field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00081
Destination Station Name Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment record with destination station information during the 'Destination Station Name Present?' routine, when the destination station name field is empty or contains only spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that generate an error message indicating invalid destination station name.
Given
A shipment record with destination station information
When
The destination station name field is empty or contains only spaces
Then
Generate an error message indicating invalid destination station name
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00082
Set Destination Station Name to GCCC-DESTIN-STATION-NAME
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment record with a valid destination station name during the 'Set Destination Station Name to GCCC-DESTIN-STATION-NAME' routine, when the destination station name field contains data, the system executes logic to ensure that set the destination station name in the customs manifest record.
Given
A shipment record with a valid destination station name
When
The destination station name field contains data
Then
Set the destination station name in the customs manifest record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00083
Set Destination Station State Code to GCCC-DESTIN-STATION-STATE-CODE
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment record with destination province or state code information during the 'Set Destination Station State Code to GCCC-DESTIN-STATION-STATE-CODE' routine, when processing destination station information, the system executes logic to ensure that set the destination station state code in the customs manifest record.
Given
A shipment record with destination province or state code information
When
Processing destination station information
Then
Set the destination station state code in the customs manifest record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00084
Convert Destination Station Number from Character to Numeric
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment record with destination station number in character format during the 'Convert Destination Station Number from Character to Numeric' routine, when processing destination station information, the system executes logic to ensure that convert the character station number to numeric format and assign to the customs manifest destination station number field.
Given
A shipment record with destination station number in character format
When
Processing destination station information
Then
Convert the character station number to numeric format and assign to the customs manifest destination station number field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00085
Set default manifest-from port to 'IIS-A6'
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment is being processed for customs manifest creation during the 'Set default manifest-from port to 'IIS-A6'' routine, when the action code is iis-a6 or the multi-manifest indicator equals 'y' and the manifest from port in shipment root is blank, the system executes logic to ensure that set the manifest from port to 'iis-a6'.
Given
A shipment is being processed for customs manifest creation
When
The action code is IIS-A6 OR the multi-manifest indicator equals 'Y' AND the manifest from port in shipment root is blank
Then
Set the manifest from port to 'IIS-A6'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00086
Lookup manifest-from port in MC table
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest from port has been determined from shipment root data during the 'Lookup manifest-from port in MC table' routine, when the system needs to validate and get details for the manifest from port, the system executes logic to ensure that perform a lookup in the mc table using the manifest from port as the sequence id.
Given
A manifest from port has been determined from shipment root data
When
The system needs to validate and get details for the manifest from port
Then
Perform a lookup in the MC table using the manifest from port as the sequence ID
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00087
Canadian customs code = '00000'?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming mc table lookup for manifest from port was successful during the 'Canadian customs code = '00000'?' routine, when the canadian customs code from mc table equals '00000', the system executes logic to ensure that clear the mc table data and add an error message for invalid canadian customs code for manifest port.
Given
MC table lookup for manifest from port was successful
When
The Canadian customs code from MC table equals '00000'
Then
Clear the MC table data AND add an error message for invalid Canadian customs code for manifest port
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00088
Add invalid manifest port error message
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest from port needs to be validated in the mc table, and the mc table lookup is not successful occurs during the 'Add invalid manifest port error message' routine, then the system must guarantee that clear the mc table data and add an error message for invalid manifest port.
EXCLUDING
A manifest from port needs to be validated in the MC table
When
The MC table lookup is not successful
Then
Clear the MC table data AND add an error message for invalid manifest port
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00089
Set manifest-from station code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming mc table lookup for manifest from port was successful and canadian customs code is valid during the 'Set manifest-from station code' routine, when processing manifest from port information, the system executes logic to ensure that set the manifest from station code to the canadian customs code from mc table and set the us port of exit code from mc table.
Given
MC table lookup for manifest from port was successful AND Canadian customs code is valid
When
Processing manifest from port information
Then
Set the manifest from station code to the Canadian customs code from MC table AND set the US port of exit code from MC table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00090
Set default manifest-to port to 'IIS-A6'
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment is being processed for customs manifest creation during the 'Set default manifest-to port to 'IIS-A6'' routine, when the action code is iis-a6 or the multi-manifest indicator equals 'y' and the manifest to port in shipment root is blank, the system executes logic to ensure that set the manifest to port to 'iis-a6'.
Given
A shipment is being processed for customs manifest creation
When
The action code is IIS-A6 OR the multi-manifest indicator equals 'Y' AND the manifest to port in shipment root is blank
Then
Set the manifest to port to 'IIS-A6'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00091
Set error flag for missing manifest-to port
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment requires manifest to port information during the 'Set error flag for missing manifest-to port' routine, when the manifest to port from shipment root is blank, the system executes logic to ensure that set error flag 1 to on.
Given
A shipment requires manifest to port information
When
The manifest to port from shipment root is blank
Then
Set error flag 1 to ON
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00092
Canadian customs code = '00000'?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming mc table lookup for manifest to port was successful during the 'Canadian customs code = '00000'?' routine, when the canadian customs code from mc table equals '00000', the system executes logic to ensure that clear the mc table data and set error flag 2 to on and save the port name for error messaging.
Given
MC table lookup for manifest to port was successful
When
The Canadian customs code from MC table equals '00000'
Then
Clear the MC table data AND set error flag 2 to ON AND save the port name for error messaging
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00093
Add invalid customs code error message
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest to port needs to be validated in the mc table, and the mc table lookup is not successful occurs during the 'Add invalid customs code error message' routine, then the system must guarantee that clear the mc table data and set error flag 3 to on and save the port name for error messaging.
EXCLUDING
A manifest to port needs to be validated in the MC table
When
The MC table lookup is not successful
Then
Clear the MC table data AND set error flag 3 to ON AND save the port name for error messaging
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00094
Override both ports to 'IIS-A6'
Policy Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a shipment with ccn type equals '9', and the us port of exit code is not '00000' or the manifest from station name is not 'iis-a6' or the manifest to station name is not 'iis-a6' or the manifest to station name does not equal the manifest from station name occurs during the 'Override both ports to 'IIS-A6'' routine, then the system must guarantee that set both manifest from station name and manifest to station name to 'iis-a6'.
EXCLUDING
A shipment with CCN type equals '9'
When
The US port of exit code is not '00000' OR the manifest from station name is not 'IIS-A6' OR the manifest to station name is not 'IIS-A6' OR the manifest to station name does not equal the manifest from station name
Then
Set both manifest from station name and manifest to station name to 'IIS-A6'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00095
Set manifest-to station code
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If mc table lookup for manifest to port was successful and canadian customs code is valid and ccn type 9 override conditions are not met, and processing manifest to port information occurs during the 'Set manifest-to station code' routine, then the system must guarantee that set the manifest to station code to the canadian customs code from mc table and set the destination station number from mc table station number and set the destination station number index from mc table station number.
EXCLUDING
MC table lookup for manifest to port was successful AND Canadian customs code is valid AND CCN type 9 override conditions are not met
When
Processing manifest to port information
Then
Set the manifest to station code to the Canadian customs code from MC table AND set the destination station number from MC table station number AND set the destination station number index from MC table station number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00096
Set sub-location code from MC table
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming mc table data is available for manifest to port during the 'Set sub-location code from MC table' routine, when the sub-location code from mc table is blank or low-values or the manifest to station name equals 'iis-a6' or the manifest to station name equals the manifest from station name, the system executes logic to ensure that set the sub-location code to blank else set the sub-location code to the value from mc table.
Given
MC table data is available for manifest to port
When
The sub-location code from MC table is blank OR low-values OR the manifest to station name equals 'IIS-A6' OR the manifest to station name equals the manifest from station name
Then
Set the sub-location code to blank ELSE set the sub-location code to the value from MC table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01900
Set Default Manifest-From Port to 'IIS-A6'
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment is being processed with action code iis-a6 or multi-manifest indicator is 'y' during the 'Set Default Manifest-From Port to 'IIS-A6'' routine, when the manifest-from port in the shipment root is empty or spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest-from port should be automatically set to 'iis-a6'.
Given
A shipment is being processed with action code IIS-A6 or multi-manifest indicator is 'Y'
When
The manifest-from port in the shipment root is empty or spaces
Then
The manifest-from port should be automatically set to 'IIS-A6'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01901
Lookup Manifest-From Port in MC Table
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest-from port value is available from the shipment root during the 'Lookup Manifest-From Port in MC Table' routine, when the system needs to validate and get details for the manifest-from port, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should lookup the port in the mc table using the port code as the search key.
Given
A manifest-from port value is available from the shipment root
When
The system needs to validate and get details for the manifest-from port
Then
The system should lookup the port in the MC table using the port code as the search key
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01902
Is Canadian Customs Code '00000'?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the mc table lookup was successful and returned a canadian customs code during the 'Is Canadian Customs Code '00000'?' routine, when the canadian customs code equals '00000', the system executes logic to ensure that the system should clear the mc table data and generate an error message for invalid canadian customs code.
Given
The MC table lookup was successful and returned a Canadian customs code
When
The Canadian customs code equals '00000'
Then
The system should clear the MC table data and generate an error message for invalid Canadian customs code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01903
Generate MC Table Not Found Error
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest-from port code is provided for lookup during the 'Generate MC Table Not Found Error' routine, when the mc table lookup fails to find a matching record, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should clear mc table data and generate an error message indicating the manifest port was not found in mc table.
Given
A manifest-from port code is provided for lookup
When
The MC table lookup fails to find a matching record
Then
The system should clear MC table data and generate an error message indicating the manifest port was not found in MC table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01904
Set Manifest-From Station Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the mc table lookup was successful and returned a valid canadian customs code (not '00000') during the 'Set Manifest-From Station Code' routine, when the system processes the mc table record, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest-from station code should be set to the canadian customs code and the us port of exit code should be set from the mc record.
Given
The MC table lookup was successful and returned a valid Canadian customs code (not '00000')
When
The system processes the MC table record
Then
The manifest-from station code should be set to the Canadian customs code and the US port of exit code should be set from the MC record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02299
Set Manifest From Port to 'IIS-A6'
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment is being processed with either action code iis-a6 or multi-manifest indicator set to 'y' during the 'Set Manifest From Port to 'IIS-A6'' routine, when the manifest from port field is empty or spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the manifest from port to 'iis-a6'.
Given
A shipment is being processed with either action code IIS-A6 or multi-manifest indicator set to 'Y'
When
The manifest from port field is empty or spaces
Then
The system sets the manifest from port to 'IIS-A6'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02300
Set Manifest To Port to 'IIS-A6'
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment is being processed with either action code iis-a6 or multi-manifest indicator set to 'y' during the 'Set Manifest To Port to 'IIS-A6'' routine, when the manifest to port field is empty or spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the manifest to port to 'iis-a6'.
Given
A shipment is being processed with either action code IIS-A6 or multi-manifest indicator set to 'Y'
When
The manifest to port field is empty or spaces
Then
The system sets the manifest to port to 'IIS-A6'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02301
Lookup Manifest From Port in MC Table
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest from port has been determined for the shipment during the 'Lookup Manifest From Port in MC Table' routine, when the system performs a lookup in the mc table using the manifest from port as the key, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves the corresponding mc table record if it exists.
Given
A manifest from port has been determined for the shipment
When
The system performs a lookup in the MC table using the manifest from port as the key
Then
The system retrieves the corresponding MC table record if it exists
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02302
Generate Invalid Customs Code Error
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the mc table lookup for manifest from port was successful during the 'Generate Invalid Customs Code Error' routine, when the canadian customs code in the retrieved record equals '00000', the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates an error message for invalid canadian customs code and uses the port name in the error.
Given
The MC table lookup for manifest from port was successful
When
The Canadian customs code in the retrieved record equals '00000'
Then
The system generates an error message for invalid Canadian customs code and uses the port name in the error
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02303
Generate Invalid Manifest Port Error
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest from port has been specified for the shipment during the 'Generate Invalid Manifest Port Error' routine, when the mc table lookup fails to find a matching record, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates an error message for invalid manifest port and uses the port name in the error.
Given
A manifest from port has been specified for the shipment
When
The MC table lookup fails to find a matching record
Then
The system generates an error message for invalid manifest port and uses the port name in the error
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02304
Set Valid Customs and Exit Codes
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the mc table lookup for manifest from port was successful and the canadian customs code is valid (not '00000') during the 'Set Valid Customs and Exit Codes' routine, when the system processes the mc table record, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the manifest from station code to the canadian customs code and sets the us port of exit code from the mc record.
Given
The MC table lookup for manifest from port was successful and the Canadian customs code is valid (not '00000')
When
The system processes the MC table record
Then
The system sets the manifest from station code to the Canadian customs code and sets the US port of exit code from the MC record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02305
Lookup Manifest To Port in MC Table
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest to port has been determined for the shipment during the 'Lookup Manifest To Port in MC Table' routine, when the system performs a lookup in the mc table using the manifest to port as the key, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves the corresponding mc table record if it exists.
Given
A manifest to port has been determined for the shipment
When
The system performs a lookup in the MC table using the manifest to port as the key
Then
The system retrieves the corresponding MC table record if it exists
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02306
Generate Invalid Customs Code Error
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the mc table lookup for manifest to port was successful during the 'Generate Invalid Customs Code Error' routine, when the canadian customs code in the retrieved record equals '00000', the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets error flag 2 and saves the port name for error reporting.
Given
The MC table lookup for manifest to port was successful
When
The Canadian customs code in the retrieved record equals '00000'
Then
The system sets error flag 2 and saves the port name for error reporting
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02307
Generate Invalid Manifest Port Error
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest to port has been specified for the shipment during the 'Generate Invalid Manifest Port Error' routine, when the mc table lookup fails to find a matching record, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets error flag 3 and saves the port name for error reporting.
Given
A manifest to port has been specified for the shipment
When
The MC table lookup fails to find a matching record
Then
The system sets error flag 3 and saves the port name for error reporting
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02308
Set Valid Customs Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the mc table lookup for manifest to port was successful and the canadian customs code is valid during the 'Set Valid Customs Code' routine, when the system processes the mc table record, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the manifest to station code, destination station number, and batch print call letters from the mc record.
Given
The MC table lookup for manifest to port was successful and the Canadian customs code is valid
When
The system processes the MC table record
Then
The system sets the manifest to station code, destination station number, and batch print call letters from the MC record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02309
Override Both Ports to 'IIS-A6'
Policy Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the shipment has ccn type equal to '9', and the us exit code is not '00000' or the manifest from station is not 'iis-a6' or the manifest to station is not 'iis-a6' or the manifest to and from stations are different occurs during the 'Override Both Ports to 'IIS-A6'' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system overrides both manifest from station and manifest to station to 'iis-a6'.
EXCLUDING
The shipment has CCN type equal to '9'
When
The US exit code is not '00000' OR the manifest from station is not 'IIS-A6' OR the manifest to station is not 'IIS-A6' OR the manifest to and from stations are different
Then
The system overrides both manifest from station and manifest to station to 'IIS-A6'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02310
Keep Existing Manifest To Port
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment is being processed for manifest creation during the 'Keep Existing Manifest To Port' routine, when the manifest to port field is empty or spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets error flag 1 to indicate missing manifest to port.
Given
A shipment is being processed for manifest creation
When
The manifest to port field is empty or spaces
Then
The system sets error flag 1 to indicate missing manifest to port
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02648
Lookup MC Table with Manifest Port
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest from port value is provided from the shipment root during the 'Lookup MC Table with Manifest Port' routine, when the system looks up the manifest from port in the mc table using table lookup function, the system executes logic to ensure that if the lookup is successful, the system retrieves the mc table segment data, otherwise it clears the mc table data and prepares for error processing.
Given
A manifest from port value is provided from the shipment root
When
The system looks up the manifest from port in the MC table using table lookup function
Then
If the lookup is successful, the system retrieves the MC table segment data, otherwise it clears the MC table data and prepares for error processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02649
Check if code equals '00000' and generate specific error messages for invalid customs codes
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a canadian customs code is retrieved from the mc table for the manifest from port during the 'Check if code equals '00000' and generate specific error messages for invalid customs codes' routine, when the canadian customs code equals '00000', the system executes logic to ensure that the system clears the mc table data, sets the port name as message number, retrieves the invalid canadian customs error message, and adds it to the validation error list.
Given
A Canadian customs code is retrieved from the MC table for the manifest from port
When
The Canadian customs code equals '00000'
Then
The system clears the MC table data, sets the port name as message number, retrieves the invalid Canadian customs error message, and adds it to the validation error list
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02650
Set Invalid Port Error
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest from port value needs to be validated in the mc table during the 'Set Invalid Port Error' routine, when the mc table lookup fails to find the manifest port, the system executes logic to ensure that the system clears the mc table data, sets the port name as message number, retrieves the invalid manifest port error message, and adds it to the validation error list.
Given
A manifest from port value needs to be validated in the MC table
When
The MC table lookup fails to find the manifest port
Then
The system clears the MC table data, sets the port name as message number, retrieves the invalid manifest port error message, and adds it to the validation error list
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02651
Set Valid Canadian Customs Code
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a canadian customs code is retrieved from the mc table and is not '00000', and the canadian customs code validation passes occurs during the 'Set Valid Canadian Customs Code' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system assigns the canadian customs code to the manifest from station code field.
EXCLUDING
A Canadian customs code is retrieved from the MC table and is not '00000'
When
The Canadian customs code validation passes
Then
The system assigns the Canadian customs code to the manifest from station code field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02652
Continue Processing
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming valid mc table data is available for the manifest from port during the 'Continue Processing' routine, when the canadian customs code validation is complete, the system executes logic to ensure that the system assigns the us state exit code from the mc table to the us port of exit code field.
Given
Valid MC table data is available for the manifest from port
When
The Canadian customs code validation is complete
Then
The system assigns the US state exit code from the MC table to the US port of exit code field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02830
Set Error Message Number to INV-MFST-PORT-CA-CUSTOMS
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an invalid canadian customs code has been detected for a manifest port during the 'Set Error Message Number to INV-MFST-PORT-CA-CUSTOMS' routine, when the system needs to retrieve the error message for inv-mfst-port-ca-customs, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the error message number to inv-mfst-port-ca-customs for message lookup.
Given
An invalid Canadian customs code has been detected for a manifest port
When
The system needs to retrieve the error message for INV-MFST-PORT-CA-CUSTOMS
Then
The system sets the error message number to INV-MFST-PORT-CA-CUSTOMS for message lookup
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02831
Initialize Table Lookup Parameters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to lookup an error message in the ms table during the 'Initialize Table Lookup Parameters' routine, when preparing to call the table lookup function, the system executes logic to ensure that the system clears all table lookup parameters including key values, flags, and return codes.
Given
The system needs to lookup an error message in the MS table
When
Preparing to call the table lookup function
Then
The system clears all table lookup parameters including key values, flags, and return codes
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02832
Call GCCTBIO to Access MS Table
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the error message number is set and table lookup parameters are initialized during the 'Call GCCTBIO to Access MS Table' routine, when the system calls gcctbio with function code 'gu' and table id 'ms', the system executes logic to ensure that the system attempts to retrieve the message text from the ms table using the error message number as the key.
Given
The error message number is set and table lookup parameters are initialized
When
The system calls GCCTBIO with function code 'GU' and table ID 'MS'
Then
The system attempts to retrieve the message text from the MS table using the error message number as the key
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02833
Message Found in MS Table?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system has attempted to retrieve a message from the ms table during the 'Message Found in MS Table?' routine, when the table lookup function returns a status, the system executes logic to ensure that the system checks if the return flag equals successful to determine if the message was found.
Given
The system has attempted to retrieve a message from the MS table
When
The table lookup function returns a status
Then
The system checks if the return flag equals SUCCESSFUL to determine if the message was found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02834
Retrieve English Error Message Text
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a message record has been successfully retrieved from the ms table during the 'Retrieve English Error Message Text' routine, when the system processes the retrieved message data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system moves the english text field from the message table segment to the working message label.
Given
A message record has been successfully retrieved from the MS table
When
The system processes the retrieved message data
Then
The system moves the English text field from the message table segment to the working message label
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02835
Set Empty Message Text
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the message lookup in the ms table was unsuccessful during the 'Set Empty Message Text' routine, when the system needs to handle the missing message scenario, the system executes logic to ensure that the system clears the message table segment to spaces.
Given
The message lookup in the MS table was unsuccessful
When
The system needs to handle the missing message scenario
Then
The system clears the message table segment to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02836
Error Message Retrieval Request
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an error condition has occurred requiring message retrieval and a message error number is available during the 'Error Message Retrieval Request' routine, when the system needs to retrieve error message text from the message table, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should initialize table lookup parameters, set function code to 'gu', set table id to 'ms', use the message error number as the key, and call the table access routine.
Given
An error condition has occurred requiring message retrieval and a message error number is available
When
The system needs to retrieve error message text from the message table
Then
The system should initialize table lookup parameters, set function code to 'GU', set table ID to 'MS', use the message error number as the key, and call the table access routine
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02837
Table Lookup Successful?
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a table lookup operation has been performed on the message table during the 'Table Lookup Successful?' routine, when the table lookup returns successfully, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should move the table segment to the message structure, extract the english text from the ms table, and move the text to the message label for display.
Given
A table lookup operation has been performed on the message table
When
The table lookup returns successfully
Then
The system should move the table segment to the message structure, extract the English text from the MS table, and move the text to the message label for display
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02838
Table Lookup Successful?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a table lookup operation has been performed on the message table during the 'Table Lookup Successful?' routine, when the table lookup fails or returns an error, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set the ms table segment to spaces to clear any invalid data.
Given
A table lookup operation has been performed on the message table
When
The table lookup fails or returns an error
Then
The system should set the MS table segment to spaces to clear any invalid data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02653
Override Manifest Ports Set From = 'IIS-A6' Set To = 'IIS-A6'
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a shipment with ccn type equal to '9' and manifest station lookup has been completed with us exit code and station information available, and the us exit code is not '00000' or the manifest from station is not 'iis-a6' or the manifest to station is not 'iis-a6' or the manifest from station does not equal the manifest to station occurs during the 'Override Manifest Ports Set From = 'IIS-A6' Set To = 'IIS-A6'' routine, then the system must guarantee that both manifest from station name and manifest to station name must be set to 'iis-a6' to standardize the manifest routing.
EXCLUDING
A shipment with CCN type equal to '9' and manifest station lookup has been completed with US exit code and station information available
When
The US exit code is not '00000' OR the manifest from station is not 'IIS-A6' OR the manifest to station is not 'IIS-A6' OR the manifest from station does not equal the manifest to station
Then
Both manifest from station name and manifest to station name must be set to 'IIS-A6' to standardize the manifest routing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02654
Continue with Normal Processing Use Existing Manifest Codes
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment with ccn type equal to '9' and manifest station lookup has been completed with standard configuration during the 'Continue with Normal Processing Use Existing Manifest Codes' routine, when the us exit code equals '00000' and the manifest from station equals 'iis-a6' and the manifest to station equals 'iis-a6' and the manifest from station equals the manifest to station, the system executes logic to ensure that the existing manifest to station code, station number, and call letters must be preserved from the table lookup results.
Given
A shipment with CCN type equal to '9' and manifest station lookup has been completed with standard configuration
When
The US exit code equals '00000' AND the manifest from station equals 'IIS-A6' AND the manifest to station equals 'IIS-A6' AND the manifest from station equals the manifest to station
Then
The existing manifest to station code, station number, and call letters must be preserved from the table lookup results
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02655
Continue with Normal Processing Use Existing Manifest Codes
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a shipment is being processed for manifest station configuration, and the ccn type is not equal to '9' occurs during the 'Continue with Normal Processing Use Existing Manifest Codes' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system must continue with normal manifest station processing using the existing manifest codes from table lookups without applying type 9 override rules.
EXCLUDING
A shipment is being processed for manifest station configuration
When
The CCN type is not equal to '9'
Then
The system must continue with normal manifest station processing using the existing manifest codes from table lookups without applying type 9 override rules
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01905
Set Default IIS-A6 for Multi-Manifest
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment is being processed with either iis-a6 action code or multi-manifest indicator set to 'y' during the 'Set Default IIS-A6 for Multi-Manifest' routine, when the manifest-to port (mani-upon-port) in the shipment root is empty or spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should automatically set the manifest-to port to 'iis-a6'.
Given
A shipment is being processed with either IIS-A6 action code or multi-manifest indicator set to 'Y'
When
The manifest-to port (MANI-UPON-PORT) in the shipment root is empty or spaces
Then
The system should automatically set the manifest-to port to 'IIS-A6'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01906
Manifest-To Port from Shiproot Empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment is being processed for customs manifest creation during the 'Manifest-To Port from Shiproot Empty?' routine, when the manifest-to port (mani-upon-port) from shipment root is empty or spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set error flag 1 to indicate missing manifest-to port.
Given
A shipment is being processed for customs manifest creation
When
The manifest-to port (MANI-UPON-PORT) from shipment root is empty or spaces
Then
The system should set error flag 1 to indicate missing manifest-to port
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01907
Lookup Manifest-To Port in MC Table
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest-to port value is available from the shipment root during the 'Lookup Manifest-To Port in MC Table' routine, when the system needs to validate and get details for the manifest-to port, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should lookup the port in the mc table using table id 'mc' and the port name as the sequence id.
Given
A manifest-to port value is available from the shipment root
When
The system needs to validate and get details for the manifest-to port
Then
The system should lookup the port in the MC table using table ID 'MC' and the port name as the sequence ID
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01908
Generate MC Table Not Found Error
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest-to port lookup is attempted in the mc reference table, and the mc table lookup is not successful (port not found) occurs during the 'Generate MC Table Not Found Error' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should clear the mc table data, set error flag 3, save the port name for error messaging, and continue processing.
EXCLUDING
A manifest-to port lookup is attempted in the MC reference table
When
The MC table lookup is not successful (port not found)
Then
The system should clear the MC table data, set error flag 3, save the port name for error messaging, and continue processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01909
Canadian Customs Code = '00000'?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a successful mc table lookup has returned manifest code details during the 'Canadian Customs Code = '00000'?' routine, when the canadian customs code from the mc record equals '00000', the system executes logic to ensure that the system should treat this as invalid, clear the mc table data, set error flag 2, and save the port name for error messaging.
Given
A successful MC table lookup has returned manifest code details
When
The Canadian customs code from the MC record equals '00000'
Then
The system should treat this as invalid, clear the MC table data, set error flag 2, and save the port name for error messaging
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01910
Set Manifest-To Station Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a successful mc table lookup with a valid canadian customs code (not '00000') during the 'Set Manifest-To Station Code' routine, when the manifest-to port validation is complete, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set the manifest-to station code from the canadian customs code, set the destination station number from the mc station number, and set the batch print call letters from the mc call letters.
Given
A successful MC table lookup with a valid Canadian customs code (not '00000')
When
The manifest-to port validation is complete
Then
The system should set the manifest-to station code from the Canadian customs code, set the destination station number from the MC station number, and set the batch print call letters from the MC call letters
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02311
Manifest-To Port from SHIPROOT Empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment record with manifest-to port field during the 'Manifest-To Port from SHIPROOT Empty?' routine, when the manifest-to port field is empty or spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that set error flag 1 to indicate missing manifest-to port.
Given
A shipment record with manifest-to port field
When
The manifest-to port field is empty or spaces
Then
Set error flag 1 to indicate missing manifest-to port
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02312
Lookup Manifest-To Port in MC Table
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest-to port name from shipment data during the 'Lookup Manifest-To Port in MC Table' routine, when looking up the port in the mc manifest codes table, the system executes logic to ensure that attempt to retrieve port configuration including customs codes and station information.
Given
A manifest-to port name from shipment data
When
Looking up the port in the MC manifest codes table
Then
Attempt to retrieve port configuration including customs codes and station information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02313
MC Table Lookup Successful?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest-to port lookup attempt in mc table during the 'MC Table Lookup Successful?' routine, when the lookup operation completes, the system executes logic to ensure that if port is found, proceed with data validation, otherwise set error flag 3 and save port name for error reporting.
Given
A manifest-to port lookup attempt in MC table
When
The lookup operation completes
Then
If port is found, proceed with data validation, otherwise set error flag 3 and save port name for error reporting
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02314
Canadian Customs Code = '00000'?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest port record retrieved from mc table during the 'Canadian Customs Code = '00000'?' routine, when the canadian customs code equals '00000', the system executes logic to ensure that clear the mc table data, set error flag 2, and save port name for error message as the customs code is invalid.
Given
A manifest port record retrieved from MC table
When
The Canadian customs code equals '00000'
Then
Clear the MC table data, set error flag 2, and save port name for error message as the customs code is invalid
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02315
Set Manifest-To Station Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming valid mc table data for manifest-to port with non-zero canadian customs code during the 'Set Manifest-To Station Code' routine, when processing manifest station information, the system executes logic to ensure that set manifest-to station code from canadian customs code, set station number, and set call letters for batch printing.
Given
Valid MC table data for manifest-to port with non-zero Canadian customs code
When
Processing manifest station information
Then
Set manifest-to station code from Canadian customs code, set station number, and set call letters for batch printing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02316
Generate 'Invalid Manifest Upon' Error Message
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming error flag 1 is set indicating missing manifest-to port during the 'Generate 'Invalid Manifest Upon' Error Message' routine, when processing manifest-to port validation errors, the system executes logic to ensure that retrieve and generate 'invalid manifest upon' error message.
Given
Error flag 1 is set indicating missing manifest-to port
When
Processing manifest-to port validation errors
Then
Retrieve and generate 'Invalid Manifest Upon' error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02317
Generate 'Invalid Canadian Customs Code' Error Message
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming error flag 2 is set indicating invalid canadian customs code and saved port name during the 'Generate 'Invalid Canadian Customs Code' Error Message' routine, when processing manifest-to port validation errors, the system executes logic to ensure that use saved port name and retrieve 'invalid canadian customs code' error message.
Given
Error flag 2 is set indicating invalid Canadian customs code and saved port name
When
Processing manifest-to port validation errors
Then
Use saved port name and retrieve 'Invalid Canadian Customs Code' error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02318
Generate 'Invalid Manifest Port MC' Error Message
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If error flag 3 is set indicating port not found in mc table and saved port name, and processing manifest-to port validation errors occurs during the 'Generate 'Invalid Manifest Port MC' Error Message' routine, then the system must guarantee that use saved port name and retrieve 'invalid manifest port mc' error message.
EXCLUDING
Error flag 3 is set indicating port not found in MC table and saved port name
When
Processing manifest-to port validation errors
Then
Use saved port name and retrieve 'Invalid Manifest Port MC' error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01912
Are Port Conditions Met?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a ccn type is '9', and the us station exit code is not '00000' or the manifest from station name is not 'iis-a6' or the manifest to station name is not 'iis-a6' or the manifest to station name does not equal the manifest from station name occurs during the 'Are Port Conditions Met?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the port conditions are considered met for override application.
EXCLUDING
A CCN type is '9'
When
The US station exit code is not '00000' OR the manifest from station name is not 'IIS-A6' OR the manifest to station name is not 'IIS-A6' OR the manifest to station name does not equal the manifest from station name
Then
The port conditions are considered met for override application
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01913
Set Manifest From Port to IIS-A6
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a ccn type is '9' and port conditions are met for override during the 'Set Manifest From Port to IIS-A6' routine, when the override rules are applied, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest from station name is set to 'iis-a6'.
Given
A CCN type is '9' and port conditions are met for override
When
The override rules are applied
Then
The manifest from station name is set to 'IIS-A6'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01914
Set Manifest To Port to IIS-A6
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a ccn type is '9' and port conditions are met for override during the 'Set Manifest To Port to IIS-A6' routine, when the override rules are applied, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest to station name is set to 'iis-a6'.
Given
A CCN type is '9' and port conditions are met for override
When
The override rules are applied
Then
The manifest to station name is set to 'IIS-A6'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01915
Continue with Original Ports
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a cargo control number is being processed, and the ccn type is not '9' or the port conditions for override are not met occurs during the 'Continue with Original Ports' routine, then the system must guarantee that the original manifest from and to station names are preserved without override.
EXCLUDING
A cargo control number is being processed
When
The CCN type is not '9' OR the port conditions for override are not met
Then
The original manifest from and to station names are preserved without override
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00097
Set Manifest From Port to IIS-A6
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment is being processed with either iis-a6 action code or multi-manifest indicator set to 'y' during the 'Set Manifest From Port to IIS-A6' routine, when the manifest from port field in the shipment root is empty (spaces), the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest from port should be automatically set to 'iis-a6'.
Given
A shipment is being processed with either IIS-A6 action code or multi-manifest indicator set to 'Y'
When
The manifest from port field in the shipment root is empty (spaces)
Then
The manifest from port should be automatically set to 'IIS-A6'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00098
Set Manifest To Port to IIS-A6
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment is being processed with either iis-a6 action code or multi-manifest indicator set to 'y' during the 'Set Manifest To Port to IIS-A6' routine, when the manifest to port field in the shipment root is empty (spaces), the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest to port should be automatically set to 'iis-a6'.
Given
A shipment is being processed with either IIS-A6 action code or multi-manifest indicator set to 'Y'
When
The manifest to port field in the shipment root is empty (spaces)
Then
The manifest to port should be automatically set to 'IIS-A6'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00099
Override Both Ports to IIS-A6
Policy Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a shipment has ccn type equal to '9', and the us station exit code is not '00000' or the manifest from station name is not 'iis-a6' or the manifest to station name is not 'iis-a6' or the manifest to station name does not equal the manifest from station name occurs during the 'Override Both Ports to IIS-A6' routine, then the system must guarantee that both the manifest from station name and manifest to station name should be set to 'iis-a6'.
EXCLUDING
A shipment has CCN type equal to '9'
When
The US station exit code is not '00000' OR the manifest from station name is not 'IIS-A6' OR the manifest to station name is not 'IIS-A6' OR the manifest to station name does not equal the manifest from station name
Then
Both the manifest from station name and manifest to station name should be set to 'IIS-A6'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00100
Lookup CM Table for Station
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a shipment has manifest to station name equal to 'iis-a6' and the destination is not in the united states, and the system needs to determine sub-location code information occurs during the 'Lookup CM Table for Station' routine, then the system must guarantee that the destination station number should be looked up in the cm table to retrieve port manifest upon information.
EXCLUDING
A shipment has manifest to station name equal to 'IIS-A6' and the destination is not in the United States
When
The system needs to determine sub-location code information
Then
The destination station number should be looked up in the CM table to retrieve port manifest upon information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00101
Set Sub-location Code from MC Table
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the cm table lookup was successful and returned port manifest upon information during the 'Set Sub-location Code from MC Table' routine, when the port manifest upon value is used to lookup the mc table, the system executes logic to ensure that if the mc table lookup is successful, the sub-location code should be retrieved from the mc table record, otherwise the sub-location code should be cleared.
Given
The CM table lookup was successful and returned port manifest upon information
When
The port manifest upon value is used to lookup the MC table
Then
If the MC table lookup is successful, the sub-location code should be retrieved from the MC table record, otherwise the sub-location code should be cleared
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00102
Check Canadian Customs Code
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest from port has been successfully looked up in the mc table during the 'Check Canadian Customs Code' routine, when the canadian customs code equals '00000', the system executes logic to ensure that the system marks the canadian customs code as invalid, generates an error message for invalid canadian customs port, and clears the mc table data.
Given
A manifest from port has been successfully looked up in the MC table
When
The Canadian customs code equals '00000'
Then
The system marks the Canadian customs code as invalid, generates an error message for invalid Canadian customs port, and clears the MC table data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00103
Set Canadian Customs Code
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest from port has been successfully looked up in the mc table and the canadian customs code is not '00000', and the customs code validation passes occurs during the 'Set Canadian Customs Code' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system sets the canadian customs code to the manifest from station code and sets the us port of exit code.
EXCLUDING
A manifest from port has been successfully looked up in the MC table and the Canadian customs code is not '00000'
When
The customs code validation passes
Then
The system sets the Canadian customs code to the manifest from station code and sets the US port of exit code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00104
Generate MC Table Not Found Error
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest from port lookup is attempted in the mc table, and the mc table lookup is not successful occurs during the 'Generate MC Table Not Found Error' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system clears the mc table data, generates an error message for invalid manifest port mc, and uses the port name as the error message number.
EXCLUDING
A manifest from port lookup is attempted in the MC table
When
The MC table lookup is not successful
Then
The system clears the MC table data, generates an error message for invalid manifest port MC, and uses the port name as the error message number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00105
Check Manifest To Canadian Customs Code
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest to port has been successfully looked up in the mc table during the 'Check Manifest To Canadian Customs Code' routine, when the canadian customs code equals '00000', the system executes logic to ensure that the system clears the mc table data, sets error flag 2, and saves the port name for error reporting.
Given
A manifest to port has been successfully looked up in the MC table
When
The Canadian customs code equals '00000'
Then
The system clears the MC table data, sets error flag 2, and saves the port name for error reporting
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00106
Set Manifest To Station Code
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest to port has been successfully looked up in the mc table and the canadian customs code is valid during the 'Set Manifest To Station Code' routine, when the customs code validation passes, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the manifest to station code, batch print call letters, and destination station number for indexing.
Given
A manifest to port has been successfully looked up in the MC table and the Canadian customs code is valid
When
The customs code validation passes
Then
The system sets the manifest to station code, batch print call letters, and destination station number for indexing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00107
Generate MC Table Not Found Error
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest to port lookup is attempted in the mc table, and the mc table lookup is not successful occurs during the 'Generate MC Table Not Found Error' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system clears the mc table data, sets error flag 3, and saves the port name for error reporting.
EXCLUDING
A manifest to port lookup is attempted in the MC table
When
The MC table lookup is not successful
Then
The system clears the MC table data, sets error flag 3, and saves the port name for error reporting
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01916
Manifest From Port Available?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment with manifest from port data during the 'Manifest From Port Available?' routine, when the system validates canadian customs code requirements, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should proceed with mc table lookup if manifest from port is available, otherwise generate manifest port not found error.
Given
A shipment with manifest from port data
When
The system validates Canadian customs code requirements
Then
The system should proceed with MC table lookup if manifest from port is available, otherwise generate manifest port not found error
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01917
Lookup MC Table with Manifest From Port
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid manifest from port identifier during the 'Lookup MC Table with Manifest From Port' routine, when the system needs to validate canadian customs requirements, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should lookup the mc table to retrieve canadian customs code and us port exit code.
Given
A valid manifest from port identifier
When
The system needs to validate Canadian customs requirements
Then
The system should lookup the MC table to retrieve Canadian customs code and US port exit code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01918
MC Table Lookup Successful?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an mc table lookup operation has been performed during the 'MC Table Lookup Successful?' routine, when the system evaluates the lookup result, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should proceed with customs code validation if successful, otherwise generate manifest port not found error.
Given
An MC table lookup operation has been performed
When
The system evaluates the lookup result
Then
The system should proceed with customs code validation if successful, otherwise generate manifest port not found error
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01920
Set Canadian Customs Code to Manifest From Station Code
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a valid canadian customs code that is not '00000', and the system processes manifest from station information occurs during the 'Set Canadian Customs Code to Manifest From Station Code' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should assign the canadian customs code to the manifest from station code field.
EXCLUDING
A valid Canadian customs code that is not '00000'
When
The system processes manifest from station information
Then
The system should assign the Canadian customs code to the manifest from station code field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01921
Generate Invalid Canadian Customs Code Error Message
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a canadian customs code equal to '00000' from mc table lookup during the 'Generate Invalid Canadian Customs Code Error Message' routine, when the system validates customs code requirements, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should generate an error message indicating invalid canadian customs code for the manifest port.
Given
A Canadian customs code equal to '00000' from MC table lookup
When
The system validates customs code requirements
Then
The system should generate an error message indicating invalid Canadian customs code for the manifest port
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01922
Generate Manifest Port Not Found Error Message
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest from port that is either missing or not found in mc table, and the system attempts to validate manifest port information occurs during the 'Generate Manifest Port Not Found Error Message' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should generate an error message indicating the manifest port was not found in the manifest code table.
EXCLUDING
A manifest from port that is either missing or not found in MC table
When
The system attempts to validate manifest port information
Then
The system should generate an error message indicating the manifest port was not found in the manifest code table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02319
Initialize Table Access Parameters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest port lookup is required during the 'Initialize Table Access Parameters' routine, when the system prepares to access the mc table, the system executes logic to ensure that all table access parameters are cleared and initialized to spaces.
Given
A manifest port lookup is required
When
The system prepares to access the MC table
Then
All table access parameters are cleared and initialized to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02320
Set Table ID to 'MC'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a table lookup is being prepared during the 'Set Table ID to 'MC'' routine, when the system needs to identify which table to access, the system executes logic to ensure that the table id is set to 'mc' for manifest code table.
Given
A table lookup is being prepared
When
The system needs to identify which table to access
Then
The table ID is set to 'MC' for manifest code table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02321
Set Manifest From Port as Search Key
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest from port value exists in the shipment data during the 'Set Manifest From Port as Search Key' routine, when the system prepares the table lookup search criteria, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest from port value is set as the search key.
Given
A manifest from port value exists in the shipment data
When
The system prepares the table lookup search criteria
Then
The manifest from port value is set as the search key
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02324
Move Table Data to GCSTBRTMC
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the mc table lookup was successful during the 'Move Table Data to GCSTBRTMC' routine, when valid table data is returned, the system executes logic to ensure that the table segment data is moved to the mc table structure.
Given
The MC table lookup was successful
When
Valid table data is returned
Then
The table segment data is moved to the MC table structure
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02325
Extract Canadian Customs Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming valid mc table data has been retrieved during the 'Extract Canadian Customs Code' routine, when the system processes the manifest code information, the system executes logic to ensure that the canadian customs code is extracted from the table data.
Given
Valid MC table data has been retrieved
When
The system processes the manifest code information
Then
The Canadian customs code is extracted from the table data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02328
Set Port Name in Error Message
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an invalid canadian customs code has been detected during the 'Set Port Name in Error Message' routine, when the system prepares an error message, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest port name is set in the message number field.
Given
An invalid Canadian customs code has been detected
When
The system prepares an error message
Then
The manifest port name is set in the message number field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02330
Retrieve Error Message Text
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an error number for invalid canadian customs code is set during the 'Retrieve Error Message Text' routine, when the system needs the error message text, the system executes logic to ensure that the error message text is retrieved from the message table.
Given
An error number for invalid Canadian customs code is set
When
The system needs the error message text
Then
The error message text is retrieved from the message table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02331
Add Error Message to Message Array
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an invalid canadian customs code error message has been retrieved during the 'Add Error Message to Message Array' routine, when the system processes the error, the system executes logic to ensure that the error message is added to the message array for reporting.
Given
An invalid Canadian customs code error message has been retrieved
When
The system processes the error
Then
The error message is added to the message array for reporting
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02333
Set Port Name in Error Message
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an mc table lookup has failed during the 'Set Port Name in Error Message' routine, when the system prepares an error message, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest port name is set in the message number field.
Given
An MC table lookup has failed
When
The system prepares an error message
Then
The manifest port name is set in the message number field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02335
Retrieve Error Message Text
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an error number for mc table lookup failure is set during the 'Retrieve Error Message Text' routine, when the system needs the error message text, the system executes logic to ensure that the error message text is retrieved from the message table.
Given
An error number for MC table lookup failure is set
When
The system needs the error message text
Then
The error message text is retrieved from the message table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02336
Add Error Message to Message Array
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an mc table lookup failure error message has been retrieved during the 'Add Error Message to Message Array' routine, when the system processes the error, the system executes logic to ensure that the error message is added to the message array for reporting.
Given
An MC table lookup failure error message has been retrieved
When
The system processes the error
Then
The error message is added to the message array for reporting
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02337
Move Canadian Customs Code to Manifest Station Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid canadian customs code has been retrieved from mc table during the 'Move Canadian Customs Code to Manifest Station Code' routine, when the system processes the valid customs code, the system executes logic to ensure that the canadian customs code is moved to the manifest from station code field.
Given
A valid Canadian customs code has been retrieved from MC table
When
The system processes the valid customs code
Then
The Canadian customs code is moved to the manifest from station code field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02338
Move US Port Exit Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming valid mc table data with us port exit code exists during the 'Move US Port Exit Code' routine, when the system processes the manifest code information, the system executes logic to ensure that the us port exit code is moved to the appropriate field.
Given
Valid MC table data with US port exit code exists
When
The system processes the manifest code information
Then
The US port exit code is moved to the appropriate field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02660
Move Table Data to Working Storage
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a table lookup operation has been executed during the 'Move Table Data to Working Storage' routine, when the lookup returns successful status, the system executes logic to ensure that the retrieved table data is moved to the appropriate working storage segment and success flag is set.
Given
A table lookup operation has been executed
When
The lookup returns successful status
Then
The retrieved table data is moved to the appropriate working storage segment and success flag is set
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02661
Set Failure Flag
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a table lookup operation has been executed during the 'Set Failure Flag' routine, when the lookup returns unsuccessful status, the system executes logic to ensure that the table segment is cleared to spaces and failure flag is set.
Given
A table lookup operation has been executed
When
The lookup returns unsuccessful status
Then
The table segment is cleared to spaces and failure flag is set
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02662
Set Table ID and Key Values
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest port code needs validation during the 'Set Table ID and Key Values' routine, when the table lookup is configured for mc table, the system executes logic to ensure that the table id is set to 'mc' and the port code is used as the search key.
Given
A manifest port code needs validation
When
The table lookup is configured for MC table
Then
The table ID is set to 'MC' and the port code is used as the search key
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02669
Set Table ID and Key Values
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an error message needs to be retrieved during the 'Set Table ID and Key Values' routine, when the table lookup is configured for ms table, the system executes logic to ensure that the table id is set to 'ms' and the error message number is used as the search key.
Given
An error message needs to be retrieved
When
The table lookup is configured for MS table
Then
The table ID is set to 'MS' and the error message number is used as the search key
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01925
Extract US Port Exit Code from MC Table
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest from port exists in the shipment root data and the mc table lookup was successful and the mc table contains port configuration data during the 'Extract US Port Exit Code from MC Table' routine, when the system processes the mc table lookup results, the system executes logic to ensure that the us port of exit code from the mc table is extracted and assigned to the customs record us port of exit code field.
Given
A manifest from port exists in the shipment root data AND the MC table lookup was successful AND the MC table contains port configuration data
When
The system processes the MC table lookup results
Then
The US port of exit code from the MC table is extracted and assigned to the customs record US port of exit code field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01926
Set US Port Exit Code in Customs Record
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the us port of exit code has been successfully extracted from the mc table and the customs record structure is available for update during the 'Set US Port Exit Code in Customs Record' routine, when the system assigns port exit information to the customs record, the system executes logic to ensure that the us port of exit code is set in the customs cargo manifest record us port of exit code field.
Given
The US port of exit code has been successfully extracted from the MC table AND the customs record structure is available for update
When
The system assigns port exit information to the customs record
Then
The US port of exit code is set in the customs cargo manifest record US port of exit code field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01927
MC Table Lookup Successful?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest from port lookup has been attempted in the mc table during the 'MC Table Lookup Successful?' routine, when the system evaluates the lookup result status, the system executes logic to ensure that if the lookup was successful, proceed to extract us port exit code, otherwise handle the lookup failure.
Given
A manifest from port lookup has been attempted in the MC table
When
The system evaluates the lookup result status
Then
If the lookup was successful, proceed to extract US port exit code, otherwise handle the lookup failure
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01928
Set Empty US Port Exit Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the mc table lookup for manifest from port has failed and the customs record requires a us port of exit code value during the 'Set Empty US Port Exit Code' routine, when the system handles the failed lookup scenario, the system executes logic to ensure that an empty or default us port of exit code is assigned to the customs record.
Given
The MC table lookup for manifest from port has failed AND the customs record requires a US port of exit code value
When
The system handles the failed lookup scenario
Then
An empty or default US port of exit code is assigned to the customs record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00108
Is Manifest-To Station = 'IIS-A6'?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo manifest with a manifest-to station name during the 'Is Manifest-To Station = 'IIS-A6'?' routine, when the system checks if the manifest-to station equals 'iis-a6', the system executes logic to ensure that the system proceeds to destination country validation if true, otherwise checks existing sub-location code from mc table.
Given
A cargo manifest with a manifest-to station name
When
The system checks if the manifest-to station equals 'IIS-A6'
Then
The system proceeds to destination country validation if true, otherwise checks existing sub-location code from MC table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00109
Is Destination NOT US?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest-to station of 'iis-a6' and a destination with state/province code during the 'Is Destination NOT US?' routine, when the system searches the state-country table to determine if destination state corresponds to 'us' country, the system executes logic to ensure that the system proceeds to cm table lookup if destination is not us, otherwise sets sub-location code to spaces.
Given
A manifest-to station of 'IIS-A6' and a destination with state/province code
When
The system searches the state-country table to determine if destination state corresponds to 'US' country
Then
The system proceeds to CM table lookup if destination is not US, otherwise sets sub-location code to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00110
Lookup CM Table with Destination Station Number
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a destination that is not us and manifest-to station of 'iis-a6', and the system calls gcctbio with table id 'cm' and destination station number as sequence id occurs during the 'Lookup CM Table with Destination Station Number' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system retrieves cm table segment data for further processing.
EXCLUDING
A destination that is not US and manifest-to station of 'IIS-A6'
When
The system calls GCCTBIO with table ID 'CM' and destination station number as sequence ID
Then
The system retrieves CM table segment data for further processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00111
CM Table Lookup Successful?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a cm table lookup has been performed with destination station number during the 'CM Table Lookup Successful?' routine, when the system checks the gcctbio return flag for successful status, the system executes logic to ensure that the system proceeds to get port manifest information if successful, otherwise sets sub-location code to spaces.
Given
A CM table lookup has been performed with destination station number
When
The system checks the GCCTBIO return flag for successful status
Then
The system proceeds to get port manifest information if successful, otherwise sets sub-location code to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00112
Get Port Manifest Upon from CM Table
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a successful cm table lookup with valid segment data during the 'Get Port Manifest Upon from CM Table' routine, when the system moves the cm table segment to gcstbrtcm structure, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts the port manifest upon value for subsequent mc table lookup.
Given
A successful CM table lookup with valid segment data
When
The system moves the CM table segment to GCSTBRTCM structure
Then
The system extracts the port manifest upon value for subsequent MC table lookup
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00113
Lookup MC Table with Port Manifest Upon
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a port manifest upon value extracted from cm table during the 'Lookup MC Table with Port Manifest Upon' routine, when the system calls gcctbio with table id 'mc' and port manifest upon as sequence id, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves mc table segment data for sub-location code extraction.
Given
A port manifest upon value extracted from CM table
When
The system calls GCCTBIO with table ID 'MC' and port manifest upon as sequence ID
Then
The system retrieves MC table segment data for sub-location code extraction
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00114
MC Table Lookup Successful?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an mc table lookup has been performed with port manifest upon value during the 'MC Table Lookup Successful?' routine, when the system checks the gcctbio return flag for successful status, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets sub-location code from mc table if successful, otherwise sets sub-location code to spaces.
Given
An MC table lookup has been performed with port manifest upon value
When
The system checks the GCCTBIO return flag for successful status
Then
The system sets sub-location code from MC table if successful, otherwise sets sub-location code to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00115
Set Sub-location Code from MC Table
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a successful mc table lookup with valid segment data during the 'Set Sub-location Code from MC Table' routine, when the system moves the mc table segment to gcstbrtmc structure, the system executes logic to ensure that the system assigns the mc sub-location code to the cargo manifest sub-location code field.
Given
A successful MC table lookup with valid segment data
When
The system moves the MC table segment to GCSTBRTMC structure
Then
The system assigns the MC sub-location code to the cargo manifest sub-location code field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00117
Sub-location Code from MC = SPACES or LOW-VALUES?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an existing sub-location code from mc table processing during the 'Sub-location Code from MC = SPACES or LOW-VALUES?' routine, when the system checks if the mc sub-location code equals spaces or low-values, the system executes logic to ensure that the system clears the sub-location code if empty, otherwise checks manifest station conditions.
Given
An existing sub-location code from MC table processing
When
The system checks if the MC sub-location code equals spaces or low-values
Then
The system clears the sub-location code if empty, otherwise checks manifest station conditions
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00118
Manifest-To = 'IIS-A6' OR Manifest-From = Manifest-To?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a non-empty sub-location code from mc table during the 'Manifest-To = 'IIS-A6' OR Manifest-From = Manifest-To?' routine, when the system checks if manifest-to station equals 'iis-a6' or manifest-to station equals manifest-from station, the system executes logic to ensure that the system clears the sub-location code if conditions are met, otherwise keeps the existing sub-location code.
Given
A non-empty sub-location code from MC table
When
The system checks if manifest-to station equals 'IIS-A6' OR manifest-to station equals manifest-from station
Then
The system clears the sub-location code if conditions are met, otherwise keeps the existing sub-location code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00119
Clear Sub-location Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming sub-location code from mc table is empty or manifest stations meet special conditions during the 'Clear Sub-location Code' routine, when the system determines that sub-location code should be cleared, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the sub-location code to spaces.
Given
Sub-location code from MC table is empty OR manifest stations meet special conditions
When
The system determines that sub-location code should be cleared
Then
The system sets the sub-location code to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00120
Keep Sub-location Code from MC Table
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a non-empty sub-location code from mc table and manifest stations do not meet clearing conditions, and the system determines that sub-location code should be retained occurs during the 'Keep Sub-location Code from MC Table' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system keeps the existing sub-location code from the mc table.
EXCLUDING
A non-empty sub-location code from MC table and manifest stations do not meet clearing conditions
When
The system determines that sub-location code should be retained
Then
The system keeps the existing sub-location code from the MC table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01929
Check if IIS-A6 Manifest and Non-US Destination
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest is being processed with manifest-to-station-name and destination country information available, and the manifest-to-station-name equals 'iis-a6' and the destination is not in the united states occurs during the 'Check if IIS-A6 Manifest and Non-US Destination' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should initiate sub-location code determination process.
EXCLUDING
A manifest is being processed with manifest-to-station-name and destination country information available
When
The manifest-to-station-name equals 'IIS-A6' AND the destination is not in the United States
Then
The system should initiate sub-location code determination process
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01930
Lookup Destination Station in CM Table
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the manifest qualifies for sub-location code determination and destination station number is available from shipment root during the 'Lookup Destination Station in CM Table' routine, when the system performs a lookup in the cm table using the destination station number, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should attempt to retrieve the corresponding cm table record.
Given
The manifest qualifies for sub-location code determination and destination station number is available from shipment root
When
The system performs a lookup in the CM table using the destination station number
Then
The system should attempt to retrieve the corresponding CM table record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01931
Get Port Manifest Upon from CM Table
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a successful cm table lookup has been performed for the destination station during the 'Get Port Manifest Upon from CM Table' routine, when the cm table record is retrieved successfully, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should extract the port-manifest-upon field from the cm table record.
Given
A successful CM table lookup has been performed for the destination station
When
The CM table record is retrieved successfully
Then
The system should extract the port-manifest-upon field from the CM table record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01932
Lookup Port in MC Table
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming port manifest upon information has been extracted from the cm table record during the 'Lookup Port in MC Table' routine, when the system performs a lookup in the mc table using the port manifest upon value, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should attempt to retrieve the corresponding mc table record.
Given
Port manifest upon information has been extracted from the CM table record
When
The system performs a lookup in the MC table using the port manifest upon value
Then
The system should attempt to retrieve the corresponding MC table record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01933
Set Sub-location Code from MC Table
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a successful mc table lookup has been performed using the port manifest upon value during the 'Set Sub-location Code from MC Table' routine, when the mc table record is retrieved successfully, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set the sub-location code from the mc table sub-location-code field.
Given
A successful MC table lookup has been performed using the port manifest upon value
When
The MC table record is retrieved successfully
Then
The system should set the sub-location code from the MC table sub-location-code field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02339
Is Manifest-To Station = 'IIS-A6'?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo manifest is being processed during the 'Is Manifest-To Station = 'IIS-A6'?' routine, when the manifest-to station name equals 'iis-a6', the system executes logic to ensure that the system should proceed to check destination country for sub-location code determination.
Given
A cargo manifest is being processed
When
The manifest-to station name equals 'IIS-A6'
Then
The system should proceed to check destination country for sub-location code determination
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02340
Is Destination Not US?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the manifest-to station is 'iis-a6', and the destination province/state code is checked against the state-country lookup table and the destination country is not 'us' occurs during the 'Is Destination Not US?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should proceed to lookup the destination station in the cm table.
EXCLUDING
The manifest-to station is 'IIS-A6'
When
The destination province/state code is checked against the state-country lookup table and the destination country is not 'US'
Then
The system should proceed to lookup the destination station in the CM table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02341
Lookup CM Table with Destination Station Number
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the manifest-to station is 'iis-a6' and destination is not us, and the system looks up the destination station number in the cm table occurs during the 'Lookup CM Table with Destination Station Number' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should retrieve the port manifest upon value if the lookup is successful.
EXCLUDING
The manifest-to station is 'IIS-A6' and destination is not US
When
The system looks up the destination station number in the CM table
Then
The system should retrieve the port manifest upon value if the lookup is successful
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02342
CM Table Lookup Successful?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a cm table lookup has been performed with destination station number during the 'CM Table Lookup Successful?' routine, when the table lookup function returns a successful status, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should extract the port manifest upon value from the cm table result.
Given
A CM table lookup has been performed with destination station number
When
The table lookup function returns a successful status
Then
The system should extract the port manifest upon value from the CM table result
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02343
Get Port Manifest Upon from CM Table
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the cm table lookup was successful during the 'Get Port Manifest Upon from CM Table' routine, when the system processes the cm table result, the system executes logic to ensure that the port manifest upon value should be extracted and used for subsequent mc table lookup.
Given
The CM table lookup was successful
When
The system processes the CM table result
Then
The port manifest upon value should be extracted and used for subsequent MC table lookup
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02344
Lookup MC Table with Port Manifest Upon
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a port manifest upon value has been obtained from cm table lookup during the 'Lookup MC Table with Port Manifest Upon' routine, when the system looks up this port manifest upon value in the mc table, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should attempt to retrieve the corresponding sub-location code.
Given
A port manifest upon value has been obtained from CM table lookup
When
The system looks up this port manifest upon value in the MC table
Then
The system should attempt to retrieve the corresponding sub-location code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02345
MC Table Lookup Successful?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an mc table lookup has been performed with port manifest upon value during the 'MC Table Lookup Successful?' routine, when the table lookup function returns a successful status, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should extract the sub-location code from the mc table result.
Given
An MC table lookup has been performed with port manifest upon value
When
The table lookup function returns a successful status
Then
The system should extract the sub-location code from the MC table result
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02348
Set Sub-location Code to Spaces
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cm table lookup has been attempted during the 'Set Sub-location Code to Spaces' routine, when the cm table lookup fails to return valid data, the system executes logic to ensure that the sub-location code should be set to spaces without proceeding to mc table lookup.
Given
A CM table lookup has been attempted
When
The CM table lookup fails to return valid data
Then
The sub-location code should be set to spaces without proceeding to MC table lookup
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02670
Is Manifest-To Station 'IIS-A6'?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo manifest is being processed with a manifest-to station name during the 'Is Manifest-To Station 'IIS-A6'?' routine, when the system checks if the manifest-to station name equals 'iis-a6', the system executes logic to ensure that the system proceeds to destination country validation if true, otherwise ends the cm table lookup process.
Given
A cargo manifest is being processed with a manifest-to station name
When
The system checks if the manifest-to station name equals 'IIS-A6'
Then
The system proceeds to destination country validation if true, otherwise ends the CM table lookup process
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02671
Is Destination Not US?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the manifest-to station is 'iis-a6' and destination state code is available during the 'Is Destination Not US?' routine, when the system searches the state-country table to determine if the destination state belongs to us, the system executes logic to ensure that the system continues with cm table lookup if destination is not us, otherwise ends the process.
Given
The manifest-to station is 'IIS-A6' and destination state code is available
When
The system searches the state-country table to determine if the destination state belongs to US
Then
The system continues with CM table lookup if destination is not US, otherwise ends the process
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02676
Extract Port Manifest Upon from CM Data
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the cm table lookup was successful and returned valid data during the 'Extract Port Manifest Upon from CM Data' routine, when the system accesses the cm table segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that the port manifest upon value is extracted and prepared for mc table lookup.
Given
The CM table lookup was successful and returned valid data
When
The system accesses the CM table segment data
Then
The port manifest upon value is extracted and prepared for MC table lookup
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02677
Execute MC Table Lookup with Port Manifest Upon
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the port manifest upon value has been extracted from cm table data during the 'Execute MC Table Lookup with Port Manifest Upon' routine, when the system calls the table lookup service with table id 'mc' and the port manifest upon value as the search key, the system executes logic to ensure that the system attempts to retrieve the corresponding mc table record.
Given
The port manifest upon value has been extracted from CM table data
When
The system calls the table lookup service with table ID 'MC' and the port manifest upon value as the search key
Then
The system attempts to retrieve the corresponding MC table record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02678
MC Table Lookup Successful?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an mc table lookup has been executed with the port manifest upon value during the 'MC Table Lookup Successful?' routine, when the system checks the return status of the mc table lookup operation, the system executes logic to ensure that the system proceeds to extract sub-location code if successful, otherwise sets sub-location code to spaces.
Given
An MC table lookup has been executed with the port manifest upon value
When
The system checks the return status of the MC table lookup operation
Then
The system proceeds to extract sub-location code if successful, otherwise sets sub-location code to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02679
Set Sub-location Code to Retrieved Value
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the mc table lookup was successful and returned valid sub-location code data during the 'Set Sub-location Code to Retrieved Value' routine, when the system accesses the mc table segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that the sub-location code is extracted and assigned to the cargo manifest sub-location code field.
Given
The MC table lookup was successful and returned valid sub-location code data
When
The system accesses the MC table segment data
Then
The sub-location code is extracted and assigned to the cargo manifest sub-location code field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00124
Retrieve Sub-location Code from RF Table
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a matching rf table record exists for the consignee and destination during the 'Retrieve Sub-location Code from RF Table' routine, when the customer is determined to be bonded, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves and assigns the sub-location code from the rf table record to the customs manifest.
Given
A matching RF table record exists for the consignee and destination
When
The customer is determined to be bonded
Then
The system retrieves and assigns the sub-location code from the RF table record to the customs manifest
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00127
Manifest From = Manifest To AND Not IIS-A6?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a shipment without sub-location code and csa indicator off, and manifest from station name equals manifest to station name and manifest to station name is not 'iis-a6' occurs during the 'Manifest From = Manifest To AND Not IIS-A6?' routine, then the system must guarantee that sub-location requirements are considered met.
EXCLUDING
A shipment without sub-location code and CSA indicator OFF
When
Manifest from station name equals manifest to station name AND manifest to station name is not 'IIS-A6'
Then
Sub-location requirements are considered met
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00132
Generate Invalid Destination Station Sub-location Error
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a non-transit/non-return shipment with sub-location error flag set during the 'Generate Invalid Destination Station Sub-location Error' routine, when final sub-location validation is performed, the system executes logic to ensure that an error message for invalid destination station sub-location code is generated and added to the message list.
Given
A non-transit/non-return shipment with sub-location error flag set
When
Final sub-location validation is performed
Then
An error message for invalid destination station sub-location code is generated and added to the message list
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01937
Manifest From/To Stations Same AND Not IIS-A6?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a customs control record has no sub-location code set and csa indicator is off, and the manifest from station name equals the manifest to station name and the manifest to station name is not 'iis-a6' occurs during the 'Manifest From/To Stations Same AND Not IIS-A6?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should waive the sub-location code requirement and continue processing.
EXCLUDING
A customs control record has no sub-location code set and CSA indicator is off
When
The manifest from station name equals the manifest to station name AND the manifest to station name is not 'IIS-A6'
Then
The system should waive the sub-location code requirement and continue processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01938
Destination is US?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a customs control record has no sub-location code set, csa indicator is off, and manifest stations are different or one is iis-a6 during the 'Destination is US?' routine, when the destination state code corresponds to a us state in the state-country lookup table, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should waive the sub-location code requirement and continue processing.
Given
A customs control record has no sub-location code set, CSA indicator is off, and manifest stations are different or one is IIS-A6
When
The destination state code corresponds to a US state in the state-country lookup table
Then
The system should waive the sub-location code requirement and continue processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01939
Arrival Indicator = 'Y'?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a customs control record has no sub-location code set, csa indicator is off, manifest stations don't qualify for exemption, and destination is not us, and the arrival indicator equals 'y' occurs during the 'Arrival Indicator = 'Y'?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should waive the sub-location code requirement and continue processing.
EXCLUDING
A customs control record has no sub-location code set, CSA indicator is off, manifest stations don't qualify for exemption, and destination is not US
When
The arrival indicator equals 'Y'
Then
The system should waive the sub-location code requirement and continue processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01940
Set Sub-location Error Flag
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a customs control record has no sub-location code set, csa indicator is off, manifest stations don't qualify for exemption, destination is not us, and arrival indicator is not 'y', and all exemption conditions fail to be met occurs during the 'Set Sub-location Error Flag' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should set the sub-location error flag to indicate a validation failure.
EXCLUDING
A customs control record has no sub-location code set, CSA indicator is off, manifest stations don't qualify for exemption, destination is not US, and arrival indicator is not 'Y'
When
All exemption conditions fail to be met
Then
The system should set the sub-location error flag to indicate a validation failure
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01941
Generate Error Message: Invalid Destination Station Sub-location Code
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the sub-location error flag has been set due to missing sub-location code during the 'Generate Error Message: Invalid Destination Station Sub-location Code' routine, when the system processes the error condition, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should generate an error message indicating invalid destination station sub-location code and add it to the message collection.
Given
The sub-location error flag has been set due to missing sub-location code
When
The system processes the error condition
Then
The system should generate an error message indicating invalid destination station sub-location code and add it to the message collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00133
Extract Conveying Car Initial and Number from Shipment Data
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a shipment record contains conveying car information, and the conveying car initial is not empty in the shipment data occurs during the 'Extract Conveying Car Initial and Number from Shipment Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that extract the conveying car initial and number from the shipment record and assign them to the customs manifest.
EXCLUDING
A shipment record contains conveying car information
When
The conveying car initial is not empty in the shipment data
Then
Extract the conveying car initial and number from the shipment record and assign them to the customs manifest
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00136
Validate Conveying Car ID Using GCCCARID Utility
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a conveying car initial is present in the manifest during the 'Validate Conveying Car ID Using GCCCARID Utility' routine, when the car id validation is performed using the gcccarid utility, the system executes logic to ensure that the utility validates the car id format and returns either a validated id or an error indicator.
Given
A conveying car initial is present in the manifest
When
The car ID validation is performed using the GCCCARID utility
Then
The utility validates the car ID format and returns either a validated ID or an error indicator
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00138
Generate Invalid Conveying Car Error Message
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a conveying car id validation has been attempted, and the validation utility indicates the car id is invalid occurs during the 'Generate Invalid Conveying Car Error Message' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an error message for invalid conveying car and add it to the message collection.
EXCLUDING
A conveying car ID validation has been attempted
When
The validation utility indicates the car ID is invalid
Then
Generate an error message for invalid conveying car and add it to the message collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00143
Generate Car ID Validation Error
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a car id has been submitted for validation, and the car id validation utility returns an invalid result (all asterisks) occurs during the 'Generate Car ID Validation Error' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should generate an error message indicating invalid conveying car and include the original car value in the message.
EXCLUDING
A car ID has been submitted for validation
When
The car ID validation utility returns an invalid result (all asterisks)
Then
The system should generate an error message indicating invalid conveying car and include the original car value in the message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00144
Set Equipment Car Initial from Shipment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment record contains equipment information during the 'Set Equipment Car Initial from Shipment' routine, when processing equipment details for customs manifest, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set equipment car initial from the shipment car initial field.
Given
A shipment record contains equipment information
When
Processing equipment details for customs manifest
Then
The system should set equipment car initial from the shipment car initial field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00145
Set Equipment Car Number from Shipment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment record contains equipment information during the 'Set Equipment Car Number from Shipment' routine, when processing equipment details for customs manifest, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set equipment car number from the shipment car number field.
Given
A shipment record contains equipment information
When
Processing equipment details for customs manifest
Then
The system should set equipment car number from the shipment car number field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00146
Set Load/Empty Status from Shipment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment record contains load/empty indicator during the 'Set Load/Empty Status from Shipment' routine, when processing equipment status for customs manifest, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set the load/empty status from the shipment el field.
Given
A shipment record contains load/empty indicator
When
Processing equipment status for customs manifest
Then
The system should set the load/empty status from the shipment EL field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00147
Set Waybill Number from Shipment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment record contains waybill information during the 'Set Waybill Number from Shipment' routine, when processing waybill details for customs manifest, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set the waybill number from the shipment waybill number field.
Given
A shipment record contains waybill information
When
Processing waybill details for customs manifest
Then
The system should set the waybill number from the shipment waybill number field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00150
Check for Valid EDI BOL Data
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a waybill key is provided for processing, and the system checks for valid edi bol data by verifying the origin road number is not zero and retrieving the first shipmin segment with type 'e' and sequence '1' occurs during the 'Check for Valid EDI BOL Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system sets the edi bol availability flag to valid if data is found, otherwise sets it to invalid, and extracts the edi bol key from the data line for subsequent processing.
EXCLUDING
A waybill key is provided for processing
When
The system checks for valid EDI BOL data by verifying the origin road number is not zero and retrieving the first SHIPMIN segment with type 'E' and sequence '1'
Then
The system sets the EDI BOL availability flag to valid if data is found, otherwise sets it to invalid, and extracts the EDI BOL key from the data line for subsequent processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00152
Process Each Commodity Segment from EDI BOL
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming valid edi bol data is available during the 'Process Each Commodity Segment from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes commodity segments starting from sequence 1 and continuing until no more segments are found or sequence exceeds 98, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves each ebsbccm commodity segment using the edi bol key and commodity sequence number.
Given
Valid EDI BOL data is available
When
The system processes commodity segments starting from sequence 1 and continuing until no more segments are found or sequence exceeds 98
Then
The system retrieves each EBSBCCM commodity segment using the EDI BOL key and commodity sequence number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00153
Add Lading Quantity to Total Units
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a commodity segment is successfully retrieved from edi bol data during the 'Add Lading Quantity to Total Units' routine, when the system processes the commodity segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system adds the l0-lading-qty value to the running total of units.
Given
A commodity segment is successfully retrieved from EDI BOL data
When
The system processes the commodity segment
Then
The system adds the L0-LADING-QTY value to the running total of units
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00154
Get EBSBCCR Weight Segment
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the first commodity segment is being processed during the 'Get EBSBCCR Weight Segment' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve the corresponding ebsbccr weight segment with type 'cr' and dependent key 'cr001', the system executes logic to ensure that if the weight segment is found, the system extracts the n7-weight value, otherwise sets the weight to zero.
Given
The first commodity segment is being processed
When
The system attempts to retrieve the corresponding EBSBCCR weight segment with type 'CR' and dependent key 'CR001'
Then
If the weight segment is found, the system extracts the N7-WEIGHT value, otherwise sets the weight to zero
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00156
Set Quantity Qualifier from Lading Data
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming the first commodity segment is being processed during the 'Set Quantity Qualifier from Lading Data' routine, when the system extracts quantity information from the segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the lading quantity qualifier to the l0-lading-qty-qual value from the commodity segment.
Given
The first commodity segment is being processed
When
The system extracts quantity information from the segment
Then
The system sets the lading quantity qualifier to the L0-LADING-QTY-QUAL value from the commodity segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00157
Fall Back to Fastway SHIPCOMM Data
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol processing has completed with both weight and quantity totaling zero during the 'Fall Back to Fastway SHIPCOMM Data' routine, when the system needs to obtain weight and quantity information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system switches to processing fastway shipcomm segments starting with the first segment using 'gu' function.
Given
EDI BOL processing has completed with both weight and quantity totaling zero
When
The system needs to obtain weight and quantity information
Then
The system switches to processing Fastway SHIPCOMM segments starting with the first segment using 'GU' function
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00158
Get First SHIPCOMM Segment
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is falling back to fastway data processing during the 'Get First SHIPCOMM Segment' routine, when shipcomm segments are available, the system executes logic to ensure that the system adds num-units from shipcomm to the total units, sets quantity qualifier to 'pcs', and adds weight based on metric indicator (met-cmod-wgt for metric, cmod-wgt for standard).
Given
The system is falling back to Fastway data processing
When
SHIPCOMM segments are available
Then
The system adds NUM-UNITS from SHIPCOMM to the total units, sets quantity qualifier to 'PCS', and adds weight based on metric indicator (MET-CMOD-WGT for metric, CMOD-WGT for standard)
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00159
Get Next SHIPCOMM Segments
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the first shipcomm segment has been processed successfully during the 'Get Next SHIPCOMM Segments' routine, when additional shipcomm segments are available, the system executes logic to ensure that the system continues processing each subsequent segment using 'gn' function, accumulating units and weight until no more segments are found.
Given
The first SHIPCOMM segment has been processed successfully
When
Additional SHIPCOMM segments are available
Then
The system continues processing each subsequent segment using 'GN' function, accumulating units and weight until no more segments are found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01942
Check for Valid EDI BOL
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a waybill key is provided for processing, and the system checks for edi bol availability by verifying origin road number is not zero and retrieving shipmin segment with type 'e' and number '1' occurs during the 'Check for Valid EDI BOL' routine, then the system must guarantee that if edi bol data is found, set valid edi bol flag and extract edi bol key, otherwise set invalid edi bol flag.
EXCLUDING
A waybill key is provided for processing
When
The system checks for EDI BOL availability by verifying origin road number is not zero and retrieving SHIPMIN segment with type 'E' and number '1'
Then
If EDI BOL data is found, set valid EDI BOL flag and extract EDI BOL key, otherwise set invalid EDI BOL flag
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01943
Initialize Weight and Quantity Counters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming valid edi bol data is available during the 'Initialize Weight and Quantity Counters' routine, when starting weight and quantity processing, the system executes logic to ensure that set commodity weight counter to zero and number of units counter to zero.
Given
Valid EDI BOL data is available
When
Starting weight and quantity processing
Then
Set commodity weight counter to zero and number of units counter to zero
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01944
Get EBSBCCM Commodity Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming valid edi bol key and commodity sequence number during the 'Get EBSBCCM Commodity Segment' routine, when retrieving ebsbccm segment with type 'cm' and current sequence number, the system executes logic to ensure that if invalid edi bol flag is set, mark segment as not found, otherwise call ebclgio and set found flag based on status.
Given
Valid EDI BOL key and commodity sequence number
When
Retrieving EBSBCCM segment with type 'CM' and current sequence number
Then
If invalid EDI BOL flag is set, mark segment as not found, otherwise call EBCLGIO and set found flag based on status
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01945
Add Lading Quantity to Total
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a commodity segment is found with lading quantity data during the 'Add Lading Quantity to Total' routine, when processing the commodity segment, the system executes logic to ensure that add the lading quantity from the segment to the total number of units counter.
Given
A commodity segment is found with lading quantity data
When
Processing the commodity segment
Then
Add the lading quantity from the segment to the total number of units counter
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01946
Get EBSBCCR Weight Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming processing the first commodity segment (sequence = 1) during the 'Get EBSBCCR Weight Segment' routine, when retrieving ebsbccr weight segment with type 'cr' and dependent key 'cr001', the system executes logic to ensure that if invalid edi bol flag is set, mark weight segment as not found, otherwise call ebclgio and set found flag based on status.
Given
Processing the first commodity segment (sequence = 1)
When
Retrieving EBSBCCR weight segment with type 'CR' and dependent key 'CR001'
Then
If invalid EDI BOL flag is set, mark weight segment as not found, otherwise call EBCLGIO and set found flag based on status
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01947
Extract Total Weight
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming weight segment is found for the first commodity during the 'Extract Total Weight' routine, when processing weight information, the system executes logic to ensure that move the n7 weight value to the commodity weight counter.
Given
Weight segment is found for the first commodity
When
Processing weight information
Then
Move the N7 weight value to the commodity weight counter
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01948
Set Weight to Zero
Computation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If weight segment is not found for the first commodity, and processing weight information occurs during the 'Set Weight to Zero' routine, then the system must guarantee that set commodity weight counter to zero.
EXCLUDING
Weight segment is not found for the first commodity
When
Processing weight information
Then
Set commodity weight counter to zero
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01949
Determine Weight Unit from Metric Indicator
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming weight has been processed for the first commodity segment during the 'Determine Weight Unit from Metric Indicator' routine, when determining weight unit from shipment root metric indicator, the system executes logic to ensure that if metric indicator is 'm' or 'l', set weight unit to kilograms, otherwise set weight unit to pounds.
Given
Weight has been processed for the first commodity segment
When
Determining weight unit from shipment root metric indicator
Then
If metric indicator is 'M' or 'L', set weight unit to kilograms, otherwise set weight unit to pounds
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01950
Set Quantity Qualifier from Segment
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming processing the first commodity segment with lading quantity qualifier during the 'Set Quantity Qualifier from Segment' routine, when setting quantity qualifier for the shipment, the system executes logic to ensure that move the lading quantity qualifier from the commodity segment to the customs quantity qualifier.
Given
Processing the first commodity segment with lading quantity qualifier
When
Setting quantity qualifier for the shipment
Then
Move the lading quantity qualifier from the commodity segment to the customs quantity qualifier
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01951
Fall Back to Fastway SHIPCOMM Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming both commodity weight and number of units are zero after edi processing during the 'Fall Back to Fastway SHIPCOMM Data' routine, when falling back to fastway data processing, the system executes logic to ensure that set shipcomm found flag and set get function to 'gu' for first segment retrieval.
Given
Both commodity weight and number of units are zero after EDI processing
When
Falling back to Fastway data processing
Then
Set SHIPCOMM found flag and set get function to 'GU' for first segment retrieval
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01952
Get First SHIPCOMM Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming fallback to fastway data is required during the 'Get First SHIPCOMM Segment' routine, when retrieving shipcomm segment with 'gu' function, the system executes logic to ensure that call fwcwbio with shipment root key and shipcomm segment type, set found flag based on status.
Given
Fallback to Fastway data is required
When
Retrieving SHIPCOMM segment with 'GU' function
Then
Call FWCWBIO with shipment root key and SHIPCOMM segment type, set found flag based on status
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01953
Add SHIPCOMM Quantities and Weights
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming shipcomm segment is found during the 'Add SHIPCOMM Quantities and Weights' routine, when processing fastway commodity data, the system executes logic to ensure that add number of units from shipcomm to total units, and if metric indicator is 'm' or 'l', add metric weight and set unit to kilograms, otherwise add standard weight and set unit to pounds.
Given
SHIPCOMM segment is found
When
Processing Fastway commodity data
Then
Add number of units from SHIPCOMM to total units, and if metric indicator is 'M' or 'L', add metric weight and set unit to kilograms, otherwise add standard weight and set unit to pounds
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01955
Get Next SHIPCOMM Segments
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming first shipcomm segment has been processed during the 'Get Next SHIPCOMM Segments' routine, when retrieving additional shipcomm segments, the system executes logic to ensure that set get function to 'gn' and continue processing until no more segments are found.
Given
First SHIPCOMM segment has been processed
When
Retrieving additional SHIPCOMM segments
Then
Set get function to 'GN' and continue processing until no more segments are found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01956
Add Additional SHIPCOMM Data
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming additional shipcomm segments are found during the 'Add Additional SHIPCOMM Data' routine, when processing additional fastway data, the system executes logic to ensure that add number of units to total, set quantity qualifier to 'pcs', and add appropriate weight based on metric indicator.
Given
Additional SHIPCOMM segments are found
When
Processing additional Fastway data
Then
Add number of units to total, set quantity qualifier to 'PCS', and add appropriate weight based on metric indicator
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02349
Check for Valid EDI BOL
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a waybill is being processed for weight and quantity extraction during the 'Check for Valid EDI BOL' routine, when the system checks for edi bol availability by examining the origin road number in shiproot, the system executes logic to ensure that if origin road number is not zero, retrieve shipmine segment with type 'e' and sequence '1', and if found, extract edi bol key from data line 1 and set valid edi bol flag, otherwise set invalid edi bol flag.
Given
A waybill is being processed for weight and quantity extraction
When
The system checks for EDI BOL availability by examining the origin road number in SHIPROOT
Then
If origin road number is not zero, retrieve SHIPMINE segment with type 'E' and sequence '1', and if found, extract EDI BOL key from data line 1 and set valid EDI BOL flag, otherwise set invalid EDI BOL flag
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02350
Get EBSBCCM Commodity Segment
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid edi bol is available and commodity segment sequence number is provided during the 'Get EBSBCCM Commodity Segment' routine, when the system retrieves ebsbccm commodity segment with type 'cm' and the current sequence number, the system executes logic to ensure that if the segment is found, add the l0-lading-qty to the running total of units, otherwise set commodity segment not found flag.
Given
A valid EDI BOL is available and commodity segment sequence number is provided
When
The system retrieves EBSBCCM commodity segment with type 'CM' and the current sequence number
Then
If the segment is found, add the L0-LADING-QTY to the running total of units, otherwise set commodity segment not found flag
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02351
Get EBSBCCR Weight Segment
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming the first commodity segment is being processed (sequence = 1) during the 'Get EBSBCCR Weight Segment' routine, when the system retrieves ebsbccr weight segment with type 'cr' and dependent key 'cr001', the system executes logic to ensure that if weight segment is found, extract n7-weight value, otherwise set weight to 0, and set weight unit to kg if metric indicator is 'm' or 'l', otherwise set to lb, and capture l0-lading-qty-qual as quantity qualifier.
Given
The first commodity segment is being processed (sequence = 1)
When
The system retrieves EBSBCCR weight segment with type 'CR' and dependent key 'CR001'
Then
If weight segment is found, extract N7-WEIGHT value, otherwise set weight to 0, and set weight unit to KG if metric indicator is 'M' or 'L', otherwise set to LB, and capture L0-LADING-QTY-QUAL as quantity qualifier
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02352
Get First SHIPCOMM Record
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming edi weight and quantity data is zero or unavailable during the 'Get First SHIPCOMM Record' routine, when the system retrieves the first shipcomm record using 'gu' function, the system executes logic to ensure that if shipcomm is found, add num-units to quantity total, set quantity qualifier to 'pcs', and add met-cmod-wgt to weight if metric indicator is 'm' or 'l', otherwise add cmod-wgt, and set weight unit accordingly.
Given
EDI weight and quantity data is zero or unavailable
When
The system retrieves the first SHIPCOMM record using 'GU' function
Then
If SHIPCOMM is found, add NUM-UNITS to quantity total, set quantity qualifier to 'PCS', and add MET-CMOD-WGT to weight if metric indicator is 'M' or 'L', otherwise add CMOD-WGT, and set weight unit accordingly
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02681
Initialize Commodity Counters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is ready to process commodity data from edi segments during the 'Initialize Commodity Counters' routine, when commodity processing begins, the system executes logic to ensure that weight counter is set to zero and quantity counter is set to zero.
Given
The system is ready to process commodity data from EDI segments
When
Commodity processing begins
Then
Weight counter is set to zero AND quantity counter is set to zero
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02682
Set CCM Sequence to 1
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming commodity processing is being initialized during the 'Set CCM Sequence to 1' routine, when the system prepares to read commodity segments, the system executes logic to ensure that the ccm sequence counter is set to 1.
Given
Commodity processing is being initialized
When
The system prepares to read commodity segments
Then
The CCM sequence counter is set to 1
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02683
Get EBSBCCM Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a ccm sequence number is available and edi bol key is valid during the 'Get EBSBCCM Segment' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve ebsbccm segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls ebclgio to fetch the commodity segment for the current sequence.
Given
A CCM sequence number is available AND EDI BOL key is valid
When
The system attempts to retrieve EBSBCCM segment data
Then
The system calls EBCLGIO to fetch the commodity segment for the current sequence
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02684
EBSBCCM Segment Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an attempt has been made to retrieve ebsbccm segment data during the 'EBSBCCM Segment Found?' routine, when the system checks the retrieval status, the system executes logic to ensure that if the segment is found then continue processing else use fastway fallback data.
Given
An attempt has been made to retrieve EBSBCCM segment data
When
The system checks the retrieval status
Then
IF the segment is found THEN continue processing ELSE use FastWay fallback data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02685
Extract Lading Quantity from L0-LADING-QTY
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid ebsbccm segment has been retrieved during the 'Extract Lading Quantity from L0-LADING-QTY' routine, when the system processes the segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that the lading quantity is extracted from l0-lading-qty field.
Given
A valid EBSBCCM segment has been retrieved
When
The system processes the segment data
Then
The lading quantity is extracted from L0-LADING-QTY field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02686
Add to Total Units Counter
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming lading quantity has been extracted from the current segment during the 'Add to Total Units Counter' routine, when the system updates totals, the system executes logic to ensure that the lading quantity is added to the total units counter (ws-num-units-9).
Given
Lading quantity has been extracted from the current segment
When
The system updates totals
Then
The lading quantity is added to the total units counter (WS-NUM-UNITS-9)
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02687
First Segment?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a commodity segment is being processed during the 'First Segment?' routine, when the system checks the sequence number, the system executes logic to ensure that if ccm sequence equals 1 then retrieve weight segment and set quantity qualifier else skip weight processing.
Given
A commodity segment is being processed
When
The system checks the sequence number
Then
IF CCM sequence equals 1 THEN retrieve weight segment and set quantity qualifier ELSE skip weight processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02688
Get EBSBCCR Weight Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming this is the first commodity segment being processed during the 'Get EBSBCCR Weight Segment' routine, when the system needs weight information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls ebclgio to retrieve ebsbccr segment with type 'cr' and dependent key 'cr001'.
Given
This is the first commodity segment being processed
When
The system needs weight information
Then
The system calls EBCLGIO to retrieve EBSBCCR segment with type 'CR' and dependent key 'CR001'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02689
Weight Segment Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an attempt has been made to retrieve ebsbccr weight segment during the 'Weight Segment Found?' routine, when the system checks the retrieval status, the system executes logic to ensure that if weight segment is found then extract n7-weight value else set weight to zero.
Given
An attempt has been made to retrieve EBSBCCR weight segment
When
The system checks the retrieval status
Then
IF weight segment is found THEN extract N7-WEIGHT value ELSE set weight to zero
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02690
Extract Weight from N7-WEIGHT
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid ebsbccr weight segment has been retrieved during the 'Extract Weight from N7-WEIGHT' routine, when the system processes weight data, the system executes logic to ensure that the weight value is extracted from n7-weight field and stored in ws-cmod-weight-9.
Given
A valid EBSBCCR weight segment has been retrieved
When
The system processes weight data
Then
The weight value is extracted from N7-WEIGHT field and stored in WS-CMOD-WEIGHT-9
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02691
Set Weight to Zero
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming no ebsbccr weight segment was found during the 'Set Weight to Zero' routine, when the system needs to set a weight value, the system executes logic to ensure that the weight counter (ws-cmod-weight-9) is set to zero.
Given
No EBSBCCR weight segment was found
When
The system needs to set a weight value
Then
The weight counter (WS-CMOD-WEIGHT-9) is set to zero
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02692
Determine Weight Unit from Metric Indicator
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming weight data has been processed from edi segment during the 'Determine Weight Unit from Metric Indicator' routine, when the system determines the weight unit, the system executes logic to ensure that if metric indicator is 'm' or 'l' then set weight unit to kilograms else set weight unit to pounds.
Given
Weight data has been processed from EDI segment
When
The system determines the weight unit
Then
IF metric indicator is 'M' or 'L' THEN set weight unit to kilograms ELSE set weight unit to pounds
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02693
Extract Quantity Qualifier from L0-LADING-QTY-QUAL
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming this is the first commodity segment being processed during the 'Extract Quantity Qualifier from L0-LADING-QTY-QUAL' routine, when the system sets quantity qualifier information, the system executes logic to ensure that the quantity qualifier is extracted from l0-lading-qty-qual and stored in gccc-lading-quantity-qualifier.
Given
This is the first commodity segment being processed
When
The system sets quantity qualifier information
Then
The quantity qualifier is extracted from L0-LADING-QTY-QUAL and stored in GCCC-LADING-QUANTITY-QUALIFIER
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02694
Increment CCM Sequence Counter
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming current commodity segment has been processed during the 'Increment CCM Sequence Counter' routine, when the system prepares for the next segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the ccm sequence counter (ws-ccm-cm-seq) is incremented by 1.
Given
Current commodity segment has been processed
When
The system prepares for the next segment
Then
The CCM sequence counter (WS-CCM-CM-SEQ) is incremented by 1
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02695
More Segments Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming current commodity segment processing is complete during the 'More Segments Available?' routine, when the system checks for continuation, the system executes logic to ensure that if ccm sequence is less than or equal to 98 and segments are still being found then continue processing else complete commodity processing.
Given
Current commodity segment processing is complete
When
The system checks for continuation
Then
IF CCM sequence is less than or equal to 98 AND segments are still being found THEN continue processing ELSE complete commodity processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02696
No EDI Data - Use Fastway Fallback
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming no edi commodity segments are found or initial edi segment retrieval fails during the 'No EDI Data - Use Fastway Fallback' routine, when the system needs commodity data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves commodity information from fastway shipcomm segments using gu and gn functions.
Given
No EDI commodity segments are found OR initial EDI segment retrieval fails
When
The system needs commodity data
Then
The system retrieves commodity information from FastWay SHIPCOMM segments using GU and GN functions
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02839
Initialize EDI BOL I/O Parameters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a request to retrieve ebsbccm commodity segment data during the 'Initialize EDI BOL I/O Parameters' routine, when the system begins the edi bol segment retrieval process, the system executes logic to ensure that the edi bol i/o parameters are cleared and initialized to spaces.
Given
A request to retrieve EBSBCCM commodity segment data
When
The system begins the EDI BOL segment retrieval process
Then
The EDI BOL I/O parameters are cleared and initialized to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02840
Set Segment Type to EBSBCCM
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol i/o parameters are initialized during the 'Set Segment Type to EBSBCCM' routine, when the system prepares to retrieve commodity segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that the segment type is set to 'ebsbccm' to specify commodity segment retrieval.
Given
EDI BOL I/O parameters are initialized
When
The system prepares to retrieve commodity segment data
Then
The segment type is set to 'EBSBCCM' to specify commodity segment retrieval
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02841
Set Function Code to GU
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the segment type is configured for ebsbccm during the 'Set Function Code to GU' routine, when the system prepares the database retrieval operation, the system executes logic to ensure that the function code is set to 'gu' to perform a get unique operation.
Given
The segment type is configured for EBSBCCM
When
The system prepares the database retrieval operation
Then
The function code is set to 'GU' to perform a get unique operation
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02842
Set EDI BOL Key from Waybill
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming the function code is set for database retrieval during the 'Set EDI BOL Key from Waybill' routine, when the system needs to identify the specific bill of lading, the system executes logic to ensure that the edi bol key from the waybill is assigned to the root key parameter.
Given
The function code is set for database retrieval
When
The system needs to identify the specific bill of lading
Then
The EDI BOL key from the waybill is assigned to the root key parameter
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02843
Set Type to CM - Commodity
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming the edi bol key is configured for segment identification during the 'Set Type to CM - Commodity' routine, when the system needs to specify the commodity segment subtype, the system executes logic to ensure that the type identifier is set to 'cm' to indicate commodity information.
Given
The EDI BOL key is configured for segment identification
When
The system needs to specify the commodity segment subtype
Then
The type identifier is set to 'CM' to indicate commodity information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02844
Set Sequence Number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the commodity type identifier is set to cm during the 'Set Sequence Number' routine, when the system needs to identify a specific commodity segment occurrence, the system executes logic to ensure that the sequence number from the commodity sequence counter is assigned to the segment parameters.
Given
The commodity type identifier is set to CM
When
The system needs to identify a specific commodity segment occurrence
Then
The sequence number from the commodity sequence counter is assigned to the segment parameters
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02845
Valid EDI BOL?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming all segment retrieval parameters are configured during the 'Valid EDI BOL?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol validity, the system executes logic to ensure that if the edi bol is invalid, the system sets the ebsbccm not found flag and skips segment retrieval.
Given
All segment retrieval parameters are configured
When
The system checks for EDI BOL validity
Then
If the EDI BOL is invalid, the system sets the EBSBCCM not found flag and skips segment retrieval
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02846
Call EBCLGIO to Retrieve Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the edi bol is valid and all parameters are set during the 'Call EBCLGIO to Retrieve Segment' routine, when the system executes the segment retrieval operation, the system executes logic to ensure that the ebclgio program is called with the configured parameters to retrieve the ebsbccm segment.
Given
The EDI BOL is valid and all parameters are set
When
The system executes the segment retrieval operation
Then
The EBCLGIO program is called with the configured parameters to retrieve the EBSBCCM segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02847
Segment Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the ebclgio segment retrieval operation has completed during the 'Segment Found?' routine, when the system checks the retrieval status, the system executes logic to ensure that if the status code is spaces, the segment was found successfully, otherwise the segment was not found.
Given
The EBCLGIO segment retrieval operation has completed
When
The system checks the retrieval status
Then
If the status code is spaces, the segment was found successfully, otherwise the segment was not found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02848
Set EBSBCCM Found Flag
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the commodity segment retrieval was successful during the 'Set EBSBCCM Found Flag' routine, when the system processes the successful retrieval result, the system executes logic to ensure that the ebsbccm found flag is set to true to indicate successful segment retrieval.
Given
The commodity segment retrieval was successful
When
The system processes the successful retrieval result
Then
The EBSBCCM found flag is set to true to indicate successful segment retrieval
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02849
Extract Lading Quantity
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the ebsbccm segment is found and the success flag is set during the 'Extract Lading Quantity' routine, when the system processes the retrieved commodity data, the system executes logic to ensure that the lading quantity (l0-lading-qty) is added to the running total of units.
Given
The EBSBCCM segment is found and the success flag is set
When
The system processes the retrieved commodity data
Then
The lading quantity (L0-LADING-QTY) is added to the running total of units
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02850
Set EBSBCCM Not Found Flag
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the commodity segment retrieval was unsuccessful or edi bol is invalid during the 'Set EBSBCCM Not Found Flag' routine, when the system processes the failed retrieval result, the system executes logic to ensure that the ebsbccm not found flag is set to true to indicate unsuccessful segment retrieval.
Given
The commodity segment retrieval was unsuccessful or EDI BOL is invalid
When
The system processes the failed retrieval result
Then
The EBSBCCM not found flag is set to true to indicate unsuccessful segment retrieval
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02851
Initialize EBWLGIO Parameters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a request to retrieve weight data from edi bol weight segment during the 'Initialize EBWLGIO Parameters' routine, when the system begins weight segment retrieval process, the system executes logic to ensure that communication parameters are cleared and accept status is set to ge for database access.
Given
A request to retrieve weight data from EDI BOL weight segment
When
The system begins weight segment retrieval process
Then
Communication parameters are cleared and accept status is set to GE for database access
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02852
Set Segment Type to EBSBCCR
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming communication parameters are initialized for weight segment retrieval during the 'Set Segment Type to EBSBCCR' routine, when the system configures segment type for database query, the system executes logic to ensure that segment type is set to ebsbccr to target weight records.
Given
Communication parameters are initialized for weight segment retrieval
When
The system configures segment type for database query
Then
Segment type is set to EBSBCCR to target weight records
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02853
Set Function Code to GU
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming segment type is configured for weight data retrieval during the 'Set Function Code to GU' routine, when the system sets database operation type, the system executes logic to ensure that function code is set to gu to retrieve unique weight record.
Given
Segment type is configured for weight data retrieval
When
The system sets database operation type
Then
Function code is set to GU to retrieve unique weight record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02854
Set Root Key from EDI BOL Key
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming database function code is set for weight retrieval during the 'Set Root Key from EDI BOL Key' routine, when the system configures shipment identification, the system executes logic to ensure that root key is set to edi bol key to target specific shipment weight data.
Given
Database function code is set for weight retrieval
When
The system configures shipment identification
Then
Root key is set to EDI BOL key to target specific shipment weight data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02857
Valid EDI BOL?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming all retrieval parameters are configured for weight segment access during the 'Valid EDI BOL?' routine, when the system checks edi bol validity status, the system executes logic to ensure that if edi bol is invalid, weight segment is marked as not found, otherwise proceed with database retrieval.
Given
All retrieval parameters are configured for weight segment access
When
The system checks EDI BOL validity status
Then
If EDI BOL is invalid, weight segment is marked as not found, otherwise proceed with database retrieval
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02858
Set Weight Segment Not Found
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol validity check is performed, and edi bol is determined to be invalid occurs during the 'Set Weight Segment Not Found' routine, then the system must guarantee that weight segment found flag is set to not found without attempting database retrieval.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL validity check is performed
When
EDI BOL is determined to be invalid
Then
Weight segment found flag is set to not found without attempting database retrieval
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02859
Call EBCLGIO to Retrieve Weight Data
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol is valid and all retrieval parameters are set during the 'Call EBCLGIO to Retrieve Weight Data' routine, when the system executes database retrieval operation, the system executes logic to ensure that ebclgio is called with communication parameters to retrieve weight segment data.
Given
EDI BOL is valid and all retrieval parameters are set
When
The system executes database retrieval operation
Then
EBCLGIO is called with communication parameters to retrieve weight segment data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02860
Weight Data Retrieved Successfully?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming database retrieval operation is executed during the 'Weight Data Retrieved Successfully?' routine, when the system checks database operation status, the system executes logic to ensure that if status code is spaces (success), mark weight segment as found, otherwise mark as not found.
Given
Database retrieval operation is executed
When
The system checks database operation status
Then
If status code is spaces (success), mark weight segment as found, otherwise mark as not found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02861
Set Weight Segment Found Flag
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming database retrieval operation completed during the 'Set Weight Segment Found Flag' routine, when database status indicates successful retrieval (status code is spaces), the system executes logic to ensure that weight segment found flag is set to true.
Given
Database retrieval operation completed
When
Database status indicates successful retrieval (status code is spaces)
Then
Weight segment found flag is set to true
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02862
Set Weight Segment Not Found Flag
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If database retrieval operation completed, and database status indicates retrieval failure (status code is not spaces) occurs during the 'Set Weight Segment Not Found Flag' routine, then the system must guarantee that weight segment found flag is set to false.
EXCLUDING
Database retrieval operation completed
When
Database status indicates retrieval failure (status code is not spaces)
Then
Weight segment found flag is set to false
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02699
Apply Weight Unit to Commodity Weight
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment with metric indicator set to 'm' or 'l' and commodity weight data available during the 'Apply Weight Unit to Commodity Weight' routine, when processing commodity weight from edi bol or shipment commodity data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system adds the metric commodity weight to the total weight calculation and sets the weight unit flag to kilograms.
Given
A shipment with metric indicator set to 'M' or 'L' and commodity weight data available
When
Processing commodity weight from EDI BOL or shipment commodity data
Then
The system adds the metric commodity weight to the total weight calculation and sets the weight unit flag to kilograms
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02700
Apply Weight Unit to Commodity Weight
Computation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a shipment with metric indicator not set to 'm' or 'l' and commodity weight data available, and processing commodity weight from edi bol or shipment commodity data occurs during the 'Apply Weight Unit to Commodity Weight' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system adds the standard commodity weight to the total weight calculation and sets the weight unit flag to pounds.
EXCLUDING
A shipment with metric indicator not set to 'M' or 'L' and commodity weight data available
When
Processing commodity weight from EDI BOL or shipment commodity data
Then
The system adds the standard commodity weight to the total weight calculation and sets the weight unit flag to pounds
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02357
Check EDI BOL Weight/Quantity Data
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment requires weight and quantity determination during the 'Check EDI BOL Weight/Quantity Data' routine, when the system checks edi bol data for weight and quantity values, the system executes logic to ensure that if both edi weight equals zero and edi quantity equals zero, proceed to fastway shipcomm fallback processing, otherwise use edi data.
Given
A shipment requires weight and quantity determination
When
The system checks EDI BOL data for weight and quantity values
Then
If both EDI weight equals zero AND EDI quantity equals zero, proceed to Fastway SHIPCOMM fallback processing, otherwise use EDI data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02358
EDI Weight = 0 AND Quantity = 0?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol weight and quantity data has been evaluated during the 'EDI Weight = 0 AND Quantity = 0?' routine, when both edi weight equals zero and edi quantity equals zero, the system executes logic to ensure that initiate fastway shipcomm record processing to obtain weight and quantity data.
Given
EDI BOL weight and quantity data has been evaluated
When
Both EDI weight equals zero AND EDI quantity equals zero
Then
Initiate Fastway SHIPCOMM record processing to obtain weight and quantity data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02372
Use Calculated Quantity
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming total quantity is greater than zero during the 'Use Calculated Quantity' routine, when final quantity assignment is required, the system executes logic to ensure that move the calculated total quantity to the cargo manifest quantity field.
Given
Total quantity is greater than zero
When
Final quantity assignment is required
Then
Move the calculated total quantity to the cargo manifest quantity field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02373
Set Default Quantity = 1
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming total calculated quantity is zero or negative during the 'Set Default Quantity = 1' routine, when final quantity assignment is required, the system executes logic to ensure that set quantity to default value of 1 and assign to cargo manifest.
Given
Total calculated quantity is zero or negative
When
Final quantity assignment is required
Then
Set quantity to default value of 1 and assign to cargo manifest
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02375
Use Calculated Weight
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming total weight is greater than zero during the 'Use Calculated Weight' routine, when final weight assignment is required, the system executes logic to ensure that move the calculated total weight to the cargo manifest weight field.
Given
Total weight is greater than zero
When
Final weight assignment is required
Then
Move the calculated total weight to the cargo manifest weight field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02376
Set Default Weight = 1
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming total calculated weight is zero or negative during the 'Set Default Weight = 1' routine, when final weight assignment is required, the system executes logic to ensure that set weight to default value of '00000001' and assign to cargo manifest.
Given
Total calculated weight is zero or negative
When
Final weight assignment is required
Then
Set weight to default value of '00000001' and assign to cargo manifest
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01962
Check for Valid EDI BOL
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a waybill processing request is initiated, and the system checks for edi bol availability by verifying origin road number is not zero occurs during the 'Check for Valid EDI BOL' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system sets edi bol availability flag and extracts edi bol key if valid data exists.
EXCLUDING
A waybill processing request is initiated
When
The system checks for EDI BOL availability by verifying origin road number is not zero
Then
The system sets EDI BOL availability flag and extracts EDI BOL key if valid data exists
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01963
Process EBSBCCM Commodity Segments
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data is available and valid during the 'Process EBSBCCM Commodity Segments' routine, when the system processes commodity segments from sequence 1 to 98 until no more segments found, the system executes logic to ensure that the system accumulates lading quantity from each segment and captures quantity qualifier from first segment.
Given
EDI BOL data is available and valid
When
The system processes commodity segments from sequence 1 to 98 until no more segments found
Then
The system accumulates lading quantity from each segment and captures quantity qualifier from first segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01964
Process EBSBCCR Weight Segments
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol commodity segments are being processed and first sequence is identified during the 'Process EBSBCCR Weight Segments' routine, when the system retrieves weight segment for the first commodity sequence, the system executes logic to ensure that the system captures weight value and sets weight unit based on metric indicator from shipment root.
Given
EDI BOL commodity segments are being processed and first sequence is identified
When
The system retrieves weight segment for the first commodity sequence
Then
The system captures weight value and sets weight unit based on metric indicator from shipment root
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01965
Fall Back to Fastway SHIPCOMM Data
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol data is not available or weight and quantity values are zero after edi processing, and the system retrieves first shipcomm record and processes all subsequent shipcomm records occurs during the 'Fall Back to Fastway SHIPCOMM Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system accumulates units and weight from all shipcomm records and sets quantity qualifier to 'pcs'.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL data is not available or weight and quantity values are zero after EDI processing
When
The system retrieves first SHIPCOMM record and processes all subsequent SHIPCOMM records
Then
The system accumulates units and weight from all SHIPCOMM records and sets quantity qualifier to 'PCS'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01966
Set Weight Units Based on Metric Indicator
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming weight data has been processed from either edi bol or fastway shipcomm during the 'Set Weight Units Based on Metric Indicator' routine, when the system checks the metric indicator from shipment root data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets weight unit to kilograms if metric indicator is 'm' or 'l', otherwise sets to pounds.
Given
Weight data has been processed from either EDI BOL or Fastway SHIPCOMM
When
The system checks the metric indicator from shipment root data
Then
The system sets weight unit to kilograms if metric indicator is 'M' or 'L', otherwise sets to pounds
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01968
Check for Valid EDI BOL Data
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a waybill processing request with origin road number, and the system checks for valid edi bol data by verifying origin road number is not zero and retrieving shipment mining data occurs during the 'Check for Valid EDI BOL Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system sets edi bol availability flag and extracts edi bol key if data is found.
EXCLUDING
A waybill processing request with origin road number
When
The system checks for valid EDI BOL data by verifying origin road number is not zero and retrieving shipment mining data
Then
The system sets EDI BOL availability flag and extracts EDI BOL key if data is found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01970
Process EDI BOL Commodity Segments
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming valid edi bol data is available with commodity segments during the 'Process EDI BOL Commodity Segments' routine, when the system processes each commodity segment sequentially from 1 to 98, the system executes logic to ensure that each found commodity segment contributes its quantity to the total and the first segment provides weight and unit information.
Given
Valid EDI BOL data is available with commodity segments
When
The system processes each commodity segment sequentially from 1 to 98
Then
Each found commodity segment contributes its quantity to the total and the first segment provides weight and unit information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01971
Get Weight from EDI BOL
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming the first edi bol commodity segment is being processed during the 'Get Weight from EDI BOL' routine, when weight data is extracted from the commodity segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the weight value is set from the segment and weight unit is determined as kilograms if metric indicator is m or l, otherwise pounds.
Given
The first EDI BOL commodity segment is being processed
When
Weight data is extracted from the commodity segment
Then
The weight value is set from the segment and weight unit is determined as kilograms if metric indicator is M or L, otherwise pounds
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01972
Fall Back to Fastway SHIPCOMM Data
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol data is not available or both weight and quantity are zero after edi processing, and the system retrieves fastway shipcomm data using gu and gn functions occurs during the 'Fall Back to Fastway SHIPCOMM Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that weight and quantity are accumulated from all shipcomm records with quantity qualifier set to pcs and weight unit determined by metric indicator.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL data is not available or both weight and quantity are zero after EDI processing
When
The system retrieves Fastway SHIPCOMM data using GU and GN functions
Then
Weight and quantity are accumulated from all SHIPCOMM records with quantity qualifier set to PCS and weight unit determined by metric indicator
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01976
Validate Quantity Qualifier
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a quantity qualifier has been determined for the shipment during the 'Validate Quantity Qualifier' routine, when the system validates the qualifier against the mu (measurement unit) table, the system executes logic to ensure that if the qualifier is not found in the table, an error message is generated for invalid measurement unit.
Given
A quantity qualifier has been determined for the shipment
When
The system validates the qualifier against the MU (Measurement Unit) table
Then
If the qualifier is not found in the table, an error message is generated for invalid measurement unit
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00166
Validate Qualifier Against MU Table
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a quantity qualifier has been determined and mu table lookup is available during the 'Validate Qualifier Against MU Table' routine, when quantity qualifier is validated against mu table, the system executes logic to ensure that if qualifier not found in mu table, generate error message for invalid measurement unit.
Given
A quantity qualifier has been determined and MU table lookup is available
When
Quantity qualifier is validated against MU table
Then
If qualifier not found in MU table, generate error message for invalid measurement unit
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00167
Generate Error Message for Invalid Qualifier
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming quantity qualifier validation is being performed during the 'Generate Error Message for Invalid Qualifier' routine, when quantity qualifier is spaces or empty, the system executes logic to ensure that generate error message indicating required quantity qualifier is missing.
Given
Quantity qualifier validation is being performed
When
Quantity qualifier is spaces or empty
Then
Generate error message indicating required quantity qualifier is missing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00170
Set Search Parameters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the consolidated load indicator search is initialized during the 'Set Search Parameters' routine, when search parameters need to be configured for ebsbcks segment retrieval, the system executes logic to ensure that the search sequence counter is set and cns indicator flag is set to not found.
Given
The consolidated load indicator search is initialized
When
Search parameters need to be configured for EBSBCKS segment retrieval
Then
The search sequence counter is set and CNS indicator flag is set to not found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00171
Loop Through EBSBCKS Segments
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming search parameters are configured and sequence counter is set during the 'Loop Through EBSBCKS Segments' routine, when the system retrieves an ebsbcks segment using the current sequence number, the system executes logic to ensure that the ebsbcks segment is retrieved from the edi bol database using the waybill key and sequence number.
Given
Search parameters are configured and sequence counter is set
When
The system retrieves an EBSBCKS segment using the current sequence number
Then
The EBSBCKS segment is retrieved from the EDI BOL database using the waybill key and sequence number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00172
EBSBCKS Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an ebsbcks segment retrieval attempt has been made during the 'EBSBCKS Segment Found?' routine, when the system checks the retrieval status, the system executes logic to ensure that if the segment is found, processing continues to check the special handling code, otherwise the search continues to the next sequence.
Given
An EBSBCKS segment retrieval attempt has been made
When
The system checks the retrieval status
Then
If the segment is found, processing continues to check the special handling code, otherwise the search continues to the next sequence
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00173
Check H3 Special Handling Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an ebsbcks segment has been successfully retrieved during the 'Check H3 Special Handling Code' routine, when the system examines the h3 special handling code field, the system executes logic to ensure that the h3 special handling code value is extracted for comparison.
Given
An EBSBCKS segment has been successfully retrieved
When
The system examines the H3 special handling code field
Then
The H3 special handling code value is extracted for comparison
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00174
Code = 'CNS'?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the h3 special handling code has been extracted from the ebsbcks segment during the 'Code = 'CNS'?' routine, when the system compares the special handling code value, the system executes logic to ensure that if the code equals 'cns', the consolidated indicator is found, otherwise the search continues.
Given
The H3 special handling code has been extracted from the EBSBCKS segment
When
The system compares the special handling code value
Then
If the code equals 'CNS', the consolidated indicator is found, otherwise the search continues
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00176
Continue Search Next Sequence
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the current ebsbcks segment either doesn't exist or doesn't contain cns special handling code during the 'Continue Search Next Sequence' routine, when the search needs to continue to the next sequence, the system executes logic to ensure that the sequence counter is incremented by 1.
Given
The current EBSBCKS segment either doesn't exist or doesn't contain CNS special handling code
When
The search needs to continue to the next sequence
Then
The sequence counter is incremented by 1
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00178
Set Consolidated Load = 'Y'
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the cns indicator has been found in the ebsbcks segments during the 'Set Consolidated Load = 'Y'' routine, when the consolidated load indicator needs to be set, the system executes logic to ensure that the consolidated load field is set to 'y'.
Given
The CNS indicator has been found in the EBSBCKS segments
When
The consolidated load indicator needs to be set
Then
The consolidated load field is set to 'Y'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00179
Set Consolidated Load = Space
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the cns indicator has not been found after searching all available ebsbcks segments, and the consolidated load indicator needs to be set occurs during the 'Set Consolidated Load = Space' routine, then the system must guarantee that the consolidated load field is set to space.
EXCLUDING
The CNS indicator has not been found after searching all available EBSBCKS segments
When
The consolidated load indicator needs to be set
Then
The consolidated load field is set to space
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00180
Check EDI BOL for Shipper Data
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment requires shipper data extraction during the 'Check EDI BOL for Shipper Data' routine, when the system checks for edi bol shipper segment availability, the system executes logic to ensure that if edi bol hn segment is found, extract shipper from edi bol, otherwise use fastway shiproot data.
Given
A shipment requires shipper data extraction
When
The system checks for EDI BOL shipper segment availability
Then
If EDI BOL HN segment is found, extract shipper from EDI BOL, otherwise use Fastway SHIPROOT data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00181
Get Shipper Name from F1-CONSIGNOR-NAME
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol hn segment is available for shipper during the 'Get Shipper Name from F1-CONSIGNOR-NAME' routine, when extracting shipper identification information, the system executes logic to ensure that set shipper entity id to 'sh', get shipper name from f1-consignor-name, and get shipper chop from f1-shpr-chop.
Given
EDI BOL HN segment is available for shipper
When
Extracting shipper identification information
Then
Set shipper entity ID to 'SH', get shipper name from F1-CONSIGNOR-NAME, and get shipper CHOP from F1-SHPR-CHOP
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00182
Extract Address from EDI HA Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol ha address segment is available during the 'Extract Address from EDI HA Segment' routine, when processing shipper address information, the system executes logic to ensure that extract address line 1 from f2-addl-name-addr-1 and address line 2 from f2-addl-name-addr-2, and if address line 1 is empty set it to 'na'.
Given
EDI BOL HA address segment is available
When
Processing shipper address information
Then
Extract address line 1 from F2-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-1 and address line 2 from F2-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-2, and if address line 1 is empty set it to 'NA'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00183
Use Fastway SHIPROOT Address Data
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol ha address segment is not available, and processing shipper address information occurs during the 'Use Fastway SHIPROOT Address Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that use shpr-addr array from shiproot, set address line 1 from shpr-addr(1) or 'na' if empty, and clear address line 2.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL HA address segment is not available
When
Processing shipper address information
Then
Use SHPR-ADDR array from SHIPROOT, set address line 1 from SHPR-ADDR(1) or 'NA' if empty, and clear address line 2
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00184
Extract City/State from EDI HC Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol hc city/state segment is available during the 'Extract City/State from EDI HC Segment' routine, when processing shipper location information, the system executes logic to ensure that extract city from f4-city-name, state from f4-state-prov-code, postal code from f4-postal-code, and country from f4-country-code.
Given
EDI BOL HC city/state segment is available
When
Processing shipper location information
Then
Extract city from F4-CITY-NAME, state from F4-STATE-PROV-CODE, postal code from F4-POSTAL-CODE, and country from F4-COUNTRY-CODE
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00185
Parse Fastway Address for City/State
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol hc segment is not available, and processing shipper location information from fastway data occurs during the 'Parse Fastway Address for City/State' routine, then the system must guarantee that parse shpr-addr(2) to extract city name, state/province code, postal code, and determine country code from state lookup table.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL HC segment is not available
When
Processing shipper location information from Fastway data
Then
Parse SHPR-ADDR(2) to extract city name, state/province code, postal code, and determine country code from state lookup table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00186
Extract Contact from EDI GP Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol gp contact segment is available during the 'Extract Contact from EDI GP Segment' routine, when processing shipper contact information, the system executes logic to ensure that extract contact function code from per-contact-func-code, contact name from per-name, communication number qualifier from per-commun-no-qual, and communication number from per-commun-number.
Given
EDI BOL GP contact segment is available
When
Processing shipper contact information
Then
Extract contact function code from PER-CONTACT-FUNC-CODE, contact name from PER-NAME, communication number qualifier from PER-COMMUN-NO-QUAL, and communication number from PER-COMMUN-NUMBER
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00187
No Contact Information Available
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol gp contact segment is not available, and processing shipper contact information occurs during the 'No Contact Information Available' routine, then the system must guarantee that leave all contact fields empty (contact function code, name, communication qualifier, and communication number).
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL GP contact segment is not available
When
Processing shipper contact information
Then
Leave all contact fields empty (contact function code, name, communication qualifier, and communication number)
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00188
Extract Shipper from Fastway SHIPROOT
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol hn segment is not available, and extracting shipper information occurs during the 'Extract Shipper from Fastway SHIPROOT' routine, then the system must guarantee that set entity id to 'sh', get shipper name from shpr-nm, get shipper chop from shpr-chop, and clear id code qualifier and id code fields.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL HN segment is not available
When
Extracting shipper information
Then
Set entity ID to 'SH', get shipper name from SHPR-NM, get shipper CHOP from SHPR-CHOP, and clear ID code qualifier and ID code fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00191
Determine Country Code from State
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If shipper state/province code is not empty and address line 2 is not empty or incomplete, and processing shipper country information occurs during the 'Determine Country Code from State' routine, then the system must guarantee that search state-country lookup table to find matching country code for the state, and if not found add error message for invalid state/province code.
EXCLUDING
Shipper state/province code is not empty and address line 2 is not empty or incomplete
When
Processing shipper country information
Then
Search state-country lookup table to find matching country code for the state, and if not found add error message for invalid state/province code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00192
Validate Shipper Data Requirements
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming shipper information is being processed during the 'Validate Shipper Data Requirements' routine, when validating shipper data completeness, the system executes logic to ensure that if shipper name is empty, add error message for invalid shipper name.
Given
Shipper information is being processed
When
Validating shipper data completeness
Then
If shipper name is empty, add error message for invalid shipper name
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00194
Check EDI BOL for Consignee Data
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol key exists for the shipment during the 'Check EDI BOL for Consignee Data' routine, when the system checks for consignee data in the edi bol, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves the ebsnrsc segment with type 'cn' and sequence '01' and sets the found/not found status.
Given
An EDI BOL key exists for the shipment
When
The system checks for consignee data in the EDI BOL
Then
The system retrieves the EBSNRSC segment with type 'CN' and sequence '01' and sets the found/not found status
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00195
Extract Consignee Name from EDI BOL
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol consignee data is found during the 'Extract Consignee Name from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes the consignee segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the entity id code is set to 'cn', the consignee name is extracted from d1-shipper-name field, and the chop code is extracted from d1-cons-chop field.
Given
EDI BOL consignee data is found
When
The system processes the consignee segment
Then
The entity ID code is set to 'CN', the consignee name is extracted from D1-SHIPPER-NAME field, and the CHOP code is extracted from D1-CONS-CHOP field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00196
Check EDI BOL for Address Data
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol consignee data exists during the 'Check EDI BOL for Address Data' routine, when the system checks for address data in the edi bol, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves the ebsnrsa segment with type 'cn', sequence '01', address type 'ca', and address sequence '01'.
Given
EDI BOL consignee data exists
When
The system checks for address data in the EDI BOL
Then
The system retrieves the EBSNRSA segment with type 'CN', sequence '01', address type 'CA', and address sequence '01'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00197
Extract Address from EDI BOL
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol address data is found for the consignee during the 'Extract Address from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes the address segment, the system executes logic to ensure that address line 1 is set from d2-addl-name-addr-1, address line 2 is set from d2-addl-name-addr-2, and if address line 1 is empty, it is set to 'na'.
Given
EDI BOL address data is found for the consignee
When
The system processes the address segment
Then
Address line 1 is set from D2-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-1, address line 2 is set from D2-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-2, and if address line 1 is empty, it is set to 'NA'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00198
Use Fastway Address Data
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol address data is not found for the consignee, and the system falls back to fastway data occurs during the 'Use Fastway Address Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that address line 1 is set from cons-data(3) or 'na' if empty, and address line 2 is set to spaces.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL address data is not found for the consignee
When
The system falls back to Fastway data
Then
Address line 1 is set from CONS-DATA(3) or 'NA' if empty, and address line 2 is set to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00199
Check EDI BOL for City/State Data
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol consignee data exists during the 'Check EDI BOL for City/State Data' routine, when the system checks for city/state data in the edi bol, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves the ebsnrsa segment with type 'cn', sequence '01', address type 'cc', and address sequence '01'.
Given
EDI BOL consignee data exists
When
The system checks for city/state data in the EDI BOL
Then
The system retrieves the EBSNRSA segment with type 'CN', sequence '01', address type 'CC', and address sequence '01'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00200
Extract City/State/Postal from EDI BOL
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol city/state data is found for the consignee during the 'Extract City/State/Postal from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes the city/state segment, the system executes logic to ensure that city name is set from d4-city-name, state/province code is set from d4-state-prov-code, postal code is set from d4-postal-code, and country code is set from d4-country-code.
Given
EDI BOL city/state data is found for the consignee
When
The system processes the city/state segment
Then
City name is set from D4-CITY-NAME, state/province code is set from D4-STATE-PROV-CODE, postal code is set from D4-POSTAL-CODE, and country code is set from D4-COUNTRY-CODE
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00201
Use Fastway City/State Data
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol city/state data is not found for the consignee, and the system falls back to fastway data occurs during the 'Use Fastway City/State Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that cons-data(4) is parsed into city name, state/province code, and postal code components, and country code is determined from state/country lookup table.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL city/state data is not found for the consignee
When
The system falls back to Fastway data
Then
CONS-DATA(4) is parsed into city name, state/province code, and postal code components, and country code is determined from state/country lookup table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00202
Check EDI BOL for Contact Info
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol consignee data exists during the 'Check EDI BOL for Contact Info' routine, when the system checks for contact data in the edi bol, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves the ebsnrsa segment with type 'cn', sequence '01', contact type 'gp', and contact sequence '01'.
Given
EDI BOL consignee data exists
When
The system checks for contact data in the EDI BOL
Then
The system retrieves the EBSNRSA segment with type 'CN', sequence '01', contact type 'GP', and contact sequence '01'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00203
Extract Contact Information
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol contact data is found for the consignee during the 'Extract Contact Information' routine, when the system processes the contact segment, the system executes logic to ensure that contact function code is set from per-contact-func-code, contact name is set from per-name, communication number qualifier is set from per-commun-no-qual, and communication number is set from per-commun-number.
Given
EDI BOL contact data is found for the consignee
When
The system processes the contact segment
Then
Contact function code is set from PER-CONTACT-FUNC-CODE, contact name is set from PER-NAME, communication number qualifier is set from PER-COMMUN-NO-QUAL, and communication number is set from PER-COMMUN-NUMBER
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00204
Use Fastway Consignee Data
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol consignee data is not found, and the system falls back to fastway data occurs during the 'Use Fastway Consignee Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that entity id is set to 'cn', consignee name is set from cons-data(1), chop code is set from cons-chop, and id code qualifier and id code are set to spaces.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL consignee data is not found
When
The system falls back to Fastway data
Then
Entity ID is set to 'CN', consignee name is set from CONS-DATA(1), CHOP code is set from CONS-CHOP, and ID code qualifier and ID code are set to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00205
Set Default Address if Missing
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming address data has been extracted from either edi bol or fastway during the 'Set Default Address if Missing' routine, when address line 1 is empty or contains only spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that address line 1 is set to 'na' as the default value.
Given
Address data has been extracted from either EDI BOL or Fastway
When
Address line 1 is empty or contains only spaces
Then
Address line 1 is set to 'NA' as the default value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00207
Lookup State/Country Combination
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a state/province code exists for the consignee during the 'Lookup State/Country Combination' routine, when the state-country lookup is performed, the system executes logic to ensure that if a valid country is found, the country code is set; if no valid country is found, an error message is generated for invalid consignee province/state code.
Given
A state/province code exists for the consignee
When
The state-country lookup is performed
Then
If a valid country is found, the country code is set; if no valid country is found, an error message is generated for invalid consignee province/state code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00208
Validate Consignee Data
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming consignee data has been extracted and processed during the 'Validate Consignee Data' routine, when data validation is performed, the system executes logic to ensure that the system validates that consignee name is not empty, generates error message if consignee name is missing, and calls the n1 segment validation routine.
Given
Consignee data has been extracted and processed
When
Data validation is performed
Then
The system validates that consignee name is not empty, generates error message if consignee name is missing, and calls the N1 segment validation routine
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00213
Generate Invalid State Error
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a shipper record with a state/province code that requires country determination, and the shipper state/province code is not found in the state-country lookup table occurs during the 'Generate Invalid State Error' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an invalid shipper province/state code error message and add it to the message collection.
EXCLUDING
A shipper record with a state/province code that requires country determination
When
The shipper state/province code is not found in the state-country lookup table
Then
Generate an invalid shipper province/state code error message and add it to the message collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00217
Generate Invalid State Error
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a consignee record with a state/province code that requires country determination, and the consignee state/province code is not found in the state-country lookup table occurs during the 'Generate Invalid State Error' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an invalid consignee province/state code error message and add it to the message collection.
EXCLUDING
A consignee record with a state/province code that requires country determination
When
The consignee state/province code is not found in the state-country lookup table
Then
Generate an invalid consignee province/state code error message and add it to the message collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00219
Generate Missing Address Error
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity record (n1 segment) with an entity id and name during the 'Generate Missing Address Error' routine, when the address line 1 is empty, the system executes logic to ensure that generate a required address information error message.
Given
An entity record (N1 segment) with an entity ID and name
When
The address line 1 is empty
Then
Generate a required address information error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00220
Generate City Length Error
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an address record with a city name during the 'Generate City Length Error' routine, when the city name length is less than 2 characters, the system executes logic to ensure that generate a minimum length requirement error message for city name.
Given
An address record with a city name
When
The city name length is less than 2 characters
Then
Generate a minimum length requirement error message for city name
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00221
Generate Postal Code Length Error
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an address record with a non-empty postal code during the 'Generate Postal Code Length Error' routine, when the postal code length is less than 3 characters, the system executes logic to ensure that generate a minimum length requirement error message for postal code.
Given
An address record with a non-empty postal code
When
The postal code length is less than 3 characters
Then
Generate a minimum length requirement error message for postal code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00222
Generate Invalid State/Country Error
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an address record with country code of ca, us, or mx and a state/province code, and the state/province code is not found in the lookup table for the specified country occurs during the 'Generate Invalid State/Country Error' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an invalid state/province code error message.
EXCLUDING
An address record with country code of CA, US, or MX and a state/province code
When
The state/province code is not found in the lookup table for the specified country
Then
Generate an invalid state/province code error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00224
Complete Address Validation
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an address record that has completed all validation steps during the 'Complete Address Validation' routine, when the country code field is still empty, the system executes logic to ensure that generate a required country code error message.
Given
An address record that has completed all validation steps
When
The country code field is still empty
Then
Generate a required country code error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00225
Set Shipper Address 1 to 'NA'
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment record is being processed for customs manifest creation during the 'Set Shipper Address 1 to 'NA'' routine, when the shipper address line 1 field is empty or contains only spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the shipper address line 1 to 'na' as the default value.
Given
A shipment record is being processed for customs manifest creation
When
The shipper address line 1 field is empty or contains only spaces
Then
The system sets the shipper address line 1 to 'NA' as the default value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00227
Set Consignee Address 1 to 'NA'
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment record is being processed for customs manifest creation during the 'Set Consignee Address 1 to 'NA'' routine, when the consignee address line 1 field is empty or contains only spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the consignee address line 1 to 'na' as the default value.
Given
A shipment record is being processed for customs manifest creation
When
The consignee address line 1 field is empty or contains only spaces
Then
The system sets the consignee address line 1 to 'NA' as the default value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01989
Distribute Description Data to GCSCCS53 Array
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming compressed description data is available in work areas during the 'Distribute Description Data to GCSCCS53 Array' routine, when distributing description data to array structure, the system executes logic to ensure that all 46 description segments are moved from work area to gcsccs53 cargo data array.
Given
Compressed description data is available in work areas
When
Distributing description data to array structure
Then
All 46 description segments are moved from work area to GCSCCS53 cargo data array
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00254
Check for EDI BOL Hazmat Data
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment requires hazmat processing during the 'Check for EDI BOL Hazmat Data' routine, when the system checks for edi bol hazmat data in commodity segments with type 'ch', the system executes logic to ensure that the system identifies if hazmat segments exist and sets the appropriate processing flag.
Given
A shipment requires hazmat processing
When
The system checks for EDI BOL hazmat data in commodity segments with type 'CH'
Then
The system identifies if hazmat segments exist and sets the appropriate processing flag
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00255
Process EDI BOL Hazmat Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol hazmat data is found in commodity segments during the 'Process EDI BOL Hazmat Data' routine, when the system processes hazmat information from edi bol, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts un numbers and proper shipping names from the edi bol hazmat segments.
Given
EDI BOL hazmat data is found in commodity segments
When
The system processes hazmat information from EDI BOL
Then
The system extracts UN numbers and proper shipping names from the EDI BOL hazmat segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00256
UN Number Found in EDI?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming hazmat data exists in edi bol commodity segments during the 'UN Number Found in EDI?' routine, when the system examines the un/na identification code, the system executes logic to ensure that if the first two characters equal 'un', the system accepts it as a valid un number, otherwise continues searching.
Given
Hazmat data exists in EDI BOL commodity segments
When
The system examines the UN/NA identification code
Then
If the first two characters equal 'UN', the system accepts it as a valid UN number, otherwise continues searching
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00257
Extract UN Number from EDI
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid un number is found in edi bol hazmat data during the 'Extract UN Number from EDI' routine, when the un/na identification code starts with 'un', the system executes logic to ensure that the system moves the complete un/na identification code to the commodity un number field and sets hazmat found flag.
Given
A valid UN number is found in EDI BOL hazmat data
When
The UN/NA identification code starts with 'UN'
Then
The system moves the complete UN/NA identification code to the commodity UN number field and sets hazmat found flag
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00258
Get Proper Shipping Name from EDI
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid un number has been extracted from edi bol during the 'Get Proper Shipping Name from EDI' routine, when the system looks up the corresponding hazmat information segment, the system executes logic to ensure that if the hazmat information segment is found, the proper shipping name is moved to the commodity description danger field.
Given
A valid UN number has been extracted from EDI BOL
When
The system looks up the corresponding hazmat information segment
Then
If the hazmat information segment is found, the proper shipping name is moved to the commodity description danger field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00259
Check Next EDI Hazmat Record
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If current edi bol hazmat record does not contain valid un number, and the un/na identification code does not start with 'un' occurs during the 'Check Next EDI Hazmat Record' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system increments the commodity sequence number and continues searching if sequence is 98 or less and hazmat not yet found.
EXCLUDING
Current EDI BOL hazmat record does not contain valid UN number
When
The UN/NA identification code does not start with 'UN'
Then
The system increments the commodity sequence number and continues searching if sequence is 98 or less and hazmat not yet found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00260
Check Fastway Hazmat Data
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If no valid hazmat data found in edi bol or edi bol is not available, and the system checks fastway shipment commodity data occurs during the 'Check Fastway Hazmat Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system retrieves shipment commodity information and looks up emergency response data.
EXCLUDING
No valid hazmat data found in EDI BOL or EDI BOL is not available
When
The system checks Fastway shipment commodity data
Then
The system retrieves shipment commodity information and looks up emergency response data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00264
Use Commodity Table for Hazmat Info
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming no hazmat data found in edi bol or fastway sources during the 'Use Commodity Table for Hazmat Info' routine, when the system accesses the commodity master table using the commodity code, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves commodity description and looks up associated hazmat codes.
Given
No hazmat data found in EDI BOL or Fastway sources
When
The system accesses the commodity master table using the commodity code
Then
The system retrieves commodity description and looks up associated hazmat codes
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00267
Set Hazmat Fields to Spaces
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming no hazmat information found in edi bol, fastway, or commodity table sources during the 'Set Hazmat Fields to Spaces' routine, when all hazmat data sources have been exhausted without finding valid information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system clears both the un number field and commodity description danger field to spaces.
Given
No hazmat information found in EDI BOL, Fastway, or commodity table sources
When
All hazmat data sources have been exhausted without finding valid information
Then
The system clears both the UN number field and commodity description danger field to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01996
Start Hazmat EDI Extraction
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo manifest requires hazmat information processing during the 'Start Hazmat EDI Extraction' routine, when the hazmat extraction process begins, the system executes logic to ensure that the commodity description danger field and un number field are cleared, and hazmat not found flag is set.
Given
A cargo manifest requires hazmat information processing
When
The hazmat extraction process begins
Then
The commodity description danger field and UN number field are cleared, and hazmat not found flag is set
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01997
Initialize Hazmat Sequence Counter
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming hazmat processing is being initialized during the 'Initialize Hazmat Sequence Counter' routine, when the system prepares to read hazmat segments, the system executes logic to ensure that the hazmat sequence counter is set to 1.
Given
Hazmat processing is being initialized
When
The system prepares to read hazmat segments
Then
The hazmat sequence counter is set to 1
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01998
Get Next EBSBCCM-CH Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a hazmat sequence counter is set and edi bol data exists during the 'Get Next EBSBCCM-CH Segment' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve a hazmat segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the ebsbccm ch segment is retrieved using the current sequence number, and hazmat found flag is updated based on retrieval success.
Given
A hazmat sequence counter is set and EDI BOL data exists
When
The system attempts to retrieve a hazmat segment
Then
The EBSBCCM CH segment is retrieved using the current sequence number, and hazmat found flag is updated based on retrieval success
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01999
Check UN Number Format
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a hazmat segment has been retrieved from edi bol during the 'Check UN Number Format' routine, when the system examines the un/na identification code, the system executes logic to ensure that if the first two characters are 'un', the identifier is considered a valid un number format.
Given
A hazmat segment has been retrieved from EDI BOL
When
The system examines the UN/NA identification code
Then
If the first two characters are 'UN', the identifier is considered a valid UN number format
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02000
Extract UN Number from LH1 Segment
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a hazmat segment contains a valid un number format during the 'Extract UN Number from LH1 Segment' routine, when the un/na identification code starts with 'un', the system executes logic to ensure that the complete un/na identification code is extracted and stored as the commodity un number, and hazmat found flag is set to true.
Given
A hazmat segment contains a valid UN number format
When
The UN/NA identification code starts with 'UN'
Then
The complete UN/NA identification code is extracted and stored as the commodity UN number, and hazmat found flag is set to true
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02002
Retrieve LH3 Proper Shipping Name
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid un number exists and proper shipping name sequence is initialized during the 'Retrieve LH3 Proper Shipping Name' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve hazmat shipping details, the system executes logic to ensure that the ebsbchi hs segment is retrieved using the current sequence number.
Given
A valid UN number exists and proper shipping name sequence is initialized
When
The system attempts to retrieve hazmat shipping details
Then
The EBSBCHI HS segment is retrieved using the current sequence number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02003
Extract Proper Shipping Name
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a hazmat detail segment has been successfully retrieved during the 'Extract Proper Shipping Name' routine, when the ebsbchi hs segment contains proper shipping name data, the system executes logic to ensure that the proper shipping name is extracted and stored as the commodity description danger field.
Given
A hazmat detail segment has been successfully retrieved
When
The EBSBCHI HS segment contains proper shipping name data
Then
The proper shipping name is extracted and stored as the commodity description danger field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02004
More Hazmat Segments?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a hazmat segment has been processed during the 'More Hazmat Segments?' routine, when the system evaluates continuation criteria, the system executes logic to ensure that if hazmat has not been found and sequence counter is 98 or less, increment the counter and continue processing, otherwise end the extraction.
Given
A hazmat segment has been processed
When
The system evaluates continuation criteria
Then
If hazmat has not been found and sequence counter is 98 or less, increment the counter and continue processing, otherwise end the extraction
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02005
Increment Sequence Counter
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If current hazmat segment does not contain valid un number and more segments may exist, and the sequence counter is less than or equal to 98 and hazmat is not found occurs during the 'Increment Sequence Counter' routine, then the system must guarantee that the hazmat sequence counter is incremented by 1.
EXCLUDING
Current hazmat segment does not contain valid UN number and more segments may exist
When
The sequence counter is less than or equal to 98 and hazmat is not found
Then
The hazmat sequence counter is incremented by 1
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02390
Set Sequence Counter to 1
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming hazmat processing variables have been initialized during the 'Set Sequence Counter to 1' routine, when beginning to search for hazmat segments, the system executes logic to ensure that the commodity hazmat sequence counter is set to 1.
Given
Hazmat processing variables have been initialized
When
Beginning to search for hazmat segments
Then
The commodity hazmat sequence counter is set to 1
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02391
EDI BOL Valid?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the system needs to retrieve hazmat commodity segments, and the edi bol validation flag indicates invalid bol occurs during the 'EDI BOL Valid?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the hazmat commodity segment not found flag is set and edi hazmat processing is skipped.
EXCLUDING
The system needs to retrieve hazmat commodity segments
When
The EDI BOL validation flag indicates invalid BOL
Then
The hazmat commodity segment not found flag is set AND EDI hazmat processing is skipped
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02392
Get EBSBCCM-CH Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the edi bol is valid and a sequence counter is set during the 'Get EBSBCCM-CH Segment' routine, when retrieving the ebsbccm hazmat commodity segment with type 'ch', the system executes logic to ensure that the system attempts to read the hazmat commodity data for the specified sequence number.
Given
The EDI BOL is valid AND a sequence counter is set
When
Retrieving the EBSBCCM hazmat commodity segment with type 'CH'
Then
The system attempts to read the hazmat commodity data for the specified sequence number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02393
EBSBCCM-CH Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an attempt was made to retrieve the ebsbccm-ch segment during the 'EBSBCCM-CH Found?' routine, when the database status code is spaces (successful), the system executes logic to ensure that the hazmat commodity segment found flag is set.
Given
An attempt was made to retrieve the EBSBCCM-CH segment
When
The database status code is spaces (successful)
Then
The hazmat commodity segment found flag is set
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02394
UN Number Starts with 'UN'?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a hazmat commodity segment has been found during the 'UN Number Starts with 'UN'?' routine, when the lh1-un-na-id-cd field starts with 'un', the system executes logic to ensure that the un number format is considered valid for hazmat processing.
Given
A hazmat commodity segment has been found
When
The LH1-UN-NA-ID-CD field starts with 'UN'
Then
The UN number format is considered valid for hazmat processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02396
Set Hazmat Found Flag
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid un number has been extracted from the hazmat commodity segment during the 'Set Hazmat Found Flag' routine, when hazmat identification processing is successful, the system executes logic to ensure that the hazmat found flag is set to true.
Given
A valid UN number has been extracted from the hazmat commodity segment
When
Hazmat identification processing is successful
Then
The hazmat found flag is set to true
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02397
Initialize HS Sequence to 1
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid un number has been found in the hazmat commodity segment during the 'Initialize HS Sequence to 1' routine, when beginning to search for hazmat shipping information, the system executes logic to ensure that the hazmat shipping info sequence counter is set to 1.
Given
A valid UN number has been found in the hazmat commodity segment
When
Beginning to search for hazmat shipping information
Then
The hazmat shipping info sequence counter is set to 1
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02398
Get EBSBCHI Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid un number exists and the shipping info sequence is initialized during the 'Get EBSBCHI Segment' routine, when retrieving the ebsbchi hazmat shipping info segment with type 'hs', the system executes logic to ensure that the system attempts to read the hazmat shipping information for the current commodity and sequence.
Given
A valid UN number exists AND the shipping info sequence is initialized
When
Retrieving the EBSBCHI hazmat shipping info segment with type 'HS'
Then
The system attempts to read the hazmat shipping information for the current commodity and sequence
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02399
EBSBCHI-HS Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an attempt was made to retrieve the ebsbchi-hs segment during the 'EBSBCHI-HS Found?' routine, when the database status code is spaces (successful), the system executes logic to ensure that the hazmat shipping info found flag is set.
Given
An attempt was made to retrieve the EBSBCHI-HS segment
When
The database status code is spaces (successful)
Then
The hazmat shipping info found flag is set
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02400
Extract Proper Shipping Name from LH3-PROPER-SHIP-NAME
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the hazmat shipping information segment has been successfully retrieved during the 'Extract Proper Shipping Name from LH3-PROPER-SHIP-NAME' routine, when extracting the proper shipping name, the system executes logic to ensure that the lh3-proper-ship-name value is moved to the commodity description danger field.
Given
The hazmat shipping information segment has been successfully retrieved
When
Extracting the proper shipping name
Then
The LH3-PROPER-SHIP-NAME value is moved to the commodity description danger field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02401
Increment CH Sequence Counter
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the current hazmat commodity segment does not contain a valid un number or hazmat processing for current segment is complete, and continuing the search for valid hazmat information occurs during the 'Increment CH Sequence Counter' routine, then the system must guarantee that the commodity hazmat sequence counter is incremented by 1.
EXCLUDING
The current hazmat commodity segment does not contain a valid UN number OR hazmat processing for current segment is complete
When
Continuing the search for valid hazmat information
Then
The commodity hazmat sequence counter is incremented by 1
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02402
More CH Segments Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the hazmat sequence counter has been incremented, and the sequence counter is less than or equal to 98 and hazmat information has not been found occurs during the 'More CH Segments Available?' routine, then the system must guarantee that continue processing additional hazmat commodity segments.
EXCLUDING
The hazmat sequence counter has been incremented
When
The sequence counter is less than or equal to 98 AND hazmat information has not been found
Then
Continue processing additional hazmat commodity segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02714
Check UN Prefix Format
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a hazardous material segment contains an identification code in lh1-un-na-id-cd field during the 'Check UN Prefix Format' routine, when the system checks the first two characters of the identification code, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should verify that the prefix equals 'un' to confirm valid un number format.
Given
A hazardous material segment contains an identification code in LH1-UN-NA-ID-CD field
When
The system checks the first two characters of the identification code
Then
The system should verify that the prefix equals 'UN' to confirm valid UN number format
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02717
Get Proper Shipping Name
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid un number has been identified and hazmat sequence is established during the 'Get Proper Shipping Name' routine, when the system accesses the lh3 hazmat information segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should retrieve the proper shipping name from lh3-proper-ship-name field if available.
Given
A valid UN number has been identified and hazmat sequence is established
When
The system accesses the LH3 hazmat information segment
Then
The system should retrieve the proper shipping name from LH3-PROPER-SHIP-NAME field if available
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02718
Store Proper Shipping Name
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the proper shipping name has been successfully retrieved from lh3 segment during the 'Store Proper Shipping Name' routine, when the system processes the hazmat description data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should store the proper shipping name in the commodity description danger field.
Given
The proper shipping name has been successfully retrieved from LH3 segment
When
The system processes the hazmat description data
Then
The system should store the proper shipping name in the commodity description danger field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02884
Initialize CCM Sequence to 1
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming hazmat processing is starting for an edi bol during the 'Initialize CCM Sequence to 1' routine, when the system begins to read hazmat commodity segments, the system executes logic to ensure that the ccm sequence counter is initialized to 1 to start reading from the first hazmat segment.
Given
Hazmat processing is starting for an EDI BOL
When
The system begins to read hazmat commodity segments
Then
The CCM sequence counter is initialized to 1 to start reading from the first hazmat segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02885
Set EDI BOL Key Parameters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid edi bol key exists for the shipment during the 'Set EDI BOL Key Parameters' routine, when the system prepares to read hazmat segments, the system executes logic to ensure that the edi bol key is set as the root key parameter for segment retrieval.
Given
A valid EDI BOL key exists for the shipment
When
The system prepares to read hazmat segments
Then
The EDI BOL key is set as the root key parameter for segment retrieval
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02886
Set Segment Type to EBSBCCM
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to read hazmat commodity data during the 'Set Segment Type to EBSBCCM' routine, when configuring the segment retrieval parameters, the system executes logic to ensure that the segment type is set to 'ebsbccm' to target chemical hazmat segments.
Given
The system needs to read hazmat commodity data
When
Configuring the segment retrieval parameters
Then
The segment type is set to 'EBSBCCM' to target chemical hazmat segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02887
Set Function Code to GU
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to retrieve a specific hazmat segment during the 'Set Function Code to GU' routine, when setting up the database access parameters, the system executes logic to ensure that the function code is set to 'gu' to perform a get unique operation.
Given
The system needs to retrieve a specific hazmat segment
When
Setting up the database access parameters
Then
The function code is set to 'GU' to perform a get unique operation
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02888
Set Type to CH - Chemical Hazmat
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is processing hazmat commodity data during the 'Set Type to CH - Chemical Hazmat' routine, when specifying the type of hazmat segment to retrieve, the system executes logic to ensure that the type is set to 'ch' to identify chemical hazmat segments.
Given
The system is processing hazmat commodity data
When
Specifying the type of hazmat segment to retrieve
Then
The type is set to 'CH' to identify chemical hazmat segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02889
Set Sequence Number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a ccm sequence counter is maintained for hazmat processing during the 'Set Sequence Number' routine, when preparing to retrieve a specific hazmat segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the sequence number parameter is set to the current ccm sequence value.
Given
A CCM sequence counter is maintained for hazmat processing
When
Preparing to retrieve a specific hazmat segment
Then
The sequence number parameter is set to the current CCM sequence value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02890
Valid EDI BOL?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol key has been provided for hazmat processing during the 'Valid EDI BOL?' routine, when the system attempts to access hazmat segments, the system executes logic to ensure that if the edi bol is invalid, hazmat processing is marked as not found and terminated.
Given
An EDI BOL key has been provided for hazmat processing
When
The system attempts to access hazmat segments
Then
If the EDI BOL is invalid, hazmat processing is marked as not found and terminated
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02891
Call EBCLGIO to Read Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming all segment retrieval parameters are configured and edi bol is valid during the 'Call EBCLGIO to Read Segment' routine, when the system executes the database call, the system executes logic to ensure that the ebclgio program is called to retrieve the ebsbccm hazmat segment.
Given
All segment retrieval parameters are configured and EDI BOL is valid
When
The system executes the database call
Then
The EBCLGIO program is called to retrieve the EBSBCCM hazmat segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02892
Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a database call has been executed to retrieve a hazmat segment during the 'Segment Found?' routine, when the system checks the result of the database call, the system executes logic to ensure that if the segment is not found, hazmat processing is marked as not found, otherwise processing continues.
Given
A database call has been executed to retrieve a hazmat segment
When
The system checks the result of the database call
Then
If the segment is not found, hazmat processing is marked as not found, otherwise processing continues
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02893
Set Hazmat Found Flag
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a hazmat segment has been successfully retrieved from the edi bol during the 'Set Hazmat Found Flag' routine, when the system processes the found segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the hazmat found flag is set to indicate successful segment retrieval.
Given
A hazmat segment has been successfully retrieved from the EDI BOL
When
The system processes the found segment
Then
The hazmat found flag is set to indicate successful segment retrieval
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02894
Extract UN Number from LH1-UN-NA-ID-CD
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a hazmat segment has been successfully retrieved during the 'Extract UN Number from LH1-UN-NA-ID-CD' routine, when the system processes the hazmat data, the system executes logic to ensure that the un/na identification code is extracted from the lh1-un-na-id-cd field.
Given
A hazmat segment has been successfully retrieved
When
The system processes the hazmat data
Then
The UN/NA identification code is extracted from the LH1-UN-NA-ID-CD field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02895
UN Number Starts with 'UN'?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a un/na identification code has been extracted from hazmat data during the 'UN Number Starts with 'UN'?' routine, when the system validates the identification code format, the system executes logic to ensure that if the code starts with 'un', it is processed as a valid un number, otherwise the sequence is incremented to check the next segment.
Given
A UN/NA identification code has been extracted from hazmat data
When
The system validates the identification code format
Then
If the code starts with 'UN', it is processed as a valid UN number, otherwise the sequence is incremented to check the next segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02897
Move UN Number to Output
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid un number has been identified from hazmat data during the 'Move UN Number to Output' routine, when the system processes the validated un number, the system executes logic to ensure that the un number is moved to the customs manifest un number field.
Given
A valid UN number has been identified from hazmat data
When
The system processes the validated UN number
Then
The UN number is moved to the customs manifest UN number field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02898
Increment CCM Sequence
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the current hazmat segment has been processed but no valid un number was found during the 'Increment CCM Sequence' routine, when the system continues searching for hazmat data, the system executes logic to ensure that the ccm sequence counter is incremented by 1 to target the next segment.
Given
The current hazmat segment has been processed but no valid UN number was found
When
The system continues searching for hazmat data
Then
The CCM sequence counter is incremented by 1 to target the next segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02899
More Segments to Process?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the ccm sequence has been incremented during the 'More Segments to Process?' routine, when the system checks for continuation of hazmat processing, the system executes logic to ensure that if the sequence is within limits and no valid un number has been found, processing continues with the next segment, otherwise processing ends.
Given
The CCM sequence has been incremented
When
The system checks for continuation of hazmat processing
Then
If the sequence is within limits and no valid UN number has been found, processing continues with the next segment, otherwise processing ends
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02900
Set Hazmat Not Found Flag
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming all hazmat segments have been processed or edi bol is invalid during the 'Set Hazmat Not Found Flag' routine, when no valid un number has been identified, the system executes logic to ensure that the hazmat not found flag is set to indicate unsuccessful hazmat processing.
Given
All hazmat segments have been processed or EDI BOL is invalid
When
No valid UN number has been identified
Then
The hazmat not found flag is set to indicate unsuccessful hazmat processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02901
Read LH3 Segment for Description
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a hazmat information sequence counter is set and ebsbchi hazmat segment exists for the current edi bol during the 'Read LH3 Segment for Description' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve the lh3 proper shipping name from the ebsbchi hazmat information segment, the system executes logic to ensure that if the ebsbchi hazmat segment is found, extract the lh3 proper shipping name and store it in the commodity description danger field, otherwise no description is available.
Given
A hazmat information sequence counter is set and EBSBCHI hazmat segment exists for the current EDI BOL
When
The system attempts to retrieve the LH3 proper shipping name from the EBSBCHI hazmat information segment
Then
If the EBSBCHI hazmat segment is found, extract the LH3 proper shipping name and store it in the commodity description danger field, otherwise no description is available
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02902
Set Hazmat Information Sequence Counter
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming hazmat information processing is required for the customs manifest during the 'Set Hazmat Information Sequence Counter' routine, when the system begins processing lh3 hazmat description segments, the system executes logic to ensure that the hazmat information sequence counter is set to 1 to start processing from the first sequence.
Given
Hazmat information processing is required for the customs manifest
When
The system begins processing LH3 hazmat description segments
Then
The hazmat information sequence counter is set to 1 to start processing from the first sequence
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02903
EBSBCHI Hazmat Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a request to retrieve hazmat information from ebsbchi segment has been made during the 'EBSBCHI Hazmat Segment Found?' routine, when the system checks for the existence of ebsbchi hazmat segment with lh3 data, the system executes logic to ensure that if the segment is found and contains valid data, proceed to extract the proper shipping name, otherwise indicate no description is available.
Given
A request to retrieve hazmat information from EBSBCHI segment has been made
When
The system checks for the existence of EBSBCHI hazmat segment with LH3 data
Then
If the segment is found and contains valid data, proceed to extract the proper shipping name, otherwise indicate no description is available
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02904
Store Proper Shipping Name in Commodity Description Danger Field
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the lh3 proper shipping name has been successfully extracted from the ebsbchi hazmat segment during the 'Store Proper Shipping Name in Commodity Description Danger Field' routine, when the system processes the extracted proper shipping name, the system executes logic to ensure that the lh3 proper shipping name is stored in the commodity description danger field for inclusion in the customs manifest.
Given
The LH3 proper shipping name has been successfully extracted from the EBSBCHI hazmat segment
When
The system processes the extracted proper shipping name
Then
The LH3 proper shipping name is stored in the commodity description danger field for inclusion in the customs manifest
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02006
EDI Hazmat Data Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming hazmat processing is initiated for a shipment during the 'EDI Hazmat Data Found?' routine, when the system searches for hazmat data sources, the system executes logic to ensure that edi hazmat data is checked first and used if available, otherwise system falls back to fastway data sources.
Given
Hazmat processing is initiated for a shipment
When
The system searches for hazmat data sources
Then
EDI hazmat data is checked first and used if available, otherwise system falls back to Fastway data sources
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02007
SHIPCOMM Data Available?
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi hazmat data is not found for the shipment, and system attempts to access fastway shipcomm data occurs during the 'SHIPCOMM Data Available?' routine, then the system must guarantee that if shipcomm data is found, proceed to shiperp segment access, otherwise mark no fastway hazmat data available.
EXCLUDING
EDI hazmat data is not found for the shipment
When
System attempts to access Fastway SHIPCOMM data
Then
If SHIPCOMM data is found, proceed to SHIPERP segment access, otherwise mark no Fastway hazmat data available
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02008
SHIPERP Data Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming shipcomm data is available in fastway system during the 'SHIPERP Data Found?' routine, when system accesses shiperp segment for emergency response data, the system executes logic to ensure that if shiperp data is found, validate un code format, otherwise mark no fastway hazmat data available.
Given
SHIPCOMM data is available in Fastway system
When
System accesses SHIPERP segment for emergency response data
Then
If SHIPERP data is found, validate UN code format, otherwise mark no Fastway hazmat data available
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02011
SHIPERPD Description Found?
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming un number has been extracted from shiperp data during the 'SHIPERPD Description Found?' routine, when system accesses shiperpd segment for hazmat description, the system executes logic to ensure that if shiperpd data is found, use the hazmat description, otherwise proceed with hazmat found flag set.
Given
UN number has been extracted from SHIPERP data
When
System accesses SHIPERPD segment for hazmat description
Then
If SHIPERPD data is found, use the hazmat description, otherwise proceed with hazmat found flag set
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02013
Continue to Commodity Table Lookup
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming hazmat processing from edi or fastway sources is completed during the 'Continue to Commodity Table Lookup' routine, when system has processed all available hazmat data sources, the system executes logic to ensure that system continues to commodity table lookup for additional hazmat information if needed.
Given
Hazmat processing from EDI or Fastway sources is completed
When
System has processed all available hazmat data sources
Then
System continues to commodity table lookup for additional hazmat information if needed
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02403
Get SHIPCOMM Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment root record exists with valid root key during the 'Get SHIPCOMM Segment' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve commodity data from fastway shipcomm segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the shipcomm segment is retrieved and made available for hazmat processing.
Given
A shipment root record exists with valid root key
When
The system attempts to retrieve commodity data from Fastway SHIPCOMM segment
Then
The SHIPCOMM segment is retrieved and made available for hazmat processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02404
SHIPCOMM Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system has attempted to retrieve shipcomm segment data during the 'SHIPCOMM Found?' routine, when the retrieval operation completes, the system executes logic to ensure that if shipcomm data is found, continue with emergency response data retrieval, otherwise skip fastway hazmat processing.
Given
The system has attempted to retrieve SHIPCOMM segment data
When
The retrieval operation completes
Then
If SHIPCOMM data is found, continue with emergency response data retrieval, otherwise skip Fastway hazmat processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02405
Get SHIPERP Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming shipcomm segment data is available with valid commodity information during the 'Get SHIPERP Segment' routine, when the system retrieves emergency response data from shiperp segment, the system executes logic to ensure that shiperp segment containing hazmat identification codes is made available for validation.
Given
SHIPCOMM segment data is available with valid commodity information
When
The system retrieves emergency response data from SHIPERP segment
Then
SHIPERP segment containing hazmat identification codes is made available for validation
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02406
SHIPERP Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system has attempted to retrieve shiperp segment data during the 'SHIPERP Found?' routine, when the retrieval operation completes, the system executes logic to ensure that if shiperp data is found, proceed with un code format validation, otherwise skip fastway hazmat processing.
Given
The system has attempted to retrieve SHIPERP segment data
When
The retrieval operation completes
Then
If SHIPERP data is found, proceed with UN code format validation, otherwise skip Fastway hazmat processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02407
Check UN Code Format
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming emergency response data is available in shiperp segment during the 'Check UN Code Format' routine, when the system examines the un/na code field, the system executes logic to ensure that the un code format is validated to ensure it starts with 'un' prefix.
Given
Emergency response data is available in SHIPERP segment
When
The system examines the UN/NA code field
Then
The UN code format is validated to ensure it starts with 'UN' prefix
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02411
Get SHIPERPD Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming valid un number exists and hazmat description field is initialized during the 'Get SHIPERPD Segment' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve shiperpd segment data using emergency response stcc code, the system executes logic to ensure that shiperpd segment containing detailed hazmat descriptions is made available for extraction.
Given
Valid UN number exists and hazmat description field is initialized
When
The system attempts to retrieve SHIPERPD segment data using emergency response STCC code
Then
SHIPERPD segment containing detailed hazmat descriptions is made available for extraction
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02412
SHIPERPD Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system has attempted to retrieve shiperpd segment data during the 'SHIPERPD Found?' routine, when the retrieval operation completes, the system executes logic to ensure that if shiperpd data is found, extract hazmat description, otherwise proceed with hazmat found flag setting.
Given
The system has attempted to retrieve SHIPERPD segment data
When
The retrieval operation completes
Then
If SHIPERPD data is found, extract hazmat description, otherwise proceed with hazmat found flag setting
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02413
Extract Hazmat Description from ERPD-HAZ-DESC
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming shiperpd segment data is available with hazmat description information during the 'Extract Hazmat Description from ERPD-HAZ-DESC' routine, when the system processes the hazmat description field from erpd-haz-desc, the system executes logic to ensure that the first 15 characters of hazmat description are extracted and stored in the customs commodity danger description field.
Given
SHIPERPD segment data is available with hazmat description information
When
The system processes the hazmat description field from ERPD-HAZ-DESC
Then
The first 15 characters of hazmat description are extracted and stored in the customs commodity danger description field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00268
Call GCCCBOL Program
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo manifest is being created with valid shipment data during the 'Call GCCCBOL Program' routine, when the system needs to process bill of lading information, the system executes logic to ensure that the gcccbol program is called with shipment root, customs records, and bol parameters to extract related ccn data.
Given
A cargo manifest is being created with valid shipment data
When
The system needs to process bill of lading information
Then
The GCCCBOL program is called with shipment root, customs records, and BOL parameters to extract related CCN data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00271
Process Each Related CCN
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming multiple ccns have been found in the bol processing results during the 'Process Each Related CCN' routine, when the system processes related ccns, the system executes logic to ensure that for each ccn from index 1 to 99, if the ccn is not spaces, it is processed for manifest creation.
Given
Multiple CCNs have been found in the BOL processing results
When
The system processes related CCNs
Then
For each CCN from index 1 to 99, if the CCN is not spaces, it is processed for manifest creation
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00272
Set Spawn Parameters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a related ccn needs to be processed for manifest creation during the 'Set Spawn Parameters' routine, when the system sets up spawn parameters, the system executes logic to ensure that the waybill key, waybill date, ccn, and action code 'am' are set for the spawn process.
Given
A related CCN needs to be processed for manifest creation
When
The system sets up spawn parameters
Then
The waybill key, waybill date, CCN, and action code 'AM' are set for the spawn process
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00273
Create Manifest for Related CCN
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming spawn parameters have been set for a related ccn during the 'Create Manifest for Related CCN' routine, when the system creates a manifest for the related ccn, the system executes logic to ensure that the gct0111e process is spawned with the configured parameters to create the manifest.
Given
Spawn parameters have been set for a related CCN
When
The system creates a manifest for the related CCN
Then
The GCT0111E process is spawned with the configured parameters to create the manifest
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00274
EDI BOL Data Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment is being processed for customs manifest creation during the 'EDI BOL Data Available?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol data availability, the system executes logic to ensure that if the origin road number is not zero, the system attempts to retrieve edi bol data from shipmin segment.
Given
A shipment is being processed for customs manifest creation
When
The system checks for EDI BOL data availability
Then
If the origin road number is not zero, the system attempts to retrieve EDI BOL data from SHIPMIN segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00275
Extract Shipper Information from EDI
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data is available for processing during the 'Extract Shipper Information from EDI' routine, when the system extracts shipper information, the system executes logic to ensure that the ebsnrsc segment with entity type 'hn' and sequence '01' is retrieved to get shipper name and identification.
Given
EDI BOL data is available for processing
When
The system extracts shipper information
Then
The EBSNRSC segment with entity type 'HN' and sequence '01' is retrieved to get shipper name and identification
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00276
Extract Consignee Information from EDI
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data is available for processing during the 'Extract Consignee Information from EDI' routine, when the system extracts consignee information, the system executes logic to ensure that the ebsnrsc segment with entity type 'cn' and sequence '01' is retrieved to get consignee name and identification.
Given
EDI BOL data is available for processing
When
The system extracts consignee information
Then
The EBSNRSC segment with entity type 'CN' and sequence '01' is retrieved to get consignee name and identification
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00277
Extract Entity Segments from EDI
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data is available for processing during the 'Extract Entity Segments from EDI' routine, when the system extracts entity segments, the system executes logic to ensure that various entity types (sf, uc, bn, c1, n1, pf, ss, 11, mc, oo, fw, nn) are retrieved from ebsnrsc segments based on their specific entity codes.
Given
EDI BOL data is available for processing
When
The system extracts entity segments
Then
Various entity types (SF, UC, BN, C1, N1, PF, SS, 11, MC, OO, FW, NN) are retrieved from EBSNRSC segments based on their specific entity codes
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00278
Extract Address Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming entity information has been extracted from edi bol during the 'Extract Address Information' routine, when the system extracts address information, the system executes logic to ensure that address segments (n3 and n4 types) are retrieved from ebsnrsa segments to get street addresses, city, state, postal code, and country information.
Given
Entity information has been extracted from EDI BOL
When
The system extracts address information
Then
Address segments (N3 and N4 types) are retrieved from EBSNRSA segments to get street addresses, city, state, postal code, and country information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00279
Process Contact Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming entity and address information has been extracted from edi bol during the 'Process Contact Information' routine, when the system processes contact information, the system executes logic to ensure that contact segments (per type) are retrieved from ebsnrsa segments to get contact function code, name, communication number qualifier, and communication number.
Given
Entity and address information has been extracted from EDI BOL
When
The system processes contact information
Then
Contact segments (PER type) are retrieved from EBSNRSA segments to get contact function code, name, communication number qualifier, and communication number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00280
Extract Commodity Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data is available for processing during the 'Extract Commodity Information' routine, when the system extracts commodity information, the system executes logic to ensure that commodity segments (cm type) and hazmat segments (ch type) are retrieved from ebsbccm segments to get lading quantity, weight, and hazardous material information.
Given
EDI BOL data is available for processing
When
The system extracts commodity information
Then
Commodity segments (CM type) and hazmat segments (CH type) are retrieved from EBSBCCM segments to get lading quantity, weight, and hazardous material information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00281
Process Transportation Segments
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data is available for processing during the 'Process Transportation Segments' routine, when the system processes transportation segments, the system executes logic to ensure that transportation segments (tn, t2, ta, t3 types) are retrieved from ebsnrtd segments to get transportation details, additional addresses, and contact information.
Given
EDI BOL data is available for processing
When
The system processes transportation segments
Then
Transportation segments (TN, T2, TA, T3 types) are retrieved from EBSNRTD segments to get transportation details, additional addresses, and contact information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00282
Extract MCOA Charge Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data is available for processing during the 'Extract MCOA Charge Information' routine, when the system extracts mcoa charge information, the system executes logic to ensure that mcoa segments (ot, on, oc types) are retrieved from ebsmcoa segments to get organization details, addresses, and charge information for entities like freight forwarders and bill recipients.
Given
EDI BOL data is available for processing
When
The system extracts MCOA charge information
Then
MCOA segments (OT, ON, OC types) are retrieved from EBSMCOA segments to get organization details, addresses, and charge information for entities like freight forwarders and bill recipients
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00283
Validate EDI BOL Structure
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming all edi bol segments have been extracted and processed during the 'Validate EDI BOL Structure' routine, when the system validates the edi bol structure, the system executes logic to ensure that each n1 segment is validated for required fields (entity id, name), address information is validated for completeness, and contact information is validated for proper format.
Given
All EDI BOL segments have been extracted and processed
When
The system validates the EDI BOL structure
Then
Each N1 segment is validated for required fields (entity ID, name), address information is validated for completeness, and contact information is validated for proper format
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02024
Extract Shipper Name and CHOP from HN Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol exists with shipper data in hn segment during the 'Extract Shipper Name and CHOP from HN Segment' routine, when the system processes shipper record building, the system executes logic to ensure that the entity id is set to 'sh', shipper name is extracted from consignor name field, and chop code is extracted from shipper chop field.
Given
An EDI BOL exists with shipper data in HN segment
When
The system processes shipper record building
Then
The entity ID is set to 'SH', shipper name is extracted from consignor name field, and CHOP code is extracted from shipper CHOP field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02025
Get Shipper Address from HA Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol contains shipper address data in ha segment during the 'Get Shipper Address from HA Segment' routine, when the system processes shipper address information, the system executes logic to ensure that address line 1 and address line 2 are populated from additional name/address fields, with 'na' as default if address line 1 is blank.
Given
EDI BOL contains shipper address data in HA segment
When
The system processes shipper address information
Then
Address line 1 and address line 2 are populated from additional name/address fields, with 'NA' as default if address line 1 is blank
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02026
Get Shipper City/State/Postal from HC Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol contains shipper location data in hc segment during the 'Get Shipper City/State/Postal from HC Segment' routine, when the system processes shipper location information, the system executes logic to ensure that city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code are extracted from the corresponding hc segment fields.
Given
EDI BOL contains shipper location data in HC segment
When
The system processes shipper location information
Then
City name, state/province code, postal code, and country code are extracted from the corresponding HC segment fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02027
Get Shipper Contact Info from GP Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol contains shipper contact data in gp segment during the 'Get Shipper Contact Info from GP Segment' routine, when the system processes shipper contact information, the system executes logic to ensure that contact function code, contact name, communication number qualifier, and communication number are extracted from the gp segment.
Given
EDI BOL contains shipper contact data in GP segment
When
The system processes shipper contact information
Then
Contact function code, contact name, communication number qualifier, and communication number are extracted from the GP segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02028
Use Fastway Shipper Data as Fallback
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol shipper data is not available, and the system builds shipper record occurs during the 'Use Fastway Shipper Data as Fallback' routine, then the system must guarantee that shipper chop, entity id 'sh', and shipper name are populated from fastway shipment root data, with address defaulting to 'na' if blank.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL shipper data is not available
When
The system builds shipper record
Then
Shipper CHOP, entity ID 'SH', and shipper name are populated from Fastway shipment root data, with address defaulting to 'NA' if blank
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02029
Extract Consignee Name and CHOP from CN Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol exists with consignee data in cn segment during the 'Extract Consignee Name and CHOP from CN Segment' routine, when the system processes consignee record building, the system executes logic to ensure that the entity id is set to 'cn', consignee name is extracted from shipper name field, and chop code is extracted from consignee chop field.
Given
An EDI BOL exists with consignee data in CN segment
When
The system processes consignee record building
Then
The entity ID is set to 'CN', consignee name is extracted from shipper name field, and CHOP code is extracted from consignee CHOP field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02030
Get Consignee Address from CA Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol contains consignee address data in ca segment during the 'Get Consignee Address from CA Segment' routine, when the system processes consignee address information, the system executes logic to ensure that address line 1 and address line 2 are populated from additional name/address fields, with 'na' as default if address line 1 is blank.
Given
EDI BOL contains consignee address data in CA segment
When
The system processes consignee address information
Then
Address line 1 and address line 2 are populated from additional name/address fields, with 'NA' as default if address line 1 is blank
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02031
Get Consignee City/State/Postal from CC Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol contains consignee location data in cc segment during the 'Get Consignee City/State/Postal from CC Segment' routine, when the system processes consignee location information, the system executes logic to ensure that city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code are extracted from the corresponding cc segment fields.
Given
EDI BOL contains consignee location data in CC segment
When
The system processes consignee location information
Then
City name, state/province code, postal code, and country code are extracted from the corresponding CC segment fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02032
Use Fastway Consignee Data as Fallback
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol consignee data is not available, and the system builds consignee record occurs during the 'Use Fastway Consignee Data as Fallback' routine, then the system must guarantee that consignee chop, entity id 'cn', and consignee name are populated from fastway shipment root data, with address defaulting to 'na' if blank and country lookup from state/province table.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL consignee data is not available
When
The system builds consignee record
Then
Consignee CHOP, entity ID 'CN', and consignee name are populated from Fastway shipment root data, with address defaulting to 'NA' if blank and country lookup from state/province table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02033
Build Stuffer Entity from PN Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol contains stuffer data in pn segment during the 'Build Stuffer Entity from PN Segment' routine, when the system processes stuffer entity building, the system executes logic to ensure that entity id is set to 'sf', name is extracted from pn segment, and associated address information is retrieved from pa and pc segments with 'na' default for missing address.
Given
EDI BOL contains stuffer data in PN segment
When
The system processes stuffer entity building
Then
Entity ID is set to 'SF', name is extracted from PN segment, and associated address information is retrieved from PA and PC segments with 'NA' default for missing address
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02034
Build Ultimate Consignee from UN Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol contains ultimate consignee data in un segment during the 'Build Ultimate Consignee from UN Segment' routine, when the system processes ultimate consignee entity building, the system executes logic to ensure that entity id is set to 'uc', name is extracted from un segment, and associated address information is retrieved from ua and uc segments with 'na' default for missing address.
Given
EDI BOL contains ultimate consignee data in UN segment
When
The system processes ultimate consignee entity building
Then
Entity ID is set to 'UC', name is extracted from UN segment, and associated address information is retrieved from UA and UC segments with 'NA' default for missing address
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02035
Build Beneficial Owner from BN Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol contains beneficial owner data in bn segment during the 'Build Beneficial Owner from BN Segment' routine, when the system processes beneficial owner entity building, the system executes logic to ensure that entity id is set to 'bn', name and chop are extracted from bn segment, and associated address information is retrieved from bt and by segments with 'na' default for missing address.
Given
EDI BOL contains beneficial owner data in BN segment
When
The system processes beneficial owner entity building
Then
Entity ID is set to 'BN', name and CHOP are extracted from BN segment, and associated address information is retrieved from BT and BY segments with 'NA' default for missing address
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02036
Build Carrier Entity from TN Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol contains transportation data in tn segment with specific organization id during the 'Build Carrier Entity from TN Segment' routine, when the system processes transportation entity building for organization ids c1, n1, 11, mc, oo, or fw, the system executes logic to ensure that entity record is created with the organization id as entity type, name extracted from tn segment, and associated address information retrieved from t2 and ta segments.
Given
EDI BOL contains transportation data in TN segment with specific organization ID
When
The system processes transportation entity building for organization IDs C1, N1, 11, MC, OO, or FW
Then
Entity record is created with the organization ID as entity type, name extracted from TN segment, and associated address information retrieved from T2 and TA segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02037
Build MCOA Entities from OT Segments
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol contains mcoa data in ot segment with organization id 'pf' or 'ss' during the 'Build MCOA Entities from OT Segments' routine, when the system processes mcoa entity building, the system executes logic to ensure that entity record is created with pf or ss as entity type, name and id codes extracted from ot segment, and associated address information retrieved from on and oc segments with 'na' default for missing address.
Given
EDI BOL contains MCOA data in OT segment with organization ID 'PF' or 'SS'
When
The system processes MCOA entity building
Then
Entity record is created with PF or SS as entity type, name and ID codes extracted from OT segment, and associated address information retrieved from ON and OC segments with 'NA' default for missing address
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02038
Process NN Segments for Various Entity Types
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol contains named entity data in nn segments during the 'Process NN Segments for Various Entity Types' routine, when the system processes nn segments sequentially, the system executes logic to ensure that for each valid entity id found, entity name and chop are extracted, and associated address information is retrieved from gc and ga segments.
Given
EDI BOL contains named entity data in NN segments
When
The system processes NN segments sequentially
Then
For each valid entity ID found, entity name and CHOP are extracted, and associated address information is retrieved from GC and GA segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02039
Valid Entity ID Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity id is extracted from nn segment during the 'Valid Entity ID Found?' routine, when the system validates the entity id, the system executes logic to ensure that if the entity id matches valid entity id values, processing continues; otherwise, the entity id is cleared and processing moves to next entity.
Given
An entity ID is extracted from NN segment
When
The system validates the entity ID
Then
If the entity ID matches valid entity ID values, processing continues; otherwise, the entity ID is cleared and processing moves to next entity
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02040
Get Entity Address from GC Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol contains entity address data in gc segment for a named entity during the 'Get Entity Address from GC Segment' routine, when the system processes entity address information, the system executes logic to ensure that address line 1 and address line 2 are populated from additional name/address fields, with 'na' as default if address line 1 is blank.
Given
EDI BOL contains entity address data in GC segment for a named entity
When
The system processes entity address information
Then
Address line 1 and address line 2 are populated from additional name/address fields, with 'NA' as default if address line 1 is blank
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02041
Get Entity City/State/Postal from GA Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol contains entity location data in ga segment for a named entity during the 'Get Entity City/State/Postal from GA Segment' routine, when the system processes entity location information, the system executes logic to ensure that city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code are extracted from the corresponding ga segment fields.
Given
EDI BOL contains entity location data in GA segment for a named entity
When
The system processes entity location information
Then
City name, state/province code, postal code, and country code are extracted from the corresponding GA segment fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02042
Validate Entity Data Requirements
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity record has been populated with data from edi bol or fastway during the 'Validate Entity Data Requirements' routine, when the system validates entity data requirements, the system executes logic to ensure that required fields are checked including entity id, name, address line 1, city, state/province, postal code, and country code with appropriate error messages for missing data.
Given
An entity record has been populated with data from EDI BOL or Fastway
When
The system validates entity data requirements
Then
Required fields are checked including entity ID, name, address line 1, city, state/province, postal code, and country code with appropriate error messages for missing data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02044
Build Additional Entities
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to process importer entity information during the 'Build Additional Entities' routine, when importer data is found in edi bol im segment, the system executes logic to ensure that entity id is set to 'im', importer name and business number details are extracted, csa indicator is managed, and address information is populated from associated segments.
Given
The system needs to process importer entity information
When
Importer data is found in EDI BOL IM segment
Then
Entity ID is set to 'IM', importer name and business number details are extracted, CSA indicator is managed, and address information is populated from associated segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02045
Build Additional Entities
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol importer data is not available but backup importer data exists from earlier processing, and the system builds importer record occurs during the 'Build Additional Entities' routine, then the system must guarantee that importer information is populated from backup data including chop, name, business number qualifier, business number, csa indicator, address, city, state, postal code, country, and contact information.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL importer data is not available but backup importer data exists from earlier processing
When
The system builds importer record
Then
Importer information is populated from backup data including CHOP, name, business number qualifier, business number, CSA indicator, address, city, state, postal code, country, and contact information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02415
EDI BOL Shipper Data Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment record is being processed for shipper information during the 'EDI BOL Shipper Data Available?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol shipper data availability by looking up ebsnrsc segment with type 'hn' and sequence '01', the system executes logic to ensure that if edi bol shipper data is found, use edi data source; otherwise fallback to fastway shipment root data.
Given
A shipment record is being processed for shipper information
When
The system checks for EDI BOL shipper data availability by looking up EBSNRSC segment with type 'HN' and sequence '01'
Then
If EDI BOL shipper data is found, use EDI data source; otherwise fallback to Fastway shipment root data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02416
Extract Shipper Name and CHOP from EDI BOL
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol shipper data is available in ebsnrsc segment during the 'Extract Shipper Name and CHOP from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes the shipper n1 segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that set entity id to 'sh', extract shipper name from f1-consignor-name, extract chop code from f1-shpr-chop, and clear id code qualifier and id code fields.
Given
EDI BOL shipper data is available in EBSNRSC segment
When
The system processes the shipper N1 segment data
Then
Set entity ID to 'SH', extract shipper name from F1-CONSIGNOR-NAME, extract CHOP code from F1-SHPR-CHOP, and clear ID code qualifier and ID code fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02417
Use Fastway Shipper Data
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol shipper data is not available, and the system needs shipper information for the manifest occurs during the 'Use Fastway Shipper Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that set entity id to 'sh', extract shipper name from shpr-nm of shiproot, extract chop code from shpr-chop of shiproot, and clear id code qualifier and id code fields.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL shipper data is not available
When
The system needs shipper information for the manifest
Then
Set entity ID to 'SH', extract shipper name from SHPR-NM of SHIPROOT, extract CHOP code from SHPR-CHOP of SHIPROOT, and clear ID code qualifier and ID code fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02418
EDI BOL Shipper Address Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming shipper basic information has been processed during the 'EDI BOL Shipper Address Available?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol shipper address data by looking up ebsnrsa segment with types 'hn' and 'ha', the system executes logic to ensure that if edi bol address data is found, use edi address source; otherwise use fastway address data.
Given
Shipper basic information has been processed
When
The system checks for EDI BOL shipper address data by looking up EBSNRSA segment with types 'HN' and 'HA'
Then
If EDI BOL address data is found, use EDI address source; otherwise use Fastway address data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02419
Extract Address from EDI BOL
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol shipper address data is available in ebsnrsa segment during the 'Extract Address from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes the shipper address information, the system executes logic to ensure that extract address line 1 from f2-addl-name-addr-1, extract address line 2 from f2-addl-name-addr-2, and if address line 1 is blank set it to 'na'.
Given
EDI BOL shipper address data is available in EBSNRSA segment
When
The system processes the shipper address information
Then
Extract address line 1 from F2-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-1, extract address line 2 from F2-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-2, and if address line 1 is blank set it to 'NA'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02420
Use Fastway Address Data
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol shipper address data is not available, and the system needs shipper address information occurs during the 'Use Fastway Address Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that if shpr-addr(1) is blank set address line 1 to 'na', otherwise use shpr-addr(1) for address line 1, and set address line 2 to spaces.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL shipper address data is not available
When
The system needs shipper address information
Then
If SHPR-ADDR(1) is blank set address line 1 to 'NA', otherwise use SHPR-ADDR(1) for address line 1, and set address line 2 to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02421
EDI BOL Shipper City/State Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming shipper address information has been processed during the 'EDI BOL Shipper City/State Available?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol shipper city/state data by looking up ebsnrsa segment with types 'hn' and 'hc', the system executes logic to ensure that if edi bol city/state data is found, use edi source; otherwise parse fastway address data.
Given
Shipper address information has been processed
When
The system checks for EDI BOL shipper city/state data by looking up EBSNRSA segment with types 'HN' and 'HC'
Then
If EDI BOL city/state data is found, use EDI source; otherwise parse Fastway address data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02422
Extract City/State/Postal from EDI BOL
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol shipper city/state data is available in ebsnrsa segment during the 'Extract City/State/Postal from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes the shipper location information, the system executes logic to ensure that extract city from f4-city-name, extract state/province from f4-state-prov-code, extract postal code from f4-postal-code, and extract country code from f4-country-code.
Given
EDI BOL shipper city/state data is available in EBSNRSA segment
When
The system processes the shipper location information
Then
Extract city from F4-CITY-NAME, extract state/province from F4-STATE-PROV-CODE, extract postal code from F4-POSTAL-CODE, and extract country code from F4-COUNTRY-CODE
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02423
Parse Fastway Address for City/State/Postal
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol shipper city/state data is not available, and the system needs shipper location information occurs during the 'Parse Fastway Address for City/State/Postal' routine, then the system must guarantee that parse shpr-addr(2) to extract city name, state/province code, and postal code, then lookup country code from state/province using tb-state-country table.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL shipper city/state data is not available
When
The system needs shipper location information
Then
Parse SHPR-ADDR(2) to extract city name, state/province code, and postal code, then lookup country code from state/province using TB-STATE-COUNTRY table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02424
EDI BOL Contact Info Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming shipper location information has been processed during the 'EDI BOL Contact Info Available?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol shipper contact data by looking up ebsnrsa segment with types 'hn' and 'gp', the system executes logic to ensure that if edi bol contact data is found, extract contact information; otherwise set contact fields to blank.
Given
Shipper location information has been processed
When
The system checks for EDI BOL shipper contact data by looking up EBSNRSA segment with types 'HN' and 'GP'
Then
If EDI BOL contact data is found, extract contact information; otherwise set contact fields to blank
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02425
Extract Contact Information from EDI BOL
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol shipper contact data is available in ebsnrsa segment during the 'Extract Contact Information from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes the shipper contact information, the system executes logic to ensure that extract contact function code from per-contact-func-code, extract contact name from per-name, extract communication number qualifier from per-commun-no-qual, and extract communication number from per-commun-number.
Given
EDI BOL shipper contact data is available in EBSNRSA segment
When
The system processes the shipper contact information
Then
Extract contact function code from PER-CONTACT-FUNC-CODE, extract contact name from PER-NAME, extract communication number qualifier from PER-COMMUN-NO-QUAL, and extract communication number from PER-COMMUN-NUMBER
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02426
EDI BOL Consignee Data Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment record is being processed for consignee information during the 'EDI BOL Consignee Data Available?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol consignee data availability by looking up ebsnrsc segment with type 'cn' and sequence '01', the system executes logic to ensure that if edi bol consignee data is found, use edi data source; otherwise fallback to fastway shipment root data.
Given
A shipment record is being processed for consignee information
When
The system checks for EDI BOL consignee data availability by looking up EBSNRSC segment with type 'CN' and sequence '01'
Then
If EDI BOL consignee data is found, use EDI data source; otherwise fallback to Fastway shipment root data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02427
Extract Consignee Name and CHOP from EDI BOL
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol consignee data is available in ebsnrsc segment during the 'Extract Consignee Name and CHOP from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes the consignee n1 segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that set entity id to 'cn', extract consignee name from d1-shipper-name, extract chop code from d1-cons-chop, and clear id code qualifier and id code fields.
Given
EDI BOL consignee data is available in EBSNRSC segment
When
The system processes the consignee N1 segment data
Then
Set entity ID to 'CN', extract consignee name from D1-SHIPPER-NAME, extract CHOP code from D1-CONS-CHOP, and clear ID code qualifier and ID code fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02428
Use Fastway Consignee Data
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol consignee data is not available, and the system needs consignee information for the manifest occurs during the 'Use Fastway Consignee Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that set entity id to 'cn', extract consignee name from cons-data(1) of shiproot, extract chop code from cons-chop of shiproot, and clear id code qualifier and id code fields.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL consignee data is not available
When
The system needs consignee information for the manifest
Then
Set entity ID to 'CN', extract consignee name from CONS-DATA(1) of SHIPROOT, extract CHOP code from CONS-CHOP of SHIPROOT, and clear ID code qualifier and ID code fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02429
EDI BOL Consignee Address Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming consignee basic information has been processed during the 'EDI BOL Consignee Address Available?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol consignee address data by looking up ebsnrsa segment with types 'cn' and 'ca', the system executes logic to ensure that if edi bol address data is found, use edi address source; otherwise use fastway address data.
Given
Consignee basic information has been processed
When
The system checks for EDI BOL consignee address data by looking up EBSNRSA segment with types 'CN' and 'CA'
Then
If EDI BOL address data is found, use EDI address source; otherwise use Fastway address data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02430
Extract Address from EDI BOL
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol consignee address data is available in ebsnrsa segment during the 'Extract Address from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes the consignee address information, the system executes logic to ensure that extract address line 1 from d2-addl-name-addr-1, extract address line 2 from d2-addl-name-addr-2, and if address line 1 is blank set it to 'na'.
Given
EDI BOL consignee address data is available in EBSNRSA segment
When
The system processes the consignee address information
Then
Extract address line 1 from D2-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-1, extract address line 2 from D2-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-2, and if address line 1 is blank set it to 'NA'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02431
Use Fastway Address Data
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol consignee address data is not available, and the system needs consignee address information occurs during the 'Use Fastway Address Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that if cons-data(3) is blank set address line 1 to 'na', otherwise use cons-data(3) for address line 1, and set address line 2 to spaces.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL consignee address data is not available
When
The system needs consignee address information
Then
If CONS-DATA(3) is blank set address line 1 to 'NA', otherwise use CONS-DATA(3) for address line 1, and set address line 2 to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02432
EDI BOL Consignee City/State Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming consignee address information has been processed during the 'EDI BOL Consignee City/State Available?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol consignee city/state data by looking up ebsnrsa segment with types 'cn' and 'cc', the system executes logic to ensure that if edi bol city/state data is found, use edi source; otherwise parse fastway address data.
Given
Consignee address information has been processed
When
The system checks for EDI BOL consignee city/state data by looking up EBSNRSA segment with types 'CN' and 'CC'
Then
If EDI BOL city/state data is found, use EDI source; otherwise parse Fastway address data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02433
Extract City/State/Postal from EDI BOL
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol consignee city/state data is available in ebsnrsa segment during the 'Extract City/State/Postal from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes the consignee location information, the system executes logic to ensure that extract city from d4-city-name, extract state/province from d4-state-prov-code, extract postal code from d4-postal-code, and extract country code from d4-country-code.
Given
EDI BOL consignee city/state data is available in EBSNRSA segment
When
The system processes the consignee location information
Then
Extract city from D4-CITY-NAME, extract state/province from D4-STATE-PROV-CODE, extract postal code from D4-POSTAL-CODE, and extract country code from D4-COUNTRY-CODE
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02434
Parse Fastway Address for City/State/Postal
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol consignee city/state data is not available, and the system needs consignee location information occurs during the 'Parse Fastway Address for City/State/Postal' routine, then the system must guarantee that parse cons-data(4) to extract city name, state/province code, and postal code, then lookup country code from state/province using tb-state-country table.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL consignee city/state data is not available
When
The system needs consignee location information
Then
Parse CONS-DATA(4) to extract city name, state/province code, and postal code, then lookup country code from state/province using TB-STATE-COUNTRY table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02435
EDI BOL Contact Info Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming consignee location information has been processed during the 'EDI BOL Contact Info Available?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol consignee contact data by looking up ebsnrsa segment with types 'cn' and 'gp', the system executes logic to ensure that if edi bol contact data is found, extract contact information; otherwise set contact fields to blank.
Given
Consignee location information has been processed
When
The system checks for EDI BOL consignee contact data by looking up EBSNRSA segment with types 'CN' and 'GP'
Then
If EDI BOL contact data is found, extract contact information; otherwise set contact fields to blank
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02436
Extract Contact Information from EDI BOL
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol consignee contact data is available in ebsnrsa segment during the 'Extract Contact Information from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes the consignee contact information, the system executes logic to ensure that extract contact function code from per-contact-func-code, extract contact name from per-name, extract communication number qualifier from per-commun-no-qual, and extract communication number from per-commun-number.
Given
EDI BOL consignee contact data is available in EBSNRSA segment
When
The system processes the consignee contact information
Then
Extract contact function code from PER-CONTACT-FUNC-CODE, extract contact name from PER-NAME, extract communication number qualifier from PER-COMMUN-NO-QUAL, and extract communication number from PER-COMMUN-NUMBER
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02439
Process SF - Stuffer Entity
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol record exists with sf entity type pn in sequence 01 during the 'Process SF - Stuffer Entity' routine, when the system processes sf entity data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts sf name, address information, city/state/postal data, and contact information, validates the entity data, and creates a record with entity id 'sf'.
Given
An EDI BOL record exists with SF entity type PN in sequence 01
When
The system processes SF entity data
Then
The system extracts SF name, address information, city/state/postal data, and contact information, validates the entity data, and creates a record with entity ID 'SF'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02441
Process UC - Ultimate Consignee
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol record exists with uc entity type un in sequence 01 during the 'Process UC - Ultimate Consignee' routine, when the system processes uc entity data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts uc name, address information, city/state/postal data, and contact information, validates the entity data, and creates a record with entity id 'uc'.
Given
An EDI BOL record exists with UC entity type UN in sequence 01
When
The system processes UC entity data
Then
The system extracts UC name, address information, city/state/postal data, and contact information, validates the entity data, and creates a record with entity ID 'UC'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02443
Process BN - Beneficial Owner
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol record exists with bn entity type in sequence 01 and organization id is 'bn' during the 'Process BN - Beneficial Owner' routine, when the system processes bn entity data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts bn name, consignee chop code, address information, city/state/postal data, validates the entity data, and creates a record with entity id 'bn'.
Given
An EDI BOL record exists with BN entity type in sequence 01 and organization ID is 'BN'
When
The system processes BN entity data
Then
The system extracts BN name, consignee chop code, address information, city/state/postal data, validates the entity data, and creates a record with entity ID 'BN'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02445
Process C1 - Carrier Entity
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming transportation data exists with organization id 'c1' or consignee data code is 'c' in fastway during the 'Process C1 - Carrier Entity' routine, when the system processes c1 entity data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts c1 name from edi transportation data if found, otherwise uses consignee data from fastway, gets address and contact information, validates the entity data, and creates a record with entity id 'c1'.
Given
Transportation data exists with organization ID 'C1' or consignee data code is 'C' in Fastway
When
The system processes C1 entity data
Then
The system extracts C1 name from EDI transportation data if found, otherwise uses consignee data from Fastway, gets address and contact information, validates the entity data, and creates a record with entity ID 'C1'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02447
Process N1 - Notify Party
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi transportation data exists with organization id 'n1' during the 'Process N1 - Notify Party' routine, when the system processes n1 entity data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts n1 name, address, and contact information, validates the entity data, and creates a record with entity id 'n1'.
Given
EDI transportation data exists with organization ID 'N1'
When
The system processes N1 entity data
Then
The system extracts N1 name, address, and contact information, validates the entity data, and creates a record with entity ID 'N1'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02448
Process PF/SS - MCOA Entities
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi mcoa data exists with organization id 'pf' or 'ss' and type 'ot' during the 'Process PF/SS - MCOA Entities' routine, when the system processes pf/ss entity data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts entity name, id code qualifier, id code, address information from on segment, city/state/postal data from oc segment, validates the entity data, and creates a record with the respective entity id.
Given
EDI MCOA data exists with organization ID 'PF' or 'SS' and type 'OT'
When
The system processes PF/SS entity data
Then
The system extracts entity name, ID code qualifier, ID code, address information from ON segment, city/state/postal data from OC segment, validates the entity data, and creates a record with the respective entity ID
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02449
Get PF/SS Address Data
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If pf/ss entity is being processed, and the pf/ss address information is not found in on segment occurs during the 'Get PF/SS Address Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system sets the primary address to 'na' and secondary address to spaces as default values.
EXCLUDING
PF/SS entity is being processed
When
The PF/SS address information is not found in ON segment
Then
The system sets the primary address to 'NA' and secondary address to spaces as default values
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02450
Process Additional Entities - 11, MC, OO, FW
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi transportation data exists with organization id matching '11', 'mc', 'oo', or 'fw' during the 'Process Additional Entities - 11, MC, OO, FW' routine, when the system processes the additional entity data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts entity name, address information from t2 segment, city/state/postal data from ta segment, contact information from t3 segment, validates the entity data, and creates a record with the respective entity id.
Given
EDI transportation data exists with organization ID matching '11', 'MC', 'OO', or 'FW'
When
The system processes the additional entity data
Then
The system extracts entity name, address information from T2 segment, city/state/postal data from TA segment, contact information from T3 segment, validates the entity data, and creates a record with the respective entity ID
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02452
Process NN - Multiple Entities
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data exists with nn entity type and entity id code is valid during the 'Process NN - Multiple Entities' routine, when the system processes nn entity data for each sequence number, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts entity name, consignee chop code, address information from gc segment, city/state/postal data from ga segment, validates the entity data, and creates a record with the entity id from the nn segment.
Given
EDI BOL data exists with NN entity type and entity ID code is valid
When
The system processes NN entity data for each sequence number
Then
The system extracts entity name, consignee chop code, address information from GC segment, city/state/postal data from GA segment, validates the entity data, and creates a record with the entity ID from the NN segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02453
Get NN Address Data
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If nn entity is being processed, and the nn address information is not found in gc segment or is spaces occurs during the 'Get NN Address Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system sets the address to 'na' as default value and clears secondary address.
EXCLUDING
NN entity is being processed
When
The NN address information is not found in GC segment or is spaces
Then
The system sets the address to 'NA' as default value and clears secondary address
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02454
Validate Required Fields
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming entity data contains address, city/state, or contact information during the 'Validate Required Fields' routine, when the entity id code or entity name is missing, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates required field error messages for missing entity id code and entity name.
Given
Entity data contains address, city/state, or contact information
When
The entity ID code or entity name is missing
Then
The system generates required field error messages for missing entity ID code and entity name
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02455
Validate Required Fields
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If entity sequence number is greater than 2 (not shipper or consignee), and entity id code is present but not in valid values list or is shipper/consignee/customs broker occurs during the 'Validate Required Fields' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system generates an invalid entity id code error message.
EXCLUDING
Entity sequence number is greater than 2 (not shipper or consignee)
When
Entity ID code is present but not in valid values list or is shipper/consignee/customs broker
Then
The system generates an invalid entity ID code error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02456
Validate Address Information
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming entity has a valid entity id code during the 'Validate Address Information' routine, when the primary address information is missing or spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates a required address information error message.
Given
Entity has a valid entity ID code
When
The primary address information is missing or spaces
Then
The system generates a required address information error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02457
Validate Address Information
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming entity has address data present during the 'Validate Address Information' routine, when city name is missing or has less than 2 characters, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates required city name error message or minimum length error message.
Given
Entity has address data present
When
City name is missing or has less than 2 characters
Then
The system generates required city name error message or minimum length error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02458
Validate Address Information
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming entity has postal code information during the 'Validate Address Information' routine, when postal code is present but has less than 3 characters, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates a minimum length error message for postal code.
Given
Entity has postal code information
When
Postal code is present but has less than 3 characters
Then
The system generates a minimum length error message for postal code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02459
Validate Address Information
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If entity country code is canada, usa, or mexico, and state/province code is missing or invalid for the specified country occurs during the 'Validate Address Information' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system generates required state/province error message or invalid state/province error message.
EXCLUDING
Entity country code is Canada, USA, or Mexico
When
State/province code is missing or invalid for the specified country
Then
The system generates required state/province error message or invalid state/province error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02461
Validate Address Information
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming entity has address data present during the 'Validate Address Information' routine, when country code is missing or spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates a required country code error message.
Given
Entity has address data present
When
Country code is missing or spaces
Then
The system generates a required country code error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02462
Validate Contact Information
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming entity has contact person name or communication number during the 'Validate Contact Information' routine, when communication number qualifier is missing, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates a required communication qualifier error message.
Given
Entity has contact person name or communication number
When
Communication number qualifier is missing
Then
The system generates a required communication qualifier error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02463
Validate Contact Information
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If entity has communication number qualifier, and communication qualifier is not spaces, 'fx' (fax), or 'te' (telephone) occurs during the 'Validate Contact Information' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system generates an invalid communication qualifier error message.
EXCLUDING
Entity has communication number qualifier
When
Communication qualifier is not spaces, 'FX' (fax), or 'TE' (telephone)
Then
The system generates an invalid communication qualifier error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02464
Validate Contact Information
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming entity has communication number qualifier or contact person name during the 'Validate Contact Information' routine, when communication number is missing or spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates a required communication number error message.
Given
Entity has communication number qualifier or contact person name
When
Communication number is missing or spaces
Then
The system generates a required communication number error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02721
Initialize Search Parameters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a transportation entity lookup process is starting during the 'Initialize Search Parameters' routine, when the search initialization is performed, the system executes logic to ensure that the entity not found flag is set to true and the transportation segment found flag is set to true.
Given
A transportation entity lookup process is starting
When
The search initialization is performed
Then
The entity not found flag is set to true and the transportation segment found flag is set to true
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02723
Search Transportation Segments
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a search sequence number is established and edi bol key is available during the 'Search Transportation Segments' routine, when transportation segment lookup is performed using segment type 'tn' and the current sequence, the system executes logic to ensure that the system attempts to retrieve the transportation segment data from ebsnrtd.
Given
A search sequence number is established and EDI BOL key is available
When
Transportation segment lookup is performed using segment type 'TN' and the current sequence
Then
The system attempts to retrieve the transportation segment data from EBSNRTD
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02724
Transportation Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a transportation segment lookup has been attempted during the 'Transportation Segment Found?' routine, when the system checks the lookup result status, the system executes logic to ensure that if the status code is spaces then the segment is found, otherwise the segment is not found.
Given
A transportation segment lookup has been attempted
When
The system checks the lookup result status
Then
If the status code is spaces then the segment is found, otherwise the segment is not found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02725
Check D5-ORG-ID Match
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a transportation segment has been successfully retrieved during the 'Check D5-ORG-ID Match' routine, when the organization id needs to be extracted, the system executes logic to ensure that the d5-org-id field is extracted from the transportation segment data.
Given
A transportation segment has been successfully retrieved
When
The organization ID needs to be extracted
Then
The D5-ORG-ID field is extracted from the transportation segment data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02726
D5-ORG-ID Matches Target?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an organization id has been extracted from the transportation segment and a target entity id is specified during the 'D5-ORG-ID Matches Target?' routine, when the comparison is performed, the system executes logic to ensure that if the d5-org-id equals the target entity id then a match is found, otherwise continue searching.
Given
An organization ID has been extracted from the transportation segment and a target entity ID is specified
When
The comparison is performed
Then
If the D5-ORG-ID equals the target entity ID then a match is found, otherwise continue searching
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02727
Mark Entity Found
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the organization id from a transportation segment matches the target entity id during the 'Mark Entity Found' routine, when the entity found status is updated, the system executes logic to ensure that the entity found flag is set to true.
Given
The organization ID from a transportation segment matches the target entity ID
When
The entity found status is updated
Then
The entity found flag is set to true
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02728
Increment Search Sequence
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the current transportation segment does not contain the target entity id, and the search needs to continue to the next segment occurs during the 'Increment Search Sequence' routine, then the system must guarantee that the search sequence counter is incremented by 1.
EXCLUDING
The current transportation segment does not contain the target entity ID
When
The search needs to continue to the next segment
Then
The search sequence counter is incremented by 1
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02729
More Segments to Search?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the search sequence has been incremented and the target entity has not been found, and the system checks for continuation of the search loop occurs during the 'More Segments to Search?' routine, then the system must guarantee that if the transportation segment found flag is true then continue searching, otherwise stop the search.
EXCLUDING
The search sequence has been incremented and the target entity has not been found
When
The system checks for continuation of the search loop
Then
If the transportation segment found flag is true then continue searching, otherwise stop the search
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02730
Entity Located Successfully
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a transportation segment with matching organization id has been found during the 'Entity Located Successfully' routine, when the search process completes successfully, the system executes logic to ensure that the entity found flag remains true and the search sequence is decremented by 1 to reflect the correct position.
Given
A transportation segment with matching organization ID has been found
When
The search process completes successfully
Then
The entity found flag remains true and the search sequence is decremented by 1 to reflect the correct position
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02731
Entity Not Found
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If all available transportation segments have been searched or no segments were found, and the target entity id was not matched in any segment occurs during the 'Entity Not Found' routine, then the system must guarantee that the entity not found flag remains true.
EXCLUDING
All available transportation segments have been searched or no segments were found
When
The target entity ID was not matched in any segment
Then
The entity not found flag remains true
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02905
Initialize Search Parameters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a transportation segment search is initiated during the 'Initialize Search Parameters' routine, when the search parameters need to be initialized, the system executes logic to ensure that the organization id status is set to not found and the transportation segment found status is set to true.
Given
A transportation segment search is initiated
When
The search parameters need to be initialized
Then
The organization ID status is set to not found and the transportation segment found status is set to true
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02906
Set Sequence Counter to 1
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a transportation segment search is being initialized during the 'Set Sequence Counter to 1' routine, when the sequence counter needs to be set for iteration, the system executes logic to ensure that the sequence counter is set to 1 to begin searching from the first sequence.
Given
A transportation segment search is being initialized
When
The sequence counter needs to be set for iteration
Then
The sequence counter is set to 1 to begin searching from the first sequence
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02907
Prepare EBSNRTD Segment Request
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a transportation segment needs to be retrieved from edi bol during the 'Prepare EBSNRTD Segment Request' routine, when the segment request is being prepared, the system executes logic to ensure that the segment type is set to ebsnrtd, function code is set to gu, operator is set to equals, type is set to tn, and the current sequence number is assigned.
Given
A transportation segment needs to be retrieved from EDI BOL
When
The segment request is being prepared
Then
The segment type is set to EBSNRTD, function code is set to GU, operator is set to equals, type is set to TN, and the current sequence number is assigned
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02908
Execute EDI BOL Segment Retrieval
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming transportation segment request parameters are configured during the 'Execute EDI BOL Segment Retrieval' routine, when the edi bol segment retrieval is executed, the system executes logic to ensure that the ebclgio service is called with the configured parameters to retrieve the transportation segment.
Given
Transportation segment request parameters are configured
When
The EDI BOL segment retrieval is executed
Then
The EBCLGIO service is called with the configured parameters to retrieve the transportation segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02909
Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a transportation segment retrieval has been executed during the 'Segment Found?' routine, when the retrieval result needs to be validated, the system executes logic to ensure that if the status code is spaces then the segment is found, otherwise the segment is not found.
Given
A transportation segment retrieval has been executed
When
The retrieval result needs to be validated
Then
If the status code is spaces then the segment is found, otherwise the segment is not found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02910
Organization ID Matches Target?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a transportation segment has been successfully retrieved during the 'Organization ID Matches Target?' routine, when the organization id needs to be validated against the target, the system executes logic to ensure that if the retrieved organization id equals the target organization id then a match is found, otherwise continue searching.
Given
A transportation segment has been successfully retrieved
When
The organization ID needs to be validated against the target
Then
If the retrieved organization ID equals the target organization ID then a match is found, otherwise continue searching
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02912
Increment Sequence Counter
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the current transportation segment does not match the target organization id, and the search needs to continue to the next sequence occurs during the 'Increment Sequence Counter' routine, then the system must guarantee that the sequence counter is incremented by 1.
EXCLUDING
The current transportation segment does not match the target organization ID
When
The search needs to continue to the next sequence
Then
The sequence counter is incremented by 1
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02913
Continue Search?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a transportation segment search iteration has completed during the 'Continue Search?' routine, when the continuation criteria needs to be evaluated, the system executes logic to ensure that if the segment was not found then set transportation segment not found status to true, otherwise if organization id is not found then continue searching.
Given
A transportation segment search iteration has completed
When
The continuation criteria needs to be evaluated
Then
If the segment was not found then set transportation segment not found status to true, otherwise if organization ID is not found then continue searching
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02914
Adjust Final Sequence Counter
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the transportation segment search has completed during the 'Adjust Final Sequence Counter' routine, when the final sequence counter needs to be adjusted, the system executes logic to ensure that the sequence counter is decremented by 1 to reflect the correct final sequence number.
Given
The transportation segment search has completed
When
The final sequence counter needs to be adjusted
Then
The sequence counter is decremented by 1 to reflect the correct final sequence number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02732
Start MCOA Entity Processing
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to process mcoa entity segments during the 'Start MCOA Entity Processing' routine, when mcoa entity processing begins, the system executes logic to ensure that the mcoa sequence counter is initialized and processing flags are reset.
Given
The system needs to process MCOA entity segments
When
MCOA entity processing begins
Then
The MCOA sequence counter is initialized and processing flags are reset
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02733
Get MCOA Segment by Sequence
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a mcoa sequence number is available during the 'Get MCOA Segment by Sequence' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve the mcoa segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the mcoa segment data is retrieved from ebsmcoa using the sequence number.
Given
A MCOA sequence number is available
When
The system attempts to retrieve the MCOA segment
Then
The MCOA segment data is retrieved from EBSMCOA using the sequence number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02734
MCOA Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an attempt to retrieve mcoa segment has been made during the 'MCOA Segment Found?' routine, when the system checks the retrieval status, the system executes logic to ensure that if no error status is returned and segment type is 'ot', the segment is considered found, otherwise processing stops.
Given
An attempt to retrieve MCOA segment has been made
When
The system checks the retrieval status
Then
If no error status is returned and segment type is 'OT', the segment is considered found, otherwise processing stops
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02735
Entity Type is PF or SS?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid mcoa segment has been found during the 'Entity Type is PF or SS?' routine, when the system checks the organization id in the segment, the system executes logic to ensure that if the organization id is 'pf' or 'ss', the entity is processed, otherwise it is skipped.
Given
A valid MCOA segment has been found
When
The system checks the organization ID in the segment
Then
If the organization ID is 'PF' or 'SS', the entity is processed, otherwise it is skipped
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02736
Extract Entity Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a mcoa segment with entity type pf or ss is found during the 'Extract Entity Information' routine, when the system extracts entity information, the system executes logic to ensure that the organization id is set as entity id code, organization name is set as entity name, id code qualifier and id code are extracted from the segment.
Given
A MCOA segment with entity type PF or SS is found
When
The system extracts entity information
Then
The organization ID is set as entity ID code, organization name is set as entity name, ID code qualifier and ID code are extracted from the segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02737
Get MCOA Address Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming entity information has been extracted from mcoa segment during the 'Get MCOA Address Segment' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve address information, the system executes logic to ensure that the mcoa on segment is retrieved using the same sequence number.
Given
Entity information has been extracted from MCOA segment
When
The system attempts to retrieve address information
Then
The MCOA ON segment is retrieved using the same sequence number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02738
Address Segment Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an attempt to retrieve mcoa address segment has been made during the 'Address Segment Found?' routine, when the system checks if address data is available, the system executes logic to ensure that if address segment is found, extract address lines 1 and 2, otherwise set address line 1 to 'na' and clear address line 2.
Given
An attempt to retrieve MCOA address segment has been made
When
The system checks if address data is available
Then
If address segment is found, extract address lines 1 and 2, otherwise set address line 1 to 'NA' and clear address line 2
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02739
Get MCOA City/State Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming address information has been processed during the 'Get MCOA City/State Segment' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve city/state information, the system executes logic to ensure that the mcoa oc segment is retrieved using the same sequence number.
Given
Address information has been processed
When
The system attempts to retrieve city/state information
Then
The MCOA OC segment is retrieved using the same sequence number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02740
City/State Segment Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an attempt to retrieve mcoa city/state segment has been made during the 'City/State Segment Found?' routine, when the system checks if city/state data is available, the system executes logic to ensure that if city/state segment is found, extract city name, state/province code, postal code and country code, otherwise clear all city/state information fields.
Given
An attempt to retrieve MCOA city/state segment has been made
When
The system checks if city/state data is available
Then
If city/state segment is found, extract city name, state/province code, postal code and country code, otherwise clear all city/state information fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02741
Validate Entity Segment
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming all mcoa entity information has been extracted and processed during the 'Validate Entity Segment' routine, when the system validates the entity segment, the system executes logic to ensure that standard entity validation rules are applied to ensure data integrity.
Given
All MCOA entity information has been extracted and processed
When
The system validates the entity segment
Then
Standard entity validation rules are applied to ensure data integrity
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02742
Insert Entity Record
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid mcoa entity segment has been created and validated during the 'Insert Entity Record' routine, when the system inserts the entity record, the system executes logic to ensure that the entity record is inserted into the gcsccs55 array with the appropriate sequence number.
Given
A valid MCOA entity segment has been created and validated
When
The system inserts the entity record
Then
The entity record is inserted into the GCSCCS55 array with the appropriate sequence number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02743
More MCOA Segments?
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an mcoa entity has been processed during the 'More MCOA Segments?' routine, when the system checks for more segments, the system executes logic to ensure that the sequence counter is incremented and processing continues if more segments are available, otherwise mcoa processing ends.
Given
An MCOA entity has been processed
When
The system checks for more segments
Then
The sequence counter is incremented and processing continues if more segments are available, otherwise MCOA processing ends
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02915
Get MCOA Segment by Sequence - Retrieve EBSMCOA segment data with sequence number validation
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol key exists and mcoa sequence number is provided during the 'Get MCOA Segment by Sequence - Retrieve EBSMCOA segment data with sequence number validation' routine, when system attempts to retrieve ebsmcoa segment with type 'ot' (other), the system executes logic to ensure that system successfully retrieves the mcoa segment data and sets found flag.
Given
An EDI BOL key exists and MCOA sequence number is provided
When
System attempts to retrieve EBSMCOA segment with type 'OT' (Other)
Then
System successfully retrieves the MCOA segment data and sets found flag
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02916
Set EDI BOL Key as Root Key
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming mcoa sequence number is available for processing during the 'Set EDI BOL Key as Root Key' routine, when system prepares to retrieve mcoa segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that system sets edi bol key as root key, mcoa sequence number, segment type as ebsmcoa, type as ot, and function code as gu.
Given
MCOA sequence number is available for processing
When
System prepares to retrieve MCOA segment data
Then
System sets EDI BOL key as root key, MCOA sequence number, segment type as EBSMCOA, type as OT, and function code as GU
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02917
Segment Type is OT?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming mcoa segment has been successfully retrieved from edi bol during the 'Segment Type is OT?' routine, when system validates the segment type, the system executes logic to ensure that if segment type equals 'ot' then set mcoa found flag, otherwise set mcoa not found flag.
Given
MCOA segment has been successfully retrieved from EDI BOL
When
System validates the segment type
Then
If segment type equals 'OT' then set MCOA found flag, otherwise set MCOA not found flag
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02918
Set MCOA Not Found Flag
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If mcoa segment retrieval has been attempted, and segment retrieval fails or segment type is not 'ot' occurs during the 'Set MCOA Not Found Flag' routine, then the system must guarantee that system sets mcoa not found flag to indicate unsuccessful retrieval.
EXCLUDING
MCOA segment retrieval has been attempted
When
Segment retrieval fails or segment type is not 'OT'
Then
System sets MCOA not found flag to indicate unsuccessful retrieval
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02919
Set EDI BOL Key and Sequence Number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a mcoa address segment retrieval is requested during the 'Set EDI BOL Key and Sequence Number' routine, when the system prepares to retrieve address information, the system executes logic to ensure that the edi bol key is set from the stored key for record 55 processing and the mcoa sequence number is used as the sequence identifier.
Given
A MCOA address segment retrieval is requested
When
The system prepares to retrieve address information
Then
The EDI BOL key is set from the stored key for record 55 processing and the MCOA sequence number is used as the sequence identifier
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02920
Set Segment Type to EBSMCOA
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to retrieve mcoa address information during the 'Set Segment Type to EBSMCOA' routine, when setting up the data retrieval parameters, the system executes logic to ensure that the segment type is set to 'ebsmcoa' to identify the correct data structure.
Given
The system needs to retrieve MCOA address information
When
Setting up the data retrieval parameters
Then
The segment type is set to 'EBSMCOA' to identify the correct data structure
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02921
Set Type to ON for Address
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is configured to retrieve mcoa segment data during the 'Set Type to ON for Address' routine, when specifying the type of mcoa data to retrieve, the system executes logic to ensure that the type is set to 'on' to indicate address information is required.
Given
The system is configured to retrieve MCOA segment data
When
Specifying the type of MCOA data to retrieve
Then
The type is set to 'ON' to indicate address information is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02922
Call EBCLGIO to Retrieve ON Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the retrieval parameters are configured for mcoa address data during the 'Call EBCLGIO to Retrieve ON Segment' routine, when the system executes the data retrieval operation, the system executes logic to ensure that ebclgio is called to retrieve the on segment from the mcoa data structure.
Given
The retrieval parameters are configured for MCOA address data
When
The system executes the data retrieval operation
Then
EBCLGIO is called to retrieve the ON segment from the MCOA data structure
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02923
ON Segment Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a data retrieval operation for mcoa address segment has been executed during the 'ON Segment Found?' routine, when the system checks the retrieval result, the system executes logic to ensure that if the status code is spaces, the segment is considered found, otherwise it is not found.
Given
A data retrieval operation for MCOA address segment has been executed
When
The system checks the retrieval result
Then
If the status code is spaces, the segment is considered found, otherwise it is not found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02924
Extract Address Line 1 from F6-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-1
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the mcoa address segment has been successfully retrieved during the 'Extract Address Line 1 from F6-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-1' routine, when the system processes the address information, the system executes logic to ensure that the first address line is extracted from f6-addl-name-addr-1 field and stored in the address info field.
Given
The MCOA address segment has been successfully retrieved
When
The system processes the address information
Then
The first address line is extracted from F6-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-1 field and stored in the address info field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02925
Extract Address Line 2 from F6-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-2
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the mcoa address segment has been successfully retrieved during the 'Extract Address Line 2 from F6-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-2' routine, when the system processes the address information, the system executes logic to ensure that the second address line is extracted from f6-addl-name-addr-2 field and stored in the second address info field.
Given
The MCOA address segment has been successfully retrieved
When
The system processes the address information
Then
The second address line is extracted from F6-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-2 field and stored in the second address info field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02926
Set Address Found Flag
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the mcoa address segment has been successfully retrieved and processed during the 'Set Address Found Flag' routine, when the system updates the processing status, the system executes logic to ensure that the address found flag is set to indicate successful retrieval.
Given
The MCOA address segment has been successfully retrieved and processed
When
The system updates the processing status
Then
The address found flag is set to indicate successful retrieval
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02927
Set Default Address Line 1 to 'NA'
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the mcoa address segment could not be retrieved, and the system handles the missing address information occurs during the 'Set Default Address Line 1 to 'NA'' routine, then the system must guarantee that the first address line is set to 'na' as a default value.
EXCLUDING
The MCOA address segment could not be retrieved
When
The system handles the missing address information
Then
The first address line is set to 'NA' as a default value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02928
Clear Address Line 2
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the mcoa address segment could not be retrieved, and the system handles the missing address information occurs during the 'Clear Address Line 2' routine, then the system must guarantee that the second address line is cleared to spaces.
EXCLUDING
The MCOA address segment could not be retrieved
When
The system handles the missing address information
Then
The second address line is cleared to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02929
Set Address Not Found Flag
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the mcoa address segment could not be retrieved and default values have been set, and the system updates the processing status occurs during the 'Set Address Not Found Flag' routine, then the system must guarantee that the address not found flag is set to indicate unsuccessful retrieval.
EXCLUDING
The MCOA address segment could not be retrieved and default values have been set
When
The system updates the processing status
Then
The address not found flag is set to indicate unsuccessful retrieval
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02930
Initialize EBWLGIO Parameters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a request to retrieve mcoa geographic segment data during the 'Initialize EBWLGIO Parameters' routine, when the system initializes the retrieval parameters, the system executes logic to ensure that the edi bol key, mcoa sequence number, segment type as ebsmcoa, type as oc, operator as equals, and function code as gu are set for the geographic data lookup.
Given
A request to retrieve MCOA geographic segment data
When
The system initializes the retrieval parameters
Then
The EDI BOL key, MCOA sequence number, segment type as EBSMCOA, type as OC, operator as equals, and function code as GU are set for the geographic data lookup
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02931
Call EBCLGIO to Retrieve Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming properly initialized ebwlgio parameters for mcoa oc segment retrieval during the 'Call EBCLGIO to Retrieve Segment' routine, when the system calls ebclgio to retrieve the segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system attempts to fetch the geographic segment data from the edi bol database.
Given
Properly initialized EBWLGIO parameters for MCOA OC segment retrieval
When
The system calls EBCLGIO to retrieve the segment data
Then
The system attempts to fetch the geographic segment data from the EDI BOL database
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02932
Segment Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an attempt to retrieve mcoa oc geographic segment data during the 'Segment Found?' routine, when the system checks the status code from the retrieval operation, the system executes logic to ensure that if status code equals spaces, the segment is found; otherwise, the segment is not found.
Given
An attempt to retrieve MCOA OC geographic segment data
When
The system checks the status code from the retrieval operation
Then
If status code equals spaces, the segment is found; otherwise, the segment is not found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02933
Extract City Name from F7-CITY-NAME, Extract State/Province Code from F7-STATE-PROV-CODE, Extract Postal Code from F7-POSTAL-CODE, Extract Country Code from F7-COUNTRY-CODE
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a successfully retrieved mcoa oc geographic segment during the 'Extract City Name from F7-CITY-NAME, Extract State/Province Code from F7-STATE-PROV-CODE, Extract Postal Code from F7-POSTAL-CODE, Extract Country Code from F7-COUNTRY-CODE' routine, when the system processes the segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that the city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code are extracted from the f7 fields in the segment.
Given
A successfully retrieved MCOA OC geographic segment
When
The system processes the segment data
Then
The city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code are extracted from the F7 fields in the segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02934
Move Data to N4 Address Fields
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming successfully extracted geographic data from mcoa oc segment including city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code during the 'Move Data to N4 Address Fields' routine, when the system populates the address fields, the system executes logic to ensure that the extracted data is moved to the corresponding n4 address fields (n401-city-name, n402-state-prov-cde, n403-postal-cde, n404-country-cde).
Given
Successfully extracted geographic data from MCOA OC segment including city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code
When
The system populates the address fields
Then
The extracted data is moved to the corresponding N4 address fields (N401-CITY-NAME, N402-STATE-PROV-CDE, N403-POSTAL-CDE, N404-COUNTRY-CDE)
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02935
Set Geographic Data Found Flag
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming successfully retrieved and processed mcoa oc geographic segment data during the 'Set Geographic Data Found Flag' routine, when the system completes the data extraction and population, the system executes logic to ensure that the geographic data found flag is set to indicate successful processing.
Given
Successfully retrieved and processed MCOA OC geographic segment data
When
The system completes the data extraction and population
Then
The geographic data found flag is set to indicate successful processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02936
Clear All N4 Address Fields
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If mcoa oc geographic segment data is not available or retrieval failed, and the system handles the missing data condition occurs during the 'Clear All N4 Address Fields' routine, then the system must guarantee that all n4 address fields (city name, state/province code, postal code, country code) are cleared to spaces.
EXCLUDING
MCOA OC geographic segment data is not available or retrieval failed
When
The system handles the missing data condition
Then
All N4 address fields (city name, state/province code, postal code, country code) are cleared to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02937
Set Geographic Data Not Found Flag
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If mcoa oc geographic segment data could not be retrieved or is not available, and the system completes the failed retrieval processing occurs during the 'Set Geographic Data Not Found Flag' routine, then the system must guarantee that the geographic data not found flag is set to indicate unsuccessful processing.
EXCLUDING
MCOA OC geographic segment data could not be retrieved or is not available
When
The system completes the failed retrieval processing
Then
The geographic data not found flag is set to indicate unsuccessful processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02046
Check CCN Array from EDI BOL
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a ccn array is retrieved from edi bol processing during the 'Check CCN Array from EDI BOL' routine, when the system checks if the ccn array contains data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system determines whether to proceed with ccn processing or continue with normal processing.
Given
A CCN array is retrieved from EDI BOL processing
When
The system checks if the CCN array contains data
Then
The system determines whether to proceed with CCN processing or continue with normal processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02051
Set Waybill Key for Spawn
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a ccn has been extracted from the array for processing during the 'Set Waybill Key for Spawn' routine, when setting up spawn parameters for manifest creation, the system executes logic to ensure that assign the original waybill key to the spawn waybill field.
Given
A CCN has been extracted from the array for processing
When
Setting up spawn parameters for manifest creation
Then
Assign the original waybill key to the spawn waybill field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02053
Set CCN for Spawn
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming spawn waybill parameters have been set during the 'Set CCN for Spawn' routine, when finalizing spawn message parameters, the system executes logic to ensure that assign the current ccn from the array to the spawn ccn field.
Given
Spawn waybill parameters have been set
When
Finalizing spawn message parameters
Then
Assign the current CCN from the array to the spawn CCN field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02054
Set Action Code to 'AM'
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming all spawn parameters have been assigned for the current ccn during the 'Set Action Code to 'AM'' routine, when preparing the final spawn message, the system executes logic to ensure that set the spawn action code to 'am' for automated manifest processing.
Given
All spawn parameters have been assigned for the current CCN
When
Preparing the final spawn message
Then
Set the spawn action code to 'AM' for automated manifest processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02055
Spawn GCT0111E for Manifest Creation
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming all spawn parameters are properly set including waybill key, date, ccn, and action code during the 'Spawn GCT0111E for Manifest Creation' routine, when the spawn message is ready for execution, the system executes logic to ensure that call the spawn process gct0111e to create a separate manifest for the current ccn.
Given
All spawn parameters are properly set including waybill key, date, CCN, and action code
When
The spawn message is ready for execution
Then
Call the spawn process GCT0111E to create a separate manifest for the current CCN
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00284
CCN Array from EDI BOL Available?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo manifest processing request with potential multiple ccns during the 'CCN Array from EDI BOL Available?' routine, when the system checks for ccn array data from edi bol processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the system determines if ccn array contains valid data or is empty/low-values to decide processing path.
Given
A cargo manifest processing request with potential multiple CCNs
When
The system checks for CCN array data from EDI BOL processing
Then
The system determines if CCN array contains valid data or is empty/low-values to decide processing path
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00286
Set Spawn Parameters
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid ccn entry from the array requiring manifest creation during the 'Set Spawn Parameters' routine, when the system prepares to spawn manifest creation process, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets waybill key from input, waybill date from shipment, current ccn from array, and action code to 'am'.
Given
A valid CCN entry from the array requiring manifest creation
When
The system prepares to spawn manifest creation process
Then
The system sets waybill key from input, waybill date from shipment, current CCN from array, and action code to 'AM'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00287
Spawn GCT0111E for Manifest Creation
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming spawn parameters are properly configured for a ccn entry during the 'Spawn GCT0111E for Manifest Creation' routine, when the system invokes the gct0111e manifest creation program, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls gct0111e with the spawn message containing waybill, date, ccn, and action code information.
Given
Spawn parameters are properly configured for a CCN entry
When
The system invokes the GCT0111E manifest creation program
Then
The system calls GCT0111E with the spawn message containing waybill, date, CCN, and action code information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00288
Process EDI Bill of Lading Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bill of lading record exists with potential multiple ccns during the 'Process EDI Bill of Lading Data' routine, when the system processes the edi bol data through gcccbol program, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts ccn array data and makes it available for further processing.
Given
An EDI Bill of Lading record exists with potential multiple CCNs
When
The system processes the EDI BOL data through GCCCBOL program
Then
The system extracts CCN array data and makes it available for further processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00289
Multiple CCNs Found in EDI BOL?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol processing has completed and ccn array data is available, and the system checks if gcwcbol-ccn-array-tbl contains data and is not spaces or low-values occurs during the 'Multiple CCNs Found in EDI BOL?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system identifies whether multiple ccns need to be processed for manifest creation.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL processing has completed and CCN array data is available
When
The system checks if GCWCBOL-CCN-ARRAY-TBL contains data and is not spaces or low-values
Then
The system identifies whether multiple CCNs need to be processed for manifest creation
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00290
Initialize CCN Processing Loop
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming multiple ccns have been identified in the edi bol array during the 'Initialize CCN Processing Loop' routine, when the system begins processing the ccn array, the system executes logic to ensure that the system initializes ccn index counter starting from 1 and prepares for loop iteration.
Given
Multiple CCNs have been identified in the EDI BOL array
When
The system begins processing the CCN array
Then
The system initializes CCN index counter starting from 1 and prepares for loop iteration
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00291
Get Next CCN from Array
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming ccn processing loop is active with a valid index counter during the 'Get Next CCN from Array' routine, when the system accesses the ccn array at the current index position, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts the specific ccn value for manifest creation processing.
Given
CCN processing loop is active with a valid index counter
When
The system accesses the CCN array at the current index position
Then
The system extracts the specific CCN value for manifest creation processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00293
Prepare Spawn Message for GCT0111E
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid ccn has been extracted from the array for processing during the 'Prepare Spawn Message for GCT0111E' routine, when the system prepares spawn message data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets up waybill key, waybill date, extracted ccn, and action code 'am' in the spawn message structure.
Given
A valid CCN has been extracted from the array for processing
When
The system prepares spawn message data
Then
The system sets up waybill key, waybill date, extracted CCN, and action code 'AM' in the spawn message structure
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00294
Set Waybill Key and Date
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming spawn message structure is being prepared for gct0111e during the 'Set Waybill Key and Date' routine, when the system sets waybill information in the spawn message, the system executes logic to ensure that the system moves original waybill key to spawn-waybill and waybill date to spawn-waybill-date.
Given
Spawn message structure is being prepared for GCT0111E
When
The system sets waybill information in the spawn message
Then
The system moves original waybill key to SPAWN-WAYBILL and waybill date to SPAWN-WAYBILL-DATE
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00295
Set Current CCN
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a specific ccn has been extracted from the ccn array during the 'Set Current CCN' routine, when the system assigns ccn to the spawn message, the system executes logic to ensure that the system moves the current ccn value to spawn-ccn field in the message structure.
Given
A specific CCN has been extracted from the CCN array
When
The system assigns CCN to the spawn message
Then
The system moves the current CCN value to SPAWN-CCN field in the message structure
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00296
Set Action Code to 'AM'
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming spawn message is being prepared for related manifest creation during the 'Set Action Code to 'AM'' routine, when the system sets the action code in the spawn message, the system executes logic to ensure that the system assigns action code 'am' to spawn-action-code to indicate manifest creation action.
Given
Spawn message is being prepared for related manifest creation
When
The system sets the action code in the spawn message
Then
The system assigns action code 'AM' to SPAWN-ACTION-CODE to indicate manifest creation action
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00297
Call GCT0111E Program
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming spawn message has been fully prepared with waybill, ccn, and action code information during the 'Call GCT0111E Program' routine, when the system invokes the z700-spawn-gct0111e procedure, the system executes logic to ensure that the system executes gct0111e program with the prepared message data for manifest creation.
Given
Spawn message has been fully prepared with waybill, CCN, and action code information
When
The system invokes the Z700-SPAWN-GCT0111E procedure
Then
The system executes GCT0111E program with the prepared message data for manifest creation
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00308
Check for EDI Importer Data
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming au table importer data has been processed and au importer found flag is set during the 'Check for EDI Importer Data' routine, when the system checks for additional edi importer data, the system executes logic to ensure that verify if edi importer data exists (ws-s55-imp-found) for further processing decisions.
Given
AU table importer data has been processed and AU importer found flag is set
When
The system checks for additional EDI importer data
Then
Verify if EDI importer data exists (WS-S55-IMP-FOUND) for further processing decisions
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00309
Business Number Qualifier BN or Blank?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming au importer data has been processed and edi importer data also exists during the 'Business Number Qualifier BN or Blank?' routine, when the system evaluates the edi business number qualifier, the system executes logic to ensure that check if business number qualifier is 'bn' or blank (spaces) to determine csa indicator action.
Given
AU importer data has been processed and EDI importer data also exists
When
The system evaluates the EDI business number qualifier
Then
Check if business number qualifier is 'BN' or blank (spaces) to determine CSA indicator action
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00310
Turn CSA Indicator OFF
Policy Rules
Business View: Assuming au importer data has been processed with csa indicator on and edi importer data exists with business number qualifier 'bn' or blank during the 'Turn CSA Indicator OFF' routine, when the system determines csa indicator setting based on data source priority, the system executes logic to ensure that turn csa indicator off to prioritize edi importer data over au table data.
Given
AU importer data has been processed with CSA indicator ON and EDI importer data exists with business number qualifier 'BN' or blank
When
The system determines CSA indicator setting based on data source priority
Then
Turn CSA indicator OFF to prioritize EDI importer data over AU table data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02057
Check CSA Indicator and Importer Status
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment is being processed for customs manifest creation during the 'Check CSA Indicator and Importer Status' routine, when the csa indicator is already on or the au table is empty or an importer is already set in the system, the system executes logic to ensure that the system skips the au table lookup process and continues with existing data.
Given
A shipment is being processed for customs manifest creation
When
The CSA indicator is already ON OR the AU table is empty OR an importer is already set in the system
Then
The system skips the AU table lookup process and continues with existing data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02465
Initialize AU Table Parameters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a customs manifest processing request is initiated during the 'Initialize AU Table Parameters' routine, when the system needs to lookup importer information from the au table, the system executes logic to ensure that the system initializes lookup parameters by clearing all table keys and flags, setting function code to 'gu' for retrieval, setting table id to 'au', and preparing for database access.
Given
A customs manifest processing request is initiated
When
The system needs to lookup importer information from the AU table
Then
The system initializes lookup parameters by clearing all table keys and flags, setting function code to 'GU' for retrieval, setting table ID to 'AU', and preparing for database access
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02467
Set Commodity Code as Key
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming au table lookup parameters have consignee chop set and commodity code exists in the manifest data during the 'Set Commodity Code as Key' routine, when the system completes the au table lookup key configuration, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the commodity code from the manifest as the commodity key in the au table lookup parameters.
Given
AU table lookup parameters have consignee CHOP set and commodity code exists in the manifest data
When
The system completes the AU table lookup key configuration
Then
The system sets the commodity code from the manifest as the commodity key in the AU table lookup parameters
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02470
Extract AU Importer Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming au table lookup found a matching record during the 'Extract AU Importer Data' routine, when the system processes the au record data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts the importer name from the au table segment and stores it for further processing.
Given
AU table lookup found a matching record
When
The system processes the AU record data
Then
The system extracts the importer name from the AU table segment and stores it for further processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02471
Extract AU Business Number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming au record data has been accessed and importer name extracted during the 'Extract AU Business Number' routine, when the system continues processing the au record, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts the business number from the au table segment for importer business identification.
Given
AU record data has been accessed and importer name extracted
When
The system continues processing the AU record
Then
The system extracts the business number from the AU table segment for importer business identification
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02473
Set Importer Name from AU
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If au data is available and csa indicator is not already active and no existing importer data, and the system assigns au importer information to the manifest occurs during the 'Set Importer Name from AU' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system sets the importer name field in the customs manifest to the importer value from the au table record.
EXCLUDING
AU data is available and CSA indicator is not already active and no existing importer data
When
The system assigns AU importer information to the manifest
Then
The system sets the importer name field in the customs manifest to the importer value from the AU table record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02474
Set Business Number from AU
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming au importer name has been assigned to the manifest during the 'Set Business Number from AU' routine, when the system continues assigning au business information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the business number field in the customs manifest to the business number value from the au table record.
Given
AU importer name has been assigned to the manifest
When
The system continues assigning AU business information
Then
The system sets the business number field in the customs manifest to the business number value from the AU table record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02475
Set Business Number Qualifier to M5
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming au business number has been assigned to the manifest during the 'Set Business Number Qualifier to M5' routine, when the system sets the business number qualifier, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the business number qualifier field to 'm5' to indicate the business number source type.
Given
AU business number has been assigned to the manifest
When
The system sets the business number qualifier
Then
The system sets the business number qualifier field to 'M5' to indicate the business number source type
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02481
Set Importer Name
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer record has entity id set and au importer name is available during the 'Set Importer Name' routine, when the system populates importer identification fields, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the name field in the customs record to the au importer name and also updates the main importer field in the manifest.
Given
Importer record has entity ID set and AU importer name is available
When
The system populates importer identification fields
Then
The system sets the name field in the customs record to the AU importer name and also updates the main importer field in the manifest
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02482
Set Business Number and Qualifier
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer name has been set in the customs record during the 'Set Business Number and Qualifier' routine, when the system completes business identification setup, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the id code to the au business number, sets the id code qualifier to 'm5', and updates corresponding fields in the main manifest.
Given
Importer name has been set in the customs record
When
The system completes business identification setup
Then
The system sets the ID code to the AU business number, sets the ID code qualifier to 'M5', and updates corresponding fields in the main manifest
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02485
Turn CSA Indicator ON
Policy Rules
Business View: Assuming new importer record has been fully populated with au data during the 'Turn CSA Indicator ON' routine, when the system finalizes the record creation, the system executes logic to ensure that the system turns on the csa indicator in the main manifest to enable customs self-assessment processing for this importer.
Given
New importer record has been fully populated with AU data
When
The system finalizes the record creation
Then
The system turns on the CSA indicator in the main manifest to enable customs self-assessment processing for this importer
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02069
Check AU and EDI BOL Importer Data?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming au table contains importer data and edi bol contains importer segment data during the 'Check AU and EDI BOL Importer Data?' routine, when the system finds both au importer data and edi bol importer data are present, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should proceed to validate business number qualifier for csa indicator adjustment.
Given
AU table contains importer data and EDI BOL contains importer segment data
When
The system finds both AU importer data and EDI BOL importer data are present
Then
The system should proceed to validate business number qualifier for CSA indicator adjustment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02070
Check Business Number Qualifier?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming both au table importer data and edi bol importer data are found with business number qualifier during the 'Check Business Number Qualifier?' routine, when the business number qualifier is 'bn' or contains spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set csa indicator to off.
Given
Both AU table importer data and EDI BOL importer data are found with business number qualifier
When
The business number qualifier is 'BN' or contains spaces
Then
The system should set CSA indicator to OFF
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00324
Reset CSA Indicator OFF for Duplicate Sources
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If shipment is not transit or return type, and au table importer data is found and edi bol importer data exists with business number qualifier (bn or spaces) occurs during the 'Reset CSA Indicator OFF for Duplicate Sources' routine, then the system must guarantee that set csa indicator to off to resolve data source conflict.
EXCLUDING
Shipment is not transit or return type
When
AU table importer data is found AND EDI BOL importer data exists with business number qualifier (BN or spaces)
Then
Set CSA indicator to OFF to resolve data source conflict
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00325
Save Current Description Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a request to capture description from a related ccn is initiated during the 'Save Current Description Data' routine, when the system begins the description capture process, the system executes logic to ensure that the current manifest data (gcsccrt), cargo segment data (gcsccs52), and all cargo description array elements (46 elements) are saved to backup variables for potential restoration.
Given
A request to capture description from a related CCN is initiated
When
The system begins the description capture process
Then
The current manifest data (GCSCCRT), cargo segment data (GCSCCS52), and all cargo description array elements (46 elements) are saved to backup variables for potential restoration
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00327
Retrieve Description from Source CCN
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid source ccn is set and the system is configured for retrieval during the 'Retrieve Description from Source CCN' routine, when the description retrieval process is executed, the system executes logic to ensure that the gccccio2 program is called to fetch all segments (gcsccs00, gcsccrt, gcsccs52, gcsccs53, gcsccs54, gcsccs55, gcsccs56) from the source ccn.
Given
A valid source CCN is set and the system is configured for retrieval
When
The description retrieval process is executed
Then
The GCCCCIO2 program is called to fetch all segments (GCSCCS00, GCSCCRT, GCSCCS52, GCSCCS53, GCSCCS54, GCSCCS55, GCSCCS56) from the source CCN
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00337
Save Current Description Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo manifest is being processed for transit description enhancement during the 'Save Current Description Data' routine, when the system begins the description enhancement process, the system executes logic to ensure that the current manifest description data and cargo data array are saved to working storage for potential restoration.
Given
A cargo manifest is being processed for transit description enhancement
When
The system begins the description enhancement process
Then
The current manifest description data and cargo data array are saved to working storage for potential restoration
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00338
Retrieve Description from Related CCN
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a related ccn is specified for description enhancement during the 'Retrieve Description from Related CCN' routine, when the system retrieves description data from the related ccn, the system executes logic to ensure that the system fetches all description segments including main description and cargo data array from the specified ccn.
Given
A related CCN is specified for description enhancement
When
The system retrieves description data from the related CCN
Then
The system fetches all description segments including main description and cargo data array from the specified CCN
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00346
Update Cargo Description Fields
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the enhanced description has been compressed successfully during the 'Update Cargo Description Fields' routine, when the system updates the cargo manifest, the system executes logic to ensure that the main lading description and cargo data array are updated with the enhanced description components.
Given
The enhanced description has been compressed successfully
When
The system updates the cargo manifest
Then
The main lading description and cargo data array are updated with the enhanced description components
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00347
Restore Original Data if Error
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming description enhancement has failed due to retrieval error or processing failure during the 'Restore Original Data if Error' routine, when the system handles the enhancement failure, the system executes logic to ensure that the original manifest description and cargo data array are restored from the saved working storage.
Given
Description enhancement has failed due to retrieval error or processing failure
When
The system handles the enhancement failure
Then
The original manifest description and cargo data array are restored from the saved working storage
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00362
Check Manifest-To Station Override
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming broker information has been successfully applied to the customs record during the 'Check Manifest-To Station Override' routine, when the system evaluates the canadian manifest-to station field in the broker data, the system executes logic to ensure that if the canadian manifest-to station field is not spaces, the system will process the station override.
Given
Broker information has been successfully applied to the customs record
When
The system evaluates the Canadian manifest-to station field in the broker data
Then
If the Canadian manifest-to station field is not spaces, the system will process the station override
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00363
Validate New Manifest-To Station
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a new manifest-to station has been specified in the broker data during the 'Validate New Manifest-To Station' routine, when the system validates the station in the mc table, the system executes logic to ensure that the system performs a lookup using 'mc' table id and the specified station name as the sequence id.
Given
A new manifest-to station has been specified in the broker data
When
The system validates the station in the MC table
Then
The system performs a lookup using 'MC' table ID and the specified station name as the sequence ID
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00364
Lookup Station in MC Table
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the manifest-to station lookup in mc table was successful during the 'Lookup Station in MC Table' routine, when the system evaluates the canadian customs code for the station, the system executes logic to ensure that if the canadian customs code equals '00000', the system sets error flag 2 and records the station name for error reporting.
Given
The manifest-to station lookup in MC table was successful
When
The system evaluates the Canadian customs code for the station
Then
If the Canadian customs code equals '00000', the system sets error flag 2 and records the station name for error reporting
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00365
Update Manifest-To Station Code
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the manifest-to station validation was successful and canadian customs code is not '00000', and the system updates the manifest-to station information occurs during the 'Update Manifest-To Station Code' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system moves the canadian customs code to manifest-to station code, station number to destination station number fields, and call letters to batch print call letters.
EXCLUDING
The manifest-to station validation was successful and Canadian customs code is not '00000'
When
The system updates the manifest-to station information
Then
The system moves the Canadian customs code to manifest-to station code, station number to destination station number fields, and call letters to batch print call letters
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00366
Set Station Validation Error
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the manifest-to station lookup in mc table was not successful, and the system processes the lookup failure occurs during the 'Set Station Validation Error' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system sets error flag 3 and records the station name for error reporting.
EXCLUDING
The manifest-to station lookup in MC table was not successful
When
The system processes the lookup failure
Then
The system sets error flag 3 and records the station name for error reporting
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02489
Override Flag = Y?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming broker data has been found in the crossing table lookup during the 'Override Flag = Y?' routine, when the override flag in the crossing table data equals 'y', the system executes logic to ensure that the system unconditionally applies the broker name from the crossing table and updates the manifest-to station if specified in the crossing table data.
Given
Broker data has been found in the crossing table lookup
When
The override flag in the crossing table data equals 'Y'
Then
The system unconditionally applies the broker name from the crossing table and updates the manifest-to station if specified in the crossing table data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02490
Current Broker Empty or Default?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If broker data has been found in the crossing table lookup and the override flag is not 'y', and the current broker name is spaces, 'unknown', or 'not-req' occurs during the 'Current Broker Empty or Default?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system applies the broker name from the crossing table and updates the manifest-to station if specified in the crossing table data.
EXCLUDING
Broker data has been found in the crossing table lookup and the override flag is not 'Y'
When
The current broker name is spaces, 'UNKNOWN', or 'NOT-REQ'
Then
The system applies the broker name from the crossing table and updates the manifest-to station if specified in the crossing table data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02491
Update Manifest-To Station
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If broker data has been applied from the crossing table, and the crossing table data contains a canadian manifest-to station specification that is not spaces occurs during the 'Update Manifest-To Station' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system updates the manifest-to station name, performs mc table lookup for the new station, validates the canadian customs code, and updates related station information including customs code, station number, and call letters.
EXCLUDING
Broker data has been applied from the crossing table
When
The crossing table data contains a Canadian manifest-to station specification that is not spaces
Then
The system updates the manifest-to station name, performs MC table lookup for the new station, validates the Canadian customs code, and updates related station information including customs code, station number, and call letters
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02748
Return Search Results
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming one of the crossing table searches has successfully found matching broker data during the 'Return Search Results' routine, when the system processes the successful search results, the system executes logic to ensure that the system returns the found broker information including broker name and any associated manifest routing details.
Given
One of the crossing table searches has successfully found matching broker data
When
The system processes the successful search results
Then
The system returns the found broker information including broker name and any associated manifest routing details
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02951
Return Broker Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming broker data has been found through wildcard crossing table lookup during the 'Return Broker Information' routine, when the system processes the successful lookup result, the system executes logic to ensure that the broker information from the crossing table segment is made available for manifest processing.
Given
Broker data has been found through wildcard crossing table lookup
When
The system processes the successful lookup result
Then
The broker information from the crossing table segment is made available for manifest processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02082
Manifest-To Station Provided in Crossing Table?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If broker data has been processed from crossing table, and crossing table contains manifest-to station information (cdn-manifest-to is not spaces) occurs during the 'Manifest-To Station Provided in Crossing Table?' routine, then the system must guarantee that proceed with manifest-to station validation and update process.
EXCLUDING
Broker data has been processed from crossing table
When
Crossing table contains manifest-to station information (CDN-MANIFEST-TO is not spaces)
Then
Proceed with manifest-to station validation and update process
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02083
Validate Manifest-To Station in MC Table
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming crossing table provides manifest-to station information during the 'Validate Manifest-To Station in MC Table' routine, when manifest-to station validation is required, the system executes logic to ensure that perform gu function call to mc table using manifest-to station as key.
Given
Crossing table provides manifest-to station information
When
Manifest-to station validation is required
Then
Perform GU function call to MC table using manifest-to station as key
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02084
MC Table Lookup Successful?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming mc table lookup has been performed for manifest-to station during the 'MC Table Lookup Successful?' routine, when the lookup operation completes, the system executes logic to ensure that if lookup is successful, validate canadian customs code, otherwise set error flag 3 for invalid manifest port.
Given
MC table lookup has been performed for manifest-to station
When
The lookup operation completes
Then
If lookup is successful, validate Canadian customs code, otherwise set error flag 3 for invalid manifest port
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02085
Canadian Customs Code = '00000'?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming mc table lookup was successful for manifest-to station during the 'Canadian Customs Code = '00000'?' routine, when canadian customs code equals '00000', the system executes logic to ensure that set error flag 2 for invalid canadian customs code, otherwise proceed with station code update.
Given
MC table lookup was successful for manifest-to station
When
Canadian customs code equals '00000'
Then
Set error flag 2 for invalid Canadian customs code, otherwise proceed with station code update
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02086
Set Error Flag 2 - Invalid Canadian Customs Code
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If manifest-to station lookup was successful but canadian customs code is '00000', and invalid canadian customs code is detected occurs during the 'Set Error Flag 2 - Invalid Canadian Customs Code' routine, then the system must guarantee that set error flag 2 and save station name for error reporting.
EXCLUDING
Manifest-to station lookup was successful but Canadian customs code is '00000'
When
Invalid Canadian customs code is detected
Then
Set error flag 2 and save station name for error reporting
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02087
Set Error Flag 3 - Invalid Manifest Port
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming manifest-to station validation was attempted in mc table during the 'Set Error Flag 3 - Invalid Manifest Port' routine, when mc table lookup fails, the system executes logic to ensure that set error flag 3 and save station name for error reporting.
Given
Manifest-to station validation was attempted in MC table
When
MC table lookup fails
Then
Set error flag 3 and save station name for error reporting
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02088
Update Manifest-To Station Code
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming mc table lookup was successful and canadian customs code is valid during the 'Update Manifest-To Station Code' routine, when manifest-to station code update is required, the system executes logic to ensure that set manifest-to station code to canadian customs code from mc table.
Given
MC table lookup was successful and Canadian customs code is valid
When
Manifest-to station code update is required
Then
Set manifest-to station code to Canadian customs code from MC table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02089
Update Station Number and Call Letters
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming manifest-to station code has been successfully updated during the 'Update Station Number and Call Letters' routine, when additional station information update is required, the system executes logic to ensure that set destination station number for index and batch print call letters from mc table station data.
Given
Manifest-to station code has been successfully updated
When
Additional station information update is required
Then
Set destination station number for index and batch print call letters from MC table station data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00367
Move Broker Name from Crossing Table
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a crossing table lookup has been performed and broker data is available during the 'Move Broker Name from Crossing Table' routine, when the system processes broker information from the crossing table, the system executes logic to ensure that the broker name from the crossing table is assigned to the customs manifest broker name field.
Given
A crossing table lookup has been performed and broker data is available
When
The system processes broker information from the crossing table
Then
The broker name from the crossing table is assigned to the customs manifest broker name field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00368
Canadian Manifest-To Station Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming broker data has been retrieved from the crossing table during the 'Canadian Manifest-To Station Available?' routine, when the system checks if a canadian manifest-to station is specified in the crossing table data, the system executes logic to ensure that if the canadian manifest-to station field is not spaces, proceed with manifest-to station processing, otherwise skip the processing.
Given
Broker data has been retrieved from the crossing table
When
The system checks if a Canadian manifest-to station is specified in the crossing table data
Then
If the Canadian manifest-to station field is not spaces, proceed with manifest-to station processing, otherwise skip the processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00369
Reset Error Flags
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a canadian manifest-to station is specified in the crossing table during the 'Reset Error Flags' routine, when the system begins processing the broker-specified manifest-to station, the system executes logic to ensure that all three manifest-to station error flags (error-1, error-2, error-3) are reset to off status.
Given
A Canadian manifest-to station is specified in the crossing table
When
The system begins processing the broker-specified manifest-to station
Then
All three manifest-to station error flags (error-1, error-2, error-3) are reset to OFF status
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00370
Set Manifest-To Station Name
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the crossing table contains a valid canadian manifest-to station specification during the 'Set Manifest-To Station Name' routine, when the system processes the broker-specified manifest-to station, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest-to station name is updated with the canadian manifest-to station value from the crossing table.
Given
The crossing table contains a valid Canadian manifest-to station specification
When
The system processes the broker-specified manifest-to station
Then
The manifest-to station name is updated with the Canadian manifest-to station value from the crossing table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00371
Lookup MC Table for Station Code
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest-to station name has been set from broker data during the 'Lookup MC Table for Station Code' routine, when the system validates the manifest-to station, the system executes logic to ensure that a lookup is performed in the mc table using the manifest-to station name as the search key.
Given
A manifest-to station name has been set from broker data
When
The system validates the manifest-to station
Then
A lookup is performed in the MC table using the manifest-to station name as the search key
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00372
MC Table Lookup Successful?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a lookup has been performed in the mc table for the manifest-to station, and the mc table lookup is not successful occurs during the 'MC Table Lookup Successful?' routine, then the system must guarantee that error flag 3 is set to on status and the station sequence id is saved for error reporting.
EXCLUDING
A lookup has been performed in the MC table for the manifest-to station
When
The MC table lookup is not successful
Then
Error flag 3 is set to ON status and the station sequence ID is saved for error reporting
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00374
Set Station Information
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the mc table lookup was successful and the canadian customs code is valid during the 'Set Station Information' routine, when the system processes the valid station information, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest-to station code is set to the canadian customs code, the destination station number is set to the mc station number, and the batch print call letters are set to the mc call letters.
Given
The MC table lookup was successful and the Canadian customs code is valid
When
The system processes the valid station information
Then
The manifest-to station code is set to the Canadian customs code, the destination station number is set to the MC station number, and the batch print call letters are set to the MC call letters
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00380
Update Origin Station Name from Port
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment has action code 'rt' (return) and a manifest from station name during the 'Update Origin Station Name from Port' routine, when the system searches the port city state table for matching port name, the system executes logic to ensure that the origin station name should be updated with the port city and origin station state code should be updated with the port state.
Given
A shipment has action code 'RT' (Return) and a manifest from station name
When
The system searches the port city state table for matching port name
Then
The origin station name should be updated with the port city and origin station state code should be updated with the port state
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00384
Continue Processing
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a shipment does not have in-transit status of transit or return and has a sub-location error, and the system validates sub-location requirements occurs during the 'Continue Processing' routine, then the system must guarantee that an error message for invalid destination station sub-location code should be generated.
EXCLUDING
A shipment does not have in-transit status of TRANSIT or RETURN and has a sub-location error
When
The system validates sub-location requirements
Then
An error message for invalid destination station sub-location code should be generated
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00399
Check for Valid EDI BOL
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a waybill processing request is initiated, and the system checks for valid edi bol data by verifying origin road number is not zero occurs during the 'Check for Valid EDI BOL' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system sets edi bol availability status and extracts bol key from shipment mining data if available.
EXCLUDING
A waybill processing request is initiated
When
The system checks for valid EDI BOL data by verifying origin road number is not zero
Then
The system sets EDI BOL availability status and extracts BOL key from shipment mining data if available
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00400
Initialize Weight and Quantity Counters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming valid edi bol data is available for processing during the 'Initialize Weight and Quantity Counters' routine, when the system begins commodity quantity processing, the system executes logic to ensure that weight counter and quantity counter are both initialized to zero.
Given
Valid EDI BOL data is available for processing
When
The system begins commodity quantity processing
Then
Weight counter and quantity counter are both initialized to zero
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00401
Retrieve EBSBCCM Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol key is available and commodity sequence number is set during the 'Retrieve EBSBCCM Segment' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve commodity segment ebsbccm with type 'cm', the system executes logic to ensure that the system returns commodity segment data if found or sets not-found status if segment does not exist.
Given
EDI BOL key is available and commodity sequence number is set
When
The system attempts to retrieve commodity segment EBSBCCM with type 'CM'
Then
The system returns commodity segment data if found or sets not-found status if segment does not exist
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00402
Add Lading Quantity to Total
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a commodity segment is successfully retrieved from edi bol during the 'Add Lading Quantity to Total' routine, when the segment contains lading quantity data, the system executes logic to ensure that the lading quantity is added to the total quantity counter.
Given
A commodity segment is successfully retrieved from EDI BOL
When
The segment contains lading quantity data
Then
The lading quantity is added to the total quantity counter
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00403
Retrieve Weight from EBSBCCR Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the current commodity segment is the first segment in the sequence during the 'Retrieve Weight from EBSBCCR Segment' routine, when the system processes weight data for the commodity, the system executes logic to ensure that weight information is retrieved from ebsbccr segment with type 'cr' and dependent key 'cr001'.
Given
The current commodity segment is the first segment in the sequence
When
The system processes weight data for the commodity
Then
Weight information is retrieved from EBSBCCR segment with type 'CR' and dependent key 'CR001'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00404
Set Weight from N7-WEIGHT Field
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming weight segment ebsbccr is successfully retrieved during the 'Set Weight from N7-WEIGHT Field' routine, when the segment contains n7-weight field data, the system executes logic to ensure that the weight counter is set to the n7-weight field value.
Given
Weight segment EBSBCCR is successfully retrieved
When
The segment contains N7-WEIGHT field data
Then
The weight counter is set to the N7-WEIGHT field value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00405
Set Weight to Zero
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming weight segment ebsbccr cannot be retrieved from edi bol during the 'Set Weight to Zero' routine, when the system processes the first commodity segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the weight counter is set to zero.
Given
Weight segment EBSBCCR cannot be retrieved from EDI BOL
When
The system processes the first commodity segment
Then
The weight counter is set to zero
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00407
Set Quantity Qualifier from Lading Data
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming commodity segment contains lading quantity qualifier data during the 'Set Quantity Qualifier from Lading Data' routine, when the system processes the first commodity segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the quantity qualifier is set to the lading quantity qualifier from the edi data.
Given
Commodity segment contains lading quantity qualifier data
When
The system processes the first commodity segment
Then
The quantity qualifier is set to the lading quantity qualifier from the EDI data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00408
Use Fastway SHIPCOMM Data as Fallback
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming edi processing results in both weight and quantity being zero during the 'Use Fastway SHIPCOMM Data as Fallback' routine, when the system needs commodity data for the shipment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves commodity data from fastway shipcomm segments as fallback.
Given
EDI processing results in both weight and quantity being zero
When
The system needs commodity data for the shipment
Then
The system retrieves commodity data from Fastway SHIPCOMM segments as fallback
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00409
Retrieve First SHIPCOMM Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming fastway data is being used as fallback for commodity information during the 'Retrieve First SHIPCOMM Segment' routine, when the system retrieves the first shipcomm segment using 'gu' function, the system executes logic to ensure that the first commodity segment data is returned if available.
Given
Fastway data is being used as fallback for commodity information
When
The system retrieves the first SHIPCOMM segment using 'GU' function
Then
The first commodity segment data is returned if available
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00410
Add Units from SHIPCOMM to Total
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming fastway shipcomm segment is successfully retrieved during the 'Add Units from SHIPCOMM to Total' routine, when the segment contains number of units data, the system executes logic to ensure that the number of units is added to the total quantity counter.
Given
Fastway SHIPCOMM segment is successfully retrieved
When
The segment contains number of units data
Then
The number of units is added to the total quantity counter
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00412
Add Weight Based on Metric Indicator
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming fastway shipcomm segment contains weight data during the 'Add Weight Based on Metric Indicator' routine, when the shipment root metric indicator is 'm' or 'l', the system executes logic to ensure that metric commodity weight is added to total weight, otherwise standard commodity weight is added.
Given
Fastway SHIPCOMM segment contains weight data
When
The shipment root metric indicator is 'M' or 'L'
Then
Metric commodity weight is added to total weight, otherwise standard commodity weight is added
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00413
Get Next SHIPCOMM Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming first fastway shipcomm segment has been processed during the 'Get Next SHIPCOMM Segment' routine, when the system continues processing additional commodity segments using 'gn' function, the system executes logic to ensure that additional commodity segments are retrieved and processed until no more segments are found.
Given
First Fastway SHIPCOMM segment has been processed
When
The system continues processing additional commodity segments using 'GN' function
Then
Additional commodity segments are retrieved and processed until no more segments are found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00419
Check for Valid EDI BOL
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a waybill processing request with origin road number during the 'Check for Valid EDI BOL' routine, when the system checks for valid edi bol data by looking up shipmin segment with type 'e' and sequence '1', the system executes logic to ensure that if edi bol data is found, extract the edi bol key for further processing, otherwise mark as invalid edi bol.
Given
A waybill processing request with origin road number
When
The system checks for valid EDI BOL data by looking up SHIPMIN segment with type 'E' and sequence '1'
Then
If EDI BOL data is found, extract the EDI BOL key for further processing, otherwise mark as invalid EDI BOL
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00420
Initialize Weight Counters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming valid edi bol data is available during the 'Initialize Weight Counters' routine, when starting weight processing for commodity segments, the system executes logic to ensure that initialize commodity weight counter to zero and number of units counter to zero.
Given
Valid EDI BOL data is available
When
Starting weight processing for commodity segments
Then
Initialize commodity weight counter to zero and number of units counter to zero
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00421
Get EBSBCCM Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol key and commodity sequence number during the 'Get EBSBCCM Segment' routine, when attempting to retrieve ebsbccm segment with type 'cm' for the current sequence, the system executes logic to ensure that if segment is found, mark as found for processing, otherwise mark as not found.
Given
EDI BOL key and commodity sequence number
When
Attempting to retrieve EBSBCCM segment with type 'CM' for the current sequence
Then
If segment is found, mark as found for processing, otherwise mark as not found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00422
Add Lading Quantity to Total
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid commodity segment with lading quantity during the 'Add Lading Quantity to Total' routine, when processing the commodity segment for weight calculation, the system executes logic to ensure that add the l0-lading-qty value to the total number of units counter.
Given
A valid commodity segment with lading quantity
When
Processing the commodity segment for weight calculation
Then
Add the L0-LADING-QTY value to the total number of units counter
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00423
Get EBSBCCR Weight Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the first commodity segment in the sequence during the 'Get EBSBCCR Weight Segment' routine, when processing weight data for the commodity, the system executes logic to ensure that retrieve ebsbccr segment with type 'cr' and dependent key 'cr001' to get weight information.
Given
The first commodity segment in the sequence
When
Processing weight data for the commodity
Then
Retrieve EBSBCCR segment with type 'CR' and dependent key 'CR001' to get weight information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00424
Extract Total Weight from N7-WEIGHT
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid ebsbccr weight segment during the 'Extract Total Weight from N7-WEIGHT' routine, when processing weight data from the segment, the system executes logic to ensure that move the n7-weight value to the commodity weight counter.
Given
A valid EBSBCCR weight segment
When
Processing weight data from the segment
Then
Move the N7-WEIGHT value to the commodity weight counter
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00425
Set Weight to Zero
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming no valid ebsbccr weight segment found during the 'Set Weight to Zero' routine, when processing weight data for the first commodity segment, the system executes logic to ensure that set the commodity weight counter to zero.
Given
No valid EBSBCCR weight segment found
When
Processing weight data for the first commodity segment
Then
Set the commodity weight counter to zero
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00426
Check Metric Indicator
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming weight data from commodity segment during the 'Check Metric Indicator' routine, when setting weight unit for the shipment, the system executes logic to ensure that if metric indicator is 'm' or 'l', set weight unit to kg, otherwise set to lb.
Given
Weight data from commodity segment
When
Setting weight unit for the shipment
Then
If metric indicator is 'M' or 'L', set weight unit to KG, otherwise set to LB
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00427
Set Quantity Qualifier from Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid commodity segment with quantity qualifier during the 'Set Quantity Qualifier from Segment' routine, when processing the first commodity segment, the system executes logic to ensure that move the l0-lading-qty-qual to the lading quantity qualifier field.
Given
A valid commodity segment with quantity qualifier
When
Processing the first commodity segment
Then
Move the L0-LADING-QTY-QUAL to the lading quantity qualifier field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00428
Use Fastway SHIPCOMM Data
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming no valid edi bol data or zero weight and quantity from edi processing during the 'Use Fastway SHIPCOMM Data' routine, when attempting to get weight and quantity information, the system executes logic to ensure that retrieve weight and quantity from shipcomm segments using 'gu' and 'gn' functions, set quantity qualifier to 'pcs', and use metric or standard weight based on metric indicator.
Given
No valid EDI BOL data or zero weight and quantity from EDI processing
When
Attempting to get weight and quantity information
Then
Retrieve weight and quantity from SHIPCOMM segments using 'GU' and 'GN' functions, set quantity qualifier to 'PCS', and use metric or standard weight based on metric indicator
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00429
Validate Final Weight
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming calculated weight from edi or fastway data during the 'Validate Final Weight' routine, when finalizing weight for customs manifest, the system executes logic to ensure that if weight is greater than zero, use the calculated weight, otherwise set default weight to '00000001'.
Given
Calculated weight from EDI or Fastway data
When
Finalizing weight for customs manifest
Then
If weight is greater than zero, use the calculated weight, otherwise set default weight to '00000001'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00430
Validate Quantity
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming calculated quantity from edi or fastway data during the 'Validate Quantity' routine, when finalizing quantity for customs manifest, the system executes logic to ensure that if quantity is greater than zero, use the calculated quantity, otherwise set default quantity to 1.
Given
Calculated quantity from EDI or Fastway data
When
Finalizing quantity for customs manifest
Then
If quantity is greater than zero, use the calculated quantity, otherwise set default quantity to 1
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00432
Check EDI BOL Data Availability
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a waybill processing request is initiated, and the system checks for edi bol data availability by verifying if origin road number is not zero occurs during the 'Check EDI BOL Data Availability' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system sets the edi bol validity flag and retrieves the edi bol key if data is available.
EXCLUDING
A waybill processing request is initiated
When
The system checks for EDI BOL data availability by verifying if origin road number is not zero
Then
The system sets the EDI BOL validity flag and retrieves the EDI BOL key if data is available
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00433
EDI BOL Weight/Quantity Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data is available and weight/quantity processing is required during the 'EDI BOL Weight/Quantity Found?' routine, when the system retrieves edi bol commodity records and finds valid weight and quantity data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system uses edi bol weight, quantity, and quantity qualifier data for manifest creation.
Given
EDI BOL data is available and weight/quantity processing is required
When
The system retrieves EDI BOL commodity records and finds valid weight and quantity data
Then
The system uses EDI BOL weight, quantity, and quantity qualifier data for manifest creation
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00434
Initialize Fastway Data Retrieval
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol weight and quantity data is not available or weight and quantity are both zero, and the system needs to obtain weight and quantity information occurs during the 'Initialize Fastway Data Retrieval' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system initializes fastway shipcomm data retrieval and sets the get function to 'gu' for first record.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL weight and quantity data is not available or weight and quantity are both zero
When
The system needs to obtain weight and quantity information
Then
The system initializes Fastway SHIPCOMM data retrieval and sets the get function to 'GU' for first record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00443
Quantity Qualifier Empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo manifest is being processed during the 'Quantity Qualifier Empty?' routine, when the quantity qualifier field is empty or contains only spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates a required field error message for quantity qualifier.
Given
A cargo manifest is being processed
When
The quantity qualifier field is empty or contains only spaces
Then
The system generates a required field error message for quantity qualifier
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00444
Lookup Quantity Qualifier in MU Table
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo manifest has a non-empty quantity qualifier during the 'Lookup Quantity Qualifier in MU Table' routine, when the system looks up the quantity qualifier in the mu (measurement units) table, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves the corresponding measurement unit record if it exists.
Given
A cargo manifest has a non-empty quantity qualifier
When
The system looks up the quantity qualifier in the MU (Measurement Units) table
Then
The system retrieves the corresponding measurement unit record if it exists
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00445
Found in MU Table?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a quantity qualifier has been looked up in the mu table, and the quantity qualifier is not found in the measurement units reference table occurs during the 'Found in MU Table?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system generates a 'not found on mu table' error message.
EXCLUDING
A quantity qualifier has been looked up in the MU table
When
The quantity qualifier is not found in the measurement units reference table
Then
The system generates a 'not found on MU table' error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00447
Initialize Shipper Record Structure
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a customs manifest creation process is initiated during the 'Initialize Shipper Record Structure' routine, when the system begins building shipper record information, the system executes logic to ensure that a new shipper record structure is initialized with empty values.
Given
A customs manifest creation process is initiated
When
The system begins building shipper record information
Then
A new shipper record structure is initialized with empty values
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00449
Check EDI BOL HN Segment Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipper record needs to be populated with data during the 'Check EDI BOL HN Segment Available?' routine, when the system checks for availability of edi bol hn segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that if edi bol hn segment is found, use edi data source, otherwise use fastway shipper data.
Given
A shipper record needs to be populated with data
When
The system checks for availability of EDI BOL HN segment data
Then
If EDI BOL HN segment is found, use EDI data source, otherwise use Fastway shipper data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00450
Extract Shipper Name from EDI BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol hn segment data is available during the 'Extract Shipper Name from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes shipper name information, the system executes logic to ensure that the shipper name is extracted from f1-consignor-name field in the edi bol data.
Given
EDI BOL HN segment data is available
When
The system processes shipper name information
Then
The shipper name is extracted from F1-CONSIGNOR-NAME field in the EDI BOL data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00451
Extract Shipper CHOP Code from EDI BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol hn segment data is available during the 'Extract Shipper CHOP Code from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes shipper identification codes, the system executes logic to ensure that the shipper chop code is extracted from f1-shpr-chop field in the edi bol data.
Given
EDI BOL HN segment data is available
When
The system processes shipper identification codes
Then
The shipper CHOP code is extracted from F1-SHPR-CHOP field in the EDI BOL data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00453
Check EDI BOL HA Address Segment?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming shipper record is being populated from edi bol data source during the 'Check EDI BOL HA Address Segment?' routine, when the system needs to populate address information, the system executes logic to ensure that if edi bol ha address segment is available, use edi address data, otherwise use fastway address data.
Given
Shipper record is being populated from EDI BOL data source
When
The system needs to populate address information
Then
If EDI BOL HA address segment is available, use EDI address data, otherwise use Fastway address data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00454
Extract Address from EDI BOL HA Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol ha address segment is available during the 'Extract Address from EDI BOL HA Segment' routine, when the system processes shipper address information, the system executes logic to ensure that address line 1 is extracted from f2-addl-name-addr-1 and address line 2 from f2-addl-name-addr-2.
Given
EDI BOL HA address segment is available
When
The system processes shipper address information
Then
Address line 1 is extracted from F2-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-1 and address line 2 from F2-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-2
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00455
Use Fastway Shipper Address Data
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol ha address segment is not available, and the system needs shipper address information occurs during the 'Use Fastway Shipper Address Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that address information is extracted from fastway shpr-addr fields.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL HA address segment is not available
When
The system needs shipper address information
Then
Address information is extracted from Fastway SHPR-ADDR fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00456
Check EDI BOL HC City/State Segment?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming shipper address information is being processed during the 'Check EDI BOL HC City/State Segment?' routine, when the system needs city, state, and postal code information, the system executes logic to ensure that if edi bol hc city/state segment is available, use edi data, otherwise parse fastway address data.
Given
Shipper address information is being processed
When
The system needs city, state, and postal code information
Then
If EDI BOL HC city/state segment is available, use EDI data, otherwise parse Fastway address data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00457
Extract City/State/Postal from EDI BOL HC
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol hc city/state segment is available during the 'Extract City/State/Postal from EDI BOL HC' routine, when the system processes shipper location information, the system executes logic to ensure that city name is extracted from f4-city-name, state code from f4-state-prov-code, postal code from f4-postal-code, and country code from f4-country-code.
Given
EDI BOL HC city/state segment is available
When
The system processes shipper location information
Then
City name is extracted from F4-CITY-NAME, state code from F4-STATE-PROV-CODE, postal code from F4-POSTAL-CODE, and country code from F4-COUNTRY-CODE
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00458
Parse Fastway Address for City/State/Postal
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol hc segment is not available and fastway address data exists, and the system needs to extract location components occurs during the 'Parse Fastway Address for City/State/Postal' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system parses shpr-addr field to extract city name, state/province code, and postal code components.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL HC segment is not available and Fastway address data exists
When
The system needs to extract location components
Then
The system parses SHPR-ADDR field to extract city name, state/province code, and postal code components
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00460
Check EDI BOL GP Contact Segment?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming shipper record is being populated with contact information during the 'Check EDI BOL GP Contact Segment?' routine, when the system checks for available contact data sources, the system executes logic to ensure that if edi bol gp contact segment is available, extract contact information, otherwise proceed without contact details.
Given
Shipper record is being populated with contact information
When
The system checks for available contact data sources
Then
If EDI BOL GP contact segment is available, extract contact information, otherwise proceed without contact details
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00461
Extract Contact Information from EDI BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol gp contact segment is available during the 'Extract Contact Information from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes shipper contact information, the system executes logic to ensure that contact function code is extracted from per-contact-func-code, contact name from per-name, communication number qualifier from per-commun-no-qual, and communication number from per-commun-number.
Given
EDI BOL GP contact segment is available
When
The system processes shipper contact information
Then
Contact function code is extracted from PER-CONTACT-FUNC-CODE, contact name from PER-NAME, communication number qualifier from PER-COMMUN-NO-QUAL, and communication number from PER-COMMUN-NUMBER
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00462
Use Fastway Shipper Data
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol hn segment is not available, and the system needs to populate shipper information occurs during the 'Use Fastway Shipper Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system uses fastway shiproot data as the primary source for shipper information.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL HN segment is not available
When
The system needs to populate shipper information
Then
The system uses Fastway SHIPROOT data as the primary source for shipper information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00466
Parse Fastway City/State Information
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming fastway data is being used for shipper location information during the 'Parse Fastway City/State Information' routine, when the system processes city and state information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system parses shpr-addr(2) to extract city name, state/province code, and postal code, then determines country code through state lookup.
Given
Fastway data is being used for shipper location information
When
The system processes city and state information
Then
The system parses SHPR-ADDR(2) to extract city name, state/province code, and postal code, then determines country code through state lookup
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00467
Validate Shipper Record Data
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming shipper record has been populated with data from either edi bol or fastway sources during the 'Validate Shipper Record Data' routine, when the system performs data validation, the system executes logic to ensure that all required shipper fields are validated for completeness and format compliance according to customs requirements.
Given
Shipper record has been populated with data from either EDI BOL or Fastway sources
When
The system performs data validation
Then
All required shipper fields are validated for completeness and format compliance according to customs requirements
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00470
Search for EDI BOL Consignee Data CN Segment
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol key exists for the shipment during the 'Search for EDI BOL Consignee Data CN Segment' routine, when the system searches for consignee name data in edi bol cn segment type '01', the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the consignee data found flag based on whether the cn segment exists.
Given
An EDI BOL key exists for the shipment
When
The system searches for consignee name data in EDI BOL CN segment type '01'
Then
The system sets the consignee data found flag based on whether the CN segment exists
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00471
Extract Consignee Name and CHOP from EDI
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol cn segment data is found for the shipment during the 'Extract Consignee Name and CHOP from EDI' routine, when the system processes the consignee name information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets entity id to 'cn', extracts shipper name to consignee name field, and sets the consignee chop code.
Given
EDI BOL CN segment data is found for the shipment
When
The system processes the consignee name information
Then
The system sets entity ID to 'CN', extracts shipper name to consignee name field, and sets the consignee CHOP code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00472
Search for EDI Address Data CA Segment
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol consignee name data has been found during the 'Search for EDI Address Data CA Segment' routine, when the system searches for address data in edi bol ca segment for consignee type, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the address data found flag based on whether the ca segment exists.
Given
EDI BOL consignee name data has been found
When
The system searches for address data in EDI BOL CA segment for consignee type
Then
The system sets the address data found flag based on whether the CA segment exists
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00473
Extract Address from EDI BOL
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol ca segment address data is found during the 'Extract Address from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes the address information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts address line 1 and 2, and if address line 1 is blank, sets it to 'na'.
Given
EDI BOL CA segment address data is found
When
The system processes the address information
Then
The system extracts address line 1 and 2, and if address line 1 is blank, sets it to 'NA'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00474
Use Fastway Address Data
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol ca segment address data is not found, and the system needs address information for the consignee occurs during the 'Use Fastway Address Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system uses consignee address from fastway data and if blank, sets address line 1 to 'na' and clears address line 2.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL CA segment address data is not found
When
The system needs address information for the consignee
Then
The system uses consignee address from Fastway data and if blank, sets address line 1 to 'NA' and clears address line 2
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00475
Search for EDI City/State Data CC Segment
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming address information has been processed for the consignee during the 'Search for EDI City/State Data CC Segment' routine, when the system searches for city/state data in edi bol cc segment for consignee type, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the city/state data found flag based on whether the cc segment exists.
Given
Address information has been processed for the consignee
When
The system searches for city/state data in EDI BOL CC segment for consignee type
Then
The system sets the city/state data found flag based on whether the CC segment exists
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00476
Extract City/State/Postal/Country from EDI
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol cc segment city/state data is found during the 'Extract City/State/Postal/Country from EDI' routine, when the system processes the geographic information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code from the edi data.
Given
EDI BOL CC segment city/state data is found
When
The system processes the geographic information
Then
The system extracts city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code from the EDI data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00477
Use Fastway City/State Data
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol cc segment city/state data is not found, and the system needs geographic information for the consignee occurs during the 'Use Fastway City/State Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system parses fastway consignee address data to extract city, state/province, postal code, and determines country from state lookup table.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL CC segment city/state data is not found
When
The system needs geographic information for the consignee
Then
The system parses Fastway consignee address data to extract city, state/province, postal code, and determines country from state lookup table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00478
Search for EDI Contact Data GP Segment
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming geographic information has been processed for the consignee during the 'Search for EDI Contact Data GP Segment' routine, when the system searches for contact data in edi bol gp segment for consignee type, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the contact data found flag based on whether the gp segment exists.
Given
Geographic information has been processed for the consignee
When
The system searches for contact data in EDI BOL GP segment for consignee type
Then
The system sets the contact data found flag based on whether the GP segment exists
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00479
Extract Contact Information from EDI
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol gp segment contact data is found during the 'Extract Contact Information from EDI' routine, when the system processes the contact information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts contact function code, contact name, communication number qualifier, and communication number from the edi data.
Given
EDI BOL GP segment contact data is found
When
The system processes the contact information
Then
The system extracts contact function code, contact name, communication number qualifier, and communication number from the EDI data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00480
Use Fastway Consignee Data
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol cn segment consignee data is not found, and the system needs consignee information occurs during the 'Use Fastway Consignee Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system uses consignee chop code, sets entity id to 'cn', and extracts consignee name from fastway shipment data.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL CN segment consignee data is not found
When
The system needs consignee information
Then
The system uses consignee CHOP code, sets entity ID to 'CN', and extracts consignee name from Fastway shipment data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00481
Validate Consignee Record Data
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming all consignee data has been extracted from available sources during the 'Validate Consignee Record Data' routine, when the system validates the consignee record, the system executes logic to ensure that the system performs n1 segment validation including entity id, name, address, city/state/postal/country, and contact information validation.
Given
All consignee data has been extracted from available sources
When
The system validates the consignee record
Then
The system performs N1 segment validation including entity ID, name, address, city/state/postal/country, and contact information validation
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00483
Build SF Stuffer Entity Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol contains stuffer entity data with type pn during the 'Build SF Stuffer Entity Segment' routine, when the system processes the stuffer entity segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates an sf entity record with name, address, city, state, postal code, country, and contact information from the edi data.
Given
An EDI BOL contains stuffer entity data with type PN
When
The system processes the stuffer entity segment
Then
The system creates an SF entity record with name, address, city, state, postal code, country, and contact information from the EDI data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00484
Build UC Ultimate Consignee Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol contains ultimate consignee entity data with type un during the 'Build UC Ultimate Consignee Segment' routine, when the system processes the ultimate consignee entity segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates a uc entity record with name, address, city, state, postal code, country, and contact information from the edi data, defaulting address to 'na' if not provided.
Given
An EDI BOL contains ultimate consignee entity data with type UN
When
The system processes the ultimate consignee entity segment
Then
The system creates a UC entity record with name, address, city, state, postal code, country, and contact information from the EDI data, defaulting address to 'NA' if not provided
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00485
Build BN Beneficial Owner Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol contains beneficial owner entity data with type bn and organization id bn during the 'Build BN Beneficial Owner Segment' routine, when the system processes the beneficial owner entity segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates a bn entity record with name, consignee chop code, address, city, state, postal code, and country information from the edi data.
Given
An EDI BOL contains beneficial owner entity data with type BN and organization ID BN
When
The system processes the beneficial owner entity segment
Then
The system creates a BN entity record with name, consignee chop code, address, city, state, postal code, and country information from the EDI data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00486
Build C1 Carrier Entity Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol contains transportation data with organization id c1 during the 'Build C1 Carrier Entity Segment' routine, when the system processes the carrier entity segment from edi, the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates a c1 entity record with organization id, name, address, city, state, postal code, country, and contact information from the edi transportation data.
Given
An EDI BOL contains transportation data with organization ID C1
When
The system processes the carrier entity segment from EDI
Then
The system creates a C1 entity record with organization ID, name, address, city, state, postal code, country, and contact information from the EDI transportation data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00487
Build C1 Carrier Entity Segment
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming no edi transportation data exists for c1 organization id and the consignee data code in fastway shipment data equals 'c' during the 'Build C1 Carrier Entity Segment' routine, when the system processes the carrier entity segment from fastway, the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates a c1 entity record using consignee data from fastway shipment with name, address, city, state, postal code, and country information.
Given
No EDI transportation data exists for C1 organization ID AND the consignee data code in Fastway shipment data equals 'C'
When
The system processes the carrier entity segment from Fastway
Then
The system creates a C1 entity record using consignee data from Fastway shipment with name, address, city, state, postal code, and country information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00488
Build N1 Notify Party Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol contains transportation data with organization id n1 during the 'Build N1 Notify Party Segment' routine, when the system processes the notify party entity segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates an n1 entity record with organization id, name, address, city, state, postal code, country, and contact information from the edi transportation data.
Given
An EDI BOL contains transportation data with organization ID N1
When
The system processes the notify party entity segment
Then
The system creates an N1 entity record with organization ID, name, address, city, state, postal code, country, and contact information from the EDI transportation data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00489
Build PF/SS Entity Segments from MCOA
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol contains mcoa segment data with organization id of pf or ss during the 'Build PF/SS Entity Segments from MCOA' routine, when the system processes the mcoa entity segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates a pf or ss entity record with organization id, name, id code qualifier, id code, address, city, state, postal code, and country information from the mcoa data, defaulting address to 'na' if not provided.
Given
An EDI BOL contains MCOA segment data with organization ID of PF or SS
When
The system processes the MCOA entity segment
Then
The system creates a PF or SS entity record with organization ID, name, ID code qualifier, ID code, address, city, state, postal code, and country information from the MCOA data, defaulting address to 'NA' if not provided
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00490
Build Additional Entity Segments
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol contains transportation data with organization ids 11, mc, oo, or fw during the 'Build Additional Entity Segments' routine, when the system processes each additional entity segment type, the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates entity records for each found organization type with organization id, name, address, city, state, postal code, country, and contact information from the edi transportation data.
Given
An EDI BOL contains transportation data with organization IDs 11, MC, OO, or FW
When
The system processes each additional entity segment type
Then
The system creates entity records for each found organization type with organization ID, name, address, city, state, postal code, country, and contact information from the EDI transportation data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00491
Build NN Entity Segments
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol contains named entity data with type nn and the entity id code is valid according to predefined entity id values during the 'Build NN Entity Segments' routine, when the system processes the named entity segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates an nn entity record with entity id code, name, consignee chop code, address, city, state, postal code, and country information from the edi data.
Given
An EDI BOL contains named entity data with type NN AND the entity ID code is valid according to predefined entity ID values
When
The system processes the named entity segment
Then
The system creates an NN entity record with entity ID code, name, consignee chop code, address, city, state, postal code, and country information from the EDI data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00492
Validate All N1 Segments
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 entity segment is being processed during the 'Validate All N1 Segments' routine, when the address information is validated, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets address line 1 to 'na' if it is spaces or low-values, and ensures all address components are properly populated.
Given
An N1 entity segment is being processed
When
The address information is validated
Then
The system sets address line 1 to 'NA' if it is spaces or low-values, and ensures all address components are properly populated
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00493
Store N1 Segments in Database
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a validated n1 entity segment exists and the sequence index is within the maximum allowed range during the 'Store N1 Segments in Database' routine, when the system stores the entity segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system assigns the ccn key, record type 55, current sequence number, and stores the segment data in the database array.
Given
A validated N1 entity segment exists AND the sequence index is within the maximum allowed range
When
The system stores the entity segment
Then
The system assigns the CCN key, record type 55, current sequence number, and stores the segment data in the database array
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02090
Build SF - Stuffer Entity
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol with potential pn segment data for stuffer entity during the 'Build SF - Stuffer Entity' routine, when the system processes the pn segment for stuffer information, the system executes logic to ensure that if pn segment is found, extract stuffer name and create sf entity record with address from pa and pc segments and contact from gp segment.
Given
An EDI BOL with potential PN segment data for stuffer entity
When
The system processes the PN segment for stuffer information
Then
If PN segment is found, extract stuffer name and create SF entity record with address from PA and PC segments and contact from GP segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02091
Build UC - Ultimate Consignee
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol with potential un segment data for ultimate consignee entity during the 'Build UC - Ultimate Consignee' routine, when the system processes the un segment for ultimate consignee information, the system executes logic to ensure that if un segment is found, extract ultimate consignee name and create uc entity record with address from ua and uc segments and contact from gp segment.
Given
An EDI BOL with potential UN segment data for ultimate consignee entity
When
The system processes the UN segment for ultimate consignee information
Then
If UN segment is found, extract ultimate consignee name and create UC entity record with address from UA and UC segments and contact from GP segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02092
Build BN - Beneficial Owner
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol with potential bn segment data for beneficial owner entity during the 'Build BN - Beneficial Owner' routine, when the system processes the bn segment for beneficial owner information, the system executes logic to ensure that if bn segment is found, extract beneficial owner name and create bn entity record with address from bt and by segments.
Given
An EDI BOL with potential BN segment data for beneficial owner entity
When
The system processes the BN segment for beneficial owner information
Then
If BN segment is found, extract beneficial owner name and create BN entity record with address from BT and BY segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02093
Build C1 - Carrier Entity
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol with potential tn segment containing c1 organization id or fastway shipment data with consignee code c during the 'Build C1 - Carrier Entity' routine, when the system processes carrier entity information, the system executes logic to ensure that if tn segment with c1 is found, extract carrier information with address from t2 and ta segments and contact from t3 segment, otherwise if consignee data code is c, use fastway consignee data.
Given
An EDI BOL with potential TN segment containing C1 organization ID or Fastway shipment data with consignee code C
When
The system processes carrier entity information
Then
If TN segment with C1 is found, extract carrier information with address from T2 and TA segments and contact from T3 segment, otherwise if consignee data code is C, use Fastway consignee data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02094
Build N1 - Notify Party
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol with potential tn segment containing n1 organization id during the 'Build N1 - Notify Party' routine, when the system processes the tn segment for notify party information, the system executes logic to ensure that if tn segment with n1 is found, extract notify party information and create n1 entity record.
Given
An EDI BOL with potential TN segment containing N1 organization ID
When
The system processes the TN segment for notify party information
Then
If TN segment with N1 is found, extract notify party information and create N1 entity record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02095
Build PF/SS - Payment/Service
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol with potential mcoa segment data for payment entities during the 'Build PF/SS - Payment/Service' routine, when the system processes mcoa segment with organization id pf or ss, the system executes logic to ensure that if mcoa segment is found with pf or ss organization id, extract entity information with address from on and oc segments.
Given
An EDI BOL with potential MCOA segment data for payment entities
When
The system processes MCOA segment with organization ID PF or SS
Then
If MCOA segment is found with PF or SS organization ID, extract entity information with address from ON and OC segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02096
Build Additional Entities
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol with tn segments containing organization ids 11, mc, oo, or fw during the 'Build Additional Entities' routine, when the system processes tn segments for these entity types, the system executes logic to ensure that extract entity information and create corresponding entity records with address and contact details.
Given
An EDI BOL with TN segments containing organization IDs 11, MC, OO, or FW
When
The system processes TN segments for these entity types
Then
Extract entity information and create corresponding entity records with address and contact details
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02097
Build NN Entity Segments
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol with nn segments containing various entity ids during the 'Build NN Entity Segments' routine, when the system processes nn segments for named entities, the system executes logic to ensure that if nn segment is found with valid entity id, extract entity information with address from gc and ga segments, otherwise reset variables if not found.
Given
An EDI BOL with NN segments containing various entity IDs
When
The system processes NN segments for named entities
Then
If NN segment is found with valid entity ID, extract entity information with address from GC and GA segments, otherwise reset variables if not found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02098
Entity ID Valid?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity record with sequence number greater than 2 and entity id code during the 'Entity ID Valid?' routine, when the system validates the entity id code, the system executes logic to ensure that if entity id is not empty and not in valid values list or is shipper, consignee, or customs broker, add invalid entity id error message.
Given
An entity record with sequence number greater than 2 and entity ID code
When
The system validates the entity ID code
Then
If entity ID is not empty and not in valid values list or is shipper, consignee, or customs broker, add invalid entity ID error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02099
Name Required?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity record with entity id code specified during the 'Name Required?' routine, when the system validates the entity name field, the system executes logic to ensure that if entity id is not empty and name is empty, add required name field error message.
Given
An entity record with entity ID code specified
When
The system validates the entity name field
Then
If entity ID is not empty and name is empty, add required name field error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02100
Set Default Address to NA
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity record with entity id specified during the 'Set Default Address to NA' routine, when the system validates the address field, the system executes logic to ensure that if entity id is not empty and address line 1 is empty, add required address error message and set default address to na if address is empty.
Given
An entity record with entity ID specified
When
The system validates the address field
Then
If entity ID is not empty and address line 1 is empty, add required address error message and set default address to NA if address is empty
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02101
Validate City Length >= 2
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity record with city name provided during the 'Validate City Length >= 2' routine, when the system validates the city name length, the system executes logic to ensure that if city name is empty, add required city error message, otherwise if city name length is less than 2 characters, add minimum length error message.
Given
An entity record with city name provided
When
The system validates the city name length
Then
If city name is empty, add required city error message, otherwise if city name length is less than 2 characters, add minimum length error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02102
Validate Postal Code Length >= 3
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity record with postal code provided during the 'Validate Postal Code Length >= 3' routine, when the system validates the postal code length, the system executes logic to ensure that if postal code is not empty and length is less than 3 characters, add minimum length error message.
Given
An entity record with postal code provided
When
The system validates the postal code length
Then
If postal code is not empty and length is less than 3 characters, add minimum length error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02103
Validate State/Country Combination
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity record with country code canada, usa, or mexico and state/province code during the 'Validate State/Country Combination' routine, when the system validates the state/country combination, the system executes logic to ensure that if country is canada, usa, or mexico and state/province is empty, add required state error message, otherwise if state/province does not match country in lookup table, add invalid state error message, and if country is empty, derive country from state lookup.
Given
An entity record with country code Canada, USA, or Mexico and state/province code
When
The system validates the state/country combination
Then
If country is Canada, USA, or Mexico and state/province is empty, add required state error message, otherwise if state/province does not match country in lookup table, add invalid state error message, and if country is empty, derive country from state lookup
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02104
Validate Entity Data
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity record with contact information including communication qualifier and number during the 'Validate Entity Data' routine, when the system validates the communication data, the system executes logic to ensure that if communication qualifier is empty and contact name or communication number is provided, add required qualifier error message, and if qualifier is not empty, fx, or te, add invalid qualifier error message, and if qualifier or contact name is provided but communication number is empty, add required communication number error message.
Given
An entity record with contact information including communication qualifier and number
When
The system validates the communication data
Then
If communication qualifier is empty and contact name or communication number is provided, add required qualifier error message, and if qualifier is not empty, FX, or TE, add invalid qualifier error message, and if qualifier or contact name is provided but communication number is empty, add required communication number error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02492
Build SF - Stuffer Entity
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol contains stuffer entity data with entity id 'pn' during the 'Build SF - Stuffer Entity' routine, when processing stuffer entity segment, the system executes logic to ensure that create sf entity record with name, address, city/state/postal, and contact information from edi data.
Given
EDI BOL contains stuffer entity data with entity ID 'PN'
When
Processing stuffer entity segment
Then
Create SF entity record with name, address, city/state/postal, and contact information from EDI data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02493
Build UC - Ultimate Consignee Entity
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol contains ultimate consignee entity data with entity id 'un' during the 'Build UC - Ultimate Consignee Entity' routine, when processing ultimate consignee entity segment, the system executes logic to ensure that create uc entity record with name, address, city/state/postal, and contact information from edi data.
Given
EDI BOL contains ultimate consignee entity data with entity ID 'UN'
When
Processing ultimate consignee entity segment
Then
Create UC entity record with name, address, city/state/postal, and contact information from EDI data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02494
Build BN - Beneficial Owner Entity
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol contains beneficial owner entity data with organization id 'bn' during the 'Build BN - Beneficial Owner Entity' routine, when processing beneficial owner entity segment, the system executes logic to ensure that create bn entity record with name, address, city/state/postal information from transportation data.
Given
EDI BOL contains beneficial owner entity data with organization ID 'BN'
When
Processing beneficial owner entity segment
Then
Create BN entity record with name, address, city/state/postal information from transportation data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02495
Build C1 - Carrier Entity
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming edi transportation data contains organization id 'c1' or fastway consignee data code is 'c' during the 'Build C1 - Carrier Entity' routine, when processing carrier entity segment, the system executes logic to ensure that create c1 entity record with name, address, city/state/postal, and contact information from available data source.
Given
EDI transportation data contains organization ID 'C1' OR Fastway consignee data code is 'C'
When
Processing carrier entity segment
Then
Create C1 entity record with name, address, city/state/postal, and contact information from available data source
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02496
Build N1 - Notify Party Entity
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi transportation data contains organization id 'n1' during the 'Build N1 - Notify Party Entity' routine, when processing notify party entity segment, the system executes logic to ensure that create n1 entity record with name, address, city/state/postal, and contact information.
Given
EDI transportation data contains organization ID 'N1'
When
Processing notify party entity segment
Then
Create N1 entity record with name, address, city/state/postal, and contact information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02497
Build PF/SS - Payment/Service Entities
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi charges data contains organization id 'pf' or 'ss' during the 'Build PF/SS - Payment/Service Entities' routine, when processing payment/service entity segments, the system executes logic to ensure that create entity record with organization id, name, id code qualifier, id code, address, and city/state/postal information.
Given
EDI charges data contains organization ID 'PF' or 'SS'
When
Processing payment/service entity segments
Then
Create entity record with organization ID, name, ID code qualifier, ID code, address, and city/state/postal information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02498
Build Additional Entities - 11, NN, MC, OO, FW
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi transportation data contains organization ids '11', 'nn', 'mc', 'oo', or 'fw' during the 'Build Additional Entities - 11, NN, MC, OO, FW' routine, when processing additional entity segments, the system executes logic to ensure that create corresponding entity records with name, address, city/state/postal, and contact information.
Given
EDI transportation data contains organization IDs '11', 'NN', 'MC', 'OO', or 'FW'
When
Processing additional entity segments
Then
Create corresponding entity records with name, address, city/state/postal, and contact information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02499
Build IM - Importer Entity
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol contains importer entity data or existing importer data is available during the 'Build IM - Importer Entity' routine, when processing importer entity segment, the system executes logic to ensure that create im entity record with name, business number, qualifier, address, and contact information, and set csa indicator appropriately.
Given
EDI BOL contains importer entity data OR existing importer data is available
When
Processing importer entity segment
Then
Create IM entity record with name, business number, qualifier, address, and contact information, and set CSA indicator appropriately
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02750
Entity ID Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a customs record segment is being processed for entity information during the 'Entity ID Present?' routine, when the entity id code field is evaluated for presence, the system executes logic to ensure that if entity id code is spaces, skip entity validation and complete processing, otherwise proceed with entity validation.
Given
A customs record segment is being processed for entity information
When
The entity ID code field is evaluated for presence
Then
If entity ID code is spaces, skip entity validation and complete processing, otherwise proceed with entity validation
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02753
Generate Invalid Entity ID Error
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity id code has failed validation due to invalid value or restricted type usage during the 'Generate Invalid Entity ID Error' routine, when the system needs to report the validation failure, the system executes logic to ensure that generate error message 'invalid entity id value' and add to message collection for the record.
Given
An entity ID code has failed validation due to invalid value or restricted type usage
When
The system needs to report the validation failure
Then
Generate error message 'Invalid Entity ID Value' and add to message collection for the record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02105
EDI BOL Shipper Data Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment requires shipper information for customs manifest creation during the 'EDI BOL Shipper Data Available?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol shipper data in hn segment, the system executes logic to ensure that if edi bol shipper data is found, extract shipper name and chop code from hn segment, otherwise extract shipper name and chop code from fastway shiproot.
Given
A shipment requires shipper information for customs manifest creation
When
The system checks for EDI BOL shipper data in HN segment
Then
If EDI BOL shipper data is found, extract shipper name and CHOP code from HN segment, otherwise extract shipper name and CHOP code from Fastway SHIPROOT
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02106
EDI BOL Consignee Data Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment requires consignee information for customs manifest creation during the 'EDI BOL Consignee Data Available?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol consignee data in cn segment, the system executes logic to ensure that if edi bol consignee data is found, extract consignee name and chop code from cn segment, otherwise extract consignee name and chop code from fastway shiproot.
Given
A shipment requires consignee information for customs manifest creation
When
The system checks for EDI BOL consignee data in CN segment
Then
If EDI BOL consignee data is found, extract consignee name and CHOP code from CN segment, otherwise extract consignee name and CHOP code from Fastway SHIPROOT
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02107
EDI BOL Address Data Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment requires address information for shipper or consignee during the 'EDI BOL Address Data Available?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol address data in ha/ca segments, the system executes logic to ensure that if edi bol address data is found, extract address lines from ha/ca segments, otherwise extract address from fastway shiproot address fields and set default 'na' if address is blank.
Given
A shipment requires address information for shipper or consignee
When
The system checks for EDI BOL address data in HA/CA segments
Then
If EDI BOL address data is found, extract address lines from HA/CA segments, otherwise extract address from Fastway SHIPROOT address fields and set default 'NA' if address is blank
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02108
EDI BOL City/State Data Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment requires city and state information for address completion during the 'EDI BOL City/State Data Available?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol city/state data in hc/cc segments, the system executes logic to ensure that if edi bol city/state data is found, extract city, state, postal code and country from hc/cc segments, otherwise parse city, state and postal code from fastway address field and lookup country code from state-country table.
Given
A shipment requires city and state information for address completion
When
The system checks for EDI BOL city/state data in HC/CC segments
Then
If EDI BOL city/state data is found, extract city, state, postal code and country from HC/CC segments, otherwise parse city, state and postal code from Fastway address field and lookup country code from state-country table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02109
EDI BOL Contact Data Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment may have contact information for shipper or consignee during the 'EDI BOL Contact Data Available?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol contact data in gp segment, the system executes logic to ensure that if edi bol contact data is found, extract contact function code, name, communication number qualifier and communication number from gp segment, otherwise set all contact fields to spaces.
Given
A shipment may have contact information for shipper or consignee
When
The system checks for EDI BOL contact data in GP segment
Then
If EDI BOL contact data is found, extract contact function code, name, communication number qualifier and communication number from GP segment, otherwise set all contact fields to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02110
EDI BOL Carrier Data Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment requires carrier or entity information for customs processing during the 'EDI BOL Carrier Data Available?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol carrier data in tn segment, the system executes logic to ensure that if edi bol carrier data is found, extract organization id and name from tn segment, otherwise extract entity information from fastway cons-data fields.
Given
A shipment requires carrier or entity information for customs processing
When
The system checks for EDI BOL carrier data in TN segment
Then
If EDI BOL carrier data is found, extract organization ID and name from TN segment, otherwise extract entity information from Fastway CONS-DATA fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02112
Parse City/State from Fastway Address Field
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming address information is being parsed from fastway address field during the 'Parse City/State from Fastway Address Field' routine, when state or province code is available, the system executes logic to ensure that search the state-country table to find matching country code for the state or province code, and set country code to the found value or spaces if not found.
Given
Address information is being parsed from Fastway address field
When
State or province code is available
Then
Search the state-country table to find matching country code for the state or province code, and set country code to the found value or spaces if not found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00495
Retrieve PER Segment from EDI BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol contains per segment data for an entity during the 'Retrieve PER Segment from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes contact information for that entity, the system executes logic to ensure that contact function code, person name, communication number qualifier, and communication number are extracted from the per segment.
Given
An EDI BOL contains PER segment data for an entity
When
The system processes contact information for that entity
Then
Contact function code, person name, communication number qualifier, and communication number are extracted from the PER segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00501
Search for EDI BOL Stuffer Segment PN
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bill of lading key exists for processing during the 'Search for EDI BOL Stuffer Segment PN' routine, when the system searches for stuffer segment type 'pn' with sequence '01', the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves stuffer name and contact information if the segment exists.
Given
An EDI Bill of Lading key exists for processing
When
The system searches for stuffer segment type 'PN' with sequence '01'
Then
The system retrieves stuffer name and contact information if the segment exists
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00502
Stuffer Segment Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a search for stuffer segment 'pn' has been performed during the 'Stuffer Segment Found?' routine, when the system evaluates the search results, the system executes logic to ensure that processing continues with stuffer data extraction if segment is found, otherwise stuffer processing is skipped.
Given
A search for stuffer segment 'PN' has been performed
When
The system evaluates the search results
Then
Processing continues with stuffer data extraction if segment is found, otherwise stuffer processing is skipped
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00503
Extract Stuffer Name from EDI BOL
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming stuffer segment 'pn' exists in edi bill of lading during the 'Extract Stuffer Name from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes the stuffer name data, the system executes logic to ensure that the stuffer name is extracted and assigned to the entity name field.
Given
Stuffer segment 'PN' exists in EDI Bill of Lading
When
The system processes the stuffer name data
Then
The stuffer name is extracted and assigned to the entity name field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00505
Search for Stuffer Address Segment PA
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming stuffer entity 'pn' segment exists and entity id is set to 'sf' during the 'Search for Stuffer Address Segment PA' routine, when the system searches for address segment type 'pa' with sequence '01', the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves stuffer address information if the address segment exists.
Given
Stuffer entity 'PN' segment exists and entity ID is set to 'SF'
When
The system searches for address segment type 'PA' with sequence '01'
Then
The system retrieves stuffer address information if the address segment exists
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00506
Address Segment Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a search for stuffer address segment 'pa' has been performed during the 'Address Segment Found?' routine, when the system evaluates the address search results, the system executes logic to ensure that address extraction continues if segment is found, otherwise default address is applied.
Given
A search for stuffer address segment 'PA' has been performed
When
The system evaluates the address search results
Then
Address extraction continues if segment is found, otherwise default address is applied
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00507
Extract Address Lines from EDI BOL
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming stuffer address segment 'pa' exists in edi bill of lading during the 'Extract Address Lines from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes the address data, the system executes logic to ensure that address line 1 and address line 2 are extracted from the edi segment.
Given
Stuffer address segment 'PA' exists in EDI Bill of Lading
When
The system processes the address data
Then
Address line 1 and address line 2 are extracted from the EDI segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00508
Set Default Address as 'NA'
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If stuffer address segment 'pa' does not exist in edi bill of lading, and the system processes address requirements occurs during the 'Set Default Address as 'NA'' routine, then the system must guarantee that address line 1 is set to 'na' as the default value.
EXCLUDING
Stuffer address segment 'PA' does not exist in EDI Bill of Lading
When
The system processes address requirements
Then
Address line 1 is set to 'NA' as the default value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00509
Search for Stuffer City/State Segment PC
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming stuffer address processing is complete during the 'Search for Stuffer City/State Segment PC' routine, when the system searches for city/state segment type 'pc' with sequence '01', the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves stuffer geographic information if the segment exists.
Given
Stuffer address processing is complete
When
The system searches for city/state segment type 'PC' with sequence '01'
Then
The system retrieves stuffer geographic information if the segment exists
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00510
City/State Segment Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a search for stuffer city/state segment 'pc' has been performed during the 'City/State Segment Found?' routine, when the system evaluates the geographic search results, the system executes logic to ensure that geographic data extraction continues if segment is found, otherwise contact processing begins.
Given
A search for stuffer city/state segment 'PC' has been performed
When
The system evaluates the geographic search results
Then
Geographic data extraction continues if segment is found, otherwise contact processing begins
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00511
Extract City, State, Postal, Country from EDI BOL
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming stuffer city/state segment 'pc' exists in edi bill of lading during the 'Extract City, State, Postal, Country from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes the geographic data, the system executes logic to ensure that city name, state/province code, postal code and country code are extracted from the edi segment.
Given
Stuffer city/state segment 'PC' exists in EDI Bill of Lading
When
The system processes the geographic data
Then
City name, state/province code, postal code and country code are extracted from the EDI segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00512
Search for Stuffer Contact Segment GP
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming stuffer geographic information processing is complete during the 'Search for Stuffer Contact Segment GP' routine, when the system searches for contact segment type 'gp' with sequence '01', the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves stuffer contact information if the segment exists.
Given
Stuffer geographic information processing is complete
When
The system searches for contact segment type 'GP' with sequence '01'
Then
The system retrieves stuffer contact information if the segment exists
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00513
Contact Segment Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a search for stuffer contact segment 'gp' has been performed during the 'Contact Segment Found?' routine, when the system evaluates the contact search results, the system executes logic to ensure that contact data extraction continues if segment is found, otherwise validation processing begins.
Given
A search for stuffer contact segment 'GP' has been performed
When
The system evaluates the contact search results
Then
Contact data extraction continues if segment is found, otherwise validation processing begins
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00514
Extract Contact Information from EDI BOL
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming stuffer contact segment 'gp' exists in edi bill of lading during the 'Extract Contact Information from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes the contact data, the system executes logic to ensure that contact function code, person name, communication number qualifier and communication number are extracted from the edi segment.
Given
Stuffer contact segment 'GP' exists in EDI Bill of Lading
When
The system processes the contact data
Then
Contact function code, person name, communication number qualifier and communication number are extracted from the EDI segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00515
Validate Stuffer Entity Data
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming all available stuffer information has been extracted from edi segments during the 'Validate Stuffer Entity Data' routine, when the system validates the stuffer entity data, the system executes logic to ensure that required field validations are performed and missing address defaults to 'na' if not provided.
Given
All available stuffer information has been extracted from EDI segments
When
The system validates the stuffer entity data
Then
Required field validations are performed and missing address defaults to 'NA' if not provided
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00517
Initialize UC Segment Record
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming ultimate consignee processing is starting during the 'Initialize UC Segment Record' routine, when the system begins building uc segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that a new gcsccs55 segment record is initialized with empty values.
Given
Ultimate Consignee processing is starting
When
The system begins building UC segment data
Then
A new GCSCCS55 segment record is initialized with empty values
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00518
Search for EDI BOL UN Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bill of lading key exists for record 55 processing during the 'Search for EDI BOL UN Segment' routine, when the system searches for un segment type with sequence '01', the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves the ultimate consignee entity data if the segment exists.
Given
An EDI Bill of Lading key exists for record 55 processing
When
The system searches for UN segment type with sequence '01'
Then
The system retrieves the Ultimate Consignee entity data if the segment exists
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00519
Extract UC Entity Data from EDI
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol un segment is successfully retrieved during the 'Extract UC Entity Data from EDI' routine, when the system processes the ultimate consignee data, the system executes logic to ensure that entity id is set to 'uc', entity name is extracted from u1-name field, and id code qualifiers are cleared.
Given
EDI BOL UN segment is successfully retrieved
When
The system processes the Ultimate Consignee data
Then
Entity ID is set to 'UC', entity name is extracted from U1-NAME field, and ID code qualifiers are cleared
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00520
Search for UA Address Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming ultimate consignee un segment has been processed during the 'Search for UA Address Segment' routine, when the system searches for corresponding ua address segment with un type and sequence '01', the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves address data if the ua segment exists.
Given
Ultimate Consignee UN segment has been processed
When
The system searches for corresponding UA address segment with UN type and sequence '01'
Then
The system retrieves address data if the UA segment exists
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00521
Extract Address Lines from EDI
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol ua address segment is successfully retrieved during the 'Extract Address Lines from EDI' routine, when the system processes the address information, the system executes logic to ensure that address line 1 is set from u2-addl-name-addr-1 and address line 2 is set from u2-addl-name-addr-2.
Given
EDI BOL UA address segment is successfully retrieved
When
The system processes the address information
Then
Address line 1 is set from U2-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-1 and address line 2 is set from U2-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-2
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00522
Set Default Address 'NA'
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol ua address segment is not found, and the system processes ultimate consignee address requirements occurs during the 'Set Default Address 'NA'' routine, then the system must guarantee that address line 2 is cleared and address line 1 is set to 'na' as default.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL UA address segment is not found
When
The system processes Ultimate Consignee address requirements
Then
Address line 2 is cleared and address line 1 is set to 'NA' as default
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00523
Search for UC City/State Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming ultimate consignee address processing is complete during the 'Search for UC City/State Segment' routine, when the system searches for corresponding uc location segment with un type and sequence '01', the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves location data if the uc segment exists.
Given
Ultimate Consignee address processing is complete
When
The system searches for corresponding UC location segment with UN type and sequence '01'
Then
The system retrieves location data if the UC segment exists
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00524
Extract City/State/Postal/Country from EDI
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol uc location segment is successfully retrieved during the 'Extract City/State/Postal/Country from EDI' routine, when the system processes the location information, the system executes logic to ensure that city name is set from u4-city-name, state/province code from u4-state-prov-code, postal code from u4-postal-code, and country code from u4-country-code.
Given
EDI BOL UC location segment is successfully retrieved
When
The system processes the location information
Then
City name is set from U4-CITY-NAME, state/province code from U4-STATE-PROV-CODE, postal code from U4-POSTAL-CODE, and country code from U4-COUNTRY-CODE
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00525
Clear City/State/Postal/Country Fields
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol uc location segment is not found, and the system processes ultimate consignee location requirements occurs during the 'Clear City/State/Postal/Country Fields' routine, then the system must guarantee that all location fields (city name, state/province code, postal code, country code) are cleared.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL UC location segment is not found
When
The system processes Ultimate Consignee location requirements
Then
All location fields (city name, state/province code, postal code, country code) are cleared
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00526
Search for GP Contact Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming ultimate consignee location processing is complete during the 'Search for GP Contact Segment' routine, when the system searches for corresponding gp contact segment with un type and sequence '01', the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves contact data if the gp segment exists.
Given
Ultimate Consignee location processing is complete
When
The system searches for corresponding GP contact segment with UN type and sequence '01'
Then
The system retrieves contact data if the GP segment exists
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00527
Extract Contact Information
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol gp contact segment is successfully retrieved during the 'Extract Contact Information' routine, when the system processes the contact information, the system executes logic to ensure that contact function code is set from per-contact-func-code, contact name from per-name, communication number qualifier from per-commun-no-qual, and communication number from per-commun-number.
Given
EDI BOL GP contact segment is successfully retrieved
When
The system processes the contact information
Then
Contact function code is set from PER-CONTACT-FUNC-CODE, contact name from PER-NAME, communication number qualifier from PER-COMMUN-NO-QUAL, and communication number from PER-COMMUN-NUMBER
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00529
Validate UC Segment Data
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming ultimate consignee segment data is populated during the 'Validate UC Segment Data' routine, when the system performs n1 segment validation, the system executes logic to ensure that all required fields are validated according to customs requirements and error messages are generated for missing mandatory data.
Given
Ultimate Consignee segment data is populated
When
The system performs N1 segment validation
Then
All required fields are validated according to customs requirements and error messages are generated for missing mandatory data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00530
Insert UC Record into Database
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming ultimate consignee segment data is validated and complete during the 'Insert UC Record into Database' routine, when the system stores the uc record, the system executes logic to ensure that the ultimate consignee record is inserted into the customs database with sequence numbers 0003-0025.
Given
Ultimate Consignee segment data is validated and complete
When
The system stores the UC record
Then
The Ultimate Consignee record is inserted into the customs database with sequence numbers 0003-0025
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00531
Initialize BN Segment Record
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is processing beneficial owner information during the 'Initialize BN Segment Record' routine, when starting beneficial owner segment creation, the system executes logic to ensure that a new beneficial owner segment record is initialized with empty values.
Given
The system is processing beneficial owner information
When
Starting beneficial owner segment creation
Then
A new beneficial owner segment record is initialized with empty values
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00532
Set BN Entity ID for Search
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to search for beneficial owner transportation data during the 'Set BN Entity ID for Search' routine, when preparing to search transportation segments, the system executes logic to ensure that the entity id is set to 'bn' for beneficial owner identification.
Given
The system needs to search for beneficial owner transportation data
When
Preparing to search transportation segments
Then
The entity ID is set to 'BN' for beneficial owner identification
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00533
Search Transportation Segments for BN
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the entity id is set to 'bn' for beneficial owner during the 'Search Transportation Segments for BN' routine, when searching transportation segments database, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves transportation segments matching the beneficial owner entity id.
Given
The entity ID is set to 'BN' for beneficial owner
When
Searching transportation segments database
Then
The system retrieves transportation segments matching the beneficial owner entity ID
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00534
BN Transportation Segment Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a search for beneficial owner transportation segments has been performed during the 'BN Transportation Segment Found?' routine, when evaluating the search results, the system executes logic to ensure that the system determines whether beneficial owner transportation segment data exists or processing should be skipped.
Given
A search for beneficial owner transportation segments has been performed
When
Evaluating the search results
Then
The system determines whether beneficial owner transportation segment data exists or processing should be skipped
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00535
Search for BN Entity in EDI BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming beneficial owner transportation segment exists during the 'Search for BN Entity in EDI BOL' routine, when searching edi bol entity segments for beneficial owner data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves beneficial owner entity information from edi bol segments.
Given
Beneficial owner transportation segment exists
When
Searching EDI BOL entity segments for beneficial owner data
Then
The system retrieves beneficial owner entity information from EDI BOL segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00536
BN Entity Found in EDI BOL?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a search for beneficial owner entity in edi bol has been performed during the 'BN Entity Found in EDI BOL?' routine, when evaluating the edi bol search results, the system executes logic to ensure that the system determines whether to proceed with beneficial owner processing or skip it based on entity existence.
Given
A search for beneficial owner entity in EDI BOL has been performed
When
Evaluating the EDI BOL search results
Then
The system determines whether to proceed with beneficial owner processing or skip it based on entity existence
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00537
Set BN Entity ID Code
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming beneficial owner entity is found in edi bol during the 'Set BN Entity ID Code' routine, when processing beneficial owner entity information, the system executes logic to ensure that the entity id code 'bn' is assigned to the customs segment.
Given
Beneficial owner entity is found in EDI BOL
When
Processing beneficial owner entity information
Then
The entity ID code 'BN' is assigned to the customs segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00538
Extract Beneficial Owner Name
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming beneficial owner entity data is available in edi bol during the 'Extract Beneficial Owner Name' routine, when processing beneficial owner information, the system executes logic to ensure that the beneficial owner name is extracted and assigned to the customs segment.
Given
Beneficial owner entity data is available in EDI BOL
When
Processing beneficial owner information
Then
The beneficial owner name is extracted and assigned to the customs segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00539
Set Consignee CHOP Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming beneficial owner entity information is being processed during the 'Set Consignee CHOP Code' routine, when setting up beneficial owner segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that the consignee chop code is assigned to the beneficial owner customs segment.
Given
Beneficial owner entity information is being processed
When
Setting up beneficial owner segment data
Then
The consignee CHOP code is assigned to the beneficial owner customs segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00540
Search for BN Address Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming beneficial owner entity processing is in progress during the 'Search for BN Address Segment' routine, when searching for beneficial owner address information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves address segments matching the beneficial owner entity.
Given
Beneficial owner entity processing is in progress
When
Searching for beneficial owner address information
Then
The system retrieves address segments matching the beneficial owner entity
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00542
Extract Address Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming beneficial owner address segment is found in edi during the 'Extract Address Information' routine, when processing address information, the system executes logic to ensure that address line 1 and address line 2 are extracted and assigned to the customs segment.
Given
Beneficial owner address segment is found in EDI
When
Processing address information
Then
Address line 1 and address line 2 are extracted and assigned to the customs segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00543
Set Default 'NA' Address
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If beneficial owner address segment is not found in edi, and processing address information occurs during the 'Set Default 'NA' Address' routine, then the system must guarantee that address line 1 is set to 'na' as default value.
EXCLUDING
Beneficial owner address segment is not found in EDI
When
Processing address information
Then
Address line 1 is set to 'NA' as default value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00544
Search for BN City/State Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming beneficial owner address processing is in progress during the 'Search for BN City/State Segment' routine, when searching for city and state information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves city/state segments matching the beneficial owner entity.
Given
Beneficial owner address processing is in progress
When
Searching for city and state information
Then
The system retrieves city/state segments matching the beneficial owner entity
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00546
Extract City, State, Postal, Country
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming beneficial owner city/state segment is found in edi during the 'Extract City, State, Postal, Country' routine, when processing city and state information, the system executes logic to ensure that city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code are extracted and assigned to the customs segment.
Given
Beneficial owner city/state segment is found in EDI
When
Processing city and state information
Then
City name, state/province code, postal code, and country code are extracted and assigned to the customs segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00547
Clear City/State Information
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If beneficial owner city/state segment is not found in edi, and processing city and state information occurs during the 'Clear City/State Information' routine, then the system must guarantee that city, state, postal code, and country fields are cleared in the customs segment.
EXCLUDING
Beneficial owner city/state segment is not found in EDI
When
Processing city and state information
Then
City, state, postal code, and country fields are cleared in the customs segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00548
Clear Contact Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming beneficial owner segment processing is continuing during the 'Clear Contact Information' routine, when setting up contact information, the system executes logic to ensure that all contact function code, name, communication qualifier, and communication number fields are cleared.
Given
Beneficial owner segment processing is continuing
When
Setting up contact information
Then
All contact function code, name, communication qualifier, and communication number fields are cleared
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00549
Validate BN Segment Data
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming beneficial owner segment data has been populated during the 'Validate BN Segment Data' routine, when validating the segment before database insertion, the system executes logic to ensure that the beneficial owner segment data is validated according to customs data requirements.
Given
Beneficial owner segment data has been populated
When
Validating the segment before database insertion
Then
The beneficial owner segment data is validated according to customs data requirements
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00550
Insert BN Record into Customs Database
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming beneficial owner segment data has been validated successfully during the 'Insert BN Record into Customs Database' routine, when inserting the record into the customs database, the system executes logic to ensure that the beneficial owner segment record is inserted into the customs database with sequence number between 0003 and 0025.
Given
Beneficial owner segment data has been validated successfully
When
Inserting the record into the customs database
Then
The beneficial owner segment record is inserted into the customs database with sequence number between 0003 and 0025
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00551
Skip BN Processing
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If beneficial owner transportation segment or entity data is not found, and determining processing path occurs during the 'Skip BN Processing' routine, then the system must guarantee that beneficial owner processing is skipped and the system continues to the next processing step.
EXCLUDING
Beneficial owner transportation segment or entity data is not found
When
Determining processing path
Then
Beneficial owner processing is skipped and the system continues to the next processing step
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00552
Initialize C1 Entity Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a c1 carrier entity processing request is initiated during the 'Initialize C1 Entity Segment' routine, when the system begins c1 entity segment creation, the system executes logic to ensure that a new c1 entity segment structure is initialized with empty values.
Given
A C1 carrier entity processing request is initiated
When
The system begins C1 entity segment creation
Then
A new C1 entity segment structure is initialized with empty values
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00553
Set Entity Type to 'C1'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a c1 carrier entity segment is being created during the 'Set Entity Type to 'C1'' routine, when the entity type needs to be specified, the system executes logic to ensure that the entity type code is set to 'c1' to identify it as a carrier entity.
Given
A C1 carrier entity segment is being created
When
The entity type needs to be specified
Then
The entity type code is set to 'C1' to identify it as a carrier entity
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00554
Search EDI BOL Transportation Segments
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol transportation data is available for processing during the 'Search EDI BOL Transportation Segments' routine, when the system searches for c1 carrier entity information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system looks up transportation segments with entity type 'c1' in the edi bol data.
Given
EDI BOL transportation data is available for processing
When
The system searches for C1 carrier entity information
Then
The system looks up transportation segments with entity type 'C1' in the EDI BOL data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00555
C1 Entity Found in EDI BOL?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the system has searched edi bol transportation segments for c1 entity data during the 'C1 Entity Found in EDI BOL?' routine, when evaluating the availability of c1 carrier information, the system executes logic to ensure that if c1 entity is found in edi bol, use edi data; otherwise check fastway data source.
Given
The system has searched EDI BOL transportation segments for C1 entity data
When
Evaluating the availability of C1 carrier information
Then
If C1 entity is found in EDI BOL, use EDI data; otherwise check Fastway data source
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00556
Extract Carrier Data from EDI BOL
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming c1 carrier entity data exists in edi bol transportation segments during the 'Extract Carrier Data from EDI BOL' routine, when processing carrier information from edi source, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts carrier name, id, and related data from the edi bol transportation segments.
Given
C1 carrier entity data exists in EDI BOL transportation segments
When
Processing carrier information from EDI source
Then
The system extracts carrier name, ID, and related data from the EDI BOL transportation segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00557
Get Carrier Name and ID
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming c1 carrier entity data is available in edi bol transportation segments during the 'Get Carrier Name and ID' routine, when extracting carrier identification information, the system executes logic to ensure that the carrier name is assigned to entity name field and carrier id is assigned to entity id field.
Given
C1 carrier entity data is available in EDI BOL transportation segments
When
Extracting carrier identification information
Then
The carrier name is assigned to entity name field and carrier ID is assigned to entity ID field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00558
Get Carrier Address from T2 Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi t2 transportation segment data is available for the carrier during the 'Get Carrier Address from T2 Segment' routine, when processing carrier address information, the system executes logic to ensure that the address lines are extracted from t2 segment and assigned to carrier address fields.
Given
EDI T2 transportation segment data is available for the carrier
When
Processing carrier address information
Then
The address lines are extracted from T2 segment and assigned to carrier address fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00559
Get Carrier City/State from TA Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi ta transportation segment data is available for the carrier during the 'Get Carrier City/State from TA Segment' routine, when processing carrier location information, the system executes logic to ensure that the city name, state code, postal code, and country code are extracted from ta segment.
Given
EDI TA transportation segment data is available for the carrier
When
Processing carrier location information
Then
The city name, state code, postal code, and country code are extracted from TA segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00560
Get Carrier Contact from T3 Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi t3 transportation segment data is available for the carrier during the 'Get Carrier Contact from T3 Segment' routine, when processing carrier contact information, the system executes logic to ensure that the contact function code, contact name, communication qualifier, and communication number are extracted from t3 segment.
Given
EDI T3 transportation segment data is available for the carrier
When
Processing carrier contact information
Then
The contact function code, contact name, communication qualifier, and communication number are extracted from T3 segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00561
Carrier Data Available in Fastway?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If c1 carrier entity data is not found in edi bol transportation segments, and evaluating alternative data sources for carrier information occurs during the 'Carrier Data Available in Fastway?' routine, then the system must guarantee that if consignee data field 2 contains carrier information, use fastway data; otherwise end c1 processing.
EXCLUDING
C1 carrier entity data is not found in EDI BOL transportation segments
When
Evaluating alternative data sources for carrier information
Then
If consignee data field 2 contains carrier information, use Fastway data; otherwise end C1 processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00565
Parse City/State/Postal from Consignee Field 4
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming carrier information is being extracted from fastway consignee data field 4 during the 'Parse City/State/Postal from Consignee Field 4' routine, when processing carrier location information from fastway source, the system executes logic to ensure that the city name, state code, and postal code are parsed from consignee data field 4 and assigned to respective location fields.
Given
Carrier information is being extracted from Fastway consignee data field 4
When
Processing carrier location information from Fastway source
Then
The city name, state code, and postal code are parsed from consignee data field 4 and assigned to respective location fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00568
Validate C1 Entity Segment
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a c1 carrier entity segment has been populated with data during the 'Validate C1 Entity Segment' routine, when validating the carrier entity information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system validates required fields, data formats, and business rules for the c1 entity segment.
Given
A C1 carrier entity segment has been populated with data
When
Validating the carrier entity information
Then
The system validates required fields, data formats, and business rules for the C1 entity segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00569
Insert C1 Entity into Customs Record
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a validated c1 carrier entity segment is ready for insertion during the 'Insert C1 Entity into Customs Record' routine, when adding the carrier entity to the customs record, the system executes logic to ensure that the c1 entity segment is inserted into the customs record with the appropriate sequence number between 0003 and 0025.
Given
A validated C1 carrier entity segment is ready for insertion
When
Adding the carrier entity to the customs record
Then
The C1 entity segment is inserted into the customs record with the appropriate sequence number between 0003 and 0025
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00570
Initialize N1 Segment Record
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to process notify party information during the 'Initialize N1 Segment Record' routine, when starting notify party processing, the system executes logic to ensure that a new n1 segment record is initialized with empty values.
Given
The system needs to process notify party information
When
Starting notify party processing
Then
A new N1 segment record is initialized with empty values
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00571
Set Entity ID to 'N1'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming an initialized n1 segment record exists during the 'Set Entity ID to 'N1'' routine, when processing notify party entity information, the system executes logic to ensure that the entity id code is set to 'n1' to identify this as a notify party record.
Given
An initialized N1 segment record exists
When
Processing notify party entity information
Then
The entity ID code is set to 'N1' to identify this as a notify party record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00572
Search EDI BOL for Transportation Segments
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data is available for processing during the 'Search EDI BOL for Transportation Segments' routine, when searching for notify party transportation segments, the system executes logic to ensure that the system iterates through transportation segments starting from sequence 1 until found or maximum sequences reached.
Given
EDI BOL data is available for processing
When
Searching for notify party transportation segments
Then
The system iterates through transportation segments starting from sequence 1 until found or maximum sequences reached
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00573
Transportation Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a transportation segment lookup is performed during the 'Transportation Segment Found?' routine, when checking for segment existence in edi bol data, the system executes logic to ensure that if segment exists, continue processing; otherwise skip to end of notify party processing.
Given
A transportation segment lookup is performed
When
Checking for segment existence in EDI BOL data
Then
If segment exists, continue processing; otherwise skip to end of notify party processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00574
Extract Organization ID from Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid transportation segment is found during the 'Extract Organization ID from Segment' routine, when processing the segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that the organization id is extracted from the d5-org-id field.
Given
A valid transportation segment is found
When
Processing the segment data
Then
The organization ID is extracted from the D5-ORG-ID field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00575
Organization ID Matches 'N1'?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an organization id is extracted from transportation segment during the 'Organization ID Matches 'N1'?' routine, when validating entity type for notify party processing, the system executes logic to ensure that if organization id equals 'n1', continue with notify party processing; otherwise search next segment.
Given
An organization ID is extracted from transportation segment
When
Validating entity type for notify party processing
Then
If organization ID equals 'N1', continue with notify party processing; otherwise search next segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00576
Extract Entity Name
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a transportation segment with organization id 'n1' is found during the 'Extract Entity Name' routine, when processing notify party entity information, the system executes logic to ensure that the entity name is extracted from d5-name field and stored in the n1 segment.
Given
A transportation segment with organization ID 'N1' is found
When
Processing notify party entity information
Then
The entity name is extracted from D5-NAME field and stored in the N1 segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00577
Clear ID Code Qualifier and ID Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming notify party entity name is extracted during the 'Clear ID Code Qualifier and ID Code' routine, when setting up notify party n1 segment fields, the system executes logic to ensure that id code qualifier and id code fields are set to spaces.
Given
Notify party entity name is extracted
When
Setting up notify party N1 segment fields
Then
ID code qualifier and ID code fields are set to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00578
Get Address Information from T2 Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming notify party entity information is processed during the 'Get Address Information from T2 Segment' routine, when looking for address details, the system executes logic to ensure that system searches for t2 segment with matching sequence number.
Given
Notify party entity information is processed
When
Looking for address details
Then
System searches for T2 segment with matching sequence number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00579
Address Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a t2 address segment lookup is performed during the 'Address Segment Found?' routine, when checking for address information availability, the system executes logic to ensure that if t2 segment exists, extract address lines; otherwise proceed to city/state processing.
Given
A T2 address segment lookup is performed
When
Checking for address information availability
Then
If T2 segment exists, extract address lines; otherwise proceed to city/state processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00580
Extract Address Line 1 and 2
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid t2 address segment is found during the 'Extract Address Line 1 and 2' routine, when processing address information, the system executes logic to ensure that address line 1 and address line 2 are extracted from d6-addl-name-addr-1 and d6-addl-name-addr-2 fields.
Given
A valid T2 address segment is found
When
Processing address information
Then
Address line 1 and address line 2 are extracted from D6-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-1 and D6-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-2 fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00581
Get City/State Information from TA Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming address line processing is complete or skipped during the 'Get City/State Information from TA Segment' routine, when looking for geographic location details, the system executes logic to ensure that system searches for ta segment with matching sequence number.
Given
Address line processing is complete or skipped
When
Looking for geographic location details
Then
System searches for TA segment with matching sequence number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00582
City/State Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a ta city/state segment lookup is performed during the 'City/State Segment Found?' routine, when checking for geographic information availability, the system executes logic to ensure that if ta segment exists, extract geographic details; otherwise proceed to contact processing.
Given
A TA city/state segment lookup is performed
When
Checking for geographic information availability
Then
If TA segment exists, extract geographic details; otherwise proceed to contact processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00583
Extract City, State, Postal Code, Country
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid ta geographic segment is found during the 'Extract City, State, Postal Code, Country' routine, when processing geographic information, the system executes logic to ensure that city, state, postal code, and country are extracted from d7 fields and stored in n4 segment data.
Given
A valid TA geographic segment is found
When
Processing geographic information
Then
City, state, postal code, and country are extracted from D7 fields and stored in N4 segment data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00584
Get Contact Information from T3 Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming geographic information processing is complete or skipped during the 'Get Contact Information from T3 Segment' routine, when looking for contact person details, the system executes logic to ensure that system searches for t3 segment with matching sequence number.
Given
Geographic information processing is complete or skipped
When
Looking for contact person details
Then
System searches for T3 segment with matching sequence number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00585
Contact Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a t3 contact segment lookup is performed during the 'Contact Segment Found?' routine, when checking for contact information availability, the system executes logic to ensure that if t3 segment exists, extract contact details; otherwise proceed to address defaulting.
Given
A T3 contact segment lookup is performed
When
Checking for contact information availability
Then
If T3 segment exists, extract contact details; otherwise proceed to address defaulting
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00586
Extract Contact Function, Name, Phone Qualifier, Phone Number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid t3 contact segment is found during the 'Extract Contact Function, Name, Phone Qualifier, Phone Number' routine, when processing contact information, the system executes logic to ensure that contact function, name, phone qualifier, and phone number are extracted from per fields and stored in per segment data.
Given
A valid T3 contact segment is found
When
Processing contact information
Then
Contact function, name, phone qualifier, and phone number are extracted from PER fields and stored in PER segment data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00588
Validate N1 Segment Data
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming all notify party information is extracted and processed during the 'Validate N1 Segment Data' routine, when validating segment data for customs compliance, the system executes logic to ensure that system performs field validation checks and generates error messages for missing required data.
Given
All notify party information is extracted and processed
When
Validating segment data for customs compliance
Then
System performs field validation checks and generates error messages for missing required data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00589
Insert N1 Record into Customs Database
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming n1 segment data validation is successful during the 'Insert N1 Record into Customs Database' routine, when storing notify party information in customs database, the system executes logic to ensure that the n1 record is inserted into the customs database with sequence number between 0003-0025.
Given
N1 segment data validation is successful
When
Storing notify party information in customs database
Then
The N1 record is inserted into the customs database with sequence number between 0003-0025
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00590
Skip - No N1 Entity Found
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming all transportation segments have been searched during the 'Skip - No N1 Entity Found' routine, when no segments with organization id 'n1' are found, the system executes logic to ensure that notify party processing is skipped and control returns to main processing.
Given
All transportation segments have been searched
When
No segments with organization ID 'N1' are found
Then
Notify party processing is skipped and control returns to main processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00591
Initialize Empty N1 Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming mcoa segment processing is starting during the 'Initialize Empty N1 Segment' routine, when the system begins to process pf or ss entity segments, the system executes logic to ensure that an empty n1 segment structure is initialized with spaces.
Given
MCOA segment processing is starting
When
the system begins to process PF or SS entity segments
Then
an empty N1 segment structure is initialized with spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00592
Retrieve MCOA Segment by Sequence Number
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a sequence number for mcoa segment processing during the 'Retrieve MCOA Segment by Sequence Number' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve mcoa segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls ebclgio to fetch ebsmcoa segment with type 'ot' using the sequence number.
Given
a sequence number for MCOA segment processing
When
the system attempts to retrieve MCOA segment data
Then
the system calls EBCLGIO to fetch EBSMCOA segment with type 'OT' using the sequence number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00593
MCOA Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an attempt to retrieve mcoa segment data during the 'MCOA Segment Found?' routine, when the system checks the retrieval result, the system executes logic to ensure that if status code is spaces and segment type equals 'ot', set mcoa found flag to true, otherwise set to false.
Given
an attempt to retrieve MCOA segment data
When
the system checks the retrieval result
Then
if status code is spaces and segment type equals 'OT', set MCOA found flag to true, otherwise set to false
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00594
Entity Type is PF or SS?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a successfully retrieved mcoa segment during the 'Entity Type is PF or SS?' routine, when the system checks the organization id in the segment, the system executes logic to ensure that if f5-org-id equals 'pf' or 'ss', continue processing, otherwise skip to next sequence.
Given
a successfully retrieved MCOA segment
When
the system checks the organization ID in the segment
Then
if F5-ORG-ID equals 'PF' or 'SS', continue processing, otherwise skip to next sequence
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00595
Extract Entity Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid mcoa segment with pf or ss entity type during the 'Extract Entity Information' routine, when the system processes the entity information, the system executes logic to ensure that extract organization id, name, id code qualifier, and id code from f5 fields.
Given
a valid MCOA segment with PF or SS entity type
When
the system processes the entity information
Then
extract organization ID, name, ID code qualifier, and ID code from F5 fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00596
Set Entity ID Code
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming extracted entity information from mcoa segment during the 'Set Entity ID Code' routine, when the system populates the n1 segment, the system executes logic to ensure that move f5-org-id to gccs-n101-entity-id-cde.
Given
extracted entity information from MCOA segment
When
the system populates the N1 segment
Then
move F5-ORG-ID to GCCS-N101-ENTITY-ID-CDE
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00597
Set Entity Name
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming extracted entity information from mcoa segment during the 'Set Entity Name' routine, when the system populates the n1 segment, the system executes logic to ensure that move f5-name to gccs-n102-name.
Given
extracted entity information from MCOA segment
When
the system populates the N1 segment
Then
move F5-NAME to GCCS-N102-NAME
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00598
Set ID Code Qualifier
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming extracted entity information from mcoa segment during the 'Set ID Code Qualifier' routine, when the system populates the n1 segment, the system executes logic to ensure that move f5-id-code-qual to gccs-n103-id-cde-qual.
Given
extracted entity information from MCOA segment
When
the system populates the N1 segment
Then
move F5-ID-CODE-QUAL to GCCS-N103-ID-CDE-QUAL
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00599
Set ID Code
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming extracted entity information from mcoa segment during the 'Set ID Code' routine, when the system populates the n1 segment, the system executes logic to ensure that move f5-id-code to gccs-n104-id-cde.
Given
extracted entity information from MCOA segment
When
the system populates the N1 segment
Then
move F5-ID-CODE to GCCS-N104-ID-CDE
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00600
Extract Entity Information
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming processing pf or ss entity from mcoa segment during the 'Extract Entity Information' routine, when the system sets up the n1 segment, the system executes logic to ensure that move spaces to gccs-sc301-chop-cde.
Given
processing PF or SS entity from MCOA segment
When
the system sets up the N1 segment
Then
move spaces to GCCS-SC301-CHOP-CDE
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00601
Retrieve Address Information
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid mcoa entity segment during the 'Retrieve Address Information' routine, when the system needs address information, the system executes logic to ensure that call ebclgio to retrieve ebsmcoa segment with type 'on' using the same sequence number.
Given
a valid MCOA entity segment
When
the system needs address information
Then
call EBCLGIO to retrieve EBSMCOA segment with type 'ON' using the same sequence number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00602
Address Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an attempt to retrieve address segment during the 'Address Segment Found?' routine, when the system checks the retrieval result, the system executes logic to ensure that if status code is spaces, set address found flag to true, otherwise set to false.
Given
an attempt to retrieve address segment
When
the system checks the retrieval result
Then
if status code is spaces, set address found flag to true, otherwise set to false
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00603
Extract Address Line 1, Extract Address Line 2
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a successfully retrieved address segment during the 'Extract Address Line 1, Extract Address Line 2' routine, when the system processes address information, the system executes logic to ensure that move f6-addl-name-addr-1 to gccs-n301-address-info-1 and f6-addl-name-addr-2 to gccs-n302-address-info-2.
Given
a successfully retrieved address segment
When
the system processes address information
Then
move F6-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-1 to GCCS-N301-ADDRESS-INFO-1 and F6-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-2 to GCCS-N302-ADDRESS-INFO-2
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00604
Set Default Address as 'NA'
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming address segment retrieval failed during the 'Set Default Address as 'NA'' routine, when the system needs to populate address fields, the system executes logic to ensure that move 'na' to gccs-n301-address-info-1 and spaces to gccs-n302-address-info-2.
Given
address segment retrieval failed
When
the system needs to populate address fields
Then
move 'NA' to GCCS-N301-ADDRESS-INFO-1 and spaces to GCCS-N302-ADDRESS-INFO-2
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00605
Retrieve City/State Information
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid mcoa entity segment during the 'Retrieve City/State Information' routine, when the system needs city and state information, the system executes logic to ensure that call ebclgio to retrieve ebsmcoa segment with type 'oc' using the same sequence number.
Given
a valid MCOA entity segment
When
the system needs city and state information
Then
call EBCLGIO to retrieve EBSMCOA segment with type 'OC' using the same sequence number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00606
City/State Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an attempt to retrieve city/state segment during the 'City/State Segment Found?' routine, when the system checks the retrieval result, the system executes logic to ensure that if status code is spaces, set city/state found flag to true, otherwise set to false.
Given
an attempt to retrieve city/state segment
When
the system checks the retrieval result
Then
if status code is spaces, set city/state found flag to true, otherwise set to false
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00607
Extract City Name, Extract State/Province Code, Extract Postal Code, Extract Country Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a successfully retrieved city/state segment during the 'Extract City Name, Extract State/Province Code, Extract Postal Code, Extract Country Code' routine, when the system processes geographic information, the system executes logic to ensure that move f7-city-name to gccs-n401-city-name, f7-state-prov-code to gccs-n402-state-prov-cde, f7-postal-code to gccs-n403-postal-cde, and f7-country-code to gccs-n404-country-cde.
Given
a successfully retrieved city/state segment
When
the system processes geographic information
Then
move F7-CITY-NAME to GCCS-N401-CITY-NAME, F7-STATE-PROV-CODE to GCCS-N402-STATE-PROV-CDE, F7-POSTAL-CODE to GCCS-N403-POSTAL-CDE, and F7-COUNTRY-CODE to GCCS-N404-COUNTRY-CDE
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00608
Clear City/State Information
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming city/state segment retrieval failed during the 'Clear City/State Information' routine, when the system needs to populate geographic fields, the system executes logic to ensure that move spaces to gccs-n401-city-name, gccs-n402-state-prov-cde, gccs-n403-postal-cde, and gccs-n404-country-cde.
Given
city/state segment retrieval failed
When
the system needs to populate geographic fields
Then
move spaces to GCCS-N401-CITY-NAME, GCCS-N402-STATE-PROV-CDE, GCCS-N403-POSTAL-CDE, and GCCS-N404-COUNTRY-CDE
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00609
Validate N1 Segment Data
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a completed n1 segment with entity and address information during the 'Validate N1 Segment Data' routine, when the system validates the segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that perform y100-edit-n1-segment to validate all required fields and data integrity.
Given
a completed N1 segment with entity and address information
When
the system validates the segment data
Then
perform Y100-EDIT-N1-SEGMENT to validate all required fields and data integrity
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00610
Insert N1 Segment into Database
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a validated n1 segment during the 'Insert N1 Segment into Database' routine, when the system stores the segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that perform z950-isrt-gcsccs55-0003-0025 to insert the segment into gcsccs55 database with sequence numbers 0003-0025.
Given
a validated N1 segment
When
the system stores the segment data
Then
perform Z950-ISRT-GCSCCS55-0003-0025 to insert the segment into GCSCCS55 database with sequence numbers 0003-0025
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00611
Increment Sequence Counter
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming completion of current mcoa segment processing during the 'Increment Sequence Counter' routine, when the system continues the processing loop, the system executes logic to ensure that increment ws-mcoa-seq-nbr and continue until sw-ebsmcoa-not-found is true.
Given
completion of current MCOA segment processing
When
the system continues the processing loop
Then
increment WS-MCOA-SEQ-NBR and continue until SW-EBSMCOA-NOT-FOUND is true
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00612
Build 11 Entity Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a customs manifest is being created and entity type 11 processing is required during the 'Build 11 Entity Segment' routine, when the system searches for edi bol tn segment with entity type 11, the system executes logic to ensure that if found, the system processes the entity data and creates a record 55 segment, otherwise skips to next entity type.
Given
A customs manifest is being created and entity type 11 processing is required
When
The system searches for EDI BOL TN segment with entity type 11
Then
If found, the system processes the entity data and creates a record 55 segment, otherwise skips to next entity type
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00613
Build NN Entity Segments
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming nn entity processing is initiated with sequence number starting from 1 during the 'Build NN Entity Segments' routine, when the system searches for edi bol nn segments incrementally by sequence number, the system executes logic to ensure that the system continues processing each found nn segment until no more segments exist.
Given
NN entity processing is initiated with sequence number starting from 1
When
The system searches for EDI BOL NN segments incrementally by sequence number
Then
The system continues processing each found NN segment until no more segments exist
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00614
Validate NN Entity ID Code
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an nn entity segment is found in edi bol data during the 'Validate NN Entity ID Code' routine, when the system checks the entity id code against valid entity id values, the system executes logic to ensure that if the entity id is valid, processing continues; if invalid, the entity is skipped and importer data is cleared if no s55 importer found.
Given
An NN entity segment is found in EDI BOL data
When
The system checks the entity ID code against valid entity ID values
Then
If the entity ID is valid, processing continues; if invalid, the entity is skipped and importer data is cleared if no S55 importer found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00615
Process NN Entity Data from EDI
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid nn entity segment is found with acceptable entity id code during the 'Process NN Entity Data from EDI' routine, when the system processes the nn entity data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts entity name, consignee chop code, and builds address and contact information for the customs record.
Given
A valid NN entity segment is found with acceptable entity ID code
When
The system processes the NN entity data
Then
The system extracts entity name, consignee chop code, and builds address and contact information for the customs record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00616
Get NN Address Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an nn entity is being processed and address information is needed during the 'Get NN Address Information' routine, when the system searches for corresponding address segments (gc type), the system executes logic to ensure that if address segments are found, the system extracts address lines; if not found or address line 1 is empty, sets default 'na' value.
Given
An NN entity is being processed and address information is needed
When
The system searches for corresponding address segments (GC type)
Then
If address segments are found, the system extracts address lines; if not found or address line 1 is empty, sets default 'NA' value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00617
Get NN City/State Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an nn entity is being processed and geographic information is needed during the 'Get NN City/State Information' routine, when the system searches for corresponding geographic segments (ga type), the system executes logic to ensure that if geographic segments are found, the system extracts city, state, postal code, and country; if not found, clears all geographic data fields.
Given
An NN entity is being processed and geographic information is needed
When
The system searches for corresponding geographic segments (GA type)
Then
If geographic segments are found, the system extracts city, state, postal code, and country; if not found, clears all geographic data fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00618
Build MC Entity Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming mc entity processing is required for the customs manifest during the 'Build MC Entity Segment' routine, when the system searches for edi bol tn segment with entity type mc, the system executes logic to ensure that if found, the system processes the mc entity data and creates a record 55 segment, otherwise continues to next entity type.
Given
MC entity processing is required for the customs manifest
When
The system searches for EDI BOL TN segment with entity type MC
Then
If found, the system processes the MC entity data and creates a record 55 segment, otherwise continues to next entity type
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00619
Build OO Entity Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming oo entity processing is required for the customs manifest during the 'Build OO Entity Segment' routine, when the system searches for edi bol tn segment with entity type oo, the system executes logic to ensure that if found, the system processes the oo entity data and creates a record 55 segment, otherwise continues to next entity type.
Given
OO entity processing is required for the customs manifest
When
The system searches for EDI BOL TN segment with entity type OO
Then
If found, the system processes the OO entity data and creates a record 55 segment, otherwise continues to next entity type
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00620
Build FW Entity Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming fw entity processing is required for the customs manifest during the 'Build FW Entity Segment' routine, when the system searches for edi bol tn segment with entity type fw, the system executes logic to ensure that if found, the system processes the fw entity data and creates a record 55 segment, completing additional entity processing.
Given
FW entity processing is required for the customs manifest
When
The system searches for EDI BOL TN segment with entity type FW
Then
If found, the system processes the FW entity data and creates a record 55 segment, completing additional entity processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00622
Check if Corrector EDI with Existing Importer Data
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a waybill is being processed with importer information during the 'Check if Corrector EDI with Existing Importer Data' routine, when the system checks if importer name, business number, and business number qualifier are all present, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should identify if existing importer data exists and set appropriate processing flags.
Given
A waybill is being processed with importer information
When
The system checks if importer name, business number, and business number qualifier are all present
Then
The system should identify if existing importer data exists and set appropriate processing flags
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00648
Insert New Record
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming less than 24 n1 records exist and a new importer record needs to be stored during the 'Insert New Record' routine, when the system performs an insert operation, the system executes logic to ensure that validate the n1 segment and insert the new record into the sequence position array.
Given
Less than 24 N1 records exist and a new importer record needs to be stored
When
The system performs an insert operation
Then
Validate the N1 segment and insert the new record into the sequence position array
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00653
Add New Record Normally
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the 24-n1-data-found flag is set to false and importer record data is prepared for storage during the 'Add New Record Normally' routine, when the system stores the importer record, the system executes logic to ensure that the system validates the n1 segment and performs the standard insert operation for the new record.
Given
The 24-N1-data-found flag is set to false AND importer record data is prepared for storage
When
The system stores the importer record
Then
The system validates the N1 segment AND performs the standard insert operation for the new record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00655
Set Hazmat Search Sequence to 1
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming hazmat processing variables have been initialized during the 'Set Hazmat Search Sequence to 1' routine, when beginning hazmat segment search, the system executes logic to ensure that hazmat search sequence counter is set to 1.
Given
Hazmat processing variables have been initialized
When
Beginning hazmat segment search
Then
Hazmat search sequence counter is set to 1
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00656
Get EDI BOL Hazmat Segment EBSBCCM-CH
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid edi bol key exists and hazmat search sequence is set during the 'Get EDI BOL Hazmat Segment EBSBCCM-CH' routine, when system attempts to retrieve hazmat segment ebsbccm with type 'ch' for current sequence, the system executes logic to ensure that edi bol hazmat segment is retrieved if it exists for the specified sequence.
Given
A valid EDI BOL key exists and hazmat search sequence is set
When
System attempts to retrieve hazmat segment EBSBCCM with type 'CH' for current sequence
Then
EDI BOL hazmat segment is retrieved if it exists for the specified sequence
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00657
Hazmat Segment Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming system has attempted to retrieve a hazmat segment during the 'Hazmat Segment Found?' routine, when checking the retrieval status, the system executes logic to ensure that if segment exists, continue processing; if not found, end hazmat extraction with no un number found.
Given
System has attempted to retrieve a hazmat segment
When
Checking the retrieval status
Then
If segment exists, continue processing; if not found, end hazmat extraction with no UN number found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00658
Code Starts with 'UN'?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a hazmat segment has been found with un/na identification code during the 'Code Starts with 'UN'?' routine, when checking if the identification code represents a valid un number, the system executes logic to ensure that if code starts with 'un', extract the un number; otherwise increment sequence to check next segment.
Given
A hazmat segment has been found with UN/NA identification code
When
Checking if the identification code represents a valid UN number
Then
If code starts with 'UN', extract the UN number; otherwise increment sequence to check next segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00662
Get Hazmat Info Segment EBSBCHI
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming un number exists and hazmat info sequence is initialized during the 'Get Hazmat Info Segment EBSBCHI' routine, when system attempts to retrieve hazmat info segment ebsbchi with type 'hs', the system executes logic to ensure that detailed hazmat information segment is retrieved if it exists.
Given
UN number exists and hazmat info sequence is initialized
When
System attempts to retrieve hazmat info segment EBSBCHI with type 'HS'
Then
Detailed hazmat information segment is retrieved if it exists
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00663
Hazmat Info Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming system has attempted to retrieve hazmat information segment during the 'Hazmat Info Found?' routine, when checking retrieval status for detailed hazmat data, the system executes logic to ensure that if info segment exists, extract proper shipping name; otherwise complete extraction process.
Given
System has attempted to retrieve hazmat information segment
When
Checking retrieval status for detailed hazmat data
Then
If info segment exists, extract proper shipping name; otherwise complete extraction process
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00664
Extract Proper Shipping Name from LH3-PROPER-SHIP-NAME
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming hazmat information segment is available during the 'Extract Proper Shipping Name from LH3-PROPER-SHIP-NAME' routine, when extracting proper shipping name for commodity classification, the system executes logic to ensure that proper shipping name is extracted from lh3-proper-ship-name field.
Given
Hazmat information segment is available
When
Extracting proper shipping name for commodity classification
Then
Proper shipping name is extracted from LH3-PROPER-SHIP-NAME field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00666
Increment Hazmat Search Sequence
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If current hazmat segment does not contain valid un number format, and continuing search for valid hazmat data occurs during the 'Increment Hazmat Search Sequence' routine, then the system must guarantee that hazmat search sequence counter is incremented by 1.
EXCLUDING
Current hazmat segment does not contain valid UN number format
When
Continuing search for valid hazmat data
Then
Hazmat search sequence counter is incremented by 1
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00667
More Sequences to Check?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming hazmat search sequence has been incremented during the 'More Sequences to Check?' routine, when determining if additional hazmat segments should be searched, the system executes logic to ensure that if sequence is 98 or less, continue searching; otherwise end with no un number found.
Given
Hazmat search sequence has been incremented
When
Determining if additional hazmat segments should be searched
Then
If sequence is 98 or less, continue searching; otherwise end with no UN number found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00668
Get SHIPCOMM Data
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment exists in the system during the 'Get SHIPCOMM Data' routine, when the system needs to process hazmat information from fastway data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves shipcomm segment data using the shipment root key.
Given
A shipment exists in the system
When
The system needs to process hazmat information from Fastway data
Then
The system retrieves SHIPCOMM segment data using the shipment root key
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00670
Get SHIPERP Data
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming shipcomm data is available for the shipment during the 'Get SHIPERP Data' routine, when the system processes hazmat information from fastway data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves shiperp segment using shipment root key and commodity id.
Given
SHIPCOMM data is available for the shipment
When
The system processes hazmat information from Fastway data
Then
The system retrieves SHIPERP segment using shipment root key and commodity ID
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00675
Get SHIPERPD Data
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid un number exists and hazmat description field is initialized during the 'Get SHIPERPD Data' routine, when the system needs detailed hazmat description information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves shiperpd segment using shipment root key, commodity id, and emergency response stcc code.
Given
A valid UN number exists and hazmat description field is initialized
When
The system needs detailed hazmat description information
Then
The system retrieves SHIPERPD segment using shipment root key, commodity ID, and emergency response STCC code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00679
Get Commodity Code from GCCC-COMODITY-CODE
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo manifest is being processed during the 'Get Commodity Code from GCCC-COMODITY-CODE' routine, when the system needs to build hazmat information, the system executes logic to ensure that the commodity code is retrieved from the cargo manifest record.
Given
A cargo manifest is being processed
When
The system needs to build hazmat information
Then
The commodity code is retrieved from the cargo manifest record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00680
Call CIMS to Access Commodity Database
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a commodity code exists in the cargo manifest during the 'Call CIMS to Access Commodity Database' routine, when the system needs to retrieve commodity description for hazmat processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls cims to access the commodity database using the commodity code as the key.
Given
A commodity code exists in the cargo manifest
When
The system needs to retrieve commodity description for hazmat processing
Then
The system calls CIMS to access the commodity database using the commodity code as the key
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00683
Store Description in GCCC-COMODITY-DESC-DANGER
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a commodity description has been extracted from the commodity record during the 'Store Description in GCCC-COMODITY-DESC-DANGER' routine, when the system needs to update the cargo manifest with hazmat information, the system executes logic to ensure that the commodity description is moved to gccc-comodity-desc-danger field.
Given
A commodity description has been extracted from the commodity record
When
The system needs to update the cargo manifest with hazmat information
Then
The commodity description is moved to GCCC-COMODITY-DESC-DANGER field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00687
Store UN Number in GCCC-UN-NUMBER
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a un number has been extracted from the hazmat record during the 'Store UN Number in GCCC-UN-NUMBER' routine, when the system needs to update the cargo manifest with un number, the system executes logic to ensure that the un number is moved to gccc-un-number field.
Given
A UN number has been extracted from the hazmat record
When
The system needs to update the cargo manifest with UN number
Then
The UN number is moved to GCCC-UN-NUMBER field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00689
Are all required fields empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipper or consignee segment (sequence 0001 or 0002) is being processed during the 'Are all required fields empty?' routine, when the segment has empty name, address, city/state/postal/country fields, the system executes logic to ensure that generate required field error messages for name, address, city, state/province, postal code, and country.
Given
A shipper or consignee segment (sequence 0001 or 0002) is being processed
When
The segment has empty name, address, city/state/postal/country fields
Then
Generate required field error messages for name, address, city, state/province, postal code, and country
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00690
Entity ID present but Name missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment is being validated, and entity id code is not empty but entity name is empty occurs during the 'Entity ID present but Name missing?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate a required name error message.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment is being validated
When
Entity ID code is not empty but entity name is empty
Then
Generate a required name error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00691
Entity ID missing but other data present?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment contains address data, contact data, or other entity information, and entity id code is empty but address data, contact data, or other entity information is not empty occurs during the 'Entity ID missing but other data present?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate a required entity id error message.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment contains address data, contact data, or other entity information
When
Entity ID code is empty but address data, contact data, or other entity information is not empty
Then
Generate a required entity ID error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00692
Is Entity ID valid for this segment type?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment with sequence number greater than 2 is being processed, and entity id code is not empty and is not a valid entity type or is shipper, consignee, or customs broker occurs during the 'Is Entity ID valid for this segment type?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an invalid entity id value error message.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment with sequence number greater than 2 is being processed
When
Entity ID code is not empty and is not a valid entity type or is shipper, consignee, or customs broker
Then
Generate an invalid entity ID value error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00693
Entity ID present but Address missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment has an entity id code, and entity id code is not empty but address line 1 is empty occurs during the 'Entity ID present but Address missing?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate a required address error message.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment has an entity ID code
When
Entity ID code is not empty but address line 1 is empty
Then
Generate a required address error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00694
City name present?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment contains address information (n4 data is not empty), and city name is empty occurs during the 'City name present?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate a required city name error message.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment contains address information (N4 data is not empty)
When
City name is empty
Then
Generate a required city name error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00695
City name length >= 2 characters?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 segment has a city name provided during the 'City name length >= 2 characters?' routine, when city name length is less than 2 characters, the system executes logic to ensure that generate a minimum length requirement error message.
Given
An N1 segment has a city name provided
When
City name length is less than 2 characters
Then
Generate a minimum length requirement error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00696
Postal code length >= 3 characters?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment has a postal code provided, and postal code is not empty and length is less than 3 characters occurs during the 'Postal code length >= 3 characters?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate a minimum length requirement error message.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment has a postal code provided
When
Postal code is not empty and length is less than 3 characters
Then
Generate a minimum length requirement error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00697
State/Province code present?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 segment has address information for canada, usa, or mexico during the 'State/Province code present?' routine, when country code is canada, usa, or mexico and state/province code is empty, the system executes logic to ensure that generate a required state/province error message.
Given
An N1 segment has address information for Canada, USA, or Mexico
When
Country code is Canada, USA, or Mexico and state/province code is empty
Then
Generate a required state/province error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00698
State/Province and Country combination valid?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment has both state/province code and country code provided, and the state/province code is not valid for the specified country according to the state-country lookup table occurs during the 'State/Province and Country combination valid?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an invalid state/province error message.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment has both state/province code and country code provided
When
The state/province code is not valid for the specified country according to the state-country lookup table
Then
Generate an invalid state/province error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00699
Lookup Country from State/Province
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 segment has state/province code but missing country code during the 'Lookup Country from State/Province' routine, when country code is empty, the system executes logic to ensure that look up and assign the corresponding country code from the state-country lookup table.
Given
An N1 segment has state/province code but missing country code
When
Country code is empty
Then
Look up and assign the corresponding country code from the state-country lookup table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00700
Country code still missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 segment requires country information during the 'Country code still missing?' routine, when country code is empty after attempting to derive from state/province code, the system executes logic to ensure that generate a required country code error message.
Given
An N1 segment requires country information
When
Country code is empty after attempting to derive from state/province code
Then
Generate a required country code error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00701
Contact name present but qualifier missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment contains contact information, and contact name is not empty but communication number qualifier is empty occurs during the 'Contact name present but qualifier missing?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate a required communication qualifier error message.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment contains contact information
When
Contact name is not empty but communication number qualifier is empty
Then
Generate a required communication qualifier error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00702
Communication number present but qualifier missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment contains contact information, and communication number is not empty but communication number qualifier is empty occurs during the 'Communication number present but qualifier missing?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate a required communication qualifier error message.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment contains contact information
When
Communication number is not empty but communication number qualifier is empty
Then
Generate a required communication qualifier error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00703
Communication qualifier is valid?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment has a communication qualifier specified, and communication qualifier is not blank, 'fx' (fax), or 'te' (telephone) occurs during the 'Communication qualifier is valid?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an invalid communication qualifier value error message.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment has a communication qualifier specified
When
Communication qualifier is not blank, 'FX' (fax), or 'TE' (telephone)
Then
Generate an invalid communication qualifier value error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00704
Qualifier or name present but number missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment contains contact information, and communication qualifier is not empty or contact name is not empty but communication number is empty occurs during the 'Qualifier or name present but number missing?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate a required communication number error message.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment contains contact information
When
Communication qualifier is not empty or contact name is not empty but communication number is empty
Then
Generate a required communication number error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02113
Generate Entity ID Required Error
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a party record contains address data (n3), location data (n4), or contact data (per) but the entity id is missing or blank during the 'Generate Entity ID Required Error' routine, when the system validates the party information, the system executes logic to ensure that generate an error message indicating that entity id is required when address information is present.
Given
A party record contains address data (N3), location data (N4), or contact data (PER) but the entity ID is missing or blank
When
The system validates the party information
Then
Generate an error message indicating that entity ID is required when address information is present
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02114
Generate Name Required Error
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a party record contains address data (n3), location data (n4), or contact data (per) but the party name is missing or blank during the 'Generate Name Required Error' routine, when the system validates the party information, the system executes logic to ensure that generate an error message indicating that name is required when address information is present.
Given
A party record contains address data (N3), location data (N4), or contact data (PER) but the party name is missing or blank
When
The system validates the party information
Then
Generate an error message indicating that name is required when address information is present
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02115
Generate Name Required Error Message
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a party record has an entity id specified but the name field is missing or blank during the 'Generate Name Required Error Message' routine, when the system validates the party information, the system executes logic to ensure that generate an error message indicating that name is required when entity id is present.
Given
A party record has an entity ID specified but the name field is missing or blank
When
The system validates the party information
Then
Generate an error message indicating that name is required when entity ID is present
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02116
Generate Invalid Entity ID Error
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a party record has sequence number greater than 2 and the entity id is 'sh' (shipper), 'cn' (consignee), or 'cb' (customs broker) during the 'Generate Invalid Entity ID Error' routine, when the system validates the entity id, the system executes logic to ensure that generate an error message indicating that the entity id value is invalid for this party position.
Given
A party record has sequence number greater than 2 and the entity ID is 'SH' (Shipper), 'CN' (Consignee), or 'CB' (Customs Broker)
When
The system validates the entity ID
Then
Generate an error message indicating that the entity ID value is invalid for this party position
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02117
Generate Address Required Error
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a party record has an entity id specified but the address information is missing or blank during the 'Generate Address Required Error' routine, when the system validates the party information, the system executes logic to ensure that generate an error message indicating that address is required when entity id is present.
Given
A party record has an entity ID specified but the address information is missing or blank
When
The system validates the party information
Then
Generate an error message indicating that address is required when entity ID is present
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02118
Is Entity ID or Name Missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a party record is for sequence 1 (shipper) or sequence 2 (consignee) and contains address, location, or contact data during the 'Is Entity ID or Name Missing?' routine, when the system validates required party information, the system executes logic to ensure that both entity id and name must be present, and all required address fields must be populated with appropriate error messages for missing data.
Given
A party record is for sequence 1 (shipper) or sequence 2 (consignee) and contains address, location, or contact data
When
The system validates required party information
Then
Both entity ID and name must be present, and all required address fields must be populated with appropriate error messages for missing data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02512
Is Shipper or Consignee Record?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a record with sequence number indicating shipper (0001) or consignee (0002) during the 'Is Shipper or Consignee Record?' routine, when all core fields (name, address, city/state/postal, contact) are empty, the system executes logic to ensure that generate comprehensive error messages for all missing required fields.
Given
A record with sequence number indicating shipper (0001) or consignee (0002)
When
All core fields (name, address, city/state/postal, contact) are empty
Then
Generate comprehensive error messages for all missing required fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02513
Entity ID Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a record segment with address, city/state, or contact information present during the 'Entity ID Present?' routine, when entity identifier code is missing or empty, the system executes logic to ensure that generate error message requiring entity identifier.
Given
A record segment with address, city/state, or contact information present
When
Entity identifier code is missing or empty
Then
Generate error message requiring entity identifier
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02514
Name Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a record with entity identifier code populated during the 'Name Present?' routine, when entity name field is missing or empty, the system executes logic to ensure that generate error message requiring entity name.
Given
A record with entity identifier code populated
When
Entity name field is missing or empty
Then
Generate error message requiring entity name
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02515
Entity ID Valid for Record Type?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a record with sequence number greater than 2 and entity identifier present, and entity identifier is not in valid list or is shipper/consignee/customs broker type occurs during the 'Entity ID Valid for Record Type?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate error message for invalid entity identifier value.
EXCLUDING
A record with sequence number greater than 2 and entity identifier present
When
Entity identifier is not in valid list or is shipper/consignee/customs broker type
Then
Generate error message for invalid entity identifier value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02516
Entity ID Present but Address Missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a record with entity identifier code present during the 'Entity ID Present but Address Missing?' routine, when primary address information is missing or empty, the system executes logic to ensure that generate error message requiring address information.
Given
A record with entity identifier code present
When
Primary address information is missing or empty
Then
Generate error message requiring address information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02517
City Name Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a record with geographic information section populated during the 'City Name Present?' routine, when city name field is missing or empty, the system executes logic to ensure that generate error message requiring city name.
Given
A record with geographic information section populated
When
City name field is missing or empty
Then
Generate error message requiring city name
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02518
City Name Length >= 2?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a record with city name provided during the 'City Name Length >= 2?' routine, when city name length is less than 2 characters, the system executes logic to ensure that generate error message for minimum length requirement.
Given
A record with city name provided
When
City name length is less than 2 characters
Then
Generate error message for minimum length requirement
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02519
Postal Code Length >= 3?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a record with postal code field populated during the 'Postal Code Length >= 3?' routine, when postal code length is less than 3 characters, the system executes logic to ensure that generate error message for postal code minimum length requirement.
Given
A record with postal code field populated
When
Postal code length is less than 3 characters
Then
Generate error message for postal code minimum length requirement
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02520
Country is CA/US/MX?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a record with country code indicating canada, united states, or mexico during the 'Country is CA/US/MX?' routine, when state or province code is missing or empty, the system executes logic to ensure that generate error message requiring state or province code.
Given
A record with country code indicating Canada, United States, or Mexico
When
State or province code is missing or empty
Then
Generate error message requiring state or province code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02521
State/Country Combination Valid?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a record with both state/province code and country code provided, and state/province code does not correspond to the specified country in reference table occurs during the 'State/Country Combination Valid?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate error message for invalid state/province and country combination.
EXCLUDING
A record with both state/province code and country code provided
When
State/province code does not correspond to the specified country in reference table
Then
Generate error message for invalid state/province and country combination
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02522
Contact Name Present but Qualifier Missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a record with contact person name populated during the 'Contact Name Present but Qualifier Missing?' routine, when communication number qualifier is missing or empty, the system executes logic to ensure that generate error message requiring communication qualifier.
Given
A record with contact person name populated
When
Communication number qualifier is missing or empty
Then
Generate error message requiring communication qualifier
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02523
Communication Number Present but Qualifier Missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a record with communication number populated during the 'Communication Number Present but Qualifier Missing?' routine, when communication number qualifier is missing or empty, the system executes logic to ensure that generate error message requiring communication qualifier.
Given
A record with communication number populated
When
Communication number qualifier is missing or empty
Then
Generate error message requiring communication qualifier
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02524
Qualifier Valid Value?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a record with communication qualifier populated, and qualifier value is not spaces, 'fx', or 'te' occurs during the 'Qualifier Valid Value?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate error message for invalid communication qualifier value.
EXCLUDING
A record with communication qualifier populated
When
Qualifier value is not spaces, 'FX', or 'TE'
Then
Generate error message for invalid communication qualifier value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02525
Qualifier or Name Present but Number Missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a record with communication qualifier populated or contact person name populated during the 'Qualifier or Name Present but Number Missing?' routine, when communication number is missing or empty, the system executes logic to ensure that generate error message requiring communication number.
Given
A record with communication qualifier populated or contact person name populated
When
Communication number is missing or empty
Then
Generate error message requiring communication number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02754
Generate Shipper Required Field Errors
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipper record is being validated and the record sequence is 0001 and all required fields (name, address, city, state, postal code, country) are empty during the 'Generate Shipper Required Field Errors' routine, when the system performs n1 segment validation, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates error messages for shipper name required, address required, city required, state required, postal code required, and country required.
Given
A shipper record is being validated AND the record sequence is 0001 AND all required fields (name, address, city, state, postal code, country) are empty
When
The system performs N1 segment validation
Then
The system generates error messages for shipper name required, address required, city required, state required, postal code required, and country required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02755
Generate Consignee Required Field Errors
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a consignee record is being validated and the record sequence is 0002 and all required fields (name, address, city, state, postal code, country) are empty during the 'Generate Consignee Required Field Errors' routine, when the system performs n1 segment validation, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates error messages for consignee name required, address required, city required, state required, postal code required, and country required.
Given
A consignee record is being validated AND the record sequence is 0002 AND all required fields (name, address, city, state, postal code, country) are empty
When
The system performs N1 segment validation
Then
The system generates error messages for consignee name required, address required, city required, state required, postal code required, and country required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02756
Add N102 Name Required Error Message
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 segment is being validated and the entity id code is present and the name field is empty during the 'Add N102 Name Required Error Message' routine, when the system checks field consistency, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates an error message indicating that the name field is required when entity id is specified.
Given
An N1 segment is being validated AND the entity ID code is present AND the name field is empty
When
The system checks field consistency
Then
The system generates an error message indicating that the name field is required when entity ID is specified
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02757
Add N101 Entity ID Required Error
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment is being validated and address information is present (n3 or n4 or per data is not empty) and the entity id code is empty, and the system checks field dependencies occurs during the 'Add N101 Entity ID Required Error' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system generates an error message indicating that entity id is required when address information is provided.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment is being validated AND address information is present (N3 or N4 or PER data is not empty) AND the entity ID code is empty
When
The system checks field dependencies
Then
The system generates an error message indicating that entity ID is required when address information is provided
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02758
Add N102 Name Required Error
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment is being validated and address information is present (n3 or n4 or per data is not empty) and the name field is empty, and the system checks field dependencies occurs during the 'Add N102 Name Required Error' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system generates an error message indicating that name is required when address information is provided.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment is being validated AND address information is present (N3 or N4 or PER data is not empty) AND the name field is empty
When
The system checks field dependencies
Then
The system generates an error message indicating that name is required when address information is provided
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02759
Validate N3 Address Fields
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 segment has entity id and name populated and the address line 1 field is empty during the 'Validate N3 Address Fields' routine, when the system validates address requirements, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates an error message indicating that address is required for the identified entity.
Given
An N1 segment has entity ID and name populated AND the address line 1 field is empty
When
The system validates address requirements
Then
The system generates an error message indicating that address is required for the identified entity
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02760
Validate N4 Geographic Fields
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n4 segment contains geographic data and the city name field is empty during the 'Validate N4 Geographic Fields' routine, when the system validates geographic information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates an error message indicating that city name is required.
Given
An N4 segment contains geographic data AND the city name field is empty
When
The system validates geographic information
Then
The system generates an error message indicating that city name is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02761
Validate N4 Geographic Fields
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n4 segment contains a city name and the city name length is less than 2 characters during the 'Validate N4 Geographic Fields' routine, when the system validates city name format, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates an error message indicating minimum length of 2 characters is required.
Given
An N4 segment contains a city name AND the city name length is less than 2 characters
When
The system validates city name format
Then
The system generates an error message indicating minimum length of 2 characters is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02762
Validate N4 Geographic Fields
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n4 segment contains a postal code and the postal code length is less than 3 characters during the 'Validate N4 Geographic Fields' routine, when the system validates postal code format, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates an error message indicating minimum length of 3 characters is required.
Given
An N4 segment contains a postal code AND the postal code length is less than 3 characters
When
The system validates postal code format
Then
The system generates an error message indicating minimum length of 3 characters is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02763
Validate N4 Geographic Fields
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n4 segment has country code of canada, usa, or mexico and the state/province code is empty during the 'Validate N4 Geographic Fields' routine, when the system validates geographic requirements, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates an error message indicating that state/province code is required for the specified country.
Given
An N4 segment has country code of Canada, USA, or Mexico AND the state/province code is empty
When
The system validates geographic requirements
Then
The system generates an error message indicating that state/province code is required for the specified country
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02764
Validate N4 Geographic Fields
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n4 segment has both state/province code and country code populated and the state code is not valid for the specified country, and the system cross-validates state and country codes occurs during the 'Validate N4 Geographic Fields' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system generates an error message indicating invalid state/province code for the country.
EXCLUDING
An N4 segment has both state/province code and country code populated AND the state code is not valid for the specified country
When
The system cross-validates state and country codes
Then
The system generates an error message indicating invalid state/province code for the country
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02765
Validate N4 Geographic Fields
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n4 segment contains geographic data and the country code field is empty during the 'Validate N4 Geographic Fields' routine, when the system validates geographic completeness, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates an error message indicating that country code is required.
Given
An N4 segment contains geographic data AND the country code field is empty
When
The system validates geographic completeness
Then
The system generates an error message indicating that country code is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02766
Validate PER Contact Fields
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a per segment has contact person name populated and the communication number qualifier is empty during the 'Validate PER Contact Fields' routine, when the system validates contact information consistency, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates an error message indicating that communication qualifier is required when contact name is provided.
Given
A PER segment has contact person name populated AND the communication number qualifier is empty
When
The system validates contact information consistency
Then
The system generates an error message indicating that communication qualifier is required when contact name is provided
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02767
Validate PER Contact Fields
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a per segment has communication number populated and the communication number qualifier is empty during the 'Validate PER Contact Fields' routine, when the system validates contact information consistency, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates an error message indicating that communication qualifier is required when phone number is provided.
Given
A PER segment has communication number populated AND the communication number qualifier is empty
When
The system validates contact information consistency
Then
The system generates an error message indicating that communication qualifier is required when phone number is provided
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02768
Validate PER Contact Fields
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a per segment has communication number qualifier populated and the qualifier is not spaces, 'fx' (fax), or 'te' (telephone), and the system validates qualifier values occurs during the 'Validate PER Contact Fields' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system generates an error message indicating invalid communication qualifier value.
EXCLUDING
A PER segment has communication number qualifier populated AND the qualifier is not spaces, 'FX' (fax), or 'TE' (telephone)
When
The system validates qualifier values
Then
The system generates an error message indicating invalid communication qualifier value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02769
Validate PER Contact Fields
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a per segment has communication qualifier or contact person name populated and the communication number is empty during the 'Validate PER Contact Fields' routine, when the system validates contact completeness, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates an error message indicating that communication number is required.
Given
A PER segment has communication qualifier or contact person name populated AND the communication number is empty
When
The system validates contact completeness
Then
The system generates an error message indicating that communication number is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02963
Shipper Name Empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipper or consignee record is being validated and all address and contact fields are empty during the 'Shipper Name Empty?' routine, when the entity name field is empty or spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that generate error message indicating entity name is required.
Given
A shipper or consignee record is being validated and all address and contact fields are empty
When
The entity name field is empty or spaces
Then
Generate error message indicating entity name is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02964
Shipper Address Empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity record has a name but address, city, state, postal or contact information exists during the 'Shipper Address Empty?' routine, when the address field is empty or spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that generate error message indicating address is required.
Given
An entity record has a name but address, city, state, postal or contact information exists
When
The address field is empty or spaces
Then
Generate error message indicating address is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02965
Shipper City Empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity record has address data populated during the 'Shipper City Empty?' routine, when the city field is empty or spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that generate error message indicating city is required.
Given
An entity record has address data populated
When
The city field is empty or spaces
Then
Generate error message indicating city is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02966
Shipper State Empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity record has country code of canada, usa, or mexico and address data exists during the 'Shipper State Empty?' routine, when the state/province field is empty or spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that generate error message indicating state/province is required.
Given
An entity record has country code of Canada, USA, or Mexico and address data exists
When
The state/province field is empty or spaces
Then
Generate error message indicating state/province is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02967
Shipper Postal Empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity record has a postal code provided and address data exists during the 'Shipper Postal Empty?' routine, when the postal code length is less than 3 characters, the system executes logic to ensure that generate error message indicating minimum length of 3 characters required.
Given
An entity record has a postal code provided and address data exists
When
The postal code length is less than 3 characters
Then
Generate error message indicating minimum length of 3 characters required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02968
Shipper Country Empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity record has address data populated during the 'Shipper Country Empty?' routine, when the country field is empty or spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that generate error message indicating country is required.
Given
An entity record has address data populated
When
The country field is empty or spaces
Then
Generate error message indicating country is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02969
Generate Error: Shipper Name Required
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a required field validation has failed for an entity record during the 'Generate Error: Shipper Name Required' routine, when the system needs to communicate the validation failure, the system executes logic to ensure that generate appropriate error message based on the specific missing field (name, address, city, state, postal, country).
Given
A required field validation has failed for an entity record
When
The system needs to communicate the validation failure
Then
Generate appropriate error message based on the specific missing field (name, address, city, state, postal, country)
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02970
Add Error to Message Array
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a validation error has been generated and message index is less than 10 during the 'Add Error to Message Array' routine, when the system needs to store the error for user notification, the system executes logic to ensure that add the error message to the message array, increment message index, and clear temporary message fields.
Given
A validation error has been generated and message index is less than 10
When
The system needs to store the error for user notification
Then
Add the error message to the message array, increment message index, and clear temporary message fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02973
All Consignee Fields Empty? Name, Address, City/State/Postal
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a consignee record is being validated during the 'All Consignee Fields Empty? Name, Address, City/State/Postal' routine, when the consignee name is spaces and address data is spaces and city/state/postal data is spaces and contact data is spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system identifies this as a completely empty consignee record requiring all mandatory field error messages.
Given
A consignee record is being validated
When
The consignee name is spaces AND address data is spaces AND city/state/postal data is spaces AND contact data is spaces
Then
The system identifies this as a completely empty consignee record requiring all mandatory field error messages
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02974
Generate Consignee Name Required Error GCCS-E-GEN-CONSIGNEE-REQ
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a consignee record with empty mandatory fields is being processed during the 'Generate Consignee Name Required Error GCCS-E-GEN-CONSIGNEE-REQ' routine, when the consignee name field is spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates a consignee required error message using error code gccs-e-gen-consignee-req.
Given
A consignee record with empty mandatory fields is being processed
When
The consignee name field is spaces
Then
The system generates a consignee required error message using error code GCCS-E-GEN-CONSIGNEE-REQ
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02975
Generate Address Required Error GCCS-E-GEN-REQUIRED-N301
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a consignee record with empty mandatory fields is being processed during the 'Generate Address Required Error GCCS-E-GEN-REQUIRED-N301' routine, when the address field is spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates an address required error message using error code gccs-e-gen-required-n301.
Given
A consignee record with empty mandatory fields is being processed
When
The address field is spaces
Then
The system generates an address required error message using error code GCCS-E-GEN-REQUIRED-N301
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02976
Generate City Required Error GCCS-E-GEN-REQUIRED-N401
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a consignee record with empty mandatory fields is being processed during the 'Generate City Required Error GCCS-E-GEN-REQUIRED-N401' routine, when the city field is spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates a city required error message using error code gccs-e-gen-required-n401.
Given
A consignee record with empty mandatory fields is being processed
When
The city field is spaces
Then
The system generates a city required error message using error code GCCS-E-GEN-REQUIRED-N401
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02977
Generate State Required Error GCCS-E-GEN-REQUIRED-N402
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a consignee record with empty mandatory fields is being processed during the 'Generate State Required Error GCCS-E-GEN-REQUIRED-N402' routine, when the state/province field is spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates a state required error message using error code gccs-e-gen-required-n402.
Given
A consignee record with empty mandatory fields is being processed
When
The state/province field is spaces
Then
The system generates a state required error message using error code GCCS-E-GEN-REQUIRED-N402
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02978
Generate Postal Required Error GCCS-E-GEN-REQUIRED-N403
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a consignee record with empty mandatory fields is being processed during the 'Generate Postal Required Error GCCS-E-GEN-REQUIRED-N403' routine, when the postal code field is spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates a postal code required error message using error code gccs-e-gen-required-n403.
Given
A consignee record with empty mandatory fields is being processed
When
The postal code field is spaces
Then
The system generates a postal code required error message using error code GCCS-E-GEN-REQUIRED-N403
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02979
Generate Country Required Error GCCS-E-GEN-REQUIRED-N404
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a consignee record with empty mandatory fields is being processed during the 'Generate Country Required Error GCCS-E-GEN-REQUIRED-N404' routine, when the country field is spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates a country required error message using error code gccs-e-gen-required-n404.
Given
A consignee record with empty mandatory fields is being processed
When
The country field is spaces
Then
The system generates a country required error message using error code GCCS-E-GEN-REQUIRED-N404
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02980
Add Error Messages to Message Array
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming error messages have been generated for missing consignee fields during the 'Add Error Messages to Message Array' routine, when the message index is less than 10, the system executes logic to ensure that the system adds each error message to the message array and increments the message index.
Given
Error messages have been generated for missing consignee fields
When
The message index is less than 10
Then
The system adds each error message to the message array and increments the message index
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02981
Set Return Error Flag
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming validation errors have been generated and added to the message collection during the 'Set Return Error Flag' routine, when error messages exist for the consignee record, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the return status to error to indicate validation failure.
Given
Validation errors have been generated and added to the message collection
When
Error messages exist for the consignee record
Then
The system sets the return status to error to indicate validation failure
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02119
N4 Address Data Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n4 address segment is being processed for validation during the 'N4 Address Data Present?' routine, when the system checks if the n4 address data fields contain any information, the system executes logic to ensure that if n4 address data is empty, skip all address validations and complete processing, otherwise proceed with address field validations.
Given
An N4 address segment is being processed for validation
When
The system checks if the N4 address data fields contain any information
Then
If N4 address data is empty, skip all address validations and complete processing, otherwise proceed with address field validations
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02120
City Name Empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming n4 address data is present and being validated during the 'City Name Empty?' routine, when the city name field is empty or contains only spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that generate a required field error message for city name (gccs-e-gen-required-n401).
Given
N4 address data is present and being validated
When
The city name field is empty or contains only spaces
Then
Generate a required field error message for city name (GCCS-E-GEN-REQUIRED-N401)
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02121
City Length < 2 Characters?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a city name is provided in the address data during the 'City Length < 2 Characters?' routine, when the city name contains fewer than 2 non-space characters, the system executes logic to ensure that generate a minimum length error message requiring at least 2 characters (gccs-e-gen-min-len2-req).
Given
A city name is provided in the address data
When
The city name contains fewer than 2 non-space characters
Then
Generate a minimum length error message requiring at least 2 characters (GCCS-E-GEN-MIN-LEN2-REQ)
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02122
Postal Code Length < 3 Characters?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a postal code is provided in the address data during the 'Postal Code Length < 3 Characters?' routine, when the postal code contains fewer than 3 non-space characters, the system executes logic to ensure that generate a minimum length error message requiring at least 3 characters (gccs-e-gen-min-len3-req).
Given
A postal code is provided in the address data
When
The postal code contains fewer than 3 non-space characters
Then
Generate a minimum length error message requiring at least 3 characters (GCCS-E-GEN-MIN-LEN3-REQ)
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02123
State/Province Code Empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the country code indicates canada, usa, or mexico during the 'State/Province Code Empty?' routine, when the state or province code field is empty or contains only spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that generate a required field error message for state/province code (gccs-e-gen-required-n402).
Given
The country code indicates Canada, USA, or Mexico
When
The state or province code field is empty or contains only spaces
Then
Generate a required field error message for state/province code (GCCS-E-GEN-REQUIRED-N402)
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02124
Valid State-Country Match?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If both state/province code and country code are provided for canada, usa, or mexico, and the state/province code does not exist in the state-country lookup table for the specified country occurs during the 'Valid State-Country Match?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an invalid state/province code error message (gccs-e-invalid-n402).
EXCLUDING
Both state/province code and country code are provided for Canada, USA, or Mexico
When
The state/province code does not exist in the state-country lookup table for the specified country
Then
Generate an invalid state/province code error message (GCCS-E-INVALID-N402)
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02126
Country Code Empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming address validation is being performed during the 'Country Code Empty?' routine, when the country code field is empty and cannot be auto-assigned from state/province code, the system executes logic to ensure that generate a required field error message for country code (gccs-e-gen-required-n404).
Given
Address validation is being performed
When
The country code field is empty and cannot be auto-assigned from state/province code
Then
Generate a required field error message for country code (GCCS-E-GEN-REQUIRED-N404)
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02526
N4 Address Data Present?
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an address validation process is initiated, and the n4 address data segment is empty or not present occurs during the 'N4 Address Data Present?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should skip all address validation steps and complete the validation process.
EXCLUDING
An address validation process is initiated
When
The N4 address data segment is empty or not present
Then
The system should skip all address validation steps and complete the validation process
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02527
City Name Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming n4 address data is present for validation during the 'City Name Present?' routine, when the city name field is empty or contains only spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should generate a required city name error message.
Given
N4 address data is present for validation
When
The city name field is empty or contains only spaces
Then
The system should generate a required city name error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02528
City Name Length >= 2?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a city name is provided in the address data during the 'City Name Length >= 2?' routine, when the city name has fewer than 2 characters after removing trailing spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should generate a minimum length requirement error message.
Given
A city name is provided in the address data
When
The city name has fewer than 2 characters after removing trailing spaces
Then
The system should generate a minimum length requirement error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02529
Postal Code Length >= 3?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a postal code is provided in the address data during the 'Postal Code Length >= 3?' routine, when the postal code has fewer than 3 characters after removing trailing spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should generate a postal code minimum length requirement error message.
Given
A postal code is provided in the address data
When
The postal code has fewer than 3 characters after removing trailing spaces
Then
The system should generate a postal code minimum length requirement error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02530
State/Province Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming address data contains a country code of canada, usa, or mexico during the 'State/Province Present?' routine, when the state or province code field is empty or contains only spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should generate a required state/province error message.
Given
Address data contains a country code of Canada, USA, or Mexico
When
The state or province code field is empty or contains only spaces
Then
The system should generate a required state/province error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02531
Valid State-Country Combination?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If address data contains both state/province code and country code for canada, usa, or mexico, and the state/province code does not exist in the state-country lookup table for the specified country occurs during the 'Valid State-Country Combination?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should generate an invalid state/province code error message.
EXCLUDING
Address data contains both state/province code and country code for Canada, USA, or Mexico
When
The state/province code does not exist in the state-country lookup table for the specified country
Then
The system should generate an invalid state/province code error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02533
Country Code Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming address validation is being performed during the 'Country Code Present?' routine, when the country code field is empty or contains only spaces after all processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should generate a required country code error message.
Given
Address validation is being performed
When
The country code field is empty or contains only spaces after all processing
Then
The system should generate a required country code error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02771
Generate Error Message
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a state/province code that does not exist in the lookup table for the specified country, and the validation process determines the state/province code is invalid occurs during the 'Generate Error Message' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system generates an error message indicating invalid state/province code and adds it to the message collection.
EXCLUDING
A state/province code that does not exist in the lookup table for the specified country
When
The validation process determines the state/province code is invalid
Then
The system generates an error message indicating invalid state/province code and adds it to the message collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02773
Set Valid Province Flag
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming shipper address information with state/province code is provided during the 'Set Valid Province Flag' routine, when the shipper state/province code is validated against the state-country lookup table, the system executes logic to ensure that if valid, the corresponding country code is assigned to shipper country field, otherwise an error message is generated for invalid shipper state/province code.
Given
Shipper address information with state/province code is provided
When
The shipper state/province code is validated against the state-country lookup table
Then
If valid, the corresponding country code is assigned to shipper country field, otherwise an error message is generated for invalid shipper state/province code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02774
Set Valid Province Flag
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming consignee address information with state/province code is provided during the 'Set Valid Province Flag' routine, when the consignee state/province code is validated against the state-country lookup table, the system executes logic to ensure that if valid, the corresponding country code is assigned to consignee country field, otherwise an error message is generated for invalid consignee state/province code.
Given
Consignee address information with state/province code is provided
When
The consignee state/province code is validated against the state-country lookup table
Then
If valid, the corresponding country code is assigned to consignee country field, otherwise an error message is generated for invalid consignee state/province code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02127
Validate Communication Number Qualifier
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a contact record with communication number qualifier is being processed, and the communication number qualifier is provided and is not blank, 'fx' (fax), or 'te' (telephone) occurs during the 'Validate Communication Number Qualifier' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an error message indicating invalid communication qualifier value.
EXCLUDING
A contact record with communication number qualifier is being processed
When
The communication number qualifier is provided and is not blank, 'FX' (fax), or 'TE' (telephone)
Then
Generate an error message indicating invalid communication qualifier value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02128
Generate Error: Communication Qualifier Required
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a contact record is being processed with a contact name provided during the 'Generate Error: Communication Qualifier Required' routine, when the communication number qualifier is blank or spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that generate an error message requiring communication qualifier.
Given
A contact record is being processed with a contact name provided
When
The communication number qualifier is blank or spaces
Then
Generate an error message requiring communication qualifier
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02129
Generate Error: Communication Qualifier Required
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a contact record is being processed with a communication number provided during the 'Generate Error: Communication Qualifier Required' routine, when the communication number qualifier is blank or spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that generate an error message requiring communication qualifier.
Given
A contact record is being processed with a communication number provided
When
The communication number qualifier is blank or spaces
Then
Generate an error message requiring communication qualifier
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02130
Generate Error: Communication Number Required
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a contact record is being processed with either communication number qualifier or contact name provided during the 'Generate Error: Communication Number Required' routine, when the communication number is blank or spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that generate an error message requiring communication number.
Given
A contact record is being processed with either communication number qualifier or contact name provided
When
The communication number is blank or spaces
Then
Generate an error message requiring communication number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00705
All N1 Data Empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a record is identified as shipper (sequence 1) or consignee (sequence 2) and all n1 segment data fields (name, address, city, state, postal code, country, contact) are empty during the 'All N1 Data Empty?' routine, when the system validates the n1 segment data completeness, the system executes logic to ensure that generate required field error messages for name (n102), address (n301), city (n401), state/province (n402), postal code (n403), country (n404) and add each error message to the validation results.
Given
A record is identified as shipper (sequence 1) or consignee (sequence 2) AND all N1 segment data fields (name, address, city, state, postal code, country, contact) are empty
When
The system validates the N1 segment data completeness
Then
Generate required field error messages for name (N102), address (N301), city (N401), state/province (N402), postal code (N403), country (N404) AND add each error message to the validation results
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00706
Entity ID Missing but Address Data Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment where entity id is empty and at least one of address data, city data, contact data is not empty, and the system validates entity id requirements occurs during the 'Entity ID Missing but Address Data Present?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate error message indicating entity id is required.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment where entity ID is empty AND at least one of address data, city data, contact data is not empty
When
The system validates entity ID requirements
Then
Generate error message indicating entity ID is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00707
Name Missing but Entity ID Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment where entity id is not empty and name field is empty, and the system validates name field requirements occurs during the 'Name Missing but Entity ID Present?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate error message indicating name is required.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment where entity ID is not empty AND name field is empty
When
The system validates name field requirements
Then
Generate error message indicating name is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00708
Entity ID Present but Name Missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment where entity id is not empty and name field is empty, and the system validates the relationship between entity id and name occurs during the 'Entity ID Present but Name Missing?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate error message indicating name is required.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment where entity ID is not empty AND name field is empty
When
The system validates the relationship between entity ID and name
Then
Generate error message indicating name is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00709
Invalid Entity ID Value?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a record with sequence number greater than 2 and entity id is not empty and entity id is not in the valid values list or entity id is 'sh' (shipper) or entity id is 'cn' (consignee) or entity id is 'bn' (customs broker), and the system validates entity id values for non-primary records occurs during the 'Invalid Entity ID Value?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate error message indicating invalid entity id value.
EXCLUDING
A record with sequence number greater than 2 AND entity ID is not empty AND entity ID is not in the valid values list OR entity ID is 'SH' (shipper) OR entity ID is 'CN' (consignee) OR entity ID is 'BN' (customs broker)
When
The system validates entity ID values for non-primary records
Then
Generate error message indicating invalid entity ID value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00710
Entity ID Present but Address Missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment where entity id is not empty and address field is empty, and the system validates address field requirements occurs during the 'Entity ID Present but Address Missing?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate error message indicating address is required.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment where entity ID is not empty AND address field is empty
When
The system validates address field requirements
Then
Generate error message indicating address is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00711
City Name Length < 2?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment where city name is not empty and the length of city name after removing trailing spaces is less than 2 characters, and the system validates city name length requirements occurs during the 'City Name Length < 2?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate error message indicating minimum 2 characters required.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment where city name is not empty AND the length of city name after removing trailing spaces is less than 2 characters
When
The system validates city name length requirements
Then
Generate error message indicating minimum 2 characters required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00712
Postal Code Length < 3?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment where postal code is not empty and the length of postal code after removing trailing spaces is less than 3 characters, and the system validates postal code length requirements occurs during the 'Postal Code Length < 3?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate error message indicating minimum 3 characters required.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment where postal code is not empty AND the length of postal code after removing trailing spaces is less than 3 characters
When
The system validates postal code length requirements
Then
Generate error message indicating minimum 3 characters required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00713
State/Province Missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 segment where country code is 'ca' (canada) or 'us' (usa) or 'mx' (mexico) and state/province code is empty during the 'State/Province Missing?' routine, when the system validates state/province requirements for north american countries, the system executes logic to ensure that generate error message indicating state/province is required.
Given
An N1 segment where country code is 'CA' (Canada) OR 'US' (USA) OR 'MX' (Mexico) AND state/province code is empty
When
The system validates state/province requirements for North American countries
Then
Generate error message indicating state/province is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00714
Invalid State/Country Combination?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment where state/province code is not empty and country code is not empty and the state/province code is not found in the state-country lookup table for the specified country, and the system validates state/province and country code combination occurs during the 'Invalid State/Country Combination?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate error message indicating invalid state/province code.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment where state/province code is not empty AND country code is not empty AND the state/province code is not found in the state-country lookup table for the specified country
When
The system validates state/province and country code combination
Then
Generate error message indicating invalid state/province code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00715
Contact Name Present but Communication Qualifier Missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment where contact name is not empty and communication qualifier is empty, and the system validates communication qualifier requirements for contact information occurs during the 'Contact Name Present but Communication Qualifier Missing?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate error message indicating communication qualifier is required.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment where contact name is not empty AND communication qualifier is empty
When
The system validates communication qualifier requirements for contact information
Then
Generate error message indicating communication qualifier is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00716
Communication Number Present but Communication Qualifier Missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment where communication number is not empty and communication qualifier is empty, and the system validates communication qualifier requirements for communication number occurs during the 'Communication Number Present but Communication Qualifier Missing?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate error message indicating communication qualifier is required.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment where communication number is not empty AND communication qualifier is empty
When
The system validates communication qualifier requirements for communication number
Then
Generate error message indicating communication qualifier is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00717
Invalid Communication Qualifier Value?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment where communication qualifier is not empty and communication qualifier is not equal to spaces and not equal to 'fx' (fax) and not equal to 'te' (telephone), and the system validates communication qualifier values occurs during the 'Invalid Communication Qualifier Value?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate error message indicating invalid communication qualifier value.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment where communication qualifier is not empty AND communication qualifier is not equal to spaces AND not equal to 'FX' (fax) AND not equal to 'TE' (telephone)
When
The system validates communication qualifier values
Then
Generate error message indicating invalid communication qualifier value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00718
Communication Qualifier Present but Communication Number Missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment where (communication qualifier is not empty or contact name is not empty) and communication number is empty, and the system validates communication number requirements occurs during the 'Communication Qualifier Present but Communication Number Missing?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate error message indicating communication number is required.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment where (communication qualifier is not empty OR contact name is not empty) AND communication number is empty
When
The system validates communication number requirements
Then
Generate error message indicating communication number is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00719
Address Data Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a record with address information is being processed during the 'Address Data Present?' routine, when the system evaluates the n4 segment data for presence of address fields, the system executes logic to ensure that if n4 data is empty or spaces, skip validation; otherwise proceed with state-country validation.
Given
A record with address information is being processed
When
The system evaluates the N4 segment data for presence of address fields
Then
If N4 data is empty or spaces, skip validation; otherwise proceed with state-country validation
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00720
Get State/Province Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming address data is present in the n4 segment during the 'Get State/Province Code' routine, when the system processes the n402 state/province code field, the system executes logic to ensure that the state/province code is extracted and prepared for country validation lookup.
Given
Address data is present in the N4 segment
When
The system processes the N402 state/province code field
Then
The state/province code is extracted and prepared for country validation lookup
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00726
Add Error Message to Validation Results
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an invalid state/province error has been generated during the 'Add Error Message to Validation Results' routine, when the system processes the error for reporting, the system executes logic to ensure that the error message is retrieved using z400-retrieve-err-msg and added to the message array using z100-add-message.
Given
An invalid state/province error has been generated
When
The system processes the error for reporting
Then
The error message is retrieved using Z400-RETRIEVE-ERR-MSG and added to the message array using Z100-ADD-MESSAGE
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00730
Retrieve Error Message Text from MS Table
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a validation error has been detected and an error message number has been set during the 'Retrieve Error Message Text from MS Table' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve the error message text from the ms table using the error message number, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should lookup the message text in the ms table and store the retrieved english text for display.
Given
A validation error has been detected and an error message number has been set
When
The system attempts to retrieve the error message text from the MS table using the error message number
Then
The system should lookup the message text in the MS table and store the retrieved English text for display
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00731
Check Message Index Limit
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an error message needs to be added to the error message array during the 'Check Message Index Limit' routine, when the current message index is checked against the maximum limit of 10, the system executes logic to ensure that if the index is less than 10, the message should be added; otherwise, the message should be skipped to prevent array overflow.
Given
An error message needs to be added to the error message array
When
The current message index is checked against the maximum limit of 10
Then
If the index is less than 10, the message should be added; otherwise, the message should be skipped to prevent array overflow
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00732
Add Message to Error Array
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the error message array has available space (index less than 10) and a formatted error message is ready during the 'Add Message to Error Array' routine, when the system adds the error message to the array, the system executes logic to ensure that the message should be stored in the array at the current index position, the error number should be stored in the corresponding error number array, the message index should be incremented by 1, and the return error flag should be set to indicate an error condition.
Given
The error message array has available space (index less than 10) and a formatted error message is ready
When
The system adds the error message to the array
Then
The message should be stored in the array at the current index position, the error number should be stored in the corresponding error number array, the message index should be incremented by 1, and the return error flag should be set to indicate an error condition
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00733
Clear Working Variables
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an error message has been processed and added to the error array during the 'Clear Working Variables' routine, when the error processing is complete, the system executes logic to ensure that the working message variable and working error message number variable should be cleared to spaces to prepare for the next error processing cycle.
Given
An error message has been processed and added to the error array
When
The error processing is complete
Then
The working message variable and working error message number variable should be cleared to spaces to prepare for the next error processing cycle
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00734
Required Field Missing
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a customs manifest is being created during the 'Required Field Missing' routine, when the shipper name field is validated, the system executes logic to ensure that if the shipper name is blank or spaces, an error message for invalid shipper name should be generated and added to the error collection.
Given
A customs manifest is being created
When
The shipper name field is validated
Then
If the shipper name is blank or spaces, an error message for invalid shipper name should be generated and added to the error collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00735
Required Field Missing
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a customs manifest is being created during the 'Required Field Missing' routine, when the consignee name field is validated, the system executes logic to ensure that if the consignee name is blank or spaces, an error message for invalid consignee name should be generated and added to the error collection.
Given
A customs manifest is being created
When
The consignee name field is validated
Then
If the consignee name is blank or spaces, an error message for invalid consignee name should be generated and added to the error collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00736
Required Field Missing
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a customs manifest is being processed during the 'Required Field Missing' routine, when the origin station name is validated, the system executes logic to ensure that if the origin station name is blank or spaces, an error message for invalid origin station name should be generated and added to the error collection.
Given
A customs manifest is being processed
When
The origin station name is validated
Then
If the origin station name is blank or spaces, an error message for invalid origin station name should be generated and added to the error collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00737
Required Field Missing
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a customs manifest is being processed during the 'Required Field Missing' routine, when the destination station name is validated, the system executes logic to ensure that if the destination station name is blank or spaces, an error message for invalid destination station name should be generated and added to the error collection.
Given
A customs manifest is being processed
When
The destination station name is validated
Then
If the destination station name is blank or spaces, an error message for invalid destination station name should be generated and added to the error collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00738
Required Field Missing
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a customs manifest is being processed during the 'Required Field Missing' routine, when the origin province state code is validated, the system executes logic to ensure that if the origin province state code is blank or spaces, an error message for invalid origin province state code should be generated and added to the error collection.
Given
A customs manifest is being processed
When
The origin province state code is validated
Then
If the origin province state code is blank or spaces, an error message for invalid origin province state code should be generated and added to the error collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00739
Invalid Manifest Port
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest port needs to be validated during the 'Invalid Manifest Port' routine, when the system looks up the manifest port in the mc table, the system executes logic to ensure that if the manifest port is not found in the mc table, an error message for invalid manifest port should be generated and added to the error collection.
Given
A manifest port needs to be validated
When
The system looks up the manifest port in the MC table
Then
If the manifest port is not found in the MC table, an error message for invalid manifest port should be generated and added to the error collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00740
Invalid Customs Code
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest port has been found in the mc table during the 'Invalid Customs Code' routine, when the canadian customs code is validated, the system executes logic to ensure that if the canadian customs code equals '00000', an error message for invalid canadian customs code should be generated and added to the error collection.
Given
A manifest port has been found in the MC table
When
The Canadian customs code is validated
Then
If the Canadian customs code equals '00000', an error message for invalid Canadian customs code should be generated and added to the error collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00741
Required Field Missing
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a customs manifest is being processed during the 'Required Field Missing' routine, when the manifest upon port is validated, the system executes logic to ensure that if the manifest upon port is blank or spaces, error flag 1 should be set to indicate a missing manifest upon port.
Given
A customs manifest is being processed
When
The manifest upon port is validated
Then
If the manifest upon port is blank or spaces, error flag 1 should be set to indicate a missing manifest upon port
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00742
Invalid Entity ID
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a conveying car initial is provided during the 'Invalid Entity ID' routine, when the conveying car is validated using the car validation system, the system executes logic to ensure that if the car validation returns all asterisks indicating an invalid car, an error message for invalid conveying car should be generated using the original car value as the message number.
Given
A conveying car initial is provided
When
The conveying car is validated using the car validation system
Then
If the car validation returns all asterisks indicating an invalid car, an error message for invalid conveying car should be generated using the original car value as the message number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00743
Invalid State/Country Combination
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipper province state code is provided during the 'Invalid State/Country Combination' routine, when the system validates the province state code against the state-country lookup table, the system executes logic to ensure that if no matching country is found for the province state code, an error message for invalid shipper province state code should be generated using the province state code as the message number.
Given
A shipper province state code is provided
When
The system validates the province state code against the state-country lookup table
Then
If no matching country is found for the province state code, an error message for invalid shipper province state code should be generated using the province state code as the message number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00744
Invalid State/Country Combination
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a consignee province state code is provided during the 'Invalid State/Country Combination' routine, when the system validates the province state code against the state-country lookup table, the system executes logic to ensure that if no matching country is found for the province state code, an error message for invalid consignee province state code should be generated using the province state code as the message number.
Given
A consignee province state code is provided
When
The system validates the province state code against the state-country lookup table
Then
If no matching country is found for the province state code, an error message for invalid consignee province state code should be generated using the province state code as the message number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00745
Missing Address Information
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a destination station is being processed and sub-location validation is required during the 'Missing Address Information' routine, when the sub-location code is validated against business rules, the system executes logic to ensure that if the sub-location code is missing and none of the exemption conditions are met (csa indicator on, same manifest ports not iis-a6, us destination, or arrival indicator y), an error message for invalid destination station sub-location code should be generated.
Given
A destination station is being processed and sub-location validation is required
When
The sub-location code is validated against business rules
Then
If the sub-location code is missing and none of the exemption conditions are met (CSA indicator on, same manifest ports not IIS-A6, US destination, or arrival indicator Y), an error message for invalid destination station sub-location code should be generated
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00746
Invalid Entity ID
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a waybill date is being processed for eta calculation during the 'Invalid Entity ID' routine, when the date calculation system processes the waybill date, the system executes logic to ensure that if the date calculation fails, an error message for invalid waybill date should be generated and added to the error collection.
Given
A waybill date is being processed for ETA calculation
When
The date calculation system processes the waybill date
Then
If the date calculation fails, an error message for invalid waybill date should be generated and added to the error collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00747
Required Field Missing
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 segment is being validated and an entity id is present during the 'Required Field Missing' routine, when the n102 name field is checked for completeness, the system executes logic to ensure that if the n102 name field is blank or spaces, an error message for required n102 field should be generated and added to the error collection.
Given
An N1 segment is being validated and an entity ID is present
When
The N102 name field is checked for completeness
Then
If the N102 name field is blank or spaces, an error message for required N102 field should be generated and added to the error collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00748
Required Field Missing
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 segment contains n3, n4, or per data during the 'Required Field Missing' routine, when the n101 entity id field is validated, the system executes logic to ensure that if the n101 entity id field is blank or spaces while other segment data exists, an error message for required n101 field should be generated and added to the error collection.
Given
An N1 segment contains N3, N4, or PER data
When
The N101 entity ID field is validated
Then
If the N101 entity ID field is blank or spaces while other segment data exists, an error message for required N101 field should be generated and added to the error collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00749
Invalid Entity ID
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 segment with sequence number greater than 2 is being validated during the 'Invalid Entity ID' routine, when the entity id value is checked against valid values, the system executes logic to ensure that if the entity id is not in the valid values list or is sh (shipper), cn (consignee), or cb (customs broker), an error message for invalid n101 value should be generated and added to the error collection.
Given
An N1 segment with sequence number greater than 2 is being validated
When
The entity ID value is checked against valid values
Then
If the entity ID is not in the valid values list or is SH (shipper), CN (consignee), or CB (customs broker), an error message for invalid N101 value should be generated and added to the error collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00750
Missing Address Information
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 segment has a valid entity id during the 'Missing Address Information' routine, when the n301 address information field is validated, the system executes logic to ensure that if the n301 address information field is blank or spaces, an error message for required n301 field should be generated and added to the error collection.
Given
An N1 segment has a valid entity ID
When
The N301 address information field is validated
Then
If the N301 address information field is blank or spaces, an error message for required N301 field should be generated and added to the error collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00751
Required Field Missing
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n4 segment contains location data during the 'Required Field Missing' routine, when the n401 city name field is validated, the system executes logic to ensure that if the n401 city name field is blank or spaces, an error message for required n401 field should be generated and added to the error collection.
Given
An N4 segment contains location data
When
The N401 city name field is validated
Then
If the N401 city name field is blank or spaces, an error message for required N401 field should be generated and added to the error collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00752
Minimum Length Not Met
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a city name is provided in the n401 field during the 'Minimum Length Not Met' routine, when the length of the city name is validated, the system executes logic to ensure that if the city name has fewer than 2 non-space characters, an error message for minimum length 2 required should be generated and added to the error collection.
Given
A city name is provided in the N401 field
When
The length of the city name is validated
Then
If the city name has fewer than 2 non-space characters, an error message for minimum length 2 required should be generated and added to the error collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00753
Minimum Length Not Met
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a postal code is provided in the n403 field during the 'Minimum Length Not Met' routine, when the length of the postal code is validated, the system executes logic to ensure that if the postal code has fewer than 3 non-space characters, an error message for minimum length 3 required should be generated and added to the error collection.
Given
A postal code is provided in the N403 field
When
The length of the postal code is validated
Then
If the postal code has fewer than 3 non-space characters, an error message for minimum length 3 required should be generated and added to the error collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00754
Required Field Missing
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the country code indicates canada, usa, or mexico during the 'Required Field Missing' routine, when the n402 state province code field is validated, the system executes logic to ensure that if the n402 state province code field is blank or spaces, an error message for required n402 field should be generated and added to the error collection.
Given
The country code indicates Canada, USA, or Mexico
When
The N402 state province code field is validated
Then
If the N402 state province code field is blank or spaces, an error message for required N402 field should be generated and added to the error collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00755
Invalid State/Country Combination
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming both state province code and country code are provided for north american countries during the 'Invalid State/Country Combination' routine, when the combination is validated against the state-country lookup table, the system executes logic to ensure that if no valid combination is found in the lookup table, an error message for invalid n402 should be generated and added to the error collection.
Given
Both state province code and country code are provided for North American countries
When
The combination is validated against the state-country lookup table
Then
If no valid combination is found in the lookup table, an error message for invalid N402 should be generated and added to the error collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00756
Required Field Missing
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n4 segment contains location data during the 'Required Field Missing' routine, when the n404 country code field is validated, the system executes logic to ensure that if the n404 country code field is blank or spaces, an error message for required n404 field should be generated and added to the error collection.
Given
An N4 segment contains location data
When
The N404 country code field is validated
Then
If the N404 country code field is blank or spaces, an error message for required N404 field should be generated and added to the error collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00757
Required Field Missing
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a per segment contains contact name or communication number during the 'Required Field Missing' routine, when the per03 communication number qualifier is validated, the system executes logic to ensure that if the per03 field is blank while per02 name or per04 communication number is provided, an error message for required per03 field should be generated and added to the error collection.
Given
A PER segment contains contact name or communication number
When
The PER03 communication number qualifier is validated
Then
If the PER03 field is blank while PER02 name or PER04 communication number is provided, an error message for required PER03 field should be generated and added to the error collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00758
Invalid Communication Qualifier
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a communication number qualifier is provided in per03 during the 'Invalid Communication Qualifier' routine, when the qualifier value is validated against approved values, the system executes logic to ensure that if the per03 value is not spaces, 'fx' (fax), or 'te' (telephone), an error message for invalid per03 value should be generated and added to the error collection.
Given
A communication number qualifier is provided in PER03
When
The qualifier value is validated against approved values
Then
If the PER03 value is not spaces, 'FX' (fax), or 'TE' (telephone), an error message for invalid PER03 value should be generated and added to the error collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00759
Required Field Missing
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a per segment contains communication qualifier or contact name during the 'Required Field Missing' routine, when the per04 communication number field is validated, the system executes logic to ensure that if the per04 field is blank while per03 qualifier or per02 name is provided, an error message for required per04 field should be generated and added to the error collection.
Given
A PER segment contains communication qualifier or contact name
When
The PER04 communication number field is validated
Then
If the PER04 field is blank while PER03 qualifier or PER02 name is provided, an error message for required PER04 field should be generated and added to the error collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00760
Required Field Missing
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a customs manifest is being validated during the 'Required Field Missing' routine, when the lading quantity qualifier field is checked, the system executes logic to ensure that if the lading quantity qualifier is blank or spaces, an error message for required n1010 field should be generated and added to the error collection.
Given
A customs manifest is being validated
When
The lading quantity qualifier field is checked
Then
If the lading quantity qualifier is blank or spaces, an error message for required N1010 field should be generated and added to the error collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00761
Invalid Entity ID
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a lading quantity qualifier is provided during the 'Invalid Entity ID' routine, when the qualifier is looked up in the mu table, the system executes logic to ensure that if the qualifier is not found in the mu table, an error message for not found on mu should be generated and added to the error collection.
Given
A lading quantity qualifier is provided
When
The qualifier is looked up in the MU table
Then
If the qualifier is not found in the MU table, an error message for not found on MU should be generated and added to the error collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00762
Required Field Missing
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a segment with shipper sequence number (0001) contains no name, address, location, or contact data during the 'Required Field Missing' routine, when the segment is validated for completeness, the system executes logic to ensure that an error message for shipper required should be generated and added to the error collection.
Given
A segment with shipper sequence number (0001) contains no name, address, location, or contact data
When
The segment is validated for completeness
Then
An error message for shipper required should be generated and added to the error collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00763
Required Field Missing
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a segment with consignee sequence number (0002) contains no name, address, location, or contact data during the 'Required Field Missing' routine, when the segment is validated for completeness, the system executes logic to ensure that an error message for consignee required should be generated and added to the error collection.
Given
A segment with consignee sequence number (0002) contains no name, address, location, or contact data
When
The segment is validated for completeness
Then
An error message for consignee required should be generated and added to the error collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00777
Build SS Table Key with Port Code
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming canadian customs code from manifest station during the 'Build SS Table Key with Port Code' routine, when ss table key is constructed, the system executes logic to ensure that build key with 'c' prefix followed by last 3 digits of canadian customs code, and use '6105' if haulage rights scac is spaces, otherwise use haulage rights scac.
Given
Canadian customs code from manifest station
When
SS table key is constructed
Then
Build key with 'C' prefix followed by last 3 digits of Canadian customs code, and use '6105' if haulage rights SCAC is spaces, otherwise use haulage rights SCAC
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00785
Error Message Retrieval Request
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a business validation error has occurred and an error message number has been identified during the 'Error Message Retrieval Request' routine, when the system needs to retrieve the corresponding error message text, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should lookup the message text from the message table using the error number as the key.
Given
A business validation error has occurred and an error message number has been identified
When
The system needs to retrieve the corresponding error message text
Then
The system should lookup the message text from the message table using the error number as the key
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00786
Initialize Table Lookup Parameters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an error message retrieval request is initiated during the 'Initialize Table Lookup Parameters' routine, when setting up the table lookup operation, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should clear all lookup parameters, set function code to 'gu' for get unique operation, set table identifier to 'ms' for message table, and use the error message number as the search key.
Given
An error message retrieval request is initiated
When
Setting up the table lookup operation
Then
The system should clear all lookup parameters, set function code to 'GU' for get unique operation, set table identifier to 'MS' for message table, and use the error message number as the search key
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00787
Table Access Successful?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a message table lookup operation has been performed during the 'Table Access Successful?' routine, when the table access returns successfully, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should move the table segment to the message structure, extract the english text from the message table, and move the english text to the message label field.
Given
A message table lookup operation has been performed
When
The table access returns successfully
Then
The system should move the table segment to the message structure, extract the English text from the message table, and move the English text to the message label field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00788
Table Access Successful?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a message table lookup operation has been performed during the 'Table Access Successful?' routine, when the table access fails or returns no data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should clear the message structure by setting it to spaces.
Given
A message table lookup operation has been performed
When
The table access fails or returns no data
Then
The system should clear the message structure by setting it to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00789
Initialize EDI BOL Access Parameters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol segment retrieval operation is initiated during the 'Initialize EDI BOL Access Parameters' routine, when the system prepares to access edi bol data, the system executes logic to ensure that the edi bol i/o work area is cleared to spaces, the database accept status is set to 'ge', and all segment data areas are initialized to spaces.
Given
An EDI BOL segment retrieval operation is initiated
When
The system prepares to access EDI BOL data
Then
The EDI BOL I/O work area is cleared to spaces, the database accept status is set to 'GE', and all segment data areas are initialized to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00790
Set Segment Type and Function Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol access parameters are being configured for a specific segment type during the 'Set Segment Type and Function Code' routine, when the system determines the segment type (ebsnrsc, ebsnrsa, ebsnrtd, ebsmcoa, or ebsbcks), the system executes logic to ensure that the segment type is set in the i/o work area and the function code is set to 'gu' (get unique) for database retrieval.
Given
EDI BOL access parameters are being configured for a specific segment type
When
The system determines the segment type (EBSNRSC, EBSNRSA, EBSNRTD, EBSMCOA, or EBSBCKS)
Then
The segment type is set in the I/O work area and the function code is set to 'GU' (Get Unique) for database retrieval
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00791
Set Root Key from EDI BOL Key
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol key exists for record 55 processing during the 'Set Root Key from EDI BOL Key' routine, when the system prepares to access edi bol segments, the system executes logic to ensure that the edi bol key for record 55 is moved to the root key field in the i/o work area.
Given
An EDI BOL key exists for record 55 processing
When
The system prepares to access EDI BOL segments
Then
The EDI BOL key for record 55 is moved to the root key field in the I/O work area
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00792
Set Entity Type and Sequence Numbers
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a specific edi bol segment needs to be retrieved with known entity type and sequence during the 'Set Entity Type and Sequence Numbers' routine, when the system configures segment access parameters, the system executes logic to ensure that the entity type code (hn, ha, hc, gp, cn, ca, cc, pn, pa, pc, un, ua, uc, bn, bt, by, tn, t2, t3, ta, nn, gc, ga, ot, on, oc, sh, ch, hs, cm, cr) is set in type-1 field, sequence numbers are set to appropriate values (typically '01'), and the operator is set to '=' for exact match.
Given
A specific EDI BOL segment needs to be retrieved with known entity type and sequence
When
The system configures segment access parameters
Then
The entity type code (HN, HA, HC, GP, CN, CA, CC, PN, PA, PC, UN, UA, UC, BN, BT, BY, TN, T2, T3, TA, NN, GC, GA, OT, ON, OC, SH, CH, HS, CM, CR) is set in TYPE-1 field, sequence numbers are set to appropriate values (typically '01'), and the operator is set to '=' for exact match
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00793
Call EDI BOL I/O Service
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming all edi bol access parameters are properly configured during the 'Call EDI BOL I/O Service' routine, when the system needs to retrieve edi bol segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that the ebclgio service is called with the communication control block, i/o work area, and target segment data area.
Given
All EDI BOL access parameters are properly configured
When
The system needs to retrieve EDI BOL segment data
Then
The EBCLGIO service is called with the communication control block, I/O work area, and target segment data area
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00794
Segment Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol i/o service call has been completed during the 'Segment Found?' routine, when the system checks the result of the segment retrieval, the system executes logic to ensure that if the database status code is spaces, the segment was found successfully; otherwise, the segment was not found.
Given
An EDI BOL I/O service call has been completed
When
The system checks the result of the segment retrieval
Then
If the database status code is spaces, the segment was found successfully; otherwise, the segment was not found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00795
Load Segment Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol segment has been successfully retrieved from the database during the 'Load Segment Data' routine, when the segment data needs to be made available for processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the segment found flag is set to true and the retrieved data remains in the segment data area for further processing.
Given
An EDI BOL segment has been successfully retrieved from the database
When
The segment data needs to be made available for processing
Then
The segment found flag is set to TRUE and the retrieved data remains in the segment data area for further processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00796
Clear Segment Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol segment retrieval has failed or returned no data during the 'Clear Segment Data' routine, when the system needs to handle the unsuccessful retrieval, the system executes logic to ensure that the target segment data area is cleared to spaces and the segment not found flag is set to true.
Given
An EDI BOL segment retrieval has failed or returned no data
When
The system needs to handle the unsuccessful retrieval
Then
The target segment data area is cleared to spaces and the segment not found flag is set to TRUE
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00797
Return Success Status
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol segment has been successfully retrieved and loaded during the 'Return Success Status' routine, when the segment retrieval operation completes, the system executes logic to ensure that the segment found status flag is set to indicate successful retrieval.
Given
An EDI BOL segment has been successfully retrieved and loaded
When
The segment retrieval operation completes
Then
The segment found status flag is set to indicate successful retrieval
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00798
Return Not Found Status
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol segment retrieval has failed or returned no data during the 'Return Not Found Status' routine, when the segment retrieval operation completes, the system executes logic to ensure that the segment not found status flag is set to indicate unsuccessful retrieval.
Given
An EDI BOL segment retrieval has failed or returned no data
When
The segment retrieval operation completes
Then
The segment not found status flag is set to indicate unsuccessful retrieval
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00799
HN - Shipper Name Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data exists with shipper information during the 'HN - Shipper Name Segment' routine, when the system needs to retrieve shipper name details for customs processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the hn segment is accessed from ebsnrsc data source with entity type 'hn' and sequence '01', containing shipper name and identification codes.
Given
EDI BOL data exists with shipper information
When
The system needs to retrieve shipper name details for customs processing
Then
The HN segment is accessed from EBSNRSC data source with entity type 'HN' and sequence '01', containing shipper name and identification codes
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00800
HA - Shipper Address Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data exists with shipper address information during the 'HA - Shipper Address Segment' routine, when the system needs to retrieve shipper address details for customs processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the ha segment is accessed from ebsnrsa data source with entity type 'ha' and sequence '01', containing shipper street address lines.
Given
EDI BOL data exists with shipper address information
When
The system needs to retrieve shipper address details for customs processing
Then
The HA segment is accessed from EBSNRSA data source with entity type 'HA' and sequence '01', containing shipper street address lines
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00801
HC - Shipper City/State Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data exists with shipper geographic information during the 'HC - Shipper City/State Segment' routine, when the system needs to retrieve shipper city, state, postal code, and country details for customs processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the hc segment is accessed from ebsnrsa data source with entity type 'hc' and sequence '01', containing shipper city, state, postal code, and country code.
Given
EDI BOL data exists with shipper geographic information
When
The system needs to retrieve shipper city, state, postal code, and country details for customs processing
Then
The HC segment is accessed from EBSNRSA data source with entity type 'HC' and sequence '01', containing shipper city, state, postal code, and country code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00802
GP - Contact Person Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data exists with contact person information during the 'GP - Contact Person Segment' routine, when the system needs to retrieve contact details for customs processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the gp segment is accessed from ebsnrsa data source with entity type 'gp' and sequence '01', containing contact function code, name, communication number qualifier, and communication number.
Given
EDI BOL data exists with contact person information
When
The system needs to retrieve contact details for customs processing
Then
The GP segment is accessed from EBSNRSA data source with entity type 'GP' and sequence '01', containing contact function code, name, communication number qualifier, and communication number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00803
CN - Consignee Name Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data exists with consignee information during the 'CN - Consignee Name Segment' routine, when the system needs to retrieve consignee name details for customs processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the cn segment is accessed from ebsnrsc data source with entity type 'cn' and sequence '01', containing consignee name and identification codes.
Given
EDI BOL data exists with consignee information
When
The system needs to retrieve consignee name details for customs processing
Then
The CN segment is accessed from EBSNRSC data source with entity type 'CN' and sequence '01', containing consignee name and identification codes
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00804
CA - Consignee Address Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data exists with consignee address information during the 'CA - Consignee Address Segment' routine, when the system needs to retrieve consignee address details for customs processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the ca segment is accessed from ebsnrsa data source with entity type 'ca' and sequence '01', containing consignee street address lines.
Given
EDI BOL data exists with consignee address information
When
The system needs to retrieve consignee address details for customs processing
Then
The CA segment is accessed from EBSNRSA data source with entity type 'CA' and sequence '01', containing consignee street address lines
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00805
CC - Consignee City/State Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data exists with consignee geographic information during the 'CC - Consignee City/State Segment' routine, when the system needs to retrieve consignee city, state, postal code, and country details for customs processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the cc segment is accessed from ebsnrsa data source with entity type 'cc' and sequence '01', containing consignee city, state, postal code, and country code.
Given
EDI BOL data exists with consignee geographic information
When
The system needs to retrieve consignee city, state, postal code, and country details for customs processing
Then
The CC segment is accessed from EBSNRSA data source with entity type 'CC' and sequence '01', containing consignee city, state, postal code, and country code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00806
PN - Stuffer Name Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data exists with stuffer information during the 'PN - Stuffer Name Segment' routine, when the system needs to retrieve stuffer name details for customs processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the pn segment is accessed from ebsnrsc data source with entity type 'pn' and sequence '01', containing stuffer name and identification codes.
Given
EDI BOL data exists with stuffer information
When
The system needs to retrieve stuffer name details for customs processing
Then
The PN segment is accessed from EBSNRSC data source with entity type 'PN' and sequence '01', containing stuffer name and identification codes
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00807
UN - Ultimate Consignee Name Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data exists with ultimate consignee information during the 'UN - Ultimate Consignee Name Segment' routine, when the system needs to retrieve ultimate consignee name details for customs processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the un segment is accessed from ebsnrsc data source with entity type 'un' and sequence '01', containing ultimate consignee name and identification codes.
Given
EDI BOL data exists with ultimate consignee information
When
The system needs to retrieve ultimate consignee name details for customs processing
Then
The UN segment is accessed from EBSNRSC data source with entity type 'UN' and sequence '01', containing ultimate consignee name and identification codes
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00808
BN - Beneficial Owner Name Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data exists with beneficial owner information during the 'BN - Beneficial Owner Name Segment' routine, when the system needs to retrieve beneficial owner name details for customs processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the bn segment is accessed from ebsnrsc data source with entity type 'bn' and sequence '01', containing beneficial owner name and identification codes.
Given
EDI BOL data exists with beneficial owner information
When
The system needs to retrieve beneficial owner name details for customs processing
Then
The BN segment is accessed from EBSNRSC data source with entity type 'BN' and sequence '01', containing beneficial owner name and identification codes
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00809
TN - Transportation Name Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data exists with transportation entity information during the 'TN - Transportation Name Segment' routine, when the system needs to retrieve transportation entity name details for customs processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the tn segment is accessed from ebsnrtd data source with varying sequence numbers until the desired organization id is found, containing transportation entity name and organization id.
Given
EDI BOL data exists with transportation entity information
When
The system needs to retrieve transportation entity name details for customs processing
Then
The TN segment is accessed from EBSNRTD data source with varying sequence numbers until the desired organization ID is found, containing transportation entity name and organization ID
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00810
NN - Additional Entity Name Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data exists with additional named entity information during the 'NN - Additional Entity Name Segment' routine, when the system needs to retrieve additional entity name details for customs processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the nn segment is accessed from ebsnrsc data source with varying sequence numbers, containing entity name and identification codes for various entity types.
Given
EDI BOL data exists with additional named entity information
When
The system needs to retrieve additional entity name details for customs processing
Then
The NN segment is accessed from EBSNRSC data source with varying sequence numbers, containing entity name and identification codes for various entity types
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00811
Initialize Search Variables
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming transportation segment processing is starting during the 'Initialize Search Variables' routine, when the system initializes search parameters, the system executes logic to ensure that the d5-org-id found flag is set to false and tn segment found flag is set to true.
Given
Transportation segment processing is starting
When
The system initializes search parameters
Then
The D5-ORG-ID found flag is set to false and TN segment found flag is set to true
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00812
Retrieve TN Segment by Sequence Number
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a sequence number is available for transportation segment lookup during the 'Retrieve TN Segment by Sequence Number' routine, when the system retrieves a tn segment from ebsnrtd using the current sequence number, the system executes logic to ensure that the transportation segment data is loaded if found, otherwise segment not found status is returned.
Given
A sequence number is available for transportation segment lookup
When
The system retrieves a TN segment from EBSNRTD using the current sequence number
Then
The transportation segment data is loaded if found, otherwise segment not found status is returned
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00813
TN Segment Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a transportation segment retrieval attempt has been made during the 'TN Segment Found?' routine, when the system checks the retrieval status, the system executes logic to ensure that if segment is found, continue with organization id matching, otherwise set tn segment not found flag.
Given
A transportation segment retrieval attempt has been made
When
The system checks the retrieval status
Then
If segment is found, continue with organization ID matching, otherwise set TN segment not found flag
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00814
Check if D5-ORG-ID Matches Target
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a transportation segment has been successfully retrieved during the 'Check if D5-ORG-ID Matches Target' routine, when the system compares the d5-org-id from the segment with the target organization id, the system executes logic to ensure that the organization ids are evaluated for exact match.
Given
A transportation segment has been successfully retrieved
When
The system compares the D5-ORG-ID from the segment with the target organization ID
Then
The organization IDs are evaluated for exact match
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00816
Set D5-ORG-ID Found Flag
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the d5-org-id from transportation segment matches the target organization id during the 'Set D5-ORG-ID Found Flag' routine, when the system processes the successful match, the system executes logic to ensure that the d5-org-id found flag is set to true to indicate successful search completion.
Given
The D5-ORG-ID from transportation segment matches the target organization ID
When
The system processes the successful match
Then
The D5-ORG-ID found flag is set to true to indicate successful search completion
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00817
Increment Sequence Counter
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the current transportation segment organization id does not match the target, and the system prepares for the next search iteration occurs during the 'Increment Sequence Counter' routine, then the system must guarantee that the sequence counter is incremented by 1 to retrieve the next transportation segment.
EXCLUDING
The current transportation segment organization ID does not match the target
When
The system prepares for the next search iteration
Then
The sequence counter is incremented by 1 to retrieve the next transportation segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00818
Continue Search?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a transportation segment has been processed and sequence counter incremented during the 'Continue Search?' routine, when the system evaluates search continuation criteria, the system executes logic to ensure that if target organization id not found and more segments may exist, continue search loop, otherwise terminate search.
Given
A transportation segment has been processed and sequence counter incremented
When
The system evaluates search continuation criteria
Then
If target organization ID not found and more segments may exist, continue search loop, otherwise terminate search
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00819
Set TN Segment Not Found Flag
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming no transportation segment was retrieved or search loop has completed without finding target during the 'Set TN Segment Not Found Flag' routine, when the system terminates the search process, the system executes logic to ensure that the tn segment found flag is set to false to indicate search termination.
Given
No transportation segment was retrieved or search loop has completed without finding target
When
The system terminates the search process
Then
The TN segment found flag is set to false to indicate search termination
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00820
Adjust Final Sequence Counter
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming transportation segment search has completed either successfully or unsuccessfully during the 'Adjust Final Sequence Counter' routine, when the system finalizes the search results, the system executes logic to ensure that the sequence counter is decremented by 1 to reflect the actual last processed sequence number.
Given
Transportation segment search has completed either successfully or unsuccessfully
When
The system finalizes the search results
Then
The sequence counter is decremented by 1 to reflect the actual last processed sequence number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00821
Search for BN Entity in Transportation Data
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a customs manifest is being processed and bn segment processing is initiated during the 'Search for BN Entity in Transportation Data' routine, when the system searches for bn entity in transportation data segments with organization id 'bn', the system executes logic to ensure that if bn entity is found, initialize bn segment record and proceed with bn processing, otherwise skip bn processing entirely.
Given
A customs manifest is being processed and BN segment processing is initiated
When
The system searches for BN entity in transportation data segments with organization ID 'BN'
Then
If BN entity is found, initialize BN segment record and proceed with BN processing, otherwise skip BN processing entirely
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00822
Extract Entity Name
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a bn entity has been found in transportation data segments during the 'Extract Entity Name' routine, when the system processes the bn entity data, the system executes logic to ensure that set entity id code to 'bn', extract entity name from transportation data, extract consignee chop code, and clear identification code fields.
Given
A BN entity has been found in transportation data segments
When
The system processes the BN entity data
Then
Set entity ID code to 'BN', extract entity name from transportation data, extract consignee CHOP code, and clear identification code fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00823
Extract Business Address Line 1
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a bn entity is being processed and address information is being extracted during the 'Extract Business Address Line 1' routine, when the system searches for bt address segments and finds address data, the system executes logic to ensure that extract address line 1 and address line 2 from bt segments, and if address line 1 is empty, set default value 'na' for address line 1.
Given
A BN entity is being processed and address information is being extracted
When
The system searches for BT address segments and finds address data
Then
Extract address line 1 and address line 2 from BT segments, and if address line 1 is empty, set default value 'NA' for address line 1
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00824
Set Default 'NA' Address
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a bn entity is being processed and address information is being extracted, and bt address segments are not found or address line 1 is empty occurs during the 'Set Default 'NA' Address' routine, then the system must guarantee that clear all address data fields and set address line 1 to default value 'na'.
EXCLUDING
A BN entity is being processed and address information is being extracted
When
BT address segments are not found or address line 1 is empty
Then
Clear all address data fields and set address line 1 to default value 'NA'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00825
Extract City Name
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a bn entity is being processed and geographic information is being extracted during the 'Extract City Name' routine, when the system searches for by geographic segments and finds geographic data, the system executes logic to ensure that extract city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code from by segments.
Given
A BN entity is being processed and geographic information is being extracted
When
The system searches for BY geographic segments and finds geographic data
Then
Extract city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code from BY segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00826
Clear Geographic Data
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a bn entity is being processed and geographic information is being extracted, and by geographic segments are not found occurs during the 'Clear Geographic Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that clear all geographic data fields including city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code.
EXCLUDING
A BN entity is being processed and geographic information is being extracted
When
BY geographic segments are not found
Then
Clear all geographic data fields including city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00828
Insert BN Record into Database
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a bn entity has been processed with all required data extracted during the 'Insert BN Record into Database' routine, when the system completes bn segment data processing, the system executes logic to ensure that validate the n1 segment data and insert the bn record into the customs database with sequence numbers between 0003 and 0025.
Given
A BN entity has been processed with all required data extracted
When
The system completes BN segment data processing
Then
Validate the N1 segment data and insert the BN record into the customs database with sequence numbers between 0003 and 0025
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00829
Initialize MCOA Sequence Counter
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming mcoa charge processing is initiated during the 'Initialize MCOA Sequence Counter' routine, when the system begins processing miscellaneous charges or allowances, the system executes logic to ensure that the mcoa sequence counter is initialized to 1 to start processing from the first segment.
Given
MCOA charge processing is initiated
When
the system begins processing miscellaneous charges or allowances
Then
the MCOA sequence counter is initialized to 1 to start processing from the first segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00830
Get MCOA Segment by Sequence
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an mcoa sequence number is available during the 'Get MCOA Segment by Sequence' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve the mcoa segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls the edi bol interface to get the mcoa segment data for the specified sequence number.
Given
an MCOA sequence number is available
When
the system attempts to retrieve the MCOA segment
Then
the system calls the EDI BOL interface to get the MCOA segment data for the specified sequence number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00831
MCOA Segment Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an attempt to retrieve an mcoa segment has been made during the 'MCOA Segment Found?' routine, when the system checks the retrieval result, the system executes logic to ensure that if no mcoa segment is found, processing moves to check for more segments, otherwise processing continues with the found segment.
Given
an attempt to retrieve an MCOA segment has been made
When
the system checks the retrieval result
Then
if no MCOA segment is found, processing moves to check for more segments, otherwise processing continues with the found segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00832
Entity Type is PF or SS?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an mcoa segment has been found during the 'Entity Type is PF or SS?' routine, when the system checks the entity type in the segment, the system executes logic to ensure that if the entity type is pf or ss, the segment is processed for customs data creation, otherwise the segment is skipped.
Given
an MCOA segment has been found
When
the system checks the entity type in the segment
Then
if the entity type is PF or SS, the segment is processed for customs data creation, otherwise the segment is skipped
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00833
Extract Entity Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an mcoa segment with entity type pf or ss is being processed during the 'Extract Entity Information' routine, when the system extracts entity information, the system executes logic to ensure that the entity id code, entity name, id code qualifier, and id code are extracted from the mcoa segment.
Given
an MCOA segment with entity type PF or SS is being processed
When
the system extracts entity information
Then
the entity ID code, entity name, ID code qualifier, and ID code are extracted from the MCOA segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00834
Set Entity ID Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming entity information has been extracted from an mcoa segment during the 'Set Entity ID Code' routine, when the system creates the customs record, the system executes logic to ensure that the entity id code from the mcoa segment is assigned to the n101 entity id code field in the customs record.
Given
entity information has been extracted from an MCOA segment
When
the system creates the customs record
Then
the entity ID code from the MCOA segment is assigned to the N101 entity ID code field in the customs record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00835
Set Entity Name
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming entity information has been extracted from an mcoa segment during the 'Set Entity Name' routine, when the system creates the customs record, the system executes logic to ensure that the entity name from the mcoa segment is assigned to the n102 name field in the customs record.
Given
entity information has been extracted from an MCOA segment
When
the system creates the customs record
Then
the entity name from the MCOA segment is assigned to the N102 name field in the customs record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00836
Set ID Code Qualifier
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming entity information has been extracted from an mcoa segment during the 'Set ID Code Qualifier' routine, when the system creates the customs record, the system executes logic to ensure that the id code qualifier from the mcoa segment is assigned to the n103 id code qualifier field in the customs record.
Given
entity information has been extracted from an MCOA segment
When
the system creates the customs record
Then
the ID code qualifier from the MCOA segment is assigned to the N103 ID code qualifier field in the customs record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00837
Set ID Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming entity information has been extracted from an mcoa segment during the 'Set ID Code' routine, when the system creates the customs record, the system executes logic to ensure that the id code from the mcoa segment is assigned to the n104 id code field in the customs record.
Given
entity information has been extracted from an MCOA segment
When
the system creates the customs record
Then
the ID code from the MCOA segment is assigned to the N104 ID code field in the customs record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00838
Get MCOA Address Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an mcoa entity segment is being processed during the 'Get MCOA Address Segment' routine, when the system attempts to get address information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls the edi bol interface to retrieve the on type segment for the current mcoa sequence.
Given
an MCOA entity segment is being processed
When
the system attempts to get address information
Then
the system calls the EDI BOL interface to retrieve the ON type segment for the current MCOA sequence
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00839
Address Segment Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an attempt to retrieve mcoa address information has been made during the 'Address Segment Found?' routine, when the system checks if address data was found, the system executes logic to ensure that if address data is found, extract address lines 1 and 2, otherwise set default address as 'na'.
Given
an attempt to retrieve MCOA address information has been made
When
the system checks if address data was found
Then
if address data is found, extract address lines 1 and 2, otherwise set default address as 'NA'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00840
Extract Address Line 1
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an mcoa address segment has been found during the 'Extract Address Line 1' routine, when the system processes the address information, the system executes logic to ensure that the first additional name/address field is extracted and assigned to the n301 address info field.
Given
an MCOA address segment has been found
When
the system processes the address information
Then
the first additional name/address field is extracted and assigned to the N301 address info field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00841
Extract Address Line 2
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an mcoa address segment has been found during the 'Extract Address Line 2' routine, when the system processes the address information, the system executes logic to ensure that the second additional name/address field is extracted and assigned to the n302 address info field.
Given
an MCOA address segment has been found
When
the system processes the address information
Then
the second additional name/address field is extracted and assigned to the N302 address info field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00842
Set Default Address as 'NA'
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming no mcoa address segment was found during the 'Set Default Address as 'NA'' routine, when the system needs to populate address fields, the system executes logic to ensure that the n301 address field is set to 'na' and the n302 address field is set to spaces.
Given
no MCOA address segment was found
When
the system needs to populate address fields
Then
the N301 address field is set to 'NA' and the N302 address field is set to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00843
Get MCOA City/State Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an mcoa entity segment is being processed during the 'Get MCOA City/State Segment' routine, when the system attempts to get city and state information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls the edi bol interface to retrieve the oc type segment for the current mcoa sequence.
Given
an MCOA entity segment is being processed
When
the system attempts to get city and state information
Then
the system calls the EDI BOL interface to retrieve the OC type segment for the current MCOA sequence
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00844
City/State Segment Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an attempt to retrieve mcoa city/state information has been made during the 'City/State Segment Found?' routine, when the system checks if city/state data was found, the system executes logic to ensure that if city/state data is found, extract all location fields, otherwise clear all address fields.
Given
an attempt to retrieve MCOA city/state information has been made
When
the system checks if city/state data was found
Then
if city/state data is found, extract all location fields, otherwise clear all address fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00845
Extract City Name
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an mcoa city/state segment has been found during the 'Extract City Name' routine, when the system processes the location information, the system executes logic to ensure that the city name field is extracted and assigned to the n401 city name field.
Given
an MCOA city/state segment has been found
When
the system processes the location information
Then
the city name field is extracted and assigned to the N401 city name field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00846
Extract State/Province Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an mcoa city/state segment has been found during the 'Extract State/Province Code' routine, when the system processes the location information, the system executes logic to ensure that the state/province code field is extracted and assigned to the n402 state/province code field.
Given
an MCOA city/state segment has been found
When
the system processes the location information
Then
the state/province code field is extracted and assigned to the N402 state/province code field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00847
Extract Postal Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an mcoa city/state segment has been found during the 'Extract Postal Code' routine, when the system processes the location information, the system executes logic to ensure that the postal code field is extracted and assigned to the n403 postal code field.
Given
an MCOA city/state segment has been found
When
the system processes the location information
Then
the postal code field is extracted and assigned to the N403 postal code field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00848
Extract Country Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an mcoa city/state segment has been found during the 'Extract Country Code' routine, when the system processes the location information, the system executes logic to ensure that the country code field is extracted and assigned to the n404 country code field.
Given
an MCOA city/state segment has been found
When
the system processes the location information
Then
the country code field is extracted and assigned to the N404 country code field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00849
Clear Address Fields
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming no mcoa city/state segment was found during the 'Clear Address Fields' routine, when the system needs to populate location fields, the system executes logic to ensure that all location fields (city name, state/province code, postal code, country code) are set to spaces.
Given
no MCOA city/state segment was found
When
the system needs to populate location fields
Then
all location fields (city name, state/province code, postal code, country code) are set to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00850
Validate N1 Segment Data
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 segment has been constructed from mcoa data during the 'Validate N1 Segment Data' routine, when the system validates the segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that all required fields are checked for completeness and validity according to customs requirements.
Given
an N1 segment has been constructed from MCOA data
When
the system validates the segment data
Then
all required fields are checked for completeness and validity according to customs requirements
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00851
Insert Record into Customs Database
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a validated n1 segment has been created from mcoa data during the 'Insert Record into Customs Database' routine, when the system inserts the record, the system executes logic to ensure that the record is inserted into the customs database with the appropriate sequence number and record type 55.
Given
a validated N1 segment has been created from MCOA data
When
the system inserts the record
Then
the record is inserted into the customs database with the appropriate sequence number and record type 55
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00852
Increment Sequence Counter
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an mcoa segment has been processed during the 'Increment Sequence Counter' routine, when the system completes processing the current segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the mcoa sequence counter is incremented by 1 to move to the next segment.
Given
an MCOA segment has been processed
When
the system completes processing the current segment
Then
the MCOA sequence counter is incremented by 1 to move to the next segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00853
More MCOA Segments?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an mcoa segment has been processed and the counter incremented during the 'More MCOA Segments?' routine, when the system checks for more segments to process, the system executes logic to ensure that if more mcoa segments are found, processing continues with the next segment, otherwise mcoa processing ends.
Given
an MCOA segment has been processed and the counter incremented
When
the system checks for more segments to process
Then
if more MCOA segments are found, processing continues with the next segment, otherwise MCOA processing ends
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00854
Get EBSNRSA Geographic Code Segment - GC
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol key exists and entity processing is in progress during the 'Get EBSNRSA Geographic Code Segment - GC' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve the ebsnrsa geographic code segment with type 'gc', the system executes logic to ensure that the geographic code segment data is retrieved if found, otherwise processing continues without gc data.
Given
An EDI BOL key exists and entity processing is in progress
When
The system attempts to retrieve the EBSNRSA geographic code segment with type 'GC'
Then
The geographic code segment data is retrieved if found, otherwise processing continues without GC data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00855
Extract Address Information from GC Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a geographic code segment (gc) has been successfully retrieved from edi data during the 'Extract Address Information from GC Segment' routine, when the system processes the address information from the gc segment, the system executes logic to ensure that address line 1 is moved to n301 field and address line 2 is moved to n302 field.
Given
A geographic code segment (GC) has been successfully retrieved from EDI data
When
The system processes the address information from the GC segment
Then
Address line 1 is moved to N301 field and address line 2 is moved to N302 field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00857
Get EBSNRSA Geographic Address Segment - GA
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol key exists and geographic processing is in progress during the 'Get EBSNRSA Geographic Address Segment - GA' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve the ebsnrsa geographic address segment with type 'ga', the system executes logic to ensure that the geographic address segment data is retrieved if found, otherwise geographic data fields are set to spaces.
Given
An EDI BOL key exists and geographic processing is in progress
When
The system attempts to retrieve the EBSNRSA geographic address segment with type 'GA'
Then
The geographic address segment data is retrieved if found, otherwise geographic data fields are set to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00858
Extract Geographic Address Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a geographic address segment (ga) has been successfully retrieved from edi data during the 'Extract Geographic Address Data' routine, when the system processes the geographic address information from the ga segment, the system executes logic to ensure that city name is moved to n401, state/province code to n402, postal code to n403, and country code to n404.
Given
A geographic address segment (GA) has been successfully retrieved from EDI data
When
The system processes the geographic address information from the GA segment
Then
City name is moved to N401, state/province code to N402, postal code to N403, and country code to N404
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00859
Set Geographic Data to Spaces
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If geographic address segment processing is attempted, and the geographic address segment (ga) is not found in the edi data occurs during the 'Set Geographic Data to Spaces' routine, then the system must guarantee that all geographic data fields (n401, n402, n403, n404) are set to spaces.
EXCLUDING
Geographic address segment processing is attempted
When
The geographic address segment (GA) is not found in the EDI data
Then
All geographic data fields (N401, N402, N403, N404) are set to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00861
Build Shipper Record - Sequence 0001
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment requires shipper information for customs record 55 during the 'Build Shipper Record - Sequence 0001' routine, when the system builds the shipper record and edi bol shipper data (ebsnrsc-hn) is found, the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates entity id 'sh', extracts shipper name and chop code from edi data, gets address from ebsnrsa-ha segment, gets city/state/postal/country from ebsnrsa-hc segment, and gets contact information from ebsnrsa-gp segment.
Given
A shipment requires shipper information for customs record 55
When
The system builds the shipper record and EDI BOL shipper data (EBSNRSC-HN) is found
Then
The system creates entity ID 'SH', extracts shipper name and CHOP code from EDI data, gets address from EBSNRSA-HA segment, gets city/state/postal/country from EBSNRSA-HC segment, and gets contact information from EBSNRSA-GP segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00862
Build Shipper Record - Sequence 0001
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a shipment requires shipper information for customs record 55, and the system builds the shipper record and edi bol shipper data is not found occurs during the 'Build Shipper Record - Sequence 0001' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system creates entity id 'sh', uses shipper name and chop from shiproot, uses shipper address from shiproot, and derives city/state/postal/country from shiproot address data.
EXCLUDING
A shipment requires shipper information for customs record 55
When
The system builds the shipper record and EDI BOL shipper data is not found
Then
The system creates entity ID 'SH', uses shipper name and CHOP from SHIPROOT, uses shipper address from SHIPROOT, and derives city/state/postal/country from SHIPROOT address data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00863
Build Consignee Record - Sequence 0002
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment requires consignee information for customs record 55 during the 'Build Consignee Record - Sequence 0002' routine, when the system builds the consignee record and edi bol consignee data (ebsnrsc-cn) is found, the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates entity id 'cn', extracts consignee name and chop code from edi data, gets address from ebsnrsa-ca segment, gets city/state/postal/country from ebsnrsa-cc segment, and gets contact information from ebsnrsa-gp segment.
Given
A shipment requires consignee information for customs record 55
When
The system builds the consignee record and EDI BOL consignee data (EBSNRSC-CN) is found
Then
The system creates entity ID 'CN', extracts consignee name and CHOP code from EDI data, gets address from EBSNRSA-CA segment, gets city/state/postal/country from EBSNRSA-CC segment, and gets contact information from EBSNRSA-GP segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00864
Build Consignee Record - Sequence 0002
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a shipment requires consignee information for customs record 55, and the system builds the consignee record and edi bol consignee data is not found occurs during the 'Build Consignee Record - Sequence 0002' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system creates entity id 'cn', uses consignee name and chop from shiproot, uses consignee address from shiproot, and derives city/state/postal/country from shiproot address data.
EXCLUDING
A shipment requires consignee information for customs record 55
When
The system builds the consignee record and EDI BOL consignee data is not found
Then
The system creates entity ID 'CN', uses consignee name and CHOP from SHIPROOT, uses consignee address from SHIPROOT, and derives city/state/postal/country from SHIPROOT address data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00865
Build Stuffer Entity SF
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment may have stuffer information during the 'Build Stuffer Entity SF' routine, when the system finds edi bol stuffer data (ebsnrsc-pn), the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates entity id 'sf', extracts stuffer name from edi data, gets address from ebsnrsa-pa segment, gets city/state/postal/country from ebsnrsa-pc segment, gets contact information from ebsnrsa-gp segment, and inserts the record into customs database.
Given
A shipment may have stuffer information
When
The system finds EDI BOL stuffer data (EBSNRSC-PN)
Then
The system creates entity ID 'SF', extracts stuffer name from EDI data, gets address from EBSNRSA-PA segment, gets city/state/postal/country from EBSNRSA-PC segment, gets contact information from EBSNRSA-GP segment, and inserts the record into customs database
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00866
Build Ultimate Consignee Entity UC
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment may have ultimate consignee information during the 'Build Ultimate Consignee Entity UC' routine, when the system finds edi bol ultimate consignee data (ebsnrsc-un), the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates entity id 'uc', extracts ultimate consignee name from edi data, gets address from ebsnrsa-ua segment or sets default 'na', gets city/state/postal/country from ebsnrsa-uc segment or sets to spaces, gets contact information from ebsnrsa-gp segment, and inserts the record into customs database.
Given
A shipment may have ultimate consignee information
When
The system finds EDI BOL ultimate consignee data (EBSNRSC-UN)
Then
The system creates entity ID 'UC', extracts ultimate consignee name from EDI data, gets address from EBSNRSA-UA segment or sets default 'NA', gets city/state/postal/country from EBSNRSA-UC segment or sets to spaces, gets contact information from EBSNRSA-GP segment, and inserts the record into customs database
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00867
Build Beneficial Owner Entity BN
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment may have beneficial owner information during the 'Build Beneficial Owner Entity BN' routine, when the system finds edi bol beneficial owner data (ebsnrsc-bn) and organization id is 'bn', the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates entity id 'bn', extracts beneficial owner name and chop from edi data, gets address from ebsnrsa-bt segment or sets default 'na', gets city/state/postal/country from ebsnrsa-by segment or sets to spaces, and inserts the record into customs database.
Given
A shipment may have beneficial owner information
When
The system finds EDI BOL beneficial owner data (EBSNRSC-BN) and organization ID is 'BN'
Then
The system creates entity ID 'BN', extracts beneficial owner name and CHOP from EDI data, gets address from EBSNRSA-BT segment or sets default 'NA', gets city/state/postal/country from EBSNRSA-BY segment or sets to spaces, and inserts the record into customs database
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00868
Build Carrier Entity C1
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment may have carrier information during the 'Build Carrier Entity C1' routine, when the system finds edi bol carrier data with organization id 'c1' or fastway consignee data code 'c', the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates entity id 'c1', extracts carrier name from edi or fastway data, gets address information from appropriate segments, gets city/state/postal/country information, gets contact information, and inserts the record into customs database.
Given
A shipment may have carrier information
When
The system finds EDI BOL carrier data with organization ID 'C1' or Fastway consignee data code 'C'
Then
The system creates entity ID 'C1', extracts carrier name from EDI or Fastway data, gets address information from appropriate segments, gets city/state/postal/country information, gets contact information, and inserts the record into customs database
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00869
Build Notify Party Entity N1
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment may have notify party information during the 'Build Notify Party Entity N1' routine, when the system finds edi bol data with organization id 'n1', the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates entity id 'n1', extracts notify party name from edi data, gets address information from t2 segment, gets city/state/postal/country from ta segment, gets contact information from t3 segment, and inserts the record into customs database.
Given
A shipment may have notify party information
When
The system finds EDI BOL data with organization ID 'N1'
Then
The system creates entity ID 'N1', extracts notify party name from EDI data, gets address information from T2 segment, gets city/state/postal/country from TA segment, gets contact information from T3 segment, and inserts the record into customs database
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00870
Build Payment/Service Entity PF/SS
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment may have payment or service entity information during the 'Build Payment/Service Entity PF/SS' routine, when the system finds edi bol mcoa data with organization id 'pf' or 'ss', the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates entity id matching the organization id, extracts entity name and id codes from mcoa data, gets address from on segment or sets default 'na', gets city/state/postal/country from oc segment or sets to spaces, and inserts the record into customs database.
Given
A shipment may have payment or service entity information
When
The system finds EDI BOL MCOA data with organization ID 'PF' or 'SS'
Then
The system creates entity ID matching the organization ID, extracts entity name and ID codes from MCOA data, gets address from ON segment or sets default 'NA', gets city/state/postal/country from OC segment or sets to spaces, and inserts the record into customs database
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00871
Build Other Entity Types 11/NN/MC/OO/FW
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment may have various other entity types during the 'Build Other Entity Types 11/NN/MC/OO/FW' routine, when the system finds edi bol data with organization ids '11', 'nn', 'mc', 'oo', or 'fw', the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates entity records with matching entity ids, extracts entity names and details from appropriate edi segments, gets address and contact information from corresponding segments, validates entity id values for sequences greater than 2, and inserts valid records into customs database.
Given
A shipment may have various other entity types
When
The system finds EDI BOL data with organization IDs '11', 'NN', 'MC', 'OO', or 'FW'
Then
The system creates entity records with matching entity IDs, extracts entity names and details from appropriate EDI segments, gets address and contact information from corresponding segments, validates entity ID values for sequences greater than 2, and inserts valid records into customs database
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00872
Build Importer Entity IM
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment requires importer information for customs record 55 during the 'Build Importer Entity IM' routine, when the system finds edi bol importer data with entity id 'im' and existing importer data is available from initialization, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retains the existing importer data including chop code, name, business number qualifier, business number, csa indicator, address, city, state, postal code, country, and contact information, and inserts the record into customs database.
Given
A shipment requires importer information for customs record 55
When
The system finds EDI BOL importer data with entity ID 'IM' and existing importer data is available from initialization
Then
The system retains the existing importer data including CHOP code, name, business number qualifier, business number, CSA indicator, address, city, state, postal code, country, and contact information, and inserts the record into customs database
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00873
Build Importer Entity IM
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment requires importer information for customs record 55 during the 'Build Importer Entity IM' routine, when the system finds edi bol importer data with entity id 'im' and no existing importer data is available, the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates entity id 'im', extracts importer name and business information from edi data, gets address from n3 segment or sets default 'na', gets city/state/postal/country from n4 segment, sets contact information to spaces, and inserts the record into customs database.
Given
A shipment requires importer information for customs record 55
When
The system finds EDI BOL importer data with entity ID 'IM' and no existing importer data is available
Then
The system creates entity ID 'IM', extracts importer name and business information from EDI data, gets address from N3 segment or sets default 'NA', gets city/state/postal/country from N4 segment, sets contact information to spaces, and inserts the record into customs database
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00874
Finalize Importer Processing
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment requires importer information and au table importer data was found during initialization during the 'Finalize Importer Processing' routine, when the system finalizes importer processing and no importer record was created from edi data and sequence index is within maximum limit, the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates entity id 'im', uses importer name and business number from au table, sets business number qualifier to 'm5', sets address to 'na', clears city/state/postal/country and contact information, sets csa indicator on, and either replaces existing record or inserts new record based on availability.
Given
A shipment requires importer information and AU table importer data was found during initialization
When
The system finalizes importer processing and no importer record was created from EDI data and sequence index is within maximum limit
Then
The system creates entity ID 'IM', uses importer name and business number from AU table, sets business number qualifier to 'M5', sets address to 'NA', clears city/state/postal/country and contact information, sets CSA indicator on, and either replaces existing record or inserts new record based on availability
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00875
Validate N1 Segment Data
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an entity record is being validated for customs record 55, and the entity has address, city/state, or contact information but missing entity id or name, or entity id is invalid for sequences greater than 2 occurs during the 'Validate N1 Segment Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system generates appropriate error messages for missing entity id, missing name when entity id exists, or invalid entity id values for non-shipper/consignee/broker entities.
EXCLUDING
An entity record is being validated for customs record 55
When
The entity has address, city/state, or contact information but missing entity ID or name, or entity ID is invalid for sequences greater than 2
Then
The system generates appropriate error messages for missing entity ID, missing name when entity ID exists, or invalid entity ID values for non-shipper/consignee/broker entities
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00876
Validate N1 Segment Data
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity record has entity id and name populated during the 'Validate N1 Segment Data' routine, when the address information is missing, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates an error message indicating address information is required.
Given
An entity record has entity ID and name populated
When
The address information is missing
Then
The system generates an error message indicating address information is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00877
Validate N1 Segment Data
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity record has city/state information during the 'Validate N1 Segment Data' routine, when the city name is provided but has less than 2 characters, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates an error message indicating minimum 2 character length requirement.
Given
An entity record has city/state information
When
The city name is provided but has less than 2 characters
Then
The system generates an error message indicating minimum 2 character length requirement
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00878
Validate N1 Segment Data
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity record has postal code information during the 'Validate N1 Segment Data' routine, when the postal code is provided but has less than 3 characters, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates an error message indicating minimum 3 character length requirement.
Given
An entity record has postal code information
When
The postal code is provided but has less than 3 characters
Then
The system generates an error message indicating minimum 3 character length requirement
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00879
Validate N1 Segment Data
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an entity record has city/state information for canada, usa, or mexico, and the state/province code is missing or the state/province and country combination is invalid occurs during the 'Validate N1 Segment Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system generates error messages for missing state/province or invalid state/province combinations, and derives country code from state/province when country is missing.
EXCLUDING
An entity record has city/state information for Canada, USA, or Mexico
When
The state/province code is missing or the state/province and country combination is invalid
Then
The system generates error messages for missing state/province or invalid state/province combinations, and derives country code from state/province when country is missing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00880
Validate N1 Segment Data
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity record has city/state information during the 'Validate N1 Segment Data' routine, when the country code is missing after state/province validation, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates an error message indicating country code is required.
Given
An entity record has city/state information
When
The country code is missing after state/province validation
Then
The system generates an error message indicating country code is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00881
Validate N1 Segment Data
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an entity record has contact information, and communication number qualifier is missing but contact name or communication number is provided, or communication number qualifier is invalid, or communication number is missing when qualifier or contact name is provided occurs during the 'Validate N1 Segment Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system generates appropriate error messages for missing communication number qualifier, invalid qualifier values (must be spaces, 'fx', or 'te'), or missing communication number.
EXCLUDING
An entity record has contact information
When
Communication number qualifier is missing but contact name or communication number is provided, or communication number qualifier is invalid, or communication number is missing when qualifier or contact name is provided
Then
The system generates appropriate error messages for missing communication number qualifier, invalid qualifier values (must be spaces, 'FX', or 'TE'), or missing communication number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02132
EDI BOL Shipper Data Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment requires shipper information during the 'EDI BOL Shipper Data Available?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol shipper data availability, the system executes logic to ensure that if hn segment is found in edi bol, use edi data; otherwise use fastway data.
Given
A shipment requires shipper information
When
The system checks for EDI BOL shipper data availability
Then
If HN segment is found in EDI BOL, use EDI data; otherwise use Fastway data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02133
Extract Shipper Name from EDI BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol shipper data is available during the 'Extract Shipper Name from EDI BOL' routine, when the system extracts shipper information from edi bol, the system executes logic to ensure that entity id is set to 'sh', shipper name is extracted from f1-consignor-name, and chop code is extracted from f1-shpr-chop.
Given
EDI BOL shipper data is available
When
The system extracts shipper information from EDI BOL
Then
Entity ID is set to 'SH', shipper name is extracted from F1-CONSIGNOR-NAME, and CHOP code is extracted from F1-SHPR-CHOP
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02134
Use Fastway Shipper Data
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol shipper data is not available, and the system needs shipper information occurs during the 'Use Fastway Shipper Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that entity id is set to 'sh', shipper name is extracted from shpr-nm, and chop code is extracted from shpr-chop.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL shipper data is not available
When
The system needs shipper information
Then
Entity ID is set to 'SH', shipper name is extracted from SHPR-NM, and CHOP code is extracted from SHPR-CHOP
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02135
EDI BOL Address Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming shipper record requires address information during the 'EDI BOL Address Available?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol address data, the system executes logic to ensure that if ha segment is found, extract address from edi bol; otherwise use fastway address data.
Given
Shipper record requires address information
When
The system checks for EDI BOL address data
Then
If HA segment is found, extract address from EDI BOL; otherwise use Fastway address data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02136
Extract Address from EDI BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol address data is available during the 'Extract Address from EDI BOL' routine, when the system extracts address information, the system executes logic to ensure that address line 1 is set from f2-addl-name-addr-1 and address line 2 is set from f2-addl-name-addr-2.
Given
EDI BOL address data is available
When
The system extracts address information
Then
Address line 1 is set from F2-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-1 and address line 2 is set from F2-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-2
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02137
Use Fastway Address Data
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol address data is not available, and the system needs address information occurs during the 'Use Fastway Address Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that address line 1 is set from shpr-addr(1) and address line 2 is cleared.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL address data is not available
When
The system needs address information
Then
Address line 1 is set from SHPR-ADDR(1) and address line 2 is cleared
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02139
EDI BOL City/State Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming shipper record requires city and state information during the 'EDI BOL City/State Available?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol city/state data, the system executes logic to ensure that if hc segment is found, extract city/state from edi bol; otherwise parse from fastway data.
Given
Shipper record requires city and state information
When
The system checks for EDI BOL city/state data
Then
If HC segment is found, extract city/state from EDI BOL; otherwise parse from Fastway data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02140
Extract City/State from EDI BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol city/state data is available during the 'Extract City/State from EDI BOL' routine, when the system extracts location information, the system executes logic to ensure that city is set from f4-city-name, state from f4-state-prov-code, postal code from f4-postal-code, and country from f4-country-code.
Given
EDI BOL city/state data is available
When
The system extracts location information
Then
City is set from F4-CITY-NAME, state from F4-STATE-PROV-CODE, postal code from F4-POSTAL-CODE, and country from F4-COUNTRY-CODE
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02141
Parse City/State from Fastway Data
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol city/state data is not available, and the system needs location information occurs during the 'Parse City/State from Fastway Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that address line 2 is parsed to extract city name, state/province code, and postal code.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL city/state data is not available
When
The system needs location information
Then
Address line 2 is parsed to extract city name, state/province code, and postal code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02143
EDI BOL Contact Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming shipper record may include contact information during the 'EDI BOL Contact Available?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol contact data, the system executes logic to ensure that if gp segment is found, extract contact information; otherwise skip contact processing.
Given
Shipper record may include contact information
When
The system checks for EDI BOL contact data
Then
If GP segment is found, extract contact information; otherwise skip contact processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02144
Extract Contact Information
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol contact data is available during the 'Extract Contact Information' routine, when the system extracts contact information, the system executes logic to ensure that contact function code, name, communication number qualifier, and communication number are extracted from the gp segment.
Given
EDI BOL contact data is available
When
The system extracts contact information
Then
Contact function code, name, communication number qualifier, and communication number are extracted from the GP segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02148
EDI BOL Consignee Data Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment requires consignee information during the 'EDI BOL Consignee Data Available?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol consignee data availability, the system executes logic to ensure that if cn segment is found in edi bol, use edi data; otherwise use fastway data.
Given
A shipment requires consignee information
When
The system checks for EDI BOL consignee data availability
Then
If CN segment is found in EDI BOL, use EDI data; otherwise use Fastway data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02149
Extract Consignee Name from EDI BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol consignee data is available during the 'Extract Consignee Name from EDI BOL' routine, when the system extracts consignee information from edi bol, the system executes logic to ensure that entity id is set to 'cn', consignee name is extracted from d1-shipper-name, and chop code is extracted from d1-cons-chop.
Given
EDI BOL consignee data is available
When
The system extracts consignee information from EDI BOL
Then
Entity ID is set to 'CN', consignee name is extracted from D1-SHIPPER-NAME, and CHOP code is extracted from D1-CONS-CHOP
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02150
Use Fastway Consignee Data
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol consignee data is not available, and the system needs consignee information occurs during the 'Use Fastway Consignee Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that entity id is set to 'cn', consignee name is extracted from cons-data(1), and chop code is extracted from cons-chop.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL consignee data is not available
When
The system needs consignee information
Then
Entity ID is set to 'CN', consignee name is extracted from CONS-DATA(1), and CHOP code is extracted from CONS-CHOP
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02160
Generate Validation Error Messages
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming validation errors have been identified during the 'Generate Validation Error Messages' routine, when the system processes validation results, the system executes logic to ensure that error messages are retrieved from the message table and added to the error collection.
Given
Validation errors have been identified
When
The system processes validation results
Then
Error messages are retrieved from the message table and added to the error collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02534
Initialize Shipper Record
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a customs manifest processing request is initiated during the 'Initialize Shipper Record' routine, when the system begins building shipper records, the system executes logic to ensure that a new shipper record is initialized with ccn key, record type 55, and sequence 0001.
Given
A customs manifest processing request is initiated
When
The system begins building shipper records
Then
A new shipper record is initialized with CCN key, record type 55, and sequence 0001
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02535
EDI BOL Shipper Data Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipper record needs to be built for customs processing during the 'EDI BOL Shipper Data Available?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol shipper data availability, the system executes logic to ensure that the system identifies if edi bol contains shipper name and contact information.
Given
A shipper record needs to be built for customs processing
When
The system checks for EDI BOL shipper data availability
Then
The system identifies if EDI BOL contains shipper name and contact information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02536
Extract Shipper Name from EDI BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol shipper data is available during the 'Extract Shipper Name from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes the shipper information, the system executes logic to ensure that shipper entity id is set to 'sh', shipper name is extracted from consignor name field, and shipper chop code is extracted from edi bol.
Given
EDI BOL shipper data is available
When
The system processes the shipper information
Then
Shipper entity ID is set to 'SH', shipper name is extracted from consignor name field, and shipper CHOP code is extracted from EDI BOL
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02537
Use Fastway Shipper Data
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol shipper data is not available, and the system needs shipper information for customs processing occurs during the 'Use Fastway Shipper Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that shipper chop code and name are extracted from shiproot fastway data with entity id set to 'sh'.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL shipper data is not available
When
The system needs shipper information for customs processing
Then
Shipper CHOP code and name are extracted from SHIPROOT Fastway data with entity ID set to 'SH'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02538
EDI BOL Address Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming shipper name information has been processed during the 'EDI BOL Address Available?' routine, when the system checks for address data availability, the system executes logic to ensure that the system identifies if edi bol contains shipper address information.
Given
Shipper name information has been processed
When
The system checks for address data availability
Then
The system identifies if EDI BOL contains shipper address information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02539
Extract Address from EDI BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol address data is available during the 'Extract Address from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes address information, the system executes logic to ensure that address line 1 and address line 2 are extracted from edi bol additional name/address fields.
Given
EDI BOL address data is available
When
The system processes address information
Then
Address line 1 and address line 2 are extracted from EDI BOL additional name/address fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02540
Use Fastway Address Data
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol address data is not available, and the system needs address information occurs during the 'Use Fastway Address Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that address information is extracted from shiproot shipper address fields.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL address data is not available
When
The system needs address information
Then
Address information is extracted from SHIPROOT shipper address fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02541
Set Default 'NA' if Address Missing
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming address information is missing from both edi bol and fastway sources during the 'Set Default 'NA' if Address Missing' routine, when the system processes address fields, the system executes logic to ensure that address line 1 is set to 'na' as default value.
Given
Address information is missing from both EDI BOL and Fastway sources
When
The system processes address fields
Then
Address line 1 is set to 'NA' as default value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02542
EDI BOL City/State Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming address information has been processed during the 'EDI BOL City/State Available?' routine, when the system checks for city and state data availability, the system executes logic to ensure that the system identifies if edi bol contains city, state, postal code, and country information.
Given
Address information has been processed
When
The system checks for city and state data availability
Then
The system identifies if EDI BOL contains city, state, postal code, and country information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02543
Extract City/State/Postal from EDI BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol city/state data is available during the 'Extract City/State/Postal from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes geographic information, the system executes logic to ensure that city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code are extracted from edi bol geographic fields.
Given
EDI BOL city/state data is available
When
The system processes geographic information
Then
City name, state/province code, postal code, and country code are extracted from EDI BOL geographic fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02544
Parse Fastway Address String
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol city/state data is not available and fastway address data exists, and the system processes the fastway address string occurs during the 'Parse Fastway Address String' routine, then the system must guarantee that city name, state/province code, and postal code are parsed from the fastway address string format.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL city/state data is not available and Fastway address data exists
When
The system processes the Fastway address string
Then
City name, state/province code, and postal code are parsed from the Fastway address string format
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02546
EDI BOL Contact Info Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming geographic information has been processed during the 'EDI BOL Contact Info Available?' routine, when the system checks for contact data availability, the system executes logic to ensure that the system identifies if edi bol contains contact function code, name, and communication details.
Given
Geographic information has been processed
When
The system checks for contact data availability
Then
The system identifies if EDI BOL contains contact function code, name, and communication details
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02547
Extract Contact Details from EDI BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol contact information is available during the 'Extract Contact Details from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes contact details, the system executes logic to ensure that contact function code, contact name, communication number qualifier, and communication number are extracted from edi bol.
Given
EDI BOL contact information is available
When
The system processes contact details
Then
Contact function code, contact name, communication number qualifier, and communication number are extracted from EDI BOL
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02549
Check Required Fields
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipper record needs validation during the 'Check Required Fields' routine, when the system checks required fields, the system executes logic to ensure that entity id, name, and address line 1 are verified as non-empty, and error messages are generated for missing required fields.
Given
A shipper record needs validation
When
The system checks required fields
Then
Entity ID, name, and address line 1 are verified as non-empty, and error messages are generated for missing required fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02551
Validate State/Country Combination
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming state/province code and country code have been determined during the 'Validate State/Country Combination' routine, when the system validates the state-country combination, the system executes logic to ensure that state/province code is verified as valid for canada, usa, or mexico, and error messages are generated for invalid combinations.
Given
State/province code and country code have been determined
When
The system validates the state-country combination
Then
State/province code is verified as valid for Canada, USA, or Mexico, and error messages are generated for invalid combinations
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02553
EDI BOL Consignee Data Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a consignee record needs to be built for customs processing during the 'EDI BOL Consignee Data Available?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol consignee data availability, the system executes logic to ensure that the system identifies if edi bol contains consignee name and contact information.
Given
A consignee record needs to be built for customs processing
When
The system checks for EDI BOL consignee data availability
Then
The system identifies if EDI BOL contains consignee name and contact information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02554
Extract Consignee Name from EDI BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol consignee data is available during the 'Extract Consignee Name from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes the consignee information, the system executes logic to ensure that consignee entity id is set to 'cn', consignee name is extracted from shipper name field, and consignee chop code is extracted from edi bol.
Given
EDI BOL consignee data is available
When
The system processes the consignee information
Then
Consignee entity ID is set to 'CN', consignee name is extracted from shipper name field, and consignee CHOP code is extracted from EDI BOL
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02555
Use Fastway Consignee Data
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol consignee data is not available, and the system needs consignee information for customs processing occurs during the 'Use Fastway Consignee Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that consignee chop code and name are extracted from shiproot consignee data with entity id set to 'cn'.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL consignee data is not available
When
The system needs consignee information for customs processing
Then
Consignee CHOP code and name are extracted from SHIPROOT consignee data with entity ID set to 'CN'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02556
Store Shipper and Consignee Records
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming shipper and consignee records have been validated successfully during the 'Store Shipper and Consignee Records' routine, when the system completes record building process, the system executes logic to ensure that shipper record is stored at array position 1 and consignee record is stored at array position 2 in the customs manifest data structure.
Given
Shipper and consignee records have been validated successfully
When
The system completes record building process
Then
Shipper record is stored at array position 1 and consignee record is stored at array position 2 in the customs manifest data structure
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02777
Parse Fastway Address String into Components - Extract city, state, and postal code from concatenated address field
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipper address is stored in shpr-addr(2) field in fastway shipment data during the 'Parse Fastway Address String into Components - Extract city, state, and postal code from concatenated address field' routine, when the system processes shipper address information for customs manifest creation, the system executes logic to ensure that the concatenated address string is parsed into separate city name, state/province code, and postal code components and moved to the corresponding n4 segment fields.
Given
A shipper address is stored in SHPR-ADDR(2) field in Fastway shipment data
When
The system processes shipper address information for customs manifest creation
Then
The concatenated address string is parsed into separate city name, state/province code, and postal code components and moved to the corresponding N4 segment fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02778
Parse Fastway Address String into Components - Extract city, state, and postal code from concatenated address field
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a consignee address is stored in cons-data(4) field in fastway shipment data during the 'Parse Fastway Address String into Components - Extract city, state, and postal code from concatenated address field' routine, when the system processes consignee address information for customs manifest creation, the system executes logic to ensure that the concatenated address string is parsed into separate city name, state/province code, and postal code components and moved to the corresponding n4 segment fields.
Given
A consignee address is stored in CONS-DATA(4) field in Fastway shipment data
When
The system processes consignee address information for customs manifest creation
Then
The concatenated address string is parsed into separate city name, state/province code, and postal code components and moved to the corresponding N4 segment fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02779
Parse Fastway Address String into Components - Extract city, state, and postal code from concatenated address field
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a notify party address is stored in cons-data(4) field in fastway shipment data during the 'Parse Fastway Address String into Components - Extract city, state, and postal code from concatenated address field' routine, when the system processes notify party address information for customs manifest creation, the system executes logic to ensure that the concatenated address string is parsed into separate city name, state/province code, and postal code components and moved to the corresponding n4 segment fields.
Given
A notify party address is stored in CONS-DATA(4) field in Fastway shipment data
When
The system processes notify party address information for customs manifest creation
Then
The concatenated address string is parsed into separate city name, state/province code, and postal code components and moved to the corresponding N4 segment fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02982
Move Address String to Work Area
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an address string containing city, state/province, and postal code in concatenated format during the 'Move Address String to Work Area' routine, when the system processes the address for customs manifest creation, the system executes logic to ensure that the city name component is extracted and moved to the city name field.
Given
An address string containing city, state/province, and postal code in concatenated format
When
The system processes the address for customs manifest creation
Then
The city name component is extracted and moved to the city name field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02983
Extract State/Province Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an address string containing city, state/province, and postal code information during the 'Extract State/Province Code' routine, when the address is being processed for customs manifest, the system executes logic to ensure that the state/province code is extracted and assigned to the appropriate field.
Given
An address string containing city, state/province, and postal code information
When
The address is being processed for customs manifest
Then
The state/province code is extracted and assigned to the appropriate field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02984
Extract Postal Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an address string containing city, state/province, and postal code information during the 'Extract Postal Code' routine, when the address is being processed for customs manifest creation, the system executes logic to ensure that the postal code is extracted and assigned to the postal code field.
Given
An address string containing city, state/province, and postal code information
When
The address is being processed for customs manifest creation
Then
The postal code is extracted and assigned to the postal code field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02985
City Name >= 2 Characters?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a city name has been extracted from an address string during the 'City Name >= 2 Characters?' routine, when the city name length is validated, the system executes logic to ensure that if the city name has fewer than 2 characters, a minimum length error message is generated.
Given
A city name has been extracted from an address string
When
The city name length is validated
Then
If the city name has fewer than 2 characters, a minimum length error message is generated
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02991
Move Parsed Components to Output Fields
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a state/province code has been extracted from an address string during the 'Move Parsed Components to Output Fields' routine, when the system needs to determine the corresponding country for customs purposes, the system executes logic to ensure that the system searches the tb-state-country table using the state/province code as key and assigns the matching country code to ws-country, then moves it to gccs-n404-country-cde.
Given
A state/province code has been extracted from an address string
When
The system needs to determine the corresponding country for customs purposes
Then
The system searches the TB-STATE-COUNTRY table using the state/province code as key and assigns the matching country code to WS-COUNTRY, then moves it to GCCS-N404-COUNTRY-CDE
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02998
Store Parsed Postal Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a postal code has been extracted and processed (padded if necessary) during the 'Store Parsed Postal Code' routine, when the postal code storage process is executed, the system executes logic to ensure that the processed postal code is stored in the target postal code field.
Given
A postal code has been extracted and processed (padded if necessary)
When
The postal code storage process is executed
Then
The processed postal code is stored in the target postal code field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02161
Build SF - Stuffer Entity
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bill of lading exists with sf entity data during the 'Build SF - Stuffer Entity' routine, when building sf entity record and sf entity is found in edi data, the system executes logic to ensure that extract sf entity name, set entity id to 'sf', clear id code qualifier and id code, and retrieve address information from edi segments.
Given
An EDI bill of lading exists with SF entity data
When
Building SF entity record and SF entity is found in EDI data
Then
Extract SF entity name, set entity ID to 'SF', clear ID code qualifier and ID code, and retrieve address information from EDI segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02162
Build UC - Ultimate Consignee Entity
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bill of lading exists with uc entity data during the 'Build UC - Ultimate Consignee Entity' routine, when building uc entity record and uc entity is found in edi data, the system executes logic to ensure that extract uc entity name, set entity id to 'uc', clear id code qualifier and id code, and retrieve address information from edi segments.
Given
An EDI bill of lading exists with UC entity data
When
Building UC entity record and UC entity is found in EDI data
Then
Extract UC entity name, set entity ID to 'UC', clear ID code qualifier and ID code, and retrieve address information from EDI segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02163
Build BN - Beneficial Owner Entity
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bill of lading exists with bn entity data during the 'Build BN - Beneficial Owner Entity' routine, when building bn entity record and bn entity is found in edi data, the system executes logic to ensure that extract bn entity name, set entity id to 'bn', clear id code qualifier and id code, set consignee chop code, and retrieve address information from edi segments.
Given
An EDI bill of lading exists with BN entity data
When
Building BN entity record and BN entity is found in EDI data
Then
Extract BN entity name, set entity ID to 'BN', clear ID code qualifier and ID code, set consignee chop code, and retrieve address information from EDI segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02164
Build C1 - Carrier Entity
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming transportation data exists in either edi or fastway system during the 'Build C1 - Carrier Entity' routine, when building c1 entity record and c1 entity is found in edi transportation data, the system executes logic to ensure that extract c1 organization id, name, and address information from edi transportation segments.
Given
Transportation data exists in either EDI or FastWay system
When
Building C1 entity record and C1 entity is found in EDI transportation data
Then
Extract C1 organization ID, name, and address information from EDI transportation segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02165
Use Fastway Carrier Data
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If c1 entity is not found in edi transportation data and fastway system contains carrier data, and building c1 entity record and consignee data code equals 'c' occurs during the 'Use Fastway Carrier Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that extract carrier information from fastway consignee data and build c1 entity record with name and address.
EXCLUDING
C1 entity is not found in EDI transportation data and FastWay system contains carrier data
When
Building C1 entity record and consignee data code equals 'C'
Then
Extract carrier information from FastWay consignee data and build C1 entity record with name and address
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02166
Build N1 - Notify Party Entity
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bill of lading exists with n1 entity transportation data during the 'Build N1 - Notify Party Entity' routine, when building n1 entity record and n1 entity is found in edi transportation data, the system executes logic to ensure that extract n1 organization id, name, and address information from edi transportation segments.
Given
An EDI bill of lading exists with N1 entity transportation data
When
Building N1 entity record and N1 entity is found in EDI transportation data
Then
Extract N1 organization ID, name, and address information from EDI transportation segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02167
Build PF/SS - Payment/Service Entities
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bill of lading contains mcoa segments with pf or ss entity data during the 'Build PF/SS - Payment/Service Entities' routine, when building pf/ss entity records and mcoa segments are found with organization id of 'pf' or 'ss', the system executes logic to ensure that extract entity id, name, id code qualifier, id code, and address information from mcoa segments.
Given
EDI bill of lading contains MCOA segments with PF or SS entity data
When
Building PF/SS entity records and MCOA segments are found with organization ID of 'PF' or 'SS'
Then
Extract entity ID, name, ID code qualifier, ID code, and address information from MCOA segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02168
Build Additional Entities - 11, NN, MC, OO, FW
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bill of lading contains transportation data for additional entity types during the 'Build Additional Entities - 11, NN, MC, OO, FW' routine, when building additional entity records and entities with ids '11', 'nn', 'mc', 'oo', or 'fw' are found, the system executes logic to ensure that extract organization id, name, and address information for each additional entity type from edi transportation segments.
Given
EDI bill of lading contains transportation data for additional entity types
When
Building additional entity records and entities with IDs '11', 'NN', 'MC', 'OO', or 'FW' are found
Then
Extract organization ID, name, and address information for each additional entity type from EDI transportation segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02176
Backup Original Importer Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a corrector edi transaction is being processed and the temporary importer name contains data from previous processing during the 'Backup Original Importer Data' routine, when the system detects existing importer data in temporary variables, the system executes logic to ensure that the system backs up all original importer details including name, business number, qualifier, address, city, province, postal code, country, and contact information to temporary storage variables.
Given
A corrector EDI transaction is being processed AND the temporary importer name contains data from previous processing
When
The system detects existing importer data in temporary variables
Then
The system backs up all original importer details including name, business number, qualifier, address, city, province, postal code, country, and contact information to temporary storage variables
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02177
EDI BOL has Importer Segment?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bill of lading is being processed for customs manifest creation during the 'EDI BOL has Importer Segment?' routine, when the system searches for importer segment data in the edi bol, the system executes logic to ensure that the system determines if an importer segment with entity id 'im' exists and sets the appropriate processing flag.
Given
An EDI Bill of Lading is being processed for customs manifest creation
When
The system searches for importer segment data in the EDI BOL
Then
The system determines if an importer segment with entity ID 'IM' exists and sets the appropriate processing flag
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02178
Process EDI BOL Importer Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol contains an importer segment with entity id 'im' during the 'Process EDI BOL Importer Data' routine, when the system processes the importer segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts importer name, sets it as the customs importer, extracts business number qualifier and business number, sets importer found flag to true, and creates customs record with all importer details including address and contact information.
Given
EDI BOL contains an importer segment with entity ID 'IM'
When
The system processes the importer segment data
Then
The system extracts importer name, sets it as the customs importer, extracts business number qualifier and business number, sets importer found flag to true, and creates customs record with all importer details including address and contact information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02179
AU Table has Importer Data?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol does not contain importer segment data and au table lookup is performed using consignee chop and commodity code, and the system queries the au table for matching importer records occurs during the 'AU Table has Importer Data?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system determines if au table contains valid importer data and sets the au importer found flag accordingly.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL does not contain importer segment data AND AU table lookup is performed using consignee chop and commodity code
When
The system queries the AU table for matching importer records
Then
The system determines if AU table contains valid importer data and sets the AU importer found flag accordingly
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02181
Corrector EDI Deletes Importer?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a corrector edi transaction is being processed and backed up importer data exists in temporary variables and current processing has not found importer data in edi bol, and the system evaluates whether to restore backed up importer data occurs during the 'Corrector EDI Deletes Importer?' routine, then the system must guarantee that if backed up importer data exists and current processing found no importer data, the system restores the backed up importer information; otherwise it clears the importer data.
EXCLUDING
A corrector EDI transaction is being processed AND backed up importer data exists in temporary variables AND current processing has not found importer data in EDI BOL
When
The system evaluates whether to restore backed up importer data
Then
If backed up importer data exists and current processing found no importer data, the system restores the backed up importer information; otherwise it clears the importer data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02182
Restore Backed Up Importer Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi has deleted importer data and backed up importer data exists in temporary variables during the 'Restore Backed Up Importer Data' routine, when the system restores importer information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system restores all backed up importer details including chop code, entity id, name, business number qualifier, business number, csa indicator, address lines, city, province, postal code, country, and contact information from temporary storage.
Given
Corrector EDI has deleted importer data AND backed up importer data exists in temporary variables
When
The system restores importer information
Then
The system restores all backed up importer details including chop code, entity ID, name, business number qualifier, business number, CSA indicator, address lines, city, province, postal code, country, and contact information from temporary storage
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02183
Both AU and EDI Importer Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming both au table importer data and edi bol importer data have been found and processed during the 'Both AU and EDI Importer Found?' routine, when the system evaluates csa indicator settings for dual importer sources, the system executes logic to ensure that if edi business number qualifier is 'bn' or spaces, the system turns off csa indicator to prevent conflicts; otherwise csa indicator remains as set by the respective data source.
Given
Both AU table importer data and EDI BOL importer data have been found AND processed
When
The system evaluates CSA indicator settings for dual importer sources
Then
If EDI business number qualifier is 'BN' or spaces, the system turns off CSA indicator to prevent conflicts; otherwise CSA indicator remains as set by the respective data source
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02184
Create Final Importer Record
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming all importer data processing is complete including edi bol processing, au table lookup, and corrector edi handling during the 'Create Final Importer Record' routine, when the system creates the final importer record, the system executes logic to ensure that the system validates all importer segment data, creates customs record type 55 with entity id 'im', includes all importer details, and prepares the record for insertion into customs database.
Given
All importer data processing is complete including EDI BOL processing, AU table lookup, and corrector EDI handling
When
The system creates the final importer record
Then
The system validates all importer segment data, creates customs record type 55 with entity ID 'IM', includes all importer details, and prepares the record for insertion into customs database
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00883
Check for Existing Importer Data from Corrector EDI
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a customs manifest processing request is initiated during the 'Check for Existing Importer Data from Corrector EDI' routine, when the system checks for existing importer data from corrector edi transactions, the system executes logic to ensure that the system identifies whether backup importer data exists and sets the appropriate processing flag.
Given
A customs manifest processing request is initiated
When
The system checks for existing importer data from corrector EDI transactions
Then
The system identifies whether backup importer data exists and sets the appropriate processing flag
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00884
Backup Original Importer Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming existing importer data is found from corrector edi and importer name exists in temporary storage during the 'Backup Original Importer Data' routine, when the system processes importer segment building, the system executes logic to ensure that the system backs up all importer details including name, business number qualifier, business number, csa indicator, address, city, province, postal code, country, and contact information.
Given
Existing importer data is found from corrector EDI and importer name exists in temporary storage
When
The system processes importer segment building
Then
The system backs up all importer details including name, business number qualifier, business number, CSA indicator, address, city, province, postal code, country, and contact information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00885
Retrieve Importer N1 Segment from EDI BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol key exists for the shipment during the 'Retrieve Importer N1 Segment from EDI BOL' routine, when the system retrieves importer n1 segment data using entity type 'im', the system executes logic to ensure that the system obtains importer entity information from the edi bol database or returns empty if not found.
Given
An EDI BOL key exists for the shipment
When
The system retrieves importer N1 segment data using entity type 'IM'
Then
The system obtains importer entity information from the EDI BOL database or returns empty if not found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00886
Process New Importer N1 Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer n1 segment is found in edi bol and no corrector edi backup data exists during the 'Process New Importer N1 Segment' routine, when the system processes the importer n1 segment with entity id code equal to 'im', the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts importer name to customs importer field, moves id code qualifier to business number qualifier, moves id code to business number, and sets importer found flag to true.
Given
Importer N1 segment is found in EDI BOL and no corrector EDI backup data exists
When
The system processes the importer N1 segment with entity ID code equal to 'IM'
Then
The system extracts importer name to customs importer field, moves ID code qualifier to business number qualifier, moves ID code to business number, and sets importer found flag to true
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00887
Set CSA Indicator Management
Policy Rules
Business View: Assuming importer data is found from au table and importer segment is found and business number qualifier is 'bn' or spaces during the 'Set CSA Indicator Management' routine, when the system processes csa indicator management, the system executes logic to ensure that the system turns off the csa indicator.
Given
Importer data is found from AU table and importer segment is found and business number qualifier is 'BN' or spaces
When
The system processes CSA indicator management
Then
The system turns off the CSA indicator
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00888
Process Address Information
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming importer n3 segment data is available from edi bol during the 'Process Address Information' routine, when the system processes address information and address line 1 is spaces or low-values, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets address line 1 to 'na' and copies address line 2, otherwise copies both address lines as provided.
Given
Importer N3 segment data is available from EDI BOL
When
The system processes address information and address line 1 is spaces or low-values
Then
The system sets address line 1 to 'NA' and copies address line 2, otherwise copies both address lines as provided
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00889
Set Default 'NA' if Address Missing
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If importer n3 segment is not found in edi bol, and the system processes address information occurs during the 'Set Default 'NA' if Address Missing' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system clears n3 data fields and sets address line 1 to 'na'.
EXCLUDING
Importer N3 segment is not found in EDI BOL
When
The system processes address information
Then
The system clears N3 data fields and sets address line 1 to 'NA'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00890
Process City, State, Postal, Country
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer n4 segment data is available from edi bol during the 'Process City, State, Postal, Country' routine, when the system processes city and state information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system copies city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code from the n4 segment.
Given
Importer N4 segment data is available from EDI BOL
When
The system processes city and state information
Then
The system copies city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code from the N4 segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00891
Process City, State, Postal, Country
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If importer n4 segment is not found in edi bol, and the system processes city and state information occurs during the 'Process City, State, Postal, Country' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system clears all n4 data fields including city, state, postal code, and country.
EXCLUDING
Importer N4 segment is not found in EDI BOL
When
The system processes city and state information
Then
The system clears all N4 data fields including city, state, postal code, and country
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00892
Clear Contact Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer segment processing is in progress during the 'Clear Contact Information' routine, when the system processes contact information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system clears all contact data fields including contact function code, name, communication number qualifier, and communication number.
Given
Importer segment processing is in progress
When
The system processes contact information
Then
The system clears all contact data fields including contact function code, name, communication number qualifier, and communication number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00893
Restore Backed Up Importer Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi backup data exists and importer segment is found during the 'Restore Backed Up Importer Data' routine, when the system processes importer data restoration, the system executes logic to ensure that the system restores all backed up importer details including consignee chop code, entity id code, importer name, business number qualifier, business number, csa indicator, address lines, city, province, postal code, country, and contact information, and sets importer found flag to true.
Given
Corrector EDI backup data exists and importer segment is found
When
The system processes importer data restoration
Then
The system restores all backed up importer details including consignee chop code, entity ID code, importer name, business number qualifier, business number, CSA indicator, address lines, city, province, postal code, country, and contact information, and sets importer found flag to true
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00894
Handle Importer Data Deletion
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If importer n1 segment is not found in edi bol and backup importer name exists and importer segment is not found, and the system handles importer data deletion occurs during the 'Handle Importer Data Deletion' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system restores backed up importer data and manages csa indicator, otherwise clears importer name if no importer segment found.
EXCLUDING
Importer N1 segment is not found in EDI BOL and backup importer name exists and importer segment is not found
When
The system handles importer data deletion
Then
The system restores backed up importer data and manages CSA indicator, otherwise clears importer name if no importer segment found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00895
Clear Importer Fields
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If no valid importer data is found and importer segment is not found, and the system processes importer field clearing occurs during the 'Clear Importer Fields' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system clears the importer name field and entity id code.
EXCLUDING
No valid importer data is found and importer segment is not found
When
The system processes importer field clearing
Then
The system clears the importer name field and entity ID code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02185
Get Importer N1 Segment from EDI BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol key exists for the shipment during the 'Get Importer N1 Segment from EDI BOL' routine, when the system searches for importer n1 segment data in the edi bol, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves the importer entity information if available.
Given
An EDI BOL key exists for the shipment
When
The system searches for importer N1 segment data in the EDI BOL
Then
The system retrieves the importer entity information if available
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02186
Is Corrector EDI with Backup Data?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming importer data is found in edi bol and backup importer data exists from previous processing during the 'Is Corrector EDI with Backup Data?' routine, when the system evaluates if this is a corrector edi transaction with existing backup data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system chooses to restore backup data if corrector edi with backup exists, otherwise processes new importer data.
Given
Importer data is found in EDI BOL and backup importer data exists from previous processing
When
The system evaluates if this is a corrector EDI transaction with existing backup data
Then
The system chooses to restore backup data if corrector EDI with backup exists, otherwise processes new importer data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02187
Restore Backup Importer Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a corrector edi transaction is being processed and backup importer data exists during the 'Restore Backup Importer Data' routine, when the system needs to preserve original importer information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system restores all backup importer data including name, business number, qualifier, address, city, state, postal code, country, and contact information.
Given
A corrector EDI transaction is being processed and backup importer data exists
When
The system needs to preserve original importer information
Then
The system restores all backup importer data including name, business number, qualifier, address, city, state, postal code, country, and contact information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02188
Extract Importer Business Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming valid importer n1 segment data is available from edi bol during the 'Extract Importer Business Information' routine, when the system processes the importer entity information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system assigns importer name to customs importer field, business number qualifier to customs business number qualifier field, and business number to customs business number field.
Given
Valid importer N1 segment data is available from EDI BOL
When
The system processes the importer entity information
Then
The system assigns importer name to customs importer field, business number qualifier to customs business number qualifier field, and business number to customs business number field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02190
Process Address Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer n3 address segment data is available from edi bol during the 'Process Address Information' routine, when the system processes the address information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system assigns address line 1 and address line 2 to customs manifest fields, setting address line 1 to 'na' if it is spaces or low values.
Given
Importer N3 address segment data is available from EDI BOL
When
The system processes the address information
Then
The system assigns address line 1 and address line 2 to customs manifest fields, setting address line 1 to 'NA' if it is spaces or low values
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02191
Process City/State/Postal Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer n4 city/state segment data is available from edi bol during the 'Process City/State/Postal Information' routine, when the system processes the geographic information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system assigns city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code to customs manifest fields.
Given
Importer N4 city/state segment data is available from EDI BOL
When
The system processes the geographic information
Then
The system assigns city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code to customs manifest fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02192
Reset CSA Indicator if AU and EDI Both Found
Policy Rules
Business View: Assuming importer data exists in au table and edi bol importer data is found and processed during the 'Reset CSA Indicator if AU and EDI Both Found' routine, when the business number qualifier is 'bn' or spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system turns off the csa indicator.
Given
Importer data exists in AU table and EDI BOL importer data is found and processed
When
The business number qualifier is 'BN' or spaces
Then
The system turns off the CSA indicator
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02193
Corrector EDI Deleting Importer?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming no importer data is found in the current edi bol transaction during the 'Corrector EDI Deleting Importer?' routine, when the system evaluates if this represents an importer deletion in a corrector edi, the system executes logic to ensure that the system checks for backup data to restore or clears importer information if no backup exists.
Given
No importer data is found in the current EDI BOL transaction
When
The system evaluates if this represents an importer deletion in a corrector EDI
Then
The system checks for backup data to restore or clears importer information if no backup exists
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02194
Restore Backup and Mark as Found
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming no importer data found in current edi bol but backup importer data exists during the 'Restore Backup and Mark as Found' routine, when the system processes a corrector edi transaction, the system executes logic to ensure that the system restores the backup importer data and marks importer as found.
Given
No importer data found in current EDI BOL but backup importer data exists
When
The system processes a corrector EDI transaction
Then
The system restores the backup importer data and marks importer as found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02195
Clear Importer Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming no importer data is found in edi bol and no backup importer data exists during the 'Clear Importer Information' routine, when the system processes the importer information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system clears the importer field from customs manifest.
Given
No importer data is found in EDI BOL and no backup importer data exists
When
The system processes the importer information
Then
The system clears the importer field from customs manifest
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02557
Check if Corrector EDI with Existing Importer Data
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo manifest processing request is initiated during the 'Check if Corrector EDI with Existing Importer Data' routine, when the system checks for existing importer data in temporary variables, the system executes logic to ensure that if temporary importer name contains data, the system identifies this as corrector edi processing with existing data, otherwise it proceeds as new processing.
Given
A cargo manifest processing request is initiated
When
The system checks for existing importer data in temporary variables
Then
If temporary importer name contains data, the system identifies this as corrector EDI processing with existing data, otherwise it proceeds as new processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02558
Backup Original Importer Data to Temporary Variables
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi processing is identified with existing importer data during the 'Backup Original Importer Data to Temporary Variables' routine, when the system needs to preserve original importer information, the system executes logic to ensure that all importer details including chop code, name, qualifier, business number, csa indicator, address, city, province, postal code, country, and contact information are copied to temporary storage variables.
Given
Corrector EDI processing is identified with existing importer data
When
The system needs to preserve original importer information
Then
All importer details including CHOP code, name, qualifier, business number, CSA indicator, address, city, province, postal code, country, and contact information are copied to temporary storage variables
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02562
Process New Importer Data from EDI BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to process importer data from edi sources during the 'Process New Importer Data from EDI BOL' routine, when edi bol importer segment is accessed using the edi bol key, the system executes logic to ensure that if the edi segment is found and contains entity id 'im', the importer data is processed, otherwise the system prepares to use backup data.
Given
The system needs to process importer data from EDI sources
When
EDI BOL importer segment is accessed using the EDI BOL key
Then
If the EDI segment is found and contains entity ID 'IM', the importer data is processed, otherwise the system prepares to use backup data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02563
Create Importer Record from EDI Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming valid importer data is available from edi bol with entity id 'im' during the 'Create Importer Record from EDI Data' routine, when the system creates the importer customs record, the system executes logic to ensure that the importer name is stored in customs database, business number qualifier and business number are captured, importer found flag is set, and csa indicator status is determined based on business number qualifier.
Given
Valid importer data is available from EDI BOL with entity ID 'IM'
When
The system creates the importer customs record
Then
The importer name is stored in customs database, business number qualifier and business number are captured, importer found flag is set, and CSA indicator status is determined based on business number qualifier
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02564
Restore Original Importer Data from Backup Variables
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming no new importer data is available from edi bol and backup data exists in temporary variables during the 'Restore Original Importer Data from Backup Variables' routine, when the system needs to restore original importer information, the system executes logic to ensure that all importer details including chop code, entity id, name, business qualifiers, csa indicator, address, city, province, postal code, country, and contact information are restored from temporary variables to the customs record.
Given
No new importer data is available from EDI BOL and backup data exists in temporary variables
When
The system needs to restore original importer information
Then
All importer details including CHOP code, entity ID, name, business qualifiers, CSA indicator, address, city, province, postal code, country, and contact information are restored from temporary variables to the customs record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02566
Validate Business Number and Qualifier
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming importer data has been processed from either edi or backup sources during the 'Validate Business Number and Qualifier' routine, when the system validates the business number and qualifier combination, the system executes logic to ensure that if both au table importer and record 55 importer are found and business number qualifier is 'bn' or spaces, the csa indicator is turned off.
Given
Importer data has been processed from either EDI or backup sources
When
The system validates the business number and qualifier combination
Then
If both AU table importer and record 55 importer are found and business number qualifier is 'BN' or spaces, the CSA indicator is turned off
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02568
Build Final Importer Database Record
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming all importer data has been processed and validated during the 'Build Final Importer Database Record' routine, when the system creates the final importer database record, the system executes logic to ensure that a complete customs record type 55 is built with all importer information, validated segments, and proper sequence numbering for database storage.
Given
All importer data has been processed and validated
When
The system creates the final importer database record
Then
A complete customs record type 55 is built with all importer information, validated segments, and proper sequence numbering for database storage
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02781
Check if Corrector EDI has Importer Data?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a corrector edi transaction is being processed during the 'Check if Corrector EDI has Importer Data?' routine, when the system checks for importer data presence in the edi, the system executes logic to ensure that if importer, business number, and business number qualifier are all present, proceed to search existing records, otherwise continue with normal processing.
Given
A corrector EDI transaction is being processed
When
The system checks for importer data presence in the EDI
Then
If importer, business number, and business number qualifier are all present, proceed to search existing records, otherwise continue with normal processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02782
Search Existing Importer Records
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi contains importer data and importer, business number, and business number qualifier are present during the 'Search Existing Importer Records' routine, when the system searches through sequence numbers 3 to 24 for existing importer records, the system executes logic to ensure that continue searching until an importer is found or sequence exceeds 24.
Given
Corrector EDI contains importer data and importer, business number, and business number qualifier are present
When
The system searches through sequence numbers 3 to 24 for existing importer records
Then
Continue searching until an importer is found or sequence exceeds 24
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02792
Clear Current Importer Fields
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming original importer data has been successfully backed up to temporary storage during the 'Clear Current Importer Fields' routine, when the system needs to clear current importer fields for corrector edi processing, the system executes logic to ensure that set importer, business number, and business number qualifier fields to spaces in the current processing area.
Given
Original importer data has been successfully backed up to temporary storage
When
The system needs to clear current importer fields for corrector EDI processing
Then
Set importer, business number, and business number qualifier fields to spaces in the current processing area
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02793
Corrector EDI Deletes Importer?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi processing has been completed and original importer data was backed up during the 'Corrector EDI Deletes Importer?' routine, when the system checks if the corrector edi has deleted importer information, the system executes logic to ensure that if backed up importer name exists and no new importer data is found in sequence 55, proceed to restore backed up data, otherwise continue normal processing.
Given
Corrector EDI processing has been completed and original importer data was backed up
When
The system checks if the corrector EDI has deleted importer information
Then
If backed up importer name exists and no new importer data is found in sequence 55, proceed to restore backed up data, otherwise continue normal processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02794
No Backup Data Available?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi has deleted importer information and restoration is needed during the 'No Backup Data Available?' routine, when the system checks for availability of backed up importer data, the system executes logic to ensure that if backed up importer name is present, proceed with data restoration, otherwise clear importer fields.
Given
Corrector EDI has deleted importer information and restoration is needed
When
The system checks for availability of backed up importer data
Then
If backed up importer name is present, proceed with data restoration, otherwise clear importer fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02795
Set Importer CHOP from Backup
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi has deleted importer information and backup data is available during the 'Set Importer CHOP from Backup' routine, when the system restores importer information from backup, the system executes logic to ensure that set the chop code in both the customs record and current processing fields from the backed up value.
Given
Corrector EDI has deleted importer information and backup data is available
When
The system restores importer information from backup
Then
Set the CHOP code in both the customs record and current processing fields from the backed up value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02796
Set Importer Name from Backup
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi has deleted importer information and backup data is available during the 'Set Importer Name from Backup' routine, when the system restores importer information from backup, the system executes logic to ensure that set the importer name in both the customs record and current processing fields from the backed up value.
Given
Corrector EDI has deleted importer information and backup data is available
When
The system restores importer information from backup
Then
Set the importer name in both the customs record and current processing fields from the backed up value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02797
Set Business Qualifier from Backup
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi has deleted importer information and backup data is available during the 'Set Business Qualifier from Backup' routine, when the system restores importer information from backup, the system executes logic to ensure that set the business number qualifier in both the customs record and current processing fields from the backed up value.
Given
Corrector EDI has deleted importer information and backup data is available
When
The system restores importer information from backup
Then
Set the business number qualifier in both the customs record and current processing fields from the backed up value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02798
Set Business Number from Backup
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi has deleted importer information and backup data is available during the 'Set Business Number from Backup' routine, when the system restores importer information from backup, the system executes logic to ensure that set the business number in both the customs record and current processing fields from the backed up value.
Given
Corrector EDI has deleted importer information and backup data is available
When
The system restores importer information from backup
Then
Set the business number in both the customs record and current processing fields from the backed up value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02799
Set CSA Indicator from Backup
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi has deleted importer information and backup data is available during the 'Set CSA Indicator from Backup' routine, when the system restores importer information from backup, the system executes logic to ensure that set the csa indicator in the current processing fields from the backed up value.
Given
Corrector EDI has deleted importer information and backup data is available
When
The system restores importer information from backup
Then
Set the CSA indicator in the current processing fields from the backed up value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02800
Set Address from Backup
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi has deleted importer information and backup data is available during the 'Set Address from Backup' routine, when the system restores importer information from backup, the system executes logic to ensure that set both address line 1 and address line 2 in the customs record from the backed up values.
Given
Corrector EDI has deleted importer information and backup data is available
When
The system restores importer information from backup
Then
Set both address line 1 and address line 2 in the customs record from the backed up values
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02801
Set City/State/Postal from Backup
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi has deleted importer information and backup data is available during the 'Set City/State/Postal from Backup' routine, when the system restores importer information from backup, the system executes logic to ensure that set the city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code in the customs record from the backed up values.
Given
Corrector EDI has deleted importer information and backup data is available
When
The system restores importer information from backup
Then
Set the city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code in the customs record from the backed up values
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02802
Set Contact Info from Backup
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi has deleted importer information and backup data is available during the 'Set Contact Info from Backup' routine, when the system restores importer information from backup, the system executes logic to ensure that set the contact function code, person name, communication number qualifier, and communication number in the customs record from the backed up values.
Given
Corrector EDI has deleted importer information and backup data is available
When
The system restores importer information from backup
Then
Set the contact function code, person name, communication number qualifier, and communication number in the customs record from the backed up values
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02804
Clear Importer Fields
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi has deleted importer information and no backup data is available for restoration during the 'Clear Importer Fields' routine, when the system cannot restore importer data from backup, the system executes logic to ensure that clear the importer field in the current processing area and set importer not found flag.
Given
Corrector EDI has deleted importer information and no backup data is available for restoration
When
The system cannot restore importer data from backup
Then
Clear the importer field in the current processing area and set importer not found flag
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02196
Importer Data Exists in Input Parameters?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a corrector edi transaction is being processed during the 'Importer Data Exists in Input Parameters?' routine, when the system checks input parameters for importer data, the system executes logic to ensure that if importer name, business number, and business number qualifier are all present, proceed to search existing records, otherwise skip backup processing.
Given
A corrector EDI transaction is being processed
When
The system checks input parameters for importer data
Then
If importer name, business number, and business number qualifier are all present, proceed to search existing records, otherwise skip backup processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02203
Corrector EDI Deletes Importer Data?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a corrector edi transaction has been processed and backup data exists during the 'Corrector EDI Deletes Importer Data?' routine, when the system checks if importer data was deleted by the corrector, the system executes logic to ensure that if backup data exists and no new importer data was found in edi, restore the original data, otherwise process new importer data.
Given
A corrector EDI transaction has been processed and backup data exists
When
The system checks if importer data was deleted by the corrector
Then
If backup data exists and no new importer data was found in EDI, restore the original data, otherwise process new importer data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02204
Restore Original Importer Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi has deleted importer data and backup exists during the 'Restore Original Importer Data' routine, when the system restores original importer data, the system executes logic to ensure that move all backed up values including name, business number, qualifier, address, contact information, and csa indicator back to the active importer record.
Given
Corrector EDI has deleted importer data and backup exists
When
The system restores original importer data
Then
Move all backed up values including name, business number, qualifier, address, contact information, and CSA indicator back to the active importer record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00896
Check if Corrector EDI has Importer Data
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a corrector edi transaction is being processed during the 'Check if Corrector EDI has Importer Data' routine, when the system checks for importer entity data in the edi bol segments, the system executes logic to ensure that the system determines if importer data exists and proceeds with appropriate processing path.
Given
A corrector EDI transaction is being processed
When
The system checks for importer entity data in the EDI BOL segments
Then
The system determines if importer data exists and proceeds with appropriate processing path
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00897
Backup Original Importer Data to Temporary Variables
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi contains importer data and existing importer data is found in temporary variables during the 'Backup Original Importer Data to Temporary Variables' routine, when the system processes the corrector edi importer information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retains the original importer data from backup variables including name, business number, qualifier, csa indicator, address, city, province, postal code, country, and contact information.
Given
Corrector EDI contains importer data AND existing importer data is found in temporary variables
When
The system processes the corrector EDI importer information
Then
The system retains the original importer data from backup variables including name, business number, qualifier, CSA indicator, address, city, province, postal code, country, and contact information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00898
Search Existing Records for Importer Entity 'IM'
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi processing is initiated during the 'Search Existing Records for Importer Entity 'IM'' routine, when the system searches for existing importer records with entity id 'im' in sequences 3 through 24, the system executes logic to ensure that the system identifies if an existing importer record is found and sets the appropriate processing flag.
Given
Corrector EDI processing is initiated
When
The system searches for existing importer records with entity ID 'IM' in sequences 3 through 24
Then
The system identifies if an existing importer record is found and sets the appropriate processing flag
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00899
Process New Importer Data from EDI BOL N1 Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi contains importer n1 segment data and no existing importer record is found during the 'Process New Importer Data from EDI BOL N1 Segment' routine, when the system processes the edi bol n1 segment for importer entity, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts importer name, business number qualifier, business number, and sets the importer found flag.
Given
Corrector EDI contains importer N1 segment data AND no existing importer record is found
When
The system processes the EDI BOL N1 segment for importer entity
Then
The system extracts importer name, business number qualifier, business number, and sets the importer found flag
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00900
Set Importer Information in Customs Record
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer data is available from corrector edi n1 segment during the 'Set Importer Information in Customs Record' routine, when the system processes the importer information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system updates the customs record with importer name in both gccc-importer and gccs-n102-name fields, and sets the importer found flag.
Given
Importer data is available from corrector EDI N1 segment
When
The system processes the importer information
Then
The system updates the customs record with importer name in both GCCC-IMPORTER and GCCS-N102-NAME fields, and sets the importer found flag
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00901
Update Business Number and Qualifier
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer n1 segment contains business number qualifier and business number during the 'Update Business Number and Qualifier' routine, when the system processes the importer business identification, the system executes logic to ensure that the system updates both customs record fields (gccc-business-nbr-qual, gccc-business-nbr) and n1 segment fields (gccs-n103-id-cde-qual, gccs-n104-id-cde) with the business number qualifier and business number.
Given
Importer N1 segment contains business number qualifier and business number
When
The system processes the importer business identification
Then
The system updates both customs record fields (GCCC-BUSINESS-NBR-QUAL, GCCC-BUSINESS-NBR) and N1 segment fields (GCCS-N103-ID-CDE-QUAL, GCCS-N104-ID-CDE) with the business number qualifier and business number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00902
Process Importer Address from N3 Segment
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi contains importer n3 address segment data during the 'Process Importer Address from N3 Segment' routine, when the system processes the n3 segment for importer address, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets address line 1 to 'na' if the address is blank or low-values, otherwise uses the provided address, and sets address line 2 from the segment data.
Given
Corrector EDI contains importer N3 address segment data
When
The system processes the N3 segment for importer address
Then
The system sets address line 1 to 'NA' if the address is blank or low-values, otherwise uses the provided address, and sets address line 2 from the segment data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00903
Process Importer City/State from N4 Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi contains importer n4 city/state segment data during the 'Process Importer City/State from N4 Segment' routine, when the system processes the n4 segment for importer location, the system executes logic to ensure that the system updates the customs record with city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code from the n4 segment.
Given
Corrector EDI contains importer N4 city/state segment data
When
The system processes the N4 segment for importer location
Then
The system updates the customs record with city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code from the N4 segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00904
Clear Contact Information PER Segment Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer record is being processed from corrector edi during the 'Clear Contact Information PER Segment Data' routine, when the system handles contact information for the importer, the system executes logic to ensure that the system clears all per segment contact fields (contact function code, name, communication number qualifier, and communication number).
Given
Importer record is being processed from corrector EDI
When
The system handles contact information for the importer
Then
The system clears all PER segment contact fields (contact function code, name, communication number qualifier, and communication number)
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00905
Is this Corrector EDI Deletion Request?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi processing is in progress during the 'Is this Corrector EDI Deletion Request?' routine, when the system evaluates if this is a deletion request based on the absence of importer data in edi segments, the system executes logic to ensure that the system determines the appropriate action path for either deletion or update processing.
Given
Corrector EDI processing is in progress
When
The system evaluates if this is a deletion request based on the absence of importer data in EDI segments
Then
The system determines the appropriate action path for either deletion or update processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00906
Restore Original Importer Data from Backup if Available
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi deletion request is identified and original importer data exists in backup variables and no importer record found in sequence 55 during the 'Restore Original Importer Data from Backup if Available' routine, when the system processes the deletion request, the system executes logic to ensure that the system restores the original importer data from backup variables if available, otherwise clears the importer fields.
Given
Corrector EDI deletion request is identified AND original importer data exists in backup variables AND no importer record found in sequence 55
When
The system processes the deletion request
Then
The system restores the original importer data from backup variables if available, otherwise clears the importer fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00908
Validate N1 Segment Data
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming importer n1 segment data has been processed during the 'Validate N1 Segment Data' routine, when the system validates the n1 segment information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system performs comprehensive validation including entity id, name, address, city/state, and contact information requirements.
Given
Importer N1 segment data has been processed
When
The system validates the N1 segment information
Then
The system performs comprehensive validation including entity ID, name, address, city/state, and contact information requirements
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00910
EDI BOL Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is processing importer address information during the 'EDI BOL Available?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol data availability, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should proceed with edi bol processing if available, otherwise use default address processing.
Given
The system is processing importer address information
When
The system checks for EDI BOL data availability
Then
The system should proceed with EDI BOL processing if available, otherwise use default address processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00911
Retrieve Importer N3 Segment from EDI BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data is available for processing during the 'Retrieve Importer N3 Segment from EDI BOL' routine, when the system retrieves the importer n3 address segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should extract the address segment from the edi bol data source.
Given
EDI BOL data is available for processing
When
The system retrieves the importer N3 address segment
Then
The system should extract the address segment from the EDI BOL data source
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00912
N3 Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system has attempted to retrieve the n3 address segment from edi bol during the 'N3 Segment Found?' routine, when the system checks if the n3 segment was found, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should proceed with address extraction if found, otherwise use default address processing.
Given
The system has attempted to retrieve the N3 address segment from EDI BOL
When
The system checks if the N3 segment was found
Then
The system should proceed with address extraction if found, otherwise use default address processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00913
Extract Address Line 1 from N3 Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the n3 address segment has been successfully retrieved from edi bol during the 'Extract Address Line 1 from N3 Segment' routine, when the system extracts address line 1 from the n3 segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should capture the first address line data for further processing.
Given
The N3 address segment has been successfully retrieved from EDI BOL
When
The system extracts address line 1 from the N3 segment
Then
The system should capture the first address line data for further processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00914
Extract Address Line 2 from N3 Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the n3 address segment has been successfully retrieved and address line 1 has been extracted during the 'Extract Address Line 2 from N3 Segment' routine, when the system extracts address line 2 from the n3 segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should capture the second address line data for storage.
Given
The N3 address segment has been successfully retrieved and address line 1 has been extracted
When
The system extracts address line 2 from the N3 segment
Then
The system should capture the second address line data for storage
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00915
Address Line 1 Empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming address line 1 has been extracted from the n3 segment during the 'Address Line 1 Empty?' routine, when the system checks if address line 1 is empty or contains only spaces or low-values, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set a default value if empty, otherwise keep the original value.
Given
Address line 1 has been extracted from the N3 segment
When
The system checks if address line 1 is empty or contains only spaces or low-values
Then
The system should set a default value if empty, otherwise keep the original value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00916
Set Address Line 1 to 'NA'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming address line 1 from the n3 segment is empty, spaces, or low-values during the 'Set Address Line 1 to 'NA'' routine, when the system processes the empty address line 1, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set address line 1 to 'na' as the default value.
Given
Address line 1 from the N3 segment is empty, spaces, or low-values
When
The system processes the empty address line 1
Then
The system should set address line 1 to 'NA' as the default value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00917
Keep Original Address Line 1
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming address line 1 from the n3 segment contains valid data during the 'Keep Original Address Line 1' routine, when the system processes the address line 1, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should retain the original address line 1 value without modification.
Given
Address line 1 from the N3 segment contains valid data
When
The system processes the address line 1
Then
The system should retain the original address line 1 value without modification
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00918
Store Address Line 2
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming address line 2 has been extracted from the n3 segment and address line 1 has been processed during the 'Store Address Line 2' routine, when the system stores address line 2, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should store the address line 2 data as extracted, whether empty or populated.
Given
Address line 2 has been extracted from the N3 segment and address line 1 has been processed
When
The system stores address line 2
Then
The system should store the address line 2 data as extracted, whether empty or populated
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00919
Set Default 'NA' for Address Line 1
Definitional Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol data is not available for importer address processing, and the system processes importer address information occurs during the 'Set Default 'NA' for Address Line 1' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should set address line 1 to 'na' as the default value.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL data is not available for importer address processing
When
The system processes importer address information
Then
The system should set address line 1 to 'NA' as the default value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00920
Clear Address Line 2
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol data is not available and default address line 1 has been set, and the system processes address line 2 occurs during the 'Clear Address Line 2' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should clear address line 2 to spaces.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL data is not available and default address line 1 has been set
When
The system processes address line 2
Then
The system should clear address line 2 to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00921
Retrieve Importer N4 Segment from EDI BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bill of lading exists with importer address segments during the 'Retrieve Importer N4 Segment from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes importer n4 segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves city, state, postal code and country information from the edi bol n4 segment.
Given
An EDI Bill of Lading exists with importer address segments
When
The system processes importer N4 segment data
Then
The system retrieves city, state, postal code and country information from the EDI BOL N4 segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00922
Extract City Name from N4 Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an importer n4 address segment is successfully retrieved from edi bol during the 'Extract City Name from N4 Segment' routine, when the n4 segment contains city name information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts the city name from the d4-city-name field.
Given
An importer N4 address segment is successfully retrieved from EDI BOL
When
The N4 segment contains city name information
Then
The system extracts the city name from the D4-CITY-NAME field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00923
Extract State/Province Code from N4 Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an importer n4 address segment is successfully retrieved from edi bol during the 'Extract State/Province Code from N4 Segment' routine, when the n4 segment contains state or province code information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts the state/province code from the d4-state-prov-code field.
Given
An importer N4 address segment is successfully retrieved from EDI BOL
When
The N4 segment contains state or province code information
Then
The system extracts the state/province code from the D4-STATE-PROV-CODE field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00924
Extract Postal Code from N4 Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an importer n4 address segment is successfully retrieved from edi bol during the 'Extract Postal Code from N4 Segment' routine, when the n4 segment contains postal code information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts the postal code from the d4-postal-code field.
Given
An importer N4 address segment is successfully retrieved from EDI BOL
When
The N4 segment contains postal code information
Then
The system extracts the postal code from the D4-POSTAL-CODE field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00925
Extract Country Code from N4 Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an importer n4 address segment is successfully retrieved from edi bol during the 'Extract Country Code from N4 Segment' routine, when the n4 segment contains country code information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts the country code from the d4-country-code field.
Given
An importer N4 address segment is successfully retrieved from EDI BOL
When
The N4 segment contains country code information
Then
The system extracts the country code from the D4-COUNTRY-CODE field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00926
Move City to Customs Record
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming city name has been extracted from the importer n4 segment during the 'Move City to Customs Record' routine, when the system processes the address information for customs record, the system executes logic to ensure that the city name is stored in the gccs-n401-city-name field of the customs record.
Given
City name has been extracted from the importer N4 segment
When
The system processes the address information for customs record
Then
The city name is stored in the GCCS-N401-CITY-NAME field of the customs record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00927
Move State/Province to Customs Record
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming state or province code has been extracted from the importer n4 segment during the 'Move State/Province to Customs Record' routine, when the system processes the address information for customs record, the system executes logic to ensure that the state/province code is stored in the gccs-n402-state-prov-cde field of the customs record.
Given
State or province code has been extracted from the importer N4 segment
When
The system processes the address information for customs record
Then
The state/province code is stored in the GCCS-N402-STATE-PROV-CDE field of the customs record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00928
Move Postal Code to Customs Record
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming postal code has been extracted from the importer n4 segment during the 'Move Postal Code to Customs Record' routine, when the system processes the address information for customs record, the system executes logic to ensure that the postal code is stored in the gccs-n403-postal-cde field of the customs record.
Given
Postal code has been extracted from the importer N4 segment
When
The system processes the address information for customs record
Then
The postal code is stored in the GCCS-N403-POSTAL-CDE field of the customs record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00929
Move Country Code to Customs Record
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming country code has been extracted from the importer n4 segment during the 'Move Country Code to Customs Record' routine, when the system processes the address information for customs record, the system executes logic to ensure that the country code is stored in the gccs-n404-country-cde field of the customs record.
Given
Country code has been extracted from the importer N4 segment
When
The system processes the address information for customs record
Then
The country code is stored in the GCCS-N404-COUNTRY-CDE field of the customs record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00930
Clear All N4 Data Fields
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the system attempts to retrieve importer n4 segment from edi bol, and the n4 segment is not found or retrieval fails occurs during the 'Clear All N4 Data Fields' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system clears all n4 data fields in the customs record (gcsccs55-n4-data).
EXCLUDING
The system attempts to retrieve importer N4 segment from EDI BOL
When
The N4 segment is not found or retrieval fails
Then
The system clears all N4 data fields in the customs record (GCSCCS55-N4-DATA)
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00931
Retrieve Importer PER Segment from EDI BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bill of lading exists for the shipment during the 'Retrieve Importer PER Segment from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes importer contact information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system attempts to retrieve the per segment for importer contact details from the edi bol.
Given
An EDI Bill of Lading exists for the shipment
When
The system processes importer contact information
Then
The system attempts to retrieve the PER segment for importer contact details from the EDI BOL
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00932
Extract Contact Function Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an importer per segment is found in the edi bol during the 'Extract Contact Function Code' routine, when the system processes the contact information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts the contact function code from the per segment and stores it in the importer record.
Given
An importer PER segment is found in the EDI BOL
When
The system processes the contact information
Then
The system extracts the contact function code from the PER segment and stores it in the importer record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00933
Extract Contact Person Name
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an importer per segment is found in the edi bol during the 'Extract Contact Person Name' routine, when the system processes the contact information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts the contact person name from the per segment and stores it in the importer record.
Given
An importer PER segment is found in the EDI BOL
When
The system processes the contact information
Then
The system extracts the contact person name from the PER segment and stores it in the importer record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00934
Extract Communication Number Qualifier
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an importer per segment is found in the edi bol during the 'Extract Communication Number Qualifier' routine, when the system processes the contact information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts the communication number qualifier from the per segment and stores it in the importer record.
Given
An importer PER segment is found in the EDI BOL
When
The system processes the contact information
Then
The system extracts the communication number qualifier from the PER segment and stores it in the importer record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00935
Extract Communication Number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an importer per segment is found in the edi bol during the 'Extract Communication Number' routine, when the system processes the contact information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts the communication number from the per segment and stores it in the importer record.
Given
An importer PER segment is found in the EDI BOL
When
The system processes the contact information
Then
The system extracts the communication number from the PER segment and stores it in the importer record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00936
Clear Contact Information Fields
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming no importer per segment is found in the edi bol or no edi bol data is available during the 'Clear Contact Information Fields' routine, when the system processes importer contact information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system clears all contact information fields in the importer record.
Given
No importer PER segment is found in the EDI BOL or no EDI BOL data is available
When
The system processes importer contact information
Then
The system clears all contact information fields in the importer record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00940
Check for Existing Importer Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a corrector edi transaction is being processed and importer information exists in the original shipment data during the 'Check for Existing Importer Data' routine, when the system searches for importer records in sequence 3 through 24 and finds an entity with id 'im', the system executes logic to ensure that the system should capture and store all existing importer details including chop code, name, business number qualifier, business number, csa indicator, address information, and contact details.
Given
A corrector EDI transaction is being processed AND importer information exists in the original shipment data
When
The system searches for importer records in sequence 3 through 24 AND finds an entity with ID 'IM'
Then
The system should capture and store all existing importer details including CHOP code, name, business number qualifier, business number, CSA indicator, address information, and contact details
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00941
Backup Original Importer Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming original importer data has been found in the shipment records and corrector edi processing is about to begin during the 'Backup Original Importer Data' routine, when the system identifies importer entity data with all associated fields populated, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should store all importer fields in temporary variables including chop code, name, address lines, city, province/state, postal code, country, contact information, business number, business number qualifier, and csa indicator.
Given
Original importer data has been found in the shipment records AND corrector EDI processing is about to begin
When
The system identifies importer entity data with all associated fields populated
Then
The system should store all importer fields in temporary variables including CHOP code, name, address lines, city, province/state, postal code, country, contact information, business number, business number qualifier, and CSA indicator
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00942
Importer Data Deleted by Corrector?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming original importer data exists in backup variables and corrector edi processing has been completed during the 'Importer Data Deleted by Corrector?' routine, when the system checks for importer entity records in the corrected edi data and no importer records are found or importer fields are cleared, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should identify this as an importer data deletion scenario requiring restoration of original data.
Given
Original importer data exists in backup variables AND corrector EDI processing has been completed
When
The system checks for importer entity records in the corrected EDI data AND no importer records are found OR importer fields are cleared
Then
The system should identify this as an importer data deletion scenario requiring restoration of original data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00943
Retain Original Importer Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi has deleted importer information and original importer data exists in backup variables during the 'Retain Original Importer Data' routine, when the system processes the importer data restoration, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should restore all original importer fields from backup variables including chop code as sc301, entity id as 'im', name as n102, business number qualifier as n103, business number as n104, csa indicator, address lines as n301/n302, city as n401, state/province as n402, postal code as n403, country as n404, and contact information as per segments.
Given
Corrector EDI has deleted importer information AND original importer data exists in backup variables
When
The system processes the importer data restoration
Then
The system should restore all original importer fields from backup variables including CHOP code as SC301, entity ID as 'IM', name as N102, business number qualifier as N103, business number as N104, CSA indicator, address lines as N301/N302, city as N401, state/province as N402, postal code as N403, country as N404, and contact information as PER segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00945
Apply Corrector Changes
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If corrector edi contains importer information modifications and importer data has not been completely deleted, and the system processes the corrector edi transaction occurs during the 'Apply Corrector Changes' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should apply the corrector changes to update the importer information with the new values provided in the corrector edi.
EXCLUDING
Corrector EDI contains importer information modifications AND importer data has not been completely deleted
When
The system processes the corrector EDI transaction
Then
The system should apply the corrector changes to update the importer information with the new values provided in the corrector EDI
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00946
Save Current Description Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo manifest exists with current description data in gcsccrt and gcsccs53 segments during the 'Save Current Description Data' routine, when the transit description enhancement process begins, the system executes logic to ensure that the system saves the current manifest data to backup variables and preserves all 46 cargo description array elements for potential restoration.
Given
A cargo manifest exists with current description data in GCSCCRT and GCSCCS53 segments
When
The transit description enhancement process begins
Then
The system saves the current manifest data to backup variables and preserves all 46 cargo description array elements for potential restoration
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00948
Retrieve Description from Reference CCN
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid reference ccn key is set during the 'Retrieve Description from Reference CCN' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve description data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls gccccio2 to fetch all description segments and populates the description arrays if successful.
Given
A valid reference CCN key is set
When
The system attempts to retrieve description data
Then
The system calls GCCCCIO2 to fetch all description segments and populates the description arrays if successful
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00950
Extract Description Components
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming description data has been successfully retrieved from the reference ccn during the 'Extract Description Components' routine, when the system processes the retrieved data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts the lading description from gccc segment and copies all 46 cargo description elements to the working description array.
Given
Description data has been successfully retrieved from the reference CCN
When
The system processes the retrieved data
Then
The system extracts the lading description from GCCC segment and copies all 46 cargo description elements to the working description array
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00956
Update Current Description Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming description data has been successfully enhanced and compressed during the 'Update Current Description Data' routine, when updating the current manifest, the system executes logic to ensure that the system moves the compressed lading description to gccc segment and copies all 46 enhanced cargo description elements to the cargo data array.
Given
Description data has been successfully enhanced and compressed
When
Updating the current manifest
Then
The system moves the compressed lading description to GCCC segment and copies all 46 enhanced cargo description elements to the cargo data array
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00958
Set Manifest From Port to 'IIS-A6'
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment is being processed and the action type is iis-a6 or the multi-manifest indicator is 'y' during the 'Set Manifest From Port to 'IIS-A6'' routine, when the manifest from port field is blank (spaces), the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest from port should be set to 'iis-a6'.
Given
A shipment is being processed AND the action type is IIS-A6 OR the multi-manifest indicator is 'Y'
When
The manifest from port field is blank (spaces)
Then
The manifest from port should be set to 'IIS-A6'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00959
Set Manifest To Port to 'IIS-A6'
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment is being processed and the action type is iis-a6 or the multi-manifest indicator is 'y' during the 'Set Manifest To Port to 'IIS-A6'' routine, when the manifest to port field is blank (spaces), the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest to port should be set to 'iis-a6'.
Given
A shipment is being processed AND the action type is IIS-A6 OR the multi-manifest indicator is 'Y'
When
The manifest to port field is blank (spaces)
Then
The manifest to port should be set to 'IIS-A6'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00960
Set Broker Name to 'NOT-REQ'
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment is being processed for customs manifest creation during the 'Set Broker Name to 'NOT-REQ'' routine, when the shipment has ocean in-transit status and the ccn key starts with '6105e', the system executes logic to ensure that the broker name should be set to 'not-req' to exempt the shipment from broker requirements.
Given
A shipment is being processed for customs manifest creation
When
The shipment has ocean in-transit status AND the CCN key starts with '6105E'
Then
The broker name should be set to 'NOT-REQ' to exempt the shipment from broker requirements
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00974
Manifest-To Station Available in Crossing Table?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming broker information has been processed from crossing table during the 'Manifest-To Station Available in Crossing Table?' routine, when the crossing table manifest-to station field is checked, the system executes logic to ensure that if manifest-to station is not spaces, proceed with manifest-to station override, otherwise complete processing.
Given
Broker information has been processed from crossing table
When
The crossing table manifest-to station field is checked
Then
If manifest-to station is not SPACES, proceed with manifest-to station override, otherwise complete processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00975
Override Manifest-To Station Information
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming crossing table contains valid manifest-to station information during the 'Override Manifest-To Station Information' routine, when manifest-to station override is performed, the system executes logic to ensure that reset error flags, update manifest-to station name, lookup station in mc table, validate canadian customs code, and update destination station information including station number and call letters.
Given
Crossing table contains valid manifest-to station information
When
Manifest-to station override is performed
Then
Reset error flags, update manifest-to station name, lookup station in MC table, validate Canadian customs code, and update destination station information including station number and call letters
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00976
Crossing Table CDN Manifest-To Available?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a crossing table entry exists with broker data during the 'Crossing Table CDN Manifest-To Available?' routine, when the system checks for cdn manifest-to field availability, the system executes logic to ensure that the system determines if manifest-to station override should proceed based on field presence.
Given
A crossing table entry exists with broker data
When
The system checks for CDN manifest-to field availability
Then
The system determines if manifest-to station override should proceed based on field presence
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00977
Reset Error Flags
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming crossing table contains cdn manifest-to override data during the 'Reset Error Flags' routine, when the system begins manifest-to station override processing, the system executes logic to ensure that all manifest-to related error flags are reset to off state.
Given
Crossing table contains CDN manifest-to override data
When
The system begins manifest-to station override processing
Then
All manifest-to related error flags are reset to OFF state
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00978
Set Manifest-To Station from Crossing Table
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming crossing table contains a valid cdn manifest-to value during the 'Set Manifest-To Station from Crossing Table' routine, when the system processes manifest-to station override, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest-to station name is updated with the crossing table cdn manifest-to value.
Given
Crossing table contains a valid CDN manifest-to value
When
The system processes manifest-to station override
Then
The manifest-to station name is updated with the crossing table CDN manifest-to value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00979
Lookup MC Table for Manifest-To Port
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest-to station name has been set from crossing table during the 'Lookup MC Table for Manifest-To Port' routine, when the system looks up the manifest port in mc table, the system executes logic to ensure that the system attempts to retrieve mc table data for the specified manifest port.
Given
A manifest-to station name has been set from crossing table
When
The system looks up the manifest port in MC table
Then
The system attempts to retrieve MC table data for the specified manifest port
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00980
MC Table Lookup Successful?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an mc table lookup has been performed for a manifest port during the 'MC Table Lookup Successful?' routine, when the system evaluates the lookup result, the system executes logic to ensure that the system determines success or failure based on data retrieval status.
Given
An MC table lookup has been performed for a manifest port
When
The system evaluates the lookup result
Then
The system determines success or failure based on data retrieval status
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00981
Validate Canadian Customs Code
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming mc table data has been successfully retrieved for a manifest port during the 'Validate Canadian Customs Code' routine, when the system validates the canadian customs code, the system executes logic to ensure that the system checks if the customs code is not equal to '00000' which indicates an invalid code.
Given
MC table data has been successfully retrieved for a manifest port
When
The system validates the Canadian customs code
Then
The system checks if the customs code is not equal to '00000' which indicates an invalid code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00982
Set Manifest-To Station Code
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid canadian customs code has been retrieved from mc table during the 'Set Manifest-To Station Code' routine, when the system configures the manifest-to station, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest-to station code is set to the canadian customs code from mc table.
Given
A valid Canadian customs code has been retrieved from MC table
When
The system configures the manifest-to station
Then
The manifest-to station code is set to the Canadian customs code from MC table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00983
Set Destination Station Number
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming valid mc table data exists for the manifest-to station during the 'Set Destination Station Number' routine, when the system sets destination station configuration, the system executes logic to ensure that the destination station number for index is set to the mc table station number.
Given
Valid MC table data exists for the manifest-to station
When
The system sets destination station configuration
Then
The destination station number for index is set to the MC table station number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00984
Set Batch Print Call Letters
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming valid mc table data exists for the manifest-to station during the 'Set Batch Print Call Letters' routine, when the system configures batch printing parameters, the system executes logic to ensure that the batch print call letters are set to the mc table call letters value.
Given
Valid MC table data exists for the manifest-to station
When
The system configures batch printing parameters
Then
The batch print call letters are set to the MC table call letters value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00985
Set Error Flag 2 - Invalid Customs Code
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming mc table lookup was successful but canadian customs code equals '00000' during the 'Set Error Flag 2 - Invalid Customs Code' routine, when the system validates the customs code, the system executes logic to ensure that error flag 2 is set to on and the manifest port name is saved for error reporting.
Given
MC table lookup was successful but Canadian customs code equals '00000'
When
The system validates the customs code
Then
Error flag 2 is set to ON and the manifest port name is saved for error reporting
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-00986
Set Error Flag 3 - Invalid MC Port
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming mc table lookup failed to retrieve data for the manifest-to station during the 'Set Error Flag 3 - Invalid MC Port' routine, when the system processes the lookup failure, the system executes logic to ensure that error flag 3 is set to on and the manifest port name is saved for error reporting.
Given
MC table lookup failed to retrieve data for the manifest-to station
When
The system processes the lookup failure
Then
Error flag 3 is set to ON and the manifest port name is saved for error reporting
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01000
Called from GCX011?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the cargo manifest creation process is executing during the 'Called from GCX011?' routine, when the system checks the calling program source, the system executes logic to ensure that if called from gcx011, proceed with postal code validation and padding, otherwise skip postal code processing.
Given
The cargo manifest creation process is executing
When
The system checks the calling program source
Then
If called from GCX011, proceed with postal code validation and padding, otherwise skip postal code processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01013
Extract Waybill Date from Shipment Root
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment root record exists with waybill date information during the 'Extract Waybill Date from Shipment Root' routine, when the system processes the shipment for customs manifest creation, the system executes logic to ensure that the waybill date is extracted from the shipment root and stored for further processing.
Given
A shipment root record exists with waybill date information
When
The system processes the shipment for customs manifest creation
Then
The waybill date is extracted from the shipment root and stored for further processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01022
Set Invalid Waybill Date Error
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the date calculation utility failed to execute successfully during the 'Set Invalid Waybill Date Error' routine, when the system processes the failed calculation result, the system executes logic to ensure that an invalid waybill date error code is set for message retrieval.
Given
The date calculation utility failed to execute successfully
When
The system processes the failed calculation result
Then
An invalid waybill date error code is set for message retrieval
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01023
Retrieve Error Message Text
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an invalid waybill date error code has been set during the 'Retrieve Error Message Text' routine, when the system needs to provide error details, the system executes logic to ensure that the error message retrieval process is performed to get the descriptive error text.
Given
An invalid waybill date error code has been set
When
The system needs to provide error details
Then
The error message retrieval process is performed to get the descriptive error text
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01024
Add Error to Message Queue
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an error message has been retrieved for the invalid waybill date during the 'Add Error to Message Queue' routine, when the system processes the error condition, the system executes logic to ensure that the error message is added to the message queue for user notification.
Given
An error message has been retrieved for the invalid waybill date
When
The system processes the error condition
Then
The error message is added to the message queue for user notification
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01025
Convert Character to Numeric Format
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment record contains an origin station number in character format during the 'Convert Character to Numeric Format' routine, when the system processes the origin station data for customs manifest creation, the system executes logic to ensure that the origin station number is converted to numeric format and stored in the customs record origin station number field.
Given
A shipment record contains an origin station number in character format
When
The system processes the origin station data for customs manifest creation
Then
The origin station number is converted to numeric format and stored in the customs record origin station number field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01026
Convert Character to Numeric Format
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment record contains a destination station number in character format during the 'Convert Character to Numeric Format' routine, when the system processes the destination station data for customs manifest creation, the system executes logic to ensure that the destination station number is converted to numeric format and stored in the customs record destination station number field.
Given
A shipment record contains a destination station number in character format
When
The system processes the destination station data for customs manifest creation
Then
The destination station number is converted to numeric format and stored in the customs record destination station number field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01027
Store Numeric Destination Station Number
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest to station has been validated and contains a station number in the mc table lookup result during the 'Store Numeric Destination Station Number' routine, when the system processes the manifest to station information, the system executes logic to ensure that the station number is converted to numeric format and stored in both the destination station number index and destination station number index station fields.
Given
A manifest to station has been validated and contains a station number in the MC table lookup result
When
The system processes the manifest to station information
Then
The station number is converted to numeric format and stored in both the destination station number index and destination station number index station fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01028
Set Manifest From Port to 'IIS-A6'
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment is being processed with action code iis-a6 or multi-manifest indicator equals 'y' during the 'Set Manifest From Port to 'IIS-A6'' routine, when the manifest from port field is blank or empty, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest from port should be set to 'iis-a6'.
Given
A shipment is being processed with action code IIS-A6 OR multi-manifest indicator equals 'Y'
When
The manifest from port field is blank or empty
Then
The manifest from port should be set to 'IIS-A6'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01029
Set Manifest To Port to 'IIS-A6'
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment is being processed with action code iis-a6 or multi-manifest indicator equals 'y' during the 'Set Manifest To Port to 'IIS-A6'' routine, when the manifest to port field is blank or empty, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest to port should be set to 'iis-a6'.
Given
A shipment is being processed with action code IIS-A6 OR multi-manifest indicator equals 'Y'
When
The manifest to port field is blank or empty
Then
The manifest to port should be set to 'IIS-A6'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01030
Lookup MC Table with Manifest From Port
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest from port value exists in the shipment root during the 'Lookup MC Table with Manifest From Port' routine, when the system looks up the manifest from port in the mc table, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves the corresponding manifest code record or determines if no record exists.
Given
A manifest from port value exists in the shipment root
When
The system looks up the manifest from port in the MC table
Then
The system retrieves the corresponding manifest code record or determines if no record exists
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01032
Set Error Message: Invalid Manifest Port Canadian Customs Code
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the canadian customs code from mc table equals '00000', and the system detects this invalid customs code occurs during the 'Set Error Message: Invalid Manifest Port Canadian Customs Code' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system generates an error message for invalid manifest port canadian customs code and adds it to the message array.
EXCLUDING
The Canadian customs code from MC table equals '00000'
When
The system detects this invalid customs code
Then
The system generates an error message for invalid manifest port Canadian customs code and adds it to the message array
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01033
Set Error Message: Invalid Manifest Port in MC Table
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest from port value needs to be validated during the 'Set Error Message: Invalid Manifest Port in MC Table' routine, when the mc table lookup fails to find a matching record, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates an error message for invalid manifest port and adds it to the message array.
Given
A manifest from port value needs to be validated
When
The MC table lookup fails to find a matching record
Then
The system generates an error message for invalid manifest port and adds it to the message array
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01034
Set Canadian Customs Code to Manifest From Station Code
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a valid canadian customs code has been retrieved from mc table, and the canadian customs code is not '00000' occurs during the 'Set Canadian Customs Code to Manifest From Station Code' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system assigns the canadian customs code to the manifest from station code field.
EXCLUDING
A valid Canadian customs code has been retrieved from MC table
When
The Canadian customs code is not '00000'
Then
The system assigns the Canadian customs code to the manifest from station code field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01036
Set GCCC-US-PORT-OF-EXIT-CODE
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment has a manifest from port defined in the shipment root data during the 'Set GCCC-US-PORT-OF-EXIT-CODE' routine, when the system looks up the manifest from port in the mc table and finds a matching record, the system executes logic to ensure that the us port of exit code from the mc table record is assigned to the cargo manifest us port of exit code field.
Given
A shipment has a manifest from port defined in the shipment root data
When
The system looks up the manifest from port in the MC table and finds a matching record
Then
The US port of exit code from the MC table record is assigned to the cargo manifest US port of exit code field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01037
Log Error - Invalid Manifest Port
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment has a manifest from port defined in the shipment root data during the 'Log Error - Invalid Manifest Port' routine, when the system attempts to look up the manifest from port in the mc table and the lookup fails, the system executes logic to ensure that the system clears the mc table data and logs an error message for invalid manifest port.
Given
A shipment has a manifest from port defined in the shipment root data
When
The system attempts to look up the manifest from port in the MC table and the lookup fails
Then
The system clears the MC table data and logs an error message for invalid manifest port
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01038
Extract US Port Exit Code from MC Table
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest from port lookup in the mc table is successful during the 'Extract US Port Exit Code from MC Table' routine, when the canadian customs code in the mc table record equals '00000', the system executes logic to ensure that the system clears the mc table data and adds an error message for invalid canadian customs code.
Given
A manifest from port lookup in the MC table is successful
When
The Canadian customs code in the MC table record equals '00000'
Then
The system clears the MC table data and adds an error message for invalid Canadian customs code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01039
Get Manifest From Port from Shipment Root
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the action is iis-a6 or the multi-manifest indicator is 'y' during the 'Get Manifest From Port from Shipment Root' routine, when the manifest from port in the shipment root is blank, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the manifest from port to 'iis-a6'.
Given
The action is IIS-A6 or the multi-manifest indicator is 'Y'
When
The manifest from port in the shipment root is blank
Then
The system sets the manifest from port to 'IIS-A6'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01040
Get Manifest To Port from Shipment Root
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the action is iis-a6 or the multi-manifest indicator is 'y' during the 'Get Manifest To Port from Shipment Root' routine, when the manifest to port in the shipment root is blank, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the manifest to port to 'iis-a6'.
Given
The action is IIS-A6 or the multi-manifest indicator is 'Y'
When
The manifest to port in the shipment root is blank
Then
The system sets the manifest to port to 'IIS-A6'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01041
Log Error - Invalid Manifest Port
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a shipment is being processed for customs manifest creation, and the manifest to port is blank or not provided occurs during the 'Log Error - Invalid Manifest Port' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system sets error flag 1 to indicate missing manifest to port.
EXCLUDING
A shipment is being processed for customs manifest creation
When
The manifest to port is blank or not provided
Then
The system sets error flag 1 to indicate missing manifest to port
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01042
Set US Port Exit Code for Manifest To Station
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest to port lookup in the mc table is successful during the 'Set US Port Exit Code for Manifest To Station' routine, when the canadian customs code in the mc table record equals '00000', the system executes logic to ensure that the system clears the mc table data and sets error flag 2 with the port name for invalid canadian customs code.
Given
A manifest to port lookup in the MC table is successful
When
The Canadian customs code in the MC table record equals '00000'
Then
The system clears the MC table data and sets error flag 2 with the port name for invalid Canadian customs code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01043
Log Error - Invalid Manifest Port
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment has a manifest to port defined during the 'Log Error - Invalid Manifest Port' routine, when the system attempts to look up the manifest to port in the mc table and the lookup fails, the system executes logic to ensure that the system clears the mc table data and sets error flag 3 with the port name for invalid manifest port.
Given
A shipment has a manifest to port defined
When
The system attempts to look up the manifest to port in the MC table and the lookup fails
Then
The system clears the MC table data and sets error flag 3 with the port name for invalid manifest port
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01045
Are Current Settings Valid for Type 9?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment with ccn type 9 is being processed during the 'Are Current Settings Valid for Type 9?' routine, when the system evaluates the us exit code, manifest from station name, manifest to station name, and their relationship, the system executes logic to ensure that the system determines settings are invalid if us exit code is not '00000' or manifest from station is not 'iis-a6' or manifest to station is not 'iis-a6' or manifest from station does not equal manifest to station.
Given
A shipment with CCN type 9 is being processed
When
The system evaluates the US exit code, manifest from station name, manifest to station name, and their relationship
Then
The system determines settings are invalid if US exit code is not '00000' OR manifest from station is not 'IIS-A6' OR manifest to station is not 'IIS-A6' OR manifest from station does not equal manifest to station
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01046
Apply Special Type 9 Rules
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment with ccn type 9 has invalid current manifest port settings during the 'Apply Special Type 9 Rules' routine, when the system applies special type 9 processing rules, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets both manifest from station name and manifest to station name to 'iis-a6'.
Given
A shipment with CCN type 9 has invalid current manifest port settings
When
The system applies special type 9 processing rules
Then
The system sets both manifest from station name and manifest to station name to 'IIS-A6'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01047
Keep Existing Manifest Port Settings
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment with ccn type 9 has valid current manifest port settings during the 'Keep Existing Manifest Port Settings' routine, when the system processes the manifest port information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system preserves the existing manifest to station code, destination station number, and call letters without modification.
Given
A shipment with CCN type 9 has valid current manifest port settings
When
The system processes the manifest port information
Then
The system preserves the existing manifest to station code, destination station number, and call letters without modification
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01048
Continue Normal Processing
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a shipment with ccn type that is not '9' is being processed, and the system evaluates the ccn type occurs during the 'Continue Normal Processing' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system continues with normal manifest port processing without applying special type 9 rules.
EXCLUDING
A shipment with CCN type that is not '9' is being processed
When
The system evaluates the CCN type
Then
The system continues with normal manifest port processing without applying special type 9 rules
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01064
Lookup CM Table with Destination Station
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If manifest to station name equals 'iis-a6' and destination is not us, and system looks up destination station number in cm table occurs during the 'Lookup CM Table with Destination Station' routine, then the system must guarantee that if cm table lookup is successful, retrieve port manifest upon information for further mc table lookup.
EXCLUDING
Manifest to station name equals 'IIS-A6' and destination is not US
When
System looks up destination station number in CM table
Then
If CM table lookup is successful, retrieve port manifest upon information for further MC table lookup
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01065
Set Sub-location Code from MC Table
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming cm table lookup was successful and returned port manifest upon information during the 'Set Sub-location Code from MC Table' routine, when system looks up the port manifest upon value in mc table, the system executes logic to ensure that if mc table lookup is successful, set sub-location code from mc table sub-location code field, otherwise set sub-location code to spaces.
Given
CM table lookup was successful and returned port manifest upon information
When
System looks up the port manifest upon value in MC table
Then
If MC table lookup is successful, set sub-location code from MC table sub-location code field, otherwise set sub-location code to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01067
Apply Sub-location Requirement Rules
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If sub-location code processing is complete, and system evaluates if sub-location code is present or csa indicator is on or manifest from equals manifest to (and not iis-a6) or destination is us or arrival indicator is y occurs during the 'Apply Sub-location Requirement Rules' routine, then the system must guarantee that if any condition is true, sub-location code is valid and processing continues, otherwise set sub-location error flag.
EXCLUDING
Sub-location code processing is complete
When
System evaluates if sub-location code is present OR CSA indicator is on OR manifest from equals manifest to (and not IIS-A6) OR destination is US OR arrival indicator is Y
Then
If any condition is true, sub-location code is valid and processing continues, otherwise set sub-location error flag
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01069
Generate Sub-location Error Message
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If sub-location error flag is set and shipment is not in-transit or return status, and system validates sub-location requirements occurs during the 'Generate Sub-location Error Message' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate error message for invalid destination station sub-location code.
EXCLUDING
Sub-location error flag is set and shipment is not in-transit or return status
When
System validates sub-location requirements
Then
Generate error message for invalid destination station sub-location code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02207
Is Manifest-To Station IIS-A6?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo manifest is being processed with a manifest-to station name during the 'Is Manifest-To Station IIS-A6?' routine, when the system evaluates the manifest-to station name, the system executes logic to ensure that if manifest-to station equals 'iis-a6', proceed with iis-a6 specific processing, otherwise proceed with standard rf table lookup.
Given
A cargo manifest is being processed with a manifest-to station name
When
The system evaluates the manifest-to station name
Then
If manifest-to station equals 'IIS-A6', proceed with IIS-A6 specific processing, otherwise proceed with standard RF table lookup
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02208
Is Destination NOT US?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest-to station is 'iis-a6' and destination state code is available during the 'Is Destination NOT US?' routine, when the system searches the state-country table for the destination state code, the system executes logic to ensure that if the destination country is not 'us', proceed with cm table lookup, otherwise proceed with rf table lookup.
Given
A manifest-to station is 'IIS-A6' and destination state code is available
When
The system searches the state-country table for the destination state code
Then
If the destination country is not 'US', proceed with CM table lookup, otherwise proceed with RF table lookup
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02209
Lookup CM Table with Destination Station
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If manifest-to station is 'iis-a6' and destination is not us, and the system calls table lookup with table id 'cm' and destination station number as key occurs during the 'Lookup CM Table with Destination Station' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system attempts to retrieve cm table data for the destination station.
EXCLUDING
Manifest-to station is 'IIS-A6' and destination is not US
When
The system calls table lookup with table ID 'CM' and destination station number as key
Then
The system attempts to retrieve CM table data for the destination station
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02211
Lookup MC Table with CM Port
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming cm table lookup was successful and returned port manifest information during the 'Lookup MC Table with CM Port' routine, when the system calls table lookup with table id 'mc' and cm port manifest data as key, the system executes logic to ensure that the system attempts to retrieve mc table data for the port.
Given
CM table lookup was successful and returned port manifest information
When
The system calls table lookup with table ID 'MC' and CM port manifest data as key
Then
The system attempts to retrieve MC table data for the port
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02213
Set Sub-location Code from MC Table
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming mc table lookup was successful and returned valid port data during the 'Set Sub-location Code from MC Table' routine, when the system processes the mc table segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that the sub-location code is set to the mc sub-location code value from the table.
Given
MC table lookup was successful and returned valid port data
When
The system processes the MC table segment data
Then
The sub-location code is set to the MC sub-location code value from the table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02217
Set Sub-location Code from RF Table
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming rf table lookup was successful and returned valid bonded customer data during the 'Set Sub-location Code from RF Table' routine, when the system processes the rf table segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that the sub-location code is set to rf sub-location code value and customer bonded indicator is set to true.
Given
RF table lookup was successful and returned valid bonded customer data
When
The system processes the RF table segment data
Then
The sub-location code is set to RF sub-location code value and customer bonded indicator is set to TRUE
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02221
CSA Indicator ON?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming sub-location code is spaces and additional exemption checks are needed during the 'CSA Indicator ON?' routine, when the system evaluates the csa indicator status, the system executes logic to ensure that if csa indicator is on, sub-location requirements are met, otherwise check manifest station equality.
Given
Sub-location code is spaces and additional exemption checks are needed
When
The system evaluates the CSA indicator status
Then
If CSA indicator is ON, sub-location requirements are met, otherwise check manifest station equality
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02222
Manifest From equals Manifest To AND NOT IIS-A6?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming sub-location code is spaces and csa indicator is off during the 'Manifest From equals Manifest To AND NOT IIS-A6?' routine, when the system compares manifest from station name with manifest to station name, the system executes logic to ensure that if both stations are equal and manifest to station is not 'iis-a6', sub-location requirements are met, otherwise check destination country.
Given
Sub-location code is spaces and CSA indicator is OFF
When
The system compares manifest from station name with manifest to station name
Then
If both stations are equal and manifest to station is not 'IIS-A6', sub-location requirements are met, otherwise check destination country
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02223
Destination is US?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If sub-location code is spaces, csa indicator is off, and manifest stations are not equal or are iis-a6, and the system evaluates the destination country from state-country table lookup occurs during the 'Destination is US?' routine, then the system must guarantee that if destination country is 'us', sub-location requirements are met, otherwise check arrival indicator.
EXCLUDING
Sub-location code is spaces, CSA indicator is OFF, and manifest stations are not equal or are IIS-A6
When
The system evaluates the destination country from state-country table lookup
Then
If destination country is 'US', sub-location requirements are met, otherwise check arrival indicator
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02224
Arrival Indicator is Y?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If sub-location code is spaces, csa indicator is off, manifest stations don't qualify for exemption, and destination is not us, and the system evaluates the arrival indicator value occurs during the 'Arrival Indicator is Y?' routine, then the system must guarantee that if arrival indicator equals 'y', sub-location requirements are met, otherwise set sub-location error flag.
EXCLUDING
Sub-location code is spaces, CSA indicator is OFF, manifest stations don't qualify for exemption, and destination is not US
When
The system evaluates the arrival indicator value
Then
If arrival indicator equals 'Y', sub-location requirements are met, otherwise set sub-location error flag
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02227
Generate Sub-location Error Message
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming sub-location error flag has been set due to requirement violation during the 'Generate Sub-location Error Message' routine, when the system processes the error condition, the system executes logic to ensure that an error message for invalid destination station sub-location code is retrieved and added to the message list.
Given
Sub-location error flag has been set due to requirement violation
When
The system processes the error condition
Then
An error message for invalid destination station sub-location code is retrieved and added to the message list
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02569
Is Manifest-To Station IIS-A6?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo manifest is being processed with a manifest-to station name during the 'Is Manifest-To Station IIS-A6?' routine, when the system evaluates the manifest-to station name, the system executes logic to ensure that if manifest-to station equals 'iis-a6', proceed to destination country check; otherwise proceed directly to consignee facility lookup.
Given
A cargo manifest is being processed with a manifest-to station name
When
The system evaluates the manifest-to station name
Then
If manifest-to station equals 'IIS-A6', proceed to destination country check; otherwise proceed directly to consignee facility lookup
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02570
Is Destination US?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest-to station is 'iis-a6' and destination state/province code is available during the 'Is Destination US?' routine, when the system searches the state-country lookup table for the destination state code, the system executes logic to ensure that if the destination country is 'us', skip destination station lookup and proceed to consignee facility lookup; otherwise perform destination station lookup.
Given
A manifest-to station is 'IIS-A6' and destination state/province code is available
When
The system searches the state-country lookup table for the destination state code
Then
If the destination country is 'US', skip destination station lookup and proceed to consignee facility lookup; otherwise perform destination station lookup
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02571
Lookup CM Table with Destination Station
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If manifest-to station is 'iis-a6' and destination is not us, and the system performs a lookup in cm table using destination station number occurs during the 'Lookup CM Table with Destination Station' routine, then the system must guarantee that retrieve the corresponding city municipality record for port manifest processing.
EXCLUDING
Manifest-to station is 'IIS-A6' and destination is not US
When
The system performs a lookup in CM table using destination station number
Then
Retrieve the corresponding city municipality record for port manifest processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02572
CM Table Lookup Successful?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a cm table lookup has been performed using destination station number during the 'CM Table Lookup Successful?' routine, when the system evaluates the lookup return status, the system executes logic to ensure that if lookup is successful, extract port manifest upon data; otherwise set sub-location code to spaces.
Given
A CM table lookup has been performed using destination station number
When
The system evaluates the lookup return status
Then
If lookup is successful, extract port manifest upon data; otherwise set sub-location code to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02573
Get Port Manifest Upon from CM Table
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming cm table lookup was successful and returned a valid record during the 'Get Port Manifest Upon from CM Table' routine, when the system processes the cm table record, the system executes logic to ensure that extract the port manifest upon field for subsequent manifest code table lookup.
Given
CM table lookup was successful and returned a valid record
When
The system processes the CM table record
Then
Extract the port manifest upon field for subsequent manifest code table lookup
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02574
Lookup MC Table with Port Manifest Upon
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming port manifest upon value has been extracted from cm table during the 'Lookup MC Table with Port Manifest Upon' routine, when the system performs a lookup in mc table using the port manifest upon value, the system executes logic to ensure that retrieve the corresponding manifest code record for sub-location processing.
Given
Port manifest upon value has been extracted from CM table
When
The system performs a lookup in MC table using the port manifest upon value
Then
Retrieve the corresponding manifest code record for sub-location processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02575
MC Table Lookup Successful?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an mc table lookup has been performed using port manifest upon value during the 'MC Table Lookup Successful?' routine, when the system evaluates the lookup return status, the system executes logic to ensure that if lookup is successful, extract sub-location code from mc table; otherwise set sub-location code to spaces.
Given
An MC table lookup has been performed using port manifest upon value
When
The system evaluates the lookup return status
Then
If lookup is successful, extract sub-location code from MC table; otherwise set sub-location code to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02576
Set Sub-location Code from MC Table
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming mc table lookup was successful and returned a valid record during the 'Set Sub-location Code from MC Table' routine, when the system processes the mc table record, the system executes logic to ensure that assign the sub-location code from the mc table record to the cargo manifest.
Given
MC table lookup was successful and returned a valid record
When
The system processes the MC table record
Then
Assign the sub-location code from the MC table record to the cargo manifest
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02580
Set Sub-location Code from RF Table
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming rf table lookup was successful and returned a valid record during the 'Set Sub-location Code from RF Table' routine, when the system processes the rf table record, the system executes logic to ensure that assign the sub-location code from the rf table record to the cargo manifest.
Given
RF table lookup was successful and returned a valid record
When
The system processes the RF table record
Then
Assign the sub-location code from the RF table record to the cargo manifest
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02584
CSA Indicator On?
Policy Rules
Business View: Assuming sub-location code is spaces and csa indicator status is available during the 'CSA Indicator On?' routine, when the system evaluates the csa indicator, the system executes logic to ensure that if csa indicator is on, continue processing without error; otherwise check manifest station equality.
Given
Sub-location code is spaces and CSA indicator status is available
When
The system evaluates the CSA indicator
Then
If CSA indicator is on, continue processing without error; otherwise check manifest station equality
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02585
Manifest From equals Manifest To and Not IIS-A6?
Policy Rules
Business View: Assuming sub-location code is spaces, csa indicator is off, and manifest station names are available during the 'Manifest From equals Manifest To and Not IIS-A6?' routine, when the system compares manifest from station name with manifest to station name, the system executes logic to ensure that if manifest from equals manifest to and manifest to is not 'iis-a6', continue processing without error; otherwise check destination country.
Given
Sub-location code is spaces, CSA indicator is off, and manifest station names are available
When
The system compares manifest from station name with manifest to station name
Then
If manifest from equals manifest to and manifest to is not 'IIS-A6', continue processing without error; otherwise check destination country
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02588
Continue Processing - No Error
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming either sub-location code is present or one of the exemption conditions is met during the 'Continue Processing - No Error' routine, when the system completes sub-location validation, the system executes logic to ensure that continue with normal cargo manifest processing without generating sub-location errors.
Given
Either sub-location code is present or one of the exemption conditions is met
When
The system completes sub-location validation
Then
Continue with normal cargo manifest processing without generating sub-location errors
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02590
Generate Sub-location Error Message
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming sub-location error flag has been set due to validation failure during the 'Generate Sub-location Error Message' routine, when the system processes the error condition, the system executes logic to ensure that generate and add error message for invalid destination station sub-location code to the message collection.
Given
Sub-location error flag has been set due to validation failure
When
The system processes the error condition
Then
Generate and add error message for invalid destination station sub-location code to the message collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02805
Is Manifest-To Station = 'IIS-A6'?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo manifest is being processed with a manifest-to station name during the 'Is Manifest-To Station = 'IIS-A6'?' routine, when the manifest-to station name equals 'iis-a6', the system executes logic to ensure that the system proceeds to check destination country for enhanced sub-location processing.
Given
A cargo manifest is being processed with a manifest-to station name
When
The manifest-to station name equals 'IIS-A6'
Then
The system proceeds to check destination country for enhanced sub-location processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02806
Is Destination Not US?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the manifest-to station is 'iis-a6' and destination state code is available, and the destination state code does not correspond to a us state occurs during the 'Is Destination Not US?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system proceeds to lookup cm table for port manifest information.
EXCLUDING
The manifest-to station is 'IIS-A6' and destination state code is available
When
The destination state code does not correspond to a US state
Then
The system proceeds to lookup CM table for port manifest information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02807
Lookup CM Table with Destination Station Number
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the destination is not us and manifest-to station is 'iis-a6', and the system performs cm table lookup using destination station number occurs during the 'Lookup CM Table with Destination Station Number' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system attempts to retrieve port manifest upon information from cm table.
EXCLUDING
The destination is not US and manifest-to station is 'IIS-A6'
When
The system performs CM table lookup using destination station number
Then
The system attempts to retrieve port manifest upon information from CM table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02808
CM Table Lookup Successful?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a cm table lookup has been performed using destination station number during the 'CM Table Lookup Successful?' routine, when the cm table lookup returns successful status, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts port manifest upon value for subsequent mc table lookup.
Given
A CM table lookup has been performed using destination station number
When
The CM table lookup returns successful status
Then
The system extracts port manifest upon value for subsequent MC table lookup
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02809
Get Port Manifest Upon from CM Table
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming cm table lookup was successful during the 'Get Port Manifest Upon from CM Table' routine, when the system processes the cm table results, the system executes logic to ensure that the port manifest upon value is extracted for mc table lookup.
Given
CM table lookup was successful
When
The system processes the CM table results
Then
The port manifest upon value is extracted for MC table lookup
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02810
Lookup MC Table with Port Manifest Upon
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming port manifest upon value has been extracted from cm table during the 'Lookup MC Table with Port Manifest Upon' routine, when the system performs mc table lookup using port manifest upon value, the system executes logic to ensure that the system attempts to retrieve sub-location code from mc table.
Given
Port manifest upon value has been extracted from CM table
When
The system performs MC table lookup using port manifest upon value
Then
The system attempts to retrieve sub-location code from MC table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02811
MC Table Lookup Successful?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an mc table lookup has been performed using port manifest upon value during the 'MC Table Lookup Successful?' routine, when the mc table lookup returns successful status, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts sub-location code from mc table results.
Given
An MC table lookup has been performed using port manifest upon value
When
The MC table lookup returns successful status
Then
The system extracts sub-location code from MC table results
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02812
Extract Sub-location Code from MC Table
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming mc table lookup was successful during the 'Extract Sub-location Code from MC Table' routine, when the system processes the mc table results, the system executes logic to ensure that the sub-location code is extracted and assigned to the cargo manifest.
Given
MC table lookup was successful
When
The system processes the MC table results
Then
The sub-location code is extracted and assigned to the cargo manifest
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02819
Sub-location Code Requirements Met?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If sub-location code processing has been completed and various indicators are set, and sub-location code is not blank or (sub-location code is blank and (csa indicator is on or manifest stations are same and not iis-a6 or destination is us or arrival indicator is y)) occurs during the 'Sub-location Code Requirements Met?' routine, then the system must guarantee that sub-location code requirements are considered met and processing continues.
EXCLUDING
Sub-location code processing has been completed and various indicators are set
When
Sub-location code is not blank OR (sub-location code is blank AND (CSA indicator is on OR manifest stations are same and not IIS-A6 OR destination is US OR arrival indicator is Y))
Then
Sub-location code requirements are considered met and processing continues
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-03006
Move Table Data to GCSTBRTCM
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming cm table lookup completed successfully during the 'Move Table Data to GCSTBRTCM' routine, when the system processes the returned table data, the system executes logic to ensure that the table segment data is moved to gcstbrtcm structure for further processing.
Given
CM table lookup completed successfully
When
The system processes the returned table data
Then
The table segment data is moved to GCSTBRTCM structure for further processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-03007
Extract Port Manifest Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming cm table data is successfully loaded into gcstbrtcm during the 'Extract Port Manifest Information' routine, when the system processes the cm table information, the system executes logic to ensure that port manifest upon data is extracted from the cm table record.
Given
CM table data is successfully loaded into GCSTBRTCM
When
The system processes the CM table information
Then
Port manifest upon data is extracted from the CM table record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-03008
Set Sub-location Code from CM Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming port manifest information is extracted from cm table data during the 'Set Sub-location Code from CM Data' routine, when the system processes the manifest information, the system executes logic to ensure that sub-location code is set from the cm table sub-location code field.
Given
Port manifest information is extracted from CM table data
When
The system processes the manifest information
Then
Sub-location code is set from the CM table sub-location code field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-03010
Initialize Table Search Parameters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cm table lookup has been completed successfully and returned a port manifest upon value during the 'Initialize Table Search Parameters' routine, when the system needs to perform an mc table lookup using the cm port manifest upon value, the system executes logic to ensure that the system initializes table search parameters by clearing all search keys and flags.
Given
A CM table lookup has been completed successfully and returned a port manifest upon value
When
The system needs to perform an MC table lookup using the CM port manifest upon value
Then
The system initializes table search parameters by clearing all search keys and flags
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-03012
Set Table ID to MC
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a table lookup operation is being configured during the 'Set Table ID to MC' routine, when the system needs to specify which table to search, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the table id to mc to target the manifest customs table.
Given
A table lookup operation is being configured
When
The system needs to specify which table to search
Then
The system sets the table ID to MC to target the manifest customs table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-03013
Use CM Port Manifest Upon as Search Key
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cm table lookup has returned a port manifest upon value during the 'Use CM Port Manifest Upon as Search Key' routine, when the system performs an mc table lookup, the system executes logic to ensure that the system uses the cm port manifest upon value as the search key for the mc table.
Given
A CM table lookup has returned a port manifest upon value
When
The system performs an MC table lookup
Then
The system uses the CM port manifest upon value as the search key for the MC table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-03016
Move Table Segment to GCSTBRTMC
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an mc table lookup has completed successfully during the 'Move Table Segment to GCSTBRTMC' routine, when the system processes the successful lookup result, the system executes logic to ensure that the system moves the returned table segment data to the mc table structure.
Given
An MC table lookup has completed successfully
When
The system processes the successful lookup result
Then
The system moves the returned table segment data to the MC table structure
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-03020
Initialize RF Table Search Parameters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a customs manifest processing request is initiated during the 'Initialize RF Table Search Parameters' routine, when the system prepares to lookup customer bonded status in the rf table, the system executes logic to ensure that the rf table search parameters are cleared and initialized to empty values.
Given
A customs manifest processing request is initiated
When
The system prepares to lookup customer bonded status in the RF table
Then
The RF table search parameters are cleared and initialized to empty values
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-03022
Set Station Number from Destination
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming destination station number is available from customs manifest data during the 'Set Station Number from Destination' routine, when the system prepares rf table lookup parameters, the system executes logic to ensure that the destination station number is assigned to the rf table station search field.
Given
Destination station number is available from customs manifest data
When
The system prepares RF table lookup parameters
Then
The destination station number is assigned to the RF table station search field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-03026
Retrieve Sub-location Code from RF Record
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an rf table record has been successfully found and retrieved during the 'Retrieve Sub-location Code from RF Record' routine, when the system processes the rf record data, the system executes logic to ensure that the sub-location code is extracted from the rf record and assigned to the customs manifest sub-location code field.
Given
An RF table record has been successfully found and retrieved
When
The system processes the RF record data
Then
The sub-location code is extracted from the RF record and assigned to the customs manifest sub-location code field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01078
Generate Invalid Car Error Message
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming car id validation failed during the 'Generate Invalid Car Error Message' routine, when the system processes the validation failure, the system executes logic to ensure that generate an invalid conveying car error message using the original car value and add it to the message collection.
Given
Car ID validation failed
When
The system processes the validation failure
Then
Generate an invalid conveying car error message using the original car value and add it to the message collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01083
Validate Quantity Qualifier Against MU Table
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a quantity qualifier has been determined for the shipment during the 'Validate Quantity Qualifier Against MU Table' routine, when the quantity qualifier is looked up in the mu (measurement unit) table, the system executes logic to ensure that if qualifier is not found in mu table, generate error message indicating qualifier is not valid.
Given
A quantity qualifier has been determined for the shipment
When
The quantity qualifier is looked up in the MU (Measurement Unit) table
Then
If qualifier is not found in MU table, generate error message indicating qualifier is not valid
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01084
Validate Quantity Qualifier Against MU Table
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming shipment processing requires a quantity qualifier during the 'Validate Quantity Qualifier Against MU Table' routine, when quantity qualifier is blank or spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that generate error message indicating quantity qualifier is required.
Given
Shipment processing requires a quantity qualifier
When
Quantity qualifier is blank or spaces
Then
Generate error message indicating quantity qualifier is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01087
Retrieve EBSBCKS CNS Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a cns sequence number is available for lookup during the 'Retrieve EBSBCKS CNS Segment' routine, when the ebsbcks segment is retrieved using the edi bol key and cns sequence, the system executes logic to ensure that the special handling segment data is made available for consolidated load checking.
Given
A CNS sequence number is available for lookup
When
The EBSBCKS segment is retrieved using the EDI BOL key and CNS sequence
Then
The special handling segment data is made available for consolidated load checking
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01088
Check H3 Special Handling Code
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an ebsbcks segment has been successfully retrieved during the 'Check H3 Special Handling Code' routine, when the h3 special handling code is examined, the system executes logic to ensure that the code is checked to determine if it equals 'cns' indicating consolidated load.
Given
An EBSBCKS segment has been successfully retrieved
When
The H3 special handling code is examined
Then
The code is checked to determine if it equals 'CNS' indicating consolidated load
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01090
Set Consolidated Load = 'Y'
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a cns indicator has been found in the special handling segments during the 'Set Consolidated Load = 'Y'' routine, when the consolidated load flag needs to be set, the system executes logic to ensure that the consolidated load indicator is set to 'y'.
Given
A CNS indicator has been found in the special handling segments
When
The consolidated load flag needs to be set
Then
The consolidated load indicator is set to 'Y'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01091
Increment CNS Sequence Number
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the current cns sequence does not contain a consolidated load indicator or the segment was not found, and the search needs to continue to the next sequence occurs during the 'Increment CNS Sequence Number' routine, then the system must guarantee that the cns sequence counter is incremented by 1.
EXCLUDING
The current CNS sequence does not contain a consolidated load indicator or the segment was not found
When
The search needs to continue to the next sequence
Then
The CNS sequence counter is incremented by 1
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01094
Set Shipper Address 1 to 'NA'
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment record is being processed for customs manifest creation during the 'Set Shipper Address 1 to 'NA'' routine, when the shipper address line 1 field is empty or contains only spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system shall set the shipper address line 1 to 'na'.
Given
A shipment record is being processed for customs manifest creation
When
The shipper address line 1 field is empty or contains only spaces
Then
The system shall set the shipper address line 1 to 'NA'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01096
Set Consignee Address 1 to 'NA'
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment record is being processed for customs manifest creation during the 'Set Consignee Address 1 to 'NA'' routine, when the consignee address line 1 field is empty or contains only spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system shall set the consignee address line 1 to 'na'.
Given
A shipment record is being processed for customs manifest creation
When
The consignee address line 1 field is empty or contains only spaces
Then
The system shall set the consignee address line 1 to 'NA'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01098
Set Entity Address to 'NA'
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 entity segment is being processed for customs record creation during the 'Set Entity Address to 'NA'' routine, when the entity address line 1 field is empty or contains only spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system shall set the entity address line 1 to 'na'.
Given
An N1 entity segment is being processed for customs record creation
When
The entity address line 1 field is empty or contains only spaces
Then
The system shall set the entity address line 1 to 'NA'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01101
Generate Invalid State Error Message
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a shipper has a state/province code that is not spaces, and the state/province code is not found in the state-country lookup table occurs during the 'Generate Invalid State Error Message' routine, then the system must guarantee that an invalid shipper province/state code error message is generated.
EXCLUDING
A shipper has a state/province code that is not spaces
When
The state/province code is not found in the state-country lookup table
Then
An invalid shipper province/state code error message is generated
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01104
Generate Invalid State Error Message
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a consignee has a state/province code that is not spaces, and the state/province code is not found in the state-country lookup table occurs during the 'Generate Invalid State Error Message' routine, then the system must guarantee that an invalid consignee province/state code error message is generated.
EXCLUDING
A consignee has a state/province code that is not spaces
When
The state/province code is not found in the state-country lookup table
Then
An invalid consignee province/state code error message is generated
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01117
Collect SHIPCOMM Commodity Descriptions
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment with commodity data exists in shipcomm during the 'Collect SHIPCOMM Commodity Descriptions' routine, when the system processes description data for customs manifest, the system executes logic to ensure that all 10 commodity description lines from shipcomm are collected and stored in description work area.
Given
A shipment with commodity data exists in SHIPCOMM
When
The system processes description data for customs manifest
Then
All 10 commodity description lines from SHIPCOMM are collected and stored in description work area
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01118
Collect SHIPROOT Free Form Descriptions
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment with free form description data exists in shiproot during the 'Collect SHIPROOT Free Form Descriptions' routine, when the system processes description data for customs manifest, the system executes logic to ensure that both free form description lines from shiproot are collected and stored in description work area.
Given
A shipment with free form description data exists in SHIPROOT
When
The system processes description data for customs manifest
Then
Both free form description lines from SHIPROOT are collected and stored in description work area
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01123
Store Compressed Data in GCSCCS53 Array
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming description data has been compressed into segments during the 'Store Compressed Data in GCSCCS53 Array' routine, when the system stores segmented description data, the system executes logic to ensure that all 46 description segments are moved from compressed data to ws-gcsccs53-cargo-data array.
Given
Description data has been compressed into segments
When
The system stores segmented description data
Then
All 46 description segments are moved from compressed data to WS-GCSCCS53-CARGO-DATA array
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01124
Transit Action Required?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment is being processed for customs manifest during the 'Transit Action Required?' routine, when the system checks if transit action is required, the system executes logic to ensure that if action code is 'us' or 'rt' and description from ccn is provided, transit description processing is initiated.
Given
A shipment is being processed for customs manifest
When
The system checks if transit action is required
Then
If action code is 'US' or 'RT' and description from CCN is provided, transit description processing is initiated
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01128
Check CCN Array from EDI BOL
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol has been processed and ccn array data is available during the 'Check CCN Array from EDI BOL' routine, when the system checks the ccn array table from gcwcbol, the system executes logic to ensure that the system determines if the ccn array contains valid data or is empty/low-values.
Given
An EDI BOL has been processed and CCN array data is available
When
The system checks the CCN array table from GCWCBOL
Then
The system determines if the CCN array contains valid data or is empty/low-values
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01133
Set Waybill Key for Spawn
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a ccn is being processed for manifest creation during the 'Set Waybill Key for Spawn' routine, when preparing the spawn message parameters, the system executes logic to ensure that set the spawn waybill key to the input waybill key from gcwccadd.
Given
A CCN is being processed for manifest creation
When
Preparing the spawn message parameters
Then
Set the spawn waybill key to the input waybill key from GCWCCADD
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01134
Set Waybill Date for Spawn
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a ccn is being processed for manifest creation during the 'Set Waybill Date for Spawn' routine, when preparing the spawn message parameters, the system executes logic to ensure that set the spawn waybill date to the working storage waybill date.
Given
A CCN is being processed for manifest creation
When
Preparing the spawn message parameters
Then
Set the spawn waybill date to the working storage waybill date
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01135
Set Current CCN for Spawn
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a ccn has been extracted from the array during the 'Set Current CCN for Spawn' routine, when preparing the spawn message parameters, the system executes logic to ensure that set the spawn ccn to the current ccn from the array at the current index.
Given
A CCN has been extracted from the array
When
Preparing the spawn message parameters
Then
Set the spawn CCN to the current CCN from the array at the current index
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01136
Set Action Code to 'AM'
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a spawn message is being prepared for ccn processing during the 'Set Action Code to 'AM'' routine, when setting the action code parameter, the system executes logic to ensure that set the spawn action code to 'am' for manifest creation.
Given
A spawn message is being prepared for CCN processing
When
Setting the action code parameter
Then
Set the spawn action code to 'AM' for manifest creation
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01137
Spawn GCT0111E Program
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming all spawn message parameters are set during the 'Spawn GCT0111E Program' routine, when invoking the manifest creation process, the system executes logic to ensure that call the z700-spawn-gct0111e procedure to execute the manifest creation program.
Given
All spawn message parameters are set
When
Invoking the manifest creation process
Then
Call the Z700-SPAWN-GCT0111E procedure to execute the manifest creation program
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01139
CSA Indicator Already On?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment is being processed for customs manifest creation during the 'CSA Indicator Already On?' routine, when the csa indicator is already set to on, the system executes logic to ensure that skip all csa indicator management processing and continue with normal manifest creation.
Given
A shipment is being processed for customs manifest creation
When
The CSA indicator is already set to ON
Then
Skip all CSA indicator management processing and continue with normal manifest creation
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01141
Importer Data Present?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment is being processed with csa indicator off and au table data available during the 'Importer Data Present?' routine, when importer data is already present in the manifest, the system executes logic to ensure that skip au table importer data retrieval and continue with normal processing.
Given
A shipment is being processed with CSA indicator off and AU table data available
When
Importer data is already present in the manifest
Then
Skip AU table importer data retrieval and continue with normal processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01143
Set Importer Information from AU Table
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer data has been successfully retrieved from au table during the 'Set Importer Information from AU Table' routine, when the system needs to populate importer information in the manifest, the system executes logic to ensure that set importer name from au table importer field and business number from au table business number field.
Given
Importer data has been successfully retrieved from AU table
When
The system needs to populate importer information in the manifest
Then
Set importer name from AU table importer field and business number from AU table business number field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01146
Turn CSA Indicator OFF
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming both au table importer data and edi bol importer data are found during the 'Turn CSA Indicator OFF' routine, when the business number qualifier is 'bn' or blank, the system executes logic to ensure that turn the csa indicator off to deactivate canada-us agreement processing.
Given
Both AU table importer data and EDI BOL importer data are found
When
The business number qualifier is 'BN' or blank
Then
Turn the CSA indicator OFF to deactivate Canada-US Agreement processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01154
Search Port City State Table
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a return transit shipment with a manifest from station name during the 'Search Port City State Table' routine, when the system searches the gcsports port city state table, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should look for a port entry that matches the manifest from station name.
Given
A return transit shipment with a manifest from station name
When
The system searches the GCSPORTS port city state table
Then
The system should look for a port entry that matches the manifest from station name
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01155
Override Origin Station Name with Port City
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a return transit shipment where the manifest from station name matches a port in the gcsports table during the 'Override Origin Station Name with Port City' routine, when the port lookup is successful, the system executes logic to ensure that the origin station name should be overridden with the port city and the origin station state code should be overridden with the port state from the table.
Given
A return transit shipment where the manifest from station name matches a port in the GCSPORTS table
When
The port lookup is successful
Then
The origin station name should be overridden with the port city and the origin station state code should be overridden with the port state from the table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01156
Check Shipment Status
Policy Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment is being processed for customs manifest creation during the 'Check Shipment Status' routine, when the shipment has in-transit status of either transit or return and the csa indicator is currently on, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should reset the csa indicator to off, clear the importer name, clear the business number qualifier, clear the business number, and set the au importer flag to not found.
Given
A shipment is being processed for customs manifest creation
When
The shipment has in-transit status of either TRANSIT or RETURN and the CSA indicator is currently ON
Then
The system should reset the CSA indicator to OFF, clear the importer name, clear the business number qualifier, clear the business number, and set the AU importer flag to not found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01161
Keep Current Settings
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a shipment is not classified as in-transit or return movement, and the sub-location error flag is set indicating an invalid sub-location code occurs during the 'Keep Current Settings' routine, then the system must guarantee that an error message for invalid destination station sub-location code should be added to the message list.
EXCLUDING
A shipment is not classified as in-transit or return movement
When
The sub-location error flag is set indicating an invalid sub-location code
Then
An error message for invalid destination station sub-location code should be added to the message list
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01162
Sub-location Code Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a cargo manifest is being processed with destination station information, and the sub-location code field contains a value that is not spaces occurs during the 'Sub-location Code Present?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the sub-location requirements are considered met and no further validation is needed.
EXCLUDING
A cargo manifest is being processed with destination station information
When
The sub-location code field contains a value that is not spaces
Then
The sub-location requirements are considered met and no further validation is needed
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01163
CSA Indicator On?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a cargo manifest is being processed and sub-location code is not present, and the csa indicator is set to on occurs during the 'CSA Indicator On?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the sub-location requirements are considered met regardless of other conditions.
EXCLUDING
A cargo manifest is being processed and sub-location code is not present
When
The CSA indicator is set to ON
Then
The sub-location requirements are considered met regardless of other conditions
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01164
Manifest From = Manifest To AND Not IIS-A6?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a cargo manifest is being processed with csa indicator off and no sub-location code, and the manifest from station name equals the manifest to station name and the manifest to station name is not equal to 'iis-a6' occurs during the 'Manifest From = Manifest To AND Not IIS-A6?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the sub-location requirements are considered met.
EXCLUDING
A cargo manifest is being processed with CSA indicator OFF and no sub-location code
When
The manifest from station name equals the manifest to station name AND the manifest to station name is not equal to 'IIS-A6'
Then
The sub-location requirements are considered met
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01165
Destination is US?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a cargo manifest is being processed with manifest stations not equal or manifest to station is iis-a6, and the destination state/province code corresponds to a us state in the state-country lookup table occurs during the 'Destination is US?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the sub-location requirements are considered met.
EXCLUDING
A cargo manifest is being processed with manifest stations not equal or manifest to station is IIS-A6
When
The destination state/province code corresponds to a US state in the state-country lookup table
Then
The sub-location requirements are considered met
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01166
Arrival Indicator = Y?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a cargo manifest is being processed with destination not in us, and the arrival indicator field is set to 'y' occurs during the 'Arrival Indicator = Y?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the sub-location requirements are considered met.
EXCLUDING
A cargo manifest is being processed with destination not in US
When
The arrival indicator field is set to 'Y'
Then
The sub-location requirements are considered met
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01167
Sub-location Requirements Met
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a cargo manifest is being validated for sub-location requirements, and any of the following conditions are met: sub-location code is present, csa indicator is on, manifest stations are equal and not iis-a6, destination is us, or arrival indicator is y occurs during the 'Sub-location Requirements Met' routine, then the system must guarantee that the sub-location validation passes and no error flag is set.
EXCLUDING
A cargo manifest is being validated for sub-location requirements
When
Any of the following conditions are met: sub-location code is present, CSA indicator is ON, manifest stations are equal and not IIS-A6, destination is US, or arrival indicator is Y
Then
The sub-location validation passes and no error flag is set
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01168
Set Sub-location Error Flag
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a cargo manifest is being processed for sub-location validation, and sub-location code is not present and csa indicator is off and manifest stations are not equal or manifest to is iis-a6 and destination is not us and arrival indicator is not y occurs during the 'Set Sub-location Error Flag' routine, then the system must guarantee that the sub-location error flag is set to indicate validation failure.
EXCLUDING
A cargo manifest is being processed for sub-location validation
When
Sub-location code is not present AND CSA indicator is OFF AND manifest stations are not equal or manifest to is IIS-A6 AND destination is not US AND arrival indicator is not Y
Then
The sub-location error flag is set to indicate validation failure
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01169
Generate Error Message: Invalid Destination Station Sub-location Code
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo manifest has failed sub-location validation and is being processed for transit or return during the 'Generate Error Message: Invalid Destination Station Sub-location Code' routine, when the sub-location error flag is set, the system executes logic to ensure that an error message 'invalid destination station sub-location code' is generated and retrieved from the message table.
Given
A cargo manifest has failed sub-location validation and is being processed for transit or return
When
The sub-location error flag is set
Then
An error message 'Invalid Destination Station Sub-location Code' is generated and retrieved from the message table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01170
Add Error to Message Array
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a sub-location validation error message has been generated during the 'Add Error to Message Array' routine, when the error message needs to be communicated to the user, the system executes logic to ensure that the error message is added to the message array and the return status is set to error.
Given
A sub-location validation error message has been generated
When
The error message needs to be communicated to the user
Then
The error message is added to the message array and the return status is set to ERROR
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01171
Save Current Description Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo manifest with existing description data needs to be processed for description capture from related ccn during the 'Save Current Description Data' routine, when the description capture process begins, the system executes logic to ensure that the system saves the current cargo manifest record, cargo description segments, and all description array data to temporary storage for potential restoration.
Given
A cargo manifest with existing description data needs to be processed for description capture from related CCN
When
The description capture process begins
Then
The system saves the current cargo manifest record, cargo description segments, and all description array data to temporary storage for potential restoration
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01173
Retrieve Description from Source CCN
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid source ccn key is set for description retrieval during the 'Retrieve Description from Source CCN' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve description data from the source ccn, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls gccccio2 program with fetch all segments flag to retrieve cargo description records including gcsccrt, gcsccs52, gcsccs53, gcsccs54, gcsccs55, and gcsccs56 segments.
Given
A valid source CCN key is set for description retrieval
When
The system attempts to retrieve description data from the source CCN
Then
The system calls GCCCCIO2 program with fetch all segments flag to retrieve cargo description records including GCSCCRT, GCSCCS52, GCSCCS53, GCSCCS54, GCSCCS55, and GCSCCS56 segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01175
Extract Description Components
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming description data has been successfully retrieved from the source ccn during the 'Extract Description Components' routine, when the system processes the retrieved description data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system moves the first cargo description segment to gcsccs53 and the first description array element to gcsccs55, then extracts lading description and all cargo data elements from the description arrays into working storage.
Given
Description data has been successfully retrieved from the source CCN
When
The system processes the retrieved description data
Then
The system moves the first cargo description segment to GCSCCS53 and the first description array element to GCSCCS55, then extracts lading description and all cargo data elements from the description arrays into working storage
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01181
Update Current Description Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming description data has been successfully enhanced and compressed during the 'Update Current Description Data' routine, when the system updates the current description data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system moves the compressed description to the lading description field and updates all cargo data array elements with the compressed description segments.
Given
Description data has been successfully enhanced and compressed
When
The system updates the current description data
Then
The system moves the compressed description to the lading description field and updates all cargo data array elements with the compressed description segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01182
Restore Original Data on Error
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming description retrieval from source ccn has failed and original data was previously saved during the 'Restore Original Data on Error' routine, when the system handles the retrieval failure, the system executes logic to ensure that the system restores the saved cargo manifest record, cargo description segments, and clears all description array elements, then restores the saved description array data.
Given
Description retrieval from source CCN has failed and original data was previously saved
When
The system handles the retrieval failure
Then
The system restores the saved cargo manifest record, cargo description segments, and clears all description array elements, then restores the saved description array data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01183
Save Current Description Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo manifest is being processed for transit description enhancement during the 'Save Current Description Data' routine, when the system begins the transit description enhancement process, the system executes logic to ensure that the current manifest data (gcsccrt), commodity segment data (gcsccs52), and all cargo description segments (gcsccs53 array) are saved to working storage variables for potential restoration.
Given
A cargo manifest is being processed for transit description enhancement
When
The system begins the transit description enhancement process
Then
The current manifest data (GCSCCRT), commodity segment data (GCSCCS52), and all cargo description segments (GCSCCS53 array) are saved to working storage variables for potential restoration
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01184
Retrieve Description from Related CCN
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a related ccn is specified for description enhancement during the 'Retrieve Description from Related CCN' routine, when the system needs to retrieve description data from the related ccn, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls gccccio2 to fetch all segments (gcsccs00, gcsccrt, gcsccs52, gcsccs53, gcsccs54, gcsccs55, gcsccs56) from the specified ccn using gu function with fetch-all option.
Given
A related CCN is specified for description enhancement
When
The system needs to retrieve description data from the related CCN
Then
The system calls GCCCCIO2 to fetch all segments (GCSCCS00, GCSCCRT, GCSCCS52, GCSCCS53, GCSCCS54, GCSCCS55, GCSCCS56) from the specified CCN using GU function with fetch-all option
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01186
Extract Commodity Description
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming description data has been successfully retrieved from a related ccn during the 'Extract Commodity Description' routine, when the system processes the retrieved data, the system executes logic to ensure that the lading description is moved from gccc-lading-description to the description work area, and all 46 cargo data segments are moved from ws-gcsccs53-cargo-data array to the description database work area.
Given
Description data has been successfully retrieved from a related CCN
When
The system processes the retrieved data
Then
The lading description is moved from GCCC-LADING-DESCRIPTION to the description work area, and all 46 cargo data segments are moved from WS-GCSCCS53-CARGO-DATA array to the description database work area
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01191
Update Cargo Description Fields
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the enhanced description has been successfully compressed during the 'Update Cargo Description Fields' routine, when the system updates the cargo manifest fields, the system executes logic to ensure that the compressed description is moved from the work area to gccc-lading-description, and all 46 cargo data segments are moved from the description work area to ws-gcsccs53-cargo-data array.
Given
The enhanced description has been successfully compressed
When
The system updates the cargo manifest fields
Then
The compressed description is moved from the work area to GCCC-LADING-DESCRIPTION, and all 46 cargo data segments are moved from the description work area to WS-GCSCCS53-CARGO-DATA array
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01192
Restore Original Data if Error
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the description enhancement process has failed (gcwccio2-error-num is not spaces), and the system needs to handle the enhancement failure occurs during the 'Restore Original Data if Error' routine, then the system must guarantee that the original manifest data is restored from working storage: ws-save-gcsccrt to gcsccrt, ws-save-gcsccs52 to gcsccs52, and all 46 saved cargo description segments are restored to ws-gcsccs53-data array.
EXCLUDING
The description enhancement process has failed (GCWCCIO2-ERROR-NUM is not SPACES)
When
The system needs to handle the enhancement failure
Then
The original manifest data is restored from working storage: WS-SAVE-GCSCCRT to GCSCCRT, WS-SAVE-GCSCCS52 to GCSCCS52, and all 46 saved cargo description segments are restored to WS-GCSCCS53-DATA array
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01197
Apply Broker Data Override
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming broker data is found and override flag equals 'y' during the 'Apply Broker Data Override' routine, when the system processes the broker override, the system executes logic to ensure that the system applies the broker name and manifest-to station information from crossing table unconditionally.
Given
Broker data is found and override flag equals 'Y'
When
The system processes the broker override
Then
The system applies the broker name and manifest-to station information from crossing table unconditionally
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01198
Apply Broker Data
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If broker data is found and override flag is not 'y', and the existing broker name is spaces, 'unknown', or 'not-req' occurs during the 'Apply Broker Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system applies the broker name and manifest-to station information from crossing table.
EXCLUDING
Broker data is found and override flag is not 'Y'
When
The existing broker name is spaces, 'UNKNOWN', or 'NOT-REQ'
Then
The system applies the broker name and manifest-to station information from crossing table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01200
Update Manifest-To Station if Provided
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming broker data has been applied and contains a non-empty canadian manifest-to station value during the 'Update Manifest-To Station if Provided' routine, when the system processes the manifest-to station update, the system executes logic to ensure that the system updates the manifest-to station name, canadian customs code, station number, and call letters from the mc table lookup.
Given
Broker data has been applied and contains a non-empty Canadian manifest-to station value
When
The system processes the manifest-to station update
Then
The system updates the manifest-to station name, Canadian customs code, station number, and call letters from the MC table lookup
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01201
Validate Canadian Customs Code
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest-to station has been specified by broker data during the 'Validate Canadian Customs Code' routine, when the system looks up the station in the mc table and retrieves the canadian customs code, the system executes logic to ensure that the system validates that the canadian customs code is not '00000' (invalid default).
Given
A manifest-to station has been specified by broker data
When
The system looks up the station in the MC table and retrieves the Canadian customs code
Then
The system validates that the Canadian customs code is not '00000' (invalid default)
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01202
Set Manifest-To Station Information
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the canadian customs code for broker manifest station is valid (not '00000') during the 'Set Manifest-To Station Information' routine, when the system processes the manifest station update, the system executes logic to ensure that the system updates manifest-to station code, destination station number, and batch print call letters.
Given
The Canadian customs code for broker manifest station is valid (not '00000')
When
The system processes the manifest station update
Then
The system updates manifest-to station code, destination station number, and batch print call letters
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01203
Generate Error for Invalid Customs Code
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the canadian customs code for broker manifest station equals '00000' during the 'Generate Error for Invalid Customs Code' routine, when the system validates the customs code, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates an error message indicating invalid manifest port canadian customs code.
Given
The Canadian customs code for broker manifest station equals '00000'
When
The system validates the customs code
Then
The system generates an error message indicating invalid manifest port Canadian customs code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01204
Move Broker Name from Crossing Table
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming broker data has been successfully retrieved from the crossing table during the 'Move Broker Name from Crossing Table' routine, when the system processes the broker information, the system executes logic to ensure that the broker name from the crossing table is assigned to the customs manifest broker name field.
Given
Broker data has been successfully retrieved from the crossing table
When
The system processes the broker information
Then
The broker name from the crossing table is assigned to the customs manifest broker name field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01205
Manifest-To Station from Crossing Table Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming broker data has been retrieved from the crossing table during the 'Manifest-To Station from Crossing Table Available?' routine, when the system checks for manifest-to station override information, the system executes logic to ensure that if the canadian manifest-to field is not spaces, proceed with manifest-to station processing, otherwise skip manifest-to station updates.
Given
Broker data has been retrieved from the crossing table
When
The system checks for manifest-to station override information
Then
If the Canadian manifest-to field is not spaces, proceed with manifest-to station processing, otherwise skip manifest-to station updates
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01206
Reset Error Flags
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the crossing table contains manifest-to station information during the 'Reset Error Flags' routine, when the system begins processing the manifest-to station override, the system executes logic to ensure that all three manifest-to error flags (error-1, error-2, error-3) are set to off status.
Given
The crossing table contains manifest-to station information
When
The system begins processing the manifest-to station override
Then
All three manifest-to error flags (error-1, error-2, error-3) are set to OFF status
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01207
Set Manifest-To Station Name
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the crossing table contains a valid manifest-to station specification during the 'Set Manifest-To Station Name' routine, when the system processes the manifest-to station override, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest-to station name is updated with the canadian manifest-to value from the crossing table.
Given
The crossing table contains a valid manifest-to station specification
When
The system processes the manifest-to station override
Then
The manifest-to station name is updated with the Canadian manifest-to value from the crossing table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01208
Lookup Manifest-To Station in MC Table
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest-to station name has been specified from the crossing table during the 'Lookup Manifest-To Station in MC Table' routine, when the system validates the manifest-to station, the system executes logic to ensure that the mc table is queried using the manifest-to station name to retrieve station details.
Given
A manifest-to station name has been specified from the crossing table
When
The system validates the manifest-to station
Then
The MC table is queried using the manifest-to station name to retrieve station details
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01209
MC Table Lookup Successful?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest-to station lookup has been attempted in the mc table during the 'MC Table Lookup Successful?' routine, when the mc table lookup is unsuccessful, the system executes logic to ensure that clear the mc table segment data and set error flag 3 to on with the station name saved for error reporting.
Given
A manifest-to station lookup has been attempted in the MC table
When
The MC table lookup is unsuccessful
Then
Clear the MC table segment data and set error flag 3 to ON with the station name saved for error reporting
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01210
Validate Canadian Customs Code
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming station information has been successfully retrieved from the mc table during the 'Validate Canadian Customs Code' routine, when the system validates the canadian customs code, the system executes logic to ensure that if the canadian customs code equals '00000', clear the mc table segment data and set error flag 2 to on with the station name saved for error reporting.
Given
Station information has been successfully retrieved from the MC table
When
The system validates the Canadian customs code
Then
If the Canadian customs code equals '00000', clear the MC table segment data and set error flag 2 to ON with the station name saved for error reporting
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01211
Set Station Information
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming valid station information exists in the mc table with a valid canadian customs code during the 'Set Station Information' routine, when the system processes the station information, the system executes logic to ensure that the canadian customs code is assigned to the manifest-to station code, the station number is assigned to the destination station number fields, and the call letters are assigned to the batch print call letters.
Given
Valid station information exists in the MC table with a valid Canadian customs code
When
The system processes the station information
Then
The Canadian customs code is assigned to the manifest-to station code, the station number is assigned to the destination station number fields, and the call letters are assigned to the batch print call letters
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01212
Check and Report Manifest-To Errors
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming manifest-to station processing has been completed during the 'Check and Report Manifest-To Errors' routine, when the system checks for any manifest-to related errors, the system executes logic to ensure that if error flag 1 is on, generate invalid manifest upon error message; if error flag 2 is on, generate invalid canadian customs code error message with station name; if error flag 3 is on, generate invalid manifest port mc error message with station name.
Given
Manifest-to station processing has been completed
When
The system checks for any manifest-to related errors
Then
If error flag 1 is ON, generate invalid manifest upon error message; if error flag 2 is ON, generate invalid Canadian customs code error message with station name; if error flag 3 is ON, generate invalid manifest port MC error message with station name
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01219
Update Origin Station Name from Port
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment has action code 'rt' (return) and manifest from station name exists in the port city state table during the 'Update Origin Station Name from Port' routine, when the origin station information is being updated, the system executes logic to ensure that the origin station name should be set to the corresponding port city from the lookup table.
Given
A shipment has action code 'RT' (Return) and manifest from station name exists in the port city state table
When
The origin station information is being updated
Then
The origin station name should be set to the corresponding port city from the lookup table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01220
Update Origin Station State from Port
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment has action code 'rt' (return) and manifest from station name exists in the port city state table during the 'Update Origin Station State from Port' routine, when the origin station state information is being updated, the system executes logic to ensure that the origin station state code should be set to the corresponding port state from the lookup table.
Given
A shipment has action code 'RT' (Return) and manifest from station name exists in the port city state table
When
The origin station state information is being updated
Then
The origin station state code should be set to the corresponding port state from the lookup table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01230
AU Table Record Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the au table lookup service has been executed during the 'AU Table Record Found?' routine, when the lookup result is evaluated, the system executes logic to ensure that if the lookup is successful, the au table data should be loaded into the working segment, otherwise the au table data should be cleared to spaces.
Given
The AU table lookup service has been executed
When
The lookup result is evaluated
Then
If the lookup is successful, the AU table data should be loaded into the working segment, otherwise the AU table data should be cleared to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01231
Origin Country = 'MX'?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the origin country determination process is running during the 'Origin Country = 'MX'?' routine, when the current origin country value is evaluated, the system executes logic to ensure that if the origin country is 'mx' (mexico), the process should exit immediately and keep the mexico designation without further state-country validation.
Given
The origin country determination process is running
When
The current origin country value is evaluated
Then
If the origin country is 'MX' (Mexico), the process should exit immediately and keep the Mexico designation without further state-country validation
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01233
Check for Valid EDI BOL
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a waybill processing request is initiated, and the system checks for valid edi bol data by verifying origin road number is not zero and retrieving shipment mining segment e1 occurs during the 'Check for Valid EDI BOL' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system sets edi bol availability status and extracts edi bol key if data is found.
EXCLUDING
A waybill processing request is initiated
When
The system checks for valid EDI BOL data by verifying origin road number is not zero and retrieving shipment mining segment E1
Then
The system sets EDI BOL availability status and extracts EDI BOL key if data is found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01234
Initialize Weight and Quantity Counters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming valid edi bol data is available for processing during the 'Initialize Weight and Quantity Counters' routine, when the system begins commodity quantity processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets commodity weight counter and number of units counter to zero.
Given
Valid EDI BOL data is available for processing
When
The system begins commodity quantity processing
Then
The system sets commodity weight counter and number of units counter to zero
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01235
Get EBSBCCM Commodity Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data is available and commodity sequence counter is set during the 'Get EBSBCCM Commodity Segment' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve ebsbccm commodity segment using edi bol key and sequence number, the system executes logic to ensure that the system returns commodity segment data if found or sets not found status if invalid edi bol or segment does not exist.
Given
EDI BOL data is available and commodity sequence counter is set
When
The system attempts to retrieve EBSBCCM commodity segment using EDI BOL key and sequence number
Then
The system returns commodity segment data if found or sets not found status if invalid EDI BOL or segment does not exist
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01236
Add Lading Quantity to Total
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a commodity segment is successfully retrieved from edi bol data during the 'Add Lading Quantity to Total' routine, when the system processes the commodity segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system adds the lading quantity from the segment to the total number of units counter.
Given
A commodity segment is successfully retrieved from EDI BOL data
When
The system processes the commodity segment
Then
The system adds the lading quantity from the segment to the total number of units counter
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01237
Get EBSBCCR Weight Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the current commodity segment is the first segment in the sequence during the 'Get EBSBCCR Weight Segment' routine, when the system processes the first commodity segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system attempts to retrieve the corresponding ebsbccr weight segment using edi bol key and commodity type cr with sequence cr001.
Given
The current commodity segment is the first segment in the sequence
When
The system processes the first commodity segment
Then
The system attempts to retrieve the corresponding EBSBCCR weight segment using EDI BOL key and commodity type CR with sequence CR001
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01238
Extract Total Weight
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming ebsbccr weight segment is successfully retrieved for the first commodity during the 'Extract Total Weight' routine, when the system processes the weight segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts the n7 weight value and assigns it to the commodity weight counter.
Given
EBSBCCR weight segment is successfully retrieved for the first commodity
When
The system processes the weight segment
Then
The system extracts the N7 weight value and assigns it to the commodity weight counter
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01239
Set Weight to Zero
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If ebsbccr weight segment is not found for the first commodity, and the system attempts to process weight information occurs during the 'Set Weight to Zero' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system sets the commodity weight counter to zero.
EXCLUDING
EBSBCCR weight segment is not found for the first commodity
When
The system attempts to process weight information
Then
The system sets the commodity weight counter to zero
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01241
Set Quantity Qualifier from Lading Data
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a commodity segment is being processed from edi data during the 'Set Quantity Qualifier from Lading Data' routine, when the system extracts quantity information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system assigns the lading quantity qualifier from the commodity segment to the customs quantity qualifier.
Given
A commodity segment is being processed from EDI data
When
The system extracts quantity information
Then
The system assigns the lading quantity qualifier from the commodity segment to the customs quantity qualifier
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01242
Use Fastway SHIPCOMM Data as Fallback
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi commodity processing results in both weight and quantity being zero during the 'Use Fastway SHIPCOMM Data as Fallback' routine, when the system needs commodity data for customs processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the system initiates fastway shipcomm data retrieval as fallback source.
Given
EDI commodity processing results in both weight and quantity being zero
When
The system needs commodity data for customs processing
Then
The system initiates Fastway SHIPCOMM data retrieval as fallback source
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01243
Get First SHIPCOMM Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming fastway data is being used as fallback for commodity information during the 'Get First SHIPCOMM Segment' routine, when the system retrieves the first shipcomm segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls fwcwbio with gu function to get the first shipcomm segment and sets found status based on result.
Given
Fastway data is being used as fallback for commodity information
When
The system retrieves the first SHIPCOMM segment
Then
The system calls FWCWBIO with GU function to get the first SHIPCOMM segment and sets found status based on result
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01244
Add SHIPCOMM Quantities and Weights
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipcomm segment is successfully retrieved during the 'Add SHIPCOMM Quantities and Weights' routine, when the system processes the shipcomm data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system adds number of units to quantity counter and adds appropriate weight (metric or standard) to weight counter based on metric indicator.
Given
A SHIPCOMM segment is successfully retrieved
When
The system processes the SHIPCOMM data
Then
The system adds number of units to quantity counter and adds appropriate weight (metric or standard) to weight counter based on metric indicator
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01246
Get Next SHIPCOMM Segments
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the first shipcomm segment has been processed successfully during the 'Get Next SHIPCOMM Segments' routine, when the system continues processing additional shipcomm segments, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls fwcwbio with gn function to get next shipcomm segments until no more segments are found.
Given
The first SHIPCOMM segment has been processed successfully
When
The system continues processing additional SHIPCOMM segments
Then
The system calls FWCWBIO with GN function to get next SHIPCOMM segments until no more segments are found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01250
Check for Valid EDI BOL
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a waybill processing request is initiated, and the system checks for edi bol availability by verifying origin road number is not zero occurs during the 'Check for Valid EDI BOL' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should set edi bol validity flag and extract bol key from shipment mining data if available.
EXCLUDING
A waybill processing request is initiated
When
The system checks for EDI BOL availability by verifying origin road number is not zero
Then
The system should set EDI BOL validity flag and extract BOL key from shipment mining data if available
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01251
Initialize Weight Counters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming valid edi bol data is available for processing during the 'Initialize Weight Counters' routine, when the system begins weight extraction process, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should initialize commodity weight counter and number of units counter to zero.
Given
Valid EDI BOL data is available for processing
When
The system begins weight extraction process
Then
The system should initialize commodity weight counter and number of units counter to zero
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01252
Get EBSBCCM Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol key is available and sequence counter is set during the 'Get EBSBCCM Segment' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve ebsbccm commodity segment using edi bol key and cm type with sequence number, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should return commodity segment data if found or set not-found flag if segment does not exist.
Given
EDI BOL key is available and sequence counter is set
When
The system attempts to retrieve EBSBCCM commodity segment using EDI BOL key and CM type with sequence number
Then
The system should return commodity segment data if found or set not-found flag if segment does not exist
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01253
Add Lading Quantity to Total
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a commodity segment is successfully retrieved from edi bol during the 'Add Lading Quantity to Total' routine, when the system processes the commodity segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should add the lading quantity from l0-lading-qty field to the total units counter.
Given
A commodity segment is successfully retrieved from EDI BOL
When
The system processes the commodity segment data
Then
The system should add the lading quantity from L0-LADING-QTY field to the total units counter
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01254
Get EBSBCCR Weight Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the first commodity segment is being processed during the 'Get EBSBCCR Weight Segment' routine, when the system needs to extract weight information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should retrieve ebsbccr weight segment using edi bol key with cr type and cr001 dependent key.
Given
The first commodity segment is being processed
When
The system needs to extract weight information
Then
The system should retrieve EBSBCCR weight segment using EDI BOL key with CR type and CR001 dependent key
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01255
Extract Total Weight from N7-WEIGHT
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming ebsbccr weight segment is successfully retrieved during the 'Extract Total Weight from N7-WEIGHT' routine, when the system processes the weight segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should extract the weight value from n7-weight field and assign it to commodity weight counter.
Given
EBSBCCR weight segment is successfully retrieved
When
The system processes the weight segment data
Then
The system should extract the weight value from N7-WEIGHT field and assign it to commodity weight counter
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01256
Set Weight to Zero
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming ebsbccr weight segment retrieval fails during the 'Set Weight to Zero' routine, when the system cannot find weight data for the commodity segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set the commodity weight counter to zero.
Given
EBSBCCR weight segment retrieval fails
When
The system cannot find weight data for the commodity segment
Then
The system should set the commodity weight counter to zero
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01257
Determine Weight Unit from Metric Indicator
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming weight data has been extracted from the first commodity segment during the 'Determine Weight Unit from Metric Indicator' routine, when the system checks the metric indicator from shipment root data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set weight unit to kg if metric indicator is m or l, otherwise set weight unit to lb.
Given
Weight data has been extracted from the first commodity segment
When
The system checks the metric indicator from shipment root data
Then
The system should set weight unit to KG if metric indicator is M or L, otherwise set weight unit to LB
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01258
Set Quantity Qualifier from Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the first commodity segment is being processed during the 'Set Quantity Qualifier from Segment' routine, when the system extracts quantity information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should assign the lading quantity qualifier from l0-lading-qty-qual field to the customs record.
Given
The first commodity segment is being processed
When
The system extracts quantity information
Then
The system should assign the lading quantity qualifier from L0-LADING-QTY-QUAL field to the customs record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01259
Use Fastway SHIPCOMM Data as Fallback
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol processing results in zero weight and zero quantity during the 'Use Fastway SHIPCOMM Data as Fallback' routine, when the system needs weight and quantity data for customs processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should retrieve weight and quantity from fastway shipcomm segments and set quantity qualifier to pcs.
Given
EDI BOL processing results in zero weight and zero quantity
When
The system needs weight and quantity data for customs processing
Then
The system should retrieve weight and quantity from Fastway SHIPCOMM segments and set quantity qualifier to PCS
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01260
Validate Final Weight Value
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming weight processing is complete from either edi bol or fastway data during the 'Validate Final Weight Value' routine, when the system validates the final calculated weight, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should use the calculated weight if greater than zero, otherwise set default weight to 1.
Given
Weight processing is complete from either EDI BOL or Fastway data
When
The system validates the final calculated weight
Then
The system should use the calculated weight if greater than zero, otherwise set default weight to 1
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01263
Check EDI BOL Data Availability
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a waybill processing request is initiated during the 'Check EDI BOL Data Availability' routine, when the system needs to retrieve weight and quantity information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should first check if edi bol data is available by validating the origin road number and retrieving the edi bol key.
Given
A waybill processing request is initiated
When
The system needs to retrieve weight and quantity information
Then
The system should first check if EDI BOL data is available by validating the origin road number and retrieving the EDI BOL key
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01264
EDI BOL Weight/Quantity Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data availability has been checked during the 'EDI BOL Weight/Quantity Found?' routine, when weight and quantity data is found in edi bol records, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should use edi bol commodity and weight data for processing.
Given
EDI BOL data availability has been checked
When
Weight and quantity data is found in EDI BOL records
Then
The system should use EDI BOL commodity and weight data for processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01265
Initialize Fastway Data Retrieval
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol weight and quantity data is not available or equals zero, and the system needs to obtain commodity weight and quantity information occurs during the 'Initialize Fastway Data Retrieval' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should initialize fastway shipcomm data retrieval and set the get function to 'gu' for first record retrieval.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL weight and quantity data is not available or equals zero
When
The system needs to obtain commodity weight and quantity information
Then
The system should initialize Fastway SHIPCOMM data retrieval and set the get function to 'GU' for first record retrieval
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01273
Quantity Qualifier Empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment record is being processed for customs manifest creation during the 'Quantity Qualifier Empty?' routine, when the quantity qualifier field is empty or contains only spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates a required field error message and adds it to the error collection.
Given
A shipment record is being processed for customs manifest creation
When
The quantity qualifier field is empty or contains only spaces
Then
The system generates a required field error message and adds it to the error collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01275
Generate Not Found Error
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a shipment record has a quantity qualifier that does not exist in the mu reference table, and the lookup operation fails to find a matching record occurs during the 'Generate Not Found Error' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system generates a 'not found on mu table' error message and adds it to the error collection.
EXCLUDING
A shipment record has a quantity qualifier that does not exist in the MU reference table
When
The lookup operation fails to find a matching record
Then
The system generates a 'not found on MU table' error message and adds it to the error collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01276
Initialize Shipper Record Structure
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a new shipper record needs to be created for customs manifest during the 'Initialize Shipper Record Structure' routine, when the system begins building shipper information, the system executes logic to ensure that the record is initialized with ccn key, record type '55', and sequence '0001'.
Given
A new shipper record needs to be created for customs manifest
When
The system begins building shipper information
Then
The record is initialized with CCN key, record type '55', and sequence '0001'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01278
Check EDI BOL HN Segment Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipper record is being built for customs manifest during the 'Check EDI BOL HN Segment Available?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol hn segment availability, the system executes logic to ensure that if edi bol hn segment is found, use edi data; otherwise use fastway data as fallback.
Given
A shipper record is being built for customs manifest
When
The system checks for EDI BOL HN segment availability
Then
If EDI BOL HN segment is found, use EDI data; otherwise use Fastway data as fallback
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01279
Extract Shipper Name from EDI BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol hn segment is available with shipper information during the 'Extract Shipper Name from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes edi shipper data, the system executes logic to ensure that shipper name is extracted to n102 field, chop code to sc301 field, and entity id is set to 'sh'.
Given
EDI BOL HN segment is available with shipper information
When
The system processes EDI shipper data
Then
Shipper name is extracted to N102 field, CHOP code to SC301 field, and entity ID is set to 'SH'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01280
Check EDI BOL HA Address Segment?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming shipper identity has been extracted from edi bol during the 'Check EDI BOL HA Address Segment?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol ha address segment, the system executes logic to ensure that if ha segment is found, extract address from edi; otherwise use fastway address data.
Given
Shipper identity has been extracted from EDI BOL
When
The system checks for EDI BOL HA address segment
Then
If HA segment is found, extract address from EDI; otherwise use Fastway address data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01281
Extract Address from EDI BOL HA Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol ha address segment is available during the 'Extract Address from EDI BOL HA Segment' routine, when the system processes edi address data, the system executes logic to ensure that address line 1 is extracted to n301 field and address line 2 to n302 field.
Given
EDI BOL HA address segment is available
When
The system processes EDI address data
Then
Address line 1 is extracted to N301 field and address line 2 to N302 field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01282
Use Fastway Shipper Address Data
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol ha address segment is not available, and the system needs shipper address information occurs during the 'Use Fastway Shipper Address Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that address line 1 is extracted from fastway shipper address field 1, and if blank, 'na' is used as default.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL HA address segment is not available
When
The system needs shipper address information
Then
Address line 1 is extracted from Fastway shipper address field 1, and if blank, 'NA' is used as default
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01283
Check EDI BOL HC City/State Segment?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming shipper address information has been processed during the 'Check EDI BOL HC City/State Segment?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol hc city/state segment, the system executes logic to ensure that if hc segment is found, extract city/state from edi; otherwise parse fastway address data.
Given
Shipper address information has been processed
When
The system checks for EDI BOL HC city/state segment
Then
If HC segment is found, extract city/state from EDI; otherwise parse Fastway address data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01284
Extract City/State/Postal from EDI BOL HC
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol hc city/state segment is available during the 'Extract City/State/Postal from EDI BOL HC' routine, when the system processes edi city/state data, the system executes logic to ensure that city name is extracted to n401 field, state code to n402 field, postal code to n403 field, and country code to n404 field.
Given
EDI BOL HC city/state segment is available
When
The system processes EDI city/state data
Then
City name is extracted to N401 field, state code to N402 field, postal code to N403 field, and country code to N404 field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01285
Parse Fastway Address for City/State/Postal
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol hc segment is not available and fastway address data exists, and the system parses fastway address field 2 occurs during the 'Parse Fastway Address for City/State/Postal' routine, then the system must guarantee that city name, state code, and postal code are extracted and assigned to respective n4 segment fields.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL HC segment is not available and Fastway address data exists
When
The system parses Fastway address field 2
Then
City name, state code, and postal code are extracted and assigned to respective N4 segment fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01287
Check EDI BOL GP Contact Segment?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming shipper geographic information has been processed during the 'Check EDI BOL GP Contact Segment?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol gp contact segment, the system executes logic to ensure that if gp segment is found, extract contact information; otherwise proceed to validation.
Given
Shipper geographic information has been processed
When
The system checks for EDI BOL GP contact segment
Then
If GP segment is found, extract contact information; otherwise proceed to validation
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01288
Extract Contact Information from EDI BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol gp contact segment is available during the 'Extract Contact Information from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes edi contact data, the system executes logic to ensure that contact function code is extracted to per01 field, contact name to per02 field, communication qualifier to per03 field, and communication number to per04 field.
Given
EDI BOL GP contact segment is available
When
The system processes EDI contact data
Then
Contact function code is extracted to PER01 field, contact name to PER02 field, communication qualifier to PER03 field, and communication number to PER04 field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01289
Use Fastway Shipper Data as Fallback
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol hn segment is not found or not available, and the system needs to build shipper record occurs during the 'Use Fastway Shipper Data as Fallback' routine, then the system must guarantee that shipper information is extracted from fastway shipment root data including name, chop code, and address.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL HN segment is not found or not available
When
The system needs to build shipper record
Then
Shipper information is extracted from Fastway shipment root data including name, CHOP code, and address
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01290
Extract Shipper Name from Fastway
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol data is not available and fastway data is being used, and the system processes fastway shipper information occurs during the 'Extract Shipper Name from Fastway' routine, then the system must guarantee that shipper chop is extracted to sc301 field, entity id is set to 'sh', and shipper name is extracted to n102 field.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL data is not available and Fastway data is being used
When
The system processes Fastway shipper information
Then
Shipper CHOP is extracted to SC301 field, entity ID is set to 'SH', and shipper name is extracted to N102 field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01292
Parse Fastway City/State Information
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming fastway address data is being processed for geographic information during the 'Parse Fastway City/State Information' routine, when the system parses shipper address field 2, the system executes logic to ensure that city name is extracted to n401 field, state code to n402 field, postal code to n403 field, and country code is determined via state lookup.
Given
Fastway address data is being processed for geographic information
When
The system parses shipper address field 2
Then
City name is extracted to N401 field, state code to N402 field, postal code to N403 field, and country code is determined via state lookup
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01293
Validate Shipper Record Data
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming shipper record data has been extracted from either edi or fastway sources during the 'Validate Shipper Record Data' routine, when the system validates shipper record completeness, the system executes logic to ensure that all required fields are checked for presence and validity according to customs manifest requirements.
Given
Shipper record data has been extracted from either EDI or Fastway sources
When
The system validates shipper record completeness
Then
All required fields are checked for presence and validity according to customs manifest requirements
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01294
Store Shipper Record in Array Position 1
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming shipper record has been built and validated successfully during the 'Store Shipper Record in Array Position 1' routine, when the system stores the shipper record, the system executes logic to ensure that the complete shipper record is stored in array position 1 of the customs manifest record collection.
Given
Shipper record has been built and validated successfully
When
The system stores the shipper record
Then
The complete shipper record is stored in array position 1 of the customs manifest record collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01296
Search for EDI BOL Consignee Data
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol key exists for the shipment during the 'Search for EDI BOL Consignee Data' routine, when the system searches for consignee data in edi bol, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves consignee segment 'cn' with sequence '01' from edi bol data.
Given
An EDI BOL key exists for the shipment
When
The system searches for consignee data in EDI BOL
Then
The system retrieves consignee segment 'CN' with sequence '01' from EDI BOL data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01297
Extract Consignee Name from EDI BOL
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol consignee segment is found during the 'Extract Consignee Name from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes the consignee segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets entity id to 'cn', extracts shipper name as consignee name, and extracts consignee chop code.
Given
EDI BOL consignee segment is found
When
The system processes the consignee segment data
Then
The system sets entity ID to 'CN', extracts shipper name as consignee name, and extracts consignee CHOP code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01298
Search for EDI BOL Address Data
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol consignee data exists during the 'Search for EDI BOL Address Data' routine, when the system searches for address information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves address segment 'ca' with sequence '01' for the consignee.
Given
EDI BOL consignee data exists
When
The system searches for address information
Then
The system retrieves address segment 'CA' with sequence '01' for the consignee
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01299
Extract Address from EDI BOL
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol address segment is found during the 'Extract Address from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes the address segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts additional name/address line 1 and additional name/address line 2 from the edi bol data.
Given
EDI BOL address segment is found
When
The system processes the address segment
Then
The system extracts additional name/address line 1 and additional name/address line 2 from the EDI BOL data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01300
Use Fastway Address Data
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol address segment is not found, and the system needs address information for consignee occurs during the 'Use Fastway Address Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system uses consignee address from fastway shipment root data element 3.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL address segment is not found
When
The system needs address information for consignee
Then
The system uses consignee address from Fastway shipment root data element 3
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01301
Search for EDI BOL City/State Data
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol consignee data exists during the 'Search for EDI BOL City/State Data' routine, when the system searches for city/state information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves city/state segment 'cc' with sequence '01' for the consignee.
Given
EDI BOL consignee data exists
When
The system searches for city/state information
Then
The system retrieves city/state segment 'CC' with sequence '01' for the consignee
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01302
Extract City/State/Postal from EDI BOL
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol city/state segment is found during the 'Extract City/State/Postal from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes the city/state segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code from the edi bol data.
Given
EDI BOL city/state segment is found
When
The system processes the city/state segment
Then
The system extracts city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code from the EDI BOL data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01303
Use Fastway City/State Data
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol city/state segment is not found, and the system needs geographic information for consignee occurs during the 'Use Fastway City/State Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system parses city name, state/province code, postal code, and determines country code from fastway consignee data element 4.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL city/state segment is not found
When
The system needs geographic information for consignee
Then
The system parses city name, state/province code, postal code, and determines country code from Fastway consignee data element 4
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01304
Search for EDI BOL Contact Data
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol consignee data exists during the 'Search for EDI BOL Contact Data' routine, when the system searches for contact information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves contact segment 'gp' with sequence '01' for the consignee.
Given
EDI BOL consignee data exists
When
The system searches for contact information
Then
The system retrieves contact segment 'GP' with sequence '01' for the consignee
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01305
Extract Contact Information from EDI BOL
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol contact segment is found during the 'Extract Contact Information from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes the contact segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts contact function code, contact name, communication number qualifier, and communication number from the edi bol data.
Given
EDI BOL contact segment is found
When
The system processes the contact segment
Then
The system extracts contact function code, contact name, communication number qualifier, and communication number from the EDI BOL data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01306
Use Fastway Consignee Data
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol consignee segment is not found, and the system needs consignee information occurs during the 'Use Fastway Consignee Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system sets entity id to 'cn', uses consignee chop code, and extracts consignee name from fastway shipment root data element 1.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL consignee segment is not found
When
The system needs consignee information
Then
The system sets entity ID to 'CN', uses consignee CHOP code, and extracts consignee name from Fastway shipment root data element 1
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01310
Build SF Stuffer Entity Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data is available for processing during the 'Build SF Stuffer Entity Segment' routine, when sf entity data is found in edi bol segments with entity type 'pn', the system executes logic to ensure that extract sf entity name, address, city, state, postal code, country code and contact information to create sf segment with entity id 'sf'.
Given
EDI BOL data is available for processing
When
SF entity data is found in EDI BOL segments with entity type 'PN'
Then
Extract SF entity name, address, city, state, postal code, country code and contact information to create SF segment with entity ID 'SF'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01311
Build UC Ultimate Consignee Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data is available for processing during the 'Build UC Ultimate Consignee Segment' routine, when uc entity data is found in edi bol segments with entity type 'un', the system executes logic to ensure that extract uc entity name, address, city, state, postal code, country code and contact information to create uc segment with entity id 'uc', defaulting address to 'na' if not provided.
Given
EDI BOL data is available for processing
When
UC entity data is found in EDI BOL segments with entity type 'UN'
Then
Extract UC entity name, address, city, state, postal code, country code and contact information to create UC segment with entity ID 'UC', defaulting address to 'NA' if not provided
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01312
Build BN Beneficial Owner Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data is available for processing and organization id is set to 'bn' during the 'Build BN Beneficial Owner Segment' routine, when bn entity data is found in edi bol segments with entity type 'bn', the system executes logic to ensure that extract bn entity name from u1-name field, address from bt segments, city/state/postal/country from by segments to create bn segment with entity id 'bn', defaulting address to 'na' if not provided.
Given
EDI BOL data is available for processing and organization ID is set to 'BN'
When
BN entity data is found in EDI BOL segments with entity type 'BN'
Then
Extract BN entity name from U1-NAME field, address from BT segments, city/state/postal/country from BY segments to create BN segment with entity ID 'BN', defaulting address to 'NA' if not provided
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01313
Build C1 Carrier Entity Segment
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data is available for processing and organization id is set to 'c1' during the 'Build C1 Carrier Entity Segment' routine, when c1 entity data is found in edi bol transportation segments or consignee data code in fastway equals 'c', the system executes logic to ensure that extract c1 entity information from edi tn/t2/ta/t3 segments or from fastway consignee data to create c1 segment with entity id 'c1', including name, address, city, state, postal code, country and contact information.
Given
EDI BOL data is available for processing and organization ID is set to 'C1'
When
C1 entity data is found in EDI BOL transportation segments OR consignee data code in Fastway equals 'C'
Then
Extract C1 entity information from EDI TN/T2/TA/T3 segments OR from Fastway consignee data to create C1 segment with entity ID 'C1', including name, address, city, state, postal code, country and contact information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01314
Build N1 Notify Party Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data is available for processing and organization id is set to 'n1' during the 'Build N1 Notify Party Segment' routine, when n1 entity data is found in edi bol transportation segments, the system executes logic to ensure that extract n1 entity information from edi tn/t2/ta/t3 segments to create n1 segment with entity id 'n1', including name, address, city, state, postal code, country and contact information.
Given
EDI BOL data is available for processing and organization ID is set to 'N1'
When
N1 entity data is found in EDI BOL transportation segments
Then
Extract N1 entity information from EDI TN/T2/TA/T3 segments to create N1 segment with entity ID 'N1', including name, address, city, state, postal code, country and contact information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01315
Build PF/SS Entity Segments from MCOA
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol mcoa segments are available for processing during the 'Build PF/SS Entity Segments from MCOA' routine, when mcoa segment is found with organization id equal to 'pf' or 'ss', the system executes logic to ensure that extract entity name, id code qualifier, id code from f5 fields and address information from on/oc segments to create pf or ss segment, defaulting address to 'na' if not provided.
Given
EDI BOL MCOA segments are available for processing
When
MCOA segment is found with organization ID equal to 'PF' or 'SS'
Then
Extract entity name, ID code qualifier, ID code from F5 fields and address information from ON/OC segments to create PF or SS segment, defaulting address to 'NA' if not provided
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01316
Build Additional Entity Segments
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol transportation segments are available for processing during the 'Build Additional Entity Segments' routine, when transportation segment is found with organization id matching '11', 'mc', 'oo', or 'fw', the system executes logic to ensure that extract entity information from tn/t2/ta/t3 segments to create corresponding entity segment with matching organization id, including name, address, city, state, postal code, country and contact information.
Given
EDI BOL transportation segments are available for processing
When
Transportation segment is found with organization ID matching '11', 'MC', 'OO', or 'FW'
Then
Extract entity information from TN/T2/TA/T3 segments to create corresponding entity segment with matching organization ID, including name, address, city, state, postal code, country and contact information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01317
Build NN Entity Segments
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data is available and nn sequence number is being processed during the 'Build NN Entity Segments' routine, when nn entity data is found in edi bol segments and entity id code is valid according to predefined entity id values, the system executes logic to ensure that extract nn entity name, address from gc segments, city/state/postal/country from ga segments to create nn segment with validated entity id, or reset variables if entity not found or invalid.
Given
EDI BOL data is available and NN sequence number is being processed
When
NN entity data is found in EDI BOL segments AND entity ID code is valid according to predefined entity ID values
Then
Extract NN entity name, address from GC segments, city/state/postal/country from GA segments to create NN segment with validated entity ID, OR reset variables if entity not found or invalid
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01318
Set Default Address Values
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If entity segment is being built with address information, and address line 1 is spaces or not provided occurs during the 'Set Default Address Values' routine, then the system must guarantee that set address line 1 to 'na' as default value to maintain data integrity.
EXCLUDING
Entity segment is being built with address information
When
Address line 1 is spaces or not provided
Then
Set address line 1 to 'NA' as default value to maintain data integrity
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01319
Assign Country Codes
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming entity segment contains state or province code information during the 'Assign Country Codes' routine, when state/province code is provided in entity address data, the system executes logic to ensure that search state-country reference table to find matching country code and assign it to entity country field, leaving blank if no match found.
Given
Entity segment contains state or province code information
When
State/province code is provided in entity address data
Then
Search state-country reference table to find matching country code and assign it to entity country field, leaving blank if no match found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01320
Validate All N1 Segments
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming entity segment is for shipper (sequence 0001) or consignee (sequence 0002) during the 'Validate All N1 Segments' routine, when entity name, address, city, state, postal code or country information is missing, the system executes logic to ensure that generate appropriate error messages for missing required fields including entity id, name, address line 1, city, state/province, postal code and country code.
Given
Entity segment is for shipper (sequence 0001) or consignee (sequence 0002)
When
Entity name, address, city, state, postal code or country information is missing
Then
Generate appropriate error messages for missing required fields including entity ID, name, address line 1, city, state/province, postal code and country code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01321
Validate All N1 Segments
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If entity segment sequence number is greater than 2 (not shipper or consignee), and entity id code is provided but not in valid entity id list or is shipper, consignee, or customs broker type occurs during the 'Validate All N1 Segments' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate error message for invalid entity id value.
EXCLUDING
Entity segment sequence number is greater than 2 (not shipper or consignee)
When
Entity ID code is provided but not in valid entity ID list OR is shipper, consignee, or customs broker type
Then
Generate error message for invalid entity ID value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01322
Validate All N1 Segments
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming entity segment contains address and contact information during the 'Validate All N1 Segments' routine, when city name has less than 2 characters or postal code has less than 3 characters or contact qualifier is provided without contact number or contact number is provided without qualifier, the system executes logic to ensure that generate appropriate error messages for minimum length requirements and incomplete contact information.
Given
Entity segment contains address and contact information
When
City name has less than 2 characters OR postal code has less than 3 characters OR contact qualifier is provided without contact number OR contact number is provided without qualifier
Then
Generate appropriate error messages for minimum length requirements and incomplete contact information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01323
Validate All N1 Segments
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If entity segment contains country code for canada, usa, or mexico, and state/province code is missing or state/province code is invalid for the specified country occurs during the 'Validate All N1 Segments' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate error message for missing or invalid state/province code, or auto-assign country code when state/province is provided but country is missing.
EXCLUDING
Entity segment contains country code for Canada, USA, or Mexico
When
State/province code is missing OR state/province code is invalid for the specified country
Then
Generate error message for missing or invalid state/province code, OR auto-assign country code when state/province is provided but country is missing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01325
EDI BOL PER Segment Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity record is being processed for contact information during the 'EDI BOL PER Segment Available?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol per segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system identifies whether contact information exists in the edi source or should use default processing.
Given
An entity record is being processed for contact information
When
The system checks for EDI BOL PER segment data
Then
The system identifies whether contact information exists in the EDI source or should use default processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01326
Extract Contact Function Code
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol per segment data is available during the 'Extract Contact Function Code' routine, when the system processes contact information, the system executes logic to ensure that the contact function code is extracted and stored in the contact function code field.
Given
EDI BOL PER segment data is available
When
The system processes contact information
Then
The contact function code is extracted and stored in the contact function code field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01327
Extract Contact Person Name
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol per segment data is available during the 'Extract Contact Person Name' routine, when the system processes contact information, the system executes logic to ensure that the contact person name is extracted and stored in the person name field.
Given
EDI BOL PER segment data is available
When
The system processes contact information
Then
The contact person name is extracted and stored in the person name field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01328
Extract Communication Number Qualifier
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol per segment data is available during the 'Extract Communication Number Qualifier' routine, when the system processes contact information, the system executes logic to ensure that the communication number qualifier is extracted and stored in the communication qualifier field.
Given
EDI BOL PER segment data is available
When
The system processes contact information
Then
The communication number qualifier is extracted and stored in the communication qualifier field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01329
Extract Communication Number
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol per segment data is available during the 'Extract Communication Number' routine, when the system processes contact information, the system executes logic to ensure that the communication number is extracted and stored in the communication number field.
Given
EDI BOL PER segment data is available
When
The system processes contact information
Then
The communication number is extracted and stored in the communication number field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01336
Clear Contact Fields if No Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming no edi bol per segment data is available for an entity during the 'Clear Contact Fields if No Data' routine, when the system processes contact information, the system executes logic to ensure that all contact fields are cleared or set to spaces.
Given
No EDI BOL PER segment data is available for an entity
When
The system processes contact information
Then
All contact fields are cleared or set to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01337
Initialize SF Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to process stuffer entity information during the 'Initialize SF Segment' routine, when stuffer entity processing begins, the system executes logic to ensure that a new stuffer segment structure is initialized with empty values.
Given
The system needs to process stuffer entity information
When
Stuffer entity processing begins
Then
A new stuffer segment structure is initialized with empty values
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01338
Retrieve EDI BOL Stuffer Data EBSNRSC-PN
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol key exists for the shipment during the 'Retrieve EDI BOL Stuffer Data EBSNRSC-PN' routine, when the system searches for stuffer data with entity type 'pn' and sequence '01', the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves stuffer name data if available or sets not found status.
Given
An EDI BOL key exists for the shipment
When
The system searches for stuffer data with entity type 'PN' and sequence '01'
Then
The system retrieves stuffer name data if available or sets not found status
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01339
Stuffer Data Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the system has attempted to retrieve stuffer name data from edi bol during the 'Stuffer Data Found?' routine, when stuffer name data is successfully found, the system executes logic to ensure that the system continues with stuffer entity processing.
Given
The system has attempted to retrieve stuffer name data from EDI BOL
When
Stuffer name data is successfully found
Then
The system continues with stuffer entity processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01340
Stuffer Data Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the system has attempted to retrieve stuffer name data from edi bol during the 'Stuffer Data Found?' routine, when no stuffer name data is found, the system executes logic to ensure that the system skips stuffer entity processing and continues to next entity type.
Given
The system has attempted to retrieve stuffer name data from EDI BOL
When
No stuffer name data is found
Then
The system skips stuffer entity processing and continues to next entity type
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01342
Extract Stuffer Name from U1-NAME
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming stuffer name data exists in the edi bol segment during the 'Extract Stuffer Name from U1-NAME' routine, when the system processes the stuffer entity information, the system executes logic to ensure that the stuffer name is extracted from u1-name field and assigned to the entity name field.
Given
Stuffer name data exists in the EDI BOL segment
When
The system processes the stuffer entity information
Then
The stuffer name is extracted from U1-NAME field and assigned to the entity name field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01344
Retrieve Stuffer Address EBSNRSA-PA
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming stuffer entity processing is in progress and edi bol key exists during the 'Retrieve Stuffer Address EBSNRSA-PA' routine, when the system searches for stuffer address data with type 'pa' for the stuffer entity, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves address information if available or sets not found status.
Given
Stuffer entity processing is in progress and EDI BOL key exists
When
The system searches for stuffer address data with type 'PA' for the stuffer entity
Then
The system retrieves address information if available or sets not found status
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01345
Extract Address Lines from U2 fields
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming stuffer address data has been successfully retrieved from edi bol during the 'Extract Address Lines from U2 fields' routine, when the system processes the address information, the system executes logic to ensure that address line 1 and address line 2 are extracted from u2-addl-name-addr-1 and u2-addl-name-addr-2 fields.
Given
Stuffer address data has been successfully retrieved from EDI BOL
When
The system processes the address information
Then
Address line 1 and address line 2 are extracted from U2-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-1 and U2-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-2 fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01346
Set Default 'NA' for Address
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming no stuffer address data is found in edi bol during the 'Set Default 'NA' for Address' routine, when the system processes stuffer address information, the system executes logic to ensure that address line 1 is set to 'na' and address line 2 is set to spaces.
Given
No stuffer address data is found in EDI BOL
When
The system processes stuffer address information
Then
Address line 1 is set to 'NA' and address line 2 is set to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01347
Retrieve City/State/Postal EBSNRSA-PC
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming stuffer entity processing is in progress and edi bol key exists during the 'Retrieve City/State/Postal EBSNRSA-PC' routine, when the system searches for stuffer location data with type 'pc' for the stuffer entity, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves city, state, postal, and country information if available.
Given
Stuffer entity processing is in progress and EDI BOL key exists
When
The system searches for stuffer location data with type 'PC' for the stuffer entity
Then
The system retrieves city, state, postal, and country information if available
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01348
Extract City, State, Postal, Country from U4 fields
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming stuffer city/state data has been successfully retrieved from edi bol during the 'Extract City, State, Postal, Country from U4 fields' routine, when the system processes the location information, the system executes logic to ensure that city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code are extracted from u4 fields.
Given
Stuffer city/state data has been successfully retrieved from EDI BOL
When
The system processes the location information
Then
City name, state/province code, postal code, and country code are extracted from U4 fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01349
Retrieve Contact Information EBSNRSA-GP
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming stuffer entity processing is in progress and edi bol key exists during the 'Retrieve Contact Information EBSNRSA-GP' routine, when the system searches for stuffer contact data with type 'gp' for the stuffer entity, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves contact information if available.
Given
Stuffer entity processing is in progress and EDI BOL key exists
When
The system searches for stuffer contact data with type 'GP' for the stuffer entity
Then
The system retrieves contact information if available
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01350
Extract Contact Function, Name, Communication Details
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming stuffer contact data has been successfully retrieved from edi bol during the 'Extract Contact Function, Name, Communication Details' routine, when the system processes the contact information, the system executes logic to ensure that contact function code, contact name, communication number qualifier, and communication number are extracted from the contact segment.
Given
Stuffer contact data has been successfully retrieved from EDI BOL
When
The system processes the contact information
Then
Contact function code, contact name, communication number qualifier, and communication number are extracted from the contact segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01352
Validate N1 Segment Data
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming stuffer entity data has been populated from edi sources during the 'Validate N1 Segment Data' routine, when the system validates the complete stuffer entity segment, the system executes logic to ensure that all required fields are validated and error messages are generated for any missing or invalid data.
Given
Stuffer entity data has been populated from EDI sources
When
The system validates the complete stuffer entity segment
Then
All required fields are validated and error messages are generated for any missing or invalid data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01354
Set Entity ID to 'UC'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming an ultimate consignee segment is being processed during the 'Set Entity ID to 'UC'' routine, when the system processes the un segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that the entity id code is set to 'uc' to identify this as an ultimate consignee record.
Given
An Ultimate Consignee segment is being processed
When
The system processes the UN segment data
Then
The entity ID code is set to 'UC' to identify this as an Ultimate Consignee record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01355
Extract Ultimate Consignee Name
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming ultimate consignee edi data is available during the 'Extract Ultimate Consignee Name' routine, when the system processes the un segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the ultimate consignee name is extracted and assigned to the entity name field.
Given
Ultimate Consignee EDI data is available
When
The system processes the UN segment
Then
The ultimate consignee name is extracted and assigned to the entity name field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01356
Address Data Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming ultimate consignee address information is being processed during the 'Address Data Available?' routine, when the system checks for ua address segment availability, the system executes logic to ensure that if ua address segment is found, extract address lines, otherwise set default address to 'na'.
Given
Ultimate Consignee address information is being processed
When
The system checks for UA address segment availability
Then
If UA address segment is found, extract address lines, otherwise set default address to 'NA'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01357
Extract Address Lines 1 & 2
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming ua address segment data is available for ultimate consignee during the 'Extract Address Lines 1 & 2' routine, when the system processes the address information, the system executes logic to ensure that address line 1 and address line 2 are extracted from the ua segment data.
Given
UA address segment data is available for Ultimate Consignee
When
The system processes the address information
Then
Address line 1 and address line 2 are extracted from the UA segment data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01358
Set Default Address to 'NA'
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming no ua address segment is available for ultimate consignee during the 'Set Default Address to 'NA'' routine, when the system processes address information, the system executes logic to ensure that address line 1 is set to 'na' and address line 2 is set to spaces.
Given
No UA address segment is available for Ultimate Consignee
When
The system processes address information
Then
Address line 1 is set to 'NA' and address line 2 is set to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01359
City/State Data Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming ultimate consignee geographic information is being processed during the 'City/State Data Available?' routine, when the system checks for uc city/state segment availability, the system executes logic to ensure that if uc segment is found, extract city, state, postal and country codes, otherwise clear all geographic fields.
Given
Ultimate Consignee geographic information is being processed
When
The system checks for UC city/state segment availability
Then
If UC segment is found, extract city, state, postal and country codes, otherwise clear all geographic fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01360
Extract City Name, Extract State/Province Code, Extract Postal Code, Extract Country Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming uc city/state segment data is available for ultimate consignee during the 'Extract City Name, Extract State/Province Code, Extract Postal Code, Extract Country Code' routine, when the system processes the geographic information, the system executes logic to ensure that city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code are extracted from the uc segment.
Given
UC city/state segment data is available for Ultimate Consignee
When
The system processes the geographic information
Then
City name, state/province code, postal code, and country code are extracted from the UC segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01361
Clear City/State/Postal Fields
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming no uc city/state segment is available for ultimate consignee during the 'Clear City/State/Postal Fields' routine, when the system processes geographic information, the system executes logic to ensure that city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code fields are set to spaces.
Given
No UC city/state segment is available for Ultimate Consignee
When
The system processes geographic information
Then
City name, state/province code, postal code, and country code fields are set to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01362
Contact Data Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming ultimate consignee contact information is being processed during the 'Contact Data Available?' routine, when the system checks for gp contact segment availability, the system executes logic to ensure that if gp segment is found, extract contact function code, name, communication qualifier and number, otherwise proceed to validation.
Given
Ultimate Consignee contact information is being processed
When
The system checks for GP contact segment availability
Then
If GP segment is found, extract contact function code, name, communication qualifier and number, otherwise proceed to validation
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01363
Extract Contact Function Code, Extract Contact Name, Extract Communication Qualifier, Extract Communication Number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming gp contact segment data is available for ultimate consignee during the 'Extract Contact Function Code, Extract Contact Name, Extract Communication Qualifier, Extract Communication Number' routine, when the system processes the contact information, the system executes logic to ensure that contact function code, contact name, communication number qualifier, and communication number are extracted from the gp segment.
Given
GP contact segment data is available for Ultimate Consignee
When
The system processes the contact information
Then
Contact function code, contact name, communication number qualifier, and communication number are extracted from the GP segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01365
Validate Entity Segment Data
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming ultimate consignee entity data has been assembled during the 'Validate Entity Segment Data' routine, when the system validates the entity segment, the system executes logic to ensure that all required fields are validated according to entity segment validation rules including entity id, name, address, and contact information requirements.
Given
Ultimate Consignee entity data has been assembled
When
The system validates the entity segment
Then
All required fields are validated according to entity segment validation rules including entity ID, name, address, and contact information requirements
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01367
Initialize BN Segment Record
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to process beneficial owner information during the 'Initialize BN Segment Record' routine, when starting beneficial owner segment processing, the system executes logic to ensure that a new beneficial owner segment record is initialized with empty values.
Given
The system needs to process beneficial owner information
When
Starting beneficial owner segment processing
Then
A new beneficial owner segment record is initialized with empty values
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01368
Set Organization ID to 'BN'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a beneficial owner segment is being processed during the 'Set Organization ID to 'BN'' routine, when setting up the organization identifier for transportation segment search, the system executes logic to ensure that the organization id is set to 'bn' (beneficial owner).
Given
A beneficial owner segment is being processed
When
Setting up the organization identifier for transportation segment search
Then
The organization ID is set to 'BN' (Beneficial Owner)
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01369
Search for Transportation Segment with BN ID
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the organization id is set to 'bn' during the 'Search for Transportation Segment with BN ID' routine, when searching for transportation segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves transportation segment information for beneficial owner entity.
Given
The organization ID is set to 'BN'
When
Searching for transportation segment data
Then
The system retrieves transportation segment information for beneficial owner entity
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01370
Transportation Segment Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a search for beneficial owner transportation segment has been performed during the 'Transportation Segment Found?' routine, when checking if transportation segment data exists, the system executes logic to ensure that if transportation segment is found, proceed to search for bn entity; otherwise, end beneficial owner processing.
Given
A search for beneficial owner transportation segment has been performed
When
Checking if transportation segment data exists
Then
If transportation segment is found, proceed to search for BN entity; otherwise, end beneficial owner processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01371
Search for BN Entity in EDI BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a transportation segment exists for beneficial owner during the 'Search for BN Entity in EDI BOL' routine, when searching for beneficial owner entity in edi bol data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves beneficial owner entity information from edi bol.
Given
A transportation segment exists for beneficial owner
When
Searching for beneficial owner entity in EDI BOL data
Then
The system retrieves beneficial owner entity information from EDI BOL
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01372
BN Entity Found in EDI BOL?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a search for beneficial owner entity in edi bol has been performed during the 'BN Entity Found in EDI BOL?' routine, when checking if beneficial owner entity data exists, the system executes logic to ensure that if beneficial owner entity is found, proceed to extract entity details; otherwise, end beneficial owner processing.
Given
A search for beneficial owner entity in EDI BOL has been performed
When
Checking if beneficial owner entity data exists
Then
If beneficial owner entity is found, proceed to extract entity details; otherwise, end beneficial owner processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01373
Extract BN Entity Name
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming beneficial owner entity exists in edi bol during the 'Extract BN Entity Name' routine, when processing beneficial owner entity information, the system executes logic to ensure that the beneficial owner entity name is extracted and stored in the segment record.
Given
Beneficial owner entity exists in EDI BOL
When
Processing beneficial owner entity information
Then
The beneficial owner entity name is extracted and stored in the segment record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01375
Extract Consignee CHOP Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming beneficial owner entity id has been set during the 'Extract Consignee CHOP Code' routine, when processing beneficial owner identification codes, the system executes logic to ensure that the consignee chop code is extracted and stored in the beneficial owner segment.
Given
Beneficial owner entity ID has been set
When
Processing beneficial owner identification codes
Then
The consignee CHOP code is extracted and stored in the beneficial owner segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01376
Search for BN Address Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming beneficial owner entity information has been processed during the 'Search for BN Address Segment' routine, when searching for beneficial owner address data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves address segment information for the beneficial owner.
Given
Beneficial owner entity information has been processed
When
Searching for beneficial owner address data
Then
The system retrieves address segment information for the beneficial owner
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01378
Extract Address Line 1 and 2
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming beneficial owner address segment exists during the 'Extract Address Line 1 and 2' routine, when processing beneficial owner address information, the system executes logic to ensure that address line 1 and address line 2 are extracted and stored in the beneficial owner segment.
Given
Beneficial owner address segment exists
When
Processing beneficial owner address information
Then
Address line 1 and address line 2 are extracted and stored in the beneficial owner segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01379
Set Default Address to 'NA'
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If beneficial owner address segment does not exist, and processing beneficial owner address information occurs during the 'Set Default Address to 'NA'' routine, then the system must guarantee that the address line 1 is set to 'na' (not available) as default value.
EXCLUDING
Beneficial owner address segment does not exist
When
Processing beneficial owner address information
Then
The address line 1 is set to 'NA' (Not Available) as default value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01380
Search for BN City/State Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming beneficial owner address processing is complete during the 'Search for BN City/State Segment' routine, when searching for beneficial owner city and state data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves city/state segment information for the beneficial owner.
Given
Beneficial owner address processing is complete
When
Searching for beneficial owner city and state data
Then
The system retrieves city/state segment information for the beneficial owner
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01382
Extract City, State, Postal Code, Country
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming beneficial owner city/state segment exists during the 'Extract City, State, Postal Code, Country' routine, when processing beneficial owner location information, the system executes logic to ensure that city, state, postal code, and country are extracted and stored in the beneficial owner segment.
Given
Beneficial owner city/state segment exists
When
Processing beneficial owner location information
Then
City, state, postal code, and country are extracted and stored in the beneficial owner segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01383
Clear City/State Information
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If beneficial owner city/state segment does not exist, and processing beneficial owner location information occurs during the 'Clear City/State Information' routine, then the system must guarantee that all city, state, postal code, and country fields are cleared (set to spaces).
EXCLUDING
Beneficial owner city/state segment does not exist
When
Processing beneficial owner location information
Then
All city, state, postal code, and country fields are cleared (set to spaces)
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01384
Clear Contact Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming beneficial owner location processing is complete during the 'Clear Contact Information' routine, when finalizing beneficial owner segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that all contact function code, name, communication qualifier, and communication number fields are cleared.
Given
Beneficial owner location processing is complete
When
Finalizing beneficial owner segment data
Then
All contact function code, name, communication qualifier, and communication number fields are cleared
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01385
Validate BN Segment Data
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming all beneficial owner segment fields have been processed during the 'Validate BN Segment Data' routine, when validating the beneficial owner segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the segment data is validated according to business rules for entity segments.
Given
All beneficial owner segment fields have been processed
When
Validating the beneficial owner segment
Then
The segment data is validated according to business rules for entity segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01386
Insert BN Record into Customs Database
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming beneficial owner segment data has been validated successfully during the 'Insert BN Record into Customs Database' routine, when storing the beneficial owner information, the system executes logic to ensure that the beneficial owner record is inserted into the customs database with sequence numbers 0003-0025.
Given
Beneficial owner segment data has been validated successfully
When
Storing the beneficial owner information
Then
The beneficial owner record is inserted into the customs database with sequence numbers 0003-0025
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01387
Initialize C1 Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to process c1 carrier entity information during the 'Initialize C1 Segment' routine, when c1 carrier entity processing begins, the system executes logic to ensure that a new c1 segment structure is initialized with empty values.
Given
The system needs to process C1 carrier entity information
When
C1 carrier entity processing begins
Then
A new C1 segment structure is initialized with empty values
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01388
Set Organization ID to 'C1'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a c1 carrier entity segment is being processed during the 'Set Organization ID to 'C1'' routine, when the organization identifier needs to be set, the system executes logic to ensure that the organization id is set to 'c1' to identify this as a carrier entity.
Given
A C1 carrier entity segment is being processed
When
The organization identifier needs to be set
Then
The organization ID is set to 'C1' to identify this as a carrier entity
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01389
Search EDI BOL Transportation Segments
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data is available for processing during the 'Search EDI BOL Transportation Segments' routine, when the system searches for c1 carrier transportation segments, the system executes logic to ensure that transportation segments with organization id 'c1' are retrieved from edi bol data.
Given
EDI BOL data is available for processing
When
The system searches for C1 carrier transportation segments
Then
Transportation segments with organization ID 'C1' are retrieved from EDI BOL data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01390
Extract Carrier Information from EDI BOL
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming c1 carrier transportation segment is found in edi bol data during the 'Extract Carrier Information from EDI BOL' routine, when carrier information needs to be extracted, the system executes logic to ensure that carrier organization id, name, id code qualifier, and id code are extracted from the transportation segment.
Given
C1 carrier transportation segment is found in EDI BOL data
When
Carrier information needs to be extracted
Then
Carrier organization ID, name, ID code qualifier, and ID code are extracted from the transportation segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01391
Get Transportation Address Data
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming c1 carrier is found in edi bol transportation segments during the 'Get Transportation Address Data' routine, when address information is needed for the carrier, the system executes logic to ensure that address line 1 and address line 2 are retrieved from t2 transportation address segments.
Given
C1 carrier is found in EDI BOL transportation segments
When
Address information is needed for the carrier
Then
Address line 1 and address line 2 are retrieved from T2 transportation address segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01392
Get Transportation City/State Data
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming c1 carrier is found in edi bol transportation segments during the 'Get Transportation City/State Data' routine, when city and state information is needed for the carrier, the system executes logic to ensure that city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code are retrieved from ta transportation segments.
Given
C1 carrier is found in EDI BOL transportation segments
When
City and state information is needed for the carrier
Then
City name, state/province code, postal code, and country code are retrieved from TA transportation segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01393
Get Transportation Contact Data
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming c1 carrier is found in edi bol transportation segments during the 'Get Transportation Contact Data' routine, when contact information is needed for the carrier, the system executes logic to ensure that contact function code, contact name, communication number qualifier, and communication number are retrieved from t3 transportation segments.
Given
C1 carrier is found in EDI BOL transportation segments
When
Contact information is needed for the carrier
Then
Contact function code, contact name, communication number qualifier, and communication number are retrieved from T3 transportation segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01395
Check Fastway Consignee Data
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If c1 carrier is not found in edi bol transportation segments, and the system checks fastway consignee data for carrier information occurs during the 'Check Fastway Consignee Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that the consignee data code is evaluated to determine if it equals 'c' indicating carrier type.
EXCLUDING
C1 carrier is not found in EDI BOL transportation segments
When
The system checks Fastway consignee data for carrier information
Then
The consignee data code is evaluated to determine if it equals 'C' indicating carrier type
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01398
Parse City/State/Postal from Address
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming fastway consignee address is being used as carrier address during the 'Parse City/State/Postal from Address' routine, when city, state, and postal code information needs to be extracted, the system executes logic to ensure that consignee data field 4 is parsed to extract city name, state/province code, and postal code.
Given
Fastway consignee address is being used as carrier address
When
City, state, and postal code information needs to be extracted
Then
Consignee data field 4 is parsed to extract city name, state/province code, and postal code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01399
Lookup Country Code from State
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming state/province code is available from parsed fastway address data during the 'Lookup Country Code from State' routine, when country code needs to be determined for the carrier address, the system executes logic to ensure that the state-country lookup table is searched to find the corresponding country code for the state/province code.
Given
State/province code is available from parsed Fastway address data
When
Country code needs to be determined for the carrier address
Then
The state-country lookup table is searched to find the corresponding country code for the state/province code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01400
Validate C1 Segment Data
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming c1 carrier segment data has been populated from either edi bol or fastway sources during the 'Validate C1 Segment Data' routine, when the c1 segment needs to be validated before insertion, the system executes logic to ensure that the n1 segment validation routine is performed to check required fields and data formats.
Given
C1 carrier segment data has been populated from either EDI BOL or Fastway sources
When
The C1 segment needs to be validated before insertion
Then
The N1 segment validation routine is performed to check required fields and data formats
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01401
Insert C1 Segment into Customs Record
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming c1 carrier segment has been validated and is ready for insertion during the 'Insert C1 Segment into Customs Record' routine, when the segment needs to be added to the customs record, the system executes logic to ensure that the c1 segment is inserted into the customs record array with sequence numbers 0003-0025.
Given
C1 carrier segment has been validated and is ready for insertion
When
The segment needs to be added to the customs record
Then
The C1 segment is inserted into the customs record array with sequence numbers 0003-0025
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01402
Initialize N1 Segment Record
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to process notify party information during the 'Initialize N1 Segment Record' routine, when starting notify party processing, the system executes logic to ensure that a new n1 segment record is initialized with empty values.
Given
The system needs to process notify party information
When
Starting notify party processing
Then
A new N1 segment record is initialized with empty values
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01403
Set Entity ID to 'N1'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming an initialized n1 segment record exists during the 'Set Entity ID to 'N1'' routine, when processing notify party entity information, the system executes logic to ensure that the entity id code is set to 'n1' to identify this as a notify party record.
Given
An initialized N1 segment record exists
When
Processing notify party entity information
Then
The entity ID code is set to 'N1' to identify this as a notify party record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01404
Search EDI BOL Transportation Segments
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol transportation segments exist in the system during the 'Search EDI BOL Transportation Segments' routine, when searching for notify party information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system iterates through transportation segments looking for organization id 'n1'.
Given
EDI BOL transportation segments exist in the system
When
Searching for notify party information
Then
The system iterates through transportation segments looking for organization ID 'N1'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01405
Transportation Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a search for transportation segments has been performed during the 'Transportation Segment Found?' routine, when checking if transportation segment data is available, the system executes logic to ensure that processing continues if segment found, otherwise notify party processing ends.
Given
A search for transportation segments has been performed
When
Checking if transportation segment data is available
Then
Processing continues if segment found, otherwise notify party processing ends
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01406
Extract Organization ID
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a transportation segment has been found during the 'Extract Organization ID' routine, when processing the segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that the organization id is extracted from the segment for entity type validation.
Given
A transportation segment has been found
When
Processing the segment data
Then
The organization ID is extracted from the segment for entity type validation
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01407
Organization ID = 'N1'?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an organization id has been extracted from transportation segment during the 'Organization ID = 'N1'?' routine, when validating the entity type, the system executes logic to ensure that processing continues if organization id equals 'n1', otherwise the segment is skipped.
Given
An organization ID has been extracted from transportation segment
When
Validating the entity type
Then
Processing continues if organization ID equals 'N1', otherwise the segment is skipped
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01408
Extract Entity Name
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a transportation segment with organization id 'n1' has been found during the 'Extract Entity Name' routine, when processing the n1 entity data, the system executes logic to ensure that the entity name is extracted and stored in the n1 segment record.
Given
A transportation segment with organization ID 'N1' has been found
When
Processing the N1 entity data
Then
The entity name is extracted and stored in the N1 segment record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01410
Get Transportation Address Segment T2
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 transportation entity has been processed during the 'Get Transportation Address Segment T2' routine, when retrieving address information for the entity, the system executes logic to ensure that the system attempts to get the corresponding t2 address segment.
Given
An N1 transportation entity has been processed
When
Retrieving address information for the entity
Then
The system attempts to get the corresponding T2 address segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01411
Address Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a request for t2 address segment has been made during the 'Address Segment Found?' routine, when checking if address data is available, the system executes logic to ensure that address processing continues if t2 segment found, otherwise skip to city/state processing.
Given
A request for T2 address segment has been made
When
Checking if address data is available
Then
Address processing continues if T2 segment found, otherwise skip to city/state processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01412
Extract Address Line 1
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a t2 address segment has been found during the 'Extract Address Line 1' routine, when processing address information, the system executes logic to ensure that the first address line is extracted and stored in the n1 segment record.
Given
A T2 address segment has been found
When
Processing address information
Then
The first address line is extracted and stored in the N1 segment record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01413
Extract Address Line 2
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a t2 address segment has been found and address line 1 processed during the 'Extract Address Line 2' routine, when processing additional address information, the system executes logic to ensure that the second address line is extracted and stored in the n1 segment record.
Given
A T2 address segment has been found and address line 1 processed
When
Processing additional address information
Then
The second address line is extracted and stored in the N1 segment record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01414
Get Transportation City/State Segment TA
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming address processing has been completed or skipped during the 'Get Transportation City/State Segment TA' routine, when retrieving city and state information for the entity, the system executes logic to ensure that the system attempts to get the corresponding ta city/state segment.
Given
Address processing has been completed or skipped
When
Retrieving city and state information for the entity
Then
The system attempts to get the corresponding TA city/state segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01415
City/State Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a request for ta city/state segment has been made during the 'City/State Segment Found?' routine, when checking if city/state data is available, the system executes logic to ensure that city/state processing continues if ta segment found, otherwise skip to contact processing.
Given
A request for TA city/state segment has been made
When
Checking if city/state data is available
Then
City/state processing continues if TA segment found, otherwise skip to contact processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01416
Extract City Name
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a ta city/state segment has been found during the 'Extract City Name' routine, when processing city information, the system executes logic to ensure that the city name is extracted and stored in the n1 segment record.
Given
A TA city/state segment has been found
When
Processing city information
Then
The city name is extracted and stored in the N1 segment record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01417
Extract State/Province Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a ta city/state segment has been found and city processed during the 'Extract State/Province Code' routine, when processing state/province information, the system executes logic to ensure that the state/province code is extracted and stored in the n1 segment record.
Given
A TA city/state segment has been found and city processed
When
Processing state/province information
Then
The state/province code is extracted and stored in the N1 segment record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01418
Extract Postal Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a ta city/state segment has been found and state/province processed during the 'Extract Postal Code' routine, when processing postal code information, the system executes logic to ensure that the postal code is extracted and stored in the n1 segment record.
Given
A TA city/state segment has been found and state/province processed
When
Processing postal code information
Then
The postal code is extracted and stored in the N1 segment record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01419
Extract Country Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a ta city/state segment has been found and postal code processed during the 'Extract Country Code' routine, when processing country information, the system executes logic to ensure that the country code is extracted and stored in the n1 segment record.
Given
A TA city/state segment has been found and postal code processed
When
Processing country information
Then
The country code is extracted and stored in the N1 segment record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01420
Get Transportation Contact Segment T3
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming city/state processing has been completed or skipped during the 'Get Transportation Contact Segment T3' routine, when retrieving contact information for the entity, the system executes logic to ensure that the system attempts to get the corresponding t3 contact segment.
Given
City/state processing has been completed or skipped
When
Retrieving contact information for the entity
Then
The system attempts to get the corresponding T3 contact segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01421
Contact Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a request for t3 contact segment has been made during the 'Contact Segment Found?' routine, when checking if contact data is available, the system executes logic to ensure that contact processing continues if t3 segment found, otherwise skip to address defaulting.
Given
A request for T3 contact segment has been made
When
Checking if contact data is available
Then
Contact processing continues if T3 segment found, otherwise skip to address defaulting
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01422
Extract Contact Function Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a t3 contact segment has been found during the 'Extract Contact Function Code' routine, when processing contact function information, the system executes logic to ensure that the contact function code is extracted and stored in the n1 segment record.
Given
A T3 contact segment has been found
When
Processing contact function information
Then
The contact function code is extracted and stored in the N1 segment record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01423
Extract Contact Name
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a t3 contact segment has been found and contact function processed during the 'Extract Contact Name' routine, when processing contact name information, the system executes logic to ensure that the contact name is extracted and stored in the n1 segment record.
Given
A T3 contact segment has been found and contact function processed
When
Processing contact name information
Then
The contact name is extracted and stored in the N1 segment record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01424
Extract Communication Number Qualifier
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a t3 contact segment has been found and contact name processed during the 'Extract Communication Number Qualifier' routine, when processing communication qualifier information, the system executes logic to ensure that the communication number qualifier is extracted and stored in the n1 segment record.
Given
A T3 contact segment has been found and contact name processed
When
Processing communication qualifier information
Then
The communication number qualifier is extracted and stored in the N1 segment record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01425
Extract Communication Number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a t3 contact segment has been found and communication qualifier processed during the 'Extract Communication Number' routine, when processing communication number information, the system executes logic to ensure that the communication number is extracted and stored in the n1 segment record.
Given
A T3 contact segment has been found and communication qualifier processed
When
Processing communication number information
Then
The communication number is extracted and stored in the N1 segment record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01426
Set Default Address if Missing
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming all segment processing has been completed during the 'Set Default Address if Missing' routine, when the first address line is empty or spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the first address line is set to 'na' as a default value.
Given
All segment processing has been completed
When
The first address line is empty or spaces
Then
The first address line is set to 'NA' as a default value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01427
Validate N1 Segment Data
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 segment record has been populated with entity data during the 'Validate N1 Segment Data' routine, when validating the segment before database insertion, the system executes logic to ensure that all required fields are validated and any validation errors are recorded.
Given
An N1 segment record has been populated with entity data
When
Validating the segment before database insertion
Then
All required fields are validated and any validation errors are recorded
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01428
Insert N1 Record into Customs Database
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a validated n1 segment record exists during the 'Insert N1 Record into Customs Database' routine, when inserting the record into the customs database, the system executes logic to ensure that the n1 record is successfully stored in the gcsccs55 customs database table.
Given
A validated N1 segment record exists
When
Inserting the record into the customs database
Then
The N1 record is successfully stored in the GCSCCS55 customs database table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01429
Skip - Not N1 Entity
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a transportation segment has been found with an organization id, and the organization id is not equal to 'n1' occurs during the 'Skip - Not N1 Entity' routine, then the system must guarantee that the segment is skipped and processing continues with the next segment.
EXCLUDING
A transportation segment has been found with an organization ID
When
The organization ID is not equal to 'N1'
Then
The segment is skipped and processing continues with the next segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01430
Initialize Entity Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming mcoa segment processing is starting during the 'Initialize Entity Segment' routine, when the system begins to build pf or ss entity segments, the system executes logic to ensure that the entity segment data structure is initialized to spaces.
Given
MCOA segment processing is starting
When
the system begins to build PF or SS entity segments
Then
the entity segment data structure is initialized to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01431
Retrieve MCOA Segment Data
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol key and mcoa sequence number are available during the 'Retrieve MCOA Segment Data' routine, when the system retrieves mcoa segment data with type 'ot', the system executes logic to ensure that the mcoa segment is fetched from the edi database.
Given
an EDI BOL key and MCOA sequence number are available
When
the system retrieves MCOA segment data with type 'OT'
Then
the MCOA segment is fetched from the EDI database
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01432
MCOA Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming mcoa segment retrieval has been attempted during the 'MCOA Segment Found?' routine, when the system checks if segment data exists and type equals 'ot', the system executes logic to ensure that processing continues if segment is found, otherwise moves to next sequence.
Given
MCOA segment retrieval has been attempted
When
the system checks if segment data exists and type equals 'OT'
Then
processing continues if segment is found, otherwise moves to next sequence
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01433
Entity Type is PF or SS?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid mcoa segment has been found during the 'Entity Type is PF or SS?' routine, when the entity organization id is checked, the system executes logic to ensure that processing continues only if the entity type is 'pf' or 'ss'.
Given
a valid MCOA segment has been found
When
the entity organization ID is checked
Then
processing continues only if the entity type is 'PF' or 'SS'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01434
Extract Entity Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a mcoa segment with entity type pf or ss during the 'Extract Entity Information' routine, when entity information is extracted, the system executes logic to ensure that entity id, name, id code qualifier, and id code are captured from the segment.
Given
a MCOA segment with entity type PF or SS
When
entity information is extracted
Then
entity ID, name, ID code qualifier, and ID code are captured from the segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01435
Set Entity ID and Name
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming mcoa segment data with valid entity information during the 'Set Entity ID and Name' routine, when entity identification fields are populated, the system executes logic to ensure that the entity id code is set to the organization id and entity name is set to the organization name.
Given
MCOA segment data with valid entity information
When
entity identification fields are populated
Then
the entity ID code is set to the organization ID and entity name is set to the organization name
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01436
Set ID Code Qualifier and Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming mcoa segment with entity identification data during the 'Set ID Code Qualifier and Code' routine, when id code fields are populated, the system executes logic to ensure that the id code qualifier and id code are set from the mcoa segment, and chop code is cleared.
Given
MCOA segment with entity identification data
When
ID code fields are populated
Then
the ID code qualifier and ID code are set from the MCOA segment, and CHOP code is cleared
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01437
Retrieve Address Information
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid mcoa entity with the current sequence number during the 'Retrieve Address Information' routine, when address information is retrieved using mcoa on segment type, the system executes logic to ensure that address data is fetched from the edi database for the entity.
Given
a valid MCOA entity with the current sequence number
When
address information is retrieved using MCOA ON segment type
Then
address data is fetched from the EDI database for the entity
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01438
Address Data Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming address information retrieval has been attempted during the 'Address Data Found?' routine, when the system checks if mcoa on segment data exists, the system executes logic to ensure that address processing continues if data is found, otherwise default address is set.
Given
address information retrieval has been attempted
When
the system checks if MCOA ON segment data exists
Then
address processing continues if data is found, otherwise default address is set
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01439
Set Address Lines from MCOA
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming valid mcoa on segment address data during the 'Set Address Lines from MCOA' routine, when address fields are populated, the system executes logic to ensure that address line 1 and address line 2 are set from the mcoa segment data.
Given
valid MCOA ON segment address data
When
address fields are populated
Then
address line 1 and address line 2 are set from the MCOA segment data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01440
Set Default Address as 'NA'
Definitional Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If mcoa on segment address data is not found, and address fields need to be populated occurs during the 'Set Default Address as 'NA'' routine, then the system must guarantee that address line 1 is set to 'na' and address line 2 is cleared.
EXCLUDING
MCOA ON segment address data is not found
When
address fields need to be populated
Then
address line 1 is set to 'NA' and address line 2 is cleared
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01441
Retrieve City/State Information
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid mcoa entity with the current sequence number during the 'Retrieve City/State Information' routine, when city and state information is retrieved using mcoa oc segment type, the system executes logic to ensure that geographic data is fetched from the edi database for the entity.
Given
a valid MCOA entity with the current sequence number
When
city and state information is retrieved using MCOA OC segment type
Then
geographic data is fetched from the EDI database for the entity
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01442
City/State Data Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming city/state information retrieval has been attempted during the 'City/State Data Found?' routine, when the system checks if mcoa oc segment data exists, the system executes logic to ensure that geographic data processing continues if found, otherwise fields are cleared.
Given
city/state information retrieval has been attempted
When
the system checks if MCOA OC segment data exists
Then
geographic data processing continues if found, otherwise fields are cleared
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01443
Set City, State, Postal, Country
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming valid mcoa oc segment geographic data during the 'Set City, State, Postal, Country' routine, when geographic fields are populated, the system executes logic to ensure that city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code are set from mcoa segment.
Given
valid MCOA OC segment geographic data
When
geographic fields are populated
Then
city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code are set from MCOA segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01444
Clear City/State Fields
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If mcoa oc segment geographic data is not found, and geographic fields need to be populated occurs during the 'Clear City/State Fields' routine, then the system must guarantee that city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code are all cleared.
EXCLUDING
MCOA OC segment geographic data is not found
When
geographic fields need to be populated
Then
city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code are all cleared
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01445
Validate Entity Segment
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a completed entity segment with all available data during the 'Validate Entity Segment' routine, when entity segment validation is performed, the system executes logic to ensure that the segment is validated according to n1 segment validation rules.
Given
a completed entity segment with all available data
When
entity segment validation is performed
Then
the segment is validated according to N1 segment validation rules
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01446
Insert Entity Record
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a validated entity segment during the 'Insert Entity Record' routine, when the entity record is inserted, the system executes logic to ensure that the segment is stored in the gcsccs55 table with sequence numbers 0003-0025.
Given
a validated entity segment
When
the entity record is inserted
Then
the segment is stored in the GCSCCS55 table with sequence numbers 0003-0025
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01449
Build 11 Entity Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a customs manifest is being processed and entity type 11 data may exist in edi bol transportation segments during the 'Build 11 Entity Segment' routine, when the system searches for edi bol tn segments with entity type 11 and finds matching data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates a customs database record with entity type 11 information including name, address, city/state, and contact details.
Given
A customs manifest is being processed and entity type 11 data may exist in EDI BOL transportation segments
When
The system searches for EDI BOL TN segments with entity type 11 and finds matching data
Then
The system creates a customs database record with entity type 11 information including name, address, city/state, and contact details
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01450
Validate Entity ID Code
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming nn entity segments are found in edi bol data with various entity id codes during the 'Validate Entity ID Code' routine, when the system validates the entity id code against the list of valid entity values, the system executes logic to ensure that only entities with valid id codes (specific predefined values) are processed and invalid entities are skipped.
Given
NN entity segments are found in EDI BOL data with various entity ID codes
When
The system validates the entity ID code against the list of valid entity values
Then
Only entities with valid ID codes (specific predefined values) are processed and invalid entities are skipped
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01451
Process NN Entity Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming valid nn entity segments exist in edi bol data with corresponding address and contact segments during the 'Process NN Entity Data' routine, when the system processes nn entity data and retrieves associated gc and ga address segments, the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates a complete entity record with name from nn segment, address from gc segment, city/state/postal/country from ga segment, and inserts it into customs database.
Given
Valid NN entity segments exist in EDI BOL data with corresponding address and contact segments
When
The system processes NN entity data and retrieves associated GC and GA address segments
Then
The system creates a complete entity record with name from NN segment, address from GC segment, city/state/postal/country from GA segment, and inserts it into customs database
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01452
Build MC Entity Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a customs manifest requires motor carrier information and mc entity data may exist in edi bol during the 'Build MC Entity Segment' routine, when the system searches for edi bol tn segments with entity type mc and finds matching data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system processes the mc entity data and creates a customs database record with motor carrier information.
Given
A customs manifest requires Motor Carrier information and MC entity data may exist in EDI BOL
When
The system searches for EDI BOL TN segments with entity type MC and finds matching data
Then
The system processes the MC entity data and creates a customs database record with Motor Carrier information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01453
Build OO Entity Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a customs manifest may contain other organization information and oo entity data exists in edi bol during the 'Build OO Entity Segment' routine, when the system searches for edi bol tn segments with entity type oo and finds matching data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system processes the oo entity data and creates a customs database record with other organization information.
Given
A customs manifest may contain Other Organization information and OO entity data exists in EDI BOL
When
The system searches for EDI BOL TN segments with entity type OO and finds matching data
Then
The system processes the OO entity data and creates a customs database record with Other Organization information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01454
Build FW Entity Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a customs manifest may contain freight forwarder information and fw entity data exists in edi bol during the 'Build FW Entity Segment' routine, when the system searches for edi bol tn segments with entity type fw and finds matching data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system processes the fw entity data and creates a customs database record with freight forwarder information.
Given
A customs manifest may contain Freight Forwarder information and FW entity data exists in EDI BOL
When
The system searches for EDI BOL TN segments with entity type FW and finds matching data
Then
The system processes the FW entity data and creates a customs database record with Freight Forwarder information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01457
Check if Corrector EDI has Importer Data
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a corrector edi transaction is being processed during the 'Check if Corrector EDI has Importer Data' routine, when the system checks for importer data presence in the transaction, the system executes logic to ensure that if importer name exists in temporary storage, proceed to read existing importer data, otherwise skip backup process.
Given
A corrector EDI transaction is being processed
When
The system checks for importer data presence in the transaction
Then
If importer name exists in temporary storage, proceed to read existing importer data, otherwise skip backup process
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01458
Read Existing Importer from Record 55
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi contains importer data and backup process is initiated during the 'Read Existing Importer from Record 55' routine, when the system searches for existing importer records in sequence 3-24 of record type 55, the system executes logic to ensure that read importer records until found or maximum sequence reached.
Given
Corrector EDI contains importer data and backup process is initiated
When
The system searches for existing importer records in sequence 3-24 of record type 55
Then
Read importer records until found or maximum sequence reached
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01469
No Backup Required
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming either no corrector edi importer data exists or no existing importer record is found during the 'No Backup Required' routine, when the system evaluates backup requirements, the system executes logic to ensure that skip the backup process and continue with normal processing.
Given
Either no corrector EDI importer data exists or no existing importer record is found
When
The system evaluates backup requirements
Then
Skip the backup process and continue with normal processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01470
Are all required fields empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipper or consignee n1 segment is being processed with sequence number 1 or 2 during the 'Are all required fields empty?' routine, when the segment has empty name and empty address data and empty city/state data and empty contact information, the system executes logic to ensure that generate required shipper error for sequence 1 or required consignee error for sequence 2.
Given
A shipper or consignee N1 segment is being processed with sequence number 1 or 2
When
The segment has empty name AND empty address data AND empty city/state data AND empty contact information
Then
Generate required shipper error for sequence 1 or required consignee error for sequence 2
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01471
Entity ID present but Name missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment is being validated, and the entity id code is not empty and the entity name is empty occurs during the 'Entity ID present but Name missing?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate a required name error message.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment is being validated
When
The entity ID code is not empty AND the entity name is empty
Then
Generate a required name error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01472
Address data present but Entity ID/Name missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 segment contains address data or city/state data or contact information during the 'Address data present but Entity ID/Name missing?' routine, when the entity id code is empty or the entity name is empty, the system executes logic to ensure that generate required entity id error if id is missing and generate required name error if name is missing.
Given
An N1 segment contains address data OR city/state data OR contact information
When
The entity ID code is empty OR the entity name is empty
Then
Generate required entity ID error if ID is missing AND generate required name error if name is missing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01473
Entity ID is invalid type?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment with sequence number greater than 2 is being validated, and the entity id code is not empty and the entity id is not a valid entity type or is a shipper code or is a consignee code or is a customs broker code occurs during the 'Entity ID is invalid type?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an invalid entity id value error message.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment with sequence number greater than 2 is being validated
When
The entity ID code is not empty AND the entity ID is not a valid entity type OR is a shipper code OR is a consignee code OR is a customs broker code
Then
Generate an invalid entity ID value error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01474
Address missing when Entity ID present?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 segment has a valid entity id code during the 'Address missing when Entity ID present?' routine, when the address information field is empty, the system executes logic to ensure that generate a required address error message.
Given
An N1 segment has a valid entity ID code
When
The address information field is empty
Then
Generate a required address error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01475
City name missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 segment contains city/state data during the 'City name missing?' routine, when the city name field is empty, the system executes logic to ensure that generate a required city name error message.
Given
An N1 segment contains city/state data
When
The city name field is empty
Then
Generate a required city name error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01476
City name too short?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 segment has a city name provided during the 'City name too short?' routine, when the city name length is less than 2 characters, the system executes logic to ensure that generate a minimum length requirement error message.
Given
An N1 segment has a city name provided
When
The city name length is less than 2 characters
Then
Generate a minimum length requirement error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01477
Postal code too short?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 segment has a postal code provided during the 'Postal code too short?' routine, when the postal code length is less than 3 characters, the system executes logic to ensure that generate a postal code minimum length error message.
Given
An N1 segment has a postal code provided
When
The postal code length is less than 3 characters
Then
Generate a postal code minimum length error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01478
State missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 segment has country code of canada or usa or mexico during the 'State missing?' routine, when the state or province code is empty, the system executes logic to ensure that generate a required state/province error message.
Given
An N1 segment has country code of Canada OR USA OR Mexico
When
The state or province code is empty
Then
Generate a required state/province error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01479
Invalid State/Country combination?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment has both state/province code and country code provided, and the state/province code is not found in the state-country lookup table for the specified country occurs during the 'Invalid State/Country combination?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an invalid state/province code error message.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment has both state/province code and country code provided
When
The state/province code is not found in the state-country lookup table for the specified country
Then
Generate an invalid state/province code error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01480
Country code missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 segment contains city/state data during the 'Country code missing?' routine, when the country code field is empty, the system executes logic to ensure that generate a required country code error message.
Given
An N1 segment contains city/state data
When
The country code field is empty
Then
Generate a required country code error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01481
Contact qualifier invalid?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment has contact information with a communication qualifier, and the communication qualifier is not empty and not 'fx' (fax) and not 'te' (telephone) occurs during the 'Contact qualifier invalid?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an invalid communication qualifier error message.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment has contact information with a communication qualifier
When
The communication qualifier is not empty AND not 'FX' (fax) AND not 'TE' (telephone)
Then
Generate an invalid communication qualifier error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01482
Contact number missing when required?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment has contact information, and the communication qualifier is not empty or the contact name is not empty and the communication number is empty occurs during the 'Contact number missing when required?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate a required communication number error message.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment has contact information
When
The communication qualifier is not empty OR the contact name is not empty AND the communication number is empty
Then
Generate a required communication number error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01484
Entity ID Missing but Address/Contact Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment record is being validated, and the entity id code is empty and (address information is not empty or location information is not empty or contact information is not empty) occurs during the 'Entity ID Missing but Address/Contact Present?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an error indicating entity id code is required.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment record is being validated
When
The entity ID code is empty AND (address information is not empty OR location information is not empty OR contact information is not empty)
Then
Generate an error indicating entity ID code is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01485
Name Missing but Address/Contact Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment record is being validated, and the entity name is empty and (address information is not empty or location information is not empty or contact information is not empty) occurs during the 'Name Missing but Address/Contact Present?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an error indicating entity name is required.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment record is being validated
When
The entity name is empty AND (address information is not empty OR location information is not empty OR contact information is not empty)
Then
Generate an error indicating entity name is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01486
Entity ID Present but Name Missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment record is being validated, and the entity id code is not empty and the entity name is empty occurs during the 'Entity ID Present but Name Missing?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an error indicating entity name is required.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment record is being validated
When
The entity ID code is not empty AND the entity name is empty
Then
Generate an error indicating entity name is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01487
Invalid Entity ID Value?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment record with sequence number greater than 2 is being validated, and the entity id code is not empty and the entity id is not a valid entity type and the entity id is not 'sh' (shipper) and the entity id is not 'cn' (consignee) and the entity id is not 'cb' (customs broker) occurs during the 'Invalid Entity ID Value?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an error indicating invalid entity id value.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment record with sequence number greater than 2 is being validated
When
The entity ID code is not empty AND the entity ID is not a valid entity type AND the entity ID is not 'SH' (shipper) AND the entity ID is not 'CN' (consignee) AND the entity ID is not 'CB' (customs broker)
Then
Generate an error indicating invalid entity ID value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01488
Entity ID Present but Address Missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment record is being validated, and the entity id code is not empty and the primary address line is empty occurs during the 'Entity ID Present but Address Missing?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an error indicating address information is required.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment record is being validated
When
The entity ID code is not empty AND the primary address line is empty
Then
Generate an error indicating address information is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01489
City Name Missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment record with location information is being validated, and location information is not empty and city name is empty occurs during the 'City Name Missing?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an error indicating city name is required.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment record with location information is being validated
When
Location information is not empty AND city name is empty
Then
Generate an error indicating city name is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01490
City Name Length < 2?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment record with city name is being validated, and city name is not empty and city name length is less than 2 characters occurs during the 'City Name Length < 2?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an error indicating minimum length of 2 characters is required.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment record with city name is being validated
When
City name is not empty AND city name length is less than 2 characters
Then
Generate an error indicating minimum length of 2 characters is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01491
Postal Code Length < 3?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment record with postal code is being validated, and postal code is not empty and postal code length is less than 3 characters occurs during the 'Postal Code Length < 3?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an error indicating minimum length of 3 characters is required.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment record with postal code is being validated
When
Postal code is not empty AND postal code length is less than 3 characters
Then
Generate an error indicating minimum length of 3 characters is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01492
Country is CA/US/MX and State Missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 segment record with location information is being validated during the 'Country is CA/US/MX and State Missing?' routine, when country code is 'ca' (canada) or 'us' (united states) or 'mx' (mexico) and state/province code is empty, the system executes logic to ensure that generate an error indicating state/province code is required.
Given
An N1 segment record with location information is being validated
When
Country code is 'CA' (Canada) OR 'US' (United States) OR 'MX' (Mexico) AND state/province code is empty
Then
Generate an error indicating state/province code is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01493
Invalid State/Country Combination?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment record with state and country codes is being validated, and state/province code and country code combination is not found in the state-country reference table occurs during the 'Invalid State/Country Combination?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an error indicating invalid state/province code for the specified country.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment record with state and country codes is being validated
When
State/province code and country code combination is not found in the state-country reference table
Then
Generate an error indicating invalid state/province code for the specified country
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01494
Country Code Missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment record with location information is being validated, and location information is not empty and country code is empty occurs during the 'Country Code Missing?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an error indicating country code is required.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment record with location information is being validated
When
Location information is not empty AND country code is empty
Then
Generate an error indicating country code is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01495
Contact Name Present but Qualifier Missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment record with contact information is being validated, and contact person name is not empty and communication number qualifier is empty occurs during the 'Contact Name Present but Qualifier Missing?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an error indicating communication number qualifier is required.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment record with contact information is being validated
When
Contact person name is not empty AND communication number qualifier is empty
Then
Generate an error indicating communication number qualifier is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01496
Communication Number Present but Qualifier Missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment record with contact information is being validated, and communication number is not empty and communication number qualifier is empty occurs during the 'Communication Number Present but Qualifier Missing?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an error indicating communication number qualifier is required.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment record with contact information is being validated
When
Communication number is not empty AND communication number qualifier is empty
Then
Generate an error indicating communication number qualifier is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01497
Invalid Communication Qualifier Value?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment record with communication qualifier is being validated, and communication number qualifier is not empty and qualifier is not 'te' (telephone) and qualifier is not 'fx' (fax) and qualifier is not spaces occurs during the 'Invalid Communication Qualifier Value?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an error indicating invalid communication qualifier value.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment record with communication qualifier is being validated
When
Communication number qualifier is not empty AND qualifier is not 'TE' (telephone) AND qualifier is not 'FX' (fax) AND qualifier is not spaces
Then
Generate an error indicating invalid communication qualifier value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01498
Qualifier or Name Present but Number Missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an n1 segment record with contact information is being validated, and (communication number qualifier is not empty or contact person name is not empty) and communication number is empty occurs during the 'Qualifier or Name Present but Number Missing?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an error indicating communication number is required.
EXCLUDING
An N1 segment record with contact information is being validated
When
(Communication number qualifier is not empty OR contact person name is not empty) AND communication number is empty
Then
Generate an error indicating communication number is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01499
N4 Address Data Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n4 address segment is being processed for validation during the 'N4 Address Data Present?' routine, when the system checks if the n4 address data field contains any information, the system executes logic to ensure that if n4 data is empty or spaces, skip address validation; otherwise proceed with validation.
Given
An N4 address segment is being processed for validation
When
The system checks if the N4 address data field contains any information
Then
If N4 data is empty or spaces, skip address validation; otherwise proceed with validation
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01505
Generate Invalid State/Province Error
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a state/province and country combination is not found in the lookup table, and the validation process determines the combination is invalid occurs during the 'Generate Invalid State/Province Error' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate error message indicating invalid state/province code for the country.
EXCLUDING
A state/province and country combination is not found in the lookup table
When
The validation process determines the combination is invalid
Then
Generate error message indicating invalid state/province code for the country
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01506
Generate Required State/Province Error
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an address for canada, usa, or mexico is missing state/province code during the 'Generate Required State/Province Error' routine, when the validation process checks for required state/province code, the system executes logic to ensure that generate error message indicating state/province code is required.
Given
An address for Canada, USA, or Mexico is missing state/province code
When
The validation process checks for required state/province code
Then
Generate error message indicating state/province code is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01510
Generate Required Country Code Error
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming country code is missing and cannot be derived from state/province code during the 'Generate Required Country Code Error' routine, when the validation process completes country code determination, the system executes logic to ensure that generate error message indicating country code is required.
Given
Country code is missing and cannot be derived from state/province code
When
The validation process completes country code determination
Then
Generate error message indicating country code is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01511
Build SF Stuffer Entity Segments
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol contains sf stuffer entity data with entity name pn type during the 'Build SF Stuffer Entity Segments' routine, when processing sf entity segments from ebsnrsc data source, the system executes logic to ensure that extract entity name, address information from pa type, city/state/postal/country from pc type, and contact information from gp type, then create sf entity record with default 'na' address if address is blank.
Given
An EDI BOL contains SF stuffer entity data with entity name PN type
When
Processing SF entity segments from EBSNRSC data source
Then
Extract entity name, address information from PA type, city/state/postal/country from PC type, and contact information from GP type, then create SF entity record with default 'NA' address if address is blank
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01512
Build UC Ultimate Consignee Segments
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol contains uc ultimate consignee entity data with entity name un type during the 'Build UC Ultimate Consignee Segments' routine, when processing uc entity segments from ebsnrsc data source, the system executes logic to ensure that extract entity name, address information from ua type, city/state/postal/country from uc type, and contact information from gp type, then create uc entity record with default 'na' address if address is blank.
Given
An EDI BOL contains UC ultimate consignee entity data with entity name UN type
When
Processing UC entity segments from EBSNRSC data source
Then
Extract entity name, address information from UA type, city/state/postal/country from UC type, and contact information from GP type, then create UC entity record with default 'NA' address if address is blank
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01513
Build BN Beneficial Owner Segments
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol contains bn beneficial owner entity data and tn transportation data exists during the 'Build BN Beneficial Owner Segments' routine, when processing bn entity segments from ebsnrsc and ebsnrtd data sources, the system executes logic to ensure that extract entity name from bn type, address information from bt type, city/state/postal/country from by type, set consignee chop code, and create bn entity record with default 'na' address if address is blank.
Given
An EDI BOL contains BN beneficial owner entity data and TN transportation data exists
When
Processing BN entity segments from EBSNRSC and EBSNRTD data sources
Then
Extract entity name from BN type, address information from BT type, city/state/postal/country from BY type, set consignee chop code, and create BN entity record with default 'NA' address if address is blank
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01514
Build C1 Carrier Entity Segments
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming transportation data exists in ebsnrtd with c1 organization id or fastway consignee data code equals 'c' during the 'Build C1 Carrier Entity Segments' routine, when processing c1 entity segments from ebsnrtd or shiproot data sources, the system executes logic to ensure that if ebsnrtd data found, extract entity name from tn type, address from t2 type, city/state/postal/country from ta type, and contact from t3 type; otherwise use fastway consignee data with parsed address information and create c1 entity record.
Given
Transportation data exists in EBSNRTD with C1 organization ID or Fastway consignee data code equals 'C'
When
Processing C1 entity segments from EBSNRTD or SHIPROOT data sources
Then
If EBSNRTD data found, extract entity name from TN type, address from T2 type, city/state/postal/country from TA type, and contact from T3 type; otherwise use Fastway consignee data with parsed address information and create C1 entity record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01515
Build N1 Notify Party Segments
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming transportation data exists in ebsnrtd with n1 organization id during the 'Build N1 Notify Party Segments' routine, when processing n1 entity segments from ebsnrtd data source, the system executes logic to ensure that extract entity name from tn type, address information from t2 type, city/state/postal/country from ta type, and contact information from t3 type, then create n1 entity record with default 'na' address if address is blank.
Given
Transportation data exists in EBSNRTD with N1 organization ID
When
Processing N1 entity segments from EBSNRTD data source
Then
Extract entity name from TN type, address information from T2 type, city/state/postal/country from TA type, and contact information from T3 type, then create N1 entity record with default 'NA' address if address is blank
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01516
Build PF/SS MCOA Entity Segments
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming mcoa data exists in ebsmcoa with organization id equals 'pf' or 'ss' during the 'Build PF/SS MCOA Entity Segments' routine, when processing pf/ss entity segments from ebsmcoa data source, the system executes logic to ensure that extract entity name, id code qualifier, and id code from ot type, address information from on type, city/state/postal/country from oc type, then create pf or ss entity record with default 'na' address if address is blank.
Given
MCOA data exists in EBSMCOA with organization ID equals 'PF' or 'SS'
When
Processing PF/SS entity segments from EBSMCOA data source
Then
Extract entity name, ID code qualifier, and ID code from OT type, address information from ON type, city/state/postal/country from OC type, then create PF or SS entity record with default 'NA' address if address is blank
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01517
Build 11 Entity Segments
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming transportation data exists in ebsnrtd with 11 organization id during the 'Build 11 Entity Segments' routine, when processing 11 entity segments from ebsnrtd data source, the system executes logic to ensure that extract entity name from tn type, address information from t2 type, city/state/postal/country from ta type, and contact information from t3 type, then create 11 entity record with default 'na' address if address is blank.
Given
Transportation data exists in EBSNRTD with 11 organization ID
When
Processing 11 entity segments from EBSNRTD data source
Then
Extract entity name from TN type, address information from T2 type, city/state/postal/country from TA type, and contact information from T3 type, then create 11 entity record with default 'NA' address if address is blank
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01518
Build NN Entity Segments
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol contains nn named entity data with valid entity id codes during the 'Build NN Entity Segments' routine, when processing nn entity segments from ebsnrsc data source and entity id is valid, the system executes logic to ensure that extract entity name and consignee chop code, address information from gc type, city/state/postal/country from ga type, then create nn entity record with default 'na' address if address is blank.
Given
EDI BOL contains NN named entity data with valid entity ID codes
When
Processing NN entity segments from EBSNRSC data source and entity ID is valid
Then
Extract entity name and consignee chop code, address information from GC type, city/state/postal/country from GA type, then create NN entity record with default 'NA' address if address is blank
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01519
Build MC Entity Segments
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming transportation data exists in ebsnrtd with mc organization id during the 'Build MC Entity Segments' routine, when processing mc entity segments from ebsnrtd data source, the system executes logic to ensure that extract entity name from tn type, address information from t2 type, city/state/postal/country from ta type, and contact information from t3 type, then create mc entity record with default 'na' address if address is blank.
Given
Transportation data exists in EBSNRTD with MC organization ID
When
Processing MC entity segments from EBSNRTD data source
Then
Extract entity name from TN type, address information from T2 type, city/state/postal/country from TA type, and contact information from T3 type, then create MC entity record with default 'NA' address if address is blank
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01520
Build OO Entity Segments
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming transportation data exists in ebsnrtd with oo organization id during the 'Build OO Entity Segments' routine, when processing oo entity segments from ebsnrtd data source, the system executes logic to ensure that extract entity name from tn type, address information from t2 type, city/state/postal/country from ta type, and contact information from t3 type, then create oo entity record with default 'na' address if address is blank.
Given
Transportation data exists in EBSNRTD with OO organization ID
When
Processing OO entity segments from EBSNRTD data source
Then
Extract entity name from TN type, address information from T2 type, city/state/postal/country from TA type, and contact information from T3 type, then create OO entity record with default 'NA' address if address is blank
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01521
Build FW Entity Segments
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming transportation data exists in ebsnrtd with fw organization id during the 'Build FW Entity Segments' routine, when processing fw entity segments from ebsnrtd data source, the system executes logic to ensure that extract entity name from tn type, address information from t2 type, city/state/postal/country from ta type, and contact information from t3 type, then create fw entity record with default 'na' address if address is blank.
Given
Transportation data exists in EBSNRTD with FW organization ID
When
Processing FW entity segments from EBSNRTD data source
Then
Extract entity name from TN type, address information from T2 type, city/state/postal/country from TA type, and contact information from T3 type, then create FW entity record with default 'NA' address if address is blank
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01522
Build IM Importer Segments
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol contains im importer entity data or au table contains importer information and no existing importer record found in sequence 55 during the 'Build IM Importer Segments' routine, when processing im entity segments from ebsnrsc or au table data sources, the system executes logic to ensure that if edi data exists, extract importer name, business number qualifier, business number, address, and contact information; if only au table data exists, create importer record from au table with business number qualifier 'm5' and set csa indicator on; if both au and sequence 55 importer found with business number qualifier 'bn' or blank, turn csa indicator off.
Given
EDI BOL contains IM importer entity data or AU table contains importer information and no existing importer record found in sequence 55
When
Processing IM entity segments from EBSNRSC or AU table data sources
Then
If EDI data exists, extract importer name, business number qualifier, business number, address, and contact information; if only AU table data exists, create importer record from AU table with business number qualifier 'M5' and set CSA indicator on; if both AU and sequence 55 importer found with business number qualifier 'BN' or blank, turn CSA indicator off
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01523
Set Default Address Values
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity record is being created and address information is blank or spaces during the 'Set Default Address Values' routine, when processing any entity segment address data, the system executes logic to ensure that set address line 1 to 'na' if blank and leave address line 2 as spaces.
Given
An entity record is being created and address information is blank or spaces
When
Processing any entity segment address data
Then
Set address line 1 to 'NA' if blank and leave address line 2 as spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01526
Get EDI BOL Segment for Entity Type
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol key exists and entity type is specified during the 'Get EDI BOL Segment for Entity Type' routine, when system attempts to retrieve entity segment data from ebsnrsc, the system executes logic to ensure that entity segment data is retrieved if found, otherwise segment is marked as not found.
Given
An EDI BOL key exists and entity type is specified
When
System attempts to retrieve entity segment data from EBSNRSC
Then
Entity segment data is retrieved if found, otherwise segment is marked as not found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01527
Extract Entity Name from N1 Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol n1 segment data is available during the 'Extract Entity Name from N1 Segment' routine, when system processes entity identification information, the system executes logic to ensure that entity id code, name, id code qualifier, and id code are extracted and populated.
Given
EDI BOL N1 segment data is available
When
System processes entity identification information
Then
Entity ID code, name, ID code qualifier, and ID code are extracted and populated
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01528
Get Address Segment N3
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming entity n1 segment has been processed and edi bol key exists during the 'Get Address Segment N3' routine, when system attempts to retrieve address segment data from ebsnrsa, the system executes logic to ensure that address segment data is retrieved if found, otherwise address processing is skipped.
Given
Entity N1 segment has been processed and EDI BOL key exists
When
System attempts to retrieve address segment data from EBSNRSA
Then
Address segment data is retrieved if found, otherwise address processing is skipped
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01529
Extract Address Line 1
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol n3 address segment data is available during the 'Extract Address Line 1' routine, when system processes address information, the system executes logic to ensure that address line 1 and address line 2 are extracted and populated in entity record.
Given
EDI BOL N3 address segment data is available
When
System processes address information
Then
Address line 1 and address line 2 are extracted and populated in entity record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01530
Get City/State Segment N4
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming entity address information has been processed and edi bol key exists during the 'Get City/State Segment N4' routine, when system attempts to retrieve city/state segment data from ebsnrsa, the system executes logic to ensure that city/state segment data is retrieved if found, otherwise geographic processing is skipped.
Given
Entity address information has been processed and EDI BOL key exists
When
System attempts to retrieve city/state segment data from EBSNRSA
Then
City/state segment data is retrieved if found, otherwise geographic processing is skipped
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01531
Extract City Name
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol n4 city/state segment data is available during the 'Extract City Name' routine, when system processes geographic information, the system executes logic to ensure that city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code are extracted and populated.
Given
EDI BOL N4 city/state segment data is available
When
System processes geographic information
Then
City name, state/province code, postal code, and country code are extracted and populated
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01532
Get Contact Segment PER
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming entity geographic information has been processed and edi bol key exists during the 'Get Contact Segment PER' routine, when system attempts to retrieve contact segment data from ebsnrsa or ebsnrtd, the system executes logic to ensure that contact segment data is retrieved if found, otherwise contact processing is skipped.
Given
Entity geographic information has been processed and EDI BOL key exists
When
System attempts to retrieve contact segment data from EBSNRSA or EBSNRTD
Then
Contact segment data is retrieved if found, otherwise contact processing is skipped
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01533
Extract Contact Function Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol per contact segment data is available during the 'Extract Contact Function Code' routine, when system processes contact information, the system executes logic to ensure that contact function code, person name, communication number qualifier, and communication number are extracted and populated.
Given
EDI BOL PER contact segment data is available
When
System processes contact information
Then
Contact function code, person name, communication number qualifier, and communication number are extracted and populated
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01535
Populate Shipper from Fastway
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol data is not available for shipper entity and fastway shipment data exists, and building shipper record (sequence 0001) and shipper entity type is required occurs during the 'Populate Shipper from Fastway' routine, then the system must guarantee that set entity id to 'sh' and populate shipper chop code from shipment root and populate shipper name from shipment root and set default address values for missing fields.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL data is not available for shipper entity AND Fastway shipment data exists
When
Building shipper record (sequence 0001) AND shipper entity type is required
Then
Set entity ID to 'SH' AND populate shipper CHOP code from shipment root AND populate shipper name from shipment root AND set default address values for missing fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01537
Populate Consignee from Fastway
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol data is not available for consignee entity and fastway shipment data exists, and building consignee record (sequence 0002) and consignee entity type is required occurs during the 'Populate Consignee from Fastway' routine, then the system must guarantee that set entity id to 'cn' and populate consignee chop code from shipment root and populate consignee name from shipment root consignee data field 1 and set default address values for missing fields.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL data is not available for consignee entity AND Fastway shipment data exists
When
Building consignee record (sequence 0002) AND consignee entity type is required
Then
Set entity ID to 'CN' AND populate consignee CHOP code from shipment root AND populate consignee name from shipment root consignee data field 1 AND set default address values for missing fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01539
Parse Address Components
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming address data exists in fastway format and address parsing is required for entity during the 'Parse Address Components' routine, when processing address field 2 for shipper or processing address field 4 for consignee or processing carrier address data, the system executes logic to ensure that parse address into city name, state/province code, and postal code components and lookup country code using state-country table based on state/province code and set country code from lookup result.
Given
Address data exists in Fastway format AND address parsing is required for entity
When
Processing address field 2 for shipper OR processing address field 4 for consignee OR processing carrier address data
Then
Parse address into city name, state/province code, and postal code components AND lookup country code using state-country table based on state/province code AND set country code from lookup result
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01540
Lookup Country Code
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming state or province code exists from parsed address data and state-country lookup table is available during the 'Lookup Country Code' routine, when country code determination is required for address validation, the system executes logic to ensure that search state-country table for matching state/province code and set country code from table entry when match found and set country code to spaces when no match found and add error message when country code cannot be determined.
Given
State or province code exists from parsed address data AND state-country lookup table is available
When
Country code determination is required for address validation
Then
Search state-country table for matching state/province code AND set country code from table entry when match found AND set country code to spaces when no match found AND add error message when country code cannot be determined
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01541
Populate Carrier from Fastway
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If carrier entity type (c1) is required and edi bol data is not available and fastway shipment data exists, and building carrier record and consignee data code field 2 equals 'c' occurs during the 'Populate Carrier from Fastway' routine, then the system must guarantee that set entity id to 'c1' and populate carrier name from consignee data field 2 and populate carrier address from consignee data field 3 and set carrier address to 'na' when field 3 is spaces and parse carrier address components for city, state, postal code, and country.
EXCLUDING
Carrier entity type (C1) is required AND EDI BOL data is not available AND Fastway shipment data exists
When
Building carrier record AND consignee data code field 2 equals 'C'
Then
Set entity ID to 'C1' AND populate carrier name from consignee data field 2 AND populate carrier address from consignee data field 3 AND set carrier address to 'NA' when field 3 is spaces AND parse carrier address components for city, state, postal code, and country
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01542
Set Default NA for Missing Address
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming entity record is being built for shipper or consignee during the 'Set Default NA for Missing Address' routine, when shipper name is spaces or consignee name is spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that add error message for invalid shipper name when shipper name is missing and add error message for invalid consignee name when consignee name is missing.
Given
Entity record is being built for shipper or consignee
When
Shipper name is spaces OR consignee name is spaces
Then
Add error message for invalid shipper name when shipper name is missing AND add error message for invalid consignee name when consignee name is missing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01543
Set Shipper Address 1 to 'NA'
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipper record is being processed for customs manifest creation during the 'Set Shipper Address 1 to 'NA'' routine, when the shipper address line 1 field is empty or contains only spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system assigns 'na' as the default value for shipper address line 1.
Given
A shipper record is being processed for customs manifest creation
When
The shipper address line 1 field is empty or contains only spaces
Then
The system assigns 'NA' as the default value for shipper address line 1
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01544
Set Shipper Address 2 to 'NA'
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipper record is being processed for customs manifest creation during the 'Set Shipper Address 2 to 'NA'' routine, when the shipper address line 2 field is empty, contains only spaces, or has only the first character filled with remaining characters as spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system assigns 'na' as the default value for shipper address line 2 and sets country code to 'us'.
Given
A shipper record is being processed for customs manifest creation
When
The shipper address line 2 field is empty, contains only spaces, or has only the first character filled with remaining characters as spaces
Then
The system assigns 'NA' as the default value for shipper address line 2 and sets country code to 'US'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01545
Set Consignee Address 1 to 'NA'
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a consignee record is being processed for customs manifest creation during the 'Set Consignee Address 1 to 'NA'' routine, when the consignee address line 1 field is empty or contains only spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system assigns 'na' as the default value for consignee address line 1.
Given
A consignee record is being processed for customs manifest creation
When
The consignee address line 1 field is empty or contains only spaces
Then
The system assigns 'NA' as the default value for consignee address line 1
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01546
Set Consignee Address 2 to 'NA'
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a consignee record is being processed for customs manifest creation during the 'Set Consignee Address 2 to 'NA'' routine, when the consignee address line 2 field is empty, contains only spaces, or has only the first character filled with remaining characters as spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system assigns 'na' as the default value for consignee address line 2 and sets country code to 'ca'.
Given
A consignee record is being processed for customs manifest creation
When
The consignee address line 2 field is empty, contains only spaces, or has only the first character filled with remaining characters as spaces
Then
The system assigns 'NA' as the default value for consignee address line 2 and sets country code to 'CA'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01547
Set Entity N301 Address to 'NA'
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity record (sf, uc, bn, c1, n1, 11, mc, oo, fw) is being processed for customs manifest creation during the 'Set Entity N301 Address to 'NA'' routine, when the entity n301 address information field is empty or contains only spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system assigns 'na' as the default value for the entity n301 address information field.
Given
An entity record (SF, UC, BN, C1, N1, 11, MC, OO, FW) is being processed for customs manifest creation
When
The entity N301 address information field is empty or contains only spaces
Then
The system assigns 'NA' as the default value for the entity N301 address information field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01548
Set Importer Address to 'NA'
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an importer record is being processed for customs manifest creation during the 'Set Importer Address to 'NA'' routine, when the importer address information field is empty, contains only spaces, or contains low-values, the system executes logic to ensure that the system assigns 'na' as the default value for the importer address information field.
Given
An importer record is being processed for customs manifest creation
When
The importer address information field is empty, contains only spaces, or contains low-values
Then
The system assigns 'NA' as the default value for the importer address information field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01549
Entity has State/Province Code?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity has a state or province code that needs country code assignment during the 'Entity has State/Province Code?' routine, when the system processes the entity's location information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should check if the entity has a valid state or province code before proceeding with country lookup.
Given
An entity has a state or province code that needs country code assignment
When
The system processes the entity's location information
Then
The system should check if the entity has a valid state or province code before proceeding with country lookup
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01557
Entity ID or Name missing but other data present?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a record has address data, city/state data, or contact data populated during the 'Entity ID or Name missing but other data present?' routine, when entity id is missing or empty, the system executes logic to ensure that generate entity id required error message.
Given
A record has address data, city/state data, or contact data populated
When
Entity ID is missing or empty
Then
Generate entity ID required error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01558
Entity ID or Name missing but other data present?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a record has address data, city/state data, or contact data populated during the 'Entity ID or Name missing but other data present?' routine, when name is missing or empty, the system executes logic to ensure that generate name required error message.
Given
A record has address data, city/state data, or contact data populated
When
Name is missing or empty
Then
Generate name required error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01559
Entity ID present but Name missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a record has entity id populated during the 'Entity ID present but Name missing?' routine, when name field is missing or empty, the system executes logic to ensure that generate name required error message.
Given
A record has entity ID populated
When
Name field is missing or empty
Then
Generate name required error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01560
Entity ID invalid or restricted type?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a record sequence number is greater than 2, and entity id is not in valid values list or is a restricted type (sh, cn, bn) occurs during the 'Entity ID invalid or restricted type?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate invalid entity id value error message.
EXCLUDING
A record sequence number is greater than 2
When
Entity ID is not in valid values list or is a restricted type (SH, CN, BN)
Then
Generate invalid entity ID value error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01561
Entity ID present but Address missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a record has entity id populated during the 'Entity ID present but Address missing?' routine, when address information is missing or empty, the system executes logic to ensure that generate address required error message.
Given
A record has entity ID populated
When
Address information is missing or empty
Then
Generate address required error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01562
City name missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a record has city/state/postal data section populated during the 'City name missing?' routine, when city name is missing or empty, the system executes logic to ensure that generate city name required error message.
Given
A record has city/state/postal data section populated
When
City name is missing or empty
Then
Generate city name required error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01563
City name too short?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a record has city name populated during the 'City name too short?' routine, when city name length is less than 2 characters, the system executes logic to ensure that generate minimum length requirement error message.
Given
A record has city name populated
When
City name length is less than 2 characters
Then
Generate minimum length requirement error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01564
Postal code too short?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a record has postal code populated during the 'Postal code too short?' routine, when postal code length is less than 3 characters, the system executes logic to ensure that generate postal code minimum length requirement error message.
Given
A record has postal code populated
When
Postal code length is less than 3 characters
Then
Generate postal code minimum length requirement error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01565
State/Province missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a record has country code of ca, us, or mx during the 'State/Province missing?' routine, when state or province code is missing or empty, the system executes logic to ensure that generate state/province required error message.
Given
A record has country code of CA, US, or MX
When
State or province code is missing or empty
Then
Generate state/province required error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01566
State/Country combination invalid?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a record has both state/province code and country code populated, and state/province code does not belong to the specified country based on lookup table occurs during the 'State/Country combination invalid?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate invalid state/country combination error message.
EXCLUDING
A record has both state/province code and country code populated
When
State/province code does not belong to the specified country based on lookup table
Then
Generate invalid state/country combination error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01568
Country code missing?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a record has city/state/postal data populated during the 'Country code missing?' routine, when country code is missing or empty after auto-assignment attempt, the system executes logic to ensure that generate country code required error message.
Given
A record has city/state/postal data populated
When
Country code is missing or empty after auto-assignment attempt
Then
Generate country code required error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01569
Contact qualifier missing but name present?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a record has contact name populated during the 'Contact qualifier missing but name present?' routine, when contact communication qualifier is missing or empty, the system executes logic to ensure that generate contact qualifier required error message.
Given
A record has contact name populated
When
Contact communication qualifier is missing or empty
Then
Generate contact qualifier required error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01570
Contact qualifier missing but number present?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a record has contact communication number populated during the 'Contact qualifier missing but number present?' routine, when contact communication qualifier is missing or empty, the system executes logic to ensure that generate contact qualifier required error message.
Given
A record has contact communication number populated
When
Contact communication qualifier is missing or empty
Then
Generate contact qualifier required error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01571
Contact qualifier invalid?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a record has contact communication qualifier populated, and contact qualifier is not spaces, 'fx', or 'te' occurs during the 'Contact qualifier invalid?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate invalid contact qualifier value error message.
EXCLUDING
A record has contact communication qualifier populated
When
Contact qualifier is not spaces, 'FX', or 'TE'
Then
Generate invalid contact qualifier value error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01572
Contact number missing but qualifier/name present?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a record has contact communication qualifier or contact name populated during the 'Contact number missing but qualifier/name present?' routine, when contact communication number is missing or empty, the system executes logic to ensure that generate contact number required error message.
Given
A record has contact communication qualifier or contact name populated
When
Contact communication number is missing or empty
Then
Generate contact number required error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01573
Entity ID Code Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a record segment contains address data, location data, or contact data during the 'Entity ID Code Present?' routine, when the entity identification code field is empty or spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that generate a required entity id error message.
Given
A record segment contains address data, location data, or contact data
When
The entity identification code field is empty or spaces
Then
Generate a required entity ID error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01574
Entity ID Code Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity identification code is present in the record during the 'Entity ID Code Present?' routine, when the entity name field is empty or spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that generate a required entity name error message.
Given
An entity identification code is present in the record
When
The entity name field is empty or spaces
Then
Generate a required entity name error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01576
Entity ID in Allowed Values?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a record sequence number is greater than 2 (extended entity record), and the entity identification code is present but not in the list of valid entity types occurs during the 'Entity ID in Allowed Values?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an invalid entity type error message.
EXCLUDING
A record sequence number is greater than 2 (extended entity record)
When
The entity identification code is present but not in the list of valid entity types
Then
Generate an invalid entity type error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01577
Entity ID is Shipper/Consignee/Broker?
Policy Rules
Business View: Assuming an extended record (sequence > 2) contains an entity identification code during the 'Entity ID is Shipper/Consignee/Broker?' routine, when the entity type is shipper (sh), consignee (cn), or customs broker (cb), the system executes logic to ensure that generate an invalid entity type error message as these types are reserved for specific record positions.
Given
An extended record (sequence > 2) contains an entity identification code
When
The entity type is shipper (SH), consignee (CN), or customs broker (CB)
Then
Generate an invalid entity type error message as these types are reserved for specific record positions
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01578
Address Information Requirement Validation - Validate that address information is provided when entity ID and name are present
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an entity record is being processed with entity id and name fields, and the entity id is not spaces and the entity name is not spaces and the address line 1 is spaces occurs during the 'Address Information Requirement Validation - Validate that address information is provided when entity ID and name are present' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system generates an error message indicating that address information is required.
EXCLUDING
An entity record is being processed with entity ID and name fields
When
The entity ID is not spaces AND the entity name is not spaces AND the address line 1 is spaces
Then
The system generates an error message indicating that address information is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01579
City Name Length Validation - Validate city name has minimum 2 character length requirement
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a city name field is provided in the address information during the 'City Name Length Validation - Validate city name has minimum 2 character length requirement' routine, when the system validates the city name length, the system executes logic to ensure that if the city name has fewer than 2 characters, generate a minimum length requirement error message and add it to the error queue.
Given
A city name field is provided in the address information
When
The system validates the city name length
Then
If the city name has fewer than 2 characters, generate a minimum length requirement error message and add it to the error queue
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01580
City Name Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n4 segment with city name field is being processed during the 'City Name Present?' routine, when the system checks for city name presence, the system executes logic to ensure that if city name is spaces, skip length validation and continue processing.
Given
An N4 segment with city name field is being processed
When
The system checks for city name presence
Then
If city name is spaces, skip length validation and continue processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01582
Generate Min Length Error Message
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a city name that has fewer than 2 characters during the 'Generate Min Length Error Message' routine, when the minimum length validation fails, the system executes logic to ensure that generate error message with code gccs-e-gen-min-len2-req indicating minimum 2 character length requirement.
Given
A city name that has fewer than 2 characters
When
The minimum length validation fails
Then
Generate error message with code GCCS-E-GEN-MIN-LEN2-REQ indicating minimum 2 character length requirement
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01583
Add Error to Message Queue
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a validation error message has been generated during the 'Add Error to Message Queue' routine, when the error needs to be recorded, the system executes logic to ensure that add the error message to the message queue if there are fewer than 10 messages already queued.
Given
A validation error message has been generated
When
The error needs to be recorded
Then
Add the error message to the message queue if there are fewer than 10 messages already queued
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01587
Retrieve Error Message GCCS-E-GEN-MIN-LEN3-REQ
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a postal code has failed the minimum length validation during the 'Retrieve Error Message GCCS-E-GEN-MIN-LEN3-REQ' routine, when the system needs to provide error feedback, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should retrieve the standard minimum length error message.
Given
A postal code has failed the minimum length validation
When
The system needs to provide error feedback
Then
The system should retrieve the standard minimum length error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01588
Add Validation Error Message to Error Collection
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a postal code validation error message has been retrieved during the 'Add Validation Error Message to Error Collection' routine, when the system processes the validation failure, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should add the error message to the validation error collection.
Given
A postal code validation error message has been retrieved
When
The system processes the validation failure
Then
The system should add the error message to the validation error collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01589
N4 Address Data Present?
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an n4 address segment is being processed for validation during the 'N4 Address Data Present?' routine, when the n4 address data is completely empty or contains only spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should skip all address validation and proceed to the next validation step.
Given
An N4 address segment is being processed for validation
When
The N4 address data is completely empty or contains only spaces
Then
The system should skip all address validation and proceed to the next validation step
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01590
State/Province Code Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an address is being validated and the country code indicates canada, usa, or mexico during the 'State/Province Code Present?' routine, when the state or province code field is empty or contains only spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should generate a required state/province error message and add it to the validation error list.
Given
An address is being validated and the country code indicates Canada, USA, or Mexico
When
The state or province code field is empty or contains only spaces
Then
The system should generate a required state/province error message and add it to the validation error list
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01591
Valid State/Province for Country?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an address contains both a country code and a state/province code during the 'Valid State/Province for Country?' routine, when the state/province code is validated against the country using the state-country lookup table, the system executes logic to ensure that if the state/province code is not valid for the specified country, the system should generate an invalid state/province error message.
Given
An address contains both a country code and a state/province code
When
The state/province code is validated against the country using the state-country lookup table
Then
If the state/province code is not valid for the specified country, the system should generate an invalid state/province error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01593
Continue Validation
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an address is being validated and all other validation steps have been completed during the 'Continue Validation' routine, when the country code field is empty or contains only spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should generate a required country code error message and add it to the validation error list.
Given
An address is being validated and all other validation steps have been completed
When
The country code field is empty or contains only spaces
Then
The system should generate a required country code error message and add it to the validation error list
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01594
State/Province Code Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an address record with country code of canada (ca), usa (us), or mexico (mx) during the 'State/Province Code Present?' routine, when the state or province code field is empty or spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that generate a required state/province code error message.
Given
An address record with country code of Canada (CA), USA (US), or Mexico (MX)
When
The state or province code field is empty or spaces
Then
Generate a required state/province code error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01597
Generate Required Country Code Error
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an address record being validated during the 'Generate Required Country Code Error' routine, when the country code field is empty or spaces and cannot be determined from state/province lookup, the system executes logic to ensure that generate a required country code error message.
Given
An address record being validated
When
The country code field is empty or spaces and cannot be determined from state/province lookup
Then
Generate a required country code error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01598
PER03 Qualifier Empty AND Contact Name NOT Empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a contact record is being validated, and the communication number qualifier (per03) is empty and the contact person name (per02) is not empty occurs during the 'PER03 Qualifier Empty AND Contact Name NOT Empty?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an error message indicating that communication qualifier is required.
EXCLUDING
A contact record is being validated
When
The communication number qualifier (PER03) is empty AND the contact person name (PER02) is not empty
Then
Generate an error message indicating that communication qualifier is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01599
PER03 Qualifier Empty AND Communication Number NOT Empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a contact record is being validated, and the communication number qualifier (per03) is empty and the communication number (per04) is not empty occurs during the 'PER03 Qualifier Empty AND Communication Number NOT Empty?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an error message indicating that communication qualifier is required.
EXCLUDING
A contact record is being validated
When
The communication number qualifier (PER03) is empty AND the communication number (PER04) is not empty
Then
Generate an error message indicating that communication qualifier is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01600
PER03 Qualifier Valid? Blank, FX, or TE
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a contact record with a communication number qualifier is being validated, and the communication number qualifier (per03) is not blank, 'fx', or 'te' occurs during the 'PER03 Qualifier Valid? Blank, FX, or TE' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an error message indicating invalid qualifier value.
EXCLUDING
A contact record with a communication number qualifier is being validated
When
The communication number qualifier (PER03) is not blank, 'FX', or 'TE'
Then
Generate an error message indicating invalid qualifier value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01601
Communication Qualifier NOT Empty OR Contact Name NOT Empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a contact record is being validated, and the communication number qualifier (per03) is not empty or the contact person name (per02) is not empty and the communication number (per04) is empty occurs during the 'Communication Qualifier NOT Empty OR Contact Name NOT Empty?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate an error message indicating that communication number is required.
EXCLUDING
A contact record is being validated
When
The communication number qualifier (PER03) is not empty OR the contact person name (PER02) is not empty AND the communication number (PER04) is empty
Then
Generate an error message indicating that communication number is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01602
Contact Name Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a contact record is being validated, and contact name is not blank and communication qualifier is blank occurs during the 'Contact Name Present?' routine, then the system must guarantee that system generates required communication qualifier error message.
EXCLUDING
A contact record is being validated
When
Contact name is not blank AND communication qualifier is blank
Then
System generates required communication qualifier error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01603
Communication Number Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a contact record is being validated, and communication number is not blank and communication qualifier is blank occurs during the 'Communication Number Present?' routine, then the system must guarantee that system generates required communication qualifier error message.
EXCLUDING
A contact record is being validated
When
Communication number is not blank AND communication qualifier is blank
Then
System generates required communication qualifier error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01604
Communication Qualifier Valid?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a contact record with communication qualifier is being validated, and communication qualifier is not blank and not 'fx' and not 'te' occurs during the 'Communication Qualifier Valid?' routine, then the system must guarantee that system generates invalid communication qualifier value error message.
EXCLUDING
A contact record with communication qualifier is being validated
When
Communication qualifier is not blank AND not 'FX' AND not 'TE'
Then
System generates invalid communication qualifier value error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01607
Initialize Search Parameters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a qualified shipment requiring bunch bill car search during the 'Initialize Search Parameters' routine, when the system initializes the search process, the system executes logic to ensure that clear search segments, set waybill key as search key, and prepare for equipment sequence iteration.
Given
A qualified shipment requiring bunch bill car search
When
The system initializes the search process
Then
Clear search segments, set waybill key as search key, and prepare for equipment sequence iteration
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01616
Override Manifest From Port with Calling Program Value
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a shipment record exists with manifest port information, and the calling program provides a manifest from port override value that is not spaces occurs during the 'Override Manifest From Port with Calling Program Value' routine, then the system must guarantee that the shipment's manifest from port is updated with the calling program's provided value.
EXCLUDING
A shipment record exists with manifest port information
When
The calling program provides a manifest from port override value that is not spaces
Then
The shipment's manifest from port is updated with the calling program's provided value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01617
Override Manifest To Port with Calling Program Value
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a shipment record exists with manifest port information, and the calling program provides a manifest to port override value that is not spaces occurs during the 'Override Manifest To Port with Calling Program Value' routine, then the system must guarantee that the shipment's manifest to port is updated with the calling program's provided value.
EXCLUDING
A shipment record exists with manifest port information
When
The calling program provides a manifest to port override value that is not spaces
Then
The shipment's manifest to port is updated with the calling program's provided value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01619
Validate Field Length Requirements
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a city name field in an address record during the 'Validate Field Length Requirements' routine, when the actual string length of the city name is less than 2 characters, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates a minimum length requirement error message.
Given
A city name field in an address record
When
The actual string length of the city name is less than 2 characters
Then
The system generates a minimum length requirement error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01620
Validate Field Length Requirements
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a postal code field in an address record, and the actual string length of the postal code is less than 3 characters and postal code is not empty occurs during the 'Validate Field Length Requirements' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system generates a minimum length requirement error message.
EXCLUDING
A postal code field in an address record
When
The actual string length of the postal code is less than 3 characters and postal code is not empty
Then
The system generates a minimum length requirement error message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01622
Communication Number Qualifier Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a contact record with communication number qualifier populated and contact name not populated, and the communication number field is empty occurs during the 'Communication Number Qualifier Present?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate error message indicating communication number is required.
EXCLUDING
A contact record with communication number qualifier populated and contact name not populated
When
The communication number field is empty
Then
Generate error message indicating communication number is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01623
Contact Name Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a contact record with contact name populated and communication number qualifier not populated, and the communication number field is empty occurs during the 'Contact Name Present?' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate error message indicating communication number is required.
EXCLUDING
A contact record with contact name populated and communication number qualifier not populated
When
The communication number field is empty
Then
Generate error message indicating communication number is required
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01635
Build SS Table Key with Port Code
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming canadian customs code from manifest station processing during the 'Build SS Table Key with Port Code' routine, when the system builds ss table lookup key, the system executes logic to ensure that construct port code with 'c' prefix plus last 3 digits of canadian customs code, and combine with appropriate scac code.
Given
Canadian customs code from manifest station processing
When
The system builds SS table lookup key
Then
Construct port code with 'C' prefix plus last 3 digits of Canadian customs code, and combine with appropriate SCAC code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02236
Build SS Table Key with Port Code
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment requiring ss table lookup during the 'Build SS Table Key with Port Code' routine, when ss table key is constructed, the system executes logic to ensure that build key with 'c' prefix plus 3-digit canadian customs code from manifest station, and determine scac code for lookup.
Given
A shipment requiring SS table lookup
When
SS table key is constructed
Then
Build key with 'C' prefix plus 3-digit Canadian customs code from manifest station, and determine SCAC code for lookup
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02598
Build SS Table Lookup Key: - Port Code from Customs Code - SCAC Code
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a haulage movement with carrier information and manifest customs code during the 'Build SS Table Lookup Key: - Port Code from Customs Code - SCAC Code' routine, when the system prepares to lookup haulage agreement information, the system executes logic to ensure that build ss table key using 'c' prefix plus last 3 digits of canadian customs code for port, and either haulage rights scac or default '6105' for carrier.
Given
A haulage movement with carrier information and manifest customs code
When
The system prepares to lookup haulage agreement information
Then
Build SS table key using 'C' prefix plus last 3 digits of Canadian customs code for port, and either haulage rights SCAC or default '6105' for carrier
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02821
Extract Port Code from Customs Code
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a canadian customs code is available from the manifest customs station lookup during the 'Extract Port Code from Customs Code' routine, when the system needs to construct the ss table port code, the system executes logic to ensure that the port code should be set to 'c' prefix followed by the last 3 digits of the canadian customs code.
Given
A Canadian customs code is available from the manifest customs station lookup
When
The system needs to construct the SS table port code
Then
The port code should be set to 'C' prefix followed by the last 3 digits of the Canadian customs code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02253
Build SS Table Key with Port Code
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming canadian customs code from manifest station lookup during the 'Build SS Table Key with Port Code' routine, when the system builds ss table key, the system executes logic to ensure that construct key with 'c' prefix and last 3 digits of canadian customs code.
Given
Canadian customs code from manifest station lookup
When
The system builds SS table key
Then
Construct key with 'C' prefix and last 3 digits of Canadian customs code
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01688
Error Message Text Retrieval - Retrieve error message text from MS table for validation failures
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a validation error has occurred and an error message number has been identified during the 'Error Message Text Retrieval - Retrieve error message text from MS table for validation failures' routine, when the system needs to retrieve the corresponding error message text, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should lookup the message text from the ms table using the error number as key and return the english text for display.
Given
A validation error has occurred and an error message number has been identified
When
The system needs to retrieve the corresponding error message text
Then
The system should lookup the message text from the MS table using the error number as key and return the English text for display
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01689
Initialize Table Access Parameters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an error message retrieval request is initiated during the 'Initialize Table Access Parameters' routine, when the system prepares to access the message repository, the system executes logic to ensure that all table access parameters should be cleared and initialized to ensure clean lookup operation.
Given
An error message retrieval request is initiated
When
The system prepares to access the message repository
Then
All table access parameters should be cleared and initialized to ensure clean lookup operation
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01690
Set Function Code to 'GU'
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming table access parameters are being configured for message retrieval during the 'Set Function Code to 'GU'' routine, when the system sets up the database operation type, the system executes logic to ensure that the function code should be set to 'gu' to perform a get unique operation.
Given
Table access parameters are being configured for message retrieval
When
The system sets up the database operation type
Then
The function code should be set to 'GU' to perform a get unique operation
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01691
Set Table ID to 'MS'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming table access is being configured for message text retrieval during the 'Set Table ID to 'MS'' routine, when the system identifies which table to access, the system executes logic to ensure that the table id should be set to 'ms' to target the message repository table.
Given
Table access is being configured for message text retrieval
When
The system identifies which table to access
Then
The table ID should be set to 'MS' to target the message repository table
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01692
Set Message Error Number as Key
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a specific error message number has been identified for lookup during the 'Set Message Error Number as Key' routine, when the system configures the search key for message retrieval, the system executes logic to ensure that the error message number should be assigned as the sequence id key for table lookup.
Given
A specific error message number has been identified for lookup
When
The system configures the search key for message retrieval
Then
The error message number should be assigned as the sequence ID key for table lookup
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01693
Call Table I/O Service
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming all table access parameters have been properly configured during the 'Call Table I/O Service' routine, when the system executes the message text retrieval operation, the system executes logic to ensure that the table i/o service should be called with the configured parameters to perform the lookup.
Given
All table access parameters have been properly configured
When
The system executes the message text retrieval operation
Then
The table I/O service should be called with the configured parameters to perform the lookup
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01694
Table Access Successful?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a table lookup operation has been executed for message text retrieval during the 'Table Access Successful?' routine, when the system evaluates the operation result, the system executes logic to ensure that if the return flag indicates 'successful', the message text should be processed, otherwise handle the failure case.
Given
A table lookup operation has been executed for message text retrieval
When
The system evaluates the operation result
Then
If the return flag indicates 'SUCCESSFUL', the message text should be processed, otherwise handle the failure case
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01695
Move Table Segment to MS Structure
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming message text has been successfully retrieved from the ms table during the 'Move Table Segment to MS Structure' routine, when the system processes the retrieved table segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the table segment data should be moved to the ms structure for further processing.
Given
Message text has been successfully retrieved from the MS table
When
The system processes the retrieved table segment
Then
The table segment data should be moved to the MS structure for further processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01696
Extract English Text Message
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming message data has been successfully loaded into the ms structure during the 'Extract English Text Message' routine, when the system extracts the displayable message text, the system executes logic to ensure that the english text field from the ms structure should be extracted as the message content.
Given
Message data has been successfully loaded into the MS structure
When
The system extracts the displayable message text
Then
The English text field from the MS structure should be extracted as the message content
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01697
Set Message Label for Display
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming english message text has been extracted from the ms structure during the 'Set Message Label for Display' routine, when the system prepares the message for display, the system executes logic to ensure that the extracted english text should be assigned to the message label field for user presentation.
Given
English message text has been extracted from the MS structure
When
The system prepares the message for display
Then
The extracted English text should be assigned to the message label field for user presentation
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01698
Clear MS Structure - No Message Found
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming message text retrieval from the ms table has failed during the 'Clear MS Structure - No Message Found' routine, when the system handles the retrieval failure, the system executes logic to ensure that the ms structure should be cleared to spaces to ensure no invalid message text is displayed.
Given
Message text retrieval from the MS table has failed
When
The system handles the retrieval failure
Then
The MS structure should be cleared to spaces to ensure no invalid message text is displayed
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01699
CCN Array Contains Data?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a ccn array table exists from bill of lading processing during the 'CCN Array Contains Data?' routine, when the system checks for multiple ccn processing requirements, the system executes logic to ensure that processing continues only if the ccn array contains valid data, otherwise manifest creation is marked complete.
Given
A CCN array table exists from bill of lading processing
When
The system checks for multiple CCN processing requirements
Then
Processing continues only if the CCN array contains valid data, otherwise manifest creation is marked complete
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01700
More CCNs in Array?
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a ccn array with multiple cargo control numbers and a current index position during the 'More CCNs in Array?' routine, when the system processes each ccn in sequence, the system executes logic to ensure that continue processing the next ccn if the current index is within array bounds and the ccn value is not spaces, otherwise complete the manifest creation process.
Given
A CCN array with multiple cargo control numbers and a current index position
When
The system processes each CCN in sequence
Then
Continue processing the next CCN if the current index is within array bounds and the CCN value is not spaces, otherwise complete the manifest creation process
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01701
Initialize Spawn Parameters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming valid ccn array data requiring multiple manifest processing during the 'Initialize Spawn Parameters' routine, when the system prepares to spawn the gct0111e program, the system executes logic to ensure that initialize spawn waybill key, waybill date, current ccn from array, and action code to 'am' for manifest processing.
Given
Valid CCN array data requiring multiple manifest processing
When
The system prepares to spawn the GCT0111E program
Then
Initialize spawn waybill key, waybill date, current CCN from array, and action code to 'AM' for manifest processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01702
Call IMS to Change Message
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming prepared spawn message with waybill and ccn information during the 'Call IMS to Change Message' routine, when the system needs to process a cargo control number for manifest creation, the system executes logic to ensure that call ims with chng function to invoke gct0111e program, write the message to the processing queue, and purge the ims message.
Given
Prepared spawn message with waybill and CCN information
When
The system needs to process a cargo control number for manifest creation
Then
Call IMS with CHNG function to invoke GCT0111E program, write the message to the processing queue, and purge the IMS message
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01703
Get Importer N1 Segment from EDI BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol key exists for the shipment during the 'Get Importer N1 Segment from EDI BOL' routine, when the system searches for importer n1 segment with entity type 'im', the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves importer name and identification details if found.
Given
An EDI BOL key exists for the shipment
When
The system searches for importer N1 segment with entity type 'IM'
Then
The system retrieves importer name and identification details if found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01704
Check Entity ID is 'IM'
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 segment has been retrieved from edi bol during the 'Check Entity ID is 'IM'' routine, when the system checks the entity id code, the system executes logic to ensure that processing continues only if entity id equals 'im' for importer.
Given
An N1 segment has been retrieved from EDI BOL
When
The system checks the entity ID code
Then
Processing continues only if entity ID equals 'IM' for importer
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01705
Is Corrector EDI with Backup Data?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming importer data exists in temporary backup storage and edi bol contains importer information during the 'Is Corrector EDI with Backup Data?' routine, when the system processes a corrector edi transaction, the system executes logic to ensure that the system uses the backup importer data instead of processing new edi data.
Given
Importer data exists in temporary backup storage and EDI BOL contains importer information
When
The system processes a corrector EDI transaction
Then
The system uses the backup importer data instead of processing new EDI data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01706
Restore Backup Importer Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming backup importer data exists in temporary storage during the 'Restore Backup Importer Data' routine, when a corrector edi requires restoration of previous importer information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system restores importer name, business number, qualifier, address, and contact information from backup.
Given
Backup importer data exists in temporary storage
When
A corrector EDI requires restoration of previous importer information
Then
The system restores importer name, business number, qualifier, address, and contact information from backup
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01707
Extract Importer Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid importer n1 segment exists in edi bol during the 'Extract Importer Information' routine, when the system processes new importer information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts importer name, business number qualifier, and business number for customs processing.
Given
A valid importer N1 segment exists in EDI BOL
When
The system processes new importer information
Then
The system extracts importer name, business number qualifier, and business number for customs processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01708
Get Importer N3 Address Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an importer n1 segment has been processed during the 'Get Importer N3 Address Segment' routine, when the system searches for corresponding n3 address segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves address line information for the importer.
Given
An importer N1 segment has been processed
When
The system searches for corresponding N3 address segment
Then
The system retrieves address line information for the importer
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01709
Process Address Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer n3 address segment data is available during the 'Process Address Information' routine, when the system processes address line information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets address line 1 and 2, defaulting to 'na' if address line 1 is empty.
Given
Importer N3 address segment data is available
When
The system processes address line information
Then
The system sets address line 1 and 2, defaulting to 'NA' if address line 1 is empty
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01710
Get Importer N4 City/State Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an importer address has been processed during the 'Get Importer N4 City/State Segment' routine, when the system searches for corresponding n4 city/state segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves city, state, postal code, and country information for the importer.
Given
An importer address has been processed
When
The system searches for corresponding N4 city/state segment
Then
The system retrieves city, state, postal code, and country information for the importer
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01711
Process City/State/Postal Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer n4 city/state segment data is available during the 'Process City/State/Postal Information' routine, when the system processes location information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code for the importer.
Given
Importer N4 city/state segment data is available
When
The system processes location information
Then
The system sets city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code for the importer
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01712
Clear Contact Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer location information has been processed during the 'Clear Contact Information' routine, when the system finalizes importer segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system clears all contact information fields for the importer record.
Given
Importer location information has been processed
When
The system finalizes importer segment data
Then
The system clears all contact information fields for the importer record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01713
Validate N1 Segment Data
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming importer segment data has been assembled during the 'Validate N1 Segment Data' routine, when the system validates the n1 segment information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system ensures required fields are present and data meets customs requirements.
Given
Importer segment data has been assembled
When
The system validates the N1 segment information
Then
The system ensures required fields are present and data meets customs requirements
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01714
Insert Importer Record into Customs Database
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming importer segment data has been validated during the 'Insert Importer Record into Customs Database' routine, when the system processes the importer record for storage, the system executes logic to ensure that the system inserts the importer record into the customs database with sequence number assignment.
Given
Importer segment data has been validated
When
The system processes the importer record for storage
Then
The system inserts the importer record into the customs database with sequence number assignment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01715
Handle Importer Data Deletion
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a corrector edi transaction does not contain importer information, and previous importer data existed for the shipment occurs during the 'Handle Importer Data Deletion' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system processes importer data deletion while preserving backup data if available.
EXCLUDING
A corrector EDI transaction does not contain importer information
When
Previous importer data existed for the shipment
Then
The system processes importer data deletion while preserving backup data if available
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01716
Retain Backup Data if Available
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi removes importer data and backup importer data exists during the 'Retain Backup Data if Available' routine, when the system processes importer data deletion, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retains and uses backup importer data instead of clearing all importer information.
Given
Corrector EDI removes importer data and backup importer data exists
When
The system processes importer data deletion
Then
The system retains and uses backup importer data instead of clearing all importer information
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01717
Clear Importer Fields
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi removes importer data and no backup data exists during the 'Clear Importer Fields' routine, when the system processes importer data deletion, the system executes logic to ensure that the system clears importer name and related fields from the customs record.
Given
Corrector EDI removes importer data and no backup data exists
When
The system processes importer data deletion
Then
The system clears importer name and related fields from the customs record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01718
Reset CSA Indicator
Policy Rules
Business View: Assuming au table contains importer data and edi bol contains importer data with business number qualifier 'bn' or spaces during the 'Reset CSA Indicator' routine, when the system processes importer information from both sources, the system executes logic to ensure that the system turns off the csa indicator to prevent duplicate processing.
Given
AU table contains importer data and EDI BOL contains importer data with business number qualifier 'BN' or spaces
When
The system processes importer information from both sources
Then
The system turns off the CSA indicator to prevent duplicate processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02266
Initialize Importer Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is ready to process importer information during the 'Initialize Importer Segment' routine, when importer processing begins, the system executes logic to ensure that the importer segment workspace is cleared and initialized to spaces.
Given
The system is ready to process importer information
When
Importer processing begins
Then
The importer segment workspace is cleared and initialized to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02267
Get EDI BOL N1 Segment for Importer
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol key exists and importer entity type is defined during the 'Get EDI BOL N1 Segment for Importer' routine, when the system searches for importer n1 segment in edi bol data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves the importer entity segment if it exists or sets not found status.
Given
An EDI BOL key exists and importer entity type is defined
When
The system searches for importer N1 segment in EDI BOL data
Then
The system retrieves the importer entity segment if it exists or sets not found status
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02268
Check if Corrector EDI Has Backup Data
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming importer n1 segment is found in edi bol during the 'Check if Corrector EDI Has Backup Data' routine, when the system checks for existing backup importer data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system identifies whether backup importer name data is available.
Given
Importer N1 segment is found in EDI BOL
When
The system checks for existing backup importer data
Then
The system identifies whether backup importer name data is available
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02270
Extract Importer Entity Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer n1 segment is found and no backup data exists during the 'Extract Importer Entity Information' routine, when the system processes the importer entity information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts importer name, business number qualifier, business number, and sets the importer found flag.
Given
Importer N1 segment is found and no backup data exists
When
The system processes the importer entity information
Then
The system extracts importer name, business number qualifier, business number, and sets the importer found flag
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02271
Set Entity ID to 'IM'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming importer information is being processed from edi bol during the 'Set Entity ID to 'IM'' routine, when the system sets up the importer entity record, the system executes logic to ensure that the entity id is set to 'im' to identify this as an importer record.
Given
Importer information is being processed from EDI BOL
When
The system sets up the importer entity record
Then
The entity ID is set to 'IM' to identify this as an importer record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02272
Extract Importer Name
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer n1 segment contains business name information during the 'Extract Importer Name' routine, when the system processes importer entity details, the system executes logic to ensure that the importer business name is extracted and stored in both customs record and segment fields.
Given
Importer N1 segment contains business name information
When
The system processes importer entity details
Then
The importer business name is extracted and stored in both customs record and segment fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02273
Extract Business Number Qualifier
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer n1 segment contains business number qualifier during the 'Extract Business Number Qualifier' routine, when the system processes importer identification details, the system executes logic to ensure that the business number qualifier is extracted and stored in both customs record and segment fields.
Given
Importer N1 segment contains business number qualifier
When
The system processes importer identification details
Then
The business number qualifier is extracted and stored in both customs record and segment fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02274
Extract Business Number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer n1 segment contains business number information during the 'Extract Business Number' routine, when the system processes importer identification details, the system executes logic to ensure that the business number is extracted and stored in both customs record and segment fields.
Given
Importer N1 segment contains business number information
When
The system processes importer identification details
Then
The business number is extracted and stored in both customs record and segment fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02275
Set CSA Indicator
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer entity information has been successfully extracted from edi bol during the 'Set CSA Indicator' routine, when the system completes importer entity processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the importer found flag is set to indicate successful processing.
Given
Importer entity information has been successfully extracted from EDI BOL
When
The system completes importer entity processing
Then
The importer found flag is set to indicate successful processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02276
Get EDI BOL N3 Address Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming importer entity has been processed and edi bol key exists during the 'Get EDI BOL N3 Address Segment' routine, when the system searches for importer address information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves the n3 address segment if it exists or sets not found status.
Given
Importer entity has been processed and EDI BOL key exists
When
The system searches for importer address information
Then
The system retrieves the N3 address segment if it exists or sets not found status
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02277
Extract Address Line 1 and Extract Address Line 2
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer n3 address segment is found in edi bol during the 'Extract Address Line 1 and Extract Address Line 2' routine, when the system processes importer address information, the system executes logic to ensure that address line 1 is extracted, and if it is blank or low-values then it is set to 'na', and address line 2 is extracted.
Given
Importer N3 address segment is found in EDI BOL
When
The system processes importer address information
Then
Address line 1 is extracted, and if it is blank or low-values then it is set to 'NA', and address line 2 is extracted
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02278
Set Default Address to 'NA'
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming no importer n3 address segment is found in edi bol during the 'Set Default Address to 'NA'' routine, when the system needs to populate address information, the system executes logic to ensure that address line 1 is set to 'na' and all other address fields are cleared.
Given
No importer N3 address segment is found in EDI BOL
When
The system needs to populate address information
Then
Address line 1 is set to 'NA' and all other address fields are cleared
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02279
Get EDI BOL N4 City/State Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming importer address processing is in progress and edi bol key exists during the 'Get EDI BOL N4 City/State Segment' routine, when the system searches for importer city and state information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves the n4 city/state segment if it exists or sets not found status.
Given
Importer address processing is in progress and EDI BOL key exists
When
The system searches for importer city and state information
Then
The system retrieves the N4 city/state segment if it exists or sets not found status
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02280
Extract City Name, Extract State/Province Code, Extract Postal Code, Extract Country Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer n4 city/state segment is found in edi bol during the 'Extract City Name, Extract State/Province Code, Extract Postal Code, Extract Country Code' routine, when the system processes importer geographic information, the system executes logic to ensure that city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code are extracted from the segment.
Given
Importer N4 city/state segment is found in EDI BOL
When
The system processes importer geographic information
Then
City name, state/province code, postal code, and country code are extracted from the segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02281
Clear City/State Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming no importer n4 city/state segment is found in edi bol during the 'Clear City/State Data' routine, when the system needs to handle missing geographic information, the system executes logic to ensure that all city, state, postal code, and country fields are cleared.
Given
No importer N4 city/state segment is found in EDI BOL
When
The system needs to handle missing geographic information
Then
All city, state, postal code, and country fields are cleared
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02282
Clear Contact Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer geographic information processing is complete during the 'Clear Contact Information' routine, when the system finalizes importer segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that all contact information fields including contact function code, name, communication qualifier, and communication number are cleared.
Given
Importer geographic information processing is complete
When
The system finalizes importer segment data
Then
All contact information fields including contact function code, name, communication qualifier, and communication number are cleared
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02283
Validate Importer Segment Data
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming all importer segment data has been populated during the 'Validate Importer Segment Data' routine, when the system validates the importer record, the system executes logic to ensure that the system performs validation checks on entity id, name, address, geographic, and contact information fields.
Given
All importer segment data has been populated
When
The system validates the importer record
Then
The system performs validation checks on entity ID, name, address, geographic, and contact information fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02284
Store Importer in Customs Record
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming importer segment data has been validated successfully during the 'Store Importer in Customs Record' routine, when the system stores the importer information, the system executes logic to ensure that the importer segment is added to the customs record array for database storage.
Given
Importer segment data has been validated successfully
When
The system stores the importer information
Then
The importer segment is added to the customs record array for database storage
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02285
Clear Importer Data but Keep Backup
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If no importer n1 segment is found in edi bol and backup importer data exists and importer has not been found in segment 55, and the system processes a corrector edi that removes importer information occurs during the 'Clear Importer Data but Keep Backup' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system restores backup importer data and sets appropriate processing flags, but if no backup exists and no segment 55 importer found, then importer fields are cleared.
EXCLUDING
No importer N1 segment is found in EDI BOL and backup importer data exists and importer has not been found in segment 55
When
The system processes a corrector EDI that removes importer information
Then
The system restores backup importer data and sets appropriate processing flags, but if no backup exists and no segment 55 importer found, then importer fields are cleared
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02286
Set CSA Indicator
Policy Rules
Business View: Assuming au table importer is found and segment 55 importer is found and business number qualifier is 'bn' or spaces during the 'Set CSA Indicator' routine, when the system processes multiple importer data sources, the system executes logic to ensure that the csa indicator is turned off to prevent conflicts between importer sources.
Given
AU table importer is found and segment 55 importer is found and business number qualifier is 'BN' or spaces
When
The system processes multiple importer data sources
Then
The CSA indicator is turned off to prevent conflicts between importer sources
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02617
Start Importer Segment Building
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to process importer information from edi bol during the 'Start Importer Segment Building' routine, when importer segment building is initiated, the system executes logic to ensure that the importer segment data structure is cleared and ready for processing.
Given
The system needs to process importer information from EDI BOL
When
Importer segment building is initiated
Then
The importer segment data structure is cleared and ready for processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02618
Initialize Importer Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer segment processing is starting during the 'Initialize Importer Segment' routine, when the importer segment needs to be initialized, the system executes logic to ensure that all importer segment fields are cleared to spaces.
Given
Importer segment processing is starting
When
The importer segment needs to be initialized
Then
All importer segment fields are cleared to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02619
Get Importer N1 Segment from EDI BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol key exists for the shipment during the 'Get Importer N1 Segment from EDI BOL' routine, when the system needs importer information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves the n1 segment with entity type 'im' from the edi bol.
Given
An EDI BOL key exists for the shipment
When
The system needs importer information
Then
The system retrieves the N1 segment with entity type 'IM' from the EDI BOL
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02620
EDI BOL Importer Data Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a request has been made to retrieve importer data from edi bol during the 'EDI BOL Importer Data Found?' routine, when the system checks the retrieval status, the system executes logic to ensure that the system determines if importer data is available or if corrector edi deleted the importer.
Given
A request has been made to retrieve importer data from EDI BOL
When
The system checks the retrieval status
Then
The system determines if importer data is available or if corrector EDI deleted the importer
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02621
Extract Entity ID Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer data has been retrieved from edi bol during the 'Extract Entity ID Code' routine, when the system processes the n1 segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the entity identification code is extracted and made available for validation.
Given
Importer data has been retrieved from EDI BOL
When
The system processes the N1 segment
Then
The entity identification code is extracted and made available for validation
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02622
Entity ID = 'IM' Importer?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity identification code has been extracted from the n1 segment during the 'Entity ID = 'IM' Importer?' routine, when the system validates the entity type, the system executes logic to ensure that the system confirms if the entity id equals 'im' indicating an importer.
Given
An entity identification code has been extracted from the N1 segment
When
The system validates the entity type
Then
The system confirms if the entity ID equals 'IM' indicating an importer
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02623
Backup Importer Data Exists?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid importer entity has been found in edi bol during the 'Backup Importer Data Exists?' routine, when the system checks for existing backup data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system determines if backup importer name data is available from earlier processing.
Given
A valid importer entity has been found in EDI BOL
When
The system checks for existing backup data
Then
The system determines if backup importer name data is available from earlier processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02624
Restore Backup Importer Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming backup importer data exists from previous processing during the 'Restore Backup Importer Data' routine, when the system needs to populate importer information, the system executes logic to ensure that all backup importer details including name, business number, address, and contact information are restored to the current segment.
Given
Backup importer data exists from previous processing
When
The system needs to populate importer information
Then
All backup importer details including name, business number, address, and contact information are restored to the current segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02625
Process New Importer N1 Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming valid importer data exists in edi bol and no backup data is available during the 'Process New Importer N1 Segment' routine, when the system processes the importer information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates new importer customs data and processes associated address and contact segments.
Given
Valid importer data exists in EDI BOL and no backup data is available
When
The system processes the importer information
Then
The system creates new importer customs data and processes associated address and contact segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02626
Create Importer N1 for Customs
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming new importer data is being processed from edi bol during the 'Create Importer N1 for Customs' routine, when the system creates customs importer information, the system executes logic to ensure that the importer entity id code is set and importer found flag is marked.
Given
New importer data is being processed from EDI BOL
When
The system creates customs importer information
Then
The importer entity ID code is set and importer found flag is marked
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02627
Set Importer Name and Business Number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer n1 segment data is available from edi bol during the 'Set Importer Name and Business Number' routine, when the system populates importer identification, the system executes logic to ensure that the importer name is set from n1 name field and business number is set from n1 id code field.
Given
Importer N1 segment data is available from EDI BOL
When
The system populates importer identification
Then
The importer name is set from N1 name field and business number is set from N1 ID code field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02628
Set Business Number Qualifier
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer business number has been set during the 'Set Business Number Qualifier' routine, when the system processes business number qualification, the system executes logic to ensure that the business number qualifier is set from n1 id code qualifier field for both customs and segment data.
Given
Importer business number has been set
When
The system processes business number qualification
Then
The business number qualifier is set from N1 ID code qualifier field for both customs and segment data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02633
Get and Process N3 Address Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming importer n1 segment has been processed during the 'Get and Process N3 Address Segment' routine, when the system needs importer address information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves the n3 address segment for the importer from edi bol.
Given
Importer N1 segment has been processed
When
The system needs importer address information
Then
The system retrieves the N3 address segment for the importer from EDI BOL
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02634
N3 Address Data Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a request has been made to retrieve importer address data during the 'N3 Address Data Found?' routine, when the system checks the retrieval status, the system executes logic to ensure that the system determines if n3 address segment data is available.
Given
A request has been made to retrieve importer address data
When
The system checks the retrieval status
Then
The system determines if N3 address segment data is available
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02635
Set Address Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming n3 address data has been successfully retrieved from edi bol during the 'Set Address Information' routine, when the system processes address information, the system executes logic to ensure that address line 1 is set from edi data or 'na' if blank, and address line 2 is set from edi data.
Given
N3 address data has been successfully retrieved from EDI BOL
When
The system processes address information
Then
Address line 1 is set from EDI data or 'NA' if blank, and address line 2 is set from EDI data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02636
Set Default 'NA' Address
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If n3 address data is not available from edi bol, and the system processes address information occurs during the 'Set Default 'NA' Address' routine, then the system must guarantee that address line 1 is set to 'na' and n3 data fields are cleared.
EXCLUDING
N3 address data is not available from EDI BOL
When
The system processes address information
Then
Address line 1 is set to 'NA' and N3 data fields are cleared
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02637
Get and Process N4 City/State Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming importer address information has been processed during the 'Get and Process N4 City/State Segment' routine, when the system needs importer geographic information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves the n4 city/state segment for the importer from edi bol.
Given
Importer address information has been processed
When
The system needs importer geographic information
Then
The system retrieves the N4 city/state segment for the importer from EDI BOL
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02638
N4 City/State Data Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a request has been made to retrieve importer city/state data during the 'N4 City/State Data Found?' routine, when the system checks the retrieval status, the system executes logic to ensure that the system determines if n4 city/state segment data is available.
Given
A request has been made to retrieve importer city/state data
When
The system checks the retrieval status
Then
The system determines if N4 city/state segment data is available
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02639
Set City, State, Postal, Country
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming n4 city/state data has been successfully retrieved from edi bol during the 'Set City, State, Postal, Country' routine, when the system processes geographic information, the system executes logic to ensure that city name, state/province code, postal code, and country code are set from edi data.
Given
N4 city/state data has been successfully retrieved from EDI BOL
When
The system processes geographic information
Then
City name, state/province code, postal code, and country code are set from EDI data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02640
Clear N4 Data Fields
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If n4 city/state data is not available from edi bol, and the system processes geographic information occurs during the 'Clear N4 Data Fields' routine, then the system must guarantee that all n4 data fields including city, state, postal code, and country are cleared.
EXCLUDING
N4 city/state data is not available from EDI BOL
When
The system processes geographic information
Then
All N4 data fields including city, state, postal code, and country are cleared
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02642
Validate N1 Segment Data
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming importer segment data has been populated during the 'Validate N1 Segment Data' routine, when the system validates the segment, the system executes logic to ensure that all required fields are validated according to customs requirements and business rules.
Given
Importer segment data has been populated
When
The system validates the segment
Then
All required fields are validated according to customs requirements and business rules
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02643
Insert into Customs Record 55
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming importer segment data has been validated successfully during the 'Insert into Customs Record 55' routine, when the system saves the importer information, the system executes logic to ensure that the importer segment is inserted into customs record type 55 with appropriate sequence number.
Given
Importer segment data has been validated successfully
When
The system saves the importer information
Then
The importer segment is inserted into customs record type 55 with appropriate sequence number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02644
Corrector EDI Deleted Importer?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming no importer data was found in the current edi bol during the 'Corrector EDI Deleted Importer?' routine, when the system checks for data deletion, the system executes logic to ensure that the system determines if the importer was deleted by a corrector edi transaction.
Given
No importer data was found in the current EDI BOL
When
The system checks for data deletion
Then
The system determines if the importer was deleted by a corrector EDI transaction
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02645
Backup Data Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi has deleted importer data during the 'Backup Data Available?' routine, when the system checks for recovery options, the system executes logic to ensure that the system determines if backup importer name data is available for restoration.
Given
Corrector EDI has deleted importer data
When
The system checks for recovery options
Then
The system determines if backup importer name data is available for restoration
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02646
Restore Backup Importer Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi deleted importer data and backup data is available during the 'Restore Backup Importer Data' routine, when the system restores importer information, the system executes logic to ensure that all backup importer details are restored and csa indicator logic is applied.
Given
Corrector EDI deleted importer data and backup data is available
When
The system restores importer information
Then
All backup importer details are restored and CSA indicator logic is applied
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02825
Extract Business Number Qualifier from N1 Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer data exists in edi bol n1 segment during the 'Extract Business Number Qualifier from N1 Segment' routine, when processing importer information from edi bol, the system executes logic to ensure that extract business number qualifier from n1 segment and store in gccc-business-nbr-qual and gccs-n103-id-cde-qual.
Given
Importer data exists in EDI BOL N1 segment
When
Processing importer information from EDI BOL
Then
Extract business number qualifier from N1 segment and store in GCCC-BUSINESS-NBR-QUAL and GCCS-N103-ID-CDE-QUAL
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02826
Extract Business Number from N1 Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer data exists in edi bol n1 segment during the 'Extract Business Number from N1 Segment' routine, when processing importer information from edi bol, the system executes logic to ensure that extract business number from n1 segment and store in gccc-business-nbr and gccs-n104-id-cde.
Given
Importer data exists in EDI BOL N1 segment
When
Processing importer information from EDI BOL
Then
Extract business number from N1 segment and store in GCCC-BUSINESS-NBR and GCCS-N104-ID-CDE
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02827
Set CSA Indicator OFF
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming business number qualifier is 'bn' or spaces and importer data found in au table and importer data found in edi s55 segment during the 'Set CSA Indicator OFF' routine, when processing importer business number qualifier validation, the system executes logic to ensure that set csa indicator to off to disable csa processing.
Given
Business number qualifier is 'BN' or spaces AND importer data found in AU table AND importer data found in EDI S55 segment
When
Processing importer business number qualifier validation
Then
Set CSA indicator to OFF to disable CSA processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02829
Store Qualifier in GCCC-BUSINESS-NBR-QUAL
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer data exists in edi bol n1 segment during the 'Store Qualifier in GCCC-BUSINESS-NBR-QUAL' routine, when processing importer information from edi bol, the system executes logic to ensure that store importer name from n1 segment in gccc-importer and gccs-n102-name.
Given
Importer data exists in EDI BOL N1 segment
When
Processing importer information from EDI BOL
Then
Store importer name from N1 segment in GCCC-IMPORTER and GCCS-N102-NAME
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02287
Check if Corrector EDI with Existing Importer Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi processing is initiated and existing importer data is present in temporary storage (ws-temp-im-name > spaces) during the 'Check if Corrector EDI with Existing Importer Data' routine, when the system checks for existing importer data backup requirement, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should backup all original importer data including chop code, name, qualifiers, business number, csa indicator, address information, city/state/postal data, and contact details to temporary storage variables.
Given
Corrector EDI processing is initiated and existing importer data is present in temporary storage (WS-TEMP-IM-NAME > SPACES)
When
The system checks for existing importer data backup requirement
Then
The system should backup all original importer data including CHOP code, name, qualifiers, business number, CSA indicator, address information, city/state/postal data, and contact details to temporary storage variables
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02290
Store Business Number Qualifier
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming business qualifier backup is required and temporary qualifier data exists during the 'Store Business Number Qualifier' routine, when the system processes business qualifier restoration, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should move temporary business number qualifier (ws-temp-im-qual) to both customs business number qualifier field (gccc-business-nbr-qual) and n1 segment qualifier field (gccs-n103-id-cde-qual).
Given
Business qualifier backup is required and temporary qualifier data exists
When
The system processes business qualifier restoration
Then
The system should move temporary business number qualifier (WS-TEMP-IM-QUAL) to both customs business number qualifier field (GCCC-BUSINESS-NBR-QUAL) and N1 segment qualifier field (GCCS-N103-ID-CDE-QUAL)
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02291
Store Business Number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming business number backup is required and temporary business number exists during the 'Store Business Number' routine, when the system processes business number restoration, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should move temporary business number (ws-temp-im-cde) to both customs business number field (gccc-business-nbr) and n1 segment id code field (gccs-n104-id-cde).
Given
Business number backup is required and temporary business number exists
When
The system processes business number restoration
Then
The system should move temporary business number (WS-TEMP-IM-CDE) to both customs business number field (GCCC-BUSINESS-NBR) and N1 segment ID code field (GCCS-N104-ID-CDE)
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02297
Process New EDI Importer Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi importer processing is required and no existing importer data backup is needed during the 'Process New EDI Importer Data' routine, when the system determines no backup restoration is required, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should process the new edi importer data directly and continue with normal processing flow.
Given
EDI importer processing is required and no existing importer data backup is needed
When
The system determines no backup restoration is required
Then
The system should process the new EDI importer data directly and continue with normal processing flow
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-02298
Continue Processing
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi importer processing has failed or resulted in deletion and no backup data is available for restoration and importer not found flag is set, and the system processes the failure condition occurs during the 'Continue Processing' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should clear the customs importer field (gccc-importer) and entity id code field (gccs-n101-entity-id-cde) to spaces.
EXCLUDING
EDI importer processing has failed or resulted in deletion and no backup data is available for restoration and importer not found flag is set
When
The system processes the failure condition
Then
The system should clear the customs importer field (GCCC-IMPORTER) and entity ID code field (GCCS-N101-ENTITY-ID-CDE) to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01719
Corrector EDI with Importer Data?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a corrector edi transaction is being processed during the 'Corrector EDI with Importer Data?' routine, when the system evaluates if importer data, business number, and business number qualifier are all present, the system executes logic to ensure that the system determines whether to proceed with importer data backup or skip the backup process.
Given
A corrector EDI transaction is being processed
When
The system evaluates if importer data, business number, and business number qualifier are all present
Then
The system determines whether to proceed with importer data backup or skip the backup process
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01723
Backup Importer Name
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming current importer record contains name information during the 'Backup Importer Name' routine, when the system backs up importer data before applying corrector edi changes, the system executes logic to ensure that the importer name is stored in temporary backup field ws-temp-im-name.
Given
Current importer record contains name information
When
The system backs up importer data before applying corrector EDI changes
Then
The importer name is stored in temporary backup field WS-TEMP-IM-NAME
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01724
Backup Business Number & Qualifier
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming current importer record contains business number and qualifier information during the 'Backup Business Number & Qualifier' routine, when the system backs up business identification data before applying corrector edi changes, the system executes logic to ensure that the business number qualifier is stored in ws-temp-im-qual and business number is stored in ws-temp-im-cde.
Given
Current importer record contains business number and qualifier information
When
The system backs up business identification data before applying corrector EDI changes
Then
The business number qualifier is stored in WS-TEMP-IM-QUAL and business number is stored in WS-TEMP-IM-CDE
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01725
Backup CSA Indicator
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming current importer record contains csa indicator information during the 'Backup CSA Indicator' routine, when the system backs up csa status before applying corrector edi changes, the system executes logic to ensure that the csa indicator value is stored in temporary backup field ws-temp-csa-ind.
Given
Current importer record contains CSA indicator information
When
The system backs up CSA status before applying corrector EDI changes
Then
The CSA indicator value is stored in temporary backup field WS-TEMP-CSA-IND
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01726
Backup Address Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming current importer record contains address information during the 'Backup Address Information' routine, when the system backs up address data before applying corrector edi changes, the system executes logic to ensure that address line 1 is stored in ws-temp-im-adr1 and address line 2 is stored in ws-temp-im-adr2.
Given
Current importer record contains address information
When
The system backs up address data before applying corrector EDI changes
Then
Address line 1 is stored in WS-TEMP-IM-ADR1 and address line 2 is stored in WS-TEMP-IM-ADR2
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01727
Backup City/State/Postal Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming current importer record contains geographic location information during the 'Backup City/State/Postal Data' routine, when the system backs up location data before applying corrector edi changes, the system executes logic to ensure that city name is stored in ws-temp-im-city, state/province code in ws-temp-im-prov, and postal code in ws-temp-im-postal.
Given
Current importer record contains geographic location information
When
The system backs up location data before applying corrector EDI changes
Then
City name is stored in WS-TEMP-IM-CITY, state/province code in WS-TEMP-IM-PROV, and postal code in WS-TEMP-IM-POSTAL
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01728
Backup Country Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming current importer record contains country code information during the 'Backup Country Code' routine, when the system backs up country data before applying corrector edi changes, the system executes logic to ensure that the country code is stored in temporary backup field ws-temp-im-ctry.
Given
Current importer record contains country code information
When
The system backs up country data before applying corrector EDI changes
Then
The country code is stored in temporary backup field WS-TEMP-IM-CTRY
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01729
Backup Contact Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming current importer record contains contact information during the 'Backup Contact Information' routine, when the system backs up contact data before applying corrector edi changes, the system executes logic to ensure that contact function code is stored in ws-temp-im-cont-cde, person name in ws-temp-im-per-name, communication qualifier in ws-temp-im-com-qual, and communication number in ws-temp-im-com-num.
Given
Current importer record contains contact information
When
The system backs up contact data before applying corrector EDI changes
Then
Contact function code is stored in WS-TEMP-IM-CONT-CDE, person name in WS-TEMP-IM-PER-NAME, communication qualifier in WS-TEMP-IM-COM-QUAL, and communication number in WS-TEMP-IM-COM-NUM
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01731
Clear Current Importer Fields
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer data has been successfully backed up and backup complete flag is set during the 'Clear Current Importer Fields' routine, when the system prepares to process corrector edi changes, the system executes logic to ensure that the original importer, business number, and business number qualifier fields are cleared to spaces.
Given
Importer data has been successfully backed up and backup complete flag is set
When
The system prepares to process corrector EDI changes
Then
The original importer, business number, and business number qualifier fields are cleared to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01732
CSA Indicator Already On?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment is being processed for customs manifest creation during the 'CSA Indicator Already On?' routine, when the system checks the current csa indicator status, the system executes logic to ensure that if csa indicator is already on, maintain the current status, otherwise proceed to check data sources.
Given
A shipment is being processed for customs manifest creation
When
The system checks the current CSA indicator status
Then
If CSA indicator is already on, maintain the current status, otherwise proceed to check data sources
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01733
AU Table Has Importer Data?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If csa indicator is not currently active and au table lookup is required, and the system searches au table using consignee chop code and commodity code occurs during the 'AU Table Has Importer Data?' routine, then the system must guarantee that if au table contains matching importer data, proceed to retrieve it, otherwise check edi data sources.
EXCLUDING
CSA indicator is not currently active and AU table lookup is required
When
The system searches AU table using consignee CHOP code and commodity code
Then
If AU table contains matching importer data, proceed to retrieve it, otherwise check EDI data sources
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01734
EDI Has Importer Data?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If csa indicator is not active and au table has no importer data, and the system checks edi bol for importer n1 segments occurs during the 'EDI Has Importer Data?' routine, then the system must guarantee that if edi contains importer data, proceed to validate business number qualifier, otherwise maintain current csa status.
EXCLUDING
CSA indicator is not active and AU table has no importer data
When
The system checks EDI BOL for importer N1 segments
Then
If EDI contains importer data, proceed to validate business number qualifier, otherwise maintain current CSA status
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01736
Business Number Qualifier BN or Blank?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming edi contains importer data with business number qualifier during the 'Business Number Qualifier BN or Blank?' routine, when the system checks if business number qualifier is 'bn' or blank, the system executes logic to ensure that if qualifier is 'bn' or blank, turn off csa indicator, otherwise maintain current status.
Given
EDI contains importer data with business number qualifier
When
The system checks if business number qualifier is 'BN' or blank
Then
If qualifier is 'BN' or blank, turn off CSA indicator, otherwise maintain current status
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01739
Turn CSA Indicator Off
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi contains importer data with business number qualifier during the 'Turn CSA Indicator Off' routine, when business number qualifier is 'bn' or blank spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that turn off csa indicator to prevent automatic csa processing.
Given
EDI contains importer data with business number qualifier
When
Business number qualifier is 'BN' or blank spaces
Then
Turn off CSA indicator to prevent automatic CSA processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01741
Retrieve EDI N1 Importer Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bill of lading key exists for the shipment during the 'Retrieve EDI N1 Importer Segment' routine, when the system needs to process importer business number information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves the n1 importer segment from the edi data using the bill of lading key.
Given
An EDI bill of lading key exists for the shipment
When
The system needs to process importer business number information
Then
The system retrieves the N1 importer segment from the EDI data using the bill of lading key
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01742
N1 Importer Segment Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the system has attempted to retrieve the n1 importer segment during the 'N1 Importer Segment Found?' routine, when the retrieval operation completes, the system executes logic to ensure that if the segment is found, proceed with business number extraction, otherwise skip business number processing.
Given
The system has attempted to retrieve the N1 importer segment
When
The retrieval operation completes
Then
If the segment is found, proceed with business number extraction, otherwise skip business number processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01743
Extract Business Number Qualifier from N1-ID-CODE-QUAL
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid n1 importer segment exists in the edi data during the 'Extract Business Number Qualifier from N1-ID-CODE-QUAL' routine, when the system processes the importer identification information, the system executes logic to ensure that the business number qualifier is extracted from the n1-id-code-qual field.
Given
A valid N1 importer segment exists in the EDI data
When
The system processes the importer identification information
Then
The business number qualifier is extracted from the N1-ID-CODE-QUAL field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01744
Extract Business Number from N1-ID-CODE
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid n1 importer segment exists with business number qualifier during the 'Extract Business Number from N1-ID-CODE' routine, when the system processes the importer identification information, the system executes logic to ensure that the business number is extracted from the n1-id-code field.
Given
A valid N1 importer segment exists with business number qualifier
When
The system processes the importer identification information
Then
The business number is extracted from the N1-ID-CODE field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01745
Store Business Number Qualifier in GCCC-BUSINESS-NBR-QUAL
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a business number qualifier has been extracted from the edi n1 segment during the 'Store Business Number Qualifier in GCCC-BUSINESS-NBR-QUAL' routine, when the system updates the customs record, the system executes logic to ensure that the qualifier is stored in the gccc-business-nbr-qual field.
Given
A business number qualifier has been extracted from the EDI N1 segment
When
The system updates the customs record
Then
The qualifier is stored in the GCCC-BUSINESS-NBR-QUAL field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01746
Store Business Number in GCCC-BUSINESS-NBR
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a business number has been extracted from the edi n1 segment during the 'Store Business Number in GCCC-BUSINESS-NBR' routine, when the system updates the customs record, the system executes logic to ensure that the business number is stored in the gccc-business-nbr field.
Given
A business number has been extracted from the EDI N1 segment
When
The system updates the customs record
Then
The business number is stored in the GCCC-BUSINESS-NBR field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01747
Update Customs Record with Business Number Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming business number and qualifier have been extracted from the edi n1 segment during the 'Update Customs Record with Business Number Data' routine, when the system processes the importer information, the system executes logic to ensure that the customs record is updated with both the business number and qualifier in the appropriate fields.
Given
Business number and qualifier have been extracted from the EDI N1 segment
When
The system processes the importer information
Then
The customs record is updated with both the business number and qualifier in the appropriate fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01748
Set Importer Name from N1-NAME
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid n1 importer segment exists in the edi data during the 'Set Importer Name from N1-NAME' routine, when the system processes importer identification information, the system executes logic to ensure that the importer name is extracted from n1-name and stored in the customs record.
Given
A valid N1 importer segment exists in the EDI data
When
The system processes importer identification information
Then
The importer name is extracted from N1-NAME and stored in the customs record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01749
Mark Importer Data as Found
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer business number information has been successfully extracted and stored during the 'Mark Importer Data as Found' routine, when the processing of the n1 importer segment completes, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the importer found flag to indicate successful processing.
Given
Importer business number information has been successfully extracted and stored
When
The processing of the N1 importer segment completes
Then
The system sets the importer found flag to indicate successful processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01750
Get Importer N3 Segment from EDI BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bill of lading exists with importer entity type 'im' during the 'Get Importer N3 Segment from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes importer address information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves the n3 segment containing address line 1 and address line 2 from the edi bol.
Given
An EDI Bill of Lading exists with importer entity type 'IM'
When
The system processes importer address information
Then
The system retrieves the N3 segment containing address line 1 and address line 2 from the EDI BOL
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01751
N3 Segment Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is processing importer address information during the 'N3 Segment Found?' routine, when the n3 segment retrieval is attempted from edi bol, the system executes logic to ensure that if n3 segment is found, extract address details; if not found, set default address values.
Given
The system is processing importer address information
When
The N3 segment retrieval is attempted from EDI BOL
Then
If N3 segment is found, extract address details; if not found, set default address values
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01752
Extract Address Line 1 from N3
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an n3 segment exists in the edi bol for the importer during the 'Extract Address Line 1 from N3' routine, when the system processes the n3 segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts the first address line from field d2-addl-name-addr-1.
Given
An N3 segment exists in the EDI BOL for the importer
When
The system processes the N3 segment
Then
The system extracts the first address line from field D2-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-1
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01753
Address Line 1 Empty?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming address line 1 has been extracted from the n3 segment during the 'Address Line 1 Empty?' routine, when the system validates the address completeness, the system executes logic to ensure that if address line 1 is empty or contains only spaces/low-values, set it to 'na'; otherwise use the extracted value.
Given
Address Line 1 has been extracted from the N3 segment
When
The system validates the address completeness
Then
If Address Line 1 is empty or contains only spaces/low-values, set it to 'NA'; otherwise use the extracted value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01755
Extract Address Line 2 from N3
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an n3 segment exists and address line 1 has been processed during the 'Extract Address Line 2 from N3' routine, when the system continues n3 segment processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts address line 2 from field d2-addl-name-addr-2.
Given
An N3 segment exists and Address Line 1 has been processed
When
The system continues N3 segment processing
Then
The system extracts Address Line 2 from field D2-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-2
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01756
Set Default Address Line 1 to 'NA'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming no n3 segment is found in the edi bol during the 'Set Default Address Line 1 to 'NA'' routine, when the system processes importer address information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets address line 1 to 'na' and clears address line 2.
Given
No N3 segment is found in the EDI BOL
When
The system processes importer address information
Then
The system sets Address Line 1 to 'NA' and clears Address Line 2
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01757
Clear Address Line 2
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming no n3 segment is found in the edi bol during the 'Clear Address Line 2' routine, when the system sets default address values, the system executes logic to ensure that the system clears address line 2 field.
Given
No N3 segment is found in the EDI BOL
When
The system sets default address values
Then
The system clears Address Line 2 field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01758
Get Importer N4 Segment from EDI BOL
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bill of lading exists with importer entity type 'im' during the 'Get Importer N4 Segment from EDI BOL' routine, when the system processes importer geographic information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves the n4 segment containing city, state, postal code, and country data.
Given
An EDI Bill of Lading exists with importer entity type 'IM'
When
The system processes importer geographic information
Then
The system retrieves the N4 segment containing city, state, postal code, and country data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01759
N4 Segment Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is processing importer geographic information during the 'N4 Segment Found?' routine, when the n4 segment retrieval is attempted from edi bol, the system executes logic to ensure that if n4 segment is found, extract geographic details; if not found, clear all geographic fields.
Given
The system is processing importer geographic information
When
The N4 segment retrieval is attempted from EDI BOL
Then
If N4 segment is found, extract geographic details; if not found, clear all geographic fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01760
Extract City Name from N4
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an n4 segment exists in the edi bol for the importer during the 'Extract City Name from N4' routine, when the system processes the n4 segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts the city name from field d4-city-name.
Given
An N4 segment exists in the EDI BOL for the importer
When
The system processes the N4 segment
Then
The system extracts the city name from field D4-CITY-NAME
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01761
Extract State/Province Code from N4
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an n4 segment exists and city name has been extracted during the 'Extract State/Province Code from N4' routine, when the system continues n4 segment processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts the state/province code from field d4-state-prov-code.
Given
An N4 segment exists and city name has been extracted
When
The system continues N4 segment processing
Then
The system extracts the state/province code from field D4-STATE-PROV-CODE
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01762
Extract Postal Code from N4
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an n4 segment exists and state/province has been extracted during the 'Extract Postal Code from N4' routine, when the system continues n4 segment processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts the postal code from field d4-postal-code.
Given
An N4 segment exists and state/province has been extracted
When
The system continues N4 segment processing
Then
The system extracts the postal code from field D4-POSTAL-CODE
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01763
Extract Country Code from N4
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an n4 segment exists and postal code has been extracted during the 'Extract Country Code from N4' routine, when the system completes n4 segment processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts the country code from field d4-country-code.
Given
An N4 segment exists and postal code has been extracted
When
The system completes N4 segment processing
Then
The system extracts the country code from field D4-COUNTRY-CODE
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01764
Clear All N4 Address Fields
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming no n4 segment is found in the edi bol during the 'Clear All N4 Address Fields' routine, when the system processes importer geographic information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system clears all n4 address fields including city, state, postal code, and country.
Given
No N4 segment is found in the EDI BOL
When
The system processes importer geographic information
Then
The system clears all N4 address fields including city, state, postal code, and country
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01766
Check if EDI BOL Data Available
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming importer contact information processing is required during the 'Check if EDI BOL Data Available' routine, when system checks for edi bol data availability using the edi bol key, the system executes logic to ensure that system determines if valid edi bol data exists for contact information extraction.
Given
Importer contact information processing is required
When
System checks for EDI BOL data availability using the EDI BOL key
Then
System determines if valid EDI BOL data exists for contact information extraction
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01767
Retrieve Importer PER Segment from EDI
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol data is available for the shipment during the 'Retrieve Importer PER Segment from EDI' routine, when system retrieves importer per segment using entity type 'im' and sequence '01' and segment type 'gp', the system executes logic to ensure that importer contact person segment is retrieved from edi bol data or marked as not found.
Given
EDI BOL data is available for the shipment
When
System retrieves importer PER segment using entity type 'IM' and sequence '01' and segment type 'GP'
Then
Importer contact person segment is retrieved from EDI BOL data or marked as not found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01768
Extract Contact Function Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer per segment is successfully retrieved from edi bol during the 'Extract Contact Function Code' routine, when system processes the per segment contact function code field, the system executes logic to ensure that contact function code is extracted and stored in the customs record contact function code field.
Given
Importer PER segment is successfully retrieved from EDI BOL
When
System processes the PER segment contact function code field
Then
Contact function code is extracted and stored in the customs record contact function code field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01769
Extract Contact Person Name
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer per segment is successfully retrieved from edi bol during the 'Extract Contact Person Name' routine, when system processes the per segment contact name field, the system executes logic to ensure that contact person name is extracted and stored in the customs record contact name field.
Given
Importer PER segment is successfully retrieved from EDI BOL
When
System processes the PER segment contact name field
Then
Contact person name is extracted and stored in the customs record contact name field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01770
Extract Communication Number Qualifier
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer per segment is successfully retrieved from edi bol during the 'Extract Communication Number Qualifier' routine, when system processes the per segment communication number qualifier field, the system executes logic to ensure that communication number qualifier is extracted and stored in the customs record communication qualifier field.
Given
Importer PER segment is successfully retrieved from EDI BOL
When
System processes the PER segment communication number qualifier field
Then
Communication number qualifier is extracted and stored in the customs record communication qualifier field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01771
Extract Communication Number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer per segment is successfully retrieved from edi bol during the 'Extract Communication Number' routine, when system processes the per segment communication number field, the system executes logic to ensure that communication number is extracted and stored in the customs record communication number field.
Given
Importer PER segment is successfully retrieved from EDI BOL
When
System processes the PER segment communication number field
Then
Communication number is extracted and stored in the customs record communication number field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01772
Store Contact Information in Customs Record
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming contact information has been extracted from edi per segment during the 'Store Contact Information in Customs Record' routine, when all contact fields (function code, person name, communication qualifier, communication number) are populated, the system executes logic to ensure that contact information is stored in the customs record type 55 per segment fields.
Given
Contact information has been extracted from EDI PER segment
When
All contact fields (function code, person name, communication qualifier, communication number) are populated
Then
Contact information is stored in the customs record type 55 PER segment fields
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01773
Clear Contact Information Fields
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol data is not available or importer per segment is not found, and contact information cannot be extracted from edi sources occurs during the 'Clear Contact Information Fields' routine, then the system must guarantee that all contact information fields are cleared to spaces in the customs record.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL data is not available or importer PER segment is not found
When
Contact information cannot be extracted from EDI sources
Then
All contact information fields are cleared to spaces in the customs record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01775
Generate Validation Error Messages
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If contact information validation has failed, and required contact fields are missing or invalid occurs during the 'Generate Validation Error Messages' routine, then the system must guarantee that appropriate validation error messages are generated and added to the error message collection.
EXCLUDING
Contact information validation has failed
When
Required contact fields are missing or invalid
Then
Appropriate validation error messages are generated and added to the error message collection
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01776
Backup Original Importer Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming importer data exists from previous record 55 processing with entity id 'im' and importer name is present during the 'Backup Original Importer Data' routine, when the system processes corrector edi that may modify or delete importer information, the system executes logic to ensure that all original importer data is backed up including chop code, name, business number qualifier, business number, csa indicator, address information, city/state/postal data, and contact information, and backup found flag is set to true.
Given
Importer data exists from previous record 55 processing with entity ID 'IM' and importer name is present
When
The system processes corrector EDI that may modify or delete importer information
Then
All original importer data is backed up including CHOP code, name, business number qualifier, business number, CSA indicator, address information, city/state/postal data, and contact information, and backup found flag is set to true
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01777
Corrector EDI Deletes Importer?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi processing is active and importer entity data is being evaluated during the 'Corrector EDI Deletes Importer?' routine, when the corrector edi deletes importer information from the current transaction, the system executes logic to ensure that if backup importer data is available, restore from backup data; otherwise clear importer entity id and set importer not found status.
Given
Corrector EDI processing is active and importer entity data is being evaluated
When
The corrector EDI deletes importer information from the current transaction
Then
If backup importer data is available, restore from backup data; otherwise clear importer entity ID and set importer not found status
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01778
Restore from Backup Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi has deleted current importer data and backup importer data is available from previous processing during the 'Restore from Backup Data' routine, when the system needs to restore importer information, the system executes logic to ensure that all backed up importer data is restored including chop code as sc301, entity id as 'im', name as n102, business number qualifier as n103, business number as n104, csa indicator, address information as n301/n302, city/state/postal as n401/n402/n403/n404, and contact information as per01/per02/per03/per04, and importer found flag is set.
Given
Corrector EDI has deleted current importer data and backup importer data is available from previous processing
When
The system needs to restore importer information
Then
All backed up importer data is restored including CHOP code as SC301, entity ID as 'IM', name as N102, business number qualifier as N103, business number as N104, CSA indicator, address information as N301/N302, city/state/postal as N401/N402/N403/N404, and contact information as PER01/PER02/PER03/PER04, and importer found flag is set
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01779
Clear Importer Entity ID
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming corrector edi has deleted current importer data and no backup importer data is available during the 'Clear Importer Entity ID' routine, when the system processes the importer data deletion, the system executes logic to ensure that importer entity id is cleared to spaces and if record 55 importer not found flag is set, clear the importer name field.
Given
Corrector EDI has deleted current importer data and no backup importer data is available
When
The system processes the importer data deletion
Then
Importer entity ID is cleared to spaces and if record 55 importer not found flag is set, clear the importer name field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01781
Initialize EDI BOL Request Parameters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a request to retrieve geographic address information from edi bol data during the 'Initialize EDI BOL Request Parameters' routine, when the system initializes the edi bol request parameters, the system executes logic to ensure that the address segment structure is cleared and ready for data retrieval.
Given
A request to retrieve geographic address information from EDI BOL data
When
The system initializes the EDI BOL request parameters
Then
The address segment structure is cleared and ready for data retrieval
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01782
Set Segment Type to EBSNRSA
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol request is being prepared for geographic address retrieval during the 'Set Segment Type to EBSNRSA' routine, when the system configures the segment type, the system executes logic to ensure that the segment type is set to ebsnrsa to target address segments.
Given
An EDI BOL request is being prepared for geographic address retrieval
When
The system configures the segment type
Then
The segment type is set to EBSNRSA to target address segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01783
Set Function Code to GU - Get Unique
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol request is being prepared for geographic address retrieval during the 'Set Function Code to GU - Get Unique' routine, when the system sets the function code, the system executes logic to ensure that the function code is set to gu to retrieve a unique segment.
Given
An EDI BOL request is being prepared for geographic address retrieval
When
The system sets the function code
Then
The function code is set to GU to retrieve a unique segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01784
Set EDI BOL Key for Record 55
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a geographic address segment retrieval is requested for record 55 processing during the 'Set EDI BOL Key for Record 55' routine, when the system assigns the edi bol key, the system executes logic to ensure that the edi bol key for record 55 is set as the root key for the request.
Given
A geographic address segment retrieval is requested for record 55 processing
When
The system assigns the EDI BOL key
Then
The EDI BOL key for record 55 is set as the root key for the request
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01785
Set Type-1 to NN - Notify Party
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a geographic address retrieval is requested for notify party information during the 'Set Type-1 to NN - Notify Party' routine, when the system configures the primary entity type, the system executes logic to ensure that type-1 is set to nn to identify notify party segments.
Given
A geographic address retrieval is requested for notify party information
When
The system configures the primary entity type
Then
Type-1 is set to NN to identify notify party segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01787
Set Type-2 to GA - Geographic Address
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming geographic address information is needed for a notify party during the 'Set Type-2 to GA - Geographic Address' routine, when the system configures the secondary segment type, the system executes logic to ensure that type-2 is set to ga to identify geographic address segments.
Given
Geographic address information is needed for a notify party
When
The system configures the secondary segment type
Then
Type-2 is set to GA to identify geographic address segments
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01789
Set Operator to Equals
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol segment retrieval requires exact matching criteria during the 'Set Operator to Equals' routine, when the system configures the search operator, the system executes logic to ensure that the operator is set to equals for exact segment matching.
Given
An EDI BOL segment retrieval requires exact matching criteria
When
The system configures the search operator
Then
The operator is set to equals for exact segment matching
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01790
Call EDI BOL I/O Service
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming all edi bol request parameters are configured for geographic address retrieval during the 'Call EDI BOL I/O Service' routine, when the system calls the edi bol i/o service, the system executes logic to ensure that the service is invoked to retrieve the geographic address segment from edi bol data.
Given
All EDI BOL request parameters are configured for geographic address retrieval
When
The system calls the EDI BOL I/O service
Then
The service is invoked to retrieve the geographic address segment from EDI BOL data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01791
Set GA Found Flag
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the edi bol i/o service has been called to retrieve a geographic address segment during the 'Set GA Found Flag' routine, when the geographic address segment is successfully found and retrieved, the system executes logic to ensure that the ga found flag is set to indicate successful retrieval.
Given
The EDI BOL I/O service has been called to retrieve a geographic address segment
When
The geographic address segment is successfully found and retrieved
Then
The GA found flag is set to indicate successful retrieval
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01792
Set GA Not Found Flag
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the edi bol i/o service has been called to retrieve a geographic address segment, and the geographic address segment is not found in the edi bol data occurs during the 'Set GA Not Found Flag' routine, then the system must guarantee that the ga not found flag is set to indicate unsuccessful retrieval.
EXCLUDING
The EDI BOL I/O service has been called to retrieve a geographic address segment
When
The geographic address segment is not found in the EDI BOL data
Then
The GA not found flag is set to indicate unsuccessful retrieval
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01793
Initialize CNS Search Variables
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a consolidated load indicator search process is initiated during the 'Initialize CNS Search Variables' routine, when the system begins to search for cns segments, the system executes logic to ensure that the cns indicator flag is set to not found and sequence counter is initialized to 1.
Given
A consolidated load indicator search process is initiated
When
The system begins to search for CNS segments
Then
The CNS indicator flag is set to not found and sequence counter is initialized to 1
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01795
Set Sequence Counter to 1
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a search for consolidated load indicators is beginning during the 'Set Sequence Counter to 1' routine, when the system initializes search parameters, the system executes logic to ensure that the sequence counter is set to 1 to start searching from the first segment.
Given
A search for consolidated load indicators is beginning
When
The system initializes search parameters
Then
The sequence counter is set to 1 to start searching from the first segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01796
Retrieve EBSBCKS Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a sequence number for cns segment search during the 'Retrieve EBSBCKS Segment' routine, when the system retrieves ebsbcks segment data using the current sequence number, the system executes logic to ensure that the segment data is loaded for consolidated load indicator evaluation.
Given
A sequence number for CNS segment search
When
The system retrieves EBSBCKS segment data using the current sequence number
Then
The segment data is loaded for consolidated load indicator evaluation
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01797
EBSBCKS Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an attempt to retrieve ebsbcks segment data during the 'EBSBCKS Segment Found?' routine, when the system checks if the segment was successfully retrieved, the system executes logic to ensure that the process continues to check special handling code if segment found, otherwise moves to termination check.
Given
An attempt to retrieve EBSBCKS segment data
When
The system checks if the segment was successfully retrieved
Then
The process continues to check special handling code if segment found, otherwise moves to termination check
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01798
Special Handling Code = 'CNS'?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a successfully retrieved ebsbcks segment during the 'Special Handling Code = 'CNS'?' routine, when the system examines the special handling code field, the system executes logic to ensure that if the code equals 'cns', the consolidated indicator is found; otherwise, continue searching next sequence.
Given
A successfully retrieved EBSBCKS segment
When
The system examines the special handling code field
Then
If the code equals 'CNS', the consolidated indicator is found; otherwise, continue searching next sequence
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01799
Set CNS Indicator Found
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a segment with special handling code 'cns' is found during the 'Set CNS Indicator Found' routine, when the system processes the consolidated load identification, the system executes logic to ensure that the cns indicator flag is set to found state.
Given
A segment with special handling code 'CNS' is found
When
The system processes the consolidated load identification
Then
The CNS indicator flag is set to found state
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01800
Increment Sequence Counter
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a segment that does not contain 'cns' special handling code, and the system continues searching for consolidated load indicators occurs during the 'Increment Sequence Counter' routine, then the system must guarantee that the sequence counter is incremented by 1 to check the next segment.
EXCLUDING
A segment that does not contain 'CNS' special handling code
When
The system continues searching for consolidated load indicators
Then
The sequence counter is incremented by 1 to check the next segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01801
Counter > 98 OR CNS Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an ongoing search for consolidated load indicators during the 'Counter > 98 OR CNS Found?' routine, when the system evaluates continuation criteria, the system executes logic to ensure that if sequence counter exceeds 98 or cns indicator is found, terminate search; otherwise continue with next segment.
Given
An ongoing search for consolidated load indicators
When
The system evaluates continuation criteria
Then
If sequence counter exceeds 98 or CNS indicator is found, terminate search; otherwise continue with next segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01802
Set Consolidated Flag to 'Y'
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cns special handling code has been found in the segment data during the 'Set Consolidated Flag to 'Y'' routine, when the system finalizes the consolidated load determination, the system executes logic to ensure that the consolidated flag is set to 'y' to indicate this is a consolidated shipment.
Given
A CNS special handling code has been found in the segment data
When
The system finalizes the consolidated load determination
Then
The consolidated flag is set to 'Y' to indicate this is a consolidated shipment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01803
Set Consolidated Flag to Space
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming all available segments have been searched and no cns special handling code was found during the 'Set Consolidated Flag to Space' routine, when the system finalizes the consolidated load determination, the system executes logic to ensure that the consolidated flag is set to space to indicate this is not a consolidated shipment.
Given
All available segments have been searched and no CNS special handling code was found
When
The system finalizes the consolidated load determination
Then
The consolidated flag is set to space to indicate this is not a consolidated shipment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01820
Initialize Importer Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to process importer information during the 'Initialize Importer Segment' routine, when starting importer data processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the customs record segment gcsccs55 should be cleared to spaces.
Given
The system needs to process importer information
When
Starting importer data processing
Then
The customs record segment GCSCCS55 should be cleared to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01821
Get EDI BOL Importer N1 Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi bol key exists for the shipment during the 'Get EDI BOL Importer N1 Segment' routine, when retrieving importer n1 segment with entity type 'im' and sequence '01', the system executes logic to ensure that the system should call edi bol interface to get importer entity data.
Given
An EDI BOL key exists for the shipment
When
Retrieving importer N1 segment with entity type 'IM' and sequence '01'
Then
The system should call EDI BOL interface to get importer entity data
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01822
N1 Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a request has been made to retrieve importer n1 segment during the 'N1 Segment Found?' routine, when the edi bol interface returns a status code, the system executes logic to ensure that if status code is spaces then n1 segment is found, otherwise n1 segment is not found.
Given
A request has been made to retrieve importer N1 segment
When
The EDI BOL interface returns a status code
Then
If status code is spaces then N1 segment is found, otherwise N1 segment is not found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01823
Check Entity ID Code
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n1 segment has been retrieved from edi bol during the 'Check Entity ID Code' routine, when checking the entity id code in the n1 segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the entity id code should be extracted for validation.
Given
An N1 segment has been retrieved from EDI BOL
When
Checking the entity ID code in the N1 segment
Then
The entity ID code should be extracted for validation
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01824
Entity ID = 'IM'?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity id code has been extracted from n1 segment during the 'Entity ID = 'IM'?' routine, when the entity id code is compared against importer designation, the system executes logic to ensure that if entity id equals 'im' then it is a valid importer entity, otherwise it is not an importer.
Given
An entity ID code has been extracted from N1 segment
When
The entity ID code is compared against importer designation
Then
If entity ID equals 'IM' then it is a valid importer entity, otherwise it is not an importer
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01825
Extract Importer Name
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid importer n1 segment with entity id 'im' during the 'Extract Importer Name' routine, when processing the importer entity data, the system executes logic to ensure that the importer name should be extracted from n1-name field and stored in both customs record and importer field.
Given
A valid importer N1 segment with entity ID 'IM'
When
Processing the importer entity data
Then
The importer name should be extracted from N1-NAME field and stored in both customs record and importer field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01826
Extract Business Number Qualifier
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid importer n1 segment during the 'Extract Business Number Qualifier' routine, when processing importer identification data, the system executes logic to ensure that the business number qualifier should be extracted from n1-id-code-qualifier and stored in both customs record and business number qualifier field.
Given
A valid importer N1 segment
When
Processing importer identification data
Then
The business number qualifier should be extracted from N1-ID-CODE-QUALIFIER and stored in both customs record and business number qualifier field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01827
Extract Business Number
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid importer n1 segment during the 'Extract Business Number' routine, when processing importer identification data, the system executes logic to ensure that the business number should be extracted from n1-id-code and stored in both customs record and business number field.
Given
A valid importer N1 segment
When
Processing importer identification data
Then
The business number should be extracted from N1-ID-CODE and stored in both customs record and business number field
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01830
Get Importer N3 Address Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming importer n1 segment has been processed during the 'Get Importer N3 Address Segment' routine, when retrieving importer address data with entity type 'im', sequence '01', and address type 'ic', the system executes logic to ensure that the system should call edi bol interface to get importer address segment.
Given
Importer N1 segment has been processed
When
Retrieving importer address data with entity type 'IM', sequence '01', and address type 'IC'
Then
The system should call EDI BOL interface to get importer address segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01831
N3 Address Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a request has been made to retrieve importer n3 address segment during the 'N3 Address Found?' routine, when the edi bol interface returns a status code, the system executes logic to ensure that if status code is spaces then address segment is found, otherwise address segment is not found.
Given
A request has been made to retrieve importer N3 address segment
When
The EDI BOL interface returns a status code
Then
If status code is spaces then address segment is found, otherwise address segment is not found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01832
Extract Address Line 1
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming importer n3 address segment is available during the 'Extract Address Line 1' routine, when processing address information, the system executes logic to ensure that address line 1 should be extracted from d2-addl-name-addr-1 field and stored in customs record, or set to 'na' if blank or low-values.
Given
Importer N3 address segment is available
When
Processing address information
Then
Address line 1 should be extracted from D2-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-1 field and stored in customs record, or set to 'NA' if blank or low-values
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01833
Extract Address Line 2
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming importer n3 address segment is available and address line 1 has been processed during the 'Extract Address Line 2' routine, when processing additional address information, the system executes logic to ensure that address line 2 should be extracted from d2-addl-name-addr-2 field and stored in customs record.
Given
Importer N3 address segment is available and address line 1 has been processed
When
Processing additional address information
Then
Address line 2 should be extracted from D2-ADDL-NAME-ADDR-2 field and stored in customs record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01834
Set Default 'NA' Address
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If importer n3 address segment is not found, and address information is required for customs record occurs during the 'Set Default 'NA' Address' routine, then the system must guarantee that address line 1 should be set to 'na' and n3 data section should be cleared.
EXCLUDING
Importer N3 address segment is not found
When
Address information is required for customs record
Then
Address line 1 should be set to 'NA' and N3 data section should be cleared
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01835
Get Importer N4 City/State Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming importer address processing is in progress during the 'Get Importer N4 City/State Segment' routine, when retrieving importer city/state data with entity type 'im', sequence '01', and city type 'ia', the system executes logic to ensure that the system should call edi bol interface to get importer city/state segment.
Given
Importer address processing is in progress
When
Retrieving importer city/state data with entity type 'IM', sequence '01', and city type 'IA'
Then
The system should call EDI BOL interface to get importer city/state segment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01836
N4 Segment Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a request has been made to retrieve importer n4 city/state segment during the 'N4 Segment Found?' routine, when the edi bol interface returns a status code, the system executes logic to ensure that if status code is spaces then city/state segment is found, otherwise city/state segment is not found.
Given
A request has been made to retrieve importer N4 city/state segment
When
The EDI BOL interface returns a status code
Then
If status code is spaces then city/state segment is found, otherwise city/state segment is not found
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01837
Extract City Name
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming importer n4 city/state segment is available during the 'Extract City Name' routine, when processing city information, the system executes logic to ensure that city name should be extracted from d4-city-name field and stored in customs record.
Given
Importer N4 city/state segment is available
When
Processing city information
Then
City name should be extracted from D4-CITY-NAME field and stored in customs record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01838
Extract State/Province Code
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming importer n4 city/state segment is available during the 'Extract State/Province Code' routine, when processing state/province information, the system executes logic to ensure that state/province code should be extracted from d4-state-prov-code field and stored in customs record.
Given
Importer N4 city/state segment is available
When
Processing state/province information
Then
State/province code should be extracted from D4-STATE-PROV-CODE field and stored in customs record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01839
Extract Postal Code
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming importer n4 city/state segment is available during the 'Extract Postal Code' routine, when processing postal information, the system executes logic to ensure that postal code should be extracted from d4-postal-code field and stored in customs record.
Given
Importer N4 city/state segment is available
When
Processing postal information
Then
Postal code should be extracted from D4-POSTAL-CODE field and stored in customs record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01840
Extract Country Code
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming importer n4 city/state segment is available during the 'Extract Country Code' routine, when processing country information, the system executes logic to ensure that country code should be extracted from d4-country-code field and stored in customs record.
Given
Importer N4 city/state segment is available
When
Processing country information
Then
Country code should be extracted from D4-COUNTRY-CODE field and stored in customs record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01841
Clear N4 Data
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If importer n4 city/state segment is not found, and city/state information processing is required occurs during the 'Clear N4 Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that the n4 data section in customs record should be cleared to spaces.
EXCLUDING
Importer N4 city/state segment is not found
When
City/state information processing is required
Then
The N4 data section in customs record should be cleared to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01843
Validate N1 Segment Data
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming importer record has been populated with available data during the 'Validate N1 Segment Data' routine, when validating the importer record for customs compliance, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should perform n1 segment validation to ensure data integrity.
Given
Importer record has been populated with available data
When
Validating the importer record for customs compliance
Then
The system should perform N1 segment validation to ensure data integrity
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01845
Update CSA Indicator Logic
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming importer record has been processed during the 'Update CSA Indicator Logic' routine, when evaluating csa indicator requirements, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should check if both au table data and edi data are found for csa determination.
Given
Importer record has been processed
When
Evaluating CSA indicator requirements
Then
The system should check if both AU table data and EDI data are found for CSA determination
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01846
Reset CSA Indicator
Policy Rules
Business View: Assuming au table importer data is found and edi importer data is found and business number qualifier is 'bn' or spaces during the 'Reset CSA Indicator' routine, when processing csa indicator logic, the system executes logic to ensure that the csa indicator should be set to off.
Given
AU table importer data is found AND EDI importer data is found AND business number qualifier is 'BN' or spaces
When
Processing CSA indicator logic
Then
The CSA indicator should be set to off
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01847
Importer Data Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a corrector edi transaction is being processed during the 'Importer Data Present?' routine, when the system checks for importer data in the input, the system executes logic to ensure that processing continues only if importer data is present, otherwise the backup process is skipped.
Given
A corrector EDI transaction is being processed
When
The system checks for importer data in the input
Then
Processing continues only if importer data is present, otherwise the backup process is skipped
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01848
Business Number Present?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming importer data is present in the corrector edi during the 'Business Number Present?' routine, when the system validates the business number field, the system executes logic to ensure that processing continues only if business number is not spaces, otherwise backup process is terminated.
Given
Importer data is present in the corrector EDI
When
The system validates the business number field
Then
Processing continues only if business number is not spaces, otherwise backup process is terminated
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01874
Reset CSA Indicator to OFF
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming au table importer data has been found and edi bol importer data has been found during the 'Reset CSA Indicator to OFF' routine, when the business number qualifier is 'bn' or the business number qualifier is blank/spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the csa indicator is set to off.
Given
AU table importer data has been found AND EDI BOL importer data has been found
When
The business number qualifier is 'BN' OR the business number qualifier is blank/spaces
Then
The CSA indicator is set to OFF
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01875
Keep CSA Indicator Current State
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If processing csa indicator logic for importer data, and au table importer data is not found or edi bol importer data is not found or business number qualifier is neither 'bn' nor blank occurs during the 'Keep CSA Indicator Current State' routine, then the system must guarantee that the csa indicator maintains its current state without modification.
EXCLUDING
Processing CSA indicator logic for importer data
When
AU table importer data is not found OR EDI BOL importer data is not found OR business number qualifier is neither 'BN' nor blank
Then
The CSA indicator maintains its current state without modification
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01876
EDI BOL N3 Segment Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an importer record is being processed for address information during the 'EDI BOL N3 Segment Found?' routine, when the system checks for edi bol n3 segment availability, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should identify whether address data is available from edi source or requires fallback processing.
Given
An importer record is being processed for address information
When
The system checks for EDI BOL N3 segment availability
Then
The system should identify whether address data is available from EDI source or requires fallback processing
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01877
Address Line 1 Empty or Low Values?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol n3 segment is available with address information during the 'Address Line 1 Empty or Low Values?' routine, when the first address line is empty or contains low values, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should flag the address line as requiring default value assignment.
Given
EDI BOL N3 segment is available with address information
When
The first address line is empty or contains low values
Then
The system should flag the address line as requiring default value assignment
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01878
Set Address Line 1 to 'NA'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming edi address line 1 is empty or contains low values during the 'Set Address Line 1 to 'NA'' routine, when the system processes the importer address information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set address line 1 to 'na' as the default value.
Given
EDI address line 1 is empty or contains low values
When
The system processes the importer address information
Then
The system should set address line 1 to 'NA' as the default value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01879
Use EDI Address Line 1
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If edi bol n3 segment contains valid address line 1 data, and the address line 1 is not empty and does not contain low values occurs during the 'Use EDI Address Line 1' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should use the edi address line 1 value directly for the importer record.
EXCLUDING
EDI BOL N3 segment contains valid address line 1 data
When
The address line 1 is not empty and does not contain low values
Then
The system should use the EDI address line 1 value directly for the importer record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01880
Set Address Line 2 from EDI
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol n3 segment is available and address line 1 has been processed during the 'Set Address Line 2 from EDI' routine, when the system processes address line 2 information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should assign address line 2 from the edi data to the importer record.
Given
EDI BOL N3 segment is available and address line 1 has been processed
When
The system processes address line 2 information
Then
The system should assign address line 2 from the EDI data to the importer record
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01881
No EDI N3 Segment Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an importer record requires address information during the 'No EDI N3 Segment Available?' routine, when no edi bol n3 segment is available, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should initiate fallback address processing procedures.
Given
An importer record requires address information
When
No EDI BOL N3 segment is available
Then
The system should initiate fallback address processing procedures
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01882
Clear All N3 Address Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming no edi bol n3 segment is available for address information during the 'Clear All N3 Address Data' routine, when the system processes importer address data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should clear all n3 address data fields to ensure clean initialization.
Given
No EDI BOL N3 segment is available for address information
When
The system processes importer address data
Then
The system should clear all N3 address data fields to ensure clean initialization
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01883
Set Address Line 1 to 'NA'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming no edi address segment is available and address data has been cleared during the 'Set Address Line 1 to 'NA'' routine, when the system requires a value for address line 1, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set address line 1 to 'na' as the fallback default value.
Given
No EDI address segment is available and address data has been cleared
When
The system requires a value for address line 1
Then
The system should set address line 1 to 'NA' as the fallback default value
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01884
Clear All PER Segment Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an importer record is being processed and contact information needs to be cleared during the 'Clear All PER Segment Data' routine, when the system processes the importer contact clearing operation, the system executes logic to ensure that all per segment contact fields are set to spaces including contact function code, contact name, communication number qualifier, and communication number.
Given
An importer record is being processed and contact information needs to be cleared
When
The system processes the importer contact clearing operation
Then
All PER segment contact fields are set to spaces including contact function code, contact name, communication number qualifier, and communication number
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01890
EDI BOL Importer Segment Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is processing importer data corrections during the 'EDI BOL Importer Segment Found?' routine, when the system checks for the presence of an importer segment in the edi bol data, the system executes logic to ensure that if the importer segment is found, continue with normal processing, otherwise proceed with deletion handling logic.
Given
The system is processing importer data corrections
When
The system checks for the presence of an importer segment in the EDI BOL data
Then
If the importer segment is found, continue with normal processing, otherwise proceed with deletion handling logic
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01891
Restore from Backup Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi deletion request is processed and backup importer data is available in temporary storage during the 'Restore from Backup Data' routine, when the system needs to handle the deletion while preserving original data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system restores all importer information from backup including chop code, entity id, name, business number qualifier, business number, csa indicator, address information, city, province, postal code, country, and contact details, and sets the importer found flag to true.
Given
An EDI deletion request is processed and backup importer data is available in temporary storage
When
The system needs to handle the deletion while preserving original data
Then
The system restores all importer information from backup including chop code, entity ID, name, business number qualifier, business number, CSA indicator, address information, city, province, postal code, country, and contact details, and sets the importer found flag to true
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01892
Clear Current Importer Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an edi deletion request is processed and no backup importer data is available during the 'Clear Current Importer Data' routine, when the system processes the deletion request, the system executes logic to ensure that if the importer was not found in record 55, the system clears the importer name field and sets the entity id code to spaces.
Given
An EDI deletion request is processed and no backup importer data is available
When
The system processes the deletion request
Then
If the importer was not found in record 55, the system clears the importer name field and sets the entity ID code to spaces
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01894
Initialize EBSNRSC Parameters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol segment retrieval is required for ebsnrsc type during the 'Initialize EBSNRSC Parameters' routine, when system initializes ebsnrsc segment parameters, the system executes logic to ensure that ebwlgio structure is cleared, segment type is set to 'ebsnrsc', function code is set to 'gu', operator is set to '=', sequence number is set to '01', and accept status is set to 'ge'.
Given
EDI BOL segment retrieval is required for EBSNRSC type
When
System initializes EBSNRSC segment parameters
Then
EBWLGIO structure is cleared, segment type is set to 'EBSNRSC', function code is set to 'GU', operator is set to '=', sequence number is set to '01', and accept status is set to 'GE'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01895
Initialize EBSNRSA Parameters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi bol segment retrieval is required for ebsnrsa type during the 'Initialize EBSNRSA Parameters' routine, when system initializes ebsnrsa segment parameters, the system executes logic to ensure that ebwlgio structure is cleared, segment type is set to 'ebsnrsa', function code is set to 'gu', operator is set to '=', edi bol key is assigned to root key, sequence numbers are set to '01', and accept status is set to 'ge'.
Given
EDI BOL segment retrieval is required for EBSNRSA type
When
System initializes EBSNRSA segment parameters
Then
EBWLGIO structure is cleared, segment type is set to 'EBSNRSA', function code is set to 'GU', operator is set to '=', EDI BOL key is assigned to root key, sequence numbers are set to '01', and accept status is set to 'GE'
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01896
Parameters Ready for Segment Retrieval
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming ebwlgio parameters are properly initialized for segment retrieval during the 'Parameters Ready for Segment Retrieval' routine, when system calls ebclgio to retrieve edi bol segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that edi bol segment data is retrieved and stored in the working storage segment structure.
Given
EBWLGIO parameters are properly initialized for segment retrieval
When
System calls EBCLGIO to retrieve EDI BOL segment data
Then
EDI BOL segment data is retrieved and stored in the working storage segment structure
R-GCCCCADD-cbl-01899
Display Timestamp with Process Info
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming system date and time have been captured and key business identifiers are available during the 'Display Timestamp with Process Info' routine, when the initialization process displays status information, the system executes logic to ensure that a formatted message is displayed to system error output containing the date, time, process name, and key business identifiers including ccn key, equipment id, importer, business number, and business number qualifier.
Given
System date and time have been captured and key business identifiers are available
When
The initialization process displays status information
Then
A formatted message is displayed to system error output containing the date, time, process name, and key business identifiers including CCN key, equipment ID, importer, business number, and business number qualifier
Module: GCCCCREL 56 EDI Rules Found
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00002
Manifest Data Retrieval
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a container control number key is provided for cargo processing during the 'Manifest Data Retrieval' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve the corresponding manifest data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system loads the manifest record if found, or displays error message 'can not locate manifest for release/cancel release' if the manifest cannot be located.
Given
A Container Control Number key is provided for cargo processing
When
The system attempts to retrieve the corresponding manifest data
Then
The system loads the manifest record if found, or displays error message 'CAN NOT LOCATE MANIFEST FOR RELEASE/CANCEL RELEASE' if the manifest cannot be located
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00003
Manifest Release Processing
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo release request is initiated during the 'Manifest Release Processing' routine, when the system processes the manual release, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets message id to gcw123, sets manual release flag to true, copies the ccn key, clears the release quantity field, and moves the release reason to comments.
Given
A cargo release request is initiated
When
The system processes the manual release
Then
The system sets message ID to GCW123, sets manual release flag to true, copies the CCN key, clears the release quantity field, and moves the release reason to comments
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00005
Manifest Status Determination
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a cancel release operation is being processed and csa indicator is off during the 'Manifest Status Determination' routine, when the system evaluates the original ccn and manifest type, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets status to manual if original ccn is blank or it's a follower manifest, otherwise sets status to sent.
Given
A cancel release operation is being processed and CSA indicator is OFF
When
The system evaluates the original CCN and manifest type
Then
The system sets status to MANUAL if original CCN is blank OR it's a follower manifest, otherwise sets status to SENT
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00007
Station Information Lookup
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a cancel release operation requires station information during the 'Station Information Lookup' routine, when the system performs station lookup using manifest destination station name, the system executes logic to ensure that the system uses station number from lookup table if successful (return flag = '0'), otherwise uses existing destination station number and initializes station data.
Given
A cancel release operation requires station information
When
The system performs station lookup using manifest destination station name
Then
The system uses station number from lookup table if successful (return flag = '0'), otherwise uses existing destination station number and initializes station data
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00009
Master Manifest Processing
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a cancel release operation is being processed during the 'Master Manifest Processing' routine, when the manifest is identified as a master manifest, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls gcccanrl program with cccom and ccn key parameters for additional cancel release processing.
Given
A cancel release operation is being processed
When
The manifest is identified as a master manifest
Then
The system calls GCCCANRL program with CCCOM and CCN key parameters for additional cancel release processing
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00010
Cargo Release Logging
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cancel release operation has been processed during the 'Cargo Release Logging' routine, when the system creates audit log entry, the system executes logic to ensure that the system initializes logging input, sets action code to log-cargo-release-removed, and spawns gct1051e message with security information, ccn key, cargo type ca-cargo, transaction details, user id and timestamp.
Given
A cancel release operation has been processed
When
The system creates audit log entry
Then
The system initializes logging input, sets action code to LOG-CARGO-RELEASE-REMOVED, and spawns GCT1051E message with security information, CCN key, cargo type CA-CARGO, transaction details, user ID and timestamp
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00011
Release Notification Generation
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a cargo release has been processed, and the operation is not an export operation occurs during the 'Release Notification Generation' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system generates and sends gct1231e notification message with release details.
EXCLUDING
A cargo release has been processed
When
The operation is NOT an export operation
Then
The system generates and sends GCT1231E notification message with release details
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00012
Manifest Data Update
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming cargo processing operations have been completed during the 'Manifest Data Update' routine, when the system finalizes the transaction, the system executes logic to ensure that the system updates the manifest record with all changes made during processing using repl function.
Given
Cargo processing operations have been completed
When
The system finalizes the transaction
Then
The system updates the manifest record with all changes made during processing using REPL function
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00013
Set Manual Release Flag
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo release process is being initiated during the 'Set Manual Release Flag' routine, when the system processes a manual release request, the system executes logic to ensure that the message id should be set to gcw123 and the manual release flag should be set to true.
Given
A cargo release process is being initiated
When
The system processes a manual release request
Then
The message ID should be set to GCW123 and the manual release flag should be set to true
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00014
Copy Cargo Control Number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo release request contains a cargo control number key during the 'Copy Cargo Control Number' routine, when the system processes the release request, the system executes logic to ensure that the cargo control number key should be copied to the gcw123 message structure.
Given
A cargo release request contains a cargo control number key
When
The system processes the release request
Then
The cargo control number key should be copied to the GCW123 message structure
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00015
Copy Cargo Control Number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manual cargo release is being processed during the 'Copy Cargo Control Number' routine, when the system prepares the release message, the system executes logic to ensure that the release quantity field should be set to spaces (cleared).
Given
A manual cargo release is being processed
When
The system prepares the release message
Then
The release quantity field should be set to spaces (cleared)
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00017
Generate Release Notification Message
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a cargo release has been processed, and the cargo is not classified as export cargo occurs during the 'Generate Release Notification Message' routine, then the system must guarantee that a release notification message (gct1231e) should be generated and sent.
EXCLUDING
A cargo release has been processed
When
The cargo is not classified as export cargo
Then
A release notification message (GCT1231E) should be generated and sent
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00018
Is CSA Cargo?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest cancel release is being processed during the 'Is CSA Cargo?' routine, when the cargo has csa indicator turned on, the system executes logic to ensure that the cargo status must be set to csa-dlv (csa delivery).
Given
A manifest cancel release is being processed
When
The cargo has CSA indicator turned on
Then
The cargo status must be set to CSA-DLV (CSA Delivery)
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00019
Original Sent Status Empty OR Follower Manifest?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest cancel release is being processed and csa indicator is off during the 'Original Sent Status Empty OR Follower Manifest?' routine, when the original ccn sent status is empty or the manifest is a follower manifest, the system executes logic to ensure that the cargo status must be set to manual.
Given
A manifest cancel release is being processed and CSA indicator is off
When
The original CCN sent status is empty OR the manifest is a follower manifest
Then
The cargo status must be set to MANUAL
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00020
Set Status to SENT
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest cancel release is being processed and csa indicator is off, and the original ccn sent status is not empty and the manifest is not a follower manifest occurs during the 'Set Status to SENT' routine, then the system must guarantee that the cargo status must be set to sent.
EXCLUDING
A manifest cancel release is being processed and CSA indicator is off
When
The original CCN sent status is not empty AND the manifest is not a follower manifest
Then
The cargo status must be set to SENT
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00021
Create Audit Trail Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest cancel release is being processed during the 'Create Audit Trail Information' routine, when the status has been determined, the system executes logic to ensure that the system must record the current machine date as unreleased date, current user id as unreleasing user, and preserve the original release date.
Given
A manifest cancel release is being processed
When
The status has been determined
Then
The system must record the current machine date as unreleased date, current user ID as unreleasing user, and preserve the original release date
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00022
Clear Release Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest cancel release is being processed during the 'Clear Release Information' routine, when audit trail information has been created, the system executes logic to ensure that the system must clear all existing release information fields.
Given
A manifest cancel release is being processed
When
Audit trail information has been created
Then
The system must clear all existing release information fields
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00023
Set Unreleasing Reason
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest cancel release is being processed during the 'Set Unreleasing Reason' routine, when release information has been cleared, the system executes logic to ensure that the system must set the unrelease reason in the cargo release reason field.
Given
A manifest cancel release is being processed
When
Release information has been cleared
Then
The system must set the unrelease reason in the cargo release reason field
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00024
Lookup Station Information
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest cancel release is being processed during the 'Lookup Station Information' routine, when unreleasing reason has been set, the system executes logic to ensure that the system must attempt to lookup the station number using the manifest destination station name, and if successful use the looked-up station number, otherwise use the existing destination station number.
Given
A manifest cancel release is being processed
When
Unreleasing reason has been set
Then
The system must attempt to lookup the station number using the manifest destination station name, and if successful use the looked-up station number, otherwise use the existing destination station number
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00025
In-Transit Status Z or E?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest cancel release is being processed during the 'In-Transit Status Z or E?' routine, when the cargo in-transit status is 'z' (zone) or 'e' (export), the system executes logic to ensure that the system must update the in-transit status to local.
Given
A manifest cancel release is being processed
When
The cargo in-transit status is 'Z' (zone) or 'E' (export)
Then
The system must update the in-transit status to LOCAL
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00026
Is Master Manifest?
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest cancel release is being processed during the 'Is Master Manifest?' routine, when the manifest is identified as a master manifest, the system executes logic to ensure that the system must invoke the master manifest cancel release processing program (gcccanrl).
Given
A manifest cancel release is being processed
When
The manifest is identified as a master manifest
Then
The system must invoke the master manifest cancel release processing program (GCCCANRL)
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00027
Create Cargo Release Removal Log
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest cancel release has been processed during the 'Create Cargo Release Removal Log' routine, when all status updates and master manifest processing (if applicable) are complete, the system executes logic to ensure that the system must create a cargo release removal log entry with action code log-cargo-release-removed and spawn the logging message (gct1051e).
Given
A manifest cancel release has been processed
When
All status updates and master manifest processing (if applicable) are complete
Then
The system must create a cargo release removal log entry with action code LOG-CARGO-RELEASE-REMOVED and spawn the logging message (GCT1051E)
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00029
CSA Indicator On?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest cancel release process is being executed during the 'CSA Indicator On?' routine, when the csa indicator is on, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest status should be set to csa-dlv.
Given
A manifest cancel release process is being executed
When
The CSA indicator is ON
Then
The manifest status should be set to CSA-DLV
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00030
Original Sent Status Empty OR Follower Manifest?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest cancel release process is being executed and csa indicator is off during the 'Original Sent Status Empty OR Follower Manifest?' routine, when the original ccn sent status is empty or the manifest is a follower manifest, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest status should be set to manual.
Given
A manifest cancel release process is being executed and CSA indicator is OFF
When
The original CCN sent status is empty OR the manifest is a follower manifest
Then
The manifest status should be set to MANUAL
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00031
Set Status to SENT
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest cancel release process is being executed and csa indicator is off, and the original ccn sent status is not empty and the manifest is not a follower manifest occurs during the 'Set Status to SENT' routine, then the system must guarantee that the manifest status should be set to sent.
EXCLUDING
A manifest cancel release process is being executed and CSA indicator is OFF
When
The original CCN sent status is not empty AND the manifest is not a follower manifest
Then
The manifest status should be set to SENT
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00039
Use Manifest Destination Station Name as Key
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest with a destination station name exists during the 'Use Manifest Destination Station Name as Key' routine, when the system performs a station lookup, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest destination station name is used as the search key.
Given
A manifest with a destination station name exists
When
The system performs a station lookup
Then
The manifest destination station name is used as the search key
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00044
Use Original Destination Station Number
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a station lookup has failed to find the station in the master table during the 'Use Original Destination Station Number' routine, when the system needs to assign a destination station number for indexing, the system executes logic to ensure that the original destination station number from the manifest is used as the destination station number for index.
Given
A station lookup has failed to find the station in the master table
When
The system needs to assign a destination station number for indexing
Then
The original destination station number from the manifest is used as the destination station number for index
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00079
Set Station Name from Manifest
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest record with destination station name exists during the 'Set Station Name from Manifest' routine, when the system prepares station lookup parameters, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest destination station name is copied to the lookup key field.
Given
A manifest record with destination station name exists
When
The system prepares station lookup parameters
Then
The manifest destination station name is copied to the lookup key field
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00046
Call GCCCANRL Subprogram for Specialized Cancel Release Processing
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo manifest is being processed for cancel release during the 'Call GCCCANRL Subprogram for Specialized Cancel Release Processing' routine, when the manifest is identified as a master manifest type, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls the gcccanrl subprogram with the common control block and ccn key to perform specialized master manifest cancel release processing.
Given
A cargo manifest is being processed for cancel release
When
The manifest is identified as a master manifest type
Then
The system calls the GCCCANRL subprogram with the common control block and CCN key to perform specialized master manifest cancel release processing
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00056
Send Log Message to Audit System
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a complete audit log entry has been prepared for cargo release removal during the 'Send Log Message to Audit System' routine, when the system sends the log message to the audit system, the system executes logic to ensure that the log entry is transmitted via gct1051e message to the external audit system for processing.
Given
A complete audit log entry has been prepared for cargo release removal
When
The system sends the log message to the audit system
Then
The log entry is transmitted via GCT1051E message to the external audit system for processing
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00084
Set Security Level to High
Policy Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo release removal audit log message is being prepared during the 'Set Security Level to High' routine, when the system initializes the security settings for the log message, the system executes logic to ensure that the security byte must be set to high values to indicate maximum security level.
Given
A cargo release removal audit log message is being prepared
When
The system initializes the security settings for the log message
Then
The security byte must be set to high values to indicate maximum security level
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00085
Populate Cargo Control Number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo release removal is being logged during the 'Populate Cargo Control Number' routine, when the system prepares the audit log message, the system executes logic to ensure that the cargo control number from the manifest record must be copied to the audit log train or us ccn field.
Given
A cargo release removal is being logged
When
The system prepares the audit log message
Then
The cargo control number from the manifest record must be copied to the audit log train or US CCN field
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00086
Set Cargo Type as Canadian
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming an audit log message is being created for cargo release removal during the 'Set Cargo Type as Canadian' routine, when the system sets the cargo type classification, the system executes logic to ensure that the cargo type must be set to ca-cargo to indicate canadian cargo.
Given
An audit log message is being created for cargo release removal
When
The system sets the cargo type classification
Then
The cargo type must be set to CA-CARGO to indicate Canadian cargo
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00090
Format Log Message
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming all audit log data elements have been populated during the 'Format Log Message' routine, when the system prepares to send the audit message, the system executes logic to ensure that the complete audit input structure must be moved to the formatted log message structure.
Given
All audit log data elements have been populated
When
The system prepares to send the audit message
Then
The complete audit input structure must be moved to the formatted log message structure
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00091
Send Message to Audit Queue
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a formatted audit log message is ready for transmission during the 'Send Message to Audit Queue' routine, when the system initiates message sending, the system executes logic to ensure that the cims program must be called with chng function to send the message to the alternate pcb queue.
Given
A formatted audit log message is ready for transmission
When
The system initiates message sending
Then
The CIMS program must be called with CHNG function to send the message to the alternate PCB queue
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00092
Write Message to Log
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an audit message has been queued for processing during the 'Write Message to Log' routine, when the system writes the message to the log, the system executes logic to ensure that the writmsgl program must be called with the message code, message content, message length, and module name.
Given
An audit message has been queued for processing
When
The system writes the message to the log
Then
The WRITMSGL program must be called with the message code, message content, message length, and module name
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00093
Purge Message Queue
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an audit message has been successfully written to the log system during the 'Purge Message Queue' routine, when the system completes message processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the cims program must be called with purg function to purge the message from the alternate pcb queue.
Given
An audit message has been successfully written to the log system
When
The system completes message processing
Then
The CIMS program must be called with PURG function to purge the message from the alternate PCB queue
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00057
Set Message ID to GCW123
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo release process is initiated during the 'Set Message ID to GCW123' routine, when the system prepares release notification message, the system executes logic to ensure that the message id is set to gcw123 and manual release flag is set to true.
Given
A cargo release process is initiated
When
The system prepares release notification message
Then
The message ID is set to GCW123 and manual release flag is set to true
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00058
Copy Cargo Control Number to Message
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a release notification message is being prepared during the 'Copy Cargo Control Number to Message' routine, when the system processes cargo control information, the system executes logic to ensure that the cargo control number from the release request is copied to the message ccn key field.
Given
A release notification message is being prepared
When
The system processes cargo control information
Then
The cargo control number from the release request is copied to the message CCN key field
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00059
Clear Release Quantity Field
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manual release notification is being prepared during the 'Clear Release Quantity Field' routine, when the system sets up message fields, the system executes logic to ensure that the release quantity field is cleared to spaces.
Given
A manual release notification is being prepared
When
The system sets up message fields
Then
The release quantity field is cleared to spaces
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00060
Copy Release Reason to Comments
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a release request contains a release reason during the 'Copy Release Reason to Comments' routine, when the system prepares the notification message, the system executes logic to ensure that the release reason is copied to the message comments field.
Given
A release request contains a release reason
When
The system prepares the notification message
Then
The release reason is copied to the message comments field
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00062
Send Message via CIMS
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a non-export cargo release notification is ready to be sent during the 'Send Message via CIMS' routine, when the system processes the notification request, the system executes logic to ensure that the gct1231e message is prepared, sent via cims, logged, and the message queue is purged.
Given
A non-export cargo release notification is ready to be sent
When
The system processes the notification request
Then
The GCT1231E message is prepared, sent via CIMS, logged, and the message queue is purged
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00094
Send Message to Queue
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a cargo release is being processed with message content prepared, and the release operation is not an export type occurs during the 'Send Message to Queue' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system sends a gct1231e notification message through cims messaging system.
EXCLUDING
A cargo release is being processed with message content prepared
When
The release operation is not an export type
Then
The system sends a GCT1231E notification message through CIMS messaging system
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00095
Initialize CIMS Session
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a notification message needs to be sent during the 'Initialize CIMS Session' routine, when the message sending process begins, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls cims with chng parameter to initialize the messaging session.
Given
A notification message needs to be sent
When
The message sending process begins
Then
The system calls CIMS with CHNG parameter to initialize the messaging session
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00096
Prepare Message Content
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a release notification needs to be sent during the 'Prepare Message Content' routine, when the message preparation process starts, the system executes logic to ensure that the system copies gcx123-input to gct1231e-msg and clears the accept status.
Given
A release notification needs to be sent
When
The message preparation process starts
Then
The system copies GCX123-INPUT to GCT1231E-MSG and clears the accept status
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00097
Send Message to Queue
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the cims session is initialized and message content is prepared during the 'Send Message to Queue' routine, when the actual message transmission occurs, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls writmsgl with message code, content, length and module name parameters.
Given
The CIMS session is initialized and message content is prepared
When
The actual message transmission occurs
Then
The system calls WRITMSGL with message code, content, length and module name parameters
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00098
Terminate CIMS Session
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a message has been sent through cims during the 'Terminate CIMS Session' routine, when the message transmission is complete, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls cims with purg parameter to terminate the session.
Given
A message has been sent through CIMS
When
The message transmission is complete
Then
The system calls CIMS with PURG parameter to terminate the session
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00063
Setup Retrieval Parameters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest data retrieval operation is initiated during the 'Setup Retrieval Parameters' routine, when the system prepares to access manifest data, the system executes logic to ensure that the retrieval parameters are set to target canadian manifest cargo records with get unique function and no index usage.
Given
A manifest data retrieval operation is initiated
When
The system prepares to access manifest data
Then
The retrieval parameters are set to target Canadian manifest cargo records with GET UNIQUE function and no index usage
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00064
Set Cargo Control Number Key
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo control number key is provided in the release request during the 'Set Cargo Control Number Key' routine, when the system prepares to retrieve manifest data, the system executes logic to ensure that the cargo control number key is assigned to the manifest record key field.
Given
A cargo control number key is provided in the release request
When
The system prepares to retrieve manifest data
Then
The cargo control number key is assigned to the manifest record key field
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00065
Call Data Access Service
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming manifest retrieval parameters are configured and cargo control number key is set during the 'Call Data Access Service' routine, when the system needs to access manifest data, the system executes logic to ensure that the canadian cargo data access service is called with the configured parameters and manifest record structure.
Given
Manifest retrieval parameters are configured and cargo control number key is set
When
The system needs to access manifest data
Then
The Canadian cargo data access service is called with the configured parameters and manifest record structure
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00066
Manifest Record Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a data access service call has been executed for manifest retrieval during the 'Manifest Record Found?' routine, when the system evaluates the retrieval results, the system executes logic to ensure that the system determines whether the manifest data is within valid range and accessible.
Given
A data access service call has been executed for manifest retrieval
When
The system evaluates the retrieval results
Then
The system determines whether the manifest data is within valid range and accessible
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00067
Generate Error Message
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest record retrieval attempt has failed, and the manifest data is not found or not within valid range occurs during the 'Generate Error Message' routine, then the system must guarantee that an error message 'can not locate manifest for release/cancel release' is generated and error handling is invoked.
EXCLUDING
A manifest record retrieval attempt has failed
When
The manifest data is not found or not within valid range
Then
An error message 'CAN NOT LOCATE MANIFEST FOR RELEASE/CANCEL RELEASE' is generated and error handling is invoked
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00068
Initialize Update Parameters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest record needs to be updated during the 'Initialize Update Parameters' routine, when the system begins the update process, the system executes logic to ensure that all update control parameters are cleared and reset to initial state.
Given
A manifest record needs to be updated
When
The system begins the update process
Then
All update control parameters are cleared and reset to initial state
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00069
Set Target Segment to Canadian Manifest Cargo
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is preparing to update manifest data during the 'Set Target Segment to Canadian Manifest Cargo' routine, when the target segment needs to be identified, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the target to canadian manifest cargo segment (gcsccrt).
Given
The system is preparing to update manifest data
When
The target segment needs to be identified
Then
The system sets the target to Canadian manifest cargo segment (GCSCCRT)
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00070
Set Function to Replace Record
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the target segment has been identified as canadian manifest cargo during the 'Set Function to Replace Record' routine, when the update function type needs to be specified, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the function to replace (repl) the existing record.
Given
The target segment has been identified as Canadian manifest cargo
When
The update function type needs to be specified
Then
The system sets the function to replace (REPL) the existing record
R-GCCCCREL-cbl-00071
Execute Manifest Record Update
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming update parameters are initialized and function is set to replace during the 'Execute Manifest Record Update' routine, when the system executes the manifest update, the system executes logic to ensure that the canadian manifest cargo record is updated with the modified release information using the gccccio program.
Given
Update parameters are initialized and function is set to replace
When
The system executes the manifest update
Then
The Canadian manifest cargo record is updated with the modified release information using the GCCCCIO program
Module: GCCS309C 355 EDI Rules Found
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00001
1:Manifest from 66MASTER station?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest is being processed during the '1:Manifest from 66MASTER station?' routine, when the manifest from station equals '66master', the system executes logic to ensure that the system should exit processing immediately without performing any manifest operations.
Given
A manifest is being processed
When
The manifest from station equals '66MASTER'
Then
The system should exit processing immediately without performing any manifest operations
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00002
2:Initialize manifest data retrieval
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a ccn key is provided for manifest processing during the '2:Initialize manifest data retrieval' routine, when the system initializes manifest data retrieval, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should fetch all manifest segments and set up data structures for processing.
Given
A CCN key is provided for manifest processing
When
The system initializes manifest data retrieval
Then
The system should fetch all manifest segments and set up data structures for processing
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00003
3:Action Code Processing
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an action code is provided in the input parameters during the '3:Action Code Processing' routine, when the system processes the action code, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should store the action code for use in subsequent manifest processing steps.
Given
An action code is provided in the input parameters
When
The system processes the action code
Then
The system should store the action code for use in subsequent manifest processing steps
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00004
4:Automotive Release Check
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest has commodity and origin country information during the '4:Automotive Release Check' routine, when the origin country is us, ca, or blank or the origin country is mx with automotive type code 'c' in position 2, and the csa indicator is off, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set the automotive flag to true.
Given
A manifest has commodity and origin country information
When
The origin country is US, CA, or blank OR the origin country is MX with automotive type code 'C' in position 2, AND the CSA indicator is off
Then
The system should set the automotive flag to true
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00005
33:Broker Notification Processing
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest is being processed with broker notification enabled during the '33:Broker Notification Processing' routine, when the notify broker flag is set to true, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should prepare broker message with action code 'zzz' and spawn gct1051e transaction.
Given
A manifest is being processed with broker notification enabled
When
The notify broker flag is set to true
Then
The system should prepare broker message with action code 'ZZZ' and spawn GCT1051E transaction
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00006
5:Transmission Number Generation
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a transaction type is specified for processing during the '5:Transmission Number Generation' routine, when the transaction type is 'gct036', 'gct0021e', 'gct1251e', 'gct0111e', or other, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should assign transmission prefix 036, 002, 125, 011, or 901 respectively.
Given
A transaction type is specified for processing
When
The transaction type is 'GCT036', 'GCT0021E', 'GCT1251E', 'GCT0111E', or other
Then
The system should assign transmission prefix 036, 002, 125, 011, or 901 respectively
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00007
6:Destination Address Setup
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest requires customs notification, and the notify customs flag is true and the manifest is not a pre-emanifest occurs during the '6:Destination Address Setup' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should set destination to 309-destination-5040, otherwise set to 309-destination.
EXCLUDING
A manifest requires customs notification
When
The notify customs flag is true AND the manifest is not a pre-emanifest
Then
The system should set destination to 309-DESTINATION-5040, otherwise set to 309-DESTINATION
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00008
7:Root Transaction Creation
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a transmission number is generated during the '7:Root Transaction Creation' routine, when the system creates the root transaction, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should create transaction root with transmission number, transaction set '309', and handle duplicate transmission numbers by incrementing.
Given
A transmission number is generated
When
The system creates the root transaction
Then
The system should create transaction root with transmission number, transaction set '309', and handle duplicate transmission numbers by incrementing
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00009
8:ST Segment Processing
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a transaction is being processed during the '8:ST Segment Processing' routine, when the st segment is created, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should create st segment with identifier 'st', destination address, and transaction code '309'.
Given
A transaction is being processed
When
The ST segment is created
Then
The system should create ST segment with identifier 'ST', destination address, and transaction code '309'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00010
9:M10 Segment Processing
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest is being processed with arrival and program information during the '9:M10 Segment Processing' routine, when the arrival indicator is 'y' or program name is 'gcx148', the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set manifest type code to 'a' for arrival, otherwise evaluate canadian customs train id and program name to set 'c' for customs or 'p' for pre-manifest, with special case of spaces for 5040 destination.
Given
A manifest is being processed with arrival and program information
When
The arrival indicator is 'Y' OR program name is 'GCX148'
Then
The system should set manifest type code to 'A' for arrival, otherwise evaluate Canadian customs train ID and program name to set 'C' for customs or 'P' for pre-manifest, with special case of spaces for 5040 destination
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00011
9:M10 Segment Processing
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest has an action code and border arrival information, and the action code is '04', '05', or '06' and border arrival date is not blank and manifest is not pre-emanifest occurs during the '9:M10 Segment Processing' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should set transaction purpose code to 'co' and set post-emanifest amendment flag to true, otherwise use the action code as transaction purpose code.
EXCLUDING
A manifest has an action code and border arrival information
When
The action code is '04', '05', or '06' AND border arrival date is not blank AND manifest is not pre-emanifest
Then
The system should set transaction purpose code to 'CO' and set post-emanifest amendment flag to true, otherwise use the action code as transaction purpose code
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00012
9:M10 Segment Processing
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest has an in-transit status during the '9:M10 Segment Processing' routine, when the in-transit status is 't', the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set application type to '29', otherwise set to '27'.
Given
A manifest has an in-transit status
When
The in-transit status is 'T'
Then
The system should set application type to '29', otherwise set to '27'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00013
10:P4 Segment Processing
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest requires eta date processing during the '10:P4 Segment Processing' routine, when the destination is 309-destination, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should use current machine date, otherwise use border arrival eta or calculate from waybill date plus configured days if eta is blank.
Given
A manifest requires ETA date processing
When
The destination is 309-DESTINATION
Then
The system should use current machine date, otherwise use border arrival ETA or calculate from waybill date plus configured days if ETA is blank
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00014
11:LX Segment Processing
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a transaction requires line number identification during the '11:LX Segment Processing' routine, when the lx segment is processed, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should create lx segment with identifier 'lx' and assigned number '000001'.
Given
A transaction requires line number identification
When
The LX segment is processed
Then
The system should create LX segment with identifier 'LX' and assigned number '000001'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00015
32:Post-Emanifest Amendment Flag?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest is being processed during the '32:Post-Emanifest Amendment Flag?' routine, when the post-emanifest amendment flag is set to true, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should process the m13 amendment segment.
Given
A manifest is being processed
When
The post-emanifest amendment flag is set to true
Then
The system should process the M13 amendment segment
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00016
12:M13 Segment Processing
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a post-emanifest amendment is required during the '12:M13 Segment Processing' routine, when the m13 segment is processed, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should create m13 segment with scac 'cprs', manifest from station name, ccn key, and amendment code '60' if blank or use existing amendment code.
Given
A post-emanifest amendment is required
When
The M13 segment is processed
Then
The system should create M13 segment with SCAC 'CPRS', manifest from station name, CCN key, and amendment code '60' if blank or use existing amendment code
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00017
13:M11 Segment Processing
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest has consolidated shipment information during the '13:M11 Segment Processing' routine, when the consolidated indicator is 'y', the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set bill of lading type code to 'y', otherwise set to spaces.
Given
A manifest has consolidated shipment information
When
The consolidated indicator is 'Y'
Then
The system should set bill of lading type code to 'Y', otherwise set to spaces
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00018
13:M11 Segment Processing
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest has weight unit qualifier information during the '13:M11 Segment Processing' routine, when the weight unit qualifier is 'kg ' or ' kg', the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set weight unit code to 'k', otherwise set to 'l'.
Given
A manifest has weight unit qualifier information
When
The weight unit qualifier is 'KG ' or ' KG'
Then
The system should set weight unit code to 'K', otherwise set to 'L'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00019
14:N9 Reference Processing
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest has csa indicator information during the '14:N9 Reference Processing' routine, when the csa indicator is on, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set reference number to '01', otherwise set to '00'.
Given
A manifest has CSA indicator information
When
The CSA indicator is on
Then
The system should set reference number to '01', otherwise set to '00'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00020
14:N9 Reference Processing
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest has in-transit status and origin country information, and the in-transit status is 't' or (status is 'l' and origin country is not 'ca' and table lookup is successful) or (status is 'e' and origin country is not 'ca') occurs during the '14:N9 Reference Processing' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should create n9 segment with qualifier 'kd' and reference number 'in-transit'.
EXCLUDING
A manifest has in-transit status and origin country information
When
The in-transit status is 'T' OR (status is 'L' AND origin country is not 'CA' AND table lookup is successful) OR (status is 'E' AND origin country is not 'CA')
Then
The system should create N9 segment with qualifier 'KD' and reference number 'IN-TRANSIT'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00021
15:N1-N3-N4 Entity Processing
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming entity information is being processed for a specific destination type during the '15:N1-N3-N4 Entity Processing' routine, when the destination is 309-destination, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should validate n1 codes against 4040 table, otherwise validate against 5040 table and require city name, country code, and postal/state codes for us/ca addresses.
Given
Entity information is being processed for a specific destination type
When
The destination is 309-DESTINATION
Then
The system should validate N1 codes against 4040 table, otherwise validate against 5040 table and require city name, country code, and postal/state codes for US/CA addresses
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00022
18:M12 Segment Processing
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest requires in-bond processing during the '18:M12 Segment Processing' routine, when the m12 segment is created, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set in-bond type code to '61'.
Given
A manifest requires in-bond processing
When
The M12 segment is created
Then
The system should set in-bond type code to '61'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00023
19:R4 Port Processing
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming port information is being processed for different locations during the '19:R4 Port Processing' routine, when multiple r4 segments are created for origin, border crossing, and destination, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should assign function codes 'o'/'j' for origin (based on destination type), '3' for border crossing, '4' for destination border, and 'e'/'r' for final destination (based on destination type).
Given
Port information is being processed for different locations
When
Multiple R4 segments are created for origin, border crossing, and destination
Then
The system should assign function codes 'O'/'J' for origin (based on destination type), '3' for border crossing, '4' for destination border, and 'E'/'R' for final destination (based on destination type)
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00025
Destination Type?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest is being processed with a specific destination type during the 'Destination Type?' routine, when the destination type is 5040, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should skip m7 seal processing and proceed to n10 description processing, otherwise process m7 seals first.
Given
A manifest is being processed with a specific destination type
When
The destination type is 5040
Then
The system should skip M7 seal processing and proceed to N10 description processing, otherwise process M7 seals first
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00026
21:M7 Seal Processing
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest has seal number information during the '21:M7 Seal Processing' routine, when seal numbers are available in the manifest data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should create m7 segments with up to 4 seal numbers per segment, processing up to 20 total seal numbers.
Given
A manifest has seal number information
When
Seal numbers are available in the manifest data
Then
The system should create M7 segments with up to 4 seal numbers per segment, processing up to 20 total seal numbers
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00027
22:N10 Description Processing
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest is being processed with equipment information during the '22:N10 Description Processing' routine, when an idler car is found in the shipment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set quantity to zero for the n10 segment, otherwise use the lading quantity from the manifest.
Given
A manifest is being processed with equipment information
When
An idler car is found in the shipment
Then
The system should set quantity to zero for the N10 segment, otherwise use the lading quantity from the manifest
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00028
Hazardous Material?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest has commodity information during the 'Hazardous Material?' routine, when the un number is blank or starts with 'na' or commodity description danger field is blank, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should skip hazardous material processing, otherwise process h1-h2 segments.
Given
A manifest has commodity information
When
The UN number is blank OR starts with 'NA' OR commodity description danger field is blank
Then
The system should skip hazardous material processing, otherwise process H1-H2 segments
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00029
24:H1-H2 Hazardous Material Processing
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming hazardous material information is being processed during the '24:H1-H2 Hazardous Material Processing' routine, when the destination is 309-destination, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should use the full un number, otherwise use positions 3-4 of the un number.
Given
Hazardous material information is being processed
When
The destination is 309-DESTINATION
Then
The system should use the full UN number, otherwise use positions 3-4 of the UN number
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00030
Idler Shipment?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest is classified as an idler shipment during the 'Idler Shipment?' routine, when the manifest is an idler shipment and customs notification is required, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should process additional idler cars in the consist.
Given
A manifest is classified as an idler shipment
When
The manifest is an idler shipment AND customs notification is required
Then
The system should process additional idler cars in the consist
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00031
25:Idler Car Processing
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an idler shipment requires processing of follower cars during the '25:Idler Car Processing' routine, when additional idler cars are found in the consist, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should process vid segments for each idler car and include n10 and h1-h2 segments based on destination type and hazardous material presence.
Given
An idler shipment requires processing of follower cars
When
Additional idler cars are found in the consist
Then
The system should process VID segments for each idler car and include N10 and H1-H2 segments based on destination type and hazardous material presence
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00032
30:Transaction Completion
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming all required segments have been processed during the '30:Transaction Completion' routine, when the transaction completion phase is reached, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should finalize the edi transaction structure.
Given
All required segments have been processed
When
The transaction completion phase is reached
Then
The system should finalize the EDI transaction structure
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00033
34:Transaction Completion Notification
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a transaction has been completed during the '34:Transaction Completion Notification' routine, when the transaction completion notification is triggered, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should spawn gct1211e transaction with the transmission number.
Given
A transaction has been completed
When
The transaction completion notification is triggered
Then
The system should spawn GCT1211E transaction with the transmission number
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00034
Check if manifest is from 66MASTER station and exit if true
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest is being processed for transmission during the 'Check if manifest is from 66MASTER station and exit if true' routine, when the manifest origin station is '66master', the system executes logic to ensure that the system should immediately exit without performing any manifest processing or transmission activities.
Given
A manifest is being processed for transmission
When
The manifest origin station is '66MASTER'
Then
The system should immediately exit without performing any manifest processing or transmission activities
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00035
Continue to next process
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest is being processed for transmission, and the manifest origin station is not '66master' occurs during the 'Continue to next process' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should continue with initialization and subsequent manifest processing steps.
EXCLUDING
A manifest is being processed for transmission
When
The manifest origin station is not '66MASTER'
Then
The system should continue with initialization and subsequent manifest processing steps
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00036
Set CCN Key from Input Parameter
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest processing request is initiated with input parameters containing a ccn key during the 'Set CCN Key from Input Parameter' routine, when the initialization process begins, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the ccn key from the input parameter to enable manifest data retrieval.
Given
A manifest processing request is initiated with input parameters containing a CCN key
When
The initialization process begins
Then
The system sets the CCN key from the input parameter to enable manifest data retrieval
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00037
Set Database Access Parameters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to retrieve manifest data from the database during the 'Set Database Access Parameters' routine, when database access parameters are being configured, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets accept status to 'ge', clears the database interface structure, sets fetch-all flag to true, sets function to gu (get unique), and sets index-not-used flag to true.
Given
The system needs to retrieve manifest data from the database
When
Database access parameters are being configured
Then
The system sets accept status to 'GE', clears the database interface structure, sets fetch-all flag to true, sets function to GU (Get Unique), and sets index-not-used flag to true
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00038
Set Idler Car Not Found Flag
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the manifest processing initialization is starting during the 'Set Idler Car Not Found Flag' routine, when system flags are being initialized, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the idler car not found flag to true.
Given
The manifest processing initialization is starting
When
System flags are being initialized
Then
The system sets the idler car not found flag to true
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00039
Call Database Access Module GCCCCIO2
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming database access parameters are configured and ccn key is set during the 'Call Database Access Module GCCCCIO2' routine, when the system needs to retrieve manifest data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls the gccccio2 module with all required parameters including cccom, gcwccio2, manifest segments, and working storage arrays.
Given
Database access parameters are configured and CCN key is set
When
The system needs to retrieve manifest data
Then
The system calls the GCCCCIO2 module with all required parameters including CCCOM, GCWCCIO2, manifest segments, and working storage arrays
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00041
Move Retrieved Manifest Data to Working Storage
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming database access completed successfully with no error number during the 'Move Retrieved Manifest Data to Working Storage' routine, when manifest data needs to be loaded into working storage, the system executes logic to ensure that the system moves the first occurrence of gcsccs53 data from the working storage array to the gcsccs53 segment.
Given
Database access completed successfully with no error number
When
Manifest data needs to be loaded into working storage
Then
The system moves the first occurrence of GCSCCS53 data from the working storage array to the GCSCCS53 segment
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00042
Move Additional Segment Data to Working Storage
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming database access completed successfully with no error number during the 'Move Additional Segment Data to Working Storage' routine, when additional segment data needs to be loaded into working storage, the system executes logic to ensure that the system moves the first occurrence of gcsccs55 data from the working storage array to the gcsccs55 segment.
Given
Database access completed successfully with no error number
When
Additional segment data needs to be loaded into working storage
Then
The system moves the first occurrence of GCSCCS55 data from the working storage array to the GCSCCS55 segment
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00043
Display Database Error Message
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming database access operation failed with an error number greater than spaces during the 'Display Database Error Message' routine, when the system needs to handle the database error, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the error message to 'unable to locate manifest in database' and calls the error handler 'cerr'.
Given
Database access operation failed with an error number greater than spaces
When
The system needs to handle the database error
Then
The system sets the error message to 'UNABLE TO LOCATE MANIFEST IN DATABASE' and calls the error handler 'CERR'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00044
Set Action Code from Input
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming manifest data has been successfully retrieved and loaded during the 'Set Action Code from Input' routine, when the system needs to set the action code for processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the system moves the action code from the input parameter gcws309c-act-cde to the working storage action field ws-action.
Given
Manifest data has been successfully retrieved and loaded
When
The system needs to set the action code for processing
Then
The system moves the action code from the input parameter GCWS309C-ACT-CDE to the working storage action field WS-ACTION
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00045
Check Automotive Release Requirements
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the action code has been set and manifest data is loaded during the 'Check Automotive Release Requirements' routine, when the initialization process needs to complete, the system executes logic to ensure that the system performs the d210-check-automotive-release procedure to validate automotive release requirements.
Given
The action code has been set and manifest data is loaded
When
The initialization process needs to complete
Then
The system performs the D210-CHECK-AUTOMOTIVE-RELEASE procedure to validate automotive release requirements
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00372
Set CCN Key from Input
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest processing request is initiated with input ccn key during the 'Set CCN Key from Input' routine, when the system prepares to retrieve manifest data from the database, the system executes logic to ensure that the ccn key from input is assigned to the database query key field.
Given
A manifest processing request is initiated with input CCN key
When
The system prepares to retrieve manifest data from the database
Then
The CCN key from input is assigned to the database query key field
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00374
Set Fetch All Segments Flag
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest data retrieval request is processed during the 'Set Fetch All Segments Flag' routine, when the system configures the database query scope, the system executes logic to ensure that the fetch all segments flag is set to true to retrieve complete manifest information.
Given
A manifest data retrieval request is processed
When
The system configures the database query scope
Then
The fetch all segments flag is set to true to retrieve complete manifest information
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00375
Set Function to GU - Get Unique
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a specific manifest needs to be retrieved from the database during the 'Set Function to GU - Get Unique' routine, when the system sets the database access function, the system executes logic to ensure that the function is set to gu (get unique) to retrieve a single manifest record.
Given
A specific manifest needs to be retrieved from the database
When
The system sets the database access function
Then
The function is set to GU (Get Unique) to retrieve a single manifest record
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00376
Set Index Not Used Flag
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest lookup is performed using a specific ccn key during the 'Set Index Not Used Flag' routine, when the system configures the database access method, the system executes logic to ensure that the index not used flag is set to true to perform direct key access.
Given
A manifest lookup is performed using a specific CCN key
When
The system configures the database access method
Then
The index not used flag is set to true to perform direct key access
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00377
Call GCCCCIO2 Module
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming all database query parameters are properly configured during the 'Call GCCCCIO2 Module' routine, when the system needs to retrieve manifest data from the database, the system executes logic to ensure that the gccccio2 module is called with all required parameters including cccom, gcwccio2, and all segment arrays.
Given
All database query parameters are properly configured
When
The system needs to retrieve manifest data from the database
Then
The GCCCCIO2 module is called with all required parameters including CCCOM, GCWCCIO2, and all segment arrays
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00379
Move GCSCCS53 Data from Array
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming database retrieval operation completed successfully with no error number during the 'Move GCSCCS53 Data from Array' routine, when the system processes the retrieved segment arrays, the system executes logic to ensure that the first element of ws-gcsccs53-data array is moved to gcsccs53 segment.
Given
Database retrieval operation completed successfully with no error number
When
The system processes the retrieved segment arrays
Then
The first element of WS-GCSCCS53-DATA array is moved to GCSCCS53 segment
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00380
Move GCSCCS55 Data from Array
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming database retrieval operation completed successfully with no error number during the 'Move GCSCCS55 Data from Array' routine, when the system processes the retrieved segment arrays, the system executes logic to ensure that the first element of ws-gcsccs55-data array is moved to gcsccs55 segment.
Given
Database retrieval operation completed successfully with no error number
When
The system processes the retrieved segment arrays
Then
The first element of WS-GCSCCS55-DATA array is moved to GCSCCS55 segment
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00382
Set Error Message: Unable to Locate Manifest
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a database error has been detected during manifest retrieval during the 'Set Error Message: Unable to Locate Manifest' routine, when the system prepares error information for the user, the system executes logic to ensure that the error message is set to 'unable to locate manifest in database'.
Given
A database error has been detected during manifest retrieval
When
The system prepares error information for the user
Then
The error message is set to 'UNABLE TO LOCATE MANIFEST IN DATABASE'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00383
Call Error Handler CERR
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest not found error message has been set, and the system needs to handle the error condition occurs during the 'Call Error Handler CERR' routine, then the system must guarantee that the cerr error handler is called with cccom parameter.
EXCLUDING
A manifest not found error message has been set
When
The system needs to handle the error condition
Then
The CERR error handler is called with CCCOM parameter
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00046
Action Code = '04', '05', or '06'?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest transaction is being processed with an action code during the 'Action Code = '04', '05', or '06'?' routine, when the action code is '04', '05', or '06', the system executes logic to ensure that the system should evaluate border arrival date and pre-emanifest status for amendment processing.
Given
A manifest transaction is being processed with an action code
When
The action code is '04', '05', or '06'
Then
The system should evaluate border arrival date and pre-emanifest status for amendment processing
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00047
Border Arrival Date exists AND Not Pre-Emanifest?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest transaction has action code '04', '05', or '06', and the border arrival date is not empty and the manifest is not a pre-emanifest occurs during the 'Border Arrival Date exists AND Not Pre-Emanifest?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should apply post-emanifest amendment processing rules.
EXCLUDING
A manifest transaction has action code '04', '05', or '06'
When
The border arrival date is not empty AND the manifest is not a pre-emanifest
Then
The system should apply post-emanifest amendment processing rules
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00048
Set Purpose Code to 'CO'
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest has action code '04', '05', or '06' and has border arrival date and is not pre-emanifest, and post-emanifest amendment processing is triggered occurs during the 'Set Purpose Code to 'CO'' routine, then the system must guarantee that the transaction purpose code should be set to 'co'.
EXCLUDING
A manifest has action code '04', '05', or '06' AND has border arrival date AND is not pre-emanifest
When
Post-emanifest amendment processing is triggered
Then
The transaction purpose code should be set to 'CO'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00049
Set Post-Emanifest Amendment Flag
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest qualifies for post-emanifest amendment processing during the 'Set Post-Emanifest Amendment Flag' routine, when the purpose code is set to 'co', the system executes logic to ensure that the post-emanifest amendment flag should be set to true.
Given
A manifest qualifies for post-emanifest amendment processing
When
The purpose code is set to 'CO'
Then
The post-emanifest amendment flag should be set to true
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00050
Use Original Action Code as Purpose Code
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest transaction is being processed, and the action code is not '04', '05', or '06' or border arrival date is empty or it is a pre-emanifest occurs during the 'Use Original Action Code as Purpose Code' routine, then the system must guarantee that the original action code should be used as the transaction purpose code.
EXCLUDING
A manifest transaction is being processed
When
The action code is not '04', '05', or '06' OR border arrival date is empty OR it is a pre-emanifest
Then
The original action code should be used as the transaction purpose code
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00051
Consignee CHOP and Commodity Code present?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment manifest with consignee chop and commodity code fields during the 'Consignee CHOP and Commodity Code present?' routine, when the system checks for automotive release eligibility, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should only proceed with au table lookup if both consignee chop and commodity code are not spaces.
Given
A shipment manifest with consignee CHOP and commodity code fields
When
The system checks for automotive release eligibility
Then
The system should only proceed with AU table lookup if both consignee CHOP and commodity code are not spaces
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00384
Consignee CHOP and Commodity Code exist?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest record with consignee chop and commodity code fields during the 'Consignee CHOP and Commodity Code exist?' routine, when the system checks for automotive release eligibility, the system executes logic to ensure that if both consignee chop and commodity code are not empty, proceed to au table lookup, otherwise set non-automotive flag.
Given
A manifest record with consignee CHOP and commodity code fields
When
The system checks for automotive release eligibility
Then
If both consignee CHOP and commodity code are not empty, proceed to AU table lookup, otherwise set non-automotive flag
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00059
Set Prefix to 036 for GCT036
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a transaction is being processed during the 'Set Prefix to 036 for GCT036' routine, when the transaction type is 'gct036', the system executes logic to ensure that the transmission prefix should be set to 036.
Given
A transaction is being processed
When
The transaction type is 'GCT036'
Then
The transmission prefix should be set to 036
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00060
Set Prefix to 002 for GCT0021E
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a transaction is being processed during the 'Set Prefix to 002 for GCT0021E' routine, when the transaction type is 'gct0021e', the system executes logic to ensure that the transmission prefix should be set to 002.
Given
A transaction is being processed
When
The transaction type is 'GCT0021E'
Then
The transmission prefix should be set to 002
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00061
Set Prefix to 125 for GCT1251E
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a transaction is being processed during the 'Set Prefix to 125 for GCT1251E' routine, when the transaction type is 'gct1251e', the system executes logic to ensure that the transmission prefix should be set to 125.
Given
A transaction is being processed
When
The transaction type is 'GCT1251E'
Then
The transmission prefix should be set to 125
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00062
Set Prefix to 011 for GCT0111E
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a transaction is being processed during the 'Set Prefix to 011 for GCT0111E' routine, when the transaction type is 'gct0111e', the system executes logic to ensure that the transmission prefix should be set to 011.
Given
A transaction is being processed
When
The transaction type is 'GCT0111E'
Then
The transmission prefix should be set to 011
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00063
Set Prefix to 901 for Other Transactions
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a transaction is being processed, and the transaction type is not 'gct036', 'gct0021e', 'gct1251e', or 'gct0111e' occurs during the 'Set Prefix to 901 for Other Transactions' routine, then the system must guarantee that the transmission prefix should be set to 901.
EXCLUDING
A transaction is being processed
When
The transaction type is not 'GCT036', 'GCT0021E', 'GCT1251E', or 'GCT0111E'
Then
The transmission prefix should be set to 901
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00064
Get Machine Time from System
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a transmission prefix has been determined during the 'Get Machine Time from System' routine, when the system needs to generate a unique transmission number, the system executes logic to ensure that the current machine time should be retrieved from the system.
Given
A transmission prefix has been determined
When
The system needs to generate a unique transmission number
Then
The current machine time should be retrieved from the system
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00065
Combine Prefix with Machine Time
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a transmission prefix has been determined and machine time has been retrieved during the 'Combine Prefix with Machine Time' routine, when the system generates the transmission number, the system executes logic to ensure that the transmission number should be created by combining the prefix with the machine time.
Given
A transmission prefix has been determined and machine time has been retrieved
When
The system generates the transmission number
Then
The transmission number should be created by combining the prefix with the machine time
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00066
Set Broker EDI Address as Destination
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest processing request is received during the 'Set Broker EDI Address as Destination' routine, when the broker notification flag (gcws309c-notify-broker) is set to true, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set the broker edi address (gcws309c-x12-broker) as the work destination and log edi address.
Given
A manifest processing request is received
When
The broker notification flag (GCWS309C-NOTIFY-BROKER) is set to true
Then
The system should set the broker EDI address (GCWS309C-X12-BROKER) as the work destination and log EDI address
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00067
Pre-Emanifest Status?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest processing request requires customs notification, and the customs notification flag (gcws309c-notify-customs) is true and the manifest is not a pre-emanifest (gccc-not-pre-emanifest) occurs during the 'Pre-Emanifest Status?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should set the destination to 309-destination-5040, otherwise set it to 309-destination.
EXCLUDING
A manifest processing request requires customs notification
When
The customs notification flag (GCWS309C-NOTIFY-CUSTOMS) is true and the manifest is not a pre-emanifest (GCCC-NOT-PRE-EMANIFEST)
Then
The system should set the destination to 309-DESTINATION-5040, otherwise set it to 309-DESTINATION
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00068
Move Destination to ST Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a destination address has been determined for the manifest during the 'Move Destination to ST Segment' routine, when processing the st segment for edi transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should move the work destination to the st-01-destination field.
Given
A destination address has been determined for the manifest
When
Processing the ST segment for EDI transmission
Then
The system should move the work destination to the ST-01-DESTINATION field
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00069
Evaluate Transaction Type
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest transaction needs to be processed during the 'Evaluate Transaction Type' routine, when the system evaluates the transaction type from gcws309c-transaction, the system executes logic to ensure that the system assigns transmission prefix 036 for gct036, 002 for gct0021e, 125 for gct1251e, 011 for gct0111e, or 901 for any other transaction type.
Given
A manifest transaction needs to be processed
When
The system evaluates the transaction type from GCWS309C-TRANSACTION
Then
The system assigns transmission prefix 036 for GCT036, 002 for GCT0021E, 125 for GCT1251E, 011 for GCT0111E, or 901 for any other transaction type
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00070
Use Machine Time as Base Transmission Number
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a transmission number needs to be generated during the 'Use Machine Time as Base Transmission Number' routine, when the system creates a new transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that the system uses the current machine time from cccom as the transmission number.
Given
A transmission number needs to be generated
When
The system creates a new transmission
Then
The system uses the current machine time from CCCOM as the transmission number
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00071
Initialize Root Transmission Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a new transmission needs to be created during the 'Initialize Root Transmission Segment' routine, when the system prepares the root transmission segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system initializes a9rt-transmission-segment to clear any previous data.
Given
A new transmission needs to be created
When
The system prepares the root transmission segment
Then
The system initializes A9RT-TRANSMISSION-SEGMENT to clear any previous data
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00072
Set Transaction Set to '309'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a root transmission segment is being configured during the 'Set Transaction Set to '309'' routine, when the system sets up the transaction details, the system executes logic to ensure that the system assigns '309' as the transaction set type in a9rt-transaction-set.
Given
A root transmission segment is being configured
When
The system sets up the transaction details
Then
The system assigns '309' as the transaction set type in A9RT-TRANSACTION-SET
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00073
Clear Read and Delete Flag
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a root transmission segment is being prepared during the 'Clear Read and Delete Flag' routine, when the system configures transmission properties, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets a9rt-read-and-delete-flag to spaces to prevent automatic deletion.
Given
A root transmission segment is being prepared
When
The system configures transmission properties
Then
The system sets A9RT-READ-AND-DELETE-FLAG to spaces to prevent automatic deletion
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00074
Creation Successful?
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a transmission creation attempt fails due to duplicate transmission number during the 'Creation Successful?' routine, when the system receives a non-space status code from cccom indicating failure, the system executes logic to ensure that the system increments transmission-numb by 1 and retries the creation process until successful.
Given
A transmission creation attempt fails due to duplicate transmission number
When
The system receives a non-space status code from CCCOM indicating failure
Then
The system increments TRANSMISSION-NUMB by 1 and retries the creation process until successful
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00075
Attempt to Create Root Transaction
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a root transmission segment is fully configured with transmission number and transaction set during the 'Attempt to Create Root Transaction' routine, when the system needs to create the root transaction, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls a200-create-trans-root to persist the transmission segment.
Given
A root transmission segment is fully configured with transmission number and transaction set
When
The system needs to create the root transaction
Then
The system calls A200-CREATE-TRANS-ROOT to persist the transmission segment
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00076
Initialize ST segment structure
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a new st segment needs to be created for edi transmission during the 'Initialize ST segment structure' routine, when the st segment processing begins, the system executes logic to ensure that the st segment structure is initialized, sequence number is incremented by 1, and st identifier is set to 'st '.
Given
A new ST segment needs to be created for EDI transmission
When
The ST segment processing begins
Then
The ST segment structure is initialized, sequence number is incremented by 1, and ST identifier is set to 'ST '
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00077
Notify Customs?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest transaction is being processed during the 'Notify Customs?' routine, when the system checks if gcws309c-notify-customs flag is set, the system executes logic to ensure that if customs notification is required, proceed to emanifest type check, otherwise skip to transaction type setting.
Given
A manifest transaction is being processed
When
The system checks if GCWS309C-NOTIFY-CUSTOMS flag is set
Then
If customs notification is required, proceed to emanifest type check, otherwise skip to transaction type setting
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00078
Pre-Emanifest or Post-Emanifest?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming customs notification is required for the manifest during the 'Pre-Emanifest or Post-Emanifest?' routine, when the system evaluates gccc-not-pre-emanifest flag, the system executes logic to ensure that if gccc-not-pre-emanifest is true, set destination to 5040 (309-destination-5040), otherwise set destination to standard (309-destination).
Given
Customs notification is required for the manifest
When
The system evaluates GCCC-NOT-PRE-EMANIFEST flag
Then
If GCCC-NOT-PRE-EMANIFEST is true, set destination to 5040 (309-DESTINATION-5040), otherwise set destination to standard (309-DESTINATION)
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00079
Set transaction type to '309'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming an st segment is being created for manifest transmission during the 'Set transaction type to '309'' routine, when the transaction type needs to be assigned, the system executes logic to ensure that the transaction type is set to '309' in the st-02-transaction field.
Given
An ST segment is being created for manifest transmission
When
The transaction type needs to be assigned
Then
The transaction type is set to '309' in the ST-02-TRANSACTION field
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00080
Move destination to ST-01 field
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the destination and transaction type have been determined during the 'Move destination to ST-01 field' routine, when the st segment fields need to be populated, the system executes logic to ensure that the work-destination value is moved to st-01-destination field and '309' is moved to st-02-transaction field.
Given
The destination and transaction type have been determined
When
The ST segment fields need to be populated
Then
The WORK-DESTINATION value is moved to ST-01-DESTINATION field and '309' is moved to ST-02-TRANSACTION field
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00081
Create ST segment in transmission
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the st segment data has been populated with destination and transaction type during the 'Create ST segment in transmission' routine, when the segment needs to be added to the transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that the st segment is moved to transmission data, sequence number is assigned, and the segment is created in the transmission via c200-create-trans-dept.
Given
The ST segment data has been populated with destination and transaction type
When
The segment needs to be added to the transmission
Then
The ST segment is moved to transmission data, sequence number is assigned, and the segment is created in the transmission via C200-CREATE-TRANS-DEPT
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00082
Set SCAC code to 'CPRS'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest is being processed for edi transmission during the 'Set SCAC code to 'CPRS'' routine, when the m10 segment is being created, the system executes logic to ensure that the scac code field is set to 'cprs'.
Given
A manifest is being processed for EDI transmission
When
The M10 segment is being created
Then
The SCAC code field is set to 'CPRS'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00083
Set transport type code to 'R' for Rail
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest is being processed for edi transmission during the 'Set transport type code to 'R' for Rail' routine, when the m10 segment transport type is being set, the system executes logic to ensure that the transport type code is set to 'r' indicating rail transportation.
Given
A manifest is being processed for EDI transmission
When
The M10 segment transport type is being set
Then
The transport type code is set to 'R' indicating rail transportation
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00084
Set country code from manifest origin country
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest has an origin country specified during the 'Set country code from manifest origin country' routine, when the m10 segment country code is being set, the system executes logic to ensure that the country code is set to the value from the manifest origin country field.
Given
A manifest has an origin country specified
When
The M10 segment country code is being set
Then
The country code is set to the value from the manifest origin country field
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00085
Set vessel name to 'TRAIN'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest is being processed for rail transportation during the 'Set vessel name to 'TRAIN'' routine, when the m10 segment vessel name is being set, the system executes logic to ensure that the vessel name is set to 'train'.
Given
A manifest is being processed for rail transportation
When
The M10 segment vessel name is being set
Then
The vessel name is set to 'TRAIN'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00086
CCN creation date valid?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest has a ccn creation date field during the 'CCN creation date valid?' routine, when the flight voyage number needs to be determined, the system executes logic to ensure that if the ccn creation date is not numeric or equals zero, use machine date; otherwise use the ccn creation date.
Given
A manifest has a CCN creation date field
When
The flight voyage number needs to be determined
Then
If the CCN creation date is not numeric or equals zero, use machine date; otherwise use the CCN creation date
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00089
Arrival indicator or specific program?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest is being processed during the 'Arrival indicator or specific program?' routine, when the manifest type code needs to be determined, the system executes logic to ensure that if arrival indicator is 'y' or the calling program is 'gcx148', set manifest type to 'a' for arrival.
Given
A manifest is being processed
When
The manifest type code needs to be determined
Then
If arrival indicator is 'Y' or the calling program is 'GCX148', set manifest type to 'A' for Arrival
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00090
Set manifest type to 'A' for Arrival
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming the arrival indicator is 'y' or the calling program is 'gcx148' during the 'Set manifest type to 'A' for Arrival' routine, when the manifest type code is being set, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest type code is set to 'a' indicating an arrival manifest.
Given
The arrival indicator is 'Y' or the calling program is 'GCX148'
When
The manifest type code is being set
Then
The manifest type code is set to 'A' indicating an arrival manifest
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00091
Canadian customs north train ID exists?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the manifest is not for arrival and not processed by gcx148, and the manifest type code needs to be determined occurs during the 'Canadian customs north train ID exists?' routine, then the system must guarantee that if canadian customs north train id is spaces, check for specific programs; otherwise set to customs type.
EXCLUDING
The manifest is not for arrival and not processed by GCX148
When
The manifest type code needs to be determined
Then
If Canadian customs north train ID is spaces, check for specific programs; otherwise set to customs type
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00092
Specific program GCX146 or GCX147?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the canadian customs north train id is spaces during the 'Specific program GCX146 or GCX147?' routine, when the manifest type code needs to be determined, the system executes logic to ensure that if the calling program is 'gcx146' or 'gcx147', set to customs type; otherwise set to pre-manifest type.
Given
The Canadian customs north train ID is spaces
When
The manifest type code needs to be determined
Then
If the calling program is 'GCX146' or 'GCX147', set to customs type; otherwise set to pre-manifest type
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00093
Set manifest type to 'C' for Customs
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming either the canadian customs north train id exists or the calling program is 'gcx146' or 'gcx147' during the 'Set manifest type to 'C' for Customs' routine, when the manifest type code is being set, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest type code is set to 'c' indicating a customs manifest.
Given
Either the Canadian customs north train ID exists or the calling program is 'GCX146' or 'GCX147'
When
The manifest type code is being set
Then
The manifest type code is set to 'C' indicating a customs manifest
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00094
Set manifest type to 'P' for Pre-manifest
Definitional Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the manifest is not for arrival, not processed by specific customs programs, and has no canadian customs north train id, and the manifest type code is being set occurs during the 'Set manifest type to 'P' for Pre-manifest' routine, then the system must guarantee that the manifest type code is set to 'p' indicating a pre-manifest.
EXCLUDING
The manifest is not for arrival, not processed by specific customs programs, and has no Canadian customs north train ID
When
The manifest type code is being set
Then
The manifest type code is set to 'P' indicating a pre-manifest
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00095
Set quantity to 1
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest is being processed for edi transmission during the 'Set quantity to 1' routine, when the m10 segment quantity is being set, the system executes logic to ensure that the quantity is set to 1.
Given
A manifest is being processed for EDI transmission
When
The M10 segment quantity is being set
Then
The quantity is set to 1
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00096
Set reference number to CCN key
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest has a ccn key during the 'Set reference number to CCN key' routine, when the m10 segment reference number is being set, the system executes logic to ensure that the reference number is set to the ccn key value.
Given
A manifest has a CCN key
When
The M10 segment reference number is being set
Then
The reference number is set to the CCN key value
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00097
Post-emanifest amendment conditions?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest is being processed during the 'Post-emanifest amendment conditions?' routine, when the transaction purpose code needs to be determined, the system executes logic to ensure that if action code is '04', '05', or '06' and border arrival date exists and not pre-emanifest, set purpose to 'co'; otherwise use the action code.
Given
A manifest is being processed
When
The transaction purpose code needs to be determined
Then
If action code is '04', '05', or '06' AND border arrival date exists AND not pre-emanifest, set purpose to 'CO'; otherwise use the action code
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00098
Set purpose code to 'CO' for amendment
Definitional Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the action code is '04', '05', or '06' and border arrival date is not spaces and the manifest is not pre-emanifest, and the transaction purpose code is being set occurs during the 'Set purpose code to 'CO' for amendment' routine, then the system must guarantee that the purpose code is set to 'co' and the post-emanifest amendment flag is set to true.
EXCLUDING
The action code is '04', '05', or '06' AND border arrival date is not spaces AND the manifest is not pre-emanifest
When
The transaction purpose code is being set
Then
The purpose code is set to 'CO' and the post-emanifest amendment flag is set to true
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00099
Set purpose code to action code
Definitional Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the conditions for post-emanifest amendment are not met, and the transaction purpose code is being set occurs during the 'Set purpose code to action code' routine, then the system must guarantee that the purpose code is set to the original action code value.
EXCLUDING
The conditions for post-emanifest amendment are not met
When
The transaction purpose code is being set
Then
The purpose code is set to the original action code value
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00100
In-transit status is 'T'?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest has an in-transit status during the 'In-transit status is 'T'?' routine, when the application type needs to be determined, the system executes logic to ensure that if in-transit status is 't', set application type to '29'; otherwise set to '27'.
Given
A manifest has an in-transit status
When
The application type needs to be determined
Then
If in-transit status is 'T', set application type to '29'; otherwise set to '27'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00103
Replace underscores with spaces in segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the m10 segment has been populated with data during the 'Replace underscores with spaces in segment' routine, when the segment is being prepared for transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that all underscore characters in the segment are replaced with spaces.
Given
The M10 segment has been populated with data
When
The segment is being prepared for transmission
Then
All underscore characters in the segment are replaced with spaces
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00104
Add segment to EDI transmission
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the m10 segment has been formatted and populated during the 'Add segment to EDI transmission' routine, when the segment is ready for transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that the segment is added to the edi transmission with an incremented sequence number.
Given
The M10 segment has been formatted and populated
When
The segment is ready for transmission
Then
The segment is added to the EDI transmission with an incremented sequence number
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00394
Arrival Indicator = 'Y' OR Program = 'GCX148'?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest is being processed for type determination during the 'Arrival Indicator = 'Y' OR Program = 'GCX148'?' routine, when the arrival indicator equals 'y' or the calling program name is 'gcx148', the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest type code should be set to 'a' indicating an arrival manifest.
Given
A manifest is being processed for type determination
When
The arrival indicator equals 'Y' OR the calling program name is 'GCX148'
Then
The manifest type code should be set to 'A' indicating an Arrival manifest
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00395
Canadian Customs North Train ID exists?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest is being processed and arrival conditions are not met, and the canadian customs north train id field contains data (not spaces) occurs during the 'Canadian Customs North Train ID exists?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the manifest type code should be set to 'c' indicating a customs manifest.
EXCLUDING
A manifest is being processed and arrival conditions are not met
When
The Canadian customs north train ID field contains data (not spaces)
Then
The manifest type code should be set to 'C' indicating a Customs manifest
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00396
Program = 'GCX146' OR 'GCX147'?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest is being processed, arrival conditions are not met, and canadian customs north train id is empty, and the calling program name is 'gcx146' or 'gcx147' occurs during the 'Program = 'GCX146' OR 'GCX147'?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the manifest type code should be set to 'c' indicating a customs manifest.
EXCLUDING
A manifest is being processed, arrival conditions are not met, and Canadian customs north train ID is empty
When
The calling program name is 'GCX146' OR 'GCX147'
Then
The manifest type code should be set to 'C' indicating a Customs manifest
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00397
Set Manifest Type = 'P' - Pre-manifest
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest is being processed, arrival conditions are not met, canadian customs north train id is empty, and the program is not a customs-specific program, and none of the arrival or customs conditions are satisfied occurs during the 'Set Manifest Type = 'P' - Pre-manifest' routine, then the system must guarantee that the manifest type code should be set to 'p' indicating a pre-manifest.
EXCLUDING
A manifest is being processed, arrival conditions are not met, Canadian customs north train ID is empty, and the program is not a customs-specific program
When
None of the arrival or customs conditions are satisfied
Then
The manifest type code should be set to 'P' indicating a Pre-manifest
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00398
Destination Type = 5040?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest type has been determined through the standard logic flow during the 'Destination Type = 5040?' routine, when the destination type is 309-destination-5040, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest type code should be cleared and set to spaces.
Given
A manifest type has been determined through the standard logic flow
When
The destination type is 309-DESTINATION-5040
Then
The manifest type code should be cleared and set to spaces
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00105
Initialize P4 segment structure
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a p4 segment processing request is initiated during the 'Initialize P4 segment structure' routine, when the system begins p4 segment creation, the system executes logic to ensure that the p4 segment structure is initialized to empty values and the segment identifier is set to 'p4'.
Given
A P4 segment processing request is initiated
When
The system begins P4 segment creation
Then
The P4 segment structure is initialized to empty values and the segment identifier is set to 'P4'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00106
Set location ID from manifest from-station name
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a p4 segment is being processed with manifest data available during the 'Set location ID from manifest from-station name' routine, when the system sets the location identifier, the system executes logic to ensure that the p4 location id field is populated with the manifest from-station name.
Given
A P4 segment is being processed with manifest data available
When
The system sets the location identifier
Then
The P4 location ID field is populated with the manifest from-station name
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00107
Check destination type
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a p4 segment is being processed with destination type information during the 'Check destination type' routine, when the system evaluates the destination type for eta date assignment, the system executes logic to ensure that if destination is 309-destination, use current machine date; otherwise, use border arrival eta logic.
Given
A P4 segment is being processed with destination type information
When
The system evaluates the destination type for ETA date assignment
Then
If destination is 309-DESTINATION, use current machine date; otherwise, use border arrival ETA logic
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00108
Set ETA date to current machine date
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a p4 segment is being processed and destination type is 309-destination during the 'Set ETA date to current machine date' routine, when the system assigns the eta date, the system executes logic to ensure that the p4 eta date is set to the concatenation of current machine century and machine date.
Given
A P4 segment is being processed and destination type is 309-DESTINATION
When
The system assigns the ETA date
Then
The P4 ETA date is set to the concatenation of current machine century and machine date
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00109
Border arrival ETA exists?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a p4 segment is being processed for non-309-destination type during the 'Border arrival ETA exists?' routine, when the system checks for existing border arrival eta, the system executes logic to ensure that if border arrival eta is spaces or low-values, calculate new eta; otherwise, use existing eta.
Given
A P4 segment is being processed for non-309-DESTINATION type
When
The system checks for existing border arrival ETA
Then
If border arrival ETA is spaces or low-values, calculate new ETA; otherwise, use existing ETA
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00110
Calculate ETA by adding days to waybill date
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a p4 segment is being processed and border arrival eta is empty during the 'Calculate ETA by adding days to waybill date' routine, when the system calculates a new eta date, the system executes logic to ensure that the system adds ws-days-for-eta to the waybill date using date calculation service and updates the border arrival eta if successful.
Given
A P4 segment is being processed and border arrival ETA is empty
When
The system calculates a new ETA date
Then
The system adds WS-DAYS-FOR-ETA to the waybill date using date calculation service and updates the border arrival ETA if successful
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00111
Use existing border arrival ETA
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a p4 segment is being processed and border arrival eta contains valid data during the 'Use existing border arrival ETA' routine, when the system assigns the eta date, the system executes logic to ensure that the p4 eta date is set to the existing border arrival eta value.
Given
A P4 segment is being processed and border arrival ETA contains valid data
When
The system assigns the ETA date
Then
The P4 ETA date is set to the existing border arrival ETA value
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00112
Set quantity to 1
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a p4 segment is being processed during the 'Set quantity to 1' routine, when the system sets the quantity field, the system executes logic to ensure that the p4 quantity field is set to 1.
Given
A P4 segment is being processed
When
The system sets the quantity field
Then
The P4 quantity field is set to 1
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00113
Clear ID code and time fields
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a p4 segment is being processed during the 'Clear ID code and time fields' routine, when the system sets optional fields, the system executes logic to ensure that the p4 id code and time fields are set to spaces.
Given
A P4 segment is being processed
When
The system sets optional fields
Then
The P4 ID code and time fields are set to spaces
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00114
Add sequence number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a p4 segment is ready for transmission during the 'Add sequence number' routine, when the system assigns sequence numbering, the system executes logic to ensure that the sequence number is incremented by 1 and assigned to the p4 segment.
Given
A P4 segment is ready for transmission
When
The system assigns sequence numbering
Then
The sequence number is incremented by 1 and assigned to the P4 segment
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00115
Replace underscores with spaces
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a p4 segment contains underscore characters during the 'Replace underscores with spaces' routine, when the system formats the segment for transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that all underscore characters in the p4 segment are replaced with spaces.
Given
A P4 segment contains underscore characters
When
The system formats the segment for transmission
Then
All underscore characters in the P4 segment are replaced with spaces
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00116
Store P4 segment data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a p4 segment has been formatted and sequenced during the 'Store P4 segment data' routine, when the system prepares for transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that the p4 segment data is moved to the transmission data field.
Given
A P4 segment has been formatted and sequenced
When
The system prepares for transmission
Then
The P4 segment data is moved to the transmission data field
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00117
Create transmission department record
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a p4 segment is ready with transmission data during the 'Create transmission department record' routine, when the system creates the transmission record, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls the transmission department creation process with proper status code.
Given
A P4 segment is ready with transmission data
When
The system creates the transmission record
Then
The system calls the transmission department creation process with proper status code
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00118
Create assigned number segment for shipment grouping
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a shipment manifest requires edi transmission processing during the 'Create assigned number segment for shipment grouping' routine, when the system processes the lx segment for shipment grouping, the system executes logic to ensure that an lx segment is created with segment identifier 'lx' and assigned number '000001'.
Given
A shipment manifest requires EDI transmission processing
When
The system processes the LX segment for shipment grouping
Then
An LX segment is created with segment identifier 'LX' and assigned number '000001'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00119
Initialize LX segment structure
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming lx segment processing is initiated during the 'Initialize LX segment structure' routine, when the system begins lx segment creation, the system executes logic to ensure that the lx segment structure is initialized to clear any previous data.
Given
LX segment processing is initiated
When
The system begins LX segment creation
Then
The LX segment structure is initialized to clear any previous data
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00120
Set segment identifier to 'LX'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming an initialized lx segment structure exists during the 'Set segment identifier to 'LX'' routine, when the system sets the segment identifier, the system executes logic to ensure that the segment identifier is set to 'lx' to comply with edi standards.
Given
An initialized LX segment structure exists
When
The system sets the segment identifier
Then
The segment identifier is set to 'LX' to comply with EDI standards
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00121
Set assigned number to '000001'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming an lx segment with identifier set during the 'Set assigned number to '000001'' routine, when the system assigns the line number for shipment grouping, the system executes logic to ensure that the assigned number is set to '000001' as the first and only shipment group.
Given
An LX segment with identifier set
When
The system assigns the line number for shipment grouping
Then
The assigned number is set to '000001' as the first and only shipment group
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00122
Increment sequence number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming lx segment data is prepared for transmission during the 'Increment sequence number' routine, when the system processes the segment for transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that the transmission sequence number is incremented by 1 and assigned to the segment.
Given
LX segment data is prepared for transmission
When
The system processes the segment for transmission
Then
The transmission sequence number is incremented by 1 and assigned to the segment
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00123
Replace underscores with spaces in segment
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming lx segment contains underscore placeholder characters during the 'Replace underscores with spaces in segment' routine, when the system prepares the segment for edi transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that all underscore characters in the lx segment are replaced with spaces.
Given
LX segment contains underscore placeholder characters
When
The system prepares the segment for EDI transmission
Then
All underscore characters in the LX segment are replaced with spaces
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00124
Move LX segment to transmission data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a properly formatted lx segment with sequence number assigned during the 'Move LX segment to transmission data' routine, when the system prepares the segment for transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that the lx segment data is moved to the transmission data structure.
Given
A properly formatted LX segment with sequence number assigned
When
The system prepares the segment for transmission
Then
The LX segment data is moved to the transmission data structure
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00125
Create transmission department record
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming lx segment data is prepared in the transmission structure during the 'Create transmission department record' routine, when the system creates the transmission record, the system executes logic to ensure that a transmission department record is created for the lx segment.
Given
LX segment data is prepared in the transmission structure
When
The system creates the transmission record
Then
A transmission department record is created for the LX segment
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00126
Initialize M13 segment structure
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest amendment processing request is initiated during the 'Initialize M13 segment structure' routine, when the m13 segment processing begins, the system executes logic to ensure that the m13 segment structure should be initialized to clear any previous data.
Given
A manifest amendment processing request is initiated
When
The M13 segment processing begins
Then
The M13 segment structure should be initialized to clear any previous data
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00127
Set segment identifier to 'M13'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming an m13 segment is being created for manifest amendment during the 'Set segment identifier to 'M13'' routine, when the segment identifier needs to be set, the system executes logic to ensure that the segment identifier should be set to 'm13'.
Given
An M13 segment is being created for manifest amendment
When
The segment identifier needs to be set
Then
The segment identifier should be set to 'M13'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00128
Set SCAC code to 'CPRS'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming an m13 manifest amendment segment is being created during the 'Set SCAC code to 'CPRS'' routine, when the carrier identification needs to be specified, the system executes logic to ensure that the scac code should be set to 'cprs' for canadian pacific railway.
Given
An M13 manifest amendment segment is being created
When
The carrier identification needs to be specified
Then
The SCAC code should be set to 'CPRS' for Canadian Pacific Railway
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00129
Set location ID from manifest from-station name
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest has an originating station name during the 'Set location ID from manifest from-station name' routine, when creating an m13 amendment segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the location id should be populated with the manifest from-station name.
Given
A manifest has an originating station name
When
Creating an M13 amendment segment
Then
The location ID should be populated with the manifest from-station name
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00130
Set BOL/WB number from CCN key
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest has a valid ccn key during the 'Set BOL/WB number from CCN key' routine, when creating an m13 amendment segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the bol/wb number should be set to the ccn key value.
Given
A manifest has a valid CCN key
When
Creating an M13 amendment segment
Then
The BOL/WB number should be set to the CCN key value
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00131
Amendment code exists?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an m13 amendment segment is being created during the 'Amendment code exists?' routine, when the amendment code needs to be determined, the system executes logic to ensure that if amendment code exists and is not spaces or low-values, use the existing code; otherwise use default code '60'.
Given
An M13 amendment segment is being created
When
The amendment code needs to be determined
Then
If amendment code exists and is not spaces or low-values, use the existing code; otherwise use default code '60'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00132
Use existing amendment code from manifest
Definitional Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest contains an amendment code that is not spaces or low-values, and creating an m13 amendment segment occurs during the 'Use existing amendment code from manifest' routine, then the system must guarantee that the existing amendment code from the manifest should be used.
EXCLUDING
A manifest contains an amendment code that is not spaces or low-values
When
Creating an M13 amendment segment
Then
The existing amendment code from the manifest should be used
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00133
Set default amendment code to '60'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest amendment code is spaces or low-values during the 'Set default amendment code to '60'' routine, when creating an m13 amendment segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the amendment code should be set to default value '60'.
Given
A manifest amendment code is spaces or low-values
When
Creating an M13 amendment segment
Then
The amendment code should be set to default value '60'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00134
Increment sequence number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an m13 segment is ready for transmission during the 'Increment sequence number' routine, when the segment needs to be sequenced, the system executes logic to ensure that the sequence number should be incremented by 1.
Given
An M13 segment is ready for transmission
When
The segment needs to be sequenced
Then
The sequence number should be incremented by 1
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00135
Replace underscores with spaces in segment
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an m13 segment contains underscore characters during the 'Replace underscores with spaces in segment' routine, when preparing the segment for transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that all underscore characters should be replaced with spaces.
Given
An M13 segment contains underscore characters
When
Preparing the segment for transmission
Then
All underscore characters should be replaced with spaces
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00136
Store M13 segment in transmission data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an m13 segment has been formatted and sequenced during the 'Store M13 segment in transmission data' routine, when the segment is ready for transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that the m13 segment should be stored in the transmission data structure.
Given
An M13 segment has been formatted and sequenced
When
The segment is ready for transmission
Then
The M13 segment should be stored in the transmission data structure
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00137
Create transmission department record
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an m13 segment is stored in transmission data during the 'Create transmission department record' routine, when the segment needs to be processed through the transmission system, the system executes logic to ensure that a transmission department record should be created.
Given
An M13 segment is stored in transmission data
When
The segment needs to be processed through the transmission system
Then
A transmission department record should be created
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00138
Initialize M11 segment structure
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to create an m11 segment for bill of lading information during the 'Initialize M11 segment structure' routine, when m11 segment processing begins, the system executes logic to ensure that the m11 segment structure should be initialized to clear any previous data.
Given
The system needs to create an M11 segment for bill of lading information
When
M11 segment processing begins
Then
The M11 segment structure should be initialized to clear any previous data
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00139
Set segment identifier to 'M11'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming an m11 segment is being created for bill of lading information during the 'Set segment identifier to 'M11'' routine, when the segment identifier needs to be set, the system executes logic to ensure that the segment identifier should be set to 'm11'.
Given
An M11 segment is being created for bill of lading information
When
The segment identifier needs to be set
Then
The segment identifier should be set to 'M11'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00140
Set BOL/Waybill number from CCN key
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest has a ccn key identifier during the 'Set BOL/Waybill number from CCN key' routine, when creating the m11 segment for bill of lading information, the system executes logic to ensure that the ccn key should be assigned as the bol/waybill number.
Given
A manifest has a CCN key identifier
When
Creating the M11 segment for bill of lading information
Then
The CCN key should be assigned as the BOL/Waybill number
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00141
Set location ID from manifest from-station name
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest has an originating station name during the 'Set location ID from manifest from-station name' routine, when creating the m11 segment location information, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest from-station name should be assigned as the location identifier.
Given
A manifest has an originating station name
When
Creating the M11 segment location information
Then
The manifest from-station name should be assigned as the location identifier
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00142
Set lading quantity from manifest data
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest contains lading quantity information during the 'Set lading quantity from manifest data' routine, when creating the m11 segment quantity information, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest lading quantity should be assigned to the m11 segment.
Given
A manifest contains lading quantity information
When
Creating the M11 segment quantity information
Then
The manifest lading quantity should be assigned to the M11 segment
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00143
Set manifest unit code from quantity qualifier
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest has a lading quantity qualifier during the 'Set manifest unit code from quantity qualifier' routine, when creating the m11 segment unit information, the system executes logic to ensure that the lading quantity qualifier should be assigned as the manifest unit code.
Given
A manifest has a lading quantity qualifier
When
Creating the M11 segment unit information
Then
The lading quantity qualifier should be assigned as the manifest unit code
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00144
Set weight from manifest data
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest contains weight information during the 'Set weight from manifest data' routine, when creating the m11 segment weight information, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest weight should be assigned to the m11 segment.
Given
A manifest contains weight information
When
Creating the M11 segment weight information
Then
The manifest weight should be assigned to the M11 segment
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00145
Weight unit is KG?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest has a weight unit qualifier during the 'Weight unit is KG?' routine, when the weight unit qualifier is 'kg ' or ' kg', the system executes logic to ensure that the weight unit code should be set to 'k' for kilograms, otherwise set to 'l' for pounds.
Given
A manifest has a weight unit qualifier
When
The weight unit qualifier is 'KG ' or ' KG'
Then
The weight unit code should be set to 'K' for kilograms, otherwise set to 'L' for pounds
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00146
Shipment is consolidated?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest has a consolidated indicator during the 'Shipment is consolidated?' routine, when the consolidated indicator is 'y', the system executes logic to ensure that the bol type code should be set to 'y', otherwise it should be left as spaces.
Given
A manifest has a consolidated indicator
When
The consolidated indicator is 'Y'
Then
The BOL type code should be set to 'Y', otherwise it should be left as spaces
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00147
Set place of receipt from origin station name
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest has an origin station name during the 'Set place of receipt from origin station name' routine, when creating the m11 segment place of receipt information, the system executes logic to ensure that the origin station name should be assigned as the place of receipt.
Given
A manifest has an origin station name
When
Creating the M11 segment place of receipt information
Then
The origin station name should be assigned as the place of receipt
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00148
Set SCAC code to 'CPRS'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming an m11 segment requires a scac code during the 'Set SCAC code to 'CPRS'' routine, when setting the primary scac code, the system executes logic to ensure that the scac code should be set to 'cprs'.
Given
An M11 segment requires a SCAC code
When
Setting the primary SCAC code
Then
The SCAC code should be set to 'CPRS'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00149
Clear additional SCAC fields
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an m11 segment has additional scac fields during the 'Clear additional SCAC fields' routine, when processing the m11 segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the additional scac fields should be set to spaces.
Given
An M11 segment has additional SCAC fields
When
Processing the M11 segment
Then
The additional SCAC fields should be set to spaces
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00150
Add sequence number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an m11 segment is being prepared for transmission during the 'Add sequence number' routine, when the segment needs a sequence number, the system executes logic to ensure that the sequence number should be incremented by 1 and assigned to the segment.
Given
An M11 segment is being prepared for transmission
When
The segment needs a sequence number
Then
The sequence number should be incremented by 1 and assigned to the segment
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00151
Replace underscores with spaces in segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an m11 segment contains underscore characters during the 'Replace underscores with spaces in segment' routine, when preparing the segment for transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that all underscore characters should be replaced with spaces.
Given
An M11 segment contains underscore characters
When
Preparing the segment for transmission
Then
All underscore characters should be replaced with spaces
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00152
Store M11 segment in transmission data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a formatted m11 segment is ready for transmission during the 'Store M11 segment in transmission data' routine, when storing the segment data, the system executes logic to ensure that the m11 segment should be moved to the transmission data field.
Given
A formatted M11 segment is ready for transmission
When
Storing the segment data
Then
The M11 segment should be moved to the transmission data field
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00153
Create transmission department record
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an m11 segment is stored in transmission data with a sequence number during the 'Create transmission department record' routine, when the segment is ready for transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that a transmission department record should be created through the c200-create-trans-dept procedure.
Given
An M11 segment is stored in transmission data with a sequence number
When
The segment is ready for transmission
Then
A transmission department record should be created through the C200-CREATE-TRANS-DEPT procedure
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00154
Destination Type Check
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest is being processed for n9 reference segments during the 'Destination Type Check' routine, when the destination type is 309-destination-5040, the system executes logic to ensure that skip eta and csa indicator n9 segment creation and proceed directly to previous ccn processing.
Given
A manifest is being processed for N9 reference segments
When
The destination type is 309-DESTINATION-5040
Then
Skip ETA and CSA indicator N9 segment creation and proceed directly to previous CCN processing
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00155
Create ETA Reference N9 Segment
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest is being processed and destination type is not 309-destination-5040, and processing n9 reference segments occurs during the 'Create ETA Reference N9 Segment' routine, then the system must guarantee that create n9 segment with identifier 'n9', reference qualifier '76', reference number 'etd', and border arrival eta date.
EXCLUDING
A manifest is being processed and destination type is not 309-DESTINATION-5040
When
Processing N9 reference segments
Then
Create N9 segment with identifier 'N9', reference qualifier '76', reference number 'ETD', and border arrival ETA date
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00156
CSA Indicator Status
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest is being processed for csa indicator n9 segment and destination type is not 309-destination-5040, and the csa indicator is on (gccc-csa-ind-on is true) occurs during the 'CSA Indicator Status' routine, then the system must guarantee that set n9 reference number to '01', otherwise set to '00'.
EXCLUDING
A manifest is being processed for CSA indicator N9 segment and destination type is not 309-DESTINATION-5040
When
The CSA indicator is on (GCCC-CSA-IND-ON is true)
Then
Set N9 reference number to '01', otherwise set to '00'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00157
Access Export Destination Table
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest has in-transit status 'l' and destination type is not 309-destination-5040, and processing in-transit status validation occurs during the 'Access Export Destination Table' routine, then the system must guarantee that access table with function code 'gu', table id 'ex', and destination station number as sequence id.
EXCLUDING
A manifest has in-transit status 'L' and destination type is not 309-DESTINATION-5040
When
Processing in-transit status validation
Then
Access table with function code 'GU', table ID 'EX', and destination station number as sequence ID
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00158
Transit Status Validation
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest is being processed for in-transit status and destination type is not 309-destination-5040, and in-transit status is 't', or (status is 'l' and origin country is not 'ca' and table lookup is successful), or (status is 'e' and origin country is not 'ca') occurs during the 'Transit Status Validation' routine, then the system must guarantee that create n9 segment with identifier 'n9', reference qualifier 'kd', and reference number 'in-transit'.
EXCLUDING
A manifest is being processed for in-transit status and destination type is not 309-DESTINATION-5040
When
In-transit status is 'T', or (status is 'L' and origin country is not 'CA' and table lookup is successful), or (status is 'E' and origin country is not 'CA')
Then
Create N9 segment with identifier 'N9', reference qualifier 'KD', and reference number 'IN-TRANSIT'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00159
Previous CCN Exists?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest is being processed for n9 reference segments, and previous ccn (gccc-prev-ccn) is not spaces occurs during the 'Previous CCN Exists?' routine, then the system must guarantee that create n9 segment with identifier 'n9', reference qualifier 'xp', and previous ccn as reference number.
EXCLUDING
A manifest is being processed for N9 reference segments
When
Previous CCN (GCCC-PREV-CCN) is not spaces
Then
Create N9 segment with identifier 'N9', reference qualifier 'XP', and previous CCN as reference number
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00160
Loop Through Additional Previous CCNs
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest has additional previous ccns stored in array gccc-prev-add-ccns during the 'Loop Through Additional Previous CCNs' routine, when processing additional previous ccns from index 1 to 4, the system executes logic to ensure that for each non-space ccn, create n9 segment with same reference qualifier 'xp' and the ccn as reference number.
Given
A manifest has additional previous CCNs stored in array GCCC-PREV-ADD-CCNS
When
Processing additional previous CCNs from index 1 to 4
Then
For each non-space CCN, create N9 segment with same reference qualifier 'XP' and the CCN as reference number
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00161
Loop Through Stored N9 References
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest has stored n9 reference data in arrays gccc-n901-ref-num-qual and gccc-n902-ref-num, and processing stored references from index 1 to 10 and reference qualifier is not spaces, high-values, or low-values occurs during the 'Loop Through Stored N9 References' routine, then the system must guarantee that create n9 segment with identifier 'n9', stored reference qualifier, and stored reference number.
EXCLUDING
A manifest has stored N9 reference data in arrays GCCC-N901-REF-NUM-QUAL and GCCC-N902-REF-NUM
When
Processing stored references from index 1 to 10 and reference qualifier is not spaces, high-values, or low-values
Then
Create N9 segment with identifier 'N9', stored reference qualifier, and stored reference number
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00399
Access Export Destination Table EX
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest has in-transit status of 'l' (local) during the 'Access Export Destination Table EX' routine, when the system processes the manifest for customs notification, the system executes logic to ensure that the system accesses the export destination table using table id 'ex' and the destination station number as the key.
Given
A manifest has in-transit status of 'L' (Local)
When
The system processes the manifest for customs notification
Then
The system accesses the export destination table using table ID 'EX' and the destination station number as the key
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00400
In-Transit Status = 'T'?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest has in-transit status of 't' (transit) during the 'In-Transit Status = 'T'?' routine, when the system processes n9 reference segments, the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates an n9 segment with reference qualifier 'kd' and reference number 'in-transit'.
Given
A manifest has in-transit status of 'T' (Transit)
When
The system processes N9 reference segments
Then
The system creates an N9 segment with reference qualifier 'KD' and reference number 'IN-TRANSIT'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00401
Status = 'L' AND Origin Country ≠ 'CA' AND Table Found?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest has in-transit status 'l' and origin country is not 'ca' and export destination table lookup was successful, and the system processes n9 reference segments occurs during the 'Status = 'L' AND Origin Country ≠ 'CA' AND Table Found?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system creates an n9 segment with reference qualifier 'kd' and reference number 'in-transit'.
EXCLUDING
A manifest has in-transit status 'L' and origin country is not 'CA' and export destination table lookup was successful
When
The system processes N9 reference segments
Then
The system creates an N9 segment with reference qualifier 'KD' and reference number 'IN-TRANSIT'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00402
Status = 'E' AND Origin Country ≠ 'CA'?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest has in-transit status 'e' (export) and origin country is not 'ca', and the system processes n9 reference segments occurs during the 'Status = 'E' AND Origin Country ≠ 'CA'?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system creates an n9 segment with reference qualifier 'kd' and reference number 'in-transit'.
EXCLUDING
A manifest has in-transit status 'E' (Export) and origin country is not 'CA'
When
The system processes N9 reference segments
Then
The system creates an N9 segment with reference qualifier 'KD' and reference number 'IN-TRANSIT'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00164
Destination type check
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest with customs notification requirements during the 'Destination type check' routine, when the system evaluates the destination type, the system executes logic to ensure that the system classifies as 4040 destination if 309-destination is true, otherwise as 5040 destination.
Given
A manifest with customs notification requirements
When
The system evaluates the destination type
Then
The system classifies as 4040 destination if 309-DESTINATION is true, otherwise as 5040 destination
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00170
Create N1 entity segment with ID and name
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a validated entity record with complete address information during the 'Create N1 entity segment with ID and name' routine, when the system creates the n1 entity segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system populates the n1 segment with identifier 'n1', entity id code, entity name, id code qualifier, and id code from the entity record.
Given
A validated entity record with complete address information
When
The system creates the N1 entity segment
Then
The system populates the N1 segment with identifier 'N1', entity ID code, entity name, ID code qualifier, and ID code from the entity record
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00171
N3 address data exists?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity record with n1 segment created during the 'N3 address data exists?' routine, when the system checks for n3 address data availability, the system executes logic to ensure that the system proceeds to create n3 segment if address information (gcsccs55-n3-data) is not spaces, otherwise skips to n4 processing.
Given
An entity record with N1 segment created
When
The system checks for N3 address data availability
Then
The system proceeds to create N3 segment if address information (GCSCCS55-N3-DATA) is not spaces, otherwise skips to N4 processing
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00172
Create N3 address segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity record with available n3 address data during the 'Create N3 address segment' routine, when the system creates the n3 address segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system populates the n3 segment with identifier 'n3', primary address line, and secondary address line from the entity record.
Given
An entity record with available N3 address data
When
The system creates the N3 address segment
Then
The system populates the N3 segment with identifier 'N3', primary address line, and secondary address line from the entity record
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00173
N4 city/state data exists?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity record with n1 and optionally n3 segments created during the 'N4 city/state data exists?' routine, when the system checks for n4 location data availability, the system executes logic to ensure that the system proceeds to create n4 segment if location information (gcsccs55-n4-data) is not spaces, otherwise continues to next entity.
Given
An entity record with N1 and optionally N3 segments created
When
The system checks for N4 location data availability
Then
The system proceeds to create N4 segment if location information (GCSCCS55-N4-DATA) is not spaces, otherwise continues to next entity
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00174
Create N4 location segment with city, state, postal code, country
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity record with available n4 location data during the 'Create N4 location segment with city, state, postal code, country' routine, when the system creates the n4 location segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system populates city name, postal code, and country code in standard positions, but maps state/province code to position 2 for 309-destination or position 7 for other destinations.
Given
An entity record with available N4 location data
When
The system creates the N4 location segment
Then
The system populates city name, postal code, and country code in standard positions, but maps state/province code to position 2 for 309-DESTINATION or position 7 for other destinations
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00175
Create Canadian Pacific Railway entity
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming all entity records have been processed during the 'Create Canadian Pacific Railway entity' routine, when the system creates the railway entity segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates an n1 segment with identifier 'n1', entity id code 'rr', and name 'canadian pacific railway'.
Given
All entity records have been processed
When
The system creates the railway entity segment
Then
The system creates an N1 segment with identifier 'N1', entity ID code 'RR', and name 'CANADIAN PACIFIC RAILWAY'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00176
Create CPR address segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the canadian pacific railway entity segment has been created during the 'Create CPR address segment' routine, when the system creates the cpr address segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates an n3 segment with identifier 'n3' and address '7550 ogdendale rd s.e.'.
Given
The Canadian Pacific Railway entity segment has been created
When
The system creates the CPR address segment
Then
The system creates an N3 segment with identifier 'N3' and address '7550 OGDENDALE RD S.E.'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00177
Create CPR location segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the canadian pacific railway address segment has been created during the 'Create CPR location segment' routine, when the system creates the cpr location segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates an n4 segment with city 'calgary', country 'ca', postal code 't2c 4x9', and maps province code 'ab' to position 2 for 309-destination or position 7 for other destinations.
Given
The Canadian Pacific Railway address segment has been created
When
The system creates the CPR location segment
Then
The system creates an N4 segment with city 'CALGARY', country 'CA', postal code 'T2C 4X9', and maps province code 'AB' to position 2 for 309-DESTINATION or position 7 for other destinations
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00406
Destination Type Check
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity record is being processed during the 'Destination Type Check' routine, when the system needs to validate entity information, the system executes logic to ensure that check if 309-destination flag is set to determine validation path - 4040 validation for 309-destination or 5040 validation for other destinations.
Given
An entity record is being processed
When
The system needs to validate entity information
Then
Check if 309-DESTINATION flag is set to determine validation path - 4040 validation for 309-DESTINATION or 5040 validation for other destinations
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00407
Set Entity Code for 4040 Validation
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the destination type is 309-destination during the 'Set Entity Code for 4040 Validation' routine, when entity validation is required, the system executes logic to ensure that move gccs-n101-entity-id-cde to ws-4040-n1-code for validation.
Given
The destination type is 309-DESTINATION
When
Entity validation is required
Then
Move GCCS-N101-ENTITY-ID-CDE to WS-4040-N1-CODE for validation
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00409
Set Entity Code for 5040 Validation
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the destination type is not 309-destination, and entity validation is required occurs during the 'Set Entity Code for 5040 Validation' routine, then the system must guarantee that move gccs-n101-entity-id-cde to ws-4040-n1-code for 5040 validation processing.
EXCLUDING
The destination type is not 309-DESTINATION
When
Entity validation is required
Then
Move GCCS-N101-ENTITY-ID-CDE to WS-4040-N1-CODE for 5040 validation processing
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00417
Process N1-N3-N4-PER Segments
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming entity record has passed all validation checks during the 'Process N1-N3-N4-PER Segments' routine, when entity processing is executed, the system executes logic to ensure that perform n2063-each-n1-n3-n4-per procedure to create n1, n3, n4, and per edi segments for the entity.
Given
Entity record has passed all validation checks
When
Entity processing is executed
Then
Perform N2063-EACH-N1-N3-N4-PER procedure to create N1, N3, N4, and PER EDI segments for the entity
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00420
Add Railway Entity - Canadian Pacific
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming all manifest entities have been processed during the 'Add Railway Entity - Canadian Pacific' routine, when standard railway entity needs to be added, the system executes logic to ensure that create n1 segment with entity id 'rr' and name 'canadian pacific railway'.
Given
All manifest entities have been processed
When
Standard railway entity needs to be added
Then
Create N1 segment with entity ID 'RR' and name 'CANADIAN PACIFIC RAILWAY'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00421
Create Railway N3 Address Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming railway n1 segment has been created during the 'Create Railway N3 Address Segment' routine, when railway address information is added, the system executes logic to ensure that create n3 segment with address '7550 ogdendale rd s.e.'.
Given
Railway N1 segment has been created
When
Railway address information is added
Then
Create N3 segment with address '7550 OGDENDALE RD S.E.'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00422
Create Railway N4 Location Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming railway n3 address segment has been created during the 'Create Railway N4 Location Segment' routine, when railway location information is added, the system executes logic to ensure that create n4 segment with city 'calgary', country 'ca', postal code 't2c 4x9', and state/province 'ab' in position 02 for 309-destination or position 07 for other destinations.
Given
Railway N3 address segment has been created
When
Railway location information is added
Then
Create N4 segment with city 'CALGARY', country 'CA', postal code 'T2C 4X9', and state/province 'AB' in position 02 for 309-DESTINATION or position 07 for other destinations
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00453
Destination Type Check
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid entity record needs to be processed during the 'Destination Type Check' routine, when the system checks the destination flag 309-destination, the system executes logic to ensure that if 309-destination is true, apply 4040 validation rules, otherwise apply 5040 validation rules.
Given
A valid entity record needs to be processed
When
The system checks the destination flag 309-DESTINATION
Then
If 309-DESTINATION is true, apply 4040 validation rules, otherwise apply 5040 validation rules
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00458
Process Entity Segments
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity record has passed validation checks during the 'Process Entity Segments' routine, when the entity contains valid data and meets destination requirements, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls n2063-each-n1-n3-n4-per to create transmission segments.
Given
An entity record has passed validation checks
When
The entity contains valid data and meets destination requirements
Then
The system calls N2063-EACH-N1-N3-N4-PER to create transmission segments
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00460
Check 4040 N1 Code Validity
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity with identification code exists in the manifest data during the 'Check 4040 N1 Code Validity' routine, when the destination type is 4040, the system executes logic to ensure that the system validates the entity code against the 4040 n1 code validity table.
Given
An entity with identification code exists in the manifest data
When
The destination type is 4040
Then
The system validates the entity code against the 4040 N1 code validity table
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00461
Check 5040 N1 Code Validity
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity with identification code exists in the manifest data during the 'Check 5040 N1 Code Validity' routine, when the destination type is 5040, the system executes logic to ensure that the system validates the entity code against the 5040 n1 code validity table.
Given
An entity with identification code exists in the manifest data
When
The destination type is 5040
Then
The system validates the entity code against the 5040 N1 code validity table
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00468
Accept Complete Address
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity address that has passed all required validations during the 'Accept Complete Address' routine, when all validation checks are successful, the system executes logic to ensure that the system processes the entity address data for transmission.
Given
An entity address that has passed all required validations
When
All validation checks are successful
Then
The system processes the entity address data for transmission
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00178
Get Entity Record from Database
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest requires entity address processing during the 'Get Entity Record from Database' routine, when the system processes entity records for n1-n3-n4 segment creation, the system executes logic to ensure that entity records are retrieved from gcsccs55 cargo data array up to maximum sequence number.
Given
A manifest requires entity address processing
When
The system processes entity records for N1-N3-N4 segment creation
Then
Entity records are retrieved from GCSCCS55 cargo data array up to maximum sequence number
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00180
Destination Type Check
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity record exists and needs address processing during the 'Destination Type Check' routine, when the system evaluates the destination configuration, the system executes logic to ensure that if 309-destination flag is set, apply 4040 validation rules, otherwise apply 5040 validation rules.
Given
An entity record exists and needs address processing
When
The system evaluates the destination configuration
Then
If 309-DESTINATION flag is set, apply 4040 validation rules, otherwise apply 5040 validation rules
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00183
Valid N1 Code for 4040?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity code has been validated against 4040 requirements during the 'Valid N1 Code for 4040?' routine, when the system evaluates the validation result, the system executes logic to ensure that if the entity code is valid for 4040 destination, proceed to create segments, otherwise skip the entity.
Given
An entity code has been validated against 4040 requirements
When
The system evaluates the validation result
Then
If the entity code is valid for 4040 destination, proceed to create segments, otherwise skip the entity
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00190
Create N1-N3-N4 Segments
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an entity has passed all validation checks during the 'Create N1-N3-N4 Segments' routine, when the system creates address segments, the system executes logic to ensure that n1, n3, n4, and per segments are created through n2063-each-n1-n3-n4-per procedure.
Given
An entity has passed all validation checks
When
The system creates address segments
Then
N1, N3, N4, and PER segments are created through N2063-EACH-N1-N3-N4-PER procedure
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00192
Continue to Next Entity
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming current entity processing is complete (either created segments or skipped) during the 'Continue to Next Entity' routine, when the system moves to process the next entity, the system executes logic to ensure that processing continues with the next entity record in the gcsccs55 array until maximum sequence is reached.
Given
Current entity processing is complete (either created segments or skipped)
When
The system moves to process the next entity
Then
Processing continues with the next entity record in the GCSCCS55 array until maximum sequence is reached
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00198
Set in-bond type code to '61'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest requires m12 segment processing for customs during the 'Set in-bond type code to '61'' routine, when the system creates the m12 segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the in-bond type code is set to '61'.
Given
A manifest requires M12 segment processing for customs
When
The system creates the M12 segment
Then
The in-bond type code is set to '61'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00199
Initialize M12 segment structure
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming m12 segment processing is required during the 'Initialize M12 segment structure' routine, when the system begins m12 segment creation, the system executes logic to ensure that the m12 segment structure is initialized to clear any previous values.
Given
M12 segment processing is required
When
The system begins M12 segment creation
Then
The M12 segment structure is initialized to clear any previous values
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00200
Set segment identifier to 'M12'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming m12 segment structure is initialized during the 'Set segment identifier to 'M12'' routine, when the system populates the segment identifier, the system executes logic to ensure that the segment identifier is set to 'm12'.
Given
M12 segment structure is initialized
When
The system populates the segment identifier
Then
The segment identifier is set to 'M12'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00201
Prepare transmission data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming m12 segment is populated with required data during the 'Prepare transmission data' routine, when the system prepares the segment for transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that the m12 segment data is moved to the transmission data structure.
Given
M12 segment is populated with required data
When
The system prepares the segment for transmission
Then
The M12 segment data is moved to the transmission data structure
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00202
Increment sequence number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming m12 segment is ready for transmission during the 'Increment sequence number' routine, when the system assigns sequence numbering, the system executes logic to ensure that the sequence number is incremented by 1 and assigned to the m12 segment.
Given
M12 segment is ready for transmission
When
The system assigns sequence numbering
Then
The sequence number is incremented by 1 and assigned to the M12 segment
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00203
Create M12 segment for customs processing
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming m12 segment is prepared with all required data and sequence number during the 'Create M12 segment for customs processing' routine, when the system creates the segment for transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that the m12 segment is created in the transmission system for customs processing.
Given
M12 segment is prepared with all required data and sequence number
When
The system creates the segment for transmission
Then
The M12 segment is created in the transmission system for customs processing
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00204
Set Port Function Code 'O' for Origin / Set Port Function Code 'J' for Junction
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest is being processed for r4 origin port segment creation during the 'Set Port Function Code 'O' for Origin / Set Port Function Code 'J' for Junction' routine, when the system checks the destination type (309-destination vs other), the system executes logic to ensure that if destination type is 309-destination, set port function code to 'o' (origin), otherwise set port function code to 'j' (junction).
Given
A manifest is being processed for R4 origin port segment creation
When
The system checks the destination type (309-DESTINATION vs other)
Then
If destination type is 309-DESTINATION, set port function code to 'O' (Origin), otherwise set port function code to 'J' (Junction)
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00205
Override Country Code to 'CA'
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest is being processed with origin country code and in-transit status during the 'Override Country Code to 'CA'' routine, when the in-transit status equals 'r' (return status), the system executes logic to ensure that override the country code to 'ca' regardless of the original origin country.
Given
A manifest is being processed with origin country code and in-transit status
When
The in-transit status equals 'R' (return status)
Then
Override the country code to 'CA' regardless of the original origin country
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00206
Use Manifest From Trans Code / Use Manifest To Trans Code
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest is being processed for customs district r4 segment with port function code '4' during the 'Use Manifest From Trans Code / Use Manifest To Trans Code' routine, when the system checks the csa indicator status, the system executes logic to ensure that if csa indicator is on, use manifest from transaction code as location identifier, otherwise use manifest to transaction code as location identifier.
Given
A manifest is being processed for customs district R4 segment with port function code '4'
When
The system checks the CSA indicator status
Then
If CSA indicator is ON, use manifest from transaction code as location identifier, otherwise use manifest to transaction code as location identifier
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00207
Set Sub-Location Code as Terminal Name
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest is being processed for destination port r4 segment, and the destination type is not 309-destination occurs during the 'Set Sub-Location Code as Terminal Name' routine, then the system must guarantee that set the sub-location code as the terminal name in the r4 segment.
EXCLUDING
A manifest is being processed for destination port R4 segment
When
The destination type is NOT 309-DESTINATION
Then
Set the sub-location code as the terminal name in the R4 segment
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00208
Set Port Function Code 'E' for Export / Set Port Function Code 'R' for Rail
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest is being processed for final destination r4 segment creation during the 'Set Port Function Code 'E' for Export / Set Port Function Code 'R' for Rail' routine, when the system checks the destination type (309-destination vs other), the system executes logic to ensure that if destination type is 309-destination, set port function code to 'e' (export), otherwise set port function code to 'r' (rail destination).
Given
A manifest is being processed for final destination R4 segment creation
When
The system checks the destination type (309-DESTINATION vs other)
Then
If destination type is 309-DESTINATION, set port function code to 'E' (Export), otherwise set port function code to 'R' (Rail destination)
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00209
Set Destination Station State Code
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest is being processed for origin and final destination r4 segments during the 'Set Destination Station State Code' routine, when the system processes state/province codes for different destination types, the system executes logic to ensure that for 309-destination, assign origin station state code to r4-08-prov-state-code for origin segment, and for non-309 destinations, assign origin station state code to r4-08-prov-state-code for origin segment and destination station state code to r4-08-prov-state-code for final destination segment.
Given
A manifest is being processed for origin and final destination R4 segments
When
The system processes state/province codes for different destination types
Then
For 309-DESTINATION, assign origin station state code to R4-08-PROV-STATE-CODE for origin segment, and for non-309 destinations, assign origin station state code to R4-08-PROV-STATE-CODE for origin segment and destination station state code to R4-08-PROV-STATE-CODE for final destination segment
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00423
Set Port Function Code 'O' for Origin
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest is being processed for port function code assignment during the 'Set Port Function Code 'O' for Origin' routine, when the destination type is 309-destination, the system executes logic to ensure that the port function code should be set to 'o' for origin.
Given
A manifest is being processed for port function code assignment
When
The destination type is 309-destination
Then
The port function code should be set to 'O' for origin
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00424
Set Port Function Code 'J' for Junction
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest is being processed for port function code assignment, and the destination type is not 309-destination occurs during the 'Set Port Function Code 'J' for Junction' routine, then the system must guarantee that the port function code should be set to 'j' for junction and the origin station state code should be added to province/state code field.
EXCLUDING
A manifest is being processed for port function code assignment
When
The destination type is not 309-destination
Then
The port function code should be set to 'J' for junction and the origin station state code should be added to province/state code field
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00425
Set Port Function Code '3' for Customs District
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming the first r4 segment for origin port has been created during the 'Set Port Function Code '3' for Customs District' routine, when processing the second r4 segment for customs district, the system executes logic to ensure that the port function code should be set to '3' and location qualifier should be set to 'cd'.
Given
The first R4 segment for origin port has been created
When
Processing the second R4 segment for customs district
Then
The port function code should be set to '3' and location qualifier should be set to 'CD'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00426
Use From-Station Trans Code
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming processing the third r4 segment for destination port during the 'Use From-Station Trans Code' routine, when the csa indicator is on, the system executes logic to ensure that the location identifier should use the manifest from-station transaction code.
Given
Processing the third R4 segment for destination port
When
The CSA indicator is on
Then
The location identifier should use the manifest from-station transaction code
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00427
Use To-Station Trans Code
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming processing the third r4 segment for destination port during the 'Use To-Station Trans Code' routine, when the csa indicator is off, the system executes logic to ensure that the location identifier should use the manifest to-station transaction code.
Given
Processing the third R4 segment for destination port
When
The CSA indicator is off
Then
The location identifier should use the manifest to-station transaction code
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00428
Set Port Function Code '4' for Destination
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming the second r4 segment for customs district has been created during the 'Set Port Function Code '4' for Destination' routine, when processing the third r4 segment for destination port, the system executes logic to ensure that the port function code should be set to '4' and location qualifier should be set to 'cd'.
Given
The second R4 segment for customs district has been created
When
Processing the third R4 segment for destination port
Then
The port function code should be set to '4' and location qualifier should be set to 'CD'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00429
Add Terminal Name if Not 309-Destination
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If processing the third r4 segment for destination port, and the destination type is not 309-destination occurs during the 'Add Terminal Name if Not 309-Destination' routine, then the system must guarantee that the sub-location code should be added to the terminal name field.
EXCLUDING
Processing the third R4 segment for destination port
When
The destination type is not 309-destination
Then
The sub-location code should be added to the terminal name field
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00430
Set Port Function Code 'E' for Export
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming processing the fourth r4 segment for final destination during the 'Set Port Function Code 'E' for Export' routine, when the destination type is 309-destination, the system executes logic to ensure that the port function code should be set to 'e' for export.
Given
Processing the fourth R4 segment for final destination
When
The destination type is 309-destination
Then
The port function code should be set to 'E' for export
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00431
Set Port Function Code 'R' for Rail
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If processing the fourth r4 segment for final destination, and the destination type is not 309-destination occurs during the 'Set Port Function Code 'R' for Rail' routine, then the system must guarantee that the port function code should be set to 'r' for rail and the destination station state code should be added to province/state code field.
EXCLUDING
Processing the fourth R4 segment for final destination
When
The destination type is not 309-destination
Then
The port function code should be set to 'R' for rail and the destination station state code should be added to province/state code field
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00470
CSA Indicator Processing
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest record with csa indicator status and both from-station and to-station transaction codes available during the 'CSA Indicator Processing' routine, when the system processes r4 port function code 4 segment for destination border crossing, the system executes logic to ensure that if csa indicator is on, use the from-station transaction code as the location identifier, otherwise use the to-station transaction code as the location identifier.
Given
A manifest record with CSA indicator status and both from-station and to-station transaction codes available
When
The system processes R4 port function code 4 segment for destination border crossing
Then
If CSA indicator is ON, use the from-station transaction code as the location identifier, otherwise use the to-station transaction code as the location identifier
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00210
Set Equipment Description to 'CN' - Container / Set Equipment Description to 'RR' - Rail Car
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest record with equipment information is being processed for vid segment creation during the 'Set Equipment Description to 'CN' - Container / Set Equipment Description to 'RR' - Rail Car' routine, when the system checks the conveying car field in the manifest data, the system executes logic to ensure that if conveying car field contains data, set equipment description code to 'cn' for container, otherwise set to 'rr' for rail car.
Given
A manifest record with equipment information is being processed for VID segment creation
When
The system checks the conveying car field in the manifest data
Then
If conveying car field contains data, set equipment description code to 'CN' for container, otherwise set to 'RR' for rail car
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00211
Set Equipment Initial from Manifest
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a vid segment is being created for equipment identification during the 'Set Equipment Initial from Manifest' routine, when the equipment initial field is populated from manifest data, the system executes logic to ensure that the equipment car initial from manifest is assigned to the vid equipment initial field.
Given
A VID segment is being created for equipment identification
When
The equipment initial field is populated from manifest data
Then
The equipment car initial from manifest is assigned to the VID equipment initial field
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00212
Set Equipment Number from Manifest
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a vid segment is being created for equipment identification during the 'Set Equipment Number from Manifest' routine, when the equipment number field is populated from manifest data, the system executes logic to ensure that the equipment car number from manifest is assigned to the vid equipment number field.
Given
A VID segment is being created for equipment identification
When
The equipment number field is populated from manifest data
Then
The equipment car number from manifest is assigned to the VID equipment number field
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00213
Default Equipment Initial to 'NONZ'
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a vid segment requires an equipment initial identifier during the 'Default Equipment Initial to 'NONZ'' routine, when the equipment car initial field in manifest data is empty or spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that set the equipment initial to default value 'nonz'.
Given
A VID segment requires an equipment initial identifier
When
The equipment car initial field in manifest data is empty or spaces
Then
Set the equipment initial to default value 'NONZ'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00214
Default Equipment Number to '00000000'
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a vid segment requires an equipment number identifier during the 'Default Equipment Number to '00000000'' routine, when the equipment car number field in manifest data is empty, spaces, or contains zeros, the system executes logic to ensure that set the equipment number to default value '00000000'.
Given
A VID segment requires an equipment number identifier
When
The equipment car number field in manifest data is empty, spaces, or contains zeros
Then
Set the equipment number to default value '00000000'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00215
Set Load/Empty Status from Manifest
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a vid segment is being created with equipment status information during the 'Set Load/Empty Status from Manifest' routine, when the load empty status field is populated from manifest data, the system executes logic to ensure that the load empty status from manifest is assigned to the vid load empty status code field.
Given
A VID segment is being created with equipment status information
When
The load empty status field is populated from manifest data
Then
The load empty status from manifest is assigned to the VID load empty status code field
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00216
Clear Seal Number Fields
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a vid segment is being prepared for equipment identification during the 'Clear Seal Number Fields' routine, when seal number fields need to be initialized, the system executes logic to ensure that set both seal number fields to spaces as seal data is processed in separate segments.
Given
A VID segment is being prepared for equipment identification
When
Seal number fields need to be initialized
Then
Set both seal number fields to spaces as seal data is processed in separate segments
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00218
Initialize M7 segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a new m7 segment needs to be created for seal numbers during the 'Initialize M7 segment' routine, when the system starts processing a group of up to 4 seals, the system executes logic to ensure that initialize the m7 segment structure to clear any previous data.
Given
A new M7 segment needs to be created for seal numbers
When
The system starts processing a group of up to 4 seals
Then
Initialize the M7 segment structure to clear any previous data
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00219
Set M7 identifier
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming an initialized m7 segment structure during the 'Set M7 identifier' routine, when the system needs to identify the segment type, the system executes logic to ensure that set the m7 identifier to 'm7 ' to indicate this is a seal number segment.
Given
An initialized M7 segment structure
When
The system needs to identify the segment type
Then
Set the M7 identifier to 'M7 ' to indicate this is a seal number segment
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00224
Format M7 segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a populated m7 segment with seal numbers during the 'Format M7 segment' routine, when the system prepares the segment for transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that replace all underscore characters with spaces in the m7 segment.
Given
A populated M7 segment with seal numbers
When
The system prepares the segment for transmission
Then
Replace all underscore characters with spaces in the M7 segment
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00225
Create M7 transmission segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a formatted m7 segment with seal numbers and sequence number incremented during the 'Create M7 transmission segment' routine, when the system creates the transmission segment, the system executes logic to ensure that move the m7 segment to transmission data, set accept status to spaces, and perform transmission creation.
Given
A formatted M7 segment with seal numbers and sequence number incremented
When
The system creates the transmission segment
Then
Move the M7 segment to transmission data, set accept status to spaces, and perform transmission creation
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00226
Initialize N10 segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest record requires n10 segment processing during the 'Initialize N10 segment' routine, when the n10 processing begins, the system executes logic to ensure that the n10 segment structure is initialized to empty values.
Given
A manifest record requires N10 segment processing
When
The N10 processing begins
Then
The N10 segment structure is initialized to empty values
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00227
Set lading quantity from manifest
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest contains lading quantity information during the 'Set lading quantity from manifest' routine, when processing the n10 segment for quantity data, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest lading quantity is assigned to the n10 quantity field.
Given
A manifest contains lading quantity information
When
Processing the N10 segment for quantity data
Then
The manifest lading quantity is assigned to the N10 quantity field
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00228
Set shipper load and count description
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest contains shipper load and count information during the 'Set shipper load and count description' routine, when processing the n10 segment description field, the system executes logic to ensure that the shipper load and count data is assigned to the n10 free form description field.
Given
A manifest contains shipper load and count information
When
Processing the N10 segment description field
Then
The shipper load and count data is assigned to the N10 free form description field
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00229
Set weight unit code to 'K' for KG
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest has weight unit qualifier of 'kg ' or ' kg' during the 'Set weight unit code to 'K' for KG' routine, when determining the weight unit code for n10 segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the weight unit code is set to 'k'.
Given
A manifest has weight unit qualifier of 'KG ' or ' KG'
When
Determining the weight unit code for N10 segment
Then
The weight unit code is set to 'K'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00230
Set weight unit code to 'L' for LB
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest has weight unit qualifier of 'lb ' or ' lb' during the 'Set weight unit code to 'L' for LB' routine, when determining the weight unit code for n10 segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the weight unit code is set to 'l'.
Given
A manifest has weight unit qualifier of 'LB ' or ' LB'
When
Determining the weight unit code for N10 segment
Then
The weight unit code is set to 'L'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00231
Set weight unit code to 'E' for other
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest has weight unit qualifier that is not 'kg', ' kg', 'lb', or ' lb', and determining the weight unit code for n10 segment occurs during the 'Set weight unit code to 'E' for other' routine, then the system must guarantee that the weight unit code is set to 'e'.
EXCLUDING
A manifest has weight unit qualifier that is not 'KG', ' KG', 'LB', or ' LB'
When
Determining the weight unit code for N10 segment
Then
The weight unit code is set to 'E'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00232
Set weight from manifest
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest contains weight information during the 'Set weight from manifest' routine, when processing the n10 segment weight field, the system executes logic to ensure that the manifest weight value is assigned to the n10 weight field.
Given
A manifest contains weight information
When
Processing the N10 segment weight field
Then
The manifest weight value is assigned to the N10 weight field
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00233
Set quantity to zero for idler
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest record represents an idler car (ws-idler-car-found is true) during the 'Set quantity to zero for idler' routine, when setting the quantity for the n10 segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the quantity is set to zero regardless of the original lading quantity.
Given
A manifest record represents an idler car (WS-IDLER-CAR-FOUND is true)
When
Setting the quantity for the N10 segment
Then
The quantity is set to zero regardless of the original lading quantity
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00234
Keep original lading quantity
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest record is not an idler car (ws-idler-car-found is false), and setting the quantity for the n10 segment occurs during the 'Keep original lading quantity' routine, then the system must guarantee that the original lading quantity from the manifest is retained.
EXCLUDING
A manifest record is not an idler car (WS-IDLER-CAR-FOUND is false)
When
Setting the quantity for the N10 segment
Then
The original lading quantity from the manifest is retained
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00235
Set manifest unit code
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest contains lading quantity qualifier information during the 'Set manifest unit code' routine, when processing the n10 segment unit code field, the system executes logic to ensure that the lading quantity qualifier is assigned to the n10 manifest unit code field.
Given
A manifest contains lading quantity qualifier information
When
Processing the N10 segment unit code field
Then
The lading quantity qualifier is assigned to the N10 manifest unit code field
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00236
Create primary N10 segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming all n10 segment fields have been populated with manifest data during the 'Create primary N10 segment' routine, when creating the primary n10 transmission segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the n10 segment is created and added to the transmission with incremented sequence number.
Given
All N10 segment fields have been populated with manifest data
When
Creating the primary N10 transmission segment
Then
The N10 segment is created and added to the transmission with incremented sequence number
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00237
Extract lading description from manifest
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest contains lading description information during the 'Extract lading description from manifest' routine, when processing description data for additional n10 segments, the system executes logic to ensure that the lading description is extracted and prepared for segment creation.
Given
A manifest contains lading description information
When
Processing description data for additional N10 segments
Then
The lading description is extracted and prepared for segment creation
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00238
Process description array
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming lading description data exists in an array format during the 'Process description array' routine, when processing the description array for n10 segments, the system executes logic to ensure that each non-empty description line is identified for individual n10 segment creation.
Given
Lading description data exists in an array format
When
Processing the description array for N10 segments
Then
Each non-empty description line is identified for individual N10 segment creation
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00240
Create additional N10 segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming additional description lines exist for processing during the 'Create additional N10 segment' routine, when creating additional n10 segments for description data, the system executes logic to ensure that a new n10 segment structure is initialized for description-only content.
Given
Additional description lines exist for processing
When
Creating additional N10 segments for description data
Then
A new N10 segment structure is initialized for description-only content
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00241
Set quantity to zero for description
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an n10 segment is being created for description-only content during the 'Set quantity to zero for description' routine, when setting the quantity field for the description n10 segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the quantity is set to zero since this segment contains only descriptive text.
Given
An N10 segment is being created for description-only content
When
Setting the quantity field for the description N10 segment
Then
The quantity is set to zero since this segment contains only descriptive text
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00242
Set description text
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a specific description line from the description array is being processed during the 'Set description text' routine, when setting the description field for an n10 segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the description line text is assigned to the n10 free form description field.
Given
A specific description line from the description array is being processed
When
Setting the description field for an N10 segment
Then
The description line text is assigned to the N10 free form description field
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00243
Create description N10 segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an n10 segment with description text and zero quantity is prepared during the 'Create description N10 segment' routine, when creating the description n10 transmission segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the n10 segment is created and added to the transmission with incremented sequence number.
Given
An N10 segment with description text and zero quantity is prepared
When
Creating the description N10 transmission segment
Then
The N10 segment is created and added to the transmission with incremented sequence number
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00245
Description index > 500?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is processing lading descriptions sequentially during the 'Description index > 500?' routine, when the description index reaches or exceeds position 500, the system executes logic to ensure that the description expansion process terminates to prevent exceeding system limits.
Given
The system is processing lading descriptions sequentially
When
The description index reaches or exceeds position 500
Then
The description expansion process terminates to prevent exceeding system limits
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00247
Create N10 segment for description
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid description exists at the current index position during the 'Create N10 segment for description' routine, when the system processes the description content, the system executes logic to ensure that a new n10 segment is created to hold the description data.
Given
A valid description exists at the current index position
When
The system processes the description content
Then
A new N10 segment is created to hold the description data
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00248
Set segment identifier to 'N10'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming an n10 segment is being created for description content during the 'Set segment identifier to 'N10'' routine, when the segment identifier field needs to be populated, the system executes logic to ensure that the segment identifier is set to 'n10' to comply with edi standards.
Given
An N10 segment is being created for description content
When
The segment identifier field needs to be populated
Then
The segment identifier is set to 'N10' to comply with EDI standards
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00249
Set quantity to zero
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming an n10 segment is being created specifically for description text during the 'Set quantity to zero' routine, when the quantity field needs to be populated, the system executes logic to ensure that the quantity is set to zero since this segment contains only descriptive information.
Given
An N10 segment is being created specifically for description text
When
The quantity field needs to be populated
Then
The quantity is set to zero since this segment contains only descriptive information
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00250
Move description text to free form description field
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming valid description text exists at the current index position during the 'Move description text to free form description field' routine, when the n10 segment is being populated with content, the system executes logic to ensure that the description text is moved to the free form description field of the n10 segment.
Given
Valid description text exists at the current index position
When
The N10 segment is being populated with content
Then
The description text is moved to the free form description field of the N10 segment
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00251
Increment sequence number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a new n10 segment has been created for description content during the 'Increment sequence number' routine, when the segment needs to be assigned a sequence number, the system executes logic to ensure that the sequence number is incremented by 1 to maintain proper edi transmission ordering.
Given
A new N10 segment has been created for description content
When
The segment needs to be assigned a sequence number
Then
The sequence number is incremented by 1 to maintain proper EDI transmission ordering
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00252
Create dependent segment in transmission
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an n10 segment has been fully populated with description data and sequence number during the 'Create dependent segment in transmission' routine, when the segment is ready for transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that the segment is created as a dependent segment in the edi transmission structure.
Given
An N10 segment has been fully populated with description data and sequence number
When
The segment is ready for transmission
Then
The segment is created as a dependent segment in the EDI transmission structure
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00254
UN Number exists and not 'NA'? AND Commodity danger description exists?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest contains commodity information during the 'UN Number exists and not 'NA'? AND Commodity danger description exists?' routine, when the system checks for hazardous material processing requirements, the system executes logic to ensure that processing continues only if un number exists, is not 'na', and commodity danger description is present, otherwise hazmat processing is skipped.
Given
A manifest contains commodity information
When
The system checks for hazardous material processing requirements
Then
Processing continues only if UN number exists, is not 'NA', and commodity danger description is present, otherwise hazmat processing is skipped
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00255
Destination Type Check
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest has valid hazardous material information and destination type is determined during the 'Destination Type Check' routine, when the system processes h1 hazardous material segment, the system executes logic to ensure that if destination is 309-destination, use full un number in h1-01 field, otherwise use only last 4 digits of un number.
Given
A manifest has valid hazardous material information and destination type is determined
When
The system processes H1 hazardous material segment
Then
If destination is 309-DESTINATION, use full UN number in H1-01 field, otherwise use only last 4 digits of UN number
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00256
Initialize H1 Segment AND Set Full UN Number in H1-01 AND Set Last 4 Digits of UN Number in H1-01 AND Set Commodity Danger Description in H1-04 AND Clear Contact and Packing Group Fields
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming valid hazardous material information exists and destination type is determined during the 'Initialize H1 Segment AND Set Full UN Number in H1-01 AND Set Last 4 Digits of UN Number in H1-01 AND Set Commodity Danger Description in H1-04 AND Clear Contact and Packing Group Fields' routine, when the system creates h1 hazardous material segment, the system executes logic to ensure that initialize h1 segment, set appropriate un number format in h1-01, set commodity danger description in h1-04, and clear contact and packing group fields to spaces.
Given
Valid hazardous material information exists and destination type is determined
When
The system creates H1 hazardous material segment
Then
Initialize H1 segment, set appropriate UN number format in H1-01, set commodity danger description in H1-04, and clear contact and packing group fields to spaces
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00257
Process H2 Description Segments AND Initialize H2 Segment AND Description Line Available? AND Set Description in H2-01
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming h1 segment has been created and description lines are available for processing during the 'Process H2 Description Segments AND Initialize H2 Segment AND Description Line Available? AND Set Description in H2-01' routine, when the system processes h2 description segments, the system executes logic to ensure that for each available description line up to 8 lines, initialize h2 segment and set description text in h2-01 field.
Given
H1 segment has been created and description lines are available for processing
When
The system processes H2 description segments
Then
For each available description line up to 8 lines, initialize H2 segment and set description text in H2-01 field
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00258
Format Single Character Descriptions
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming an h2 description segment contains a single character in the first position and spaces in positions 2-29 during the 'Format Single Character Descriptions' routine, when the system formats the h2 description field, the system executes logic to ensure that append a period after the single character to create proper formatting (e.g., 'a' becomes 'a.').
Given
An H2 description segment contains a single character in the first position and spaces in positions 2-29
When
The system formats the H2 description field
Then
Append a period after the single character to create proper formatting (e.g., 'A' becomes 'A.')
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00259
Is Idler Shipment?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest record with shipment classification data during the 'Is Idler Shipment?' routine, when the system evaluates the shipment type for idler car processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the system identifies whether the shipment is an idler shipment based on the gccc-idler-shipment flag.
Given
A manifest record with shipment classification data
When
The system evaluates the shipment type for idler car processing
Then
The system identifies whether the shipment is an idler shipment based on the GCCC-IDLER-SHIPMENT flag
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00260
Notify Customs?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an idler shipment that requires follower car processing during the 'Notify Customs?' routine, when the system checks notification requirements, the system executes logic to ensure that the system verifies that customs notification flag gcws309c-notify-customs is enabled.
Given
An idler shipment that requires follower car processing
When
The system checks notification requirements
Then
The system verifies that customs notification flag GCWS309C-NOTIFY-CUSTOMS is enabled
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00262
Set CCN Key for Follower Search
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming initialized follower processing environment during the 'Set CCN Key for Follower Search' routine, when the system prepares to search for follower cars, the system executes logic to ensure that the system assigns the main manifest ccn key (gccc-ccn-key) to the follower search key (gcb0rt-ccn-key).
Given
Initialized follower processing environment
When
The system prepares to search for follower cars
Then
The system assigns the main manifest CCN key (GCCC-CCN-KEY) to the follower search key (GCB0RT-CCN-KEY)
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00265
Is Follower Manifest?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a successfully retrieved follower car record during the 'Is Follower Manifest?' routine, when the system validates the follower car data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system checks if gccc-follower-mfst flag indicates a valid manifest entry.
Given
A successfully retrieved follower car record
When
The system validates the follower car data
Then
The system checks if GCCC-FOLLOWER-MFST flag indicates a valid manifest entry
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00266
Create VID Segment for Follower
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid follower manifest record during the 'Create VID Segment for Follower' routine, when the system processes the follower car equipment information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates a vid (vehicle identification) segment containing the follower car details.
Given
A valid follower manifest record
When
The system processes the follower car equipment information
Then
The system creates a VID (Vehicle Identification) segment containing the follower car details
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00267
Destination Type?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a follower car with vid segment created during the 'Destination Type?' routine, when the system evaluates the destination configuration, the system executes logic to ensure that if the destination is 309-destination type, the system proceeds with n10 description processing, otherwise skips to next follower.
Given
A follower car with VID segment created
When
The system evaluates the destination configuration
Then
If the destination is 309-DESTINATION type, the system proceeds with N10 description processing, otherwise skips to next follower
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00268
Create N10 Description Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a follower car with 309 destination type during the 'Create N10 Description Segment' routine, when the system processes the follower car cargo description, the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates an n10 segment containing quantity and description information for the follower car.
Given
A follower car with 309 destination type
When
The system processes the follower car cargo description
Then
The system creates an N10 segment containing quantity and description information for the follower car
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00269
Has Hazardous Material?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a follower car with n10 description segment created during the 'Has Hazardous Material?' routine, when the system checks for hazardous material indicators, the system executes logic to ensure that if un-number is not spaces and not starting with 'na' and commodity danger description is not spaces, the system identifies hazardous material presence.
Given
A follower car with N10 description segment created
When
The system checks for hazardous material indicators
Then
If UN-NUMBER is not SPACES and not starting with 'NA' and commodity danger description is not SPACES, the system identifies hazardous material presence
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00270
Create H1-H2 Hazmat Segments
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a follower car identified as containing hazardous materials during the 'Create H1-H2 Hazmat Segments' routine, when the system processes the hazardous material information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates h1 and h2 segments containing the un number, hazard class, and danger descriptions for the follower car.
Given
A follower car identified as containing hazardous materials
When
The system processes the hazardous material information
Then
The system creates H1 and H2 segments containing the UN number, hazard class, and danger descriptions for the follower car
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00271
Continue to Next Follower
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming completion of current follower car processing (with or without additional segments) during the 'Continue to Next Follower' routine, when the system prepares for the next iteration, the system executes logic to ensure that the system changes the database function to gn (get next) and returns to retrieve the next follower car.
Given
Completion of current follower car processing (with or without additional segments)
When
The system prepares for the next iteration
Then
The system changes the database function to GN (Get Next) and returns to retrieve the next follower car
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00432
Initialize End-of-Followers Flag
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest contains idler shipment indicator and customs notification is required during the 'Initialize End-of-Followers Flag' routine, when the system begins processing follower cars, the system executes logic to ensure that the end-of-followers flag is cleared and ccn key is set for database retrieval.
Given
A manifest contains idler shipment indicator and customs notification is required
When
The system begins processing follower cars
Then
The end-of-followers flag is cleared and CCN key is set for database retrieval
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00433
Set CCN Key for Database Query
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming idler car processing has been initiated during the 'Set CCN Key for Database Query' routine, when the system prepares to query the database for follower cars, the system executes logic to ensure that the ccn key is set to the main manifest ccn and database function is set to get unique.
Given
Idler car processing has been initiated
When
The system prepares to query the database for follower cars
Then
The CCN key is set to the main manifest CCN and database function is set to Get Unique
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00436
Is Follower Manifested?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an idler car record has been successfully retrieved from the database during the 'Is Follower Manifested?' routine, when the system checks the follower manifest indicator, the system executes logic to ensure that if gccc-follower-mfst is true, the car is processed for edi segments, otherwise it is skipped.
Given
An idler car record has been successfully retrieved from the database
When
The system checks the follower manifest indicator
Then
If GCCC-FOLLOWER-MFST is true, the car is processed for EDI segments, otherwise it is skipped
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00437
Create VID Equipment Segment for Follower Car
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a follower car is confirmed as manifested during the 'Create VID Equipment Segment for Follower Car' routine, when the system processes the follower car for edi transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that a vid segment is created with the follower car's equipment information including car initial, number, and load status.
Given
A follower car is confirmed as manifested
When
The system processes the follower car for EDI transmission
Then
A VID segment is created with the follower car's equipment information including car initial, number, and load status
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00438
Destination Type Check
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a vid segment has been created for a follower car during the 'Destination Type Check' routine, when the system checks if the destination is 309-destination type, the system executes logic to ensure that if 309-destination, additional n10 and hazmat segments are processed; otherwise only basic vid segment is created.
Given
A VID segment has been created for a follower car
When
The system checks if the destination is 309-DESTINATION type
Then
If 309-DESTINATION, additional N10 and hazmat segments are processed; otherwise only basic VID segment is created
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00439
Create N10 Description Segment for Follower
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a follower car is being processed and destination type is 309-destination during the 'Create N10 Description Segment for Follower' routine, when the system creates commodity description segments, the system executes logic to ensure that an n10 segment is generated with quantity set to zero for follower cars and commodity description details.
Given
A follower car is being processed and destination type is 309-DESTINATION
When
The system creates commodity description segments
Then
An N10 segment is generated with quantity set to zero for follower cars and commodity description details
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00440
Follower Has Hazardous Material?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an n10 segment has been created for a follower car during the 'Follower Has Hazardous Material?' routine, when the system checks for hazardous material indicators, the system executes logic to ensure that if un number is not spaces, not 'na', and commodity danger description exists, hazmat segments are created.
Given
An N10 segment has been created for a follower car
When
The system checks for hazardous material indicators
Then
If UN number is not spaces, not 'NA', and commodity danger description exists, hazmat segments are created
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00441
Create H1-H2 Hazardous Material Segments for Follower
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a follower car contains valid hazardous material information during the 'Create H1-H2 Hazardous Material Segments for Follower' routine, when the system processes hazardous material data, the system executes logic to ensure that h1 segment is created with un number and hazmat description, followed by h2 segments for additional hazmat details.
Given
A follower car contains valid hazardous material information
When
The system processes hazardous material data
Then
H1 segment is created with UN number and hazmat description, followed by H2 segments for additional hazmat details
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00442
Set Database Function to GN - Get Next
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If current idler car processing is complete or the car was not manifested, and the system prepares to retrieve the next idler car occurs during the 'Set Database Function to GN - Get Next' routine, then the system must guarantee that database function is set to gn (get next) to continue sequential processing.
EXCLUDING
Current idler car processing is complete or the car was not manifested
When
The system prepares to retrieve the next idler car
Then
Database function is set to GN (Get Next) to continue sequential processing
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00471
Initialize End-of-Followers Flag to Spaces
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest contains idler shipment cars that need to be processed during the 'Initialize End-of-Followers Flag to Spaces' routine, when the system begins follower car iteration processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the end-of-followers flag is set to spaces to indicate processing has not completed.
Given
A manifest contains idler shipment cars that need to be processed
When
The system begins follower car iteration processing
Then
The end-of-followers flag is set to spaces to indicate processing has not completed
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00472
Set CCN Key for Database Search
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest ccn key exists for the current shipment during the 'Set CCN Key for Database Search' routine, when the system needs to search for associated follower cars, the system executes logic to ensure that the ccn key is set as the database search parameter for follower car retrieval.
Given
A manifest CCN key exists for the current shipment
When
The system needs to search for associated follower cars
Then
The CCN key is set as the database search parameter for follower car retrieval
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00478
Is Follower Manifest Car?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a follower car record has been retrieved from the database during the 'Is Follower Manifest Car?' routine, when the system evaluates if the car should be included in manifest processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the car is processed for manifest segments if it qualifies as a follower manifest car, otherwise it is skipped.
Given
A follower car record has been retrieved from the database
When
The system evaluates if the car should be included in manifest processing
Then
The car is processed for manifest segments if it qualifies as a follower manifest car, otherwise it is skipped
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00479
Process VID Segment for Follower
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a follower car qualifies for manifest processing during the 'Process VID Segment for Follower' routine, when the system processes vehicle information for the follower car, the system executes logic to ensure that a vid segment is generated containing the follower car's equipment details.
Given
A follower car qualifies for manifest processing
When
The system processes vehicle information for the follower car
Then
A VID segment is generated containing the follower car's equipment details
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00480
Process N10 Description for Follower
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a follower car has been processed for vehicle information during the 'Process N10 Description for Follower' routine, when the system processes description and quantity information for the follower car, the system executes logic to ensure that an n10 segment is generated containing the follower car's cargo description and quantity details.
Given
A follower car has been processed for vehicle information
When
The system processes description and quantity information for the follower car
Then
An N10 segment is generated containing the follower car's cargo description and quantity details
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00481
Hazardous Material Present?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a follower car has been processed for basic manifest information during the 'Hazardous Material Present?' routine, when the system checks for hazardous material indicators, the system executes logic to ensure that hazmat processing is performed if un number exists and is not 'na', and commodity danger description is present, otherwise hazmat processing is skipped.
Given
A follower car has been processed for basic manifest information
When
The system checks for hazardous material indicators
Then
Hazmat processing is performed if UN number exists and is not 'NA', and commodity danger description is present, otherwise hazmat processing is skipped
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00482
Process H1-H2 Hazmat for Follower
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a follower car contains hazardous materials during the 'Process H1-H2 Hazmat for Follower' routine, when the system processes hazardous material information for the follower car, the system executes logic to ensure that h1 and h2 segments are generated containing the follower car's hazardous material classification and description.
Given
A follower car contains hazardous materials
When
The system processes hazardous material information for the follower car
Then
H1 and H2 segments are generated containing the follower car's hazardous material classification and description
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00272
Access AU Table for Automotive Check
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest with consignee chop and commodity code information, and both consignee chop and commodity code are not empty occurs during the 'Access AU Table for Automotive Check' routine, then the system must guarantee that retrieve automotive type information from au table using chop and commodity code as lookup keys.
EXCLUDING
A manifest with consignee CHOP and commodity code information
When
Both consignee CHOP and commodity code are not empty
Then
Retrieve automotive type information from AU table using CHOP and commodity code as lookup keys
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00274
Access SC Table for Station Codes
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest with from-station information during the 'Access SC Table for Station Codes' routine, when station code lookup is performed using from-station as key, the system executes logic to ensure that retrieve corresponding station code entry from sc table.
Given
A manifest with from-station information
When
Station code lookup is performed using from-station as key
Then
Retrieve corresponding station code entry from SC table
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00275
Retrieve Station Code Entry for From-Station
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a station code lookup has been performed, and sc table entry is not found or canadian station code is '0000' occurs during the 'Retrieve Station Code Entry for From-Station' routine, then the system must guarantee that generate error message indicating sc table entry not found for the station.
EXCLUDING
A station code lookup has been performed
When
SC table entry is not found OR Canadian station code is '0000'
Then
Generate error message indicating SC table entry not found for the station
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00277
Store Export Destination Information
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If transit status and origin country information are available, and transit status is 't' or (transit status is 'l' and origin country is not ca and export destination lookup is successful) or (transit status is 'e' and origin country is not ca) occurs during the 'Store Export Destination Information' routine, then the system must guarantee that add reference segment with qualifier 'kd' and value 'in-transit'.
EXCLUDING
Transit status and origin country information are available
When
Transit status is 'T' OR (transit status is 'L' and origin country is not CA and export destination lookup is successful) OR (transit status is 'E' and origin country is not CA)
Then
Add reference segment with qualifier 'KD' and value 'IN-TRANSIT'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00443
Access AU Table for Automotive Check
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest with consignee chop and commodity code information, and both consignee chop and commodity code are not empty occurs during the 'Access AU Table for Automotive Check' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should lookup the au table using chop and commodity code as search criteria.
EXCLUDING
A manifest with consignee CHOP and commodity code information
When
Both consignee CHOP and commodity code are not empty
Then
The system should lookup the AU table using CHOP and commodity code as search criteria
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00445
Set Non-Automotive Flag
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest processing request, and either consignee chop or commodity code is empty, or au table record is not found occurs during the 'Set Non-Automotive Flag' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should set the non-automotive flag to true.
EXCLUDING
A manifest processing request
When
Either consignee CHOP or commodity code is empty, OR AU table record is not found
Then
The system should set the non-automotive flag to TRUE
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00446
Access SC Table for Station Codes
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest with from-station transportation code during the 'Access SC Table for Station Codes' routine, when processing station information lookup, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should query sc table using the from-station code as search criteria.
Given
A manifest with from-station transportation code
When
Processing station information lookup
Then
The system should query SC table using the from-station code as search criteria
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00447
Retrieve Station Name and State Code
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an sc table lookup request, and sc table record is found and canadian station code is not 0000 occurs during the 'Retrieve Station Name and State Code' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should retrieve and store the station segment information.
EXCLUDING
An SC table lookup request
When
SC table record is found and Canadian station code is not 0000
Then
The system should retrieve and store the station segment information
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00448
Generate Station Code Error Message
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an sc table lookup request, and sc table record is not found or canadian station code equals 0000 occurs during the 'Generate Station Code Error Message' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should generate an error message indicating sc table entry not found for the station.
EXCLUDING
An SC table lookup request
When
SC table record is not found OR Canadian station code equals 0000
Then
The system should generate an error message indicating SC table entry not found for the station
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00449
Access EX Table for Export Destination
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest with in-transit status information during the 'Access EX Table for Export Destination' routine, when in-transit status equals 'l' (local), the system executes logic to ensure that the system should initiate ex table lookup using destination station number.
Given
A manifest with in-transit status information
When
In-transit status equals 'L' (Local)
Then
The system should initiate EX table lookup using destination station number
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00483
Consignee CHOP and Commodity Code exist?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest with consignee chop and commodity code fields during the 'Consignee CHOP and Commodity Code exist?' routine, when the system checks for automotive release eligibility, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should verify both consignee chop and commodity code are not spaces before accessing the au table.
Given
A manifest with consignee CHOP and commodity code fields
When
The system checks for automotive release eligibility
Then
The system should verify both consignee CHOP and commodity code are not spaces before accessing the AU table
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00278
Is CCN Creation Date Numeric and Not Zero?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest record with ccn creation date field, and the ccn creation date is not numeric or equals zero occurs during the 'Is CCN Creation Date Numeric and Not Zero?' routine, then the system must guarantee that use current machine century and date for edi processing.
EXCLUDING
A manifest record with CCN creation date field
When
The CCN creation date is not numeric or equals zero
Then
Use current machine century and date for EDI processing
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00280
Extract Year from CCN Creation Date
Computation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a valid numeric ccn creation date that is not zero, and processing date for edi transmission occurs during the 'Extract Year from CCN Creation Date' routine, then the system must guarantee that move ccn creation date to year-month-day format for century determination.
EXCLUDING
A valid numeric CCN creation date that is not zero
When
Processing date for EDI transmission
Then
Move CCN creation date to year-month-day format for century determination
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00285
Call ISCDATCV Date Conversion Module
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming input date in gregorian format is prepared during the 'Call ISCDATCV Date Conversion Module' routine, when date conversion is required for edi transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that call iscdatcv module with function codes 2 for input and 1 for output format.
Given
Input date in Gregorian format is prepared
When
Date conversion is required for EDI transmission
Then
Call ISCDATCV module with function codes 2 for input and 1 for output format
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00286
Date Conversion Successful?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming date conversion module has been called during the 'Date Conversion Successful?' routine, when conversion module returns success status, the system executes logic to ensure that use converted output date for edi flight voyage number field.
Given
Date conversion module has been called
When
Conversion module returns success status
Then
Use converted output date for EDI flight voyage number field
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00287
Use Converted Date for EDI Format
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming date conversion module returned success status during the 'Use Converted Date for EDI Format' routine, when populating edi m10 segment, the system executes logic to ensure that move conversion output to m10-06-flight-voyage-num field.
Given
Date conversion module returned success status
When
Populating EDI M10 segment
Then
Move conversion output to M10-06-FLIGHT-VOYAGE-NUM field
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00288
Set Error Message for Invalid Date
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If date conversion module did not return success status, and date conversion fails occurs during the 'Set Error Message for Invalid Date' routine, then the system must guarantee that set error message 'module iscdatcv said input date is invalid' in common communication area.
EXCLUDING
Date conversion module did not return success status
When
Date conversion fails
Then
Set error message 'MODULE ISCDATCV SAID INPUT DATE IS INVALID' in common communication area
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00289
Clear Date Field
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If date conversion has failed and error message is set, and preparing edi segment with invalid date occurs during the 'Clear Date Field' routine, then the system must guarantee that move spaces to m10-06-flight-voyage-num field.
EXCLUDING
Date conversion has failed and error message is set
When
Preparing EDI segment with invalid date
Then
Move spaces to M10-06-FLIGHT-VOYAGE-NUM field
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00290
Is Border Arrival ETA empty?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest requires eta date processing for p4 segment during the 'Is Border Arrival ETA empty?' routine, when the system checks if gccc-border-arrival-eta is empty or contains low-values, the system executes logic to ensure that if gccc-border-arrival-eta is spaces or low-values, proceed to calculate new eta, otherwise use the existing gccc-border-arrival-eta value.
Given
A manifest requires ETA date processing for P4 segment
When
The system checks if GCCC-BORDER-ARRIVAL-ETA is empty or contains low-values
Then
If GCCC-BORDER-ARRIVAL-ETA is spaces or low-values, proceed to calculate new ETA, otherwise use the existing GCCC-BORDER-ARRIVAL-ETA value
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00291
Extract waybill date from manifest
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming border arrival eta needs to be calculated and waybill date is available during the 'Extract waybill date from manifest' routine, when the system processes eta calculation, the system executes logic to ensure that extract gccc-waybill-date-index and move it to dtcal-orig-date positions 3 through 6.
Given
Border arrival ETA needs to be calculated and waybill date is available
When
The system processes ETA calculation
Then
Extract GCCC-WAYBILL-DATE-INDEX and move it to DTCAL-ORIG-DATE positions 3 through 6
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00296
Use calculated ETA date
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming date calculation service completed successfully during the 'Use calculated ETA date' routine, when the system processes the calculated result, the system executes logic to ensure that move dtcal-new-date to gccc-border-arrival-eta for use in p4 segment.
Given
Date calculation service completed successfully
When
The system processes the calculated result
Then
Move DTCAL-NEW-DATE to GCCC-BORDER-ARRIVAL-ETA for use in P4 segment
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00297
Set ETA date in P4 segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming eta date has been determined (either calculated or existing gccc-border-arrival-eta) during the 'Set ETA date in P4 segment' routine, when the system builds the p4 segment for transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that move gccc-border-arrival-eta to p4-02-eta-date.
Given
ETA date has been determined (either calculated or existing GCCC-BORDER-ARRIVAL-ETA)
When
The system builds the P4 segment for transmission
Then
Move GCCC-BORDER-ARRIVAL-ETA to P4-02-ETA-DATE
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00298
Set Application Type to '29' for Transit
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest record with in-transit status indicator during the 'Set Application Type to '29' for Transit' routine, when the in-transit status equals 't' (transit), the system executes logic to ensure that the application type should be set to '29' for transit shipments.
Given
A manifest record with in-transit status indicator
When
The in-transit status equals 'T' (Transit)
Then
The application type should be set to '29' for transit shipments
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00299
Set Application Type to '27' for Non-Transit
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest record with in-transit status indicator, and the in-transit status is not equal to 't' (transit) occurs during the 'Set Application Type to '27' for Non-Transit' routine, then the system must guarantee that the application type should be set to '27' for regular shipments.
EXCLUDING
A manifest record with in-transit status indicator
When
The in-transit status is not equal to 'T' (Transit)
Then
The application type should be set to '27' for regular shipments
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00300
Override Country Code to 'CA'
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest record with in-transit status and original country code during the 'Override Country Code to 'CA'' routine, when the in-transit status equals the return status indicator, the system executes logic to ensure that the country code should be overridden to 'ca' (canada) in the r4 segment.
Given
A manifest record with in-transit status and original country code
When
The in-transit status equals the return status indicator
Then
The country code should be overridden to 'CA' (Canada) in the R4 segment
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00301
Keep Original Country Code
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest record with in-transit status and original country code, and the in-transit status does not equal the return status indicator occurs during the 'Keep Original Country Code' routine, then the system must guarantee that the original country code from the manifest should be preserved in the r4 segment.
EXCLUDING
A manifest record with in-transit status and original country code
When
The in-transit status does not equal the return status indicator
Then
The original country code from the manifest should be preserved in the R4 segment
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00302
Initialize GCX121 Input Parameters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a completed edi transmission processing session during the 'Initialize GCX121 Input Parameters' routine, when the system begins transaction completion finalization, the system executes logic to ensure that the gcx121 input parameters are initialized to default values.
Given
A completed EDI transmission processing session
When
The system begins transaction completion finalization
Then
The GCX121 input parameters are initialized to default values
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00304
Move Transmission Number to GCX121
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a transmission has been processed with a unique transmission number during the 'Move Transmission Number to GCX121' routine, when transaction completion notification is being prepared, the system executes logic to ensure that the transmission number is associated with the completion request parameters.
Given
A transmission has been processed with a unique transmission number
When
Transaction completion notification is being prepared
Then
The transmission number is associated with the completion request parameters
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00307
TPE Environment: Use CIMS Call
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is running in tpe environment during the 'TPE Environment: Use CIMS Call' routine, when transaction completion needs to be executed, the system executes logic to ensure that the system uses cims call mechanism with message logging and purging operations.
Given
The system is running in TPE environment
When
Transaction completion needs to be executed
Then
The system uses CIMS call mechanism with message logging and purging operations
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00309
Calculate Communication Length
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming bpe environment transaction completion is being prepared during the 'Calculate Communication Length' routine, when communication parameters need to be sized, the system executes logic to ensure that the communication length is calculated as message length plus 4 bytes for header.
Given
BPE environment transaction completion is being prepared
When
Communication parameters need to be sized
Then
The communication length is calculated as message length plus 4 bytes for header
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00310
Move Message Data to Communication Area
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming bpe environment external call parameters are being prepared during the 'Move Message Data to Communication Area' routine, when message data needs to be transferred for external processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the message data is moved to the communication area for the external call.
Given
BPE environment external call parameters are being prepared
When
Message data needs to be transferred for external processing
Then
The message data is moved to the communication area for the external call
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00312
EXCI Call Successful?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an external transaction completion call has been executed during the 'EXCI Call Successful?' routine, when the system needs to determine call success, the system executes logic to ensure that the call is considered successful if response code is zero, response2 is zero, abort code is space, and message length is zero.
Given
An external transaction completion call has been executed
When
The system needs to determine call success
Then
The call is considered successful if response code is zero, response2 is zero, abort code is space, and message length is zero
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00314
Set Failure Return Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming external transaction completion call failed during the 'Set Failure Return Code' routine, when the system needs to record the failed completion, the system executes logic to ensure that the return code is set to failure status and error message pointer is processed if available.
Given
External transaction completion call failed
When
The system needs to record the failed completion
Then
The return code is set to failure status and error message pointer is processed if available
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00315
Move GCX121 Input to GCT1211E Message
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming tpe environment processing is selected for transaction completion during the 'Move GCX121 Input to GCT1211E Message' routine, when message content needs to be prepared for internal processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the gcx121 input parameters are moved to the gct1211e message structure.
Given
TPE environment processing is selected for transaction completion
When
Message content needs to be prepared for internal processing
Then
The GCX121 input parameters are moved to the GCT1211E message structure
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00316
Change Alt-PCB Status
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming tpe environment message is prepared for processing during the 'Change Alt-PCB Status' routine, when message queue status needs to be updated, the system executes logic to ensure that the alternate pcb status is changed using cims call.
Given
TPE environment message is prepared for processing
When
Message queue status needs to be updated
Then
The alternate PCB status is changed using CIMS call
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00317
Write Message Log Entry
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming tpe environment message processing is active during the 'Write Message Log Entry' routine, when transaction completion needs to be logged, the system executes logic to ensure that a message log entry is written with completion details including message code, content, length, and module name.
Given
TPE environment message processing is active
When
Transaction completion needs to be logged
Then
A message log entry is written with completion details including message code, content, length, and module name
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00318
Purge Alt-PCB
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming tpe environment message has been logged during the 'Purge Alt-PCB' routine, when message queue cleanup is required, the system executes logic to ensure that the alternate pcb is purged using cims call.
Given
TPE environment message has been logged
When
Message queue cleanup is required
Then
The alternate PCB is purged using CIMS call
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00320
Action Code = 04, 05, or 06?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest with an action code and border arrival information, and the action code is 04, 05, or 06 and the border arrival date exists and the manifest is not a pre-emanifest occurs during the 'Action Code = 04, 05, or 06?' routine, then the system must guarantee that set the transaction purpose code to 'co' and mark as post-emanifest amendment.
EXCLUDING
A manifest with an action code and border arrival information
When
The action code is 04, 05, or 06 AND the border arrival date exists AND the manifest is not a pre-emanifest
Then
Set the transaction purpose code to 'CO' and mark as post-emanifest amendment
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00321
Use Original Action Code as Transaction Purpose Code
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest with an action code, and the action code is not 04, 05, or 06 or the border arrival date does not exist or the manifest is a pre-emanifest occurs during the 'Use Original Action Code as Transaction Purpose Code' routine, then the system must guarantee that use the original action code as the transaction purpose code.
EXCLUDING
A manifest with an action code
When
The action code is not 04, 05, or 06 OR the border arrival date does not exist OR the manifest is a pre-emanifest
Then
Use the original action code as the transaction purpose code
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00322
Set Post-Emanifest Amendment Flag to TRUE
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest meeting post-emanifest amendment criteria, and the action code is 04, 05, or 06 and the border arrival date exists and the manifest is not a pre-emanifest occurs during the 'Set Post-Emanifest Amendment Flag to TRUE' routine, then the system must guarantee that set the post-emanifest amendment flag to true for subsequent processing.
EXCLUDING
A manifest meeting post-emanifest amendment criteria
When
The action code is 04, 05, or 06 AND the border arrival date exists AND the manifest is not a pre-emanifest
Then
Set the post-emanifest amendment flag to TRUE for subsequent processing
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00323
Initialize amendment flag to SPACES
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest transaction is being processed during the 'Initialize amendment flag to SPACES' routine, when the post-emanifest amendment processing begins, the system executes logic to ensure that the post-emanifest amendment flag should be initialized to spaces.
Given
A manifest transaction is being processed
When
The post-emanifest amendment processing begins
Then
The post-emanifest amendment flag should be initialized to SPACES
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00324
Action code is 04, 05, or 06?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest transaction with a specific action code during the 'Action code is 04, 05, or 06?' routine, when the action code is evaluated for amendment eligibility, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should identify if the action code is 04, 05, or 06 to proceed with amendment logic.
Given
A manifest transaction with a specific action code
When
The action code is evaluated for amendment eligibility
Then
The system should identify if the action code is 04, 05, or 06 to proceed with amendment logic
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00325
Border arrival date exists AND not pre-emanifest?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest transaction with qualifying action code (04, 05, or 06) during the 'Border arrival date exists AND not pre-emanifest?' routine, when the border arrival date and pre-emanifest status are evaluated, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should confirm that border arrival date is not empty/spaces and the manifest is not a pre-emanifest.
Given
A manifest transaction with qualifying action code (04, 05, or 06)
When
The border arrival date and pre-emanifest status are evaluated
Then
The system should confirm that border arrival date is not empty/spaces AND the manifest is not a pre-emanifest
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00326
Set purpose code to 'CO'
Definitional Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest transaction with action code 04, 05, or 06 and border arrival date exists and not pre-emanifest, and the amendment conditions are met occurs during the 'Set purpose code to 'CO'' routine, then the system must guarantee that the transaction set purpose code should be set to 'co'.
EXCLUDING
A manifest transaction with action code 04, 05, or 06 AND border arrival date exists AND not pre-emanifest
When
The amendment conditions are met
Then
The transaction set purpose code should be set to 'CO'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00327
Set post-emanifest amendment flag to TRUE
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest transaction with action code 04, 05, or 06 and border arrival date exists and not pre-emanifest, and the amendment conditions are met occurs during the 'Set post-emanifest amendment flag to TRUE' routine, then the system must guarantee that the post-emanifest amendment flag should be set to true.
EXCLUDING
A manifest transaction with action code 04, 05, or 06 AND border arrival date exists AND not pre-emanifest
When
The amendment conditions are met
Then
The post-emanifest amendment flag should be set to TRUE
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00328
Use action code as purpose code
Definitional Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a manifest transaction that does not meet post-emanifest amendment criteria, and either the action code is not 04/05/06 or border arrival date is empty or it is a pre-emanifest occurs during the 'Use action code as purpose code' routine, then the system must guarantee that the transaction set purpose code should be set to the original action code value.
EXCLUDING
A manifest transaction that does not meet post-emanifest amendment criteria
When
Either the action code is not 04/05/06 OR border arrival date is empty OR it is a pre-emanifest
Then
The transaction set purpose code should be set to the original action code value
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00329
Check if Broker Notification Required
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest processing request is received during the 'Check if Broker Notification Required' routine, when the system checks the broker notification flag gcws309c-notify-broker, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should proceed to broker notification processing if the flag is true, otherwise skip broker notification.
Given
A manifest processing request is received
When
The system checks the broker notification flag GCWS309C-NOTIFY-BROKER
Then
The system should proceed to broker notification processing if the flag is true, otherwise skip broker notification
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00330
Set Broker as Destination Address
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming broker notification is required during the 'Set Broker as Destination Address' routine, when the system processes the broker notification setup, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set gcws309c-x12-broker as both work-destination and log-edi-address.
Given
Broker notification is required
When
The system processes the broker notification setup
Then
The system should set GCWS309C-X12-BROKER as both WORK-DESTINATION and LOG-EDI-ADDRESS
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00332
Set Action Code to ZZZ
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming broker message parameters are being configured during the 'Set Action Code to ZZZ' routine, when the system sets up the action code for the broker message, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should assign 'zzz' to gcx105-action-code.
Given
Broker message parameters are being configured
When
The system sets up the action code for the broker message
Then
The system should assign 'ZZZ' to GCX105-ACTION-CODE
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00333
Set Message Content
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming broker message structure is being populated during the 'Set Message Content' routine, when the system assigns message content, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should move log-edi-message to gcx105-message.
Given
Broker message structure is being populated
When
The system assigns message content
Then
The system should move LOG-EDI-MESSAGE to GCX105-MESSAGE
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00334
Set Sending Transaction ID
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming broker message metadata is being configured during the 'Set Sending Transaction ID' routine, when the system sets the sending transaction identifier, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should assign 'gccs309c' to gcx105-sending-transaction.
Given
Broker message metadata is being configured
When
The system sets the sending transaction identifier
Then
The system should assign 'GCCS309C' to GCX105-SENDING-TRANSACTION
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00335
Set User ID and Timestamp
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming broker message audit information is being recorded during the 'Set User ID and Timestamp' routine, when the system captures user and timing information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should assign cc-acf2-userid from cccom to gcx105-acf2-id.
Given
Broker message audit information is being recorded
When
The system captures user and timing information
Then
The system should assign CC-ACF2-USERID from CCCOM to GCX105-ACF2-ID
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00336
Set Date and Time Information
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming broker message timing information is being set during the 'Set Date and Time Information' routine, when the system processes date and time configuration, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should move cc-machine-century and cc-machine-date from cccom to ws-gcx105-cc and ws-gcx105-yymmdd respectively, then move ws-gcx105-ccyymmdd to gcx105-date and cc-machine-time to gcx105-time.
Given
Broker message timing information is being set
When
The system processes date and time configuration
Then
The system should move CC-MACHINE-CENTURY and CC-MACHINE-DATE from CCCOM to WS-GCX105-CC and WS-GCX105-YYMMDD respectively, then move WS-GCX105-CCYYMMDD to GCX105-DATE and CC-MACHINE-TIME to GCX105-TIME
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00337
Spawn GCT1051E Transaction
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming all broker message parameters are configured during the 'Spawn GCT1051E Transaction' routine, when the system initiates broker notification transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should perform z600-spawn-gct1051e to execute the broker edi transaction.
Given
All broker message parameters are configured
When
The system initiates broker notification transmission
Then
The system should perform Z600-SPAWN-GCT1051E to execute the broker EDI transaction
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00338
EDI Transmission Finalized
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming edi transmission processing has been completed during the 'EDI Transmission Finalized' routine, when the system needs to send completion notification, the system executes logic to ensure that initialize gcx121 input parameters and set security byte to high values.
Given
EDI transmission processing has been completed
When
the system needs to send completion notification
Then
initialize GCX121 input parameters and set security byte to high values
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00339
Move Transmission Number to GCX121
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a completed edi transmission with transmission number during the 'Move Transmission Number to GCX121' routine, when preparing completion notification, the system executes logic to ensure that move the transmission number from a9rt-transmission-number to gcx121-transmission-number.
Given
a completed EDI transmission with transmission number
When
preparing completion notification
Then
move the transmission number from A9RT-TRANSMISSION-NUMBER to GCX121-TRANSMISSION-NUMBER
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00347
Move Input to GCT1211E Message
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is running in tpe environment during the 'Move Input to GCT1211E Message' routine, when processing completion notification, the system executes logic to ensure that move gcx121-input to gct1211e-msg and set cc-accept-status to spaces.
Given
the system is running in TPE environment
When
processing completion notification
Then
move GCX121-INPUT to GCT1211E-MSG and set CC-ACCEPT-STATUS to spaces
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00348
Change Message Status
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming tpe environment completion notification processing during the 'Change Message Status' routine, when updating message status, the system executes logic to ensure that call cims using cccom, chng, alt-pcb, and gct1211e.
Given
TPE environment completion notification processing
When
updating message status
Then
call CIMS using CCCOM, CHNG, ALT-PCB, and GCT1211E
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00349
Write Message to Log
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming tpe environment with message status changed during the 'Write Message to Log' routine, when logging the completion notification, the system executes logic to ensure that call writmsgl using cccom, alt-pcb, gct1211e-msg-code, gct1211e-message, gct1211e-msg-lgth, and gct1211e-mod-name.
Given
TPE environment with message status changed
When
logging the completion notification
Then
call WRITMSGL using CCCOM, ALT-PCB, GCT1211E-MSG-CODE, GCT1211E-MESSAGE, GCT1211E-MSG-LGTH, and GCT1211E-MOD-NAME
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00350
Purge Message Queue
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming tpe environment with message logged during the 'Purge Message Queue' routine, when finalizing completion notification, the system executes logic to ensure that call cims using cccom, purg, and alt-pcb.
Given
TPE environment with message logged
When
finalizing completion notification
Then
call CIMS using CCCOM, PURG, and ALT-PCB
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00352
Reference Number Qualifier Available?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a reference number qualifier from the manifest data array at the current n9 counter position during the 'Reference Number Qualifier Available?' routine, when the qualifier is spaces, high-values, or low-values, the system executes logic to ensure that the system skips processing this reference number and continues to the next one.
Given
A reference number qualifier from the manifest data array at the current N9 counter position
When
The qualifier is spaces, high-values, or low-values
Then
The system skips processing this reference number and continues to the next one
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00353
Initialize N9 Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid reference number qualifier exists for broker processing during the 'Initialize N9 Segment' routine, when the system needs to create an n9 reference segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the n9 segment structure is initialized to clear any previous data.
Given
A valid reference number qualifier exists for broker processing
When
The system needs to create an N9 reference segment
Then
The N9 segment structure is initialized to clear any previous data
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00354
Set N9 Identifier
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming an initialized n9 segment structure for broker notifications during the 'Set N9 Identifier' routine, when the system prepares the segment for transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that the segment identifier is set to 'n9' to comply with edi standards.
Given
An initialized N9 segment structure for broker notifications
When
The system prepares the segment for transmission
Then
The segment identifier is set to 'N9' to comply with EDI standards
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00355
Move Reference Number Qualifier to N9-01
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid reference number qualifier from the manifest data array at the current counter position during the 'Move Reference Number Qualifier to N9-01' routine, when the system builds the n9 segment for broker transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that the reference number qualifier is moved to the n9-01 field of the segment.
Given
A valid reference number qualifier from the manifest data array at the current counter position
When
The system builds the N9 segment for broker transmission
Then
The reference number qualifier is moved to the N9-01 field of the segment
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00356
Move Reference Number to N9-02
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid reference number from the manifest data array at the current counter position during the 'Move Reference Number to N9-02' routine, when the system builds the n9 segment for broker transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that the reference number is moved to the n9-02 field of the segment.
Given
A valid reference number from the manifest data array at the current counter position
When
The system builds the N9 segment for broker transmission
Then
The reference number is moved to the N9-02 field of the segment
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00357
Create N9 Segment for Broker
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a fully populated n9 segment with reference qualifier and number for broker notifications during the 'Create N9 Segment for Broker' routine, when the system needs to add this segment to the transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that the segment is added to the transmission queue with an incremented sequence number and proper status code.
Given
A fully populated N9 segment with reference qualifier and number for broker notifications
When
The system needs to add this segment to the transmission
Then
The segment is added to the transmission queue with an incremented sequence number and proper status code
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00358
Access SC table with station code
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a manifest with from-station transport code exists during the 'Access SC table with station code' routine, when the system needs to validate station information, the system executes logic to ensure that the system accesses the sc table using the from-station code as the key.
Given
A manifest with from-station transport code exists
When
The system needs to validate station information
Then
The system accesses the SC table using the from-station code as the key
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00360
Generate station not found error message
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a station code lookup has failed or returned invalid data during the 'Generate station not found error message' routine, when the system needs to report the validation failure, the system executes logic to ensure that the system generates an error message indicating the sc table entry for the station was not found.
Given
A station code lookup has failed or returned invalid data
When
The system needs to report the validation failure
Then
The system generates an error message indicating the SC table entry for the station was not found
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00362
Initialize M7 segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming seal numbers need to be processed for transmission during the 'Initialize M7 segment' routine, when a new m7 segment needs to be created, the system executes logic to ensure that initialize m7 segment structure and set identifier to 'm7'.
Given
Seal numbers need to be processed for transmission
When
A new M7 segment needs to be created
Then
Initialize M7 segment structure and set identifier to 'M7'
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00364
Add seal number 1 to M7 segment
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the first seal number has been validated as not spaces or low-values, and the system assigns the seal number to the m7 segment occurs during the 'Add seal number 1 to M7 segment' routine, then the system must guarantee that move the seal number to m7-01-seal-number field.
EXCLUDING
The first seal number has been validated as not spaces or low-values
When
The system assigns the seal number to the M7 segment
Then
Move the seal number to M7-01-SEAL-NUMBER field
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00366
Add seal number 2 to M7 segment
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the second seal number has been validated as not spaces or low-values, and the system assigns the seal number to the m7 segment occurs during the 'Add seal number 2 to M7 segment' routine, then the system must guarantee that move the seal number to m7-02-seal-number field.
EXCLUDING
The second seal number has been validated as not spaces or low-values
When
The system assigns the seal number to the M7 segment
Then
Move the seal number to M7-02-SEAL-NUMBER field
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00368
Add seal number 3 to M7 segment
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the third seal number has been validated as not spaces or low-values, and the system assigns the seal number to the m7 segment occurs during the 'Add seal number 3 to M7 segment' routine, then the system must guarantee that move the seal number to m7-03-seal-number field.
EXCLUDING
The third seal number has been validated as not spaces or low-values
When
The system assigns the seal number to the M7 segment
Then
Move the seal number to M7-03-SEAL-NUMBER field
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00370
Add seal number 4 to M7 segment
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the fourth seal number has been validated as not spaces or low-values, and the system assigns the seal number to the m7 segment occurs during the 'Add seal number 4 to M7 segment' routine, then the system must guarantee that move the seal number to m7-04-seal-number field.
EXCLUDING
The fourth seal number has been validated as not spaces or low-values
When
The system assigns the seal number to the M7 segment
Then
Move the seal number to M7-04-SEAL-NUMBER field
R-GCCS309C-cbl-00371
Create M7 segment with validated seal numbers
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming m7 segment has been populated with validated seal numbers during the 'Create M7 segment with validated seal numbers' routine, when the system creates the segment for transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that replace underscores with spaces, increment sequence number, and create transmission department record.
Given
M7 segment has been populated with validated seal numbers
When
The system creates the segment for transmission
Then
Replace underscores with spaces, increment sequence number, and create transmission department record
Module: GCCCCARR 24 EDI Rules Found
R-GCCCCARR-cbl-00001
2:Validate CCN Key
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo arrival request is being processed during the '2:Validate CCN Key' routine, when the ccn key field is blank or contains only spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should generate an error message 'gcwccar-ccn-key is blank' and invoke error handling.
Given
A cargo arrival request is being processed
When
The CCN key field is blank or contains only spaces
Then
The system should generate an error message 'GCWCCAR-CCN-KEY IS BLANK' and invoke error handling
R-GCCCCARR-cbl-00002
3:Validate Action Code
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo arrival request is being processed and ccn key validation has passed during the '3:Validate Action Code' routine, when the action code field is blank or contains only spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should generate an error message 'gcwccar-action-code is blank' and invoke error handling.
Given
A cargo arrival request is being processed and CCN key validation has passed
When
The action code field is blank or contains only spaces
Then
The system should generate an error message 'GCWCCAR-ACTION-CODE IS BLANK' and invoke error handling
R-GCCCCARR-cbl-00003
4:Validate Port Code
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo arrival request is being processed and previous validations have passed during the '4:Validate Port Code' routine, when the port code field is blank or contains only spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should generate an error message 'gcwccar-port-code is blank' and invoke error handling.
Given
A cargo arrival request is being processed and previous validations have passed
When
The port code field is blank or contains only spaces
Then
The system should generate an error message 'GCWCCAR-PORT-CODE IS BLANK' and invoke error handling
R-GCCCCARR-cbl-00006
7:Send Arrival Message
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming arrival data has been prepared and cargo type has been set during the '7:Send Arrival Message' routine, when the system sends the arrival message, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should clear acceptance status, call cims to send the message, write message log entry, and purge the message from cims queue.
Given
Arrival data has been prepared and cargo type has been set
When
The system sends the arrival message
Then
The system should clear acceptance status, call CIMS to send the message, write message log entry, and purge the message from CIMS queue
R-GCCCCARR-cbl-00009
Check if Canada Customs Number key is provided and not blank
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo arrival request is being processed during the 'Check if Canada Customs Number key is provided and not blank' routine, when the ccn key field is blank or contains only spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should generate an error message indicating the ccn key is blank and invoke error handling.
Given
A cargo arrival request is being processed
When
The CCN key field is blank or contains only spaces
Then
The system should generate an error message indicating the CCN key is blank and invoke error handling
R-GCCCCARR-cbl-00010
Set Error Message: 'GCWCCAR-CCN-KEY IS BLANK'
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the ccn key field is blank or contains only spaces during the 'Set Error Message: 'GCWCCAR-CCN-KEY IS BLANK'' routine, when the validation check detects the missing ccn key, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set the error message to 'gcwccar-ccn-key is blank'.
Given
The CCN key field is blank or contains only spaces
When
The validation check detects the missing CCN key
Then
The system should set the error message to 'GCWCCAR-CCN-KEY IS BLANK'
R-GCCCCARR-cbl-00011
Call Error Handler
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the ccn key validation has failed and error message has been set during the 'Call Error Handler' routine, when the error condition needs to be processed, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should call the error handler routine to manage the validation failure.
Given
The CCN key validation has failed and error message has been set
When
The error condition needs to be processed
Then
The system should call the error handler routine to manage the validation failure
R-GCCCCARR-cbl-00012
Check if action code is provided and not blank
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo arrival request is being processed during the 'Check if action code is provided and not blank' routine, when the action code field is blank or contains only spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set an error message indicating the action code is blank and invoke error handling.
Given
A cargo arrival request is being processed
When
The action code field is blank or contains only spaces
Then
The system should set an error message indicating the action code is blank and invoke error handling
R-GCCCCARR-cbl-00013
Set Error Message: 'Action Code is Blank'
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the action code field is determined to be blank or spaces during the 'Set Error Message: 'Action Code is Blank'' routine, when the validation check fails, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set the error message to 'gcwccar-action-code is blank'.
Given
The action code field is determined to be blank or spaces
When
The validation check fails
Then
The system should set the error message to 'GCWCCAR-ACTION-CODE IS BLANK'
R-GCCCCARR-cbl-00014
Call Error Handler
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an action code validation error message has been set during the 'Call Error Handler' routine, when the error condition is detected, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should call the error handling routine 'cerr' with the common communication area.
Given
An action code validation error message has been set
When
The error condition is detected
Then
The system should call the error handling routine 'CERR' with the common communication area
R-GCCCCARR-cbl-00015
Check if port code is provided and not blank
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo arrival request is being processed during the 'Check if port code is provided and not blank' routine, when the port code field is blank or contains only spaces, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set an error message 'gcwccar-port-code is blank' and invoke error handling.
Given
A cargo arrival request is being processed
When
The port code field is blank or contains only spaces
Then
The system should set an error message 'GCWCCAR-PORT-CODE IS BLANK' and invoke error handling
R-GCCCCARR-cbl-00016
Call Error Handler
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming port code validation has failed with a blank or spaces value during the 'Call Error Handler' routine, when the error message has been set for the port code validation failure, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should call the error handling routine 'cerr' with the common communication area.
Given
Port code validation has failed with a blank or spaces value
When
The error message has been set for the port code validation failure
Then
The system should call the error handling routine 'CERR' with the common communication area
R-GCCCCARR-cbl-00017
Initialize Arrival Message Structure
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo arrival processing request is received during the 'Initialize Arrival Message Structure' routine, when the system begins preparing the arrival message, the system executes logic to ensure that the gcx148 input structure is initialized to clear any previous data.
Given
A cargo arrival processing request is received
When
The system begins preparing the arrival message
Then
The GCX148 input structure is initialized to clear any previous data
R-GCCCCARR-cbl-00018
Set Security Parameters
Authorization Rules
Business View: Assuming an arrival message structure is being prepared during the 'Set Security Parameters' routine, when security parameters need to be established, the system executes logic to ensure that the security byte is set to high-value to indicate maximum security level.
Given
An arrival message structure is being prepared
When
Security parameters need to be established
Then
The security byte is set to HIGH-VALUE to indicate maximum security level
R-GCCCCARR-cbl-00019
Populate CCN Key
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid ccn key exists in the arrival input data during the 'Populate CCN Key' routine, when the arrival message is being populated with identification data, the system executes logic to ensure that the ccn key is moved to the train or us ccn field in the message structure.
Given
A valid CCN key exists in the arrival input data
When
The arrival message is being populated with identification data
Then
The CCN key is moved to the train or US CCN field in the message structure
R-GCCCCARR-cbl-00020
Populate CCN Key
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming an arrival message is being prepared for canadian cargo operations during the 'Populate CCN Key' routine, when cargo type classification is required, the system executes logic to ensure that the cargo type indicator is set to ca-cargo to designate canadian cargo.
Given
An arrival message is being prepared for Canadian cargo operations
When
Cargo type classification is required
Then
The cargo type indicator is set to CA-CARGO to designate Canadian cargo
R-GCCCCARR-cbl-00021
Populate Action Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid action code exists in the arrival input data during the 'Populate Action Code' routine, when the arrival message requires action specification, the system executes logic to ensure that the action code is moved from input to the message action code field.
Given
A valid action code exists in the arrival input data
When
The arrival message requires action specification
Then
The action code is moved from input to the message action code field
R-GCCCCARR-cbl-00022
Populate Port Code
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid port code exists in the arrival input data during the 'Populate Port Code' routine, when the arrival message requires location specification, the system executes logic to ensure that the port code is moved from input to the message port code field.
Given
A valid port code exists in the arrival input data
When
The arrival message requires location specification
Then
The port code is moved from input to the message port code field
R-GCCCCARR-cbl-00023
Populate Date/Time
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming date and time information exists in the arrival input data during the 'Populate Date/Time' routine, when the arrival message requires timestamp information, the system executes logic to ensure that the date and time is moved from input to the message date-time field.
Given
Date and time information exists in the arrival input data
When
The arrival message requires timestamp information
Then
The date and time is moved from input to the message date-time field
R-GCCCCARR-cbl-00024
Prepare Message for Transmission
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the gcx148 input structure is fully populated with arrival data during the 'Prepare Message for Transmission' routine, when the message needs to be prepared for external system transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that the input structure is moved to the gct1481e message field for transmission.
Given
The GCX148 input structure is fully populated with arrival data
When
The message needs to be prepared for external system transmission
Then
The input structure is moved to the GCT1481E message field for transmission
R-GCCCCARR-cbl-00026
Copy Arrival Data to Message Format
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo arrival request with ccn key, action code, port code, and date-time during the 'Copy Arrival Data to Message Format' routine, when the system prepares the arrival message for processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the message structure is initialized with high security level, cargo type set to canadian cargo, and all arrival data is copied to appropriate message fields.
Given
A cargo arrival request with CCN key, action code, port code, and date-time
When
The system prepares the arrival message for processing
Then
The message structure is initialized with high security level, cargo type set to Canadian cargo, and all arrival data is copied to appropriate message fields
R-GCCCCARR-cbl-00027
Send Message to GCX148 System
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a properly formatted arrival message in gct1481e structure during the 'Send Message to GCX148 System' routine, when the system sends the message to the cargo management system, the system executes logic to ensure that the message is submitted to cims using the alternative pcb communication path with cleared acceptance status.
Given
A properly formatted arrival message in GCT1481E structure
When
The system sends the message to the cargo management system
Then
The message is submitted to CIMS using the alternative PCB communication path with cleared acceptance status
R-GCCCCARR-cbl-00028
Write Message Log Entry
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an arrival message that has been submitted to the cargo management system during the 'Write Message Log Entry' routine, when the system processes the message submission, the system executes logic to ensure that a log entry is written containing the message code, message content, message length, and module name.
Given
An arrival message that has been submitted to the cargo management system
When
The system processes the message submission
Then
A log entry is written containing the message code, message content, message length, and module name
R-GCCCCARR-cbl-00029
Purge IMS Communication
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an arrival message that has been processed and logged during the 'Purge IMS Communication' routine, when the system completes message processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the ims communication is purged using the alternative pcb to release system resources.
Given
An arrival message that has been processed and logged
When
The system completes message processing
Then
The IMS communication is purged using the alternative PCB to release system resources
Module: GCX122A 350 EDI Rules Found
R-GCX122A-cbl-00002
3:Control Merlin ID Validation
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming four merlin user ids are retrieved from the admin table (dc-p-merlin-1 through 4) during the '3:Control Merlin ID Validation' routine, when each merlin id is validated against the emtz segment, the system executes logic to ensure that if dc-p-merlin-1 is invalid, use default 'om01247' and set not-found flag; for other invalid ids (2,3,4), fall back to dc-p-merlin-1 value.
Given
Four Merlin user IDs are retrieved from the admin table (DC-P-MERLIN-1 through 4)
When
Each Merlin ID is validated against the EMTZ segment
Then
If DC-P-MERLIN-1 is invalid, use default 'OM01247' and set not-found flag; for other invalid IDs (2,3,4), fall back to DC-P-MERLIN-1 value
R-GCX122A-cbl-00003
4:Initialize Reference Data
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a reference number and transaction type indicator are provided during the '4:Initialize Reference Data' routine, when the system initializes reference data and processing flags, the system executes logic to ensure that set message label to 'train report number :' for train transactions, 'cargo control number :' for cargo transactions, or 'reference number :' for other types.
Given
A reference number and transaction type indicator are provided
When
The system initializes reference data and processing flags
Then
Set message label to 'TRAIN REPORT NUMBER :' for train transactions, 'CARGO CONTROL NUMBER :' for cargo transactions, or 'REFERENCE NUMBER :' for other types
R-GCX122A-cbl-00004
Message Type?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an incoming message with a specific type indicator during the 'Message Type?' routine, when the system evaluates the message type, the system executes logic to ensure that route to acknowledgment processing for ack messages, or route to error processing for error and warning messages.
Given
An incoming message with a specific type indicator
When
The system evaluates the message type
Then
Route to acknowledgment processing for ACK messages, or route to error processing for ERROR and WARNING messages
R-GCX122A-cbl-00005
5:Process Acknowledgment Messages
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an acknowledgment message is received during the '5:Process Acknowledgment Messages' routine, when the system processes the acknowledgment, the system executes logic to ensure that set mst processing flag to false and route to train or cargo acknowledgment processing based on transaction type.
Given
An acknowledgment message is received
When
The system processes the acknowledgment
Then
Set MST processing flag to false and route to train or cargo acknowledgment processing based on transaction type
R-GCX122A-cbl-00006
6:Process Train Acknowledgment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a train acknowledgment message with a reference number during the '6:Process Train Acknowledgment' routine, when the system looks up the train report, the system executes logic to ensure that if train not found, set error flag and add error message; if found, clear security errors for deleted records, set ack status with timestamp, and send aei notification if flag is 'y'.
Given
A train acknowledgment message with a reference number
When
The system looks up the train report
Then
If train not found, set error flag and add error message; if found, clear security errors for deleted records, set ACK status with timestamp, and send AEI notification if flag is 'Y'
R-GCX122A-cbl-00007
7:Process Cargo Acknowledgment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo acknowledgment message with a control number during the '7:Process Cargo Acknowledgment' routine, when the system looks up the cargo control record, the system executes logic to ensure that if cargo not found, add error message and set dcp interface error flag; if found, set status to 'ack' when current status is 'sent', determine processing terminal, and process arrival if indicator is 'y'.
Given
A cargo acknowledgment message with a control number
When
The system looks up the cargo control record
Then
If cargo not found, add error message and set DCP interface error flag; if found, set status to 'ACK' when current status is 'SENT', determine processing terminal, and process arrival if indicator is 'Y'
R-GCX122A-cbl-00008
8:Process Error Messages
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an error or warning message is received during the '8:Process Error Messages' routine, when the system processes the error message, the system executes logic to ensure that check if message is test data first; if not test data, route to train or cargo error processing based on transaction type.
Given
An error or warning message is received
When
The system processes the error message
Then
Check if message is test data first; if not test data, route to train or cargo error processing based on transaction type
R-GCX122A-cbl-00009
9:Process Train Errors
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a train error message with a reference number during the '9:Process Train Errors' routine, when the system processes the train error, the system executes logic to ensure that if train not found, add appropriate error message (v67 warning or general train error); if found, determine processing terminal and handle v67 warnings specially.
Given
A train error message with a reference number
When
The system processes the train error
Then
If train not found, add appropriate error message (V67 warning or general train error); if found, determine processing terminal and handle V67 warnings specially
R-GCX122A-cbl-00010
10:Process Cargo Errors
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo error message with a control number during the '10:Process Cargo Errors' routine, when the system processes the cargo error, the system executes logic to ensure that if cargo not found and message is v67, process as train error; if cargo not found and not v67, add cargo error message; if found, save current status and determine processing terminal.
Given
A cargo error message with a control number
When
The system processes the cargo error
Then
If cargo not found and message is V67, process as train error; if cargo not found and not V67, add cargo error message; if found, save current status and determine processing terminal
R-GCX122A-cbl-00011
11:Retrieve Error Message Text
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an error code from the message during the '11:Retrieve Error Message Text' routine, when the system looks up the error message text in the ms table, the system executes logic to ensure that if message found, use english text from table; if not found, use free-form message text and add 'message not found' error.
Given
An error code from the message
When
The system looks up the error message text in the MS table
Then
If message found, use English text from table; if not found, use free-form message text and add 'message not found' error
R-GCX122A-cbl-00012
12:Update Train/Cargo Status
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an error message with error type and a found train or cargo record during the '12:Update Train/Cargo Status' routine, when the system updates the record status, the system executes logic to ensure that if error type is 'x', set status to 'warning' or 'info' and exit; for train records not deleted, set error resend flag and status to 'reject' for type 'r' or 'error' otherwise; for cargo records, set status to 'reject' for type 'r' or 'error' otherwise.
Given
An error message with error type and a found train or cargo record
When
The system updates the record status
Then
If error type is 'X', set status to 'WARNING' or 'INFO' and exit; for train records not deleted, set error resend flag and status to 'REJECT' for type 'R' or 'ERROR' otherwise; for cargo records, set status to 'REJECT' for type 'R' or 'ERROR' otherwise
R-GCX122A-cbl-00013
Test Message?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a message with a reference number during the 'Test Message?' routine, when the system checks if the message is test data, the system executes logic to ensure that identify as train test if reference equals '6105etesttrain00000000000', or cargo test if reference starts with '6105ecprstestcargo' or '6105etestcargo'.
Given
A message with a reference number
When
The system checks if the message is test data
Then
Identify as train test if reference equals '6105ETESTTRAIN00000000000', or cargo test if reference starts with '6105ECPRSTESTCARGO' or '6105ETESTCARGO'
R-GCX122A-cbl-00014
13:Handle Test Messages
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a message identified as test data during the '13:Handle Test Messages' routine, when the system processes the test message, the system executes logic to ensure that set appropriate test flags (test-train or test-cargo) and proceed to special check processing, bypassing normal error message handling.
Given
A message identified as test data
When
The system processes the test message
Then
Set appropriate test flags (TEST-TRAIN or TEST-CARGO) and proceed to special check processing, bypassing normal error message handling
R-GCX122A-cbl-00015
14:Send AEI Messages
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a train record with aei send flag set to 'y' and a status change during the '14:Send AEI Messages' routine, when the system processes the train acknowledgment or status update, the system executes logic to ensure that look up email addresses for the port code, send notification with train id and status, and fall back to default recipients if lookup fails.
Given
A train record with AEI send flag set to 'Y' and a status change
When
The system processes the train acknowledgment or status update
Then
Look up email addresses for the port code, send notification with train ID and status, and fall back to default recipients if lookup fails
R-GCX122A-cbl-00016
15:Process Message Routing
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming messages need to be sent to users during the '15:Process Message Routing' routine, when the system processes message routing, the system executes logic to ensure that get supervisor merlin id from terminal table, validate dc-p merlin ids, and prepare for sending messages to mst system and merlin users.
Given
Messages need to be sent to users
When
The system processes message routing
Then
Get supervisor Merlin ID from terminal table, validate DC-P Merlin IDs, and prepare for sending messages to MST system and Merlin users
R-GCX122A-cbl-00017
16:Get Supervisor Merlin ID
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a processing terminal identifier during the '16:Get Supervisor Merlin ID' routine, when the system looks up supervisor information in the lt table, the system executes logic to ensure that if table entry found, use alternate terminal if specified and retrieve supervisor merlin id; if supervisor id invalid, add error message and clear user merlin id.
Given
A processing terminal identifier
When
The system looks up supervisor information in the LT table
Then
If table entry found, use alternate terminal if specified and retrieve supervisor Merlin ID; if supervisor ID invalid, add error message and clear user Merlin ID
R-GCX122A-cbl-00018
17:Validate Merlin User IDs
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming dc-p merlin id needs validation for message sending during the '17:Validate Merlin User IDs' routine, when the system validates the merlin user id, the system executes logic to ensure that if dc-p1 id not found, add error message indicating invalid dc&p merlin userid.
Given
DC-P Merlin ID needs validation for message sending
When
The system validates the Merlin user ID
Then
If DC-P1 ID not found, add error message indicating invalid DC&P Merlin userid
R-GCX122A-cbl-00019
Train Error?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an error message that needs to be sent to users during the 'Train Error?' routine, when the system determines the routing destination, the system executes logic to ensure that route to train message sending if train error flag is set, otherwise route to cargo message sending.
Given
An error message that needs to be sent to users
When
The system determines the routing destination
Then
Route to train message sending if train error flag is set, otherwise route to cargo message sending
R-GCX122A-cbl-00020
18:Send Cargo Messages to Merlin
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo-related message and validated user merlin id during the '18:Send Cargo Messages to Merlin' routine, when the system sends the message to merlin users, the system executes logic to ensure that send message to user merlin id; if sending fails, fall back to sending to default recipient 'om01247'.
Given
A cargo-related message and validated user Merlin ID
When
The system sends the message to Merlin users
Then
Send message to user Merlin ID; if sending fails, fall back to sending to default recipient 'OM01247'
R-GCX122A-cbl-00021
19:Send Train Messages to Merlin
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a train-related message and validated user merlin id during the '19:Send Train Messages to Merlin' routine, when the system sends the message to merlin users, the system executes logic to ensure that send message to user merlin id with fallback to 'om01247' if failed, and additionally send a copy to 'caerror' file with 'om01247' as recipient.
Given
A train-related message and validated user Merlin ID
When
The system sends the message to Merlin users
Then
Send message to user Merlin ID with fallback to 'OM01247' if failed, and additionally send a copy to 'CAERROR' file with 'OM01247' as recipient
R-GCX122A-cbl-00022
20:Send MST Messages
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming messages ready for distribution and mst processing flag is enabled during the '20:Send MST Messages' routine, when the system sends messages to mst, the system executes logic to ensure that send header message first, then send each message entry using terminal call letters, and finally send wrap-up message.
Given
Messages ready for distribution and MST processing flag is enabled
When
The system sends messages to MST
Then
Send header message first, then send each message entry using terminal call letters, and finally send wrap-up message
R-GCX122A-cbl-00023
21:Process Arrival Notifications
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo record with arrival indicator set to 'y' during the '21:Process Arrival Notifications' routine, when the system processes the cargo acknowledgment, the system executes logic to ensure that create arrival notification message with cargo control number, set action code to 'caa', and send to gct1481e transaction.
Given
A cargo record with arrival indicator set to 'Y'
When
The system processes the cargo acknowledgment
Then
Create arrival notification message with cargo control number, set action code to 'CAA', and send to GCT1481E transaction
R-GCX122A-cbl-00024
22:Update Iron Highway Records
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo record with status change and iron highway configuration during the '22:Update Iron Highway Records' routine, when the system updates the cargo record and status differs from saved status, the system executes logic to ensure that look up iron highway configuration, populate record with cargo details including status, car id, waybill, and shipment id from n9 segments, then call iron highway update program.
Given
A cargo record with status change and Iron Highway configuration
When
The system updates the cargo record and status differs from saved status
Then
Look up Iron Highway configuration, populate record with cargo details including status, car ID, waybill, and shipment ID from N9 segments, then call Iron Highway update program
R-GCX122A-cbl-00025
24:Log Transaction Activities
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a processed transaction with current status and reference number during the '24:Log Transaction Activities' routine, when the system logs the transaction activity, the system executes logic to ensure that create log message with current status, include transaction number for ack status, set appropriate cargo or train indicator, and send to gct1051e logging transaction.
Given
A processed transaction with current status and reference number
When
The system logs the transaction activity
Then
Create log message with current status, include transaction number for ACK status, set appropriate cargo or train indicator, and send to GCT1051E logging transaction
R-GCX122A-cbl-00026
25:Process Special Checks
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a test message (train or cargo) being processed during the '25:Process Special Checks' routine, when the system performs special check processing, the system executes logic to ensure that look up t2 table entry, update 358-ack timestamp for train test messages or 309-ack timestamp for cargo test messages with current machine date, century, and time.
Given
A test message (train or cargo) being processed
When
The system performs special check processing
Then
Look up T2 table entry, update 358-ACK timestamp for train test messages or 309-ACK timestamp for cargo test messages with current machine date, century, and time
R-GCX122A-cbl-00029
Initialize Test Message Indicators
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is initializing for message processing during the 'Initialize Test Message Indicators' routine, when test message indicators need to be reset, the system executes logic to ensure that both train test indicator and cargo test indicator must be cleared to spaces.
Given
The system is initializing for message processing
When
Test message indicators need to be reset
Then
Both train test indicator and cargo test indicator must be cleared to spaces
R-GCX122A-cbl-00030
Initialize Communication Areas
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is preparing for message processing operations during the 'Initialize Communication Areas' routine, when communication areas need to be initialized, the system executes logic to ensure that the system communication block (iscom) must be initialized to default values.
Given
The system is preparing for message processing operations
When
Communication areas need to be initialized
Then
The system communication block (ISCOM) must be initialized to default values
R-GCX122A-cbl-00032
Process Merlin Configuration Setup
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming this is the first time the system is processing messages during the 'Process Merlin Configuration Setup' routine, when merlin configuration setup is required, the system executes logic to ensure that the system must execute merlin processing routine to retrieve and validate user configurations.
Given
This is the first time the system is processing messages
When
Merlin configuration setup is required
Then
The system must execute Merlin processing routine to retrieve and validate user configurations
R-GCX122A-cbl-00035
Retrieve Administration Table Entry
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming system needs to configure merlin user ids for message routing during the 'Retrieve Administration Table Entry' routine, when administration table lookup is performed with table id 'ad' and sequence id 'adminid', the system executes logic to ensure that administration table segment is retrieved and stored for further processing.
Given
System needs to configure Merlin user IDs for message routing
When
Administration table lookup is performed with table ID 'AD' and sequence ID 'ADMINID'
Then
Administration table segment is retrieved and stored for further processing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00036
Admin Table Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming administration table lookup has been performed during the 'Admin Table Found?' routine, when table lookup return flag equals 0, the system executes logic to ensure that administration table segment is loaded for merlin id extraction, otherwise error message is set and error handling is called.
Given
Administration table lookup has been performed
When
Table lookup return flag equals 0
Then
Administration table segment is loaded for Merlin ID extraction, otherwise error message is set and error handling is called
R-GCX122A-cbl-00037
Extract 4 Merlin User IDs from Admin Table
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming administration table segment has been successfully retrieved during the 'Extract 4 Merlin User IDs from Admin Table' routine, when merlin id validation process begins, the system executes logic to ensure that four merlin user ids (dc-p-merlin-1, dc-p-merlin-2, dc-p-merlin-3, dc-p-merlin-4) are extracted from administration table for validation.
Given
Administration table segment has been successfully retrieved
When
Merlin ID validation process begins
Then
Four Merlin user IDs (DC-P-MERLIN-1, DC-P-MERLIN-2, DC-P-MERLIN-3, DC-P-MERLIN-4) are extracted from administration table for validation
R-GCX122A-cbl-00042
Set IFS Merlin ID as Valid
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming dc-p merlin id #2 validation has been performed during the 'Set IFS Merlin ID as Valid' routine, when user directory status code is blank indicating valid user, the system executes logic to ensure that ifs merlin id is stored as valid for ifs system message routing.
Given
DC-P Merlin ID #2 validation has been performed
When
User directory status code is blank indicating valid user
Then
IFS Merlin ID is stored as valid for IFS system message routing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00045
Set HHS Merlin ID as Valid
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming dc-p merlin id #3 validation has been performed during the 'Set HHS Merlin ID as Valid' routine, when user directory status code is blank indicating valid user, the system executes logic to ensure that hhs merlin id is stored as valid for hhs system message routing.
Given
DC-P Merlin ID #3 validation has been performed
When
User directory status code is blank indicating valid user
Then
HHS Merlin ID is stored as valid for HHS system message routing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00048
Set IMS Merlin ID as Valid
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming dc-p merlin id #4 validation has been performed during the 'Set IMS Merlin ID as Valid' routine, when user directory status code is blank indicating valid user, the system executes logic to ensure that ims merlin id is stored as valid for ims system message routing.
Given
DC-P Merlin ID #4 validation has been performed
When
User directory status code is blank indicating valid user
Then
IMS Merlin ID is stored as valid for IMS system message routing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00335
Retrieve Administration Table Entry - Access GCSTBRT table with 'AD' table ID and 'ADMINID' sequence to get Merlin user configuration data
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to access administration configuration data during the 'Retrieve Administration Table Entry - Access GCSTBRT table with 'AD' table ID and 'ADMINID' sequence to get Merlin user configuration data' routine, when a request is made to retrieve the administration table entry with table id 'ad' and sequence id 'adminid', the system executes logic to ensure that the system should retrieve the administration segment containing merlin user configuration data.
Given
The system needs to access administration configuration data
When
A request is made to retrieve the administration table entry with table ID 'AD' and sequence ID 'ADMINID'
Then
The system should retrieve the administration segment containing Merlin user configuration data
R-GCX122A-cbl-00337
Return Flag = 0?, Move Retrieved Segment to Administration Segment
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a table segment retrieval operation has been executed for administration data during the 'Return Flag = 0?, Move Retrieved Segment to Administration Segment' routine, when the return flag equals 0 indicating successful retrieval, the system executes logic to ensure that the retrieved table segment should be moved to the administration segment structure for further processing.
Given
A table segment retrieval operation has been executed for administration data
When
The return flag equals 0 indicating successful retrieval
Then
The retrieved table segment should be moved to the administration segment structure for further processing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00338
Set Error Message: Admin Table Not Found, Call Error Handler
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a table segment retrieval operation has been executed for administration data, and the return flag is not equal to 0 indicating retrieval failure occurs during the 'Set Error Message: Admin Table Not Found, Call Error Handler' routine, then the system must guarantee that an error message should be set indicating admin table not found and the error handler should be called.
EXCLUDING
A table segment retrieval operation has been executed for administration data
When
The return flag is not equal to 0 indicating retrieval failure
Then
An error message should be set indicating admin table not found and the error handler should be called
R-GCX122A-cbl-00340
Check ID Exists in EMTZ Segment
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a dc-p merlin id 1 has been retrieved from the administration table during the 'Check ID Exists in EMTZ Segment' routine, when the system checks the emtz segment for user existence using the merlin id as the key, the system executes logic to ensure that the system determines if the user id exists based on the status code response.
Given
A DC-P Merlin ID 1 has been retrieved from the administration table
When
The system checks the EMTZ segment for user existence using the Merlin ID as the key
Then
The system determines if the user ID exists based on the status code response
R-GCX122A-cbl-00341
Use Original Merlin ID Set ID Found Flag
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming dc-p merlin id 1 exists in the emtz segment during the 'Use Original Merlin ID Set ID Found Flag' routine, when the status code indicates successful user validation, the system executes logic to ensure that the original merlin id is stored as ws-dcp-merlin-id and the id found flag is set to true.
Given
DC-P Merlin ID 1 exists in the EMTZ segment
When
The status code indicates successful user validation
Then
The original Merlin ID is stored as WS-DCP-MERLIN-ID and the ID found flag is set to true
R-GCX122A-cbl-00342
Set Default ID 'OM01247' Set ID Not Found Flag
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If dc-p merlin id 1 does not exist in the emtz segment, and the status code indicates user validation failure occurs during the 'Set Default ID 'OM01247' Set ID Not Found Flag' routine, then the system must guarantee that the default id 'om01247' is assigned to both gcstbrt-ad-dc-p-merlin-1 and ws-dcp-merlin-id, and the id not found flag is set to true.
EXCLUDING
DC-P Merlin ID 1 does not exist in the EMTZ segment
When
The status code indicates user validation failure
Then
The default ID 'OM01247' is assigned to both GCSTBRT-AD-DC-P-MERLIN-1 and WS-DCP-MERLIN-ID, and the ID not found flag is set to true
R-GCX122A-cbl-00462
Check if Second Merlin ID Exists in EMTZ Segment
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the second dc-p merlin id has been retrieved from the admin table during the 'Check if Second Merlin ID Exists in EMTZ Segment' routine, when the system checks if the second merlin id exists in the emtz segment, the system executes logic to ensure that if the second merlin id is valid (status code is space), assign it to ifs merlin id, otherwise assign the first dc-p merlin id as default to ifs merlin id.
Given
The second DC-P Merlin ID has been retrieved from the admin table
When
The system checks if the second Merlin ID exists in the EMTZ segment
Then
If the second Merlin ID is valid (status code is space), assign it to IFS Merlin ID, otherwise assign the first DC-P Merlin ID as default to IFS Merlin ID
R-GCX122A-cbl-00463
Set IFS Merlin ID to Second Merlin ID
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the second dc-p merlin id has been validated successfully in the emtz segment during the 'Set IFS Merlin ID to Second Merlin ID' routine, when the validation status code is space indicating success, the system executes logic to ensure that the system assigns the second dc-p merlin id to the ifs merlin id.
Given
The second DC-P Merlin ID has been validated successfully in the EMTZ segment
When
The validation status code is space indicating success
Then
The system assigns the second DC-P Merlin ID to the IFS Merlin ID
R-GCX122A-cbl-00464
Set IFS Merlin ID to Default First Merlin ID
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the second dc-p merlin id validation has failed in the emtz segment, and the validation status code is not space indicating failure occurs during the 'Set IFS Merlin ID to Default First Merlin ID' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system assigns the first dc-p merlin id as the default value to the ifs merlin id.
EXCLUDING
The second DC-P Merlin ID validation has failed in the EMTZ segment
When
The validation status code is not space indicating failure
Then
The system assigns the first DC-P Merlin ID as the default value to the IFS Merlin ID
R-GCX122A-cbl-00465
Check if third Merlin ID exists in EMTZ segment and set default to first ID if invalid
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system has retrieved the third dc-p merlin id from the admin table (gcstbrt-ad-dc-p-merlin-3) during the 'Check if third Merlin ID exists in EMTZ segment and set default to first ID if invalid' routine, when the system validates the third merlin id against the emtz user segment, the system executes logic to ensure that if the third merlin id exists in the system, assign it to ws-hhs-merlin-id; otherwise assign the first dc-p merlin id (gcstbrt-ad-dc-p-merlin-1) as the default value for hhs system.
Given
The system has retrieved the third DC-P Merlin ID from the admin table (GCSTBRT-AD-DC-P-MERLIN-3)
When
The system validates the third Merlin ID against the EMTZ user segment
Then
If the third Merlin ID exists in the system, assign it to WS-HHS-MERLIN-ID; otherwise assign the first DC-P Merlin ID (GCSTBRT-AD-DC-P-MERLIN-1) as the default value for HHS system
R-GCX122A-cbl-00466
Set HHS Merlin ID to Third Merlin ID Value
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the third dc-p merlin id has been successfully validated in the emtz segment during the 'Set HHS Merlin ID to Third Merlin ID Value' routine, when the validation status indicates the merlin id exists in the system (cc-status-code is space), the system executes logic to ensure that assign the third dc-p merlin id value to the hhs merlin id (ws-hhs-merlin-id).
Given
The third DC-P Merlin ID has been successfully validated in the EMTZ segment
When
The validation status indicates the Merlin ID exists in the system (CC-STATUS-CODE is SPACE)
Then
Assign the third DC-P Merlin ID value to the HHS Merlin ID (WS-HHS-MERLIN-ID)
R-GCX122A-cbl-00467
Set HHS Merlin ID to Default First Merlin ID
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the third dc-p merlin id validation has failed in the emtz segment, and the validation status indicates the merlin id does not exist in the system (cc-status-code is not space) occurs during the 'Set HHS Merlin ID to Default First Merlin ID' routine, then the system must guarantee that assign the first dc-p merlin id (gcstbrt-ad-dc-p-merlin-1) as the default value to the hhs merlin id (ws-hhs-merlin-id).
EXCLUDING
The third DC-P Merlin ID validation has failed in the EMTZ segment
When
The validation status indicates the Merlin ID does not exist in the system (CC-STATUS-CODE is not SPACE)
Then
Assign the first DC-P Merlin ID (GCSTBRT-AD-DC-P-MERLIN-1) as the default value to the HHS Merlin ID (WS-HHS-MERLIN-ID)
R-GCX122A-cbl-00468
Check if Fourth Merlin ID Exists in EMTZ Segment
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the fourth dc-p merlin id has been retrieved from the admin table (gcstbrt-ad-dc-p-merlin-4) during the 'Check if Fourth Merlin ID Exists in EMTZ Segment' routine, when the system checks if this fourth merlin id exists in the emtz segment, the system executes logic to ensure that if the fourth merlin id is valid (status code is space), assign it to ws-ims-merlin-id, otherwise assign the first dc-p merlin id (gcstbrt-ad-dc-p-merlin-1) to ws-ims-merlin-id as default.
Given
The fourth DC-P Merlin ID has been retrieved from the admin table (GCSTBRT-AD-DC-P-MERLIN-4)
When
The system checks if this fourth Merlin ID exists in the EMTZ segment
Then
If the fourth Merlin ID is valid (status code is space), assign it to WS-IMS-MERLIN-ID, otherwise assign the first DC-P Merlin ID (GCSTBRT-AD-DC-P-MERLIN-1) to WS-IMS-MERLIN-ID as default
R-GCX122A-cbl-00469
Set IMS Merlin ID to Fourth ID Value
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the fourth dc-p merlin id validation has been performed and the status code indicates success (space) during the 'Set IMS Merlin ID to Fourth ID Value' routine, when the validation result shows the fourth merlin id exists in the emtz segment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system assigns the fourth dc-p merlin id value to the ims merlin id variable (ws-ims-merlin-id).
Given
The fourth DC-P Merlin ID validation has been performed and the status code indicates success (space)
When
The validation result shows the fourth Merlin ID exists in the EMTZ segment
Then
The system assigns the fourth DC-P Merlin ID value to the IMS Merlin ID variable (WS-IMS-MERLIN-ID)
R-GCX122A-cbl-00470
Set IMS Merlin ID to Default First ID
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the fourth dc-p merlin id validation has been performed and the status code indicates failure (not space), and the validation result shows the fourth merlin id does not exist in the emtz segment occurs during the 'Set IMS Merlin ID to Default First ID' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system assigns the first dc-p merlin id value (gcstbrt-ad-dc-p-merlin-1) to the ims merlin id variable (ws-ims-merlin-id) as a fallback default.
EXCLUDING
The fourth DC-P Merlin ID validation has been performed and the status code indicates failure (not space)
When
The validation result shows the fourth Merlin ID does not exist in the EMTZ segment
Then
The system assigns the first DC-P Merlin ID value (GCSTBRT-AD-DC-P-MERLIN-1) to the IMS Merlin ID variable (WS-IMS-MERLIN-ID) as a fallback default
R-GCX122A-cbl-00055
Extract Reference Number from Message
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an oti message is received with a reference number in field oti-03-ref-num during the 'Extract Reference Number from Message' routine, when the system processes the message for reference initialization, the system executes logic to ensure that the reference number is copied to emi-ref, mst-ref, msg-ref-key, and ws-ref-number variables.
Given
An OTI message is received with a reference number in field OTI-03-REF-NUM
When
The system processes the message for reference initialization
Then
The reference number is copied to EMI-REF, MST-REF, MSG-REF-KEY, and WS-REF-NUMBER variables
R-GCX122A-cbl-00057
Initialize Message Indicators
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is setting up message processing variables during the 'Initialize Message Indicators' routine, when message indicators and counters need to be initialized, the system executes logic to ensure that ws-ind-text is set to line-mess-min, ws-ind-mst is set to line-mess-min-mst, ws-ind-user is set to zero, mst-indx is set to zero, and ws-ind-err is set to zero.
Given
The system is setting up message processing variables
When
Message indicators and counters need to be initialized
Then
WS-IND-TEXT is set to LINE-MESS-MIN, WS-IND-MST is set to LINE-MESS-MIN-MST, WS-IND-USER is set to ZERO, MST-INDX is set to ZERO, and WS-IND-ERR is set to ZERO
R-GCX122A-cbl-00058
Clear Message Content Areas
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is preparing message storage areas for new processing during the 'Clear Message Content Areas' routine, when content areas need to be cleared, the system executes logic to ensure that emi-to-usercode, emi-copy-usercode, emi-keywords, emi-text, emi-return-status-flag, mst-table, mst-call-lettrs, and ws-lterm-process are set to spaces.
Given
The system is preparing message storage areas for new processing
When
Content areas need to be cleared
Then
EMI-TO-USERCODE, EMI-COPY-USERCODE, EMI-KEYWORDS, EMI-TEXT, EMI-RETURN-STATUS-FLAG, MST-TABLE, MST-CALL-LETTRS, and WS-LTERM-PROCESS are set to SPACES
R-GCX122A-cbl-00059
Set Train Report Label
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a message is being processed and oti-02-train condition is true during the 'Set Train Report Label' routine, when the system determines the message type for labeling, the system executes logic to ensure that msg-lib is set to 'train report number :'.
Given
A message is being processed and OTI-02-TRAIN condition is true
When
The system determines the message type for labeling
Then
MSG-LIB is set to 'TRAIN REPORT NUMBER :'
R-GCX122A-cbl-00060
Set Cargo Control Label
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a message is being processed and oti-02-cargo condition is true during the 'Set Cargo Control Label' routine, when the system determines the message type for labeling, the system executes logic to ensure that msg-lib is set to 'cargo control number :'.
Given
A message is being processed and OTI-02-CARGO condition is true
When
The system determines the message type for labeling
Then
MSG-LIB is set to 'CARGO CONTROL NUMBER :'
R-GCX122A-cbl-00061
Set Generic Reference Label
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a message is being processed and neither oti-02-train nor oti-02-cargo conditions are true during the 'Set Generic Reference Label' routine, when the system determines the message type for labeling, the system executes logic to ensure that msg-lib is set to 'reference number :'.
Given
A message is being processed and neither OTI-02-TRAIN nor OTI-02-CARGO conditions are true
When
The system determines the message type for labeling
Then
MSG-LIB is set to 'REFERENCE NUMBER :'
R-GCX122A-cbl-00062
Message Type?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an acknowledgment message is received during the 'Message Type?' routine, when the system evaluates the message type indicator, the system executes logic to ensure that the message is routed to train processing if oti-02-train is true, cargo processing if oti-02-cargo is true, or other reference processing for all other cases.
Given
An acknowledgment message is received
When
The system evaluates the message type indicator
Then
The message is routed to train processing if OTI-02-TRAIN is true, cargo processing if OTI-02-CARGO is true, or other reference processing for all other cases
R-GCX122A-cbl-00063
Train Report Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a train acknowledgment message with reference number oti-03-ref-num during the 'Train Report Found?' routine, when the system searches for the train report using the reference number, the system executes logic to ensure that processing continues with train update if found, or error message generation if not found.
Given
A train acknowledgment message with reference number OTI-03-REF-NUM
When
The system searches for the train report using the reference number
Then
Processing continues with train update if found, or error message generation if not found
R-GCX122A-cbl-00066
Send Train Not Found Message
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a train acknowledgment message is received, and the train report is not found in the database occurs during the 'Send Train Not Found Message' routine, then the system must guarantee that an error message 'train report not found on customs database' is added to the message queue and train error flag is set.
EXCLUDING
A train acknowledgment message is received
When
The train report is not found in the database
Then
An error message 'TRAIN REPORT NOT FOUND ON CUSTOMS DATABASE' is added to the message queue and train error flag is set
R-GCX122A-cbl-00067
Cargo Control Number Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo acknowledgment message with reference number oti-03-ref-num during the 'Cargo Control Number Found?' routine, when the system searches for the cargo control number, the system executes logic to ensure that processing continues with cargo update if found, or error message generation if not found.
Given
A cargo acknowledgment message with reference number OTI-03-REF-NUM
When
The system searches for the cargo control number
Then
Processing continues with cargo update if found, or error message generation if not found
R-GCX122A-cbl-00069
Send CCN Not Found Message
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a cargo acknowledgment message is received, and the cargo control number is not found in the database occurs during the 'Send CCN Not Found Message' routine, then the system must guarantee that an error message 'ccn not found on customs d.b. for 824 ack' is added to the message queue and dcp interface error flag is set.
EXCLUDING
A cargo acknowledgment message is received
When
The cargo control number is not found in the database
Then
An error message 'CCN NOT FOUND ON CUSTOMS D.B. FOR 824 ACK' is added to the message queue and DCP interface error flag is set
R-GCX122A-cbl-00072
Format Application Message
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an acknowledgment message for a reference number that is neither train nor cargo, and the reference number oti-03-ref-num is not spaces occurs during the 'Format Application Message' routine, then the system must guarantee that an application message is formatted using the reference number qualifier and advance number, and message counters are incremented.
EXCLUDING
An acknowledgment message for a reference number that is neither train nor cargo
When
The reference number OTI-03-REF-NUM is not spaces
Then
An application message is formatted using the reference number qualifier and advance number, and message counters are incremented
R-GCX122A-cbl-00073
Update Train Status to ACK
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a train acknowledgment has been processed successfully during the 'Update Train Status to ACK' routine, when the train record has aei-send flag set to 'y', the system executes logic to ensure that an aei notification message is sent containing train id and current status information.
Given
A train acknowledgment has been processed successfully
When
The train record has AEI-SEND flag set to 'Y'
Then
An AEI notification message is sent containing train ID and current status information
R-GCX122A-cbl-00074
Retrieve Train Report by Reference Number
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a train acknowledgment message with a reference number during the 'Retrieve Train Report by Reference Number' routine, when the system processes the acknowledgment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves the corresponding train report from the database using the reference number.
Given
A train acknowledgment message with a reference number
When
The system processes the acknowledgment
Then
The system retrieves the corresponding train report from the database using the reference number
R-GCX122A-cbl-00076
Set Error Message: Train Report Not Found
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a train report lookup has failed, and the train report is not found in the database occurs during the 'Set Error Message: Train Report Not Found' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system adds the message 'train report not found on customs database' to the error text and mst entry.
EXCLUDING
A train report lookup has failed
When
The train report is not found in the database
Then
The system adds the message 'TRAIN REPORT NOT FOUND ON CUSTOMS DATABASE' to the error text and MST entry
R-GCX122A-cbl-00077
Mark as Train Error for Notification
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a train report is not found in the database, and the error message is set occurs during the 'Mark as Train Error for Notification' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system sets the train error flag to true for subsequent notification processing.
EXCLUDING
A train report is not found in the database
When
The error message is set
Then
The system sets the train error flag to true for subsequent notification processing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00082
Record Acknowledgment Reference Number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a train acknowledgment is being processed during the 'Record Acknowledgment Reference Number' routine, when setting acknowledgment details, the system executes logic to ensure that the system moves the reference number from the bgn segment to the train acknowledgment number field.
Given
A train acknowledgment is being processed
When
Setting acknowledgment details
Then
The system moves the reference number from the BGN segment to the train acknowledgment number field
R-GCX122A-cbl-00085
AEI Send Required?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a train report has been successfully acknowledged during the 'AEI Send Required?' routine, when checking for additional notifications, the system executes logic to ensure that the system checks if the aei send flag equals 'y' to determine if aei message should be sent.
Given
A train report has been successfully acknowledged
When
Checking for additional notifications
Then
The system checks if the AEI send flag equals 'Y' to determine if AEI message should be sent
R-GCX122A-cbl-00086
Prepare AEI Status Message
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming aei send is required for the train during the 'Prepare AEI Status Message' routine, when preparing the notification message, the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates a message subject containing 'train: ' followed by the canadian customs train id, ' status: ' and the current status.
Given
AEI send is required for the train
When
Preparing the notification message
Then
The system creates a message subject containing 'TRAIN: ' followed by the Canadian customs train ID, ' STATUS: ' and the current status
R-GCX122A-cbl-00087
Send AEI Message to Border Points
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an aei status message has been prepared during the 'Send AEI Message to Border Points' routine, when sending the notification, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls the aei message sending function to transmit the status update.
Given
An AEI status message has been prepared
When
Sending the notification
Then
The system calls the AEI message sending function to transmit the status update
R-GCX122A-cbl-00350
Retrieve Train Report by Reference Number
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an acknowledgment message contains a train reference number during the 'Retrieve Train Report by Reference Number' routine, when the system processes the train acknowledgment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves the corresponding train report from the database using the reference number.
Given
An acknowledgment message contains a train reference number
When
The system processes the train acknowledgment
Then
The system retrieves the corresponding train report from the database using the reference number
R-GCX122A-cbl-00352
Log Train Not Found Error
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a train acknowledgment is being processed, and the train report is not found in the database occurs during the 'Log Train Not Found Error' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system adds 'train report not found on customs database' message to the error log and sets train error flag.
EXCLUDING
A train acknowledgment is being processed
When
The train report is not found in the database
Then
The system adds 'TRAIN REPORT NOT FOUND ON CUSTOMS DATABASE' message to the error log and sets train error flag
R-GCX122A-cbl-00357
Record Acknowledgment Number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a train acknowledgment is being processed during the 'Record Acknowledgment Number' routine, when the system updates the train record, the system executes logic to ensure that the system records the acknowledgment reference number from the message into the train record.
Given
A train acknowledgment is being processed
When
The system updates the train record
Then
The system records the acknowledgment reference number from the message into the train record
R-GCX122A-cbl-00362
Send AEI Status Message
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a train acknowledgment has been processed and aei send flag is enabled during the 'Send AEI Status Message' routine, when the system sends notifications, the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates and sends an aei message containing train id and current status.
Given
A train acknowledgment has been processed and AEI send flag is enabled
When
The system sends notifications
Then
The system creates and sends an AEI message containing train ID and current status
R-GCX122A-cbl-00475
Format Status Message with Train ID and Status
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a train record requires aei status notification with valid train id and status during the 'Format Status Message with Train ID and Status' routine, when the system formats the aei message, the system executes logic to ensure that the system creates a subject line containing 'train: ' followed by the canadian customs train id, ' status: ' followed by the current train status.
Given
A train record requires AEI status notification with valid train ID and status
When
The system formats the AEI message
Then
The system creates a subject line containing 'TRAIN: ' followed by the Canadian customs train ID, ' STATUS: ' followed by the current train status
R-GCX122A-cbl-00476
Send AEI Message to Recipients
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming aei message is formatted with recipients, sender, and status information during the 'Send AEI Message to Recipients' routine, when the system sends the aei notification, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls the email messaging service with formatted message details and item width of 080.
Given
AEI message is formatted with recipients, sender, and status information
When
The system sends the AEI notification
Then
The system calls the email messaging service with formatted message details and item width of 080
R-GCX122A-cbl-00478
AEI Message Sent Successfully
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the primary aei notification was sent successfully during the 'AEI Message Sent Successfully' routine, when the system completes aei processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the system purges the message queue and continues normal processing.
Given
The primary AEI notification was sent successfully
When
The system completes AEI processing
Then
The system purges the message queue and continues normal processing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00481
Log Send Failure Error
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming both primary and fallback aei notification sends have failed during the 'Log Send Failure Error' routine, when the system handles the send failure, the system executes logic to ensure that the system logs error message 'send to file of om01247 failed' and calls error handling routine.
Given
Both primary and fallback AEI notification sends have failed
When
The system handles the send failure
Then
The system logs error message 'SEND TO FILE OF OM01247 FAILED' and calls error handling routine
R-GCX122A-cbl-00528
Extract Port Code from Train Record
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a train record exists with port information during the 'Extract Port Code from Train Record' routine, when the system needs to send aei notification messages, the system executes logic to ensure that the port code is extracted from the train record's port of release field and used as the lookup key.
Given
A train record exists with port information
When
The system needs to send AEI notification messages
Then
The port code is extracted from the train record's port of release field and used as the lookup key
R-GCX122A-cbl-00534
Add Email Recipient to Distribution List
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid email recipient exists in the query results during the 'Add Email Recipient to Distribution List' routine, when the system processes the email recipient, the system executes logic to ensure that the email user id is moved to the corresponding position in the message distribution list.
Given
A valid email recipient exists in the query results
When
The system processes the email recipient
Then
The email user ID is moved to the corresponding position in the message distribution list
R-GCX122A-cbl-00536
Set Default Merlin ID as Sender
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is preparing to send aei notification messages during the 'Set Default Merlin ID as Sender' routine, when setting up the message sender information, the system executes logic to ensure that the default merlin id is assigned as the from-user-code for the message.
Given
The system is preparing to send AEI notification messages
When
Setting up the message sender information
Then
The default Merlin ID is assigned as the from-user-code for the message
R-GCX122A-cbl-00088
Retrieve Cargo Control Record by Reference Number
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo acknowledgment message with reference number is received during the 'Retrieve Cargo Control Record by Reference Number' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve the cargo control record using the reference number, the system executes logic to ensure that the system performs database lookup using the reference number as key for both cargo control and cargo segment records.
Given
A cargo acknowledgment message with reference number is received
When
The system attempts to retrieve the cargo control record using the reference number
Then
The system performs database lookup using the reference number as key for both cargo control and cargo segment records
R-GCX122A-cbl-00089
Add Error Message: CCN Not Found
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a cargo acknowledgment is being processed, and the cargo control number is not found in the customs database occurs during the 'Add Error Message: CCN Not Found' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system adds error message 'ccn not found on customs d.b. for 824 ack' and sets dcp interface error flag to true.
EXCLUDING
A cargo acknowledgment is being processed
When
The cargo control number is not found in the customs database
Then
The system adds error message 'CCN NOT FOUND ON CUSTOMS D.B. FOR 824 ACK' and sets DCP interface error flag to true
R-GCX122A-cbl-00090
Update Cargo Status to ACK
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo control record is found and has status sent during the 'Update Cargo Status to ACK' routine, when processing a cargo acknowledgment message, the system executes logic to ensure that the system updates the cargo current status to 'ack'.
Given
A cargo control record is found and has status SENT
When
Processing a cargo acknowledgment message
Then
The system updates the cargo current status to 'ACK'
R-GCX122A-cbl-00091
Set Current Status to ACK
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo control record is found in the database during the 'Set Current Status to ACK' routine, when processing a cargo acknowledgment message, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the working current status to 'ack'.
Given
A cargo control record is found in the database
When
Processing a cargo acknowledgment message
Then
The system sets the working current status to 'ACK'
R-GCX122A-cbl-00363
Set Reference Number from Message
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an input message containing a reference number in oti-03-ref-num during the 'Set Reference Number from Message' routine, when the system needs to retrieve cargo control records, the system executes logic to ensure that the reference number is set as the key value for both ccrt-ssaq and a2rt-ssaq segments.
Given
An input message containing a reference number in OTI-03-REF-NUM
When
The system needs to retrieve cargo control records
Then
The reference number is set as the key value for both CCRT-SSAQ and A2RT-SSAQ segments
R-GCX122A-cbl-00364
Access GCSA2RT Segment First
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a reference number has been set as the key value for a2rt-ssaq during the 'Access GCSA2RT Segment First' routine, when the system performs cargo control record retrieval, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls cims with ghu function to access gca2-pcb using gcsccs52 segment and a2rt-ssaq key.
Given
A reference number has been set as the key value for A2RT-SSAQ
When
The system performs cargo control record retrieval
Then
The system calls CIMS with GHU function to access GCA2-PCB using GCSCCS52 segment and A2RT-SSAQ key
R-GCX122A-cbl-00365
Clear GCSA2RT Data
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the gcsa2rt segment access has been attempted, and the status code indicates the gcsa2rt record was not found (cc-status-code is not spaces) occurs during the 'Clear GCSA2RT Data' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system moves spaces to gcsccs52 to clear the segment data.
EXCLUDING
The GCSA2RT segment access has been attempted
When
The status code indicates the GCSA2RT record was not found (CC-STATUS-CODE is not spaces)
Then
The system moves spaces to GCSCCS52 to clear the segment data
R-GCX122A-cbl-00366
Access GCSCCRT Segment
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the gcsa2rt segment processing has been completed (whether found or not found), and the system continues cargo control record retrieval occurs during the 'Access GCSCCRT Segment' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system calls cims with ghu function to access gccc-pcb using gccc-cargo-report-segment and ccrt-ssaq key.
EXCLUDING
The GCSA2RT segment processing has been completed (whether found or not found)
When
The system continues cargo control record retrieval
Then
The system calls CIMS with GHU function to access GCCC-PCB using GCCC-CARGO-REPORT-SEGMENT and CCRT-SSAQ key
R-GCX122A-cbl-00367
Return Cargo Control Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the gcsccrt segment access has been attempted during the 'Return Cargo Control Data' routine, when the status code indicates the gcsccrt record was found (cc-status-code is spaces), the system executes logic to ensure that the system returns with the cargo control data available in gccc-cargo-report-segment for further processing.
Given
The GCSCCRT segment access has been attempted
When
The status code indicates the GCSCCRT record was found (CC-STATUS-CODE is spaces)
Then
The system returns with the cargo control data available in GCCC-CARGO-REPORT-SEGMENT for further processing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00368
Return Record Not Found Status
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the gcsccrt segment access has been attempted, and the status code indicates the gcsccrt record was not found (cc-status-code is not spaces) occurs during the 'Return Record Not Found Status' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system returns with a not found status, making the cargo control data unavailable for processing.
EXCLUDING
The GCSCCRT segment access has been attempted
When
The status code indicates the GCSCCRT record was not found (CC-STATUS-CODE is not spaces)
Then
The system returns with a not found status, making the cargo control data unavailable for processing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00369
Retrieve Cargo Control Record by Reference Number
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo acknowledgment message with reference number is received during the 'Retrieve Cargo Control Record by Reference Number' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve the cargo control record using the reference number, the system executes logic to ensure that the system performs database lookup using the reference number as the key for both cargo control and related segments.
Given
A cargo acknowledgment message with reference number is received
When
The system attempts to retrieve the cargo control record using the reference number
Then
The system performs database lookup using the reference number as the key for both cargo control and related segments
R-GCX122A-cbl-00370
Add Error Message: CCN Not Found
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a cargo acknowledgment is being processed, and the cargo control record is not found in the database occurs during the 'Add Error Message: CCN Not Found' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system adds error message 'ccn not found on customs d.b. for 824 ack' to the message text and mst entry.
EXCLUDING
A cargo acknowledgment is being processed
When
The cargo control record is not found in the database
Then
The system adds error message 'CCN NOT FOUND ON CUSTOMS D.B. FOR 824 ACK' to the message text and MST entry
R-GCX122A-cbl-00096
Is Test Message?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a train error message is received during the 'Is Test Message?' routine, when the reference number equals '6105etesttrain00000000000', the system executes logic to ensure that the message is flagged as test data and special test processing is performed.
Given
A train error message is received
When
The reference number equals '6105ETESTTRAIN00000000000'
Then
The message is flagged as test data and special test processing is performed
R-GCX122A-cbl-00097
Is Test Message?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo error message is received during the 'Is Test Message?' routine, when the reference number starts with '6105ecprstestcargo' or '6105etestcargo', the system executes logic to ensure that the message is flagged as test data and special test processing is performed.
Given
A cargo error message is received
When
The reference number starts with '6105ECPRSTESTCARGO' or '6105ETESTCARGO'
Then
The message is flagged as test data and special test processing is performed
R-GCX122A-cbl-00098
Message Type?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If an error message is received that is not test data, and the message type indicator is evaluated occurs during the 'Message Type?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the message is routed to either train error processing or cargo error processing based on the type indicator.
EXCLUDING
An error message is received that is not test data
When
The message type indicator is evaluated
Then
The message is routed to either train error processing or cargo error processing based on the type indicator
R-GCX122A-cbl-00099
Train Report Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a train error message with a reference number is being processed during the 'Train Report Found?' routine, when the system searches for the train report using the reference number, the system executes logic to ensure that if the train report is not found, an error flag is set and a 'train report not found' message is recorded.
Given
A train error message with a reference number is being processed
When
The system searches for the train report using the reference number
Then
If the train report is not found, an error flag is set and a 'train report not found' message is recorded
R-GCX122A-cbl-00100
Is V67 Warning?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a train report is found and an error message is being processed during the 'Is V67 Warning?' routine, when the free-form message text starts with 'v67', the system executes logic to ensure that the message is classified as a v67 warning and special warning processing is applied.
Given
A train report is found and an error message is being processed
When
The free-form message text starts with 'V67'
Then
The message is classified as a V67 warning and special warning processing is applied
R-GCX122A-cbl-00101
Cargo Control Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo error message with a reference number is being processed during the 'Cargo Control Found?' routine, when the system searches for the cargo control number using the reference number, the system executes logic to ensure that if the cargo control number is not found, an error flag is set and a 'ccn not found' message is recorded.
Given
A cargo error message with a reference number is being processed
When
The system searches for the cargo control number using the reference number
Then
If the cargo control number is not found, an error flag is set and a 'CCN not found' message is recorded
R-GCX122A-cbl-00102
Is V67 Warning - Process as Train?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a cargo control number is not found in the database, and the free-form message text starts with 'v67' occurs during the 'Is V67 Warning - Process as Train?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the message is rerouted to train error processing instead of cargo error processing.
EXCLUDING
A cargo control number is not found in the database
When
The free-form message text starts with 'V67'
Then
The message is rerouted to train error processing instead of cargo error processing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00103
Error Message Found in Tables?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an error message needs to be processed and displayed during the 'Error Message Found in Tables?' routine, when the system searches for standardized message text using the error code, the system executes logic to ensure that if found, the standardized english text is used; if not found, the original free-form message is used and a 'message not found' warning is added.
Given
An error message needs to be processed and displayed
When
The system searches for standardized message text using the error code
Then
If found, the standardized English text is used; if not found, the original free-form message is used and a 'message not found' warning is added
R-GCX122A-cbl-00104
Error Type?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an error message has been processed and message text retrieved during the 'Error Type?' routine, when the error type from the message table is evaluated, the system executes logic to ensure that status is set to info for type 'x' with warning messages, warning for type 'x' with error messages, error for other types, or reject for type 'r'.
Given
An error message has been processed and message text retrieved
When
The error type from the message table is evaluated
Then
Status is set to INFO for type 'X' with warning messages, WARNING for type 'X' with error messages, ERROR for other types, or REJECT for type 'R'
R-GCX122A-cbl-00108
Retrieve Last Modified Terminal
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a train report is found in the database during the 'Retrieve Last Modified Terminal' routine, when terminal information is needed for message routing, the system executes logic to ensure that if last modified terminal is not empty, use it; otherwise use the creation terminal for processing.
Given
A train report is found in the database
When
Terminal information is needed for message routing
Then
If last modified terminal is not empty, use it; otherwise use the creation terminal for processing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00109
Retrieve Last Modified Terminal
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo control record is found in the database during the 'Retrieve Last Modified Terminal' routine, when terminal information is needed for message routing, the system executes logic to ensure that if ccn last modify terminal is not empty, use it; otherwise use the ccn creation terminal for processing.
Given
A cargo control record is found in the database
When
Terminal information is needed for message routing
Then
If CCN last modify terminal is not empty, use it; otherwise use the CCN creation terminal for processing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00110
Is Test Train Message?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a train error message is being processed during the 'Is Test Train Message?' routine, when the reference number equals '6105etesttrain00000000000', the system executes logic to ensure that the message is flagged as test train data and special test processing is performed.
Given
A train error message is being processed
When
The reference number equals '6105ETESTTRAIN00000000000'
Then
The message is flagged as test train data and special test processing is performed
R-GCX122A-cbl-00111
Handle Test Train Processing
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a test train message has been identified during the 'Handle Test Train Processing' routine, when the reference number matches the test train pattern, the system executes logic to ensure that special check processing is performed and test train indicator is set to true.
Given
A test train message has been identified
When
The reference number matches the test train pattern
Then
Special check processing is performed and test train indicator is set to true
R-GCX122A-cbl-00112
Set Train Error Flag
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a train error message is being processed, and the message is not a test train message occurs during the 'Set Train Error Flag' routine, then the system must guarantee that the train error flag is set to true.
EXCLUDING
A train error message is being processed
When
The message is not a test train message
Then
The train error flag is set to true
R-GCX122A-cbl-00114
Is V67 Warning Message?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a train report is not found in the database, and the free form message starts with 'v67' occurs during the 'Is V67 Warning Message?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the message is identified as a v67 warning requiring special handling.
EXCLUDING
A train report is not found in the database
When
The free form message starts with 'V67'
Then
The message is identified as a V67 warning requiring special handling
R-GCX122A-cbl-00115
Add Warning Message: Train/Cargo Not Found for V67 Warning
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a train report is not found and the message is a v67 warning, and the system processes the missing train record occurs during the 'Add Warning Message: Train/Cargo Not Found for V67 Warning' routine, then the system must guarantee that the message 'train/cargo not found on customs database for v67 warning' is added to the error text and mst entry.
EXCLUDING
A train report is not found and the message is a V67 warning
When
The system processes the missing train record
Then
The message 'TRAIN/CARGO NOT FOUND ON CUSTOMS DATABASE FOR V67 WARNING' is added to the error text and MST entry
R-GCX122A-cbl-00116
Add Error Message: Train Report Not Found on Database
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a train report is not found and the message is not a v67 warning, and the system processes the missing train record occurs during the 'Add Error Message: Train Report Not Found on Database' routine, then the system must guarantee that the message 'train report not found on customs database' is added to the error text and mst entry.
EXCLUDING
A train report is not found and the message is not a V67 warning
When
The system processes the missing train record
Then
The message 'TRAIN REPORT NOT FOUND ON CUSTOMS DATABASE' is added to the error text and MST entry
R-GCX122A-cbl-00117
Set Error Flag for DCP Interface
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a train report is not found in the database, and an error message has been added for the missing train occurs during the 'Set Error Flag for DCP Interface' routine, then the system must guarantee that the dcp interface error flag is set to true.
EXCLUDING
A train report is not found in the database
When
An error message has been added for the missing train
Then
The DCP interface error flag is set to true
R-GCX122A-cbl-00118
Is V67 Warning?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a train report is found in the database during the 'Is V67 Warning?' routine, when the free form message starts with 'v67', the system executes logic to ensure that the message is identified as a v67 warning and train message type is set.
Given
A train report is found in the database
When
The free form message starts with 'V67'
Then
The message is identified as a V67 warning and train message type is set
R-GCX122A-cbl-00119
Set Train Message Type
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a train report is found and the message is a v67 warning during the 'Set Train Message Type' routine, when the v67 warning is being processed, the system executes logic to ensure that the train message type indicator is set to true.
Given
A train report is found and the message is a V67 warning
When
The V67 warning is being processed
Then
The train message type indicator is set to true
R-GCX122A-cbl-00382
Set Train/Cargo Not Found Message for V67
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a train report lookup that returns no results and the message is a v67 warning during the 'Set Train/Cargo Not Found Message for V67' routine, when the free form message starts with 'v67', the system executes logic to ensure that the system adds message 'train/cargo not found on customs database for v67 warning' and sets dcp interface error flag.
Given
A train report lookup that returns no results and the message is a V67 warning
When
The free form message starts with 'V67'
Then
The system adds message 'TRAIN/CARGO NOT FOUND ON CUSTOMS DATABASE FOR V67 WARNING' and sets DCP interface error flag
R-GCX122A-cbl-00383
Set Train Report Not Found Message
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a train report lookup that returns no results and the message is not a v67 warning, and the free form message does not start with 'v67' occurs during the 'Set Train Report Not Found Message' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system adds message 'train report not found on customs database' and sets dcp interface error flag.
EXCLUDING
A train report lookup that returns no results and the message is not a V67 warning
When
The free form message does not start with 'V67'
Then
The system adds message 'TRAIN REPORT NOT FOUND ON CUSTOMS DATABASE' and sets DCP interface error flag
R-GCX122A-cbl-00385
Set Train Report Found Flag
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a train report is found in the database and the message is a v67 warning during the 'Set Train Report Found Flag' routine, when the free form message starts with 'v67', the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the train type indicator to true.
Given
A train report is found in the database and the message is a V67 warning
When
The free form message starts with 'V67'
Then
The system sets the train type indicator to true
R-GCX122A-cbl-00483
Reference Number = '6105ETESTTRAIN00000000000'?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a train error message is received with a reference number during the 'Reference Number = '6105ETESTTRAIN00000000000'?' routine, when the reference number equals '6105etesttrain00000000000', the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the test train indicator and initiates test processing workflow.
Given
A train error message is received with a reference number
When
The reference number equals '6105ETESTTRAIN00000000000'
Then
The system sets the test train indicator and initiates test processing workflow
R-GCX122A-cbl-00489
Save Updated Test Table
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the test train acknowledgment timestamps have been updated in memory during the 'Save Updated Test Table' routine, when the system completes the timestamp recording, the system executes logic to ensure that the updated t2 table segment is written back to the database using replace operation.
Given
The test train acknowledgment timestamps have been updated in memory
When
The system completes the timestamp recording
Then
The updated T2 table segment is written back to the database using replace operation
R-GCX122A-cbl-00537
Update Test Train Acknowledgment Timestamp - Record current system date, century, and time in T2-358-ACK field
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a test train message is being processed and the t2 table segment has been retrieved during the 'Update Test Train Acknowledgment Timestamp - Record current system date, century, and time in T2-358-ACK field' routine, when the system processes the test train acknowledgment, the system executes logic to ensure that the current system date (6 digits), century (2 digits), and time (4 digits) are recorded in the t2-358-ack field with date in positions 3-8, century in positions 1-2, and time in positions 9-12.
Given
A test train message is being processed and the T2 table segment has been retrieved
When
The system processes the test train acknowledgment
Then
The current system date (6 digits), century (2 digits), and time (4 digits) are recorded in the T2-358-ACK field with date in positions 3-8, century in positions 1-2, and time in positions 9-12
R-GCX122A-cbl-00538
Update Test Train Acknowledgment Timestamp - Record current system date, century, and time in T2-358-ACK field
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a test cargo message is being processed and the t2 table segment has been retrieved during the 'Update Test Train Acknowledgment Timestamp - Record current system date, century, and time in T2-358-ACK field' routine, when the system processes the test cargo acknowledgment, the system executes logic to ensure that the current system date (6 digits), century (2 digits), and time (4 digits) are recorded in the t2-309-ack field with date in positions 3-8, century in positions 1-2, and time in positions 9-12.
Given
A test cargo message is being processed and the T2 table segment has been retrieved
When
The system processes the test cargo acknowledgment
Then
The current system date (6 digits), century (2 digits), and time (4 digits) are recorded in the T2-309-ACK field with date in positions 3-8, century in positions 1-2, and time in positions 9-12
R-GCX122A-cbl-00539
Retrieve T2 Table Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a test message (train or cargo) needs timestamp processing during the 'Retrieve T2 Table Segment' routine, when the system prepares to update acknowledgment timestamps, the system executes logic to ensure that the t2 table segment is retrieved using table id 't2' and empty sequence id, and if retrieval fails an error message 't2 check table entry not found' is generated.
Given
A test message (train or cargo) needs timestamp processing
When
The system prepares to update acknowledgment timestamps
Then
The T2 table segment is retrieved using table ID 'T2' and empty sequence ID, and if retrieval fails an error message 'T2 CHECK TABLE ENTRY NOT FOUND' is generated
R-GCX122A-cbl-00540
Save Updated T2 Table Segment
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the t2 table segment has been updated with new acknowledgment timestamps during the 'Save Updated T2 Table Segment' routine, when the timestamp updates are complete, the system executes logic to ensure that the updated t2 table segment is saved back to the database using the repl function.
Given
The T2 table segment has been updated with new acknowledgment timestamps
When
The timestamp updates are complete
Then
The updated T2 table segment is saved back to the database using the REPL function
R-GCX122A-cbl-00122
Is Test Cargo Message?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo error message is being processed during the 'Is Test Cargo Message?' routine, when the reference number starts with '6105ecprstestcargo' or '6105etestcargo', the system executes logic to ensure that the message is flagged as test cargo and routed to special test processing.
Given
A cargo error message is being processed
When
The reference number starts with '6105ECPRSTESTCARGO' or '6105ETESTCARGO'
Then
The message is flagged as test cargo and routed to special test processing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00123
Handle Test Cargo Processing
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo message has been identified as test data during the 'Handle Test Cargo Processing' routine, when the test cargo flag is set, the system executes logic to ensure that the system performs special check processing and exits cargo error handling.
Given
A cargo message has been identified as test data
When
The test cargo flag is set
Then
The system performs special check processing and exits cargo error handling
R-GCX122A-cbl-00124
Set Cargo Error Flag
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a non-test cargo error message is being processed during the 'Set Cargo Error Flag' routine, when the message is confirmed as production cargo data, the system executes logic to ensure that the cargo error flag is set to true.
Given
A non-test cargo error message is being processed
When
The message is confirmed as production cargo data
Then
The cargo error flag is set to true
R-GCX122A-cbl-00125
Retrieve Cargo Control Record
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo error message with a reference number during the 'Retrieve Cargo Control Record' routine, when the system searches for the corresponding cargo control record, the system executes logic to ensure that the cargo record is retrieved if it exists in the database.
Given
A cargo error message with a reference number
When
The system searches for the corresponding cargo control record
Then
The cargo record is retrieved if it exists in the database
R-GCX122A-cbl-00126
Is V67 Warning?
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a cargo control record is not found in the database, and the free-form message starts with 'v67' occurs during the 'Is V67 Warning?' routine, then the system must guarantee that the message is identified as a v67 warning requiring train error processing.
EXCLUDING
A cargo control record is not found in the database
When
The free-form message starts with 'V67'
Then
The message is identified as a V67 warning requiring train error processing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00127
Process as Train Error Instead
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a cargo record is not found and the message is identified as v67 warning, and the v67 redirection rule is triggered occurs during the 'Process as Train Error Instead' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system processes the message using train error handling procedures.
EXCLUDING
A cargo record is not found and the message is identified as V67 warning
When
The V67 redirection rule is triggered
Then
The system processes the message using train error handling procedures
R-GCX122A-cbl-00128
Add Error Message: CCN Not Found
Action Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a cargo control record search fails and the message is not a v67 warning, and the cargo record is confirmed as not found occurs during the 'Add Error Message: CCN Not Found' routine, then the system must guarantee that an error message 'ccn not found on customs database' is added to the message queue.
EXCLUDING
A cargo control record search fails and the message is not a V67 warning
When
The cargo record is confirmed as not found
Then
An error message 'CCN NOT FOUND ON CUSTOMS DATABASE' is added to the message queue
R-GCX122A-cbl-00388
Check if Test Cargo Message
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo error message is being processed during the 'Check if Test Cargo Message' routine, when the reference number starts with '6105ecprstestcargo' or '6105etestcargo', the system executes logic to ensure that the message is flagged as test cargo and routed to special test processing.
Given
A cargo error message is being processed
When
The reference number starts with '6105ECPRSTESTCARGO' or '6105ETESTCARGO'
Then
The message is flagged as test cargo and routed to special test processing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00389
Process Special Test Check
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a test cargo message has been identified during the 'Process Special Test Check' routine, when special test processing is invoked, the system executes logic to ensure that the system updates test timestamps in the t2 table and exits cargo error processing.
Given
A test cargo message has been identified
When
Special test processing is invoked
Then
The system updates test timestamps in the T2 table and exits cargo error processing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00390
Set Cargo Error Processing Flag
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a non-test cargo error message is being processed during the 'Set Cargo Error Processing Flag' routine, when the cargo error processing begins, the system executes logic to ensure that the cargo error flag is set to indicate cargo-specific error handling.
Given
A non-test cargo error message is being processed
When
The cargo error processing begins
Then
The cargo error flag is set to indicate cargo-specific error handling
R-GCX122A-cbl-00391
Access GCSCCRT Segment with Reference Number
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo reference number is provided during the 'Access GCSCCRT Segment with Reference Number' routine, when the system searches for the cargo control record, the system executes logic to ensure that the gcsccrt segment is accessed using the reference number as the key.
Given
A cargo reference number is provided
When
The system searches for the cargo control record
Then
The GCSCCRT segment is accessed using the reference number as the key
R-GCX122A-cbl-00392
Access GCSA2RT Segment with Reference Number
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo reference number is provided during the 'Access GCSA2RT Segment with Reference Number' routine, when the system needs complete cargo information, the system executes logic to ensure that the gcsa2rt segment is accessed using the same reference number.
Given
A cargo reference number is provided
When
The system needs complete cargo information
Then
The GCSA2RT segment is accessed using the same reference number
R-GCX122A-cbl-00393
Check for V67 Warning Message
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a cargo control record is not found in the database, and the free-form message starts with 'v67' occurs during the 'Check for V67 Warning Message' routine, then the system must guarantee that the message is identified as a v67 warning requiring train error processing.
EXCLUDING
A cargo control record is not found in the database
When
The free-form message starts with 'V67'
Then
The message is identified as a V67 warning requiring train error processing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00394
Process as Train Error Instead
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a v67 warning message is detected for a missing cargo record during the 'Process as Train Error Instead' routine, when the system processes the v67 warning, the system executes logic to ensure that the message is routed to train error processing instead of cargo error processing.
Given
A V67 warning message is detected for a missing cargo record
When
The system processes the V67 warning
Then
The message is routed to train error processing instead of cargo error processing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00395
Record CCN Not Found Error
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a cargo control record is not found and it's not a v67 warning, and the system processes the missing cargo record occurs during the 'Record CCN Not Found Error' routine, then the system must guarantee that an error message 'ccn not found on customs database' is recorded for user notification.
EXCLUDING
A cargo control record is not found and it's not a V67 warning
When
The system processes the missing cargo record
Then
An error message 'CCN NOT FOUND ON CUSTOMS DATABASE' is recorded for user notification
R-GCX122A-cbl-00399
Determine Last Modify Terminal
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo control record has been found during the 'Determine Last Modify Terminal' routine, when the system determines message routing, the system executes logic to ensure that the last modify terminal field is checked for availability.
Given
A cargo control record has been found
When
The system determines message routing
Then
The last modify terminal field is checked for availability
R-GCX122A-cbl-00400
Use Last Modify Terminal
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo record has a last modify terminal recorded during the 'Use Last Modify Terminal' routine, when terminal selection for processing is required, the system executes logic to ensure that the last modify terminal is selected for message routing.
Given
A cargo record has a last modify terminal recorded
When
Terminal selection for processing is required
Then
The last modify terminal is selected for message routing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00401
Use Creation Terminal
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo record has no last modify terminal recorded during the 'Use Creation Terminal' routine, when terminal selection for processing is required, the system executes logic to ensure that the creation terminal is selected as the fallback for message routing.
Given
A cargo record has no last modify terminal recorded
When
Terminal selection for processing is required
Then
The creation terminal is selected as the fallback for message routing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00402
Store Terminal for Processing
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a terminal has been selected for processing during the 'Store Terminal for Processing' routine, when the terminal selection is completed, the system executes logic to ensure that the selected terminal is stored in the processing context for message routing.
Given
A terminal has been selected for processing
When
The terminal selection is completed
Then
The selected terminal is stored in the processing context for message routing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00490
Check Reference Number
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo error message is received with a reference number during the 'Check Reference Number' routine, when the reference number starts with '6105ecprstestcargo' or starts with '6105etestcargo', the system executes logic to ensure that the system should identify this as test cargo data and set the test cargo flag.
Given
A cargo error message is received with a reference number
When
The reference number starts with '6105ECPRSTESTCARGO' or starts with '6105ETESTCARGO'
Then
The system should identify this as test cargo data and set the test cargo flag
R-GCX122A-cbl-00492
Retrieve T2 Test Table
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming test cargo processing is required during the 'Retrieve T2 Test Table' routine, when the system needs to update test acknowledgment data, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should retrieve the t2 table segment from the gcstbrt table with table id 't2'.
Given
Test cargo processing is required
When
The system needs to update test acknowledgment data
Then
The system should retrieve the T2 table segment from the GCSTBRT table with table ID 'T2'
R-GCX122A-cbl-00493
T2 Table Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system attempts to retrieve the t2 test table during the 'T2 Table Found?' routine, when the t2 table retrieval operation is performed, the system executes logic to ensure that if the table is not found (return flag not equal to '0'), log an error message 't2 check table entry not found'.
Given
The system attempts to retrieve the T2 test table
When
The T2 table retrieval operation is performed
Then
If the table is not found (return flag not equal to '0'), log an error message 'T2 CHECK TABLE ENTRY NOT FOUND'
R-GCX122A-cbl-00494
Update Test Acknowledgment Timestamp
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming test cargo processing is active and t2 table is available during the 'Update Test Acknowledgment Timestamp' routine, when a cargo test acknowledgment needs to be recorded, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should update t2-309-ack field with current machine date (positions 3-8), current century (positions 1-2), and current time first 4 digits (positions 9-12).
Given
Test cargo processing is active and T2 table is available
When
A cargo test acknowledgment needs to be recorded
Then
The system should update T2-309-ACK field with current machine date (positions 3-8), current century (positions 1-2), and current time first 4 digits (positions 9-12)
R-GCX122A-cbl-00495
Save Updated T2 Table
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the t2 table has been updated with test acknowledgment timestamp during the 'Save Updated T2 Table' routine, when the timestamp update is complete, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should save the updated t2 table segment back to the database using repl function.
Given
The T2 table has been updated with test acknowledgment timestamp
When
The timestamp update is complete
Then
The system should save the updated T2 table segment back to the database using REPL function
R-GCX122A-cbl-00496
Continue Normal Cargo Error Processing
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a cargo error message is received, and the reference number does not match test cargo patterns occurs during the 'Continue Normal Cargo Error Processing' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should continue with normal cargo error processing workflow.
EXCLUDING
A cargo error message is received
When
The reference number does not match test cargo patterns
Then
The system should continue with normal cargo error processing workflow
R-GCX122A-cbl-00541
Retrieve T2 Test Table Entry
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a test acknowledgment processing request is initiated during the 'Retrieve T2 Test Table Entry' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve the t2 test table entry with empty sequence id, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should fetch the t2 table segment for timestamp update operations.
Given
A test acknowledgment processing request is initiated
When
The system attempts to retrieve the T2 test table entry with empty sequence ID
Then
The system should fetch the T2 table segment for timestamp update operations
R-GCX122A-cbl-00542
Table Entry Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system has attempted to retrieve the t2 test table entry during the 'Table Entry Found?' routine, when the table retrieval operation completes, the system executes logic to ensure that if the return flag is not '0', the system should display an error message 't2 check table entry not found' and terminate processing.
Given
The system has attempted to retrieve the T2 test table entry
When
The table retrieval operation completes
Then
If the return flag is not '0', the system should display an error message 'T2 CHECK TABLE ENTRY NOT FOUND' and terminate processing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00543
Message Type?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid t2 test table entry has been retrieved during the 'Message Type?' routine, when the system evaluates the transaction type from the oti message, the system executes logic to ensure that if oti-02-train is true, process as train test; if oti-02-cargo is true, process as cargo test.
Given
A valid T2 test table entry has been retrieved
When
The system evaluates the transaction type from the OTI message
Then
If OTI-02-TRAIN is true, process as train test; if OTI-02-CARGO is true, process as cargo test
R-GCX122A-cbl-00544
Update T2-358-ACK Field for Train Test
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the message type is identified as train test (oti-02-train is true) and t2 table entry is available during the 'Update T2-358-ACK Field for Train Test' routine, when the system processes the train test acknowledgment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should move the machine century to positions 1-2, machine date to positions 3-8, and machine time (first 4 digits) to positions 9-12 of the t2-358-ack field.
Given
The message type is identified as train test (OTI-02-TRAIN is true) and T2 table entry is available
When
The system processes the train test acknowledgment
Then
The system should move the machine century to positions 1-2, machine date to positions 3-8, and machine time (first 4 digits) to positions 9-12 of the T2-358-ACK field
R-GCX122A-cbl-00545
Update T2-309-ACK Field for Cargo Test
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the message type is identified as cargo test (oti-02-cargo is true) and t2 table entry is available during the 'Update T2-309-ACK Field for Cargo Test' routine, when the system processes the cargo test acknowledgment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should move the machine century to positions 1-2, machine date to positions 3-8, and machine time (first 4 digits) to positions 9-12 of the t2-309-ack field.
Given
The message type is identified as cargo test (OTI-02-CARGO is true) and T2 table entry is available
When
The system processes the cargo test acknowledgment
Then
The system should move the machine century to positions 1-2, machine date to positions 3-8, and machine time (first 4 digits) to positions 9-12 of the T2-309-ACK field
R-GCX122A-cbl-00546
Save Updated T2 Table Entry
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the appropriate timestamp field (t2-358-ack or t2-309-ack) has been updated with current system date and time during the 'Save Updated T2 Table Entry' routine, when the timestamp update is complete, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should perform a repl operation to save the updated t2 table segment back to the database.
Given
The appropriate timestamp field (T2-358-ACK or T2-309-ACK) has been updated with current system date and time
When
The timestamp update is complete
Then
The system should perform a REPL operation to save the updated T2 table segment back to the database
R-GCX122A-cbl-00136
Message Number Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an error processing request is being handled during the 'Message Number Available?' routine, when the system checks for availability of a custom message number in gcw122-msg-num field, the system executes logic to ensure that if custom message number exists and is not spaces, use it for lookup, otherwise use the first 3 characters of the ted free-form message as the error code.
Given
An error processing request is being handled
When
The system checks for availability of a custom message number in GCW122-MSG-NUM field
Then
If custom message number exists and is not spaces, use it for lookup, otherwise use the first 3 characters of the TED free-form message as the error code
R-GCX122A-cbl-00137
Use Custom Message Number
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a custom message number exists in gcw122-msg-num field during the 'Use Custom Message Number' routine, when the system builds the lookup key for message table query, the system executes logic to ensure that concatenate 'b' prefix with the custom message number to form the sequence id for table lookup.
Given
A custom message number exists in GCW122-MSG-NUM field
When
The system builds the lookup key for message table query
Then
Concatenate 'B' prefix with the custom message number to form the sequence ID for table lookup
R-GCX122A-cbl-00138
Use Standard Error Code from TED Message
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming no custom message number exists in gcw122-msg-num field during the 'Use Standard Error Code from TED Message' routine, when the system builds the lookup key for message table query, the system executes logic to ensure that concatenate 'b' prefix with the first 3 characters of ted-02-free-form-msg to form the sequence id for table lookup.
Given
No custom message number exists in GCW122-MSG-NUM field
When
The system builds the lookup key for message table query
Then
Concatenate 'B' prefix with the first 3 characters of TED-02-FREE-FORM-MSG to form the sequence ID for table lookup
R-GCX122A-cbl-00139
Lookup Message in MS Table
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a lookup key has been constructed with table id 'ms' and sequence id during the 'Lookup Message in MS Table' routine, when the system performs a table segment retrieval using function code 'gu', the system executes logic to ensure that query the ms table using the constructed key and return the table segment or error flag.
Given
A lookup key has been constructed with table ID 'MS' and sequence ID
When
The system performs a table segment retrieval using function code 'GU'
Then
Query the MS table using the constructed key and return the table segment or error flag
R-GCX122A-cbl-00140
Message Found in Table?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a message table lookup has been performed during the 'Message Found in Table?' routine, when the system checks the return flag from the table lookup operation, the system executes logic to ensure that if return flag equals 0, message was found in table, otherwise message was not found and raw error text should be used.
Given
A message table lookup has been performed
When
The system checks the return flag from the table lookup operation
Then
If return flag equals 0, message was found in table, otherwise message was not found and raw error text should be used
R-GCX122A-cbl-00141
Retrieve Standardized English Text
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming message lookup was successful and table segment is available during the 'Retrieve Standardized English Text' routine, when the system processes the retrieved ms table segment, the system executes logic to ensure that set message found flag to true, move table segment to ms segment structure, and extract english text to working storage.
Given
Message lookup was successful and table segment is available
When
The system processes the retrieved MS table segment
Then
Set message found flag to true, move table segment to MS segment structure, and extract English text to working storage
R-GCX122A-cbl-00142
Use Raw Error Message from TED
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming message table lookup failed to find standardized text during the 'Use Raw Error Message from TED' routine, when the system needs to provide error message text, the system executes logic to ensure that set message not found flag to true and use ted-02-free-form-msg as the error message text.
Given
Message table lookup failed to find standardized text
When
The system needs to provide error message text
Then
Set message not found flag to true and use TED-02-FREE-FORM-MSG as the error message text
R-GCX122A-cbl-00143
Format Message for Display
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming message text has been determined from either table lookup or raw ted message during the 'Format Message for Display' routine, when the system prepares the message for display, the system executes logic to ensure that add the message text to both emi text line array and mst entry array at current index positions, and increment the text and mst index counters.
Given
Message text has been determined from either table lookup or raw TED message
When
The system prepares the message for display
Then
Add the message text to both EMI text line array and MST entry array at current index positions, and increment the text and MST index counters
R-GCX122A-cbl-00144
Prepare Message for Transaction Log
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming message text has been formatted for display during the 'Prepare Message for Transaction Log' routine, when the system prepares the message for transaction logging, the system executes logic to ensure that set security byte to high-value, populate sending transaction as 'gct1221e', set acf2 user id, date, time, action code as 'zzz', and reference number, then determine record type based on cargo or train classification.
Given
Message text has been formatted for display
When
The system prepares the message for transaction logging
Then
Set security byte to high-value, populate sending transaction as 'GCT1221E', set ACF2 user ID, date, time, action code as 'ZZZ', and reference number, then determine record type based on cargo or train classification
R-GCX122A-cbl-00145
Add Secondary Error Message
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If message was not found in the ms table during lookup, and the system processes the unfound message scenario occurs during the 'Add Secondary Error Message' routine, then the system must guarantee that add a secondary message 'error message not found on table :' with the error number, format it for display and logging, and increment message counters.
EXCLUDING
Message was not found in the MS table during lookup
When
The system processes the unfound message scenario
Then
Add a secondary message 'ERROR MESSAGE NOT FOUND ON TABLE :' with the error number, format it for display and logging, and increment message counters
R-GCX122A-cbl-00403
Message Number Available?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a message processing request is initiated during the 'Message Number Available?' routine, when the system checks for availability of a predefined message number in gcw122-msg-num, the system executes logic to ensure that if predefined message number exists and is not spaces, use it for key construction, otherwise extract first 3 characters from free-form message text.
Given
A message processing request is initiated
When
The system checks for availability of a predefined message number in GCW122-MSG-NUM
Then
If predefined message number exists and is not spaces, use it for key construction, otherwise extract first 3 characters from free-form message text
R-GCX122A-cbl-00404
Build Key with Predefined Message Number
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a predefined message number exists in gcw122-msg-num and is not spaces, and the system builds the table lookup key occurs during the 'Build Key with Predefined Message Number' routine, then the system must guarantee that concatenate 'b' prefix with the predefined message number to form the sequence id for table lookup.
EXCLUDING
A predefined message number exists in GCW122-MSG-NUM and is not spaces
When
The system builds the table lookup key
Then
Concatenate 'B' prefix with the predefined message number to form the sequence ID for table lookup
R-GCX122A-cbl-00405
Build Key with Error Code from Message
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming no predefined message number exists or gcw122-msg-num contains spaces during the 'Build Key with Error Code from Message' routine, when the system builds the table lookup key, the system executes logic to ensure that extract first 3 characters from ted-02-free-form-msg and concatenate with 'b' prefix to form the sequence id for table lookup.
Given
No predefined message number exists or GCW122-MSG-NUM contains spaces
When
The system builds the table lookup key
Then
Extract first 3 characters from TED-02-FREE-FORM-MSG and concatenate with 'B' prefix to form the sequence ID for table lookup
R-GCX122A-cbl-00406
Set Table ID to 'MS'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a message table lookup operation is required during the 'Set Table ID to 'MS'' routine, when the system prepares table access parameters, the system executes logic to ensure that set table identifier to 'ms' to access the message text table.
Given
A message table lookup operation is required
When
The system prepares table access parameters
Then
Set table identifier to 'MS' to access the message text table
R-GCX122A-cbl-00407
Call Table Lookup Service
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming table lookup parameters are prepared with table id 'ms' and constructed sequence id during the 'Call Table Lookup Service' routine, when the system needs to retrieve standardized message text, the system executes logic to ensure that call gcctbio service with gu function code to perform table segment retrieval.
Given
Table lookup parameters are prepared with table ID 'MS' and constructed sequence ID
When
The system needs to retrieve standardized message text
Then
Call GCCTBIO service with GU function code to perform table segment retrieval
R-GCX122A-cbl-00408
Message Text Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming table lookup service has been invoked for message text retrieval during the 'Message Text Found?' routine, when the system evaluates the lookup operation result, the system executes logic to ensure that if gcctbio-return-flag equals 0, message text was found successfully, otherwise message text was not found.
Given
Table lookup service has been invoked for message text retrieval
When
The system evaluates the lookup operation result
Then
If GCCTBIO-RETURN-FLAG equals 0, message text was found successfully, otherwise message text was not found
R-GCX122A-cbl-00409
Set Message Found Flag
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming message text was successfully retrieved from the message table (gcctbio-return-flag equals 0) during the 'Set Message Found Flag' routine, when the system processes the lookup result, the system executes logic to ensure that set sw-gcstbrt-ms-found flag to true, move retrieved table segment to gcstbrt-ms-segment, and store english text in ws-gcstbrt-ms-eng-text.
Given
Message text was successfully retrieved from the message table (GCCTBIO-RETURN-FLAG equals 0)
When
The system processes the lookup result
Then
Set SW-GCSTBRT-MS-FOUND flag to true, move retrieved table segment to GCSTBRT-MS-SEGMENT, and store English text in WS-GCSTBRT-MS-ENG-TEXT
R-GCX122A-cbl-00410
Store Retrieved Message Text
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming message text was found and message found flag is set to true during the 'Store Retrieved Message Text' routine, when the system stores the retrieved message text, the system executes logic to ensure that extract english text from gcstbrt-ms-eng-text and make it available for message processing operations.
Given
Message text was found and message found flag is set to true
When
The system stores the retrieved message text
Then
Extract English text from GCSTBRT-MS-ENG-TEXT and make it available for message processing operations
R-GCX122A-cbl-00411
Set Message Not Found Flag
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If message text lookup operation failed (gcctbio-return-flag not equal to 0), and the system processes the failed lookup result occurs during the 'Set Message Not Found Flag' routine, then the system must guarantee that set sw-gcstbrt-ms-not-found flag to true to indicate message text was not available in the table.
EXCLUDING
Message text lookup operation failed (GCCTBIO-RETURN-FLAG not equal to 0)
When
The system processes the failed lookup result
Then
Set SW-GCSTBRT-MS-NOT-FOUND flag to true to indicate message text was not available in the table
R-GCX122A-cbl-00146
Error Type = 'X' Info?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an error message is being processed for train or cargo during the 'Error Type = 'X' Info?' routine, when the error type from the message table is 'x' (informational), the system executes logic to ensure that set current status to 'warning' if the original item was a warning, otherwise set to 'info', and exit without database updates.
Given
An error message is being processed for train or cargo
When
The error type from the message table is 'X' (informational)
Then
Set current status to 'WARNING' if the original item was a warning, otherwise set to 'INFO', and exit without database updates
R-GCX122A-cbl-00147
Set Error Resend Flag
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a train report is found and is not deleted or delete-pending, and processing an error message for the train occurs during the 'Set Error Resend Flag' routine, then the system must guarantee that set the security error resend flag to 'y' to indicate the record needs error processing.
EXCLUDING
A train report is found and is not deleted or delete-pending
When
Processing an error message for the train
Then
Set the security error resend flag to 'Y' to indicate the record needs error processing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00149
Error Type = 'R' Reject?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a train record is being updated with error information during the 'Error Type = 'R' Reject?' routine, when the message table error type is 'r', the system executes logic to ensure that set train status to 'reject' and current status to 'reject', otherwise set train status to 'error' and current status to 'error'.
Given
A train record is being updated with error information
When
The message table error type is 'R'
Then
Set train status to 'REJECT' and current status to 'REJECT', otherwise set train status to 'ERROR' and current status to 'ERROR'
R-GCX122A-cbl-00151
Send AEI Message if Required
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a train record has been updated with new status information during the 'Send AEI Message if Required' routine, when the train record has aei send flag set to 'y', the system executes logic to ensure that send an aei message containing the train id and current status.
Given
A train record has been updated with new status information
When
The train record has AEI send flag set to 'Y'
Then
Send an AEI message containing the train ID and current status
R-GCX122A-cbl-00152
Set Error/Release Status Index
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo report is found and needs error processing during the 'Set Error/Release Status Index' routine, when processing an error message for cargo, the system executes logic to ensure that set the error or release status index to 'e' to indicate error processing mode.
Given
A cargo report is found and needs error processing
When
Processing an error message for cargo
Then
Set the error or release status index to 'E' to indicate error processing mode
R-GCX122A-cbl-00153
Error Type = 'R' Reject?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo record is being updated with error information during the 'Error Type = 'R' Reject?' routine, when the message table error type is 'r', the system executes logic to ensure that set cargo error status to 'r' and current status to 'reject', otherwise set cargo error status to 'e' and current status to 'error'.
Given
A cargo record is being updated with error information
When
The message table error type is 'R'
Then
Set cargo error status to 'R' and current status to 'REJECT', otherwise set cargo error status to 'E' and current status to 'ERROR'
R-GCX122A-cbl-00412
Error Type = 'X' Info Only?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a train error message is being processed during the 'Error Type = 'X' Info Only?' routine, when the error type is 'x' indicating informational message only, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets status to warning for warning items or info for other items and exits without database updates.
Given
A train error message is being processed
When
The error type is 'X' indicating informational message only
Then
The system sets status to WARNING for warning items or INFO for other items and exits without database updates
R-GCX122A-cbl-00413
Train Report Found in Database?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a train error message requires status update during the 'Train Report Found in Database?' routine, when the system checks for train record existence in the database, the system executes logic to ensure that processing continues only if the train record is found, otherwise the update process is skipped.
Given
A train error message requires status update
When
The system checks for train record existence in the database
Then
Processing continues only if the train record is found, otherwise the update process is skipped
R-GCX122A-cbl-00416
Error Type = 'R' Reject?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a train record is being updated with an error message during the 'Error Type = 'R' Reject?' routine, when the error type is 'r' indicating a rejection, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets reject status flag, train status to reject, and current status to 'reject'.
Given
A train record is being updated with an error message
When
The error type is 'R' indicating a rejection
Then
The system sets reject status flag, train status to REJECT, and current status to 'REJECT'
R-GCX122A-cbl-00417
Set ERROR Status
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a train record is being updated with an error message, and the error type is not 'r' occurs during the 'Set ERROR Status' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system sets error status flag, train status to error, and current status to 'error'.
EXCLUDING
A train record is being updated with an error message
When
The error type is not 'R'
Then
The system sets error status flag, train status to ERROR, and current status to 'ERROR'
R-GCX122A-cbl-00418
Save Train Root Segment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a train record status update is being performed during the 'Save Train Root Segment' routine, when the system needs to update the database record, the system executes logic to ensure that the current train root segment is saved, the record is retrieved from database, the saved segment is restored, and the record is replaced in the database.
Given
A train record status update is being performed
When
The system needs to update the database record
Then
The current train root segment is saved, the record is retrieved from database, the saved segment is restored, and the record is replaced in the database
R-GCX122A-cbl-00419
AEI Send Flag = 'Y'?
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a train record status has been successfully updated during the 'AEI Send Flag = 'Y'?' routine, when the aei send flag is set to 'y' for the train record, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sends an aei status message containing train id and current status.
Given
A train record status has been successfully updated
When
The AEI send flag is set to 'Y' for the train record
Then
The system sends an AEI status message containing train ID and current status
R-GCX122A-cbl-00420
Is Error Type 'X' Info?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo error message is being processed with error type information available from the message table during the 'Is Error Type 'X' Info?' routine, when the error type from the message table is 'x' (informational), the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set the current status to 'warning' for warning items or 'info' for other items and exit without updating the cargo database record.
Given
A cargo error message is being processed with error type information available from the message table
When
The error type from the message table is 'X' (informational)
Then
The system should set the current status to 'WARNING' for warning items or 'INFO' for other items and exit without updating the cargo database record
R-GCX122A-cbl-00421
Set Error/Release Status Index to 'E'
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a cargo error message is being processed and the error type is not informational ('x'), and the cargo report is found in the system occurs during the 'Set Error/Release Status Index to 'E'' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should set the error or release status index to 'e' to indicate error processing mode.
EXCLUDING
A cargo error message is being processed and the error type is not informational ('X')
When
The cargo report is found in the system
Then
The system should set the error or release status index to 'E' to indicate error processing mode
R-GCX122A-cbl-00422
Is Error Type 'R' Reject?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo error message is being processed and the cargo report exists in the system during the 'Is Error Type 'R' Reject?' routine, when the error type from the message table is 'r' (reject), the system executes logic to ensure that the system should set the error status to 'r', set the current status to 'reject', and update the cargo record in the database.
Given
A cargo error message is being processed and the cargo report exists in the system
When
The error type from the message table is 'R' (reject)
Then
The system should set the error status to 'R', set the current status to 'REJECT', and update the cargo record in the database
R-GCX122A-cbl-00423
Set Current Status to ERROR
Decision Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a cargo error message is being processed and the cargo report exists in the system, and the error type from the message table is not 'r' (not a reject) and not 'x' (not informational) occurs during the 'Set Current Status to ERROR' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system should set the error status to 'e', set the current status to 'error', and update the cargo record in the database.
EXCLUDING
A cargo error message is being processed and the cargo report exists in the system
When
The error type from the message table is not 'R' (not a reject) and not 'X' (not informational)
Then
The system should set the error status to 'E', set the current status to 'ERROR', and update the cargo record in the database
R-GCX122A-cbl-00424
Update Cargo Record in GCSCCRT
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo error message has been processed and the appropriate error status has been determined during the 'Update Cargo Record in GCSCCRT' routine, when the cargo record status needs to be persisted, the system executes logic to ensure that the system should update the cargo record in the gcsccrt database with the new error status and current status.
Given
A cargo error message has been processed and the appropriate error status has been determined
When
The cargo record status needs to be persisted
Then
The system should update the cargo record in the GCSCCRT database with the new error status and current status
R-GCX122A-cbl-00155
Identify as Test Train Message 6105ETESTTRAIN00000000000
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an error message is received with a reference number during the 'Identify as Test Train Message 6105ETESTTRAIN00000000000' routine, when the reference number equals '6105etesttrain00000000000', the system executes logic to ensure that the message is identified as a train test message and test train indicator is set.
Given
An error message is received with a reference number
When
The reference number equals '6105ETESTTRAIN00000000000'
Then
The message is identified as a train test message and test train indicator is set
R-GCX122A-cbl-00156
Identify as Test Cargo Message 6105ECPRSTESTCARGO or 6105ETESTCARGO
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming an error message is received with a reference number during the 'Identify as Test Cargo Message 6105ECPRSTESTCARGO or 6105ETESTCARGO' routine, when the reference number starts with '6105ecprstestcargo' or starts with '6105etestcargo', the system executes logic to ensure that the message is identified as a cargo test message and test cargo indicator is set.
Given
An error message is received with a reference number
When
The reference number starts with '6105ECPRSTESTCARGO' or starts with '6105ETESTCARGO'
Then
The message is identified as a cargo test message and test cargo indicator is set
R-GCX122A-cbl-00157
Retrieve T2 Test Table Entry
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a test message has been identified (train or cargo) during the 'Retrieve T2 Test Table Entry' routine, when the system needs to update test acknowledgment timestamps, the system executes logic to ensure that the t2 test table entry is retrieved using table lookup function.
Given
A test message has been identified (train or cargo)
When
The system needs to update test acknowledgment timestamps
Then
The T2 test table entry is retrieved using table lookup function
R-GCX122A-cbl-00159
Update Train Test ACK Date/Time T2-358-ACK
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a train test message is being processed and t2 table entry exists during the 'Update Train Test ACK Date/Time T2-358-ACK' routine, when the message type is identified as train test, the system executes logic to ensure that the current machine date and time are stored in t2-358-ack field with century, date, and time components.
Given
A train test message is being processed and T2 table entry exists
When
The message type is identified as train test
Then
The current machine date and time are stored in T2-358-ACK field with century, date, and time components
R-GCX122A-cbl-00160
Update Cargo Test ACK Date/Time T2-309-ACK
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo test message is being processed and t2 table entry exists during the 'Update Cargo Test ACK Date/Time T2-309-ACK' routine, when the message type is identified as cargo test, the system executes logic to ensure that the current machine date and time are stored in t2-309-ack field with century, date, and time components.
Given
A cargo test message is being processed and T2 table entry exists
When
The message type is identified as cargo test
Then
The current machine date and time are stored in T2-309-ACK field with century, date, and time components
R-GCX122A-cbl-00161
Save Updated Test Table
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming test acknowledgment timestamps have been updated in memory during the 'Save Updated Test Table' routine, when the timestamp updates are complete, the system executes logic to ensure that the modified t2 table segment is saved using replace function.
Given
Test acknowledgment timestamps have been updated in memory
When
The timestamp updates are complete
Then
The modified T2 table segment is saved using replace function
R-GCX122A-cbl-00162
Skip Normal Error Processing
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a message has been identified as a test message (train or cargo) during the 'Skip Normal Error Processing' routine, when test message processing is complete, the system executes logic to ensure that normal error processing is skipped and control proceeds to transaction logging.
Given
A message has been identified as a test message (train or cargo)
When
Test message processing is complete
Then
Normal error processing is skipped and control proceeds to transaction logging
R-GCX122A-cbl-00163
Clear Message Fields
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an aei message process is starting during the 'Clear Message Fields' routine, when the system begins aei message preparation, the system executes logic to ensure that all message fields including copy usercode, keywords, text, item sequence numbers, and return status flag are cleared to spaces or initialized.
Given
An AEI message process is starting
When
The system begins AEI message preparation
Then
All message fields including copy usercode, keywords, text, item sequence numbers, and return status flag are cleared to spaces or initialized
R-GCX122A-cbl-00168
Prepare AEI Message Content
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming email recipients have been determined during the 'Prepare AEI Message Content' routine, when the system prepares the aei message content, the system executes logic to ensure that message width is set to 080 characters, sequence numbers are cleared, text content is cleared, and return status flag is initialized.
Given
Email recipients have been determined
When
The system prepares the AEI message content
Then
Message width is set to 080 characters, sequence numbers are cleared, text content is cleared, and return status flag is initialized
R-GCX122A-cbl-00169
Set Message Subject with Train ID and Status
Computation Rules
Business View: Assuming a train report has a canadian customs train id and current status during the 'Set Message Subject with Train ID and Status' routine, when the system formats the aei message subject, the system executes logic to ensure that the subject line is formatted as 'train: [train_id] status: [current_status]'.
Given
A train report has a Canadian customs train ID and current status
When
The system formats the AEI message subject
Then
The subject line is formatted as 'TRAIN: [train_id] STATUS: [current_status]'
R-GCX122A-cbl-00170
Call Email Service to Send Message
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming aei message content and recipients are prepared during the 'Call Email Service to Send Message' routine, when the system calls the email service to send the message, the system executes logic to ensure that the email service processes the message and returns a status flag indicating success or failure.
Given
AEI message content and recipients are prepared
When
The system calls the email service to send the message
Then
The email service processes the message and returns a status flag indicating success or failure
R-GCX122A-cbl-00171
AEI Message Sent Successfully
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the email service successfully sent the aei message during the 'AEI Message Sent Successfully' routine, when the return status flag indicates successful transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that the system continues to message queue purging without further action.
Given
The email service successfully sent the AEI message
When
The return status flag indicates successful transmission
Then
The system continues to message queue purging without further action
R-GCX122A-cbl-00172
Send to Default Recipients OM01247 and AEI9999
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the primary aei message send failed during the 'Send to Default Recipients OM01247 and AEI9999' routine, when the return status flag indicates transmission failure, the system executes logic to ensure that the system clears recipient fields and sets om01247 as first recipient and aei9999 as second recipient.
Given
The primary AEI message send failed
When
The return status flag indicates transmission failure
Then
The system clears recipient fields and sets OM01247 as first recipient and AEI9999 as second recipient
R-GCX122A-cbl-00173
Call Email Service Again
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming default recipients om01247 and aei9999 have been set during the 'Call Email Service Again' routine, when the system retries the email service call, the system executes logic to ensure that the email service processes the message to default recipients and returns a status flag.
Given
Default recipients OM01247 and AEI9999 have been set
When
The system retries the email service call
Then
The email service processes the message to default recipients and returns a status flag
R-GCX122A-cbl-00174
Second Send Successful
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the retry to default recipients was attempted during the 'Second Send Successful' routine, when the return status flag indicates successful transmission to defaults, the system executes logic to ensure that the system continues to message queue purging.
Given
The retry to default recipients was attempted
When
The return status flag indicates successful transmission to defaults
Then
The system continues to message queue purging
R-GCX122A-cbl-00175
Log Error - Send to OM01247 Failed
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming both the primary message send and retry to default recipients failed during the 'Log Error - Send to OM01247 Failed' routine, when the return status flag indicates failure for the second attempt, the system executes logic to ensure that the system logs an error message 'send to file of om01247 failed' and calls the error handler.
Given
Both the primary message send and retry to default recipients failed
When
The return status flag indicates failure for the second attempt
Then
The system logs an error message 'SEND TO FILE OF OM01247 FAILED' and calls the error handler
R-GCX122A-cbl-00176
Purge Message Queue
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming aei message processing has completed either successfully or with errors during the 'Purge Message Queue' routine, when the system needs to clean up resources, the system executes logic to ensure that the message queue is purged and communication status is initialized.
Given
AEI message processing has completed either successfully or with errors
When
The system needs to clean up resources
Then
The message queue is purged and communication status is initialized
R-GCX122A-cbl-00177
Send DB2 Error Notification to Support
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a database error occurred during aei message processing during the 'Send DB2 Error Notification to Support' routine, when the return code indicates a db2 error condition, the system executes logic to ensure that an error notification containing the sql code is sent to the support team and message queue is purged.
Given
A database error occurred during AEI message processing
When
The return code indicates a DB2 error condition
Then
An error notification containing the SQL code is sent to the support team and message queue is purged
R-GCX122A-cbl-00431
Prepare Email User List for AEI Message
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming email recipients have been determined (either from database or default) during the 'Prepare Email User List for AEI Message' routine, when preparing to send aei notification, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the default merlin id as sender, configures recipient list, clears copy and keyword fields, sets message width to 080, and initializes return status.
Given
Email recipients have been determined (either from database or default)
When
Preparing to send AEI notification
Then
The system sets the default Merlin ID as sender, configures recipient list, clears copy and keyword fields, sets message width to 080, and initializes return status
R-GCX122A-cbl-00497
Initialize AEI Work Table
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an aei message needs to be sent for train status notification during the 'Initialize AEI Work Table' routine, when the system begins the aei message process, the system executes logic to ensure that the aei work table structure is initialized to prepare for email recipient lookup.
Given
An AEI message needs to be sent for train status notification
When
The system begins the AEI message process
Then
The AEI work table structure is initialized to prepare for email recipient lookup
R-GCX122A-cbl-00501
Set Message Subject and Format
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming email recipients have been determined and train status information is available during the 'Set Message Subject and Format' routine, when the system prepares the aei message content, the system executes logic to ensure that the message subject is formatted as 'train: [train_id] status: [current_status]' and message formatting parameters are set.
Given
Email recipients have been determined and train status information is available
When
The system prepares the AEI message content
Then
The message subject is formatted as 'TRAIN: [train_id] STATUS: [current_status]' and message formatting parameters are set
R-GCX122A-cbl-00502
Call Email Send Service
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the aei message is formatted with subject, recipients, and content during the 'Call Email Send Service' routine, when the system calls the email send service, the system executes logic to ensure that the email service processes the send request and returns a status indicating success or failure.
Given
The AEI message is formatted with subject, recipients, and content
When
The system calls the email send service
Then
The email service processes the send request and returns a status indicating success or failure
R-GCX122A-cbl-00503
Message Sent Successfully
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the email send service is called with the aei message during the 'Message Sent Successfully' routine, when the email send service returns a successful status, the system executes logic to ensure that the aei message process completes successfully and no further action is required.
Given
The email send service is called with the AEI message
When
The email send service returns a successful status
Then
The AEI message process completes successfully and no further action is required
R-GCX122A-cbl-00504
Send to Backup Recipients OM01247 and AEI9999
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the primary email send operation fails during the 'Send to Backup Recipients OM01247 and AEI9999' routine, when the email send service returns a failure status, the system executes logic to ensure that the system clears the recipient list and sets 'om01247' as first recipient and 'aei9999' as second recipient, then attempts to send the message again.
Given
The primary email send operation fails
When
The email send service returns a failure status
Then
The system clears the recipient list and sets 'OM01247' as first recipient and 'AEI9999' as second recipient, then attempts to send the message again
R-GCX122A-cbl-00505
Process Complete
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the backup email send service is called after primary send failure during the 'Process Complete' routine, when the backup email send service returns a successful status, the system executes logic to ensure that the aei message process completes successfully using the backup recipients.
Given
The backup email send service is called after primary send failure
When
The backup email send service returns a successful status
Then
The AEI message process completes successfully using the backup recipients
R-GCX122A-cbl-00506
Log Send Failure Error
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming both primary and backup email send operations fail during the 'Log Send Failure Error' routine, when the backup email send service also returns a failure status, the system executes logic to ensure that the system logs the error message 'send to file of om01247 failed' and calls the error handling routine.
Given
Both primary and backup email send operations fail
When
The backup email send service also returns a failure status
Then
The system logs the error message 'SEND TO FILE OF OM01247 FAILED' and calls the error handling routine
R-GCX122A-cbl-00178
MST Processing Required?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a message processing request is initiated during the 'MST Processing Required?' routine, when the system checks the mst processing flag, the system executes logic to ensure that mst processing continues if the flag indicates processing is required, otherwise mst processing is bypassed.
Given
A message processing request is initiated
When
The system checks the MST processing flag
Then
MST processing continues if the flag indicates processing is required, otherwise MST processing is bypassed
R-GCX122A-cbl-00179
LTERM Available for Reference?
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If a reference number requires message routing, and the system checks if lterm process information is available and not empty occurs during the 'LTERM Available for Reference?' routine, then the system must guarantee that processing continues with lterm if available, otherwise an error message is generated indicating no lterm found.
EXCLUDING
A reference number requires message routing
When
The system checks if LTERM process information is available and not empty
Then
Processing continues with LTERM if available, otherwise an error message is generated indicating no LTERM found
R-GCX122A-cbl-00181
Get Supervisor Merlin ID from Terminal
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid lterm process terminal is identified during the 'Get Supervisor Merlin ID from Terminal' routine, when the system looks up terminal configuration in the lt table, the system executes logic to ensure that the supervisor merlin id is retrieved from the terminal configuration if the table entry exists, otherwise terminal segment is cleared.
Given
A valid LTERM process terminal is identified
When
The system looks up terminal configuration in the LT table
Then
The supervisor Merlin ID is retrieved from the terminal configuration if the table entry exists, otherwise terminal segment is cleared
R-GCX122A-cbl-00182
Add Error Message: No LTERM Found
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a reference number requires processing but no lterm is available during the 'Add Error Message: No LTERM Found' routine, when the system attempts to route messages, the system executes logic to ensure that an error message 'no lterm for this reference number' is added to the message text and mst entry.
Given
A reference number requires processing but no LTERM is available
When
The system attempts to route messages
Then
An error message 'NO LTERM FOR THIS REFERENCE NUMBER' is added to the message text and MST entry
R-GCX122A-cbl-00184
Check All Merlin User IDs
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming merlin user ids are configured for message routing during the 'Check All Merlin User IDs' routine, when the system validates each merlin id against the emtz user validation system, the system executes logic to ensure that valid merlin ids are confirmed for use, invalid ids trigger error handling.
Given
Merlin user IDs are configured for message routing
When
The system validates each Merlin ID against the EMTZ user validation system
Then
Valid Merlin IDs are confirmed for use, invalid IDs trigger error handling
R-GCX122A-cbl-00186
Add Error Message: DC&P Merlin ID Invalid
Process Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the dc&p merlin id fails validation, and the system processes the invalid merlin id occurs during the 'Add Error Message: DC&P Merlin ID Invalid' routine, then the system must guarantee that an error message 'dc&p merlin userid invalid' is added with the invalid id number.
EXCLUDING
The DC&P Merlin ID fails validation
When
The system processes the invalid Merlin ID
Then
An error message 'DC&P MERLIN USERID INVALID' is added with the invalid ID number
R-GCX122A-cbl-00187
Determine Message Recipients
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming merlin id validation is complete during the 'Determine Message Recipients' routine, when the system needs to determine message routing recipients, the system executes logic to ensure that valid supervisor merlin ids are assigned as recipients, invalid ids result in empty recipient assignment.
Given
Merlin ID validation is complete
When
The system needs to determine message routing recipients
Then
Valid supervisor Merlin IDs are assigned as recipients, invalid IDs result in empty recipient assignment
R-GCX122A-cbl-00188
Error Type?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an error message needs to be routed during the 'Error Type?' routine, when the system evaluates the error context (train vs cargo), the system executes logic to ensure that the message is routed to train-specific recipients if it's a train error, otherwise to cargo-specific recipients.
Given
An error message needs to be routed
When
The system evaluates the error context (train vs cargo)
Then
The message is routed to train-specific recipients if it's a train error, otherwise to cargo-specific recipients
R-GCX122A-cbl-00189
Route to Train Message Recipients
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a train-related error message needs distribution during the 'Route to Train Message Recipients' routine, when the system routes the message to train recipients, the system executes logic to ensure that the message is sent to the supervisor merlin id and additionally routed to the caerror system with om01247 as recipient.
Given
A train-related error message needs distribution
When
The system routes the message to train recipients
Then
The message is sent to the supervisor Merlin ID and additionally routed to the CAERROR system with OM01247 as recipient
R-GCX122A-cbl-00190
Route to Cargo Message Recipients
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo-related error message needs distribution during the 'Route to Cargo Message Recipients' routine, when the system routes the message to cargo recipients, the system executes logic to ensure that the message is sent to the supervisor merlin id, with fallback to om01247 if the primary send fails.
Given
A cargo-related error message needs distribution
When
The system routes the message to cargo recipients
Then
The message is sent to the supervisor Merlin ID, with fallback to OM01247 if the primary send fails
R-GCX122A-cbl-00191
Send Messages via MST System
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming messages are prepared for mst transmission with valid call letters during the 'Send Messages via MST System' routine, when the system sends messages via mst using smstonly service, the system executes logic to ensure that each message entry is transmitted sequentially until all entries are processed, followed by a wrap command to complete the transmission.
Given
Messages are prepared for MST transmission with valid call letters
When
The system sends messages via MST using SMSTONLY service
Then
Each message entry is transmitted sequentially until all entries are processed, followed by a WRAP command to complete the transmission
R-GCX122A-cbl-00434
Retrieve LT Segment Data
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid lt table entry exists for the lterm during the 'Retrieve LT Segment Data' routine, when the table segment is successfully retrieved, the system executes logic to ensure that the system moves the table segment data to the lt segment structure for processing.
Given
A valid LT table entry exists for the LTERM
When
The table segment is successfully retrieved
Then
The system moves the table segment data to the LT segment structure for processing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00438
Set Valid Supervisor ID
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the supervisor merlin id validation returns a successful status during the 'Set Valid Supervisor ID' routine, when the status code is spaces (indicating success), the system executes logic to ensure that the system assigns the supervisor merlin id to the user merlin field for message routing.
Given
The supervisor Merlin ID validation returns a successful status
When
The status code is spaces (indicating success)
Then
The system assigns the supervisor Merlin ID to the user Merlin field for message routing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00439
Add Invalid ID Error Message
Validation Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the supervisor merlin id validation fails, and the status code is not spaces (indicating failure) occurs during the 'Add Invalid ID Error Message' routine, then the system must guarantee that the system adds an error message 'supervisor merlin userid invalid' with the invalid id and clears the user merlin field.
EXCLUDING
The supervisor Merlin ID validation fails
When
The status code is not spaces (indicating failure)
Then
The system adds an error message 'SUPERVISOR MERLIN USERID INVALID' with the invalid ID and clears the user Merlin field
R-GCX122A-cbl-00192
Retrieve Terminal Configuration from LT Table
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a processing terminal identifier exists in ws-lterm-process during the 'Retrieve Terminal Configuration from LT Table' routine, when the system queries the lt table with the terminal identifier, the system executes logic to ensure that the terminal configuration segment is retrieved and stored for further processing.
Given
A processing terminal identifier exists in WS-LTERM-PROCESS
When
The system queries the LT table with the terminal identifier
Then
The terminal configuration segment is retrieved and stored for further processing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00193
Terminal Configuration Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a query has been made to retrieve terminal configuration from the lt table during the 'Terminal Configuration Found?' routine, when the table lookup returns a non-zero status indicating no configuration found, the system executes logic to ensure that the terminal configuration segment is cleared to spaces.
Given
A query has been made to retrieve terminal configuration from the LT table
When
The table lookup returns a non-zero status indicating no configuration found
Then
The terminal configuration segment is cleared to spaces
R-GCX122A-cbl-00195
Validate Supervisor Merlin ID in System
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a supervisor merlin id has been extracted from terminal configuration during the 'Validate Supervisor Merlin ID in System' routine, when the system queries the emtz segment to validate the supervisor merlin id, the system executes logic to ensure that the validation result determines if the id is valid or invalid.
Given
A supervisor Merlin ID has been extracted from terminal configuration
When
The system queries the EMTZ segment to validate the supervisor Merlin ID
Then
The validation result determines if the ID is valid or invalid
R-GCX122A-cbl-00196
Set Valid Supervisor Merlin ID for Message Routing
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming the supervisor merlin id validation has completed successfully with no error status during the 'Set Valid Supervisor Merlin ID for Message Routing' routine, when the system processes the validation result, the system executes logic to ensure that the supervisor merlin id is assigned to the user merlin variable for message routing.
Given
The supervisor Merlin ID validation has completed successfully with no error status
When
The system processes the validation result
Then
The supervisor Merlin ID is assigned to the user Merlin variable for message routing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00197
Generate Invalid Supervisor ID Error Message
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the supervisor merlin id validation has failed with a non-space status code during the 'Generate Invalid Supervisor ID Error Message' routine, when the system processes the validation failure, the system executes logic to ensure that an error message 'supervisor merlin userid invalid' is added to both text and mst message arrays with the invalid id included.
Given
The supervisor Merlin ID validation has failed with a non-space status code
When
The system processes the validation failure
Then
An error message 'SUPERVISOR MERLIN USERID INVALID' is added to both text and MST message arrays with the invalid ID included
R-GCX122A-cbl-00199
Get DC-P Merlin ID 1 from Admin Table
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to validate dc-p merlin user ids during the 'Get DC-P Merlin ID 1 from Admin Table' routine, when the system retrieves dc-p merlin id 1 from the admin table with table id 'ad' and sequence id 'adminid', the system executes logic to ensure that the dc-p merlin id 1 is obtained from the admin table segment.
Given
The system needs to validate DC-P Merlin user IDs
When
The system retrieves DC-P Merlin ID 1 from the admin table with table ID 'AD' and sequence ID 'ADMINID'
Then
The DC-P Merlin ID 1 is obtained from the admin table segment
R-GCX122A-cbl-00205
Is Supervisor Merlin ID Valid?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a supervisor merlin id has been retrieved from the terminal table during the 'Is Supervisor Merlin ID Valid?' routine, when the system validates the supervisor merlin id, the system executes logic to ensure that if the status code is blank, the supervisor merlin id is set as valid, otherwise an invalid supervisor id error message is added and the supervisor merlin id is cleared.
Given
A supervisor Merlin ID has been retrieved from the terminal table
When
The system validates the supervisor Merlin ID
Then
If the status code is blank, the supervisor Merlin ID is set as valid, otherwise an invalid supervisor ID error message is added and the supervisor Merlin ID is cleared
R-GCX122A-cbl-00206
Add DC-P Invalid ID Error Message
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the dc-p merlin id validation has been completed during the 'Add DC-P Invalid ID Error Message' routine, when the dc-p id found flag is set to false (not found), the system executes logic to ensure that an error message 'dc&p merlin userid invalid' is added to the message text and mst entry.
Given
The DC-P Merlin ID validation has been completed
When
The DC-P ID found flag is set to false (not found)
Then
An error message 'DC&P MERLIN USERID INVALID' is added to the message text and MST entry
R-GCX122A-cbl-00207
Clear Message Recipients
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo error message needs to be sent to merlin users during the 'Clear Message Recipients' routine, when the system prepares to route the message, the system executes logic to ensure that all recipient fields are cleared to spaces to ensure no residual data affects message routing.
Given
A cargo error message needs to be sent to Merlin users
When
The system prepares to route the message
Then
All recipient fields are cleared to spaces to ensure no residual data affects message routing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00208
Set Primary Merlin User as Recipient
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo error message is ready to be sent and recipient fields are cleared during the 'Set Primary Merlin User as Recipient' routine, when the system sets up the primary message recipient, the system executes logic to ensure that the supervisor merlin user id is assigned as the first recipient in the user codes array.
Given
A cargo error message is ready to be sent and recipient fields are cleared
When
The system sets up the primary message recipient
Then
The supervisor Merlin user ID is assigned as the first recipient in the user codes array
R-GCX122A-cbl-00209
Send Message to Primary User
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo error message is prepared with primary merlin user as recipient during the 'Send Message to Primary User' routine, when the system attempts to send the message via emcsend2 service, the system executes logic to ensure that the message is transmitted to the merlin messaging system with all required message details including subject, keywords, and text content.
Given
A cargo error message is prepared with primary Merlin user as recipient
When
The system attempts to send the message via EMCSEND2 service
Then
The message is transmitted to the Merlin messaging system with all required message details including subject, keywords, and text content
R-GCX122A-cbl-00210
Message Delivery Successful?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo error message has been sent to the primary merlin user during the 'Message Delivery Successful?' routine, when the system checks the message delivery status, the system executes logic to ensure that if the return status flag equals 0, the message delivery is considered successful, otherwise it is considered failed.
Given
A cargo error message has been sent to the primary Merlin user
When
The system checks the message delivery status
Then
If the return status flag equals 0, the message delivery is considered successful, otherwise it is considered failed
R-GCX122A-cbl-00211
Clear Recipients for Fallback
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the primary cargo error message delivery has failed during the 'Clear Recipients for Fallback' routine, when the system prepares for fallback message routing, the system executes logic to ensure that all recipient fields including copy usercode and to usercode are cleared to spaces.
Given
The primary cargo error message delivery has failed
When
The system prepares for fallback message routing
Then
All recipient fields including copy usercode and to usercode are cleared to spaces
R-GCX122A-cbl-00212
Set Default User OM01247 as Recipient
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming primary cargo error message delivery has failed and recipient fields are cleared during the 'Set Default User OM01247 as Recipient' routine, when the system sets up fallback message routing, the system executes logic to ensure that the default user id 'om01247' is assigned as the first recipient in the user codes array.
Given
Primary cargo error message delivery has failed and recipient fields are cleared
When
The system sets up fallback message routing
Then
The default user ID 'OM01247' is assigned as the first recipient in the user codes array
R-GCX122A-cbl-00213
Send Message to Default User
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming primary cargo message delivery failed and default user om01247 is set as recipient during the 'Send Message to Default User' routine, when the system attempts fallback message delivery via emcsend2 service, the system executes logic to ensure that the message is transmitted to the default user with the same message content including subject, keywords, and text.
Given
Primary cargo message delivery failed and default user OM01247 is set as recipient
When
The system attempts fallback message delivery via EMCSEND2 service
Then
The message is transmitted to the default user with the same message content including subject, keywords, and text
R-GCX122A-cbl-00214
Purge Message Queue
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming cargo error message has been sent either successfully to primary user or to default user as fallback during the 'Purge Message Queue' routine, when the system completes message processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the message queue is purged using cims service with purg function to clean up resources.
Given
Cargo error message has been sent either successfully to primary user or to default user as fallback
When
The system completes message processing
Then
The message queue is purged using CIMS service with PURG function to clean up resources
R-GCX122A-cbl-00215
Clear Message Recipients
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a train error message needs to be sent to merlin users during the 'Clear Message Recipients' routine, when the system prepares to send the message, the system executes logic to ensure that all message recipient fields are cleared to spaces.
Given
A train error message needs to be sent to Merlin users
When
The system prepares to send the message
Then
All message recipient fields are cleared to spaces
R-GCX122A-cbl-00216
Set Primary Recipient to Supervisor Merlin ID
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a train error message is being prepared for sending during the 'Set Primary Recipient to Supervisor Merlin ID' routine, when the primary recipient needs to be determined, the system executes logic to ensure that the supervisor merlin id is set as the first recipient in the message.
Given
A train error message is being prepared for sending
When
The primary recipient needs to be determined
Then
The supervisor Merlin ID is set as the first recipient in the message
R-GCX122A-cbl-00217
Send Message to Primary Recipient via EMCSEND2
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a train error message is prepared with primary recipient set during the 'Send Message to Primary Recipient via EMCSEND2' routine, when the system attempts to send the message, the system executes logic to ensure that the message is sent via emcsend2 service to the primary recipient.
Given
A train error message is prepared with primary recipient set
When
The system attempts to send the message
Then
The message is sent via EMCSEND2 service to the primary recipient
R-GCX122A-cbl-00218
Message Send Successful?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a train error message was sent to the primary recipient during the 'Message Send Successful?' routine, when the message send operation completes, the system executes logic to ensure that if the return status flag is not 0, the send failed and fallback processing is required.
Given
A train error message was sent to the primary recipient
When
The message send operation completes
Then
If the return status flag is not 0, the send failed and fallback processing is required
R-GCX122A-cbl-00219
Set Default Recipient to OM01247
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the primary train error message send has failed during the 'Set Default Recipient to OM01247' routine, when a fallback recipient needs to be established, the system executes logic to ensure that the recipient is set to the default support id 'om01247'.
Given
The primary train error message send has failed
When
A fallback recipient needs to be established
Then
The recipient is set to the default support ID 'OM01247'
R-GCX122A-cbl-00220
Retry Send to Default Recipient
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the primary message send failed and default recipient is set to om01247 during the 'Retry Send to Default Recipient' routine, when the system retries the message send, the system executes logic to ensure that the message is sent via emcsend2 service to the default recipient.
Given
The primary message send failed and default recipient is set to OM01247
When
The system retries the message send
Then
The message is sent via EMCSEND2 service to the default recipient
R-GCX122A-cbl-00221
Purge Message Queue
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a train error message send attempt has been completed during the 'Purge Message Queue' routine, when the message processing is finished, the system executes logic to ensure that the message queue is purged using cims purg function.
Given
A train error message send attempt has been completed
When
The message processing is finished
Then
The message queue is purged using CIMS PURG function
R-GCX122A-cbl-00222
Send Copy to CAERROR File
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a train error message has been processed during the 'Send Copy to CAERROR File' routine, when additional logging is required, the system executes logic to ensure that a copy of the message is sent to the caerror destination file.
Given
A train error message has been processed
When
Additional logging is required
Then
A copy of the message is sent to the CAERROR destination file
R-GCX122A-cbl-00223
Set Recipient to OM01247 for Error File
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a train error message copy needs to be sent to caerror file during the 'Set Recipient to OM01247 for Error File' routine, when the error file recipient is being configured, the system executes logic to ensure that the recipient is set to 'om01247' for the error file destination.
Given
A train error message copy needs to be sent to CAERROR file
When
The error file recipient is being configured
Then
The recipient is set to 'OM01247' for the error file destination
R-GCX122A-cbl-00224
Send to CAERROR Destination
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a train error message copy is prepared for caerror file with recipient set to om01247 during the 'Send to CAERROR Destination' routine, when the system sends the audit copy, the system executes logic to ensure that the message is sent via emcsend2 service to the caerror destination.
Given
A train error message copy is prepared for CAERROR file with recipient set to OM01247
When
The system sends the audit copy
Then
The message is sent via EMCSEND2 service to the CAERROR destination
R-GCX122A-cbl-00225
Final Purge Message Queue
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming all train error message sends including caerror copy have been completed during the 'Final Purge Message Queue' routine, when the message processing workflow is finishing, the system executes logic to ensure that the message queue is purged using cims purg function for final cleanup.
Given
All train error message sends including CAERROR copy have been completed
When
The message processing workflow is finishing
Then
The message queue is purged using CIMS PURG function for final cleanup
R-GCX122A-cbl-00226
Set MST Communication Parameters
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system needs to send messages through mst during the 'Set MST Communication Parameters' routine, when mst communication is being initialized, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets origin terminal to 'ists' and transaction code to 'gct122'.
Given
The system needs to send messages through MST
When
MST communication is being initialized
Then
The system sets origin terminal to 'ISTS' and transaction code to 'GCT122'
R-GCX122A-cbl-00227
Initialize MST Session
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming mst communication parameters are configured during the 'Initialize MST Session' routine, when starting mst message transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls smstonly with call letters and header record to establish the session.
Given
MST communication parameters are configured
When
Starting MST message transmission
Then
The system calls SMSTONLY with call letters and header record to establish the session
R-GCX122A-cbl-00228
Send Message Header
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming mst session is initialized during the 'Send Message Header' routine, when beginning message transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sends the message header record as the first entry in the message text array.
Given
MST session is initialized
When
Beginning message transmission
Then
The system sends the message header record as the first entry in the message text array
R-GCX122A-cbl-00229
More Message Entries?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming message transmission is in progress during the 'More Message Entries?' routine, when processing message entries, the system executes logic to ensure that the system continues sending entries until it encounters a blank entry indicating no more content.
Given
Message transmission is in progress
When
Processing message entries
Then
The system continues sending entries until it encounters a blank entry indicating no more content
R-GCX122A-cbl-00230
Send Next Message Entry
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming there are more message entries to send during the 'Send Next Message Entry' routine, when processing each message entry, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls smstonly with the current message entry content.
Given
There are more message entries to send
When
Processing each message entry
Then
The system calls SMSTONLY with the current message entry content
R-GCX122A-cbl-00231
Send Wrap-Up Command
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming all message entries have been sent during the 'Send Wrap-Up Command' routine, when completing mst transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets user function code to 'wrap' and calls smstonly to close the session.
Given
All message entries have been sent
When
Completing MST transmission
Then
The system sets user function code to 'WRAP' and calls SMSTONLY to close the session
R-GCX122A-cbl-00237
Get Port Code from Manifest
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo record contains manifest transaction code information during the 'Get Port Code from Manifest' routine, when the system creates arrival transaction, the system executes logic to ensure that the system extracts the port code from the manifest from transaction code field and assigns it to the arrival transaction.
Given
A cargo record contains manifest transaction code information
When
The system creates arrival transaction
Then
The system extracts the port code from the manifest from transaction code field and assigns it to the arrival transaction
R-GCX122A-cbl-00238
Prepare Arrival Message
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming all arrival transaction parameters are configured during the 'Prepare Arrival Message' routine, when the system finalizes arrival processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the system copies the complete arrival input structure to the outbound message format.
Given
All arrival transaction parameters are configured
When
The system finalizes arrival processing
Then
The system copies the complete arrival input structure to the outbound message format
R-GCX122A-cbl-00239
Send Arrival Transaction to GCT1481E
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a complete arrival message is prepared during the 'Send Arrival Transaction to GCT1481E' routine, when the system processes cargo arrival, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sends the arrival transaction to gct1481e system for further processing.
Given
A complete arrival message is prepared
When
The system processes cargo arrival
Then
The system sends the arrival transaction to GCT1481E system for further processing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00240
Write Message to Log
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an arrival transaction has been sent to gct1481e during the 'Write Message to Log' routine, when the system completes arrival processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the system writes the arrival message details to the system log for audit trail.
Given
An arrival transaction has been sent to GCT1481E
When
The system completes arrival processing
Then
The system writes the arrival message details to the system log for audit trail
R-GCX122A-cbl-00241
Purge Message Queue
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming arrival transaction and logging are completed during the 'Purge Message Queue' routine, when the system finalizes arrival processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the system purges the message queue to clean up transaction resources.
Given
Arrival transaction and logging are completed
When
The system finalizes arrival processing
Then
The system purges the message queue to clean up transaction resources
R-GCX122A-cbl-00445
Move Port Code from Manifest Transaction Code
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo record contains manifest transaction code information during the 'Move Port Code from Manifest Transaction Code' routine, when an arrival transaction is being prepared, the system executes logic to ensure that the port code from the manifest transaction code is extracted and assigned to the arrival transaction.
Given
A cargo record contains manifest transaction code information
When
An arrival transaction is being prepared
Then
The port code from the manifest transaction code is extracted and assigned to the arrival transaction
R-GCX122A-cbl-00446
Prepare GCT1481E Message Structure
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming all arrival transaction parameters have been configured during the 'Prepare GCT1481E Message Structure' routine, when the system prepares to communicate the arrival information, the system executes logic to ensure that the gcx148 input data is formatted into the gct1481e message structure.
Given
All arrival transaction parameters have been configured
When
The system prepares to communicate the arrival information
Then
The GCX148 input data is formatted into the GCT1481E message structure
R-GCX122A-cbl-00508
Initialize Arrival Message Structure
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo arrival transaction needs to be processed during the 'Initialize Arrival Message Structure' routine, when the arrival processing begins, the system executes logic to ensure that the arrival message structure is initialized to clear any previous data.
Given
A cargo arrival transaction needs to be processed
When
The arrival processing begins
Then
The arrival message structure is initialized to clear any previous data
R-GCX122A-cbl-00509
Set Security Parameters
Authorization Rules
Business View: Assuming an arrival message structure has been initialized during the 'Set Security Parameters' routine, when security parameters need to be set, the system executes logic to ensure that the security byte is set to high-value to indicate secure transmission.
Given
An arrival message structure has been initialized
When
Security parameters need to be set
Then
The security byte is set to high-value to indicate secure transmission
R-GCX122A-cbl-00510
Extract Cargo Control Number
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo record exists with a valid cargo control number during the 'Extract Cargo Control Number' routine, when an arrival message is being prepared, the system executes logic to ensure that the cargo control number is extracted and assigned to the message train or us ccn field.
Given
A cargo record exists with a valid cargo control number
When
An arrival message is being prepared
Then
The cargo control number is extracted and assigned to the message train or US CCN field
R-GCX122A-cbl-00511
Set Message Type to Cargo Arrival
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming an arrival message is being prepared for cargo during the 'Set Message Type to Cargo Arrival' routine, when the message type needs to be specified, the system executes logic to ensure that the message type is set to cargo arrival indicator.
Given
An arrival message is being prepared for cargo
When
The message type needs to be specified
Then
The message type is set to cargo arrival indicator
R-GCX122A-cbl-00512
Set Action Code to 'CAA'
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo arrival message is being prepared during the 'Set Action Code to 'CAA'' routine, when the action code needs to be specified, the system executes logic to ensure that the action code is set to 'caa' to indicate cargo arrival action.
Given
A cargo arrival message is being prepared
When
The action code needs to be specified
Then
The action code is set to 'CAA' to indicate cargo arrival action
R-GCX122A-cbl-00513
Extract Port Code from Manifest
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo record contains manifest transaction code information during the 'Extract Port Code from Manifest' routine, when port information is needed for the arrival message, the system executes logic to ensure that the port code is extracted from the manifest transaction code and assigned to the message port code field.
Given
A cargo record contains manifest transaction code information
When
Port information is needed for the arrival message
Then
The port code is extracted from the manifest transaction code and assigned to the message port code field
R-GCX122A-cbl-00514
Prepare Message for Transmission
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming all arrival message components have been populated during the 'Prepare Message for Transmission' routine, when the message needs to be prepared for transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that the complete message input is formatted and prepared for the messaging system.
Given
All arrival message components have been populated
When
The message needs to be prepared for transmission
Then
The complete message input is formatted and prepared for the messaging system
R-GCX122A-cbl-00515
Send Message to Transaction Queue
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an arrival message has been prepared for transmission during the 'Send Message to Transaction Queue' routine, when the message needs to be sent to the processing queue, the system executes logic to ensure that the message is transmitted using the cims interface with chng function to the alternate pcb.
Given
An arrival message has been prepared for transmission
When
The message needs to be sent to the processing queue
Then
The message is transmitted using the CIMS interface with CHNG function to the alternate PCB
R-GCX122A-cbl-00516
Write Message to Log
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an arrival message has been sent to the transaction queue during the 'Write Message to Log' routine, when logging is required for audit purposes, the system executes logic to ensure that the message is written to the system log using writmsgl with message code, content, length and module name.
Given
An arrival message has been sent to the transaction queue
When
Logging is required for audit purposes
Then
The message is written to the system log using WRITMSGL with message code, content, length and module name
R-GCX122A-cbl-00517
Complete Message Transmission
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an arrival message has been logged to the system during the 'Complete Message Transmission' routine, when the transmission process needs to be completed, the system executes logic to ensure that the message is purged from the processing queue using cims with purg function to the alternate pcb.
Given
An arrival message has been logged to the system
When
The transmission process needs to be completed
Then
The message is purged from the processing queue using CIMS with PURG function to the alternate PCB
R-GCX122A-cbl-00547
Initialize Message Structure
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo arrival processing request is initiated during the 'Initialize Message Structure' routine, when the system begins preparing the arrival message, the system executes logic to ensure that the message input structure is completely cleared of any previous data.
Given
A cargo arrival processing request is initiated
When
The system begins preparing the arrival message
Then
The message input structure is completely cleared of any previous data
R-GCX122A-cbl-00548
Set Security Level to High
Policy Rules
Business View: Assuming an arrival message is being prepared for transmission during the 'Set Security Level to High' routine, when the security level is being configured, the system executes logic to ensure that the security byte is set to high-value to ensure maximum protection.
Given
An arrival message is being prepared for transmission
When
The security level is being configured
Then
The security byte is set to high-value to ensure maximum protection
R-GCX122A-cbl-00549
Extract Cargo Control Number
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo record exists with a valid cargo control number during the 'Extract Cargo Control Number' routine, when an arrival message is being prepared, the system executes logic to ensure that the cargo control number is extracted and assigned to the message identifier field.
Given
A cargo record exists with a valid cargo control number
When
An arrival message is being prepared
Then
The cargo control number is extracted and assigned to the message identifier field
R-GCX122A-cbl-00550
Set Message Type to Cargo
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming an arrival message is being prepared for cargo during the 'Set Message Type to Cargo' routine, when the message type classification is being set, the system executes logic to ensure that the message is marked as a cargo-type message.
Given
An arrival message is being prepared for cargo
When
The message type classification is being set
Then
The message is marked as a cargo-type message
R-GCX122A-cbl-00551
Set Action Code to 'CAA' - Cargo Arrival
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo arrival message is being prepared during the 'Set Action Code to 'CAA' - Cargo Arrival' routine, when the action code is being assigned, the system executes logic to ensure that the action code is set to 'caa' to indicate cargo arrival.
Given
A cargo arrival message is being prepared
When
The action code is being assigned
Then
The action code is set to 'CAA' to indicate cargo arrival
R-GCX122A-cbl-00552
Extract Port Code from Manifest
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo record contains manifest transaction information with a port code during the 'Extract Port Code from Manifest' routine, when an arrival message is being prepared, the system executes logic to ensure that the port code from the manifest transaction is extracted and assigned to the message port code field.
Given
A cargo record contains manifest transaction information with a port code
When
An arrival message is being prepared
Then
The port code from the manifest transaction is extracted and assigned to the message port code field
R-GCX122A-cbl-00553
Prepare Message for Transmission
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an arrival message has been fully formatted with all required information during the 'Prepare Message for Transmission' routine, when the message is ready for transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that the message is sent through the messaging system and the transmission queue is purged.
Given
An arrival message has been fully formatted with all required information
When
The message is ready for transmission
Then
The message is sent through the messaging system and the transmission queue is purged
R-GCX122A-cbl-00248
Initialize Error Message Variables
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a db2 error has been detected during the 'Initialize Error Message Variables' routine, when the system begins db2 error processing, the system executes logic to ensure that the email subject and text fields are cleared to prepare for error message formatting.
Given
A DB2 error has been detected
When
The system begins DB2 error processing
Then
The email subject and text fields are cleared to prepare for error message formatting
R-GCX122A-cbl-00252
Prepare Error Message Content
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the db2 error subject line has been formatted during the 'Prepare Error Message Content' routine, when the system prepares the message content, the system executes logic to ensure that the formatted subject line is copied to the first line of the message text.
Given
The DB2 error subject line has been formatted
When
The system prepares the message content
Then
The formatted subject line is copied to the first line of the message text
R-GCX122A-cbl-00253
Set Message Destination to Support Inbox
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a db2 error notification is ready to be sent during the 'Set Message Destination to Support Inbox' routine, when the system sets the delivery destination, the system executes logic to ensure that the destination filename is set to the support inbox constant.
Given
A DB2 error notification is ready to be sent
When
The system sets the delivery destination
Then
The destination filename is set to the support inbox constant
R-GCX122A-cbl-00254
Send Error Notification to Support
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming all db2 error message components are prepared during the 'Send Error Notification to Support' routine, when the system sends the notification, the system executes logic to ensure that the messaging service is called with sender, recipient, subject, and message content.
Given
All DB2 error message components are prepared
When
The system sends the notification
Then
The messaging service is called with sender, recipient, subject, and message content
R-GCX122A-cbl-00255
Log Error Message Send Failure
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a db2 error notification has been attempted during the 'Log Error Message Send Failure' routine, when the message send operation fails, the system executes logic to ensure that an error message 'send to file of om01247 failed' is logged and the system error handler is called.
Given
A DB2 error notification has been attempted
When
The message send operation fails
Then
An error message 'SEND TO FILE OF OM01247 FAILED' is logged and the system error handler is called
R-GCX122A-cbl-00256
Purge Message Queue
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming db2 error notification processing is complete during the 'Purge Message Queue' routine, when the system performs cleanup operations, the system executes logic to ensure that the message queue is purged and system status is reset.
Given
DB2 error notification processing is complete
When
The system performs cleanup operations
Then
The message queue is purged and system status is reset
R-GCX122A-cbl-00257
Initialize Log Message Structure
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a transaction logging process is initiated during the 'Initialize Log Message Structure' routine, when the system begins to create a log entry, the system executes logic to ensure that the log message structure is cleared and initialized with spaces.
Given
A transaction logging process is initiated
When
The system begins to create a log entry
Then
The log message structure is cleared and initialized with spaces
R-GCX122A-cbl-00258
Set Security and Transaction Details
Policy Rules
Business View: Assuming a log message structure is initialized during the 'Set Security and Transaction Details' routine, when security and transaction details need to be recorded, the system executes logic to ensure that the security byte is set to high-value and sending transaction is set to 'gct1221e'.
Given
A log message structure is initialized
When
Security and transaction details need to be recorded
Then
The security byte is set to high-value and sending transaction is set to 'GCT1221E'
R-GCX122A-cbl-00262
Add Current Status to Log Message
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a transaction has a current status that needs to be logged during the 'Add Current Status to Log Message' routine, when the transaction status is being recorded in the log, the system executes logic to ensure that the current status from ws-current-status is recorded in the log message field.
Given
A transaction has a current status that needs to be logged
When
The transaction status is being recorded in the log
Then
The current status from WS-CURRENT-STATUS is recorded in the log message field
R-GCX122A-cbl-00265
Send Log Message to GCT1051E
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a complete log message has been prepared during the 'Send Log Message to GCT1051E' routine, when the log message needs to be sent to the audit system, the system executes logic to ensure that the log message is sent to the gct1051e audit logging system using the cims interface.
Given
A complete log message has been prepared
When
The log message needs to be sent to the audit system
Then
The log message is sent to the GCT1051E audit logging system using the CIMS interface
R-GCX122A-cbl-00266
Write Log Message to System
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a log message has been sent to the audit system during the 'Write Log Message to System' routine, when the message needs to be written to the system log, the system executes logic to ensure that the log message is written using writmsgl service with the message code, content, length, and module name.
Given
A log message has been sent to the audit system
When
The message needs to be written to the system log
Then
The log message is written using WRITMSGL service with the message code, content, length, and module name
R-GCX122A-cbl-00267
Purge Message Queue
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a log message has been successfully written to the system log during the 'Purge Message Queue' routine, when the logging process is complete, the system executes logic to ensure that the message queue is purged using cims purg function to clean up processed messages.
Given
A log message has been successfully written to the system log
When
The logging process is complete
Then
The message queue is purged using CIMS PURG function to clean up processed messages
R-GCX122A-cbl-00268
Access Test Configuration Table T2
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a special test message needs to be processed during the 'Access Test Configuration Table T2' routine, when the system attempts to access the test configuration table t2, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves the t2 table segment for test processing.
Given
A special test message needs to be processed
When
The system attempts to access the test configuration table T2
Then
The system retrieves the T2 table segment for test processing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00269
Table T2 Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is attempting to process a test message during the 'Table T2 Found?' routine, when the test configuration table t2 lookup is performed, the system executes logic to ensure that if the table is not found, an error message 't2 check table entry not found' is reported and processing stops.
Given
The system is attempting to process a test message
When
The test configuration table T2 lookup is performed
Then
If the table is not found, an error message 'T2 CHECK TABLE ENTRY NOT FOUND' is reported and processing stops
R-GCX122A-cbl-00270
Report Table Not Found Error
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is processing a test message during the 'Report Table Not Found Error' routine, when the test configuration table t2 cannot be found or accessed, the system executes logic to ensure that the system reports error message 't2 check table entry not found' and terminates processing.
Given
The system is processing a test message
When
The test configuration table T2 cannot be found or accessed
Then
The system reports error message 'T2 CHECK TABLE ENTRY NOT FOUND' and terminates processing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00271
Test Message Type?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a test message is being processed and the t2 configuration table is available during the 'Test Message Type?' routine, when the system evaluates the message type indicator, the system executes logic to ensure that if the message is train type, process train test acknowledgment; if cargo type, process cargo test acknowledgment.
Given
A test message is being processed and the T2 configuration table is available
When
The system evaluates the message type indicator
Then
If the message is train type, process train test acknowledgment; if cargo type, process cargo test acknowledgment
R-GCX122A-cbl-00272
Update Train Test Acknowledgment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a train test message is being processed and the t2 table is accessible during the 'Update Train Test Acknowledgment' routine, when the system processes the train test acknowledgment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system updates the t2-358-ack field with current machine date (century and date) and current machine time (first 4 digits).
Given
A train test message is being processed and the T2 table is accessible
When
The system processes the train test acknowledgment
Then
The system updates the T2-358-ACK field with current machine date (century and date) and current machine time (first 4 digits)
R-GCX122A-cbl-00273
Update Cargo Test Acknowledgment
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a cargo test message is being processed and the t2 table is accessible during the 'Update Cargo Test Acknowledgment' routine, when the system processes the cargo test acknowledgment, the system executes logic to ensure that the system updates the t2-309-ack field with current machine date (century and date) and current machine time (first 4 digits).
Given
A cargo test message is being processed and the T2 table is accessible
When
The system processes the cargo test acknowledgment
Then
The system updates the T2-309-ACK field with current machine date (century and date) and current machine time (first 4 digits)
R-GCX122A-cbl-00274
Save Updated Test Table
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming test acknowledgment timestamps have been updated in the t2 table during the 'Save Updated Test Table' routine, when the system completes the timestamp update process, the system executes logic to ensure that the system saves the updated t2 table segment back to the database using replace function.
Given
Test acknowledgment timestamps have been updated in the T2 table
When
The system completes the timestamp update process
Then
The system saves the updated T2 table segment back to the database using replace function
R-GCX122A-cbl-00275
Set Reference Number from Input Message
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an input message contains a reference number in oti-03-ref-num during the 'Set Reference Number from Input Message' routine, when the system processes the message header setup, the system executes logic to ensure that the reference number is copied to emi-ref, mst-ref, msg-ref-key, and ws-ref-number fields for consistent message tracking.
Given
An input message contains a reference number in OTI-03-REF-NUM
When
The system processes the message header setup
Then
The reference number is copied to EMI-REF, MST-REF, MSG-REF-KEY, and WS-REF-NUMBER fields for consistent message tracking
R-GCX122A-cbl-00276
Initialize Message Processing Flags
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a new message is being processed during the 'Initialize Message Processing Flags' routine, when the system initializes message processing flags, the system executes logic to ensure that sw-process-mst is set to true, sw-process-merlin is set to true, sw-not-train-error is set to true, and sw-not-cargo-error is set to true.
Given
A new message is being processed
When
The system initializes message processing flags
Then
SW-PROCESS-MST is set to TRUE, SW-PROCESS-MERLIN is set to TRUE, SW-NOT-TRAIN-ERROR is set to TRUE, and SW-NOT-CARGO-ERROR is set to TRUE
R-GCX122A-cbl-00277
Clear Message Content Areas
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming a message is being prepared for processing during the 'Clear Message Content Areas' routine, when the system clears message content areas, the system executes logic to ensure that emi-to-usercode, emi-copy-usercode, emi-keywords, emi-text, emi-return-status-flag, mst-table, mst-call-lettrs, and ws-lterm-process are set to spaces.
Given
A message is being prepared for processing
When
The system clears message content areas
Then
EMI-TO-USERCODE, EMI-COPY-USERCODE, EMI-KEYWORDS, EMI-TEXT, EMI-RETURN-STATUS-FLAG, MST-TABLE, MST-CALL-LETTRS, and WS-LTERM-PROCESS are set to SPACES
R-GCX122A-cbl-00278
Set Train Report Header Text
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming the input message is identified as a train message (oti-02-train is true) during the 'Set Train Report Header Text' routine, when the system determines the message header text, the system executes logic to ensure that msg-lib is set to 'train report number :'.
Given
The input message is identified as a train message (OTI-02-TRAIN is true)
When
The system determines the message header text
Then
MSG-LIB is set to 'TRAIN REPORT NUMBER :'
R-GCX122A-cbl-00279
Set Cargo Control Header Text
Definitional Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the input message is identified as a cargo message (oti-02-cargo is true) and not a train message, and the system determines the message header text occurs during the 'Set Cargo Control Header Text' routine, then the system must guarantee that msg-lib is set to 'cargo control number :'.
EXCLUDING
The input message is identified as a cargo message (OTI-02-CARGO is true) and not a train message
When
The system determines the message header text
Then
MSG-LIB is set to 'CARGO CONTROL NUMBER :'
R-GCX122A-cbl-00280
Set Generic Reference Header Text
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming the input message is neither a train message nor a cargo message during the 'Set Generic Reference Header Text' routine, when the system determines the message header text, the system executes logic to ensure that msg-lib is set to 'reference number :'.
Given
The input message is neither a train message nor a cargo message
When
The system determines the message header text
Then
MSG-LIB is set to 'REFERENCE NUMBER :'
R-GCX122A-cbl-00281
Initialize Message Indicators
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming message processing is being initialized during the 'Initialize Message Indicators' routine, when the system sets up message indicators, the system executes logic to ensure that ws-ind-text is set to line-mess-min, ws-ind-mst is set to line-mess-min-mst, ws-ind-user is set to zero, mst-indx is set to zero, and ws-ind-err is set to zero.
Given
Message processing is being initialized
When
The system sets up message indicators
Then
WS-IND-TEXT is set to LINE-MESS-MIN, WS-IND-MST is set to LINE-MESS-MIN-MST, WS-IND-USER is set to ZERO, MST-INDX is set to ZERO, and WS-IND-ERR is set to ZERO
R-GCX122A-cbl-00282
Extract Reference Number from Message
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming an incoming message contains a reference number in field oti-03-ref-num during the 'Extract Reference Number from Message' routine, when the system processes the message for reference number extraction, the system executes logic to ensure that the reference number is copied to emi-ref, mst-ref, msg-ref-key, and ws-ref-number variables.
Given
An incoming message contains a reference number in field OTI-03-REF-NUM
When
The system processes the message for reference number extraction
Then
The reference number is copied to EMI-REF, MST-REF, MSG-REF-KEY, and WS-REF-NUMBER variables
R-GCX122A-cbl-00284
Set Train Report Label
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming the incoming message is identified as a train message (oti-02-train is true) during the 'Set Train Report Label' routine, when the system determines the message label, the system executes logic to ensure that msg-lib is set to 'train report number :'.
Given
The incoming message is identified as a train message (OTI-02-TRAIN is true)
When
The system determines the message label
Then
MSG-LIB is set to 'TRAIN REPORT NUMBER :'
R-GCX122A-cbl-00285
Set Cargo Control Number Label
Definitional Rules
Business View: <EXCLUSION CRITERIA> If the incoming message is identified as a cargo message (oti-02-cargo is true) and is not a train message, and the system determines the message label occurs during the 'Set Cargo Control Number Label' routine, then the system must guarantee that msg-lib is set to 'cargo control number :'.
EXCLUDING
The incoming message is identified as a cargo message (OTI-02-CARGO is true) and is not a train message
When
The system determines the message label
Then
MSG-LIB is set to 'CARGO CONTROL NUMBER :'
R-GCX122A-cbl-00286
Set Generic Reference Label
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming the incoming message is neither a train message nor a cargo message during the 'Set Generic Reference Label' routine, when the system determines the message label, the system executes logic to ensure that msg-lib is set to 'reference number :'.
Given
The incoming message is neither a train message nor a cargo message
When
The system determines the message label
Then
MSG-LIB is set to 'REFERENCE NUMBER :'
R-GCX122A-cbl-00287
Initialize Message Indicators
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is initializing reference processing during the 'Initialize Message Indicators' routine, when message indicators need to be set up, the system executes logic to ensure that ws-ind-text is set to line-mess-min and ws-ind-mst is set to line-mess-min-mst.
Given
The system is initializing reference processing
When
Message indicators need to be set up
Then
WS-IND-TEXT is set to LINE-MESS-MIN and WS-IND-MST is set to LINE-MESS-MIN-MST
R-GCX122A-cbl-00289
Clear Message Fields
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the system is initializing reference processing during the 'Clear Message Fields' routine, when message fields need to be cleared, the system executes logic to ensure that emi-to-usercode, emi-copy-usercode, emi-keywords, emi-text, emi-return-status-flag, mst-table, mst-call-lettrs, and ws-lterm-process are all set to spaces.
Given
The system is initializing reference processing
When
Message fields need to be cleared
Then
EMI-TO-USERCODE, EMI-COPY-USERCODE, EMI-KEYWORDS, EMI-TEXT, EMI-RETURN-STATUS-FLAG, MST-TABLE, MST-CALL-LETTRS, and WS-LTERM-PROCESS are all set to SPACES
R-GCX122A-cbl-00290
Format Train Report Message
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a transaction message is being processed during the 'Format Train Report Message' routine, when the transaction type is identified as train operation, the system executes logic to ensure that the message library text is set to 'train report number :' to indicate train-specific reference numbering.
Given
A transaction message is being processed
When
The transaction type is identified as train operation
Then
The message library text is set to 'TRAIN REPORT NUMBER :' to indicate train-specific reference numbering
R-GCX122A-cbl-00291
Format Cargo Control Message
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a transaction message is being processed during the 'Format Cargo Control Message' routine, when the transaction type is identified as cargo operation, the system executes logic to ensure that the message library text is set to 'cargo control number :' to indicate cargo-specific reference numbering.
Given
A transaction message is being processed
When
The transaction type is identified as cargo operation
Then
The message library text is set to 'CARGO CONTROL NUMBER :' to indicate cargo-specific reference numbering
R-GCX122A-cbl-00292
Format Reference Number Message
Definitional Rules
Business View: Assuming a transaction message is being processed during the 'Format Reference Number Message' routine, when the transaction type is neither train nor cargo operation, the system executes logic to ensure that the message library text is set to 'reference number :' as the default reference numbering format.
Given
A transaction message is being processed
When
The transaction type is neither train nor cargo operation
Then
The message library text is set to 'REFERENCE NUMBER :' as the default reference numbering format
R-GCX122A-cbl-00293
Get Standardized Error Text
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming an error message needs to be formatted and a message number is available during the 'Get Standardized Error Text' routine, when the system looks up the error code in the ms table using either gcw122-msg-num or the first 3 characters of the free-form message, the system executes logic to ensure that the system retrieves the corresponding english text from the message table if the lookup is successful.
Given
An error message needs to be formatted and a message number is available
When
The system looks up the error code in the MS table using either GCW122-MSG-NUM or the first 3 characters of the free-form message
Then
The system retrieves the corresponding English text from the message table if the lookup is successful
R-GCX122A-cbl-00294
Use Standard Error Message
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an error message lookup has been performed in the ms table during the 'Use Standard Error Message' routine, when the table lookup returns a successful result with error text found, the system executes logic to ensure that the system uses the english text from the message table (gcstbrt-ms-eng-text) as the error message content.
Given
An error message lookup has been performed in the MS table
When
The table lookup returns a successful result with error text found
Then
The system uses the English text from the message table (GCSTBRT-MS-ENG-TEXT) as the error message content
R-GCX122A-cbl-00295
Use Free-Form Error Message
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming an error message lookup has been performed in the ms table during the 'Use Free-Form Error Message' routine, when the table lookup fails to find standardized error text, the system executes logic to ensure that the system uses the original free-form message text (ted-02-free-form-msg) and adds an additional error message indicating the lookup failure.
Given
An error message lookup has been performed in the MS table
When
The table lookup fails to find standardized error text
Then
The system uses the original free-form message text (TED-02-FREE-FORM-MSG) and adds an additional error message indicating the lookup failure
R-GCX122A-cbl-00296
Add Error Context Information
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming error message text has been determined (either standard or free-form) during the 'Add Error Context Information' routine, when the error message is being prepared for distribution, the system executes logic to ensure that the system adds the copy of bad data element (ted-07-copy-bad-data-elmt) to provide context about what caused the error.
Given
Error message text has been determined (either standard or free-form)
When
The error message is being prepared for distribution
Then
The system adds the copy of bad data element (TED-07-COPY-BAD-DATA-ELMT) to provide context about what caused the error
R-GCX122A-cbl-00297
Format Message for EMI Channel
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming error message content has been prepared with context information during the 'Format Message for EMI Channel' routine, when the message needs to be distributed through electronic mail interface, the system executes logic to ensure that the system formats the message into emi-text-line structure for email distribution.
Given
Error message content has been prepared with context information
When
The message needs to be distributed through electronic mail interface
Then
The system formats the message into EMI-TEXT-LINE structure for email distribution
R-GCX122A-cbl-00298
Format Message for MST Channel
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming error message content has been prepared and formatted for emi channel during the 'Format Message for MST Channel' routine, when the message needs to be distributed through message switch terminal, the system executes logic to ensure that the system formats the message into mst-entry structure for terminal distribution.
Given
Error message content has been prepared and formatted for EMI channel
When
The message needs to be distributed through message switch terminal
Then
The system formats the message into MST-ENTRY structure for terminal distribution
R-GCX122A-cbl-00299
Format Message for Log Channel
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming error message content has been prepared and formatted for emi and mst channels during the 'Format Message for Log Channel' routine, when the message needs to be logged for audit and tracking purposes, the system executes logic to ensure that the system formats the message into gcx105-message structure for logging distribution.
Given
Error message content has been prepared and formatted for EMI and MST channels
When
The message needs to be logged for audit and tracking purposes
Then
The system formats the message into GCX105-MESSAGE structure for logging distribution
R-GCX122A-cbl-00300
Prepare Message Headers
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming error message content has been formatted for all distribution channels during the 'Prepare Message Headers' routine, when message headers need to be prepared for transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets security byte to high-value, sending transaction to 'gct1221e', acf2 user id from common area, and action code to 'zzz'.
Given
Error message content has been formatted for all distribution channels
When
Message headers need to be prepared for transmission
Then
The system sets security byte to HIGH-VALUE, sending transaction to 'GCT1221E', ACF2 user ID from common area, and action code to 'ZZZ'
R-GCX122A-cbl-00301
Set Message Reference Numbers
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming message headers are being prepared during the 'Set Message Reference Numbers' routine, when reference number information needs to be included in the message, the system executes logic to ensure that the system assigns the transaction reference number (oti-03-ref-num) to the train or ccn field in the message header.
Given
Message headers are being prepared
When
Reference number information needs to be included in the message
Then
The system assigns the transaction reference number (OTI-03-REF-NUM) to the train or CCN field in the message header
R-GCX122A-cbl-00302
Add Date/Time Stamps
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming message headers are being prepared with reference numbers during the 'Add Date/Time Stamps' routine, when timestamp information needs to be added to the message, the system executes logic to ensure that the system assigns the current date (bgn-03-date) and time (bgn-04-time) to the message header timestamp fields.
Given
Message headers are being prepared with reference numbers
When
Timestamp information needs to be added to the message
Then
The system assigns the current date (BGN-03-DATE) and time (BGN-04-TIME) to the message header timestamp fields
R-GCX122A-cbl-00303
Format Subject Line
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming message headers are being prepared with timestamps during the 'Format Subject Line' routine, when transaction type classification is needed for message routing, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets gcx105-ca-cargo flag for cargo transactions, gcx105-new-ca-train flag for train transactions, or continues without specific classification for other transaction types.
Given
Message headers are being prepared with timestamps
When
Transaction type classification is needed for message routing
Then
The system sets GCX105-CA-CARGO flag for cargo transactions, GCX105-NEW-CA-TRAIN flag for train transactions, or continues without specific classification for other transaction types
R-GCX122A-cbl-00304
Attempt Primary Message Delivery
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a message needs to be sent to primary recipients during the 'Attempt Primary Message Delivery' routine, when the system calls the messaging service with primary recipient information, the system executes logic to ensure that the message delivery is attempted and a return status is provided.
Given
A message needs to be sent to primary recipients
When
The system calls the messaging service with primary recipient information
Then
The message delivery is attempted and a return status is provided
R-GCX122A-cbl-00305
Primary Delivery Successful?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a message delivery attempt has been made to primary recipients during the 'Primary Delivery Successful?' routine, when the system checks the return status flag from the messaging service, the system executes logic to ensure that if return status flag equals zero or successful indicator, delivery is considered successful, otherwise it is considered failed.
Given
A message delivery attempt has been made to primary recipients
When
The system checks the return status flag from the messaging service
Then
If return status flag equals zero or successful indicator, delivery is considered successful, otherwise it is considered failed
R-GCX122A-cbl-00306
Message Delivered Successfully
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming primary message delivery has been successful during the 'Message Delivered Successfully' routine, when the system confirms successful delivery, the system executes logic to ensure that the system proceeds to purge the message queue and complete processing.
Given
Primary message delivery has been successful
When
The system confirms successful delivery
Then
The system proceeds to purge the message queue and complete processing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00307
Clear Message Recipients
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming primary message delivery has failed during the 'Clear Message Recipients' routine, when the system needs to attempt fallback delivery, the system executes logic to ensure that all existing recipient fields are cleared to spaces.
Given
Primary message delivery has failed
When
The system needs to attempt fallback delivery
Then
All existing recipient fields are cleared to spaces
R-GCX122A-cbl-00308
Set Default Recipient 'OM01247'
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming primary message delivery has failed and recipients have been cleared during the 'Set Default Recipient 'OM01247'' routine, when the system needs to set a fallback recipient, the system executes logic to ensure that the recipient is set to 'om01247' as the default fallback recipient.
Given
Primary message delivery has failed and recipients have been cleared
When
The system needs to set a fallback recipient
Then
The recipient is set to 'OM01247' as the default fallback recipient
R-GCX122A-cbl-00309
Retry Message Delivery to Default
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming primary delivery has failed and default recipient has been set during the 'Retry Message Delivery to Default' routine, when the system calls the messaging service with default recipient information, the system executes logic to ensure that the message delivery is attempted to the default recipient and a return status is provided.
Given
Primary delivery has failed and default recipient has been set
When
The system calls the messaging service with default recipient information
Then
The message delivery is attempted to the default recipient and a return status is provided
R-GCX122A-cbl-00310
Default Delivery Successful?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming a message delivery attempt has been made to the default recipient during the 'Default Delivery Successful?' routine, when the system checks the return status flag from the messaging service, the system executes logic to ensure that if return status flag equals zero or successful indicator, delivery is considered successful, otherwise it is considered failed.
Given
A message delivery attempt has been made to the default recipient
When
The system checks the return status flag from the messaging service
Then
If return status flag equals zero or successful indicator, delivery is considered successful, otherwise it is considered failed
R-GCX122A-cbl-00311
Message Delivered to Default
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming fallback message delivery to default recipient has been successful during the 'Message Delivered to Default' routine, when the system confirms successful delivery to default recipient, the system executes logic to ensure that the system proceeds to purge the message queue and complete processing.
Given
Fallback message delivery to default recipient has been successful
When
The system confirms successful delivery to default recipient
Then
The system proceeds to purge the message queue and complete processing
R-GCX122A-cbl-00312
Purge Message Queue
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming message delivery processing has completed either successfully or unsuccessfully during the 'Purge Message Queue' routine, when the system needs to clean up the message queue, the system executes logic to ensure that the message queue is purged using the purg function.
Given
Message delivery processing has completed either successfully or unsuccessfully
When
The system needs to clean up the message queue
Then
The message queue is purged using the PURG function
R-GCX122A-cbl-00313
End Message Processing
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming all message delivery attempts have been completed and queue has been purged during the 'End Message Processing' routine, when the system finishes message processing, the system executes logic to ensure that control is returned to the calling process and message processing ends.
Given
All message delivery attempts have been completed and queue has been purged
When
The system finishes message processing
Then
Control is returned to the calling process and message processing ends
R-GCX122A-cbl-00314
Set Function Code to 'WRAP'
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming all message entries have been processed and sent to the message switching terminal during the 'Set Function Code to 'WRAP'' routine, when the system needs to complete the message transmission process, the system executes logic to ensure that the system sets the user function code to 'wrap' and sends the wrap command to finalize the message transmission.
Given
All message entries have been processed and sent to the message switching terminal
When
The system needs to complete the message transmission process
Then
The system sets the user function code to 'WRAP' and sends the wrap command to finalize the message transmission
R-GCX122A-cbl-00315
Send Wrap Command to MST
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the user function code is set to 'wrap' and message switching terminal parameters are prepared during the 'Send Wrap Command to MST' routine, when the system executes the wrap command transmission, the system executes logic to ensure that the system calls the message switching terminal service with the wrap command, communication control block, alternate pcb, call letters, and message header record.
Given
The user function code is set to 'WRAP' and message switching terminal parameters are prepared
When
The system executes the wrap command transmission
Then
The system calls the message switching terminal service with the wrap command, communication control block, alternate PCB, call letters, and message header record
R-GCX122A-cbl-00316
Check Reference Number Pattern
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a reference number is provided in the message during the 'Check Reference Number Pattern' routine, when the reference number equals '6105etesttrain00000000000' or starts with '6105ecprstestcargo' or starts with '6105etestcargo', the system executes logic to ensure that the message is classified as test data and special test processing is triggered.
Given
A reference number is provided in the message
When
The reference number equals '6105ETESTTRAIN00000000000' OR starts with '6105ECPRSTESTCARGO' OR starts with '6105ETESTCARGO'
Then
The message is classified as test data and special test processing is triggered
R-GCX122A-cbl-00317
Retrieve T2 Test Table Entry
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming a test message has been identified during the 'Retrieve T2 Test Table Entry' routine, when the system attempts to retrieve the t2 table entry with empty sequence id, the system executes logic to ensure that the t2 test table segment is loaded for timestamp updates.
Given
A test message has been identified
When
The system attempts to retrieve the T2 table entry with empty sequence ID
Then
The T2 test table segment is loaded for timestamp updates
R-GCX122A-cbl-00318
Table Entry Found?
Validation Rules
Business View: Assuming the system has attempted to retrieve the t2 test table entry during the 'Table Entry Found?' routine, when the table entry retrieval returns a non-zero status code, the system executes logic to ensure that an error message 't2 check table entry not found' is displayed and processing terminates.
Given
The system has attempted to retrieve the T2 test table entry
When
The table entry retrieval returns a non-zero status code
Then
An error message 'T2 CHECK TABLE ENTRY NOT FOUND' is displayed and processing terminates
R-GCX122A-cbl-00319
Message Type?
Decision Rules
Business View: Assuming a valid t2 test table entry has been retrieved during the 'Message Type?' routine, when the message type indicator shows train (oti-02-train is true), the system executes logic to ensure that the system prepares to update the train test acknowledgment field (t2-358-ack).
Given
A valid T2 test table entry has been retrieved
When
The message type indicator shows train (OTI-02-TRAIN is true)
Then
The system prepares to update the train test acknowledgment field (T2-358-ACK)
R-GCX122A-cbl-00320
Update Train Test Acknowledgment Field
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the message is identified as a train test message and t2 table entry is available during the 'Update Train Test Acknowledgment Field' routine, when the system processes the train test acknowledgment, the system executes logic to ensure that the t2-358-ack field is updated with current date (century + date) and time.
Given
The message is identified as a train test message and T2 table entry is available
When
The system processes the train test acknowledgment
Then
The T2-358-ACK field is updated with current date (century + date) and time
R-GCX122A-cbl-00321
Update Cargo Test Acknowledgment Field
Process Rules
Business View: Assuming the message is identified as a cargo test message and t2 table entry is available during the 'Update Cargo Test Acknowledgment Field' routine, when the system processes the cargo test acknowledgment, the system executes logic to ensure that the t2-309-ack field is updated with current date (century + date) and time.
Given
The message is identified as a cargo test message and T2 table entry is available
When
The system processes the cargo test acknowledgment
Then
The T2-309-ACK field is updated with current date (century + date) and time
R-GCX122A-cbl-00324
Save Updated Table Entry
Action Rules
Business View: Assuming the t2 test table entry has been updated with current timestamp information during the 'Save Updated Table Entry' routine, when the system saves the changes, the system executes logic to ensure that the updated t2 table segment is written back to the database using replace function.
Given
The T2 test table entry has been updated with current timestamp information
When
The system saves the changes
Then
The updated T2 table segment is written back to the database using replace function